34 Navigation
Uploaded by
beto34 Navigation
Uploaded by
beto__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 12 Feb 01/09
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 34
__________
L.E.P. 1-13 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING
NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
8, 10-
21
34-10-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
301, 303, MODIFIED WARNING AND TEXT.
305- 308 TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
34-11-15 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
604 ADDED NOTE IN PARAG.4.A. PROCEDURE
34-11-17 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
409
34-11-18 MOD.31742P7398 INCORPORATED 001-100,
408- 411 NAVIGATION - AIR DATA/INERTIAL
REFERENCE SYSTEM - INSTALL LITTON
ADIRU 4MCU P/N -315
MOD.35517P9332 INCORPORATED 001-100,
NAVIGATION - ADIRU - INSTALL
NORTHROP GRUMMAN ADIRU
P/N 465020-0303-0316
SB 34-1330 02 INCORPORATED 001-100,
NAVIGATION - AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYST
EM - INSTALL LITTON ADIRU 4MCU P/N -315.
SB 34-1350 02 INCORPORATED 001-100,
NAVIGATION - ADIRU - INSTALL NORTHROP GRUMMAN
ADIRU P/N 465020-0303-0316.
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 001-002, 201-300,
34-11-18 MOD.30368P6578 INCORPORATED ALL
501- 503 INDICATING RECORDING SYSTEMS-
EIS-INSTALL DMC, DU AND DISKETTES
FOR EIS2
TITLE OF TOPIC UPDATED ALL
34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 3
REVISION NO. 12 Feb 01/09
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-11-18 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-100, 201-300,
603- 604 AMENDED NOTE.
34-12-51 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
401- 402, CORRECTED TEXT PARA.4.
404- 405, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
410, 412
34-13-00 REPRINTED ALL
551- 553, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
559- 560,
564- 565
34-22-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
505- 531 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL
CLERICAL CORRECTION.
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 011-100, 201-300,
34-36-16 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL
405, 410
34-41-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1- 3,
6, 15,
19, 25,
56, 60-
61
34-43-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
A014
34-43-00 REPRINTED ALL
301
34-43-11 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL
405- 406
34-48-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
3, 5, SB 34-1345 01 INCORPORATED ALL
7- 12, NAVIGATION - EGPWS - INSTALL EGPWS CAPABLE OF
14- 91, USING THE GPS LATERAL POSITION AND ACTIVATIO
94- 97, N OF PEAKS AND OBSTACLES FUNCTIONS
A000,A013- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) ALL
A014,A020,
A023-A028,
A033-A034,
34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 3
REVISION NO. 12 Feb 01/09
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A037,A046-
A047,A060-
A088
34-48-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
501- 504, SB 34-1345 01 INCORPORATED ALL
506- 516, NAVIGATION - EGPWS - INSTALL EGPWS CAPABLE OF
521 USING THE GPS LATERAL POSITION AND ACTIVATIO
N OF PEAKS AND OBSTACLES FUNCTIONS
REPRINTED ALL
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) ALL
34-51-11 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL
405
34-52-11 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL
405- 409
34-55-18 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL
405
34-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 3
REVISION NO. 12 Feb 01/09
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 34-10-00 202 May01/08 34-11-00 2 Feb01/06
OF TEMP. 34-10-00 203 May01/08 34-11-00 3 Feb01/06
REVISION 34-10-00 204 May01/08 34-11-00 4 Feb01/06
34-10-00 205 May01/08 34-11-00 5 May01/08
L.E.P. R 1-13 Feb01/09 34-10-00 206 May01/08 34-11-00 6 Feb01/06
T. of C. 1 May01/08 34-10-00 207 May01/08 34-11-00 7 May01/08
T. of C. 2 May01/08 34-10-00 208 May01/08 34-11-00 8 May01/08
T. of C. 3 May01/08 34-10-00 209 May01/08 34-11-00 9 May01/08
T. of C. 4 Aug01/08 34-10-00 210 May01/08 34-11-00 10 May01/08
T. of C. 5 Aug01/08 34-10-00 211 May01/08 34-11-00 11 Feb01/06
T. of C. 6 Aug01/08 34-10-00 212 May01/08 34-11-00 12 Feb01/06
T. of C. 7 Aug01/08 34-10-00 213 May01/08 34-11-00 13 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 8 Feb01/09 34-10-00 214 May01/08 34-11-00 14 Feb01/06
T. of C. 9 Aug01/08 34-10-00 215 May01/08 34-11-00 15 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 10 Feb01/09 34-10-00 216 May01/08 34-11-00 16 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 11 Feb01/09 34-10-00 217 May01/08 34-11-00 17 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 12 Feb01/09 34-10-00 R 301 Feb01/09 34-11-00 18 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 13 Feb01/09 34-10-00 302 Feb01/06 34-11-00 19 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 14 Feb01/09 34-10-00 R 303 Feb01/09 34-11-00 20 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 15 Feb01/09 34-10-00 304 Aug01/07 34-11-00 21 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 16 Feb01/09 34-10-00 R 305 Feb01/09 34-11-00 22 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 17 Feb01/09 34-10-00 R 306 Feb01/09 34-11-00 23 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 18 Feb01/09 34-10-00 R 307 Feb01/09 34-11-00 24 Feb01/06
T. of C. R 19 Feb01/09 34-10-00 R 308 Feb01/09 34-11-00 25 May01/08
T. of C. R 20 Feb01/09 34-10-00 401 Feb01/06 34-11-00 26 May01/08
T. of C. R 21 Feb01/09 34-10-00 402 Feb01/06 34-11-00 27 May01/08
34-10-00 501 Feb01/06 34-11-00 28 May01/08
34-00-00 1 May01/08 34-10-00 502 Feb01/06 34-11-00 29 May01/08
34-00-00 2 Feb01/06 34-10-00 503 Feb01/06 34-11-00 30 May01/08
34-00-00 3 May01/08 34-10-00 504 Feb01/06 34-11-00 31 Nov01/07
34-00-00 4 May01/08 34-10-00 505 Feb01/06 34-11-00 32 May01/08
34-00-00 5 May01/08 34-10-00 506 Feb01/06 34-11-00 33 Nov01/07
34-00-00 6 May01/08 34-10-00 507 Feb01/06 34-11-00 34 May01/08
34-00-00 7 May01/08 34-10-00 508 Feb01/06 34-11-00 501 May01/07
34-00-00 8 May01/08 34-10-00 509 Feb01/06 34-11-00 502 Feb01/06
34-00-00 9 May01/08 34-10-00 510 Feb01/06 34-11-00 503 Feb01/06
34-10-00 511 May01/08 34-11-00 504 Nov01/07
34-10-00 1 May01/08 34-10-00 512 May01/08 34-11-00 505 Feb01/06
34-10-00 2 May01/08 34-10-00 513 May01/08 34-11-00 506 Feb01/06
34-10-00 3 May01/08 34-10-00 514 May01/08 34-11-00 507 Feb01/06
34-10-00 4 May01/08 34-11-00 508 May01/08
34-10-00 201 Feb01/06 34-11-00 1 Feb01/06 34-11-00 509 May01/08
34-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-11-00 510 May01/08 34-11-17 404 Feb01/06 34-12-00 11 May01/08
34-11-00 511 May01/08 34-11-17 405 Feb01/06 34-12-00 12 May01/08
34-11-00 512 May01/08 34-11-17 406 Aug01/07 34-12-00 13 May01/08
34-11-00 513 May01/08 34-11-17 407 Aug01/07 34-12-00 14 May01/08
34-11-00 514 May01/08 34-11-17 408 Aug01/07 34-12-00 15 May01/08
34-11-00 515 May01/08 34-11-17 R 409 Feb01/09 34-12-00 16 May01/08
34-11-00 516 May01/08 34-11-17 410 Aug01/07 34-12-00 17 May01/08
34-11-00 517 May01/08 34-11-17 411 Feb01/08 34-12-00 18 May01/08
34-11-00 518 May01/08 34-11-17 501 Feb01/06 34-12-00 19 May01/08
34-11-00 519 May01/08 34-11-17 502 Feb01/06 34-12-00 20 May01/08
34-11-00 520 May01/08 34-11-17 503 Feb01/06 34-12-00 21 May01/08
34-11-00 521 May01/08 34-11-18 401 May01/08 34-12-00 22 May01/08
34-11-00 522 May01/08 34-11-18 402 Feb01/06 34-12-00 23 May01/08
34-11-00 523 May01/08 34-11-18 403 Feb01/06 34-12-00 24 May01/08
34-11-00 524 May01/08 34-11-18 404 Feb01/06 34-12-00 25 May01/08
34-11-15 401 Feb01/06 34-11-18 405 Aug01/08 34-12-00 26 May01/08
34-11-15 402 Feb01/06 34-11-18 406 Feb01/06 34-12-00 27 May01/08
34-11-15 403 Feb01/06 34-11-18 407 Feb01/06 34-12-00 28 May01/08
34-11-15 404 Feb01/06 34-11-18 R 408 Feb01/09 34-12-00 29 May01/08
34-11-15 405 Aug01/07 34-11-18 R 409 Feb01/09 34-12-00 30 May01/08
34-11-15 406 Aug01/07 34-11-18 N 410 Feb01/09 34-12-00 31 May01/08
34-11-15 407 Feb01/07 34-11-18 N 411 Feb01/09 34-12-00 32 May01/08
34-11-15 408 May01/08 34-11-18 R 501 Feb01/09 34-12-00 33 May01/08
34-11-15 409 Feb01/07 34-11-18 R 502 Feb01/09 34-12-00 34 May01/08
34-11-15 410 Aug01/07 34-11-18 R 503 Feb01/09 34-12-00 35 May01/08
34-11-15 501 Feb01/06 34-11-18 601 Nov01/06 34-12-00 36 May01/08
34-11-15 502 Feb01/06 34-11-18 602 May01/08 34-12-00 37 May01/08
34-11-15 503 Feb01/06 34-11-18 R 603 Feb01/09 34-12-00 38 May01/08
34-11-15 601 Feb01/08 34-11-18 R 604 Feb01/09 34-12-00 39 May01/08
34-11-15 602 Feb01/08 34-11-19 401 Feb01/06 34-12-00 40 May01/08
34-11-15 603 Feb01/06 34-11-19 402 Feb01/06 34-12-12 401 May01/08
34-11-15 R 604 Feb01/09 34-11-19 403 Feb01/06 34-12-12 402 May01/08
34-11-15 605 Feb01/08 34-11-19 404 Aug01/08 34-12-12 403 May01/08
34-11-16 401 Aug01/07 34-11-19 405 Feb01/06 34-12-12 404 May01/08
34-11-16 402 Aug01/07 34-11-19 406 Feb01/06 34-12-12 405 May01/08
34-11-16 403 Aug01/07 34-11-19 407 Nov01/08 34-12-12 406 May01/08
34-11-16 404 Aug01/07 34-11-19 408 Nov01/08 34-12-34 401 Feb01/06
34-11-16 405 May01/08 34-11-19 409 Nov01/08 34-12-34 402 Feb01/06
34-11-16 406 May01/08 34-11-19 410 Nov01/08 34-12-34 403 Feb01/06
34-11-16 407 May01/08 34-11-19 411 Nov01/08 34-12-34 404 Feb01/06
34-11-16 408 May01/08 34-12-34 405 Feb01/06
34-11-16 409 May01/08 34-12-00 1 May01/08 34-12-34 406 Feb01/06
34-11-16 501 Feb01/06 34-12-00 2 Feb01/06 34-12-34 407 Feb01/06
34-11-16 502 Feb01/06 34-12-00 3 May01/08 34-12-34 408 Feb01/06
34-11-16 503 Feb01/06 34-12-00 4 May01/08 34-12-34 601 May01/08
34-11-16 601 Nov01/07 34-12-00 5 May01/08 34-12-34 602 Feb01/06
34-11-16 602 Nov01/07 34-12-00 6 May01/08 34-12-34 603 Feb01/06
34-11-16 603 Nov01/07 34-12-00 7 May01/08 34-12-34 604 May01/08
34-11-17 401 Feb01/06 34-12-00 8 May01/08 34-12-34 605 May01/08
34-11-17 402 Feb01/06 34-12-00 9 May01/08 34-12-34 606 May01/08
34-11-17 403 Feb01/06 34-12-00 10 May01/08 34-12-34 607 May01/06
34-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-12-34 608 May01/08 34-13-00 37 Feb01/08 34-13-00 507 May01/08
34-12-51 R 401 Feb01/09 34-13-00 38 May01/08 34-13-00 508 May01/08
34-12-51 R 402 Feb01/09 34-13-00 39 May01/08 34-13-00 509 May01/08
34-12-51 403 Aug01/08 34-13-00 40 May01/08 34-13-00 510 May01/08
34-12-51 R 404 Feb01/09 34-13-00 41 May01/08 34-13-00 511 May01/08
34-12-51 R 405 Feb01/09 34-13-00 42 May01/08 34-13-00 512 May01/08
34-12-51 406 Aug01/08 34-13-00 43 May01/08 34-13-00 513 May01/08
34-12-51 407 Aug01/08 34-13-00 44 May01/08 34-13-00 514 May01/08
34-12-51 408 Aug01/08 34-13-00 45 May01/08 34-13-00 515 May01/08
34-12-51 409 Aug01/08 34-13-00 46 Feb01/08 34-13-00 516 May01/08
34-12-51 R 410 Feb01/09 34-13-00 47 Nov01/08 34-13-00 517 May01/08
34-12-51 411 Aug01/08 34-13-00 48 Nov01/08 34-13-00 518 May01/08
34-12-51 R 412 Feb01/09 34-13-00 49 May01/08 34-13-00 519 May01/08
34-12-51 413 Aug01/08 34-13-00 50 May01/08 34-13-00 520 Aug01/08
34-13-00 51 May01/08 34-13-00 521 May01/08
34-13-00 1 Nov01/06 34-13-00 52 May01/08 34-13-00 522 May01/08
34-13-00 2 Nov01/08 34-13-00 53 May01/08 34-13-00 523 May01/08
34-13-00 3 May01/08 34-13-00 54 May01/08 34-13-00 524 May01/08
34-13-00 4 May01/08 34-13-00 55 May01/08 34-13-00 525 May01/08
34-13-00 5 Feb01/08 34-13-00 56 May01/08 34-13-00 526 May01/08
34-13-00 6 Feb01/08 34-13-00 57 May01/08 34-13-00 527 May01/08
34-13-00 7 Feb01/08 34-13-00 58 May01/08 34-13-00 528 May01/08
34-13-00 8 Feb01/08 34-13-00 59 May01/08 34-13-00 529 May01/08
34-13-00 9 Feb01/08 34-13-00 60 May01/08 34-13-00 530 May01/08
34-13-00 10 Feb01/08 34-13-00 61 May01/08 34-13-00 531 May01/08
34-13-00 11 Feb01/08 34-13-00 62 May01/08 34-13-00 532 May01/08
34-13-00 12 Feb01/08 34-13-00 63 May01/08 34-13-00 533 May01/08
34-13-00 13 Feb01/08 34-13-00 64 May01/08 34-13-00 534 Aug01/08
34-13-00 14 Feb01/08 34-13-00 65 May01/08 34-13-00 535 Aug01/08
34-13-00 15 Feb01/08 34-13-00 66 May01/08 34-13-00 536 May01/08
34-13-00 16 Feb01/08 34-13-00 67 May01/08 34-13-00 537 May01/08
34-13-00 17 Feb01/08 34-13-00 68 May01/08 34-13-00 538 May01/08
34-13-00 18 Feb01/08 34-13-00 69 May01/08 34-13-00 539 May01/08
34-13-00 19 Feb01/08 34-13-00 70 May01/08 34-13-00 540 May01/08
34-13-00 20 May01/08 34-13-00 71 May01/08 34-13-00 541 May01/08
34-13-00 21 Feb01/08 34-13-00 72 May01/08 34-13-00 542 May01/08
34-13-00 22 Feb01/08 34-13-00 73 May01/08 34-13-00 543 May01/08
34-13-00 23 Feb01/08 34-13-00 74 May01/08 34-13-00 544 May01/08
34-13-00 24 Feb01/08 34-13-00 75 May01/08 34-13-00 545 May01/08
34-13-00 25 Feb01/08 34-13-00 401 Feb01/08 34-13-00 546 May01/08
34-13-00 26 Feb01/08 34-13-00 402 May01/08 34-13-00 547 May01/08
34-13-00 27 Feb01/08 34-13-00 403 May01/08 34-13-00 548 May01/08
34-13-00 28 Feb01/08 34-13-00 404 May01/08 34-13-00 549 May01/08
34-13-00 29 Feb01/08 34-13-00 405 May01/08 34-13-00 550 May01/08
34-13-00 30 Feb01/08 34-13-00 406 May01/08 34-13-00 R 551 Feb01/09
34-13-00 31 Feb01/08 34-13-00 501 Feb01/06 34-13-00 R 552 Feb01/09
34-13-00 32 Feb01/08 34-13-00 502 Feb01/06 34-13-00 R 553 Feb01/09
34-13-00 33 Feb01/08 34-13-00 503 May01/08 34-13-00 554 May01/08
34-13-00 34 Feb01/08 34-13-00 504 May01/08 34-13-00 555 May01/08
34-13-00 35 Feb01/08 34-13-00 505 May01/08 34-13-00 556 May01/08
34-13-00 36 Feb01/08 34-13-00 506 May01/08 34-13-00 557 May01/08
34-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-13-00 558 Aug01/08 34-14-00 15 May01/08 34-14-00 66 May01/08
34-13-00 R 559 Feb01/09 34-14-00 16 May01/08 34-14-00 67 May01/08
34-13-00 R 560 Feb01/09 34-14-00 17 May01/08 34-14-00 68 May01/08
34-13-00 561 Aug01/08 34-14-00 18 May01/08 34-14-00 69 May01/08
34-13-00 562 May01/08 34-14-00 19 May01/08 34-14-00 70 May01/08
34-13-00 563 May01/08 34-14-00 20 May01/08 34-14-00 71 May01/08
34-13-00 R 564 Feb01/09 34-14-00 21 May01/08 34-14-00 72 May01/08
34-13-00 R 565 Feb01/09 34-14-00 22 May01/08 34-14-00 73 May01/08
34-13-00 566 May01/08 34-14-00 23 May01/08 34-14-00 74 May01/08
34-13-00 567 Aug01/08 34-14-00 24 May01/08 34-14-00 75 May01/08
34-13-00 568 Aug01/08 34-14-00 25 May01/08 34-14-00 76 May01/08
34-13-00 569 Aug01/08 34-14-00 26 May01/08 34-14-00 77 May01/08
34-13-00 570 May01/08 34-14-00 27 May01/08 34-14-00 78 May01/08
34-13-00 571 May01/08 34-14-00 28 May01/08 34-14-00 79 May01/08
34-13-00 572 May01/08 34-14-00 29 May01/08 34-14-00 80 May01/08
34-13-00 573 May01/08 34-14-00 30 May01/08 34-14-00 81 May01/08
34-13-00 574 May01/08 34-14-00 31 May01/08 34-14-00 82 May01/08
34-13-00 575 May01/08 34-14-00 32 May01/08 34-14-00 83 May01/08
34-13-00 576 May01/08 34-14-00 33 May01/08 34-14-00 84 May01/08
34-13-00 577 May01/08 34-14-00 34 May01/08 34-14-00 85 May01/08
34-13-00 578 May01/08 34-14-00 35 May01/08 34-14-00 86 May01/08
34-13-00 579 May01/08 34-14-00 36 May01/08 34-14-00 87 May01/08
34-13-00 580 May01/08 34-14-00 37 May01/08 34-14-00 88 May01/08
34-13-00 581 May01/08 34-14-00 38 May01/08 34-14-00 89 May01/08
34-13-00 582 May01/08 34-14-00 39 May01/08 34-14-00 90 May01/08
34-13-00 583 May01/08 34-14-00 40 May01/08 34-14-00 91 May01/08
34-13-00 584 May01/08 34-14-00 41 May01/08 34-14-00 92 May01/08
34-13-00 585 May01/08 34-14-00 42 May01/08 34-14-00 93 May01/08
34-13-00 586 May01/08 34-14-00 43 May01/08 34-14-00 94 May01/08
34-13-00 587 May01/08 34-14-00 44 May01/08 34-14-00 95 May01/08
34-13-00 588 May01/08 34-14-00 45 May01/08 34-14-00 96 May01/08
34-13-00 589 May01/08 34-14-00 46 May01/08 34-14-00 97 May01/08
34-13-00 590 May01/08 34-14-00 47 May01/08 34-14-00 98 May01/08
34-13-00 601 Feb01/07 34-14-00 48 May01/08 34-14-00 99 May01/08
34-13-00 602 May01/06 34-14-00 49 May01/08 34-14-00 A 0 May01/08
34-13-00 603 Feb01/06 34-14-00 50 May01/08 34-14-00 A 1 May01/08
34-14-00 51 May01/08 34-14-00 A 2 May01/08
34-14-00 1 May01/08 34-14-00 52 May01/08 34-14-00 A 3 May01/08
34-14-00 2 May01/08 34-14-00 53 May01/08 34-14-00 A 4 May01/08
34-14-00 3 May01/08 34-14-00 54 May01/08 34-14-00 A 5 May01/08
34-14-00 4 May01/08 34-14-00 55 May01/08 34-14-00 A 6 May01/08
34-14-00 5 May01/08 34-14-00 56 May01/08 34-14-00 A 7 May01/08
34-14-00 6 May01/08 34-14-00 57 May01/08 34-14-00 A 8 May01/08
34-14-00 7 May01/08 34-14-00 58 May01/08 34-14-00 A 9 May01/08
34-14-00 8 May01/08 34-14-00 59 May01/08 34-14-00 A 10 May01/08
34-14-00 9 May01/08 34-14-00 60 May01/08 34-14-00 A 11 May01/08
34-14-00 10 May01/08 34-14-00 61 May01/08 34-14-00 A 12 May01/08
34-14-00 11 May01/08 34-14-00 62 May01/08 34-14-00 A 13 May01/08
34-14-00 12 May01/08 34-14-00 63 May01/08 34-14-00 A 14 May01/08
34-14-00 13 May01/08 34-14-00 64 May01/08 34-14-00 A 15 May01/08
34-14-00 14 May01/08 34-14-00 65 May01/08 34-14-00 A 16 May01/08
34-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-14-00 A 17 May01/08 34-18-00 8 May01/08 34-18-00 59 May01/08
34-14-00 A 18 May01/08 34-18-00 9 May01/08 34-18-00 60 May01/08
34-14-00 A 19 May01/08 34-18-00 10 May01/08 34-18-00 61 May01/08
34-14-00 A 20 May01/08 34-18-00 11 May01/08 34-18-00 62 May01/08
34-14-00 A 21 May01/08 34-18-00 12 May01/08 34-18-00 63 May01/08
34-14-00 A 22 May01/08 34-18-00 13 May01/08 34-18-00 64 May01/08
34-14-00 A 23 May01/08 34-18-00 14 May01/08 34-18-00 65 May01/08
34-14-00 A 24 May01/08 34-18-00 15 May01/08 34-18-00 66 May01/08
34-14-00 A 25 May01/08 34-18-00 16 May01/08 34-18-00 67 May01/08
34-14-00 A 26 May01/08 34-18-00 17 May01/08 34-18-00 68 May01/08
34-14-00 A 27 May01/08 34-18-00 18 May01/08 34-18-00 69 May01/08
34-14-00 A 28 May01/08 34-18-00 19 May01/08 34-18-00 70 May01/08
34-14-00 A 29 May01/08 34-18-00 20 May01/08 34-18-00 71 May01/08
34-14-00 A 30 May01/08 34-18-00 21 May01/08 34-18-00 72 May01/08
34-14-00 501 Feb01/06 34-18-00 22 May01/08 34-18-00 73 May01/08
34-14-00 502 May01/08 34-18-00 23 May01/08 34-18-00 74 May01/08
34-14-00 503 May01/08 34-18-00 24 May01/08 34-18-00 75 May01/08
34-14-00 504 May01/08 34-18-00 25 May01/08
34-14-00 505 May01/08 34-18-00 26 May01/08 34-20-00 501 Aug01/07
34-14-00 506 May01/08 34-18-00 27 May01/08
34-14-00 507 May01/08 34-18-00 28 May01/08 34-22-00 1 Feb01/06
34-14-00 508 May01/08 34-18-00 29 May01/08 34-22-00 2 Feb01/06
34-14-00 509 May01/08 34-18-00 30 May01/08 34-22-00 3 Feb01/06
34-14-00 510 May01/08 34-18-00 31 May01/08 34-22-00 4 Feb01/06
34-14-00 511 May01/08 34-18-00 32 May01/08 34-22-00 5 Feb01/06
34-14-00 512 May01/08 34-18-00 33 May01/08 34-22-00 6 Feb01/06
34-14-00 513 May01/08 34-18-00 34 May01/08 34-22-00 7 Feb01/06
34-14-00 514 May01/08 34-18-00 35 May01/08 34-22-00 8 Feb01/06
34-14-00 515 May01/08 34-18-00 36 May01/08 34-22-00 9 Feb01/06
34-14-00 516 May01/08 34-18-00 37 May01/08 34-22-00 10 Feb01/06
34-14-00 517 May01/08 34-18-00 38 May01/08 34-22-00 11 Feb01/06
34-14-00 518 May01/08 34-18-00 39 May01/08 34-22-00 12 Feb01/06
34-14-00 519 May01/08 34-18-00 40 May01/08 34-22-00 13 Feb01/06
34-14-00 520 May01/08 34-18-00 41 May01/08 34-22-00 14 Feb01/06
34-14-00 521 May01/08 34-18-00 42 May01/08 34-22-00 15 Feb01/06
34-14-00 522 May01/08 34-18-00 43 May01/08 34-22-00 16 Feb01/06
34-14-00 523 May01/08 34-18-00 44 May01/08 34-22-00 17 Feb01/06
34-14-00 524 May01/08 34-18-00 45 May01/08 34-22-00 18 Feb01/06
34-14-00 525 May01/08 34-18-00 46 May01/08 34-22-00 19 Feb01/06
34-14-00 526 May01/08 34-18-00 47 May01/08 34-22-00 20 Feb01/06
34-14-00 527 May01/08 34-18-00 48 May01/08 34-22-00 21 Feb01/06
34-18-00 49 May01/08 34-22-00 22 Feb01/06
34-15-21 401 May01/08 34-18-00 50 May01/08 34-22-00 23 May01/08
34-18-00 51 May01/08 34-22-00 24 Aug01/06
34-18-00 1 May01/08 34-18-00 52 May01/08 34-22-00 25 May01/08
34-18-00 2 May01/08 34-18-00 53 May01/08 34-22-00 26 May01/08
34-18-00 3 May01/08 34-18-00 54 May01/08 34-22-00 27 May01/08
34-18-00 4 May01/08 34-18-00 55 May01/08 34-22-00 28 May01/08
34-18-00 5 May01/08 34-18-00 56 May01/08 34-22-00 29 May01/08
34-18-00 6 May01/08 34-18-00 57 May01/08 34-22-00 30 May01/08
34-18-00 7 May01/08 34-18-00 58 May01/08 34-22-00 31 May01/08
34-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-22-00 32 May01/08 34-22-25 303 Feb01/06 34-36-00 8 Feb01/06
34-22-00 33 May01/07 34-22-25 304 Aug01/07 34-36-00 9 Feb01/06
34-22-00 34 May01/07 34-22-25 305 Aug01/07 34-36-00 10 Feb01/06
34-22-00 35 May01/08 34-22-25 306 Aug01/07 34-36-00 11 Feb01/06
34-22-00 36 May01/07 34-22-25 307 Feb01/07 34-36-00 12 Feb01/06
34-22-00 37 May01/08 34-22-25 308 Feb01/07 34-36-00 13 Feb01/06
34-22-00 38 May01/07 34-22-25 401 May01/08 34-36-00 14 Feb01/06
34-22-00 39 May01/07 34-22-25 402 May01/08 34-36-00 15 Feb01/06
34-22-00 40 May01/08 34-22-25 403 May01/08 34-36-00 16 Feb01/06
34-22-00 41 May01/08 34-22-25 404 May01/08 34-36-00 17 Feb01/06
34-22-00 42 May01/08 34-22-25 405 May01/08 34-36-00 18 Feb01/06
34-22-00 501 May01/08 34-22-25 406 May01/08 34-36-00 19 Feb01/06
34-22-00 502 May01/08 34-22-25 407 May01/08 34-36-00 20 Feb01/06
34-22-00 503 May01/08 34-22-25 408 May01/08 34-36-00 21 Feb01/06
34-22-00 504 May01/08 34-22-25 409 May01/08 34-36-00 22 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 505 Feb01/09 34-22-25 410 May01/08 34-36-00 23 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 506 Feb01/09 34-22-25 411 May01/08 34-36-00 24 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 507 Feb01/09 34-22-25 501 Feb01/06 34-36-00 25 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 508 Feb01/09 34-22-25 502 Feb01/06 34-36-00 26 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 509 Feb01/09 34-22-25 503 Feb01/06 34-36-00 27 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 510 Feb01/09 34-22-25 504 Feb01/06 34-36-00 28 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 511 Feb01/09 34-22-25 505 Feb01/06 34-36-00 29 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 512 Feb01/09 34-22-25 506 Feb01/06 34-36-00 30 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 513 Feb01/09 34-22-25 507 May01/07 34-36-00 31 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 514 Feb01/09 34-22-25 508 Aug01/08 34-36-00 32 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 515 Feb01/09 34-22-25 509 Aug01/08 34-36-00 33 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 516 Feb01/09 34-22-25 510 Aug01/08 34-36-00 34 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 517 Feb01/09 34-22-25 511 Aug01/08 34-36-00 35 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 518 Feb01/09 34-22-25 512 Aug01/08 34-36-00 36 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 519 Feb01/09 34-22-25 513 Aug01/08 34-36-00 37 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 520 Feb01/09 34-22-25 514 Aug01/08 34-36-00 38 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 521 Feb01/09 34-22-25 515 Aug01/08 34-36-00 39 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 522 Feb01/09 34-22-25 516 May01/08 34-36-00 40 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 523 Feb01/09 34-22-25 517 Aug01/08 34-36-00 41 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 524 Feb01/09 34-22-25 518 May01/08 34-36-00 42 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 525 Feb01/09 34-22-25 519 May01/08 34-36-00 43 Feb01/06
34-22-00 R 526 Feb01/09 34-22-25 520 May01/08 34-36-00 44 Feb01/06
34-22-00 N 527 Feb01/09 34-22-25 601 Aug01/06 34-36-00 45 Feb01/06
34-22-00 N 528 Feb01/09 34-22-25 602 Aug01/06 34-36-00 46 Feb01/06
34-22-00 N 529 Feb01/09 34-22-25 603 Aug01/06 34-36-00 47 Feb01/06
34-22-00 N 530 Feb01/09 34-22-25 701 Aug01/06 34-36-00 48 Feb01/06
34-22-00 N 531 Feb01/09 34-22-25 702 Aug01/08 34-36-00 49 Feb01/06
34-22-23 401 Feb01/06 34-22-25 703 Feb01/07 34-36-00 50 Feb01/06
34-22-23 402 Feb01/06 34-36-00 51 Feb01/06
34-22-23 403 Feb01/06 34-36-00 1 Feb01/06 34-36-00 501 Feb01/06
34-22-23 404 Feb01/06 34-36-00 2 Feb01/06 34-36-00 502 Feb01/06
34-22-23 405 Feb01/06 34-36-00 3 Feb01/06 34-36-00 503 Feb01/06
34-22-23 601 Feb01/06 34-36-00 4 Feb01/06 34-36-00 504 Feb01/06
34-22-23 602 Feb01/06 34-36-00 5 Feb01/06 34-36-00 505 Feb01/06
34-22-25 301 Aug01/07 34-36-00 6 Feb01/06 34-36-00 506 May01/08
34-22-25 302 Aug01/07 34-36-00 7 Feb01/06 34-36-00 507 Aug01/08
34-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-36-00 508 May01/08 34-41-00 R 6 Feb01/09 34-41-00 57 Aug01/06
34-36-00 509 May01/08 34-41-00 7 Feb01/06 34-41-00 58 Feb01/06
34-36-00 510 Feb01/06 34-41-00 8 Feb01/06 34-41-00 59 Feb01/06
34-36-00 511 Feb01/06 34-41-00 9 Aug01/06 34-41-00 R 60 Feb01/09
34-36-00 512 Feb01/06 34-41-00 10 Feb01/06 34-41-00 R 61 Feb01/09
34-36-00 513 Feb01/06 34-41-00 11 Feb01/07 34-41-00 62 Aug01/06
34-36-00 514 Feb01/06 34-41-00 12 Feb01/06 34-41-00 63 Aug01/06
34-36-00 515 Feb01/06 34-41-00 13 Feb01/06 34-41-00 64 Aug01/06
34-36-00 516 Feb01/06 34-41-00 14 Feb01/06 34-41-00 65 Aug01/06
34-36-00 517 Feb01/06 34-41-00 R 15 Feb01/09 34-41-00 66 Aug01/06
34-36-11 401 Feb01/06 34-41-00 16 Feb01/06 34-41-00 67 Aug01/06
34-36-11 402 Feb01/06 34-41-00 17 Feb01/06 34-41-00 D 68
34-36-11 403 Feb01/06 34-41-00 18 Feb01/06 34-41-00 501 May01/08
34-36-11 404 Feb01/06 34-41-00 R 19 Feb01/09 34-41-00 502 May01/08
34-36-11 405 Nov01/08 34-41-00 20 Feb01/06 34-41-00 503 Feb01/06
34-36-11 406 May01/06 34-41-00 21 Feb01/06 34-41-00 504 Feb01/06
34-36-11 407 Nov01/06 34-41-00 22 Feb01/06 34-41-00 505 Feb01/06
34-36-11 408 Feb01/06 34-41-00 23 Feb01/06 34-41-00 506 Feb01/06
34-36-16 401 Feb01/06 34-41-00 24 Feb01/06 34-41-00 507 Nov01/06
34-36-16 402 Feb01/06 34-41-00 R 25 Feb01/09 34-41-00 508 Nov01/06
34-36-16 403 Feb01/06 34-41-00 26 Feb01/06 34-41-00 509 May01/06
34-36-16 404 Feb01/06 34-41-00 27 May01/06 34-41-00 510 May01/06
34-36-16 R 405 Feb01/09 34-41-00 28 Feb01/06 34-41-00 511 Feb01/06
34-36-16 406 Feb01/06 34-41-00 29 Aug01/06 34-41-00 512 May01/06
34-36-16 407 Aug01/07 34-41-00 30 Aug01/06 34-41-00 513 May01/06
34-36-16 408 Nov01/06 34-41-00 31 May01/06 34-41-00 514 May01/07
34-36-16 409 Feb01/06 34-41-00 32 Feb01/06 34-41-00 515 Feb01/06
34-36-16 R 410 Feb01/09 34-41-00 33 May01/06 34-41-00 516 May01/08
34-36-16 411 Feb01/06 34-41-00 34 May01/06 34-41-00 517 Feb01/06
34-36-16 412 Feb01/06 34-41-00 35 May01/06 34-41-00 518 Feb01/06
34-36-16 413 Feb01/06 34-41-00 36 May01/06 34-41-00 519 Feb01/06
34-36-16 414 Nov01/06 34-41-00 37 Feb01/06 34-41-11 401 Feb01/08
34-36-18 401 Feb01/06 34-41-00 38 Feb01/06 34-41-11 402 Feb01/08
34-36-18 402 Feb01/06 34-41-00 39 Feb01/06 34-41-11 403 Feb01/06
34-36-18 403 Feb01/06 34-41-00 40 May01/06 34-41-11 404 Feb01/06
34-36-18 404 Feb01/06 34-41-00 41 May01/06 34-41-11 405 Aug01/06
34-36-18 405 Nov01/08 34-41-00 42 Feb01/06 34-41-11 406 Aug01/06
34-36-18 406 Feb01/06 34-41-00 43 May01/06 34-41-11 407 Aug01/06
34-36-18 407 Nov01/06 34-41-00 44 May01/06 34-41-11 408 Aug01/06
34-36-31 401 Feb01/06 34-41-00 45 May01/06 34-41-12 401 Feb01/06
34-36-31 402 Feb01/06 34-41-00 46 Feb01/06 34-41-12 402 Feb01/06
34-36-31 403 Feb01/06 34-41-00 47 Feb01/06 34-41-12 403 Feb01/06
34-36-31 404 Feb01/06 34-41-00 48 Feb01/06 34-41-12 404 Feb01/06
34-36-31 405 Nov01/06 34-41-00 49 Feb01/06 34-41-12 405 Feb01/06
34-36-31 406 Nov01/06 34-41-00 50 Feb01/06 34-41-33 401 Feb01/06
34-41-00 51 Feb01/06 34-41-33 402 Feb01/06
34-41-00 R 1 Feb01/09 34-41-00 52 Feb01/06 34-41-33 403 Feb01/06
34-41-00 R 2 Feb01/09 34-41-00 53 Feb01/06 34-41-33 404 Feb01/06
34-41-00 R 3 Feb01/09 34-41-00 54 Feb01/06 34-41-33 405 Feb01/06
34-41-00 4 Feb01/06 34-41-00 55 Feb01/06 34-41-33 406 Feb01/06
34-41-00 5 Feb01/06 34-41-00 R 56 Feb01/09 34-41-37 401 Feb01/06
34-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-41-37 402 Feb01/06 34-42-00 510 Feb01/06 34-43-00 8 Nov01/08
34-41-37 403 Feb01/06 34-42-00 511 Feb01/06 34-43-00 9 Nov01/08
34-41-37 404 Aug01/06 34-42-00 512 Feb01/06 34-43-00 10 Nov01/08
34-41-37 405 Feb01/06 34-42-00 513 Feb01/06 34-43-00 11 Nov01/08
34-41-37 406 Feb01/06 34-42-11 401 Feb01/06 34-43-00 12 Nov01/08
34-41-41 401 Feb01/06 34-42-11 402 Feb01/06 34-43-00 13 Nov01/08
34-41-41 402 Feb01/06 34-42-11 403 Feb01/07 34-43-00 14 Nov01/08
34-41-41 403 Feb01/06 34-42-11 404 Feb01/06 34-43-00 15 Nov01/08
34-41-41 404 Feb01/06 34-42-11 405 Feb01/06 34-43-00 16 Nov01/08
34-41-41 405 Feb01/06 34-42-11 406 Feb01/06 34-43-00 17 Nov01/08
34-41-41 406 Aug01/06 34-42-11 407 Feb01/06 34-43-00 18 Nov01/08
34-41-41 407 Aug01/06 34-42-11 408 Nov01/08 34-43-00 19 Nov01/08
34-41-41 408 Aug01/06 34-42-11 409 May01/08 34-43-00 20 Nov01/08
34-41-41 409 Aug01/06 34-42-11 410 May01/07 34-43-00 21 Nov01/08
34-41-41 410 May01/07 34-42-11 411 May01/08 34-43-00 22 Nov01/08
34-41-41 411 Aug01/06 34-42-11 412 May01/08 34-43-00 23 Nov01/08
34-42-11 413 May01/08 34-43-00 24 Nov01/08
34-42-00 1 May01/08 34-42-11 414 May01/08 34-43-00 25 Nov01/08
34-42-00 2 May01/08 34-42-11 415 May01/08 34-43-00 26 Nov01/08
34-42-00 3 May01/08 34-42-11 416 May01/08 34-43-00 27 Nov01/08
34-42-00 4 May01/08 34-42-11 417 May01/08 34-43-00 28 Nov01/08
34-42-00 5 Feb01/06 34-42-11 418 May01/08 34-43-00 29 Nov01/08
34-42-00 6 Feb01/06 34-42-11 419 May01/08 34-43-00 30 Nov01/08
34-42-00 7 May01/08 34-42-11 420 May01/08 34-43-00 31 Nov01/08
34-42-00 8 Feb01/06 34-42-11 421 May01/08 34-43-00 32 Nov01/08
34-42-00 9 Feb01/06 34-42-11 422 May01/08 34-43-00 33 May01/08
34-42-00 10 Feb01/06 34-42-33 401 Feb01/06 34-43-00 34 May01/08
34-42-00 11 Feb01/06 34-42-33 402 Feb01/06 34-43-00 35 May01/08
34-42-00 12 Feb01/06 34-42-33 403 Feb01/06 34-43-00 36 May01/08
34-42-00 13 Feb01/06 34-42-33 404 Feb01/06 34-43-00 37 May01/08
34-42-00 14 Feb01/06 34-42-33 405 Feb01/06 34-43-00 38 May01/08
34-42-00 15 Feb01/06 34-42-33 406 Feb01/06 34-43-00 39 May01/08
34-42-00 16 Feb01/06 34-42-45 401 Feb01/06 34-43-00 40 May01/08
34-42-00 17 Feb01/06 34-42-45 402 Feb01/06 34-43-00 41 May01/08
34-42-00 18 Feb01/06 34-42-45 403 Feb01/06 34-43-00 42 May01/08
34-42-00 19 Feb01/06 34-42-45 404 Feb01/06 34-43-00 43 May01/08
34-42-00 20 Feb01/06 34-42-45 405 Feb01/06 34-43-00 44 May01/08
34-42-00 21 Feb01/06 34-42-45 406 Feb01/06 34-43-00 45 May01/08
34-42-00 22 Feb01/06 34-42-45 407 Feb01/06 34-43-00 46 May01/08
34-42-00 23 Feb01/06 34-42-45 701 Feb01/06 34-43-00 47 May01/08
34-42-00 24 Feb01/06 34-42-45 702 Feb01/06 34-43-00 48 May01/08
34-42-00 25 Feb01/06 34-42-45 703 Feb01/06 34-43-00 49 May01/08
34-42-00 501 Feb01/06 34-42-45 704 Feb01/06 34-43-00 50 May01/08
34-42-00 502 Nov01/07 34-43-00 51 May01/08
34-42-00 503 Feb01/06 34-43-00 1 Feb01/08 34-43-00 52 May01/08
34-42-00 504 Feb01/06 34-43-00 2 Feb01/06 34-43-00 53 May01/08
34-42-00 505 Feb01/06 34-43-00 3 May01/08 34-43-00 54 May01/08
34-42-00 506 Feb01/06 34-43-00 4 Feb01/08 34-43-00 55 May01/08
34-42-00 507 Nov01/07 34-43-00 5 Nov01/08 34-43-00 56 May01/08
34-42-00 508 Nov01/07 34-43-00 6 Feb01/08 34-43-00 57 May01/08
34-42-00 509 Feb01/06 34-43-00 7 Feb01/08 34-43-00 58 May01/08
34-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-43-00 59 May01/08 34-43-00 A 10 May01/08 34-48-00 13 May01/08
34-43-00 60 May01/08 34-43-00 A 11 May01/08 34-48-00 R 14 Feb01/09
34-43-00 61 May01/08 34-43-00 A 12 May01/08 34-48-00 R 15 Feb01/09
34-43-00 62 May01/08 34-43-00 A 13 May01/08 34-48-00 R 16 Feb01/09
34-43-00 63 May01/08 34-43-00 D A 14 34-48-00 R 17 Feb01/09
34-43-00 64 May01/08 34-43-00 R 301 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 18 Feb01/09
34-43-00 65 May01/08 34-43-00 302 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 19 Feb01/09
34-43-00 66 May01/08 34-43-00 303 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 20 Feb01/09
34-43-00 67 May01/08 34-43-00 304 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 21 Feb01/09
34-43-00 68 May01/08 34-43-00 305 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 22 Feb01/09
34-43-00 69 May01/08 34-43-00 401 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 23 Feb01/09
34-43-00 70 May01/08 34-43-00 402 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 24 Feb01/09
34-43-00 71 May01/08 34-43-00 403 May01/08 34-48-00 R 25 Feb01/09
34-43-00 72 May01/08 34-43-00 404 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 26 Feb01/09
34-43-00 73 May01/08 34-43-00 501 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 27 Feb01/09
34-43-00 74 May01/08 34-43-00 502 Feb01/08 34-48-00 R 28 Feb01/09
34-43-00 75 May01/08 34-43-00 503 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 29 Feb01/09
34-43-00 76 May01/08 34-43-00 504 Nov01/08 34-48-00 R 30 Feb01/09
34-43-00 77 May01/08 34-43-00 505 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 31 Feb01/09
34-43-00 78 May01/08 34-43-00 506 Aug01/07 34-48-00 R 32 Feb01/09
34-43-00 79 May01/08 34-43-00 507 Feb01/07 34-48-00 R 33 Feb01/09
34-43-00 80 May01/08 34-43-00 508 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 34 Feb01/09
34-43-00 81 May01/08 34-43-00 509 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 35 Feb01/09
34-43-00 82 May01/08 34-43-11 401 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 36 Feb01/09
34-43-00 83 May01/08 34-43-11 402 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 37 Feb01/09
34-43-00 84 May01/08 34-43-11 403 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 38 Feb01/09
34-43-00 85 May01/08 34-43-11 404 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 39 Feb01/09
34-43-00 86 May01/08 34-43-11 R 405 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 40 Feb01/09
34-43-00 87 May01/08 34-43-11 R 406 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 41 Feb01/09
34-43-00 88 May01/08 34-43-11 407 Nov01/08 34-48-00 R 42 Feb01/09
34-43-00 89 May01/08 34-43-11 408 Nov01/08 34-48-00 R 43 Feb01/09
34-43-00 90 May01/08 34-43-11 409 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 44 Feb01/09
34-43-00 91 May01/08 34-43-34 401 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 45 Feb01/09
34-43-00 92 May01/08 34-43-34 402 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 46 Feb01/09
34-43-00 93 May01/08 34-43-34 403 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 47 Feb01/09
34-43-00 94 May01/08 34-43-34 404 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 48 Feb01/09
34-43-00 95 May01/08 34-43-34 405 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 49 Feb01/09
34-43-00 96 May01/08 34-43-34 406 Feb01/06 34-48-00 R 50 Feb01/09
34-43-00 97 May01/08 34-48-00 R 51 Feb01/09
34-43-00 98 May01/08 34-48-00 1 May01/08 34-48-00 R 52 Feb01/09
34-43-00 99 May01/08 34-48-00 2 Aug01/06 34-48-00 R 53 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 0 May01/08 34-48-00 R 3 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 54 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 1 May01/08 34-48-00 4 May01/08 34-48-00 R 55 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 2 May01/08 34-48-00 R 5 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 56 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 3 May01/08 34-48-00 6 Nov01/06 34-48-00 R 57 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 4 May01/08 34-48-00 R 7 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 58 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 5 Aug01/08 34-48-00 R 8 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 59 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 6 Aug01/08 34-48-00 R 9 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 60 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 7 May01/08 34-48-00 R 10 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 61 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 8 May01/08 34-48-00 R 11 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 62 Feb01/09
34-43-00 A 9 May01/08 34-48-00 R 12 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 63 Feb01/09
34-L.E.P. Page 9
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-48-00 R 64 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 15 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 66 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 65 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 16 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 67 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 66 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 17 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 68 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 67 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 18 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 69 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 68 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 19 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 70 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 69 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 20 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 71 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 70 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 21 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 72 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 71 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 22 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 73 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 72 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 23 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 74 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 73 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 24 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 75 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 74 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 25 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 76 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 75 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 26 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 77 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 76 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 27 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 78 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 77 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 28 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 79 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 78 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 29 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 80 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 79 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 30 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 81 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 80 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 31 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 82 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 81 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 32 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 83 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 82 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 33 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 84 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 83 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 34 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 85 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 84 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 35 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 86 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 85 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 36 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 87 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 86 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 37 Feb01/09 34-48-00 N A 88 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 87 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 38 May01/08 34-48-00 301 Feb01/06
34-48-00 R 88 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 39 May01/08 34-48-00 302 Feb01/06
34-48-00 R 89 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 40 May01/08 34-48-00 303 Feb01/06
34-48-00 R 90 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 41 May01/08 34-48-00 304 Feb01/06
34-48-00 R 91 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 42 May01/08 34-48-00 R 501 Feb01/09
34-48-00 92 May01/08 34-48-00 A 43 May01/08 34-48-00 R 502 Feb01/09
34-48-00 93 May01/08 34-48-00 A 44 May01/08 34-48-00 R 503 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 94 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 45 May01/08 34-48-00 R 504 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 95 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 46 Feb01/09 34-48-00 505 Feb01/08
34-48-00 R 96 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 47 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 506 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R 97 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 48 May01/08 34-48-00 R 507 Feb01/09
34-48-00 98 May01/08 34-48-00 A 49 May01/08 34-48-00 R 508 Feb01/09
34-48-00 99 May01/08 34-48-00 A 50 May01/08 34-48-00 R 509 Feb01/09
34-48-00 R A 0 Feb01/09 34-48-00 A 51 May01/08 34-48-00 R 510 Feb01/09
34-48-00 A 1 May01/08 34-48-00 A 52 May01/08 34-48-00 R 511 Feb01/09
34-48-00 A 2 May01/08 34-48-00 A 53 May01/08 34-48-00 R 512 Feb01/09
34-48-00 A 3 May01/08 34-48-00 A 54 May01/08 34-48-00 R 513 Feb01/09
34-48-00 A 4 May01/08 34-48-00 A 55 May01/08 34-48-00 R 514 Feb01/09
34-48-00 A 5 May01/08 34-48-00 A 56 May01/08 34-48-00 R 515 Feb01/09
34-48-00 A 6 May01/08 34-48-00 A 57 May01/08 34-48-00 R 516 Feb01/09
34-48-00 A 7 May01/08 34-48-00 A 58 May01/08 34-48-00 517 Aug01/08
34-48-00 A 8 May01/08 34-48-00 A 59 May01/08 34-48-00 518 Aug01/08
34-48-00 A 9 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 60 Feb01/09 34-48-00 519 Aug01/08
34-48-00 A 10 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 61 Feb01/09 34-48-00 520 Aug01/08
34-48-00 A 11 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 62 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R 521 Feb01/09
34-48-00 A 12 May01/08 34-48-00 R A 63 Feb01/09 34-48-00 522 Aug01/08
34-48-00 R A 13 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 64 Feb01/09 34-48-00 523 Aug01/08
34-48-00 R A 14 Feb01/09 34-48-00 R A 65 Feb01/09 34-48-34 401 Feb01/06
34-L.E.P. Page 10
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-48-34 402 Feb01/06 34-51-11 404 Feb01/06 34-52-00 40 Aug01/07
34-48-34 403 Feb01/06 34-51-11 R 405 Feb01/09 34-52-00 41 Aug01/07
34-48-34 404 Feb01/08 34-51-11 406 Aug01/08 34-52-00 42 Aug01/07
34-48-34 405 Feb01/06 34-51-11 407 Aug01/08 34-52-00 43 Aug01/07
34-48-34 406 Feb01/08 34-51-11 408 Aug01/07 34-52-00 44 Aug01/07
34-51-33 401 Feb01/06 34-52-00 45 Aug01/07
34-51-00 1 Aug01/07 34-51-33 402 Feb01/06 34-52-00 201 Aug01/07
34-51-00 2 Feb01/06 34-51-33 403 Feb01/06 34-52-00 202 Aug01/07
34-51-00 3 Feb01/06 34-51-33 404 Feb01/06 34-52-00 203 Aug01/07
34-51-00 4 Feb01/06 34-51-33 405 Feb01/06 34-52-00 501 May01/08
34-51-00 5 Feb01/06 34-51-33 406 Feb01/06 34-52-00 502 May01/08
34-51-00 6 Feb01/06 34-52-00 503 May01/08
34-51-00 7 Feb01/06 34-52-00 1 Feb01/06 34-52-00 504 Feb01/06
34-51-00 8 Feb01/06 34-52-00 2 Feb01/06 34-52-00 505 Feb01/06
34-51-00 9 Feb01/06 34-52-00 3 Feb01/06 34-52-00 506 May01/07
34-51-00 10 Feb01/06 34-52-00 4 Feb01/06 34-52-00 507 Nov01/07
34-51-00 11 Feb01/06 34-52-00 5 Feb01/06 34-52-00 508 Nov01/07
34-51-00 12 Feb01/06 34-52-00 6 Feb01/06 34-52-00 509 Nov01/07
34-51-00 13 Feb01/06 34-52-00 7 Feb01/06 34-52-00 510 Nov01/07
34-51-00 14 Feb01/06 34-52-00 8 Feb01/06 34-52-00 511 Nov01/07
34-51-00 15 Feb01/06 34-52-00 9 Feb01/06 34-52-00 512 Nov01/07
34-51-00 16 Feb01/06 34-52-00 10 Feb01/06 34-52-00 513 Nov01/07
34-51-00 17 Feb01/06 34-52-00 11 Feb01/06 34-52-00 514 Nov01/07
34-51-00 18 Feb01/06 34-52-00 12 Feb01/06 34-52-00 515 Nov01/07
34-51-00 19 Feb01/06 34-52-00 13 Feb01/06 34-52-00 516 Nov01/07
34-51-00 20 Feb01/06 34-52-00 14 Feb01/06 34-52-00 517 Nov01/07
34-51-00 21 Feb01/06 34-52-00 15 Feb01/06 34-52-00 518 Nov01/07
34-51-00 22 Feb01/06 34-52-00 16 Feb01/06 34-52-00 519 Nov01/07
34-51-00 23 Feb01/06 34-52-00 17 Feb01/06 34-52-00 520 Nov01/07
34-51-00 24 Feb01/06 34-52-00 18 Feb01/06 34-52-00 521 Nov01/07
34-51-00 25 Feb01/06 34-52-00 19 Feb01/06 34-52-00 522 Nov01/07
34-51-00 26 Feb01/06 34-52-00 20 Feb01/06 34-52-00 523 Nov01/07
34-51-00 27 Feb01/06 34-52-00 21 Feb01/06 34-52-00 524 Nov01/07
34-51-00 28 Feb01/06 34-52-00 22 Feb01/06 34-52-00 525 Nov01/07
34-51-00 29 Feb01/06 34-52-00 23 Feb01/06 34-52-00 526 Nov01/07
34-51-00 501 Feb01/06 34-52-00 24 Feb01/06 34-52-00 527 May01/08
34-51-00 502 Aug01/08 34-52-00 25 Feb01/06 34-52-00 528 May01/08
34-51-00 503 Feb01/06 34-52-00 26 Feb01/06 34-52-00 529 Nov01/07
34-51-00 504 Feb01/06 34-52-00 27 Feb01/06 34-52-00 530 Nov01/07
34-51-00 505 Feb01/06 34-52-00 28 Feb01/06 34-52-00 531 Nov01/07
34-51-00 506 Feb01/06 34-52-00 29 Feb01/06 34-52-00 532 May01/08
34-51-00 507 Feb01/06 34-52-00 30 Feb01/06 34-52-00 533 Nov01/07
34-51-00 508 Feb01/06 34-52-00 31 Feb01/06 34-52-00 534 Nov01/07
34-51-00 509 May01/08 34-52-00 32 Aug01/07 34-52-00 535 Nov01/07
34-51-00 510 Aug01/08 34-52-00 33 Aug01/07 34-52-00 536 Nov01/07
34-51-00 511 Feb01/06 34-52-00 34 Aug01/07 34-52-00 537 Nov01/07
34-51-00 512 Feb01/08 34-52-00 35 Aug01/07 34-52-11 401 Feb01/06
34-51-00 513 Feb01/06 34-52-00 36 Aug01/07 34-52-11 402 Feb01/06
34-51-11 401 Feb01/06 34-52-00 37 Aug01/07 34-52-11 403 Feb01/06
34-51-11 402 Feb01/06 34-52-00 38 Aug01/07 34-52-11 404 Feb01/06
34-51-11 403 Feb01/06 34-52-00 39 Aug01/07 34-52-11 R 405 Feb01/09
34-L.E.P. Page 11
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-52-11 R 406 Feb01/09 34-53-00 502 Aug01/08 34-55-00 25 May01/08
34-52-11 R 407 Feb01/09 34-53-00 503 Feb01/06 34-55-00 26 May01/08
34-52-11 R 408 Feb01/09 34-53-00 504 Aug01/08 34-55-00 27 May01/08
34-52-11 R 409 Feb01/09 34-53-00 505 Aug01/08 34-55-00 28 May01/08
34-52-12 401 Feb01/06 34-53-00 506 Aug01/08 34-55-00 29 May01/08
34-52-12 402 Feb01/06 34-53-00 507 May01/08 34-55-00 30 May01/08
34-52-12 403 Feb01/06 34-53-00 508 May01/08 34-55-00 31 May01/08
34-52-12 404 Feb01/06 34-53-00 509 May01/08 34-55-00 32 May01/08
34-52-12 405 Feb01/06 34-53-00 510 May01/08 34-55-00 33 May01/08
34-52-33 401 Feb01/06 34-53-00 511 May01/08 34-55-00 34 May01/08
34-52-33 402 Feb01/06 34-53-00 512 May01/08 34-55-00 35 May01/08
34-52-33 403 Feb01/06 34-53-11 401 Feb01/06 34-55-00 501 Aug01/08
34-52-33 404 Feb01/06 34-53-11 402 Nov01/07 34-55-00 502 Aug01/08
34-52-33 405 Feb01/06 34-53-11 403 Feb01/06 34-55-00 503 Feb01/06
34-52-33 406 Feb01/06 34-53-11 404 Feb01/06 34-55-00 504 Feb01/06
34-53-11 405 Aug01/08 34-55-00 505 Feb01/06
34-53-00 1 May01/08 34-53-11 406 Aug01/08 34-55-00 506 May01/08
34-53-00 2 May01/08 34-53-11 407 Nov01/07 34-55-00 507 Aug01/08
34-53-00 3 May01/08 34-53-11 408 Nov01/07 34-55-00 508 Aug01/08
34-53-00 4 May01/08 34-53-11 409 Aug01/07 34-55-00 509 May01/08
34-53-00 5 May01/08 34-53-31 401 Feb01/06 34-55-00 510 Aug01/08
34-53-00 6 May01/08 34-53-31 402 Feb01/06 34-55-00 511 Aug01/08
34-53-00 7 May01/08 34-53-31 403 Feb01/06 34-55-00 512 Aug01/08
34-53-00 8 May01/08 34-53-31 404 Nov01/08 34-55-00 513 May01/08
34-53-00 9 May01/08 34-53-31 405 Nov01/08 34-55-00 514 May01/08
34-53-00 10 May01/08 34-53-31 406 Nov01/08 34-55-00 515 May01/08
34-53-00 11 May01/08 34-55-11 401 Feb01/06
34-53-00 12 May01/08 34-55-00 1 May01/08 34-55-11 402 Feb01/06
34-53-00 13 May01/08 34-55-00 2 May01/08 34-55-11 403 Feb01/06
34-53-00 14 May01/08 34-55-00 3 May01/08 34-55-11 404 Feb01/06
34-53-00 15 May01/08 34-55-00 4 May01/08 34-55-11 405 Feb01/06
34-53-00 16 May01/08 34-55-00 5 May01/08 34-55-11 406 May01/07
34-53-00 17 May01/08 34-55-00 6 May01/08 34-55-11 407 Feb01/06
34-53-00 18 May01/08 34-55-00 7 May01/08 34-55-11 408 Feb01/06
34-53-00 19 May01/08 34-55-00 8 May01/08 34-55-11 409 Feb01/06
34-53-00 20 May01/08 34-55-00 9 May01/08 34-55-18 401 May01/08
34-53-00 21 May01/08 34-55-00 10 May01/08 34-55-18 402 May01/08
34-53-00 22 May01/08 34-55-00 11 May01/08 34-55-18 403 May01/08
34-53-00 23 May01/08 34-55-00 12 May01/08 34-55-18 404 May01/08
34-53-00 24 May01/08 34-55-00 13 May01/08 34-55-18 R 405 Feb01/09
34-53-00 25 May01/08 34-55-00 14 May01/08 34-55-18 406 May01/08
34-53-00 26 May01/08 34-55-00 15 May01/08 34-55-18 407 May01/08
34-53-00 27 May01/08 34-55-00 16 May01/08 34-55-18 408 May01/08
34-53-00 28 May01/08 34-55-00 17 May01/08 34-55-31 401 Feb01/06
34-53-00 29 May01/08 34-55-00 18 May01/08 34-55-31 402 Feb01/06
34-53-00 30 May01/08 34-55-00 19 May01/08 34-55-31 403 Feb01/06
34-53-00 31 May01/08 34-55-00 20 May01/08 34-55-31 404 Feb01/06
34-53-00 32 May01/08 34-55-00 21 May01/08 34-55-31 405 Feb01/06
34-53-00 33 May01/08 34-55-00 22 May01/08 34-55-31 406 Feb01/06
34-53-00 34 May01/08 34-55-00 23 May01/08
34-53-00 501 Feb01/06 34-55-00 24 May01/08 34-57-22 401 Aug01/08
34-L.E.P. Page 12
Feb 01/09
VOI
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
34-57-22 402 Aug01/08
34-57-22 403 Feb01/06
34-57-22 404 Aug01/08
34-57-22 405 Aug01/08
34-58-00 1 Feb01/06
34-L.E.P. Page 13
Feb 01/09
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
NAVIGATION - GENERAL
____________________ 34-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
ADIRS 1 ALL
Integrated Standby Instrument 4 ALL
System (ISIS) (optional system)
Landing and Taxiing Aids 4 ALL
Independent Position Determining 6 ALL
Dependent Position Determining 8 ALL
__________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
_______
(ADIRS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
___________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
________
(ADIRS)
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
ADIRS Start Procedure 201 ALL
IR Alignment Procedure 205 ALL
ADIRS Stop Procedure 216 ALL
___________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
________
(ADIRS)
SERVICING 301 ALL
Flushing of the Principal Total 301 ALL
Pressure Lines
Flushing of the Principal Static 306 ALL
Pressure Lines
___________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
________
(ADIRS)
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
ADIRS - Check of all Flight 401 ALL
Control Accelerometers for Correct
Operation
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-10-01 401 ALL
___________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-10-00
________
(ADIRS)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 1
May 01/08
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Check of the ADIRS CDU Brightness 501 ALL
and Display
Test of the Angle of Attack 505 ALL
Warning
Operational Test of the 5-minute 510 ALL
Time Delay of ADIRU 2 and 3 Power
Disconnection in Emergency
Configuration
SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING 34-11-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 2 ALL
Power Supply 5 ALL
General 5 ALL
ADIRS Power Supply Distribution 7 ALL
in Normal Configuration
ADIRS Power Supply Distribution 10 ALL
after Loss of Main Electrical
Generation
Circuit Breakers 11 ALL
Component Description 12 ALL
Static Probes 12 ALL
Pitot Probes 12 ALL
Air Data Modules (ADM) 15 ALL
Total Air Temperature (TAT) 25 ALL
Sensor
Angle Of Attack (AOA) Sensor 28 ALL
Selector Switches 32 001-100,
Selector Switches 34 201-300,
SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING 34-11-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Functional Test of the ADM 501 ALL
Test of the Monitoring of the 507 ALL
ADR/AOA 26VAC Power Supply
Test of the Monitoring of the 514 ALL
ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)
PROBE - PITOT 34-11-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 401 ALL
9DA2, 9DA3)
Installation of the Pitot Probe 405 ALL
(9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
PROBE - PITOT 34-11-15
34-CONTENTS Page 2
May 01/08
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Test of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 501 ALL
9DA2, 9DA3) without the CFDS
PROBE - PITOT 34-11-15
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Pitot 601 ALL
Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
PROBE - STATIC 34-11-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Static Probe (7DA1, 401 ALL
7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2, 8DA3)
Installation of the Static Probe 405 ALL
(7DA1, 7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2,
8DA3)
PROBE - STATIC 34-11-16
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Test of the Static Probe (7DA1, 501 ALL
8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2, 7DA3, 8DA3)
without the CFDS.
PROBE - STATIC 34-11-16
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection of the Static Probe 601 ALL
(7DA1, 7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2,
8DA3)
MODULE - AIR DATA 34-11-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Air Data Module 401 ALL
(19FP1, 19FP2, 19FP3, 19FP4,
19FP5, 19FP6, 19FP7, 19FP8)
Installation of the Air Data 406 ALL
Module (19FP1, 19FP2, 19FP3,
19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6, 19FP7, 19FP8)
MODULE - AIR DATA 34-11-17
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Test of the Air Data Module 501 ALL
without the CFDS
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE 34-11-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 401 ALL
11FP2)
Installation of the TAT Sensor 405 ALL
(11FP1, 11FP2)
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE 34-11-18
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Test of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 501 ALL
11FP2) without the CFDS
34-CONTENTS Page 3
May 01/08
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE 34-11-18
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the TAT Sensor 601 ALL
(11FP1, 11FP2)
SENSOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK 34-11-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Angle of Attack 401 ALL
Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
Installation of the Angle of 404 ALL
Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM 34-12-00
(ADIRU & CDU OR MSU)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Interface 7 ALL
Mechanical Interface 7 ALL
Electrical Interface 7 001-010,
Electrical Interface 9 011-100, 201-300
Component Description 30 ALL
ADIRS CDU 30 001-010,
ADIRS MSU 34 011-100, 201-300
ADIRU 37 ALL
CONTROL AND DISPLAY UNIT (CDU) - ADIRS 34-12-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-010,
Removal of the ADIRS CDU (2FP) 401 001-010,
Installation of the ADIRS CDU 404 001-010,
(2FP)
REFERENCE UNIT - AIR DATA/INERTIAL 34-12-34
(ADIRU)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 401 ALL
1FP3)
Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 405 ALL
1FP2, 1FP3)
REFERENCE UNIT - AIR DATA/INERTIAL 34-12-34
(ADIRU)
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
ADIRU Removal Criteria 601 ALL
MOUNT - ADIRU 34-12-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ADIRU Mount 401 ALL
Installation of the ADIRU Mount 405 ALL
AIR DATA 34-13-00
34-CONTENTS Page 4
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
ADR Operation 1 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 56 ALL
Control 56 001-010,
Control 56 011-100, 201-300
Indicating 59 ALL
Warnings 64 001-010,
Warnings 67 011-100, 201-300
AIR DATA 34-13-00
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
PFD Mach Number - Overspeed Check 401 ALL
Reactivation of PFD Mach Number - 406 ALL
Overspeed Check
AIR DATA 34-13-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the AIR DATA 501 ALL
Switching Function
Operational Test of the VMO/MMO 507 ALL
Overspeed Warnings
Operational Test of the ALT 521 ALL
Comparison Warning
Operational Test of the ALT 526 ALL
DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
Operational Test of the CAS 531 ALL
DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
Operational Test of the AOA SENSOR 536 ALL
TEST
Operational Test of the Overspeed 537 ALL
Warnings in the Slats/Flaps and
Landing Gear Extended (VFE/VLE)
Configuration
Functional Test of the Altitude 551 ALL
and Airspeed Data (A/C with RVSM
capability on three ADIRUs)
Leak Test of the Principal Static 563 ALL
and Total Air Data System
INTERFACE TEST of the ADR 571 ALL
SYSTEM TEST of the ADR 583 ALL
Read the CFDIU for the ADR INPUT 587 ALL
STATUS
34-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
AIR DATA 34-13-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Check of Pitot probes, 601 ALL
Static ports and AOA sensors
ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION 34-14-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
General 1 001-009,
Inputs 1 001-009,
General 2 010-100, 201-300
Inputs 2 010-100, 201-300
Software Computation 17 001-100,
Software Computation 23 201-300,
IR Output Data 39 001-009,
IR, GPS, and GPIRS Output Data 51 010-100, 201-300
Operation/Control and Indicating 91 ALL
Control 91 001-010,
Control 95 011-100, 201-300
Indicating A 6 001-010,
Indicating A 7 011-100, 201-300
Warnings A 20 001-010,
Warnings A 27 011-100, 201-300
ADIRUs Performance Criteria A 27 ALL
ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION 34-14-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the 501 ALL
Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG)
Switching Function
Operational Test of the 507 ALL
Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG)
Comparison Warning
Interface Test of the IR 515 ALL
Read CFDIU for IR INPUT STATUS 524 ALL
INDICATOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK 34-15-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 011-100, 201-300
Installation of the AOA Indicator 401 011-100, 201-300
(17FN1, 17FN2)
ADIRS - BITE 34-18-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 6
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Component Location 5 ALL
Computers Directly Linked to the 5 ALL
CFDS
ADIRS Control Panel 5 001-010,
ADIRS Control Panel 6 011-100, 201-300
Other LRUs of the System 7 ALL
System Description 8 ALL
Reporting Function 8 ALL
Interactive Function 46 ALL
Power-up Test Initialization and 74 001-010,
Cockpit Repercussions
Power-up Test Initialization and 75 011-100, 201-300
Cockpit Repercussions
__________________________
STANDBY NAVIGATION SYSTEMS 34-20-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
ISIS Reset 501 ALL
STANDBY DATA : INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-00
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM (ISIS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
ISIS Indicator 1 ALL
Standby Compass 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
ISIS Indicator 1 ALL
Standby Compass 14 ALL
Power Supply 14 ALL
ISIS Indicator 14 ALL
Standby Compass 19 ALL
Interface 19 ALL
Mechanical Interface 19 ALL
Peripherals 19 ALL
Component Description 23 ALL
External Description 23 ALL
Internal Description 27 ALL
Operation 30 ALL
System Performance 30 ALL
Control and Indicating 31 ALL
Test 37 ALL
BITE Description 37 ALL
STANDBY DATA : ATTITUDE AND HEADING 34-22-00
34-CONTENTS Page 7
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Check of the standby 501 ALL
compass including light test and
visual check
Compensation Adjustment/Test of 505 ALL
the Standby Compass
Compensation Adjustment/Test of 524 ALL
the Standby Compass with the
Standby Compass Calibrator
COMPASS - STANDBY 34-22-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Standby Compass 401 ALL
(2FN)
Installation of the Standby 404 ALL
Compass (2FN)
COMPASS - STANDBY 34-22-23
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Standby Compass Damping Fluid
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
SERVICING 301 ALL
Draining and Flushing of the 301 ALL
Standby Static and Standby Total
Pressure lines (ISIS)
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ISIS Indicator 401 ALL
(22FN)
Installation of the ISIS Indicator 406 ALL
(22FN)
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Check of ISIS DC HOT 501 ALL
Bus SUPPLY
BITE Test of the ISIS Indicator 504 ALL
with the pushbutton switches on
the Face of the Indicator.
Low range Leak Test of the Standby 507 ALL
Pneumatic circuits
Functional Test of the ISIS 515 ALL
Indicator
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
34-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
ISIS Inspection for Legibility 601 ALL
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY 34-22-25
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM)
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of the ISIS Indicator 701 ALL
ILS ((MMR)) 34-36-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
ILS Receiver 1 ALL
GPS Receiver 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
ILS Operation 5 ALL
GPS Operation 5 ALL
Maintenance Operation 6 ALL
Power Supply 6 ALL
Interface 6 ALL
ILS Interface 6 ALL
GPS Interface 8 ALL
Component Description 12 ALL
MMR 12 ALL
GPS Antenna 17 ALL
Localizer Antenna 17 ALL
Glide Slope Antenna 17 ALL
Operation 20 ALL
ILS Operation 20 ALL
GPS Function 28 ALL
BITE Function 37 ALL
CFDIU Interface 37 ALL
BITE Implementation 50 ALL
ILS ((MMR)) 34-36-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the MMR 501 ALL
Operational Test of the GPS 505 ALL
Operational Test of the ILS 510 ALL
Functional Test of the ILS 513 ALL
ANTENNA - LOCALIZER 34-36-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Localizer Antenna 401 ALL
(3RT)
Installation of the Localizer 404 ALL
Antenna (3RT)
34-CONTENTS Page 9
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ANTENNA - GPS ACTIVE 34-36-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the GPS Active Antenna 401 ALL
(43RT1, 43RT2)
Installation of the GPS Active 404 ALL
Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2) with Teflon
Seal
Installation of the GPS Active 409 ALL
Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2) without
Teflon Seal
ANTENNA - GLIDE/SLOPE 34-36-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Glide/Slope Antenna 401 ALL
(4RT)
Installation of the Glide/Slope 404 ALL
Antenna (4RT)
RECEIVER - MULTI MODE (MMR) 34-36-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver 401 ALL
(40RT1, 40RT2)
Installation of the Multi Mode 404 ALL
Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM 34-41-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
Component Location 3 ALL
System Description 6 ALL
General 6 ALL
Peripherals 9 ALL
General Technical 14 ALL
Characteristics
Power Supply 15 ALL
Interface 15 ALL
Digital Interface Special for 15 ALL
Weather Radar
Component Description 19 ALL
Transceiver 19 ALL
Weather Radar Antenna 23 ALL
Weather Radar Control Unit 23 ALL
Weather Radar Wave Guide and 23 ALL
Wave Guide Switch
Operation 25 ALL
Operation 25 ALL
Pulse Duration and Range Timing 30 ALL
Controls and Indicating 36 ALL
Utilization of Controls and 37 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Indicating
Reconfiguration switching 55 ALL
Test 56 ALL
BITE Description 56 ALL
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM 34-41-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Functional test of the Tilt 501 ALL
Control of the Weather-Radar
Antenna Drive-Unit
BITE Test of the Weather Radar 507 ALL
System Test of the Weather Radar 514 ALL
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - WEATHER RADAR 34-41-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Weather Radar 401 ALL
Antenna Assembly (7SQ, 11SQ)
Installation of the Weather Radar 405 ALL
Antenna Assembly (7SQ, 11SQ)
CONTROL UNIT - WEATHER RADAR 34-41-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Weather Radar 401 ALL
Control Unit (3SQ)
Installation of the Weather Radar 404 ALL
Control Unit (3SQ)
TRANSCEIVER - WEATHER RADAR 34-41-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Weather Radar 401 ALL
Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
Installation of the Weather Radar 404 ALL
Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
MOUNTING TRAY - WEATHER RADAR 34-41-37
TRANSCEIVER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Weather Radar 401 ALL
Transceiver Mounting Tray (9SQ)
Installation of the Weather Radar 404 ALL
Transceiver Mounting Tray (9SQ)
WAVE GUIDE ASSEMBLY 34-41-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Wave Guide Assembly 401 ALL
Installation of the Wave Guide 406 ALL
Assembly
RADIO ALTIMETER 34-42-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Principle 1 ALL
System Architecture 7 ALL
Utilization Technical Data 7 ALL
Warnings 11 ALL
Power Supply 11 ALL
Component Description 12 ALL
Transceiver 12 ALL
Antennas 15 ALL
Fans 15 ALL
Operation 15 ALL
Control 15 ALL
Reconfiguration Switching 17 ALL
Test 17 ALL
Access to Radio Altimeter 17 ALL
Sub-menu Functions
Access to Radio Altimeter 17 ALL
Sub-menu Functions
Activation of the Test Function 17 ALL
Power-up Tests Initialization 23 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions
CFDIU Interface 24 ALL
RADIO ALTIMETER 34-42-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter 501 ALL
Operational Check and Detailed 504 ALL
Inspection for Contamination of
the Radio Altimeter Fan
Ramp Test of the Radio Altimeter 508 ALL
Warning Test of the Radio 511 ALL
Altimeter
ANTENNA - RADIO ALTIMETER 34-42-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Radio Altimeter 401 ALL
Antennas 5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2
Installation of the Radio 407 ALL
Altimeter Antennas 5SA1, 5SA2,
6SA1, 6SA2
TRANSCEIVER - RADIO ALTIMETER 34-42-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Radio Altimeter 401 ALL
Transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2
34-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Radio 404 ALL
Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and
2SA2
FAN - RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER 34-42-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Radio 401 ALL
Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1
(3SA2)
Installation of the Radio 405 ALL
Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1
(3SA2)
FAN - RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER 34-42-45
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of the Radio Altimeter 701 ALL
Transceiver Fan
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM 34-43-00
(TCAS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Presentation 1 001-009,
Presentation 3 010-100, 201-300
Principle 4 ALL
Advisories 4 ALL
Display 4 ALL
Coordination 5 ALL
Component Location 5 ALL
System Description 5 ALL
TCAS Computer 10 ALL
Directional Antennas 10 ALL
ATC/TCAS Control Unit 10 ALL
Associated Items 10 001-009,
Peripherals 11 001-009,
Associated Items 12 010-100, 201-300
Peripherals 13 010-100, 201-300
Power Supply 15 ALL
Component Description 15 ALL
TCAS Computer 15 ALL
ATC/TCAS Control Unit 22 ALL
TCAS Antennas 22 ALL
Operation 22 ALL
Intruder Detection 22 001-009,
Intruder Detection 26 010-100, 201-300
Measurement of Intruder 39 ALL
Parameters
Coordination 43 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Principles of Computation 47 ALL
Definition of Target Aircraft 54 ALL
Sensitivity Level 62 ALL
Information Display 65 ALL
ATC/TCAS Control Unit 71 ALL
Operational Use
Test 78 ALL
Self-Test 78 001-009,
Self-Test 81 010-100, 201-300
CFDS 83 ALL
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM 34-43-00
(TCAS)
SERVICING 301 ALL
Uploading Procedure to Load the 301 ALL
Operational Software of the TCAS
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM 34-43-00
(TCAS)
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the TCAS 401 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-43-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of the TCAS 403 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-43-01 403 ALL
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM 34-43-00
(TCAS)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the TCAS 501 ALL
Functional Test of the TCAS 505 ALL
Antennas
ANTENNA - TCAS 34-43-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the TCAS Antenna (7SG1, 401 ALL
7SG2)
Installation of the TCAS Antenna 405 ALL
(7SG1, 7SG2)
COMPUTER - TCAS 34-43-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the TCAS Computer (1SG) 401 ALL
Installation of the TCAS Computer 404 ALL
(1SG)
34-CONTENTS Page 14
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ENHANCED GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM 34-48-00
(GPWS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Basic GPWS Modes 5 ALL
Enhanced Features 5 ALL
Component Location 8 ALL
System Description 8 ALL
General 8 ALL
Warnings 8 ALL
Digital Data Inputs 11 001-002,
Digital Data Inputs 11 003-100, 201-300
Discrete Data Inputs 14 ALL
Warning Outputs 17 001-010,
Warning Outputs 21 011-100, 201-300
Monitor Outputs 21 001-002,
Monitor Outputs 22 ALL
Bus Output 23 ALL
Audio Output 23 ALL
Power Supply 23 ALL
Interface 25 ALL
Digital Outputs 25 001-002,
Digital Outputs 42 ALL
Component Description 59 ALL
Enhanced GPWC 60 001-002,
Enhanced GPWC 66 003-100, 201-300
Pushbutton Switches 73 001-004,
Pushbutton Switches 74 ALL
Operation 78 ALL
General 78 ALL
Detailed Operation - Modes 1 81 ALL
through 5
Envelope Modulation A 0 001-002,
Envelope Modulation A 1 003-100, 201-300
Enhanced Features A 6 ALL
Warning Generation and A 45 001-002,
Inhibition
Warning Generation and A 65 003-100, 201-300
Inhibition
Enhanced GPWC Maintenance Output A 68 ALL
Test A 68 ALL
Self-Tests A 68 ALL
CFDS Interface A 76 001-002,
CFDS Interface A 82 003-100, 201-300
BITE Implementation A 86 ALL
Power-up Test Initialization and A 87 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 15
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Cockpit Repercussions
GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM (GPWS) 34-48-00
SERVICING 301 ALL
Uploading of the Enhanced GPWC 301 ALL
Database
GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM (GPWS) 34-48-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Enhanced 501 ALL
GPWS Ground Self-Test Function
Operational Test of the Enhanced 517 ALL
GPWS with Stall Warning Test and
Activation of the GPWS/SYS
Pushbutton Switch and EMER CANC
Key
BITE Test of the Enhanced GPWC 521 ALL
COMPUTER - GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING 34-48-34
(GPWC)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the GPWC (1WZ) 401 ALL
Installation of the GPWC (1WZ) 404 ALL
DME 34-51-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Principle 1 ALL
System Architecture 1 ALL
Utilization Technical Data 7 ALL
Power Supply 9 ALL
Component Description 9 ALL
DME Interrogator 9 ALL
DME Antenna 14 ALL
Operation 16 ALL
Control 16 ALL
Reconfiguration Switching 16 ALL
BITE Function 18 ALL
Access to DME Sub-menu Functions 18 ALL
Activation of the Test Function 18 ALL
CFDIU Interface 18 ALL
BITE Implementation 27 ALL
Power-up Tests Initialization 28 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 16
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
and Cockpit Repercussions
DME 34-51-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the DME 501 ALL
Operational Test of the DME 506 ALL
Functional Test of the DME 509 ALL
ANTENNA - DME 34-51-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the DME Antenna (3SD1, 401 ALL
3SD2)
Installation of the DME Antenna 404 ALL
(3SD1, 3SD2)
INTERROGATOR - DME 34-51-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the DME Interrogator 401 ALL
(2SD1, 2SD2)
Installation of the DME 404 ALL
Interrogator (2SD1, 2SD2)
ATC/MODE S (SELECT) 34-52-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 2 ALL
System Description 2 ALL
Principle 2 ALL
System Architecture 5 ALL
Warning 7 ALL
Power Supply 7 ALL
Interface 7 ALL
Transponder Input Data 9 ALL
Transponder output buses 11 ALL
Component Description 11 ALL
ATC Transponder 11 ALL
ATC/TCAS Control Unit 26 ALL
Antenna 29 ALL
Operation 29 ALL
Control 29 ALL
Reconfiguration Switching 31 ALL
Test 31 ALL
CFDIU Interface 31 ALL
BITE Implementation 44 ALL
Power-up Tests Initialization 45 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions
34-CONTENTS Page 17
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ATC/MODE S (SELECT) 34-52-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Change of ICAO Address (after a 201 ALL
Change of Aircraft Registration
Number)
ATC 34-52-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the ATC 501 ALL
Operational Test of the ATC 504 ALL
Functional Test of the Altitude 506 ALL
Reporting Function
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S 510 ALL
Transponder
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S 517 ALL
Transponder
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S 526 ALL
Transponder
Functional Test of the ATC 535 ALL
Antennas
ANTENNA - ATC 34-52-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ATC Antenna (7SH1, 401 ALL
7SH2, 7SH3, 7SH4)
Installation of the ATC Antenna 405 ALL
(7SH1, 7SH2, 7SH3, 7SH4)
CONTROL UNIT - ATC/TCAS 34-52-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control 401 ALL
Unit (3SH)
Installation of the ATC/TCAS 404 ALL
Control Unit (3SH)
TRANSPONDER - ATC/MODE S 34-52-33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ATC/Mode S 401 ALL
Transponder (1SH1, 1SH2)
Installation of the ATC/Mode S 404 ALL
Transponder (1SH1, 1SH2)
ADF 34-53-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 18
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Principle 4 ALL
System Architecture 4 ALL
Utilisation Technical Data 9 ALL
Warning 14 ALL
Power Supply 14 ALL
Component Description 15 ALL
ADF Receiver 15 ALL
Loop and Sense Antenna 20 ALL
Operation 22 ALL
Test 22 ALL
Maintenance Test 22 ALL
CFDIU Interface 25 ALL
Power-up Tests Initialization 29 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions
ADF 34-53-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the ADF 501 ALL
Operational Test of the ADF 507 ALL
ANTENNA - ADF LOOP AND SENSE 34-53-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ADF Loop and Sense 401 ALL
Antenna
Installation of the ADF Loop and 405 ALL
Sense Antenna
RECEIVER - ADF 34-53-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 401 ALL
2RP2)
Installation of the ADF Receiver 404 ALL
(2RP1, 2RP2)
VOR/MARKER 34-55-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Foreword 1 ALL
VOR System 1 ALL
MARKER System 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
Principle 4 ALL
System Architecture 4 ALL
Utilization Technical Data 9 ALL
Warning 12 ALL
Power Supply 12 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 19
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Component Description 12 ALL
VOR/MKR Receiver 12 ALL
Antennas 21 ALL
Operation 24 ALL
Control 24 ALL
Reconfiguration Switching 24 ALL
BITE Function 26 ALL
Access to the VOR/MKR Sub-menu 26 ALL
Functions
Activation of the Test Function 26 ALL
BITE Test 26 ALL
CFDIU Interface 26 ALL
Power-up Tests Initialization 32 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions
VOR/MARKER 34-55-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
BITE Test of the VOR/MKR 501 ALL
Operational Test of the VOR/MKR 506 ALL
Functional Test of the VOR/MKR 509 ALL
ANTENNA - VOR 34-55-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the VOR Antenna 4RS 401 ALL
Installation of the VOR Antenna 405 ALL
4RS
ANTENNA - MARKER 34-55-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Marker Antenna 401 ALL
(1RS)
Installation of the Marker Antenna 405 ALL
(1RS)
RECEIVER - VOR/MARKER 34-55-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the VOR/MKR Receiver 401 ALL
(3RS1, 3RS2)
Installation of the VOR/MKR 404 ALL
Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
RMI - VOR/ADF/DME 34-57-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the VOR/ADF/DME RMI 401 ALL
(21FN)
Installation of the VOR/ADF/DME 404 ALL
RMI (21FN)
SATELLITE NAVIGATION 34-58-00
34-CONTENTS Page 20
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CHAPTER 34
__________
NAVIGATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
34-CONTENTS Page 21
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
NAVIGATION - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The aircraft navigation systems provide the crew with the data required for
flight within the most appropriate safety requirements.
These data can be divided into four groups :
- Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS)
- Landing and taxing aids
- Independent position determining
- Dependent position determining.
2. __________________
System Description
A. ADIRS
This part of the navigation system comprises :
- three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU)
- standby systems.
Each ADIRU performs :
- the air data function through its Air Data Reference (ADR) portion.
- the attitude, heading and position function through its Inertial
Reference (IR) portion.
(1) Air data function
Air data are provided by four independent sources :
(a) Three main systems
Each of the three main systems includes static probes, pitot
probes and their associated Air Data Modules (ADM), Total Air
Temperature (TAT) sensors and Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors.
They provide the ADR portion of the ADIRU with the necessary data
for the generation of parameters which are transmitted to the
Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and Navigation Displays (ND) and
the Angle of Attack (AOA) indicator (optional) and to the various
aircraft systems.
(b) A standby system
1
_ The standby system includes a standby altimeter, a standby
R airspeed indicator and a metric altimeter (optional) (Ref.
R 34-21) and the optional system ISIS (Ref. 34-22). They are
R provided with pressure by static probes and pitot probe linked
R to the ADIRU 3.
More explanations are given in the ADIRU system (Ref. 34-13).
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
Navigation - Systems Overvieww
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(2) Attitude, heading and position function
Attitude, heading and position data are provided by four independent
sources:
(a) Three main systems
The three main systems are made up of the following components :
- three IR portions
- a Control and Display Unit (CDU).
They provide inertial reference information, attitude (pitch,
roll and yaw), heading, ground speed and present position.
The primary information of rotation rates and linear acceleration
measured by the IR portions are directly used by the Auto Flight
System (AFS), by the Flight Augmentation Computer (FAC) and the
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC).
The IR data are transmitted to the indicators (PFD, ND and RMI)
and to the various aircraft systems.
(b) A standby system
1
_ The standby system includes a standby horizon indicator and a
standby compass (Ref. 34-22).
More explanations are given in the ADIRU system (Ref. 34-14).
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (2) Attitude, heading and position function
R Four sources that operate independently supply the attitude, heading
R and position data.
R (a) Three primary systems
R The three primary systems have the components that follow:
R - Three IR portions
R - A Mode Selector Unit (MSU).
R They supply inertial reference, attitude (pitch, roll and yaw),
R heading, ground speed and position data.
R The Auto Flight System (AFS), the Flight Augmentation Computer
R (FAC) and the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
R directly use the primary data related to the rotation rates and
R linear acceleration measured by the IR parts.
R The IR data is transmitted to the indicators (PFD, ND and RMI)
R and to the different aircraft systems.
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
R (b) A standby system
R 1
_ The standby system includes a standby horizon indicator and a
R standby compass (Ref. 34-22).
R More data is given in the ADIRU system chapter (Ref. 34-14).
R **ON A/C ALL
B. Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) (optional system)
The Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) indicator replaces the
three conventional standby instruments i.e.:
- the standby altimeter (and standby altimeter in meters -optional-)
- the standby airspeed indicator
- the standby horizon indicator.
The standby heading is given by a magnetic compass, which is an
independent instrument.
(1) The ISIS indicator, provides the following standby data on a Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) installed in place of the standby horizon:
- Attitude,
- Standard or baro-corrected altitude and related barometric pressure
- Indicated airspeed and Mach number
- Lateral acceleration
and the following optional parameters:
- ILS deviation
- V-bar aircraft symbol
- Barometric pressure in hPa or in hPa and in.Hg
- Altitude in meters.
In addition, two specific functions are available:
- Display and adjustment of four airspeed bugs and four airspeed
altitude bugs
- Automatic test procedure.
More explanations are given in the ISIS system (Ref. 34-22).
C. Landing and Taxiing Aids
This part of the navigation system comprises :
(1) Paravisual Indicator (PVI) (optional system)
The aircraft is equipped with one PVI installed on the glareshield
panel 131VU, Captains side.
This system provides the Captain with an image which serves as a
piloting aid for take-off and landing in reduced visibility
conditions.
The system receives parameters from the DMC1 which can be switched to
the DMC3, and generates the image.
More explanations are given in the PVI system (Ref. 34-34).
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
(2) Head Up Display (HUD) (optional system)
The aircraft is equipped with :
- a HUDC (Head Up Display Computer)
- a OHU (Optical Head Unit).
This system provides the Captain with an image superimposed on the
outside world in his field of view. This image gives the guidance
information in take-off, landing or approach configurations.
The HUDC processes the input parameters received from the Display
Management Computer 1 (DMC1), which can be switched to the DMC3, and
sends them to the OHU after transformation.
More explanations are given in the HUD system (Ref. 34-35).
(3) Instrument Landing System (ILS) or Multi-Mode Receiver (MMR)
(optional system)
Both ILS or MMR receivers are controlled from FMGCs and Radio
Management Panels (RMPs) featuring two output channels, one command
output and one dialog output.
All data are shown on the EFIS displays.
More explanations are given in the ILS system (Ref. 34-36).
(a) The ILS system enables to know the aircraft position during the
landing phase with respect to a predetermined descent path.
This system is composed of:
- two ILS receivers
- a Localizer antenna
- a Glide/Slope antenna.
(b) The MMR system is a navigation system with two internal
receivers, the Instrument Landing System (ILS) and the Global
Positioning System (GPS).
1
_ The ILS function is to provide the crew and the airborne
system users with lateral (LOC) and vertical (Glide/Slope)
deviations signals, with respect to the approach ILS radio
beam transmitted by a ground station.
2
_ The GPS function is a radio aid to worldwide navigation which
provides:
- the crew with a readout of accurate navigation information,
e.g. position, track and speed.
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) with
position information, for accurate position fixing.
The MMR system is composed of:
- two MMR receivers
- a Localizer antenna
- a Glide/Slope antenna
- two GPS ACTIVE antennas.
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 5
May 01/08
R
VOI
D. Independent Position Determining
This part of the navigation system, which is basically independent of
ground installations, provides data on the position of the aircraft. It
comprises :
(1) Weather radar system
The weather radar system is a X-band system which can be capable of
the Predictive Windshear function. This system enables:
- detection and localization of the atmospheric disturbances in the
area defined by the antenna scanning with visual display of their
intensity
- presentation of terrain mapping information by the combination of
the orientation of the radar beam and of the receiver gain
- detection and presentation of windshear events in the area defined
by the antenna scanning (if the Predictive Windshear function is
operative).
NOTE : The Electronic Flight Instrumental System (EFIS) controls the
____
operation and superimposes the weather picture on the
Navigation Display.
This system is made up of the following components :
- one or two transceivers (transceiver 2 is optional)
- a control unit
- a flat plate antenna and its drive unit.
More explanations are given in the W/R system (Ref. 34-41).
(2) Radio altimeter
The function of the radio altimeter is to determine precisely and
continuously, the height of the aircraft from 0 to 2500 ft above the
terrain independently of the atmospheric pressure.
The Height and Decision Height data are displayed on the PFD. The
selection and reading of Decision Height are performed on the
Multipurpose Control and Display unit (MCDU).
The radio altimeter system is composed of:
- two transceivers
- four identical antennas, one for transmission and one for reception
for each transceiver.
More explanations are given in the RA system (Ref. 34-42).
(3) Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) (optional system)
The TCAS is designed to protect a volume of airspace around the TCAS
equipped aircraft. The function of the TCAS II is to determine the
range, altitude and bearing of other aircraft equipped with ATC
transponders. The system monitors the trajectory of the other
aircraft for the purpose of determining if any of them constitute a
potential collision hazard. If a potential conflict exists, the
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 6
May 01/08
R
VOI
system provides the pilots with aural and visual advisories which
indicate the vertical avoidance maneuvers.
The aircraft is equipped with :
- a TCAS computer unit
- two TCAS antennas.
The system exchanges data with the Air Traffic Control (ATC) System.
Traffic advisories are shown on the EFIS displays.
More explanations are given in the TCAS system (Ref. 34-43).
(4) Gound Proximity Warning System (GPWS)
This system is used to inform the crew if the aircraft is in a
dangerous configuration when approaching the ground in a
non-predetermined manner.
(a) The GPWS generates aural and visual warnings if the aircraft
adopts a potentially hazardous condition with respect to:
- Mode 1 - Excessive rate of descent
- Mode 2 - Excessive closure rate with terrain
- Mode 3 - Descent after takeoff and minimum terrain clearance
- Mode 4 - Unsafe terrain clearance
- Mode 5 - Descent below glide slope.
The system is operative between 30ft and 2450ft radio altitude.
(b) Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (Enhanced GPWS)
(optional system)
The purpose of the Enhanced GPWS is to alert the flight crew of
potentially hazardous conditions with respect to the terrain.
The following Enhanced features have been added to existing basic
Ground Proximity Warning Modes 1 to 5 which are the backbone of
the system:
- Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF) function. It creates an
increasing terrain clearance envelope around the intended
airport runway directly related to the distance from the
runway. The TCF function generates aural and visual alerts.
- Terrain Awareness alerting and Display (TAD) function. This
function uses aircraft geographic position, aircraft altitude
and a terrain data base to predict potential conflicts between
the aircraft flight path and the terrain, and to provide
graphic displays of the conflicting terrain on the NDs.
The terrain awareness alerting algorithms continuously compute
terrain clearance envelopes ahead of the aircraft.
More explanations are given in the GPWS system (Ref. 34-48).
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 7
May 01/08
R
VOI
E. Dependent Position Determining
This part of the navigation system comprises :
(1) Distance Measuring Equipment (DME)
The DME enables the distance separating the aircraft from one or two
DME station being received to be known.
The DME is made up of two systems comprising respectively :
- a DME interrogator
- a transmission/reception antenna.
The system receives frequency information from FMGCs or RMPs.
The slant range distance is displayed on NDs and PFDs.
More explanations are given in the DME system (Ref. 34-51).
The slant range distance is displayed also on a VOR/DME Radio
Magnetic Indicator (RMI) or a VOR/ADF/DME RMI (optional) (Ref.
34-57).
(2) Air Traffic Control (ATC)
The ATC allows an operator of the corresponding equipment on the
ground to locate and identify the aircraft in flight without having
to communicate with the crew.
The system is made up of the following components :
- two ATC transponders
- a ATC/TCAS control unit
- four ATC antennas: two bottom antennas and two top antennas
(optional).
More explanations are given in the ATC system (Ref. 34-52).
(3) Automatic Direction Finder (ADF)
The ADF enables the bearings of one or two ADF ground transmitter
stations to be permanently indicated with respect to the aircraft
heading.
The system is made up of the following components :
- one or two transceivers (transceiver 2 is optional)
- two ADF loop and sense antennas.
The system receives frequency information from FMGCs or RMPs.
The ADF bearings are displayed on:
- two EFIS Navigation Displays (in Rose mode).
- a Radio Magnetic Indicator (RMI) (optional) (Ref. 34-57).
More explanations are given in the ADF system (Ref. 34-53).
(4) VHF Omni-Range (VOR)
The VOR firstly enables the bearings of one or two VOR ground
transmitter stations to be permanently indicated with respect to the
aircraft heading, and secondly it indicates the aircraft course
deviation with respect to a preselected course.
The system is made up of the following components :
- two VOR/MKR receivers
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 8
May 01/08
R
VOI
- a VOR antenna to supply the two VOR/MKR receivers
- a MARKER antenna to supply the VOR/MKR receiver 1 which is the only
one to ensure the MARKER function.
The system receives frequency information from FMGCs or RMPs.
VOR data are displayed on:
- two EFIS PFDs
- two EFIS NDs
- a VOR/DME Radio magnetic Indicator (RMI) or a VOR/ADF/DME RMI
(optional) (Ref. 34-57).
Marker data are displayed on CAPT and F/O PFDs and NDs.
More explanations are given in the VOR/MARKER system (Ref. 34-55).
(5) Global Positioning System (GPS) (optional system)
The GPS system is a radio aid to worldwide navigation which provides:
- the crew with a readout of accurate navigation information, e.g.
position, track and speed.
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) with position
information for accurate position fixing.
To this end, the GPS system uses signals broadcast by a constellation
of 24 satellites at a frequency of 1575.42 MHz.
The GPS system is composed of:
- two GPS Sensor Units (GPSSUs)
- two GPS antennas.
More explanations are given in the GPS system (Ref. 34-58).
EFF :
ALL 34-00-00
Page 9
May 01/08
VOI
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The main air data and heading/attitude data are provided by a three-channel
Air Data Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).
This configuration provides for triple redundant information for all
inertial and air data functions.
Each channel is isolated from the others and provides independent
information as defined by ARINC Characteristic 738.
The ADIRS comprises:
- Three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU) (ATA 34-12)
- A control and Display Unit (CDU) (ATA 34-12)
- Three pitot probes (ATA 34-11)
- Six static probes (ATA 34-11)
- Eight Air Data Modules (ADM) Linked to the pitot and static probes (ATA
34-11)
- Two Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensors (ATA 34-11)
- Three Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors (ATA 34-11)
Each of the ADIRUs contains two portions:
- The Air Data Reference (ADR) portion which supplies air data parameters
(ATA 34-13)
- The Inertial Reference (IR) portion which supplies attitude and navigation
parameters (ATA 34-14).
The parameters are transmitted to the user systems on ARINC 429 buses.
The Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) is included in the ADIRUs and the ADMs.
It detects and identifies a failure related to the ADIRS and reports it to
the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) (ATA 34-18).
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R A three-channel Air Data Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) supplies the
R primary air data and heading/attitude data.
R This configuration has triple redundant data for all the inertial and air
R data functions.
R Each channel is isolated from the other channels and supplies data
R independently as given in the ARINC Characteristic 738.
R The ADIRS has:
R - Three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU) (ATA 34-12)
R - A Mode Selector Unit (MSU) (ATA 34-12)
R - Three pitot probes (ATA 34-11)
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRU - Block Diagram
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-10-00
Page 2
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRU - Block Diagram
R Figure 001A
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-10-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
R - Six static probes (ATA 34-11)
R - Eight Air Data Modules (ADM) connected to the pitot and static probes (ATA
R 34-11)
R - Two Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensors (ATA 34-11)
R - Three Angle of Attack (AOA) sensors (ATA 34-11)
R Each of the ADIRUs has two parts:
R - The Air Data Reference (ADR) part which supplies air data parameters (ATA
R 34-13)
R - The Inertial Reference (IR) portion which supplies attitude and navigation
R parameters (ATA 34-14).
R The parameters are transmitted to the user systems through the ARINC 429
R buses.
R The Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) is included in the ADIRUs and the ADMs.
R It senses and identifies a failure related to the ADIRS and sends it to the
R Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) (ATA 34-18).
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-10-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-10-00-860-002
ADIRS Start Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-10-00-860-061
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 201
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-10-00-010-065
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover
Subtask 34-10-00-865-070
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-10-00-710-065
A. ADIRS Start Procedure.
(1) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU:
(a) Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.
(b) Make sure that the ON BAT light comes on for 5 seconds and the
ALIGN legend of the IR1, IR2 and IR3 annunciators comes on.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 202
May 01/08
VOI
(c) Make sure that the FAULT and OFF legends of the ADR1, ADR2 and
ADR3 pushbutton switches are off.
(2) On the CAPT and F/O main instrument panels, on the PFDs :
- make sure that the CAS, ALT and V/S come into view.
- make sure that the attitude data come into view 40 seconds
approximetaly after the three selector switches are at NAV.
(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the SYS DISPLAY selector switch to 1 and the
DATA DISPLAY selector switch to PPOS, and make sure that dashes are
shown on the CDU display.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-10-00-710-065-A
R A. ADIRS Start Procedure.
R (1) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS MSU:
R (a) Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.
R (b) Make sure that the ON BAT light comes on for 5 seconds and then
R goes off.
R (c) Make sure that the FAULT and OFF legends of the ADR1, ADR2 and
R ADR3 pushbutton switches are off.
R (d) Make sure that the FAULT and OFF legends of the IR1, IR2 and IR3
R pushbutton switches are off.
R (2) On the CAPT and F/O main instrument panels, on the PFDs :
R - Make sure that the CAS, ALT and V/S come into view.
R - Make sure that the attitude data come into view 40 seconds
R approximetaly after the three selector switches are at NAV.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 203
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-410-065
A. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 204
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-10-00-860-004
IR Alignment Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-10-00-860-057
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 205
May 01/08
VOI
(3) On the overhead panel:
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (the OFF legends are
on).
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.
(4) On the glareshield, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
FCU, set the mode selector switches to ROSE/NAV.
NOTE : (1) During the alignment phase until the NAV mode is got, the
____
aircraft must not move.
NOTE : (2) During the alignment phase necessary to get the NAV mode,
____
the time for alignment is shown:
- in the right part of the display of the ADIRS CDU, if the
DATA DISPLAY selector switch is at HDG. The indication is as
follows: TTN5
- on the upper ECAM display unit, minute after minute (from 6
MN to 1 MN) as follows: IRS IN ALIGN 6 MN.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-10-00-860-057-A
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) On the overhead panel:
R - On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (the OFF legends are
R on).
R - On the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switches are at OFF.
R (4) On the glareshield, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
R FCU, set the mode selector switches to ROSE/NAV.
R NOTE : (1) During the alignment phase until the NAV mode is got, the
____
R aircraft must not move.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 206
May 01/08
VOI
R NOTE : (2) During the alignment phase necessary to get the NAV mode,
____
R the time for alignment is shown:
R - On the upper ECAM display unit, minute after minute (from 6
R MN to 1 MN) as follows: IRS IN ALIGN 6 MN.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-10-00-010-062
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-10-00-865-079
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP 8TW J17
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 207
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-10-00-860-058
A. IR Alignment from the ADIRS CDU
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - the OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
selector switches to NAV ADR3 pushbutton switches stays off.
- the ON BAT light stays on for 5
seconds.
- the ALIGN legend comes on.
After approximately 40 seconds:
- on the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
. the ATT warning flags go out of
view.
. the attitude data come into view.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
memo section shows IRS IN ALIGN > 7
MN.
- set the DATA DISPLAY selector
switch to PPOS
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector
switch to 1
- on the CDU keyboard, enter the The ADIRS CDU shows the coordinates
present position (example for N 43-36-8 (in the left part of the
Toulouse): display) and
N 43⁰ 36 8 then push the ENT E 1-21-9 (in the right part of the
key, display).
E 1⁰ 21 9 then push the ENT
key.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 208
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If the coordinates are
____
incorrect, push the CLR
key and enter new data as
above.
NOTE : If an incorrect longitude
____
is entered two times in
sequence during PPOS
entry, the ADIRUs will
accept this position until
the subsequent alignment.
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector After a time delay of approximately 5
switch to 2, then to 3 and make minutes:
sure that the coordinates shown - on the CAPT and F/O NDs , the HDG
are the same for the three warning flags go out of view and the
ADIRUs. Set the SYS DISPLAY heading dial comes into view.
selector switch to 1. After a time delay of approximately 10
minutes:
- on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
the IR1, IR2 and IR3 annunciators
goes off
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IRS IN ALIGN 1 MN indication goes out
of view (the ADIRUs are in the NAV
mode).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAINTENANCE INDICATION | DESCRIPTION
ON THE CDU |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STS - IRU FAULT | Critical failure. Remove the IRU for
| maintenance.
STS - DELAYED MAINT | Non critical failure. Remove the IRU
| if necessary.
STS - ENTER P POS | Enter the present position.
STS - SELECT ATT | Non critical failure. Set the ATT mode
STS - XCESS MOTION | Excessive movements of the aircraft
| during the alignment.
STS - ADR FAULT | ADR non valid.
STS - CHECK CK/BK | Do the check of the circuit breaker.
STS - CDU FAULT | Remove the CDU for maintenance.
STS - ENT MAG HDG | Enter the magnetic heading in
| attitude mode.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-10-00
Page 209
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAINTENANCE INDICATION | DESCRIPTION
ON THE CDU |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : These status indications are given to help you. They come into
____
view only when the DATA DISPLAY selector switch on the ADIRS CDU
is at STS, after a fault detection.
Subtask 34-10-00-860-059
B. IR Alignment from the MCDU:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel
121VU:
- open the circuit breaker 10CA2.
2. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - The OFF legend of the ADR pushbutton
selector switches to NAV. switches flashes two times, then goes
off.
- The ON BAT light comes on for 5
seconds.
- The ALIGN legend of the IR1, IR2 and
IR3 annunciators comes on.
On the upper ECAM display unit the memo
section shows IRS IN ALIGN > 7 MN (only
if one FMGC (1 or 2) is energized)
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- CAS, V/S and ALT data come into view.
- after approximately 40 seconds the
ATT warning flags go out of view and
the attitude data come into view.
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector
switch to 1 (2 or 3) and the
DATA DISPLAY selector switch to
PPOS.
3. On the MCDU1 or 2: On the MCDU1 or 2:
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-10-00
Page 210
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- turn the BRT knob (or push the
BRT key)
- Push the MCDU MENU mode key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to
the FMGC indication.
- Push the INIT mode key. The INIT A page comes into view.
- Enter an airline code route The code number is shown in the
with the keyboard. scratchpad line (bottom part of the
MCDU).
- Push the line key adjacent to - The code number comes into view below
the CO RTE indication the CO RTE indication.
- The latitude and longitude are shown
below the LAT and LONG indications.
The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
adjacent to the LAT indication are
shown.
- The ALIGN IRS indication is shown on
the line above the LONG coordinates.
NOTE : You can increase or decrease the
____
LAT or/and LONG magnitude as
indicated in para. 4 and 5. If
no LAT or LONG change is
necessary, go to the para. 6.
NOTE : If an incorrect longitude is
____
entered two times in sequence
during PPOS entry, the ADIRU
will accept this position until
the subsequent alignment.
4. For the LAT change:
- on the MCDU keyboard, push one The LAT coordinates increase or
of the two slew keys. decrease:
- by 1 minute, each time you push the
slew key
- by 1 minute/second, if you push and
hold the slew key.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-10-00
Page 211
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. For the LONG change:
- on the MCDU, push the line key The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
adjacent to the LONG move to the LONG indication.
coordinates.
- on the MCDU keyboard, push one The LONG coordinates increase or
of the two slew keys. decrease as for the LAT.
6. On the MCDU, push the line key On the MCDU, the ALIGN IRS indication
adjacent to the ALIGN IRS goes out of view.
indication.
7. On the ADIRS CDU, set the SYS The coordinates which are in view on
DISPLAY selector switch to 2, the ADIRS CDU are the same as the
then to 3 and make sure that the coordinates shown on the MCDU
coordinates shown are the same After approximately 5 minutes:
for the three ADIRUs. Set the SYS - on the CAPT and F/O NDs, the HDG
DISPLAY selector switch to 1 warning flags go out of view and the
heading dial comes into view.
After approximately 10 minutes:
- on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
the IR1, IR2 and IR3 goes off.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IRS IN ALIGN 1 MN indication goes out
of view.
8. On the related circuit breaker
panel:
- open the circuit breaker 10CA1
(49VU).
- close the circuit breaker 10CA2
(121VU).
9. Do the same test from the para. Same results.
2.
10. On the related circuit breaker
panel, close the circuit breaker
10CA1.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-10-00
Page 212
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-10-00-860-059-A
R B. IR Alignment from the MCDU:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the circuit breaker panel
R 121VU:
R - Open the circuit breaker 10CA2.
R 2. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - The OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
R selector switches to NAV. ADR3 pushbutton switches flashes two
R times,then goes off.
R - The FAULT legend of the IR1, IR2 and
R IR3 pushbutton switches is off.
R - The ON BAT light comes on for 5
R seconds.
R On the upper ECAM display unit the memo
R section shows IRS IN ALIGN > 7 MN (only
R if one FMGC (1 or 2) is energized)
R On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
R - CAS, V/S and ALT data come into view.
R - After approximately 40 seconds the
R ATT warning flags go out of view and
R the attitude data come into view.
R 3. On the MCDU1 or 2: On the MCDU1 or 2:
R - Turn the BRT knob (or push the
R BRT key)
R - Push the MCDU MENU mode key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to
R the FMGC indication.
R - Push the INIT mode key. The INIT A page comes into view.
R - Enter an airline code route The code number is shown in the
R with the MCDU keyboard. scratchpad line (bottom part of the
R MCDU).
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-10-00
Page 213
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The code number comes into view below
R the CO RTE indication the CO RTE indication.
R - The latitude and longitude are shown
R below the LAT and LONG indications.
R The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
R adjacent to the LAT indication are
R shown.
R - The ALIGN IRS indication is shown on
R the line above the LONG coordinates.
R NOTE : You can increase or decrease the
____
R LAT or/and LONG magnitude as
R indicated in para. 4 and 5. If
R no LAT or LONG change is
R necessary, go to the para. 6.
R NOTE : If an incorrect longitude is
____
R entered two times in sequence
R during PPOS entry, the ADIRU
R will accept this position until
R the subsequent alignment.
R 4. For the LAT change:
R - On the MCDU keyboard, push one The LAT coordinates increase or
R of the two slew keys. decrease:
R - By 1 minute, each time you push the
R slew key
R - By 1 minute/second, if you push and
R hold the slew key.
R 5. For the LONG change:
R - On the MCDU, push the line key The slew prompts (up and down arrow)
R adjacent to the LONG move to the LONG indication.
R coordinates.
R - On the MCDU keyboard, push one The LONG coordinates increase or
R of the two slew keys. decrease as for the LAT.
R 6. On the MCDU, push the line key On the MCDU, the ALIGN IRS indication
R adjacent to the ALIGN IRS goes out of view.
R indication. After approximately 5 minutes:
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-10-00
Page 214
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the HDG
R warning flags go out of view and the
R heading dial comes into view.
R After approximately 10 minutes:
R - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
R IRS IN ALIGN 1 MN indication goes out
R of view.
R 7. On the related circuit breaker
R panel:
R - Open the circuit breaker 10CA1
R (49VU).
R - Close the circuit breaker 10CA2
R (121VU).
R 8. Do the same test from the para. Same results.
R 2.
R 9. On the related circuit breaker
R panel, close the circuit breaker
R 10CA1.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-410-062
A. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 215
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-10-00-860-005
ADIRS Stop Procedure
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-10-00-860-069
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING control panel 8VU:
- set the AIR DATA selector switch to NORM
- set the ATT HDG selector switch to NORM.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-10-00-860-070
A. ADIRS Stop Procedure
(1) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 216
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-10-00-860-070-A
R A. ADIRS Stop Procedure
R (1) On the ADIRS MSU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-860-071
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 217
May 01/08
VOI
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - SERVICING
______________________________________________________
TASK 34-10-00-170-001
Flushing of the Principal Total Pressure Lines
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-07
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi)
No specific WIRE-NYLON dia. 0,7 and 0,8mm
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
R 98D34103002000 1 ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING
98D34103004001 1 CLEANER-PITOT PROBE
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
R System
34-10-00-991-001 Fig. 301
34-10-00-991-003 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 34-10-00-991-001)
NOTE : The hose couplings are self-sealing.
____
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 301
Feb 01/09
VOI
Routing of Pressure Lines
Figure 301/TASK 34-10-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 302
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-10-00-010-059
A. Get access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 123 at the access
door 812 (in the zone 122 at the access door 822).
(2) Open the access door: for ADM 19FP1 (19FP2): 812 (822).
Subtask 34-10-00-860-051
B. Connect the Dry Nitrogen Source
(1) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling from the ADM 19FP1 (19FP2).
R (2) Connect an ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 3-pin adapter
(98D34103002100) to the total pressure hose. Then connect it to the
dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi).
(3) Attach the hose to prevent movement.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-10-00-170-050
A. Flushing of the Total Pressure Line
(1) Blow the gas into the hose at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi) for
approximately 3 minutes.
(2) Clean draining hole of the pitot probe 1(2) with CLEANER-PITOT PROBE
and WIRE-NYLON dia. 0,7 and 0,8mm.
(3) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at
the outlet of the pitot probe 1(2).
(4) Stop the flow of gas.
(5) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.
(6) Remove the 3-pin adapter.
(7) Release the hose.
(8) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling to the ADM 19FP1 (19FP2).
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 34-10-00-991-003)
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 303
Feb 01/09
VOI
Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
Figure 302/TASK 34-10-00-991-003
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 304
Aug 01/07
R
VOI
(9) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.
(10) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly
attached.
Subtask 34-10-00-170-053
R B. After the flushing.
R WARNING : IF ONE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING IS DISCONNECTED IN ONE SYSTEM,
_______
R MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL
R INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO
R MECHANICS MUST SIGN OFF THE JOB.
R IF TWO OR MORE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS ARE DISCONNECTED IN
TWO OR MORE SYSTEMS, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC
DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING
CONNECTIONS AND DOES THE LEAK TEST. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN
OFF THE JOB.
R (1) If one quick disconnect coupling is disconnected in one total
R pressure line does a visual inspection of the quick disconnect
R coupling by a second qualified mechanic.
R (2) If two (or more) quick disconnect coupling are disconnected in two
R (or more) total pressure lines:
R (a) Do a visual inspection of the quick disconnect coupling
R connections by a second qualified mechanic.
R (b) Do the leak test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
R System (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-002).
R (c) The two mechanics must sign off the job.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-410-059
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 812 (822).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 305
Feb 01/09
VOI
TASK 34-10-00-170-002
Flushing of the Principal Static Pressure Lines
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
R 98D34103002000 1 ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
R System
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-10-00-991-001 Fig. 301
34-10-00-991-003 Fig. 302
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 34-10-00-991-001)
NOTE : The hose couplings are self-sealing.
____
Subtask 34-10-00-010-060
A. Get access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 128 at the access
door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 306
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-10-00-860-052
B. Connect the Dry Nitrogen Source
(1) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling from the ADM 19FP4 or 19FP5
(19FP6 or 19FP7).
R (2) Connect a ADAPTERS - AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING (98D34103002000) 3-pin
adapter (98D34103002100) to the static pressure hose. Then connect it
to the dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi).
(3) Attach the hose to prevent movement.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-10-00-170-051
A. Flushing of the Static Pressure Line
(1) Blow the gas into the hose at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi) for
approximately 1 minute.
(2) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at
the outlet of the L or R static probe 1 (L or R static probe 2).
(3) Stop the flow of gas.
(4) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.
(5) Remove the 3-pin adapter .
(6) Release the hose.
(7) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling to the ADM 19FP4 or 19FP5
(19FP6 or 19FP7).
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 34-10-00-991-003)
(8) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.
(9) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly
attached.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 307
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-10-00-170-054
B. After the flushing.
R WARNING : IF ONE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING IS DISCONNECTED IN ONE SYSTEM,
_______
R MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL
R INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO
R MECHANICS MUST SIGN OFF THE JOB.
R IF TWO OR MORE QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS ARE DISCONNECTED IN
TWO OR MORE SYSTEMS, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED MECHANIC
DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT COUPLING
CONNECTIONS AND DOES THE LEAK TEST. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN
OFF THE JOB.
R (1) If one quick disconnect coupling is disconnected in one static
R pressure line does a visual inspection of the quick disconnect
R coupling by a second qualified mechanic.
R (2) If two (or more) Quick Disconnect coupling are disconnected on the
R two (or more) Static Pressure Lines:
R (a) Do a visual inspection of the Quick Disconnect coupling
R connections by a second qualified mechanic.
R (b) Do the leak test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
R System (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-002).
R (c) The two mechanics must sign off the job.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-410-060
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 308
Feb 01/09
VOI
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
______________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-10-00-040-002
ADIRS - Check of all Flight Control Accelerometers for Correct Operation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-10-01
Air data inertial reference
ADIRS
ADIRS (FAA Only)
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-96-00-740-001 BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-10-00-860-077
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the STS key
(on the lower ECAM DU, the STATUS page comes into view).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-10-00-040-050
A. Make sure that there is no F/CTL maintenance status on the STATUS page.
If there is the F/CTL maintenance status:
(1) Do the BITE test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-
740-001).
(2) Make sure that there are no maintenance messages related to the
flight control accelerometers 12CE1, 12CE2, 12CE3 and 12CE4.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-860-078
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) Make an entry in the logbook.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________
TASK 34-10-00-710-001
Check of the ADIRS CDU Brightness and Display
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-10-00-860-063
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002)
(2) on the panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-10-00-010-063
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-10-00-865-050
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 502
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-10-00-710-050
A. Check from the ADIRS CDU:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switches to NAV
- set the DATA DISPLAY selector - the display (LCD) segments come on
switch to TEST and keep it in - the ENT and CLR keys come on green.
this position.
2. Release the DATA DISPLAY selector
switch.
Subtask 34-10-00-710-051
B. Check from the INT LT ANN LT switch:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 25VU, set the INT LT On the ADIRS CDU:
ANN LT switch to TEST. - the display (LCD) segments come on
- the ENT and CLR keys come on green
- the ON BAT light comes on
- the FAULT/OFF legends of the ADR
pushbutton switches come on. The
FAULT/ALIGN legends of the IR
annunciators come on.
2. Set the INT LT ANN LT switch to
BRT or DIM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-860-064
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002)
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-10-00-410-063
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-10-00-710-007
Test of the Angle of Attack Warning
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AOA SENSOR CAN MOVE FREELY DURING THE TEST (IT
_______
WILL MOVE FROM THE STANDBY POSITION TO THE TEST POSITION).
Subtask 34-10-00-860-065
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the overhead panel:
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- On the panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
(3) Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009)
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(5) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
Subtask 34-10-00-010-064
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 506
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-10-00-865-064
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 34-10-00-865-076
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 507
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-10-00-710-062
A. Test of the Angle of Attack Warning
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - make sure that the CAS, ALT, V/S data
selector switches to NAV. are shown.
- make sure that the attitude data is
shown 40 seconds after start up.
2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) comes into view.
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the AOA SENSOR TEST page comes into
the AOA SENSOR TEST indication. view with these indications: AOA
SENSOR COMMANDED TO FIXED POSITION
MAKE SURE THAT THE AURAL STALL
WARNING IS GENERATED.
On the L (R) side of the fuselage, in
the zone 231 (232) (127), the angle of
attack sensor 3FP1 (3FP2) (3FP3) under
test moves to the test position.
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash.
You can hear the cricket aural warning
and the STALL voice.
- Push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU:
the YES indication. - the TEST OK indication comes into
view.
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
the RETURN indication until the The warning goes out of view.
CFDS menu page comes into view. On the MCDU:
- the CFDS menu page comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 508
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-860-066
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ADIRS CDU, set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-10-00-865-077
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2
Subtask 34-10-00-410-064
C. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 509
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-10-00-710-009
Operational Test of the 5-minute Time Delay of ADIRU 2 and 3 Power
Disconnection in Emergency Configuration
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-05
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-10-00-860-067
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 510
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) On the overhead panel:
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
R (4) On the SWICHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA and ATT HDG
R selector switches are at NORMAL position.
Subtask 34-10-00-010-057
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-10-00-865-068
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 511
May 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-10-00-710-064
A. Operational Test of the 5-minute Time Delay of ADIRU 2 and 3 Power
Disconnection in Emergency Configuration
NOTE : Ignore the ECAM warnings that can occur when you open the circuit
____
breakers 9FP, 10FP, 4FP2, 4FP3 and 2WC.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
R
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ALIGN legend comes on.
R switches related to the IR 2 - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
R and IR 3 to NAV. seconds.
- push the ADR 2 and ADR 3 - the OFF legend comes on.
pushbutton switches. On the F/O PFD:
- after approximately 35 seconds, the
attitude is shown.
2. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:
121VU:
R - open the circuit breakers 2WC, - the ON BAT light comes on.
R 4FP2 and 10FP. - the ALIGN legend of the IR 2
annunciator stays on.
- the OFF legend ADR2 p/b sw goes off.
After 5 minutes
- the ALIGN legend of the IR 2
annunciator and the ON BAT light go
off.
On the F/O PFD:
- the ATT warning flag is shown.
3. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:
121VU:
R - close the circuit breakers 10FP - the ON BAT light can flash for 5
R and 4FP2. seconds,
R - the ALIGN legend of the IR 2
R annunciator comes on,
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 512
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - the OFF/FAULT legend ADR 2 p/bsw can
R flash for 3 seconds.
4. On the circuit breaker panel On the ADIRS CDU:
121VU:
- open the circuit breakers 9FP - the ON BAT light comes on.
and 4FP3. After 5 minutes:
- the ALIGN legend of the IR 3
annunciator, the OFF legend ADR3 p/b
sw and the ON BAT light go off.
5. On the circuit breaker panel
121VU:
R - close the circuit breakers 2WC, - the ON BAT light stays off,
R 4FP3 and 9FP. - the ALIGN legend of the IR 3
R annunciator comes on,
R - the OFF/FAULT legend ADR 3 p/bsw can
R flash for 3 seconds.
6. On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the two OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switches to OFF.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-10-00-860-068
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
Subtask 34-10-00-410-057
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 513
May 01/08
VOI
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-10-00
Page 514
May 01/08
VOI
SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The aircraft is equipped with three Air Data/Inertial Reference Units
(ADIRUs).
Each ADIRU receives data from the four types of sensors after:
- three pitot probes which provide total pressure data,
- six static probes which provide static pressure data,
- two Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensors which provide air temperature
data,
- three Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors which provide angle of attack data of
the aircraft.
The TAT sensors and the angle of attack sensors are directly connected to
the ADIRUs. The pitot probes and the static probes are connected to eight
Air Data Modules (ADM) which convert pressure data before they send them to
the ADIRUs.
The sensors, the probes, the ADMs and the ADIRUs are power supplied as
follows:
-------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28VDC | 115VAC | 26VAC |
-------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | X | X | X |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | X | X |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | X | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | X | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | X | | |
|----------------|-------|--------|-------|
| ADM |13.5VAC from ADIRU |
-------------------------------------------
In normal configuration, the Captain Primary Flight Display (PFD) and
Navigation Display (ND) show the data computed by the ADIRU 1.
The First Officer PFD and ND show the data computed by the ADIRU 2.
The data from the ADIRU 3 can be displayed by action on the AIR DATA
selector switch or on the ATT HDG selector switch located on the SWITCHING
panel.
These selector switches which define a priority order for the ADIRUs are
also used by several other aircraft systems (Ref. Para. 4.F.).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
VOI
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The sensors, probes and ADMs are located on the aircraft as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3FP1 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 1 127 824 34-11-19
3FP2 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 2 128 824 34-11-19
3FP3 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 3 127 824 34-11-19
11FP1 SENSOR-TAT, 1 121 34-11-18
11FP2 SENSOR-TAT, 2 122 34-11-18
19FP1 ADM-L TOTAL PRESSURE NONE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP2 ADM-R TOTAL PRESSURE 126 822 34-11-17
19FP3 ADM-STBY TOTAL PRESSURE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP4 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP5 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP6 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP7 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP8 ADM-STBY STATIC PRESSURE 121 811 34-11-17
7DA1 PROBE-L STATIC, 1 127 824 34-11-16
7DA2 PROBE-L STATIC, 2 127 824 34-11-16
7DA3 PROBE-L STATIC, 3 121 811 34-11-16
8DA1 PROBE-R STATIC, 1 128 824 34-11-16
8DA2 PROBE-R STATIC, 2 128 824 34-11-16
8DA3 PROBE-R STATIC, 3 122 811 34-11-16
9DA1 PROBE-PITOT, 1 125 812 34-11-15
9DA2 PROBE-PITOT, 2 126 822 34-11-15
9DA3 PROBE-PITOT, 3 125 812 34-11-15
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
VOI
ADIRS - Probe and Sensor Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
VOI
The different ADIRS switching devices are located on the aircraft as
follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12FP RELAY-ADIRS ON BAT/GROUND WARN 103VU 126 34-11-00
13FP SEL SW-ATT HDG 8VU 210 34-11-00
14FP RELAY-ADIRS 3 PWR SHEDDING 103VU 126 34-11-00
15FP SEL SW-AIR DATA 8VU 210 34-11-00
16FP RELAY-ADIRS 3 28VDC CONTROL 103VU 126 34-11-00
17FP RELAY-ADIRS 2 PWR SHEDDING 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP1 RELAY-AOA1 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP2 RELAY-AOA2 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
21FP3 RELAY-AOA3 TEST 103VU 126 34-11-00
22FP SW-L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION 188VU 128 34-11-00
23FP RELAY-ADIRS LGCIU GND POS 103VU 126 34-11-00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The function of the switch (22FP) is described in 34-12-00.
____
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
VOI
3. ____________
Power Supply
A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The ADIRU is normally supplied with 115VAC, 400 Hz power for the ADR and
IR functions. However its AOA resolver converter module is supplied with
26VAC, 400 Hz.
The 28VDC back-up generation is provided by batteries and is
automatically used when the main power exceeds its normal limits.
At the beginning of each power cycle the ADIRU switches from the main to
the back-up power to test the electrical generation.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
The table below gives the power consumption of each unit of the ADIRS:
------------------------------------------------------------------
| EQUIPMENT | 28VDC | 115VAC | 26VAC |
| |-------------------|-------------------| |
| | Typical | Maximum | Typical | Maximum | |
------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU (1) | 67 W | 84 W | 79 VA | 98 VA | 1 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| AOA Sensor | | | 250 VA | 320 VA |3.5 VA |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PITOT Probe | | | 281 VA | 360 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| TAT Sensor | | | 200 VA | 350 VA | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| STATIC Probe | | 2X75 W | | | |
|----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
| PHC | | 14 W | | | |
------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) ADIRU power consumption includes the supply of three ADMs.
With ON BAT annunciator, add 5 W.
With IR FAULT annunciator at I = 250 mA, add 10.5 W.
Other annunciators are open/ground discretes and so they are
energized by a power which is different from the ADIRU power.
When the ADIRU is in the OFF mode, all the circuitry in the ADIRU is
de-energized except for any logic associated with the power off
function. Current does not exceed 10 mA DC.
Each ADIRU supplies the power for the ADM of its side (CAPT, F/O,
STBY).
The ADIRU also supplies the CDU with a 28VDC signal. The consumption
of the CDU is 6 W (typical) and 10 W (maximum).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 5
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS - Power Supply Distribution
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 6
Feb 01/06
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R The table below gives the power consumption of each unit of the
R ADIRS:
R ------------------------------------------------------------------
R | EQUIPMENT | 28 VDC | 115 VAC |26 VAC |
R | |-------------------|-------------------|--------
R | | Typical | Maximum | Typical | Maximum | |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ADIRU (1) | 67 W | 84 W | 79 VA | 98 VA | 1 VA |
R |----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
R | AOA Sensor | | | 250 VA | 320 VA |3.5 VA |
R |----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
R | PITOT Probe | | | 281 VA | 360 VA | |
R |----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
R | TAT Sensor | | | 200 VA | 350 VA | |
R |----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
R | STATIC Probe | | 2X75 W | | | |
R |----------------|---------|---------|---------|---------|-------|
R | PHC | | 14 W | | | |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------
R (1) The ADIRU power consumption includes the supply of three ADMs.
R With the ON BAT annunciator, add 5 W.
R With the IR FAULT annunciator at I = 250 mA, add 10.5 W.
R Other annunciators are open/ground discretes and so they are
R energized by a power which is different from the ADIRU power.
R When the ADIRU is in the OFF mode, all the circuitry in the ADIRU is
R de-energized except for any logic associated with the power-off
R function. The current does not exceed 10 mA DC.
R Each ADIRU supplies the power for the ADM of its side (CAPT, F/O,
R STBY).
R **ON A/C ALL
B. ADIRS Power Supply Distribution in Normal Configuration
(1) Captain side
The ADIRU 1 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC SHED ESS BUS
801XP-A. The back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP.
The resolvers of the AOA sensor 1 and the AOA resolver converter
module of the ADIRU 1 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC ESS BUS
431XP-A.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 7
May 01/08
VOI
The sensors and probes (static, TAT, pitot, AOA) are supplied for
heating through the Probe Heat Computer 1:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC SHED ESS BUS 801XP
- the heating element of the TAT sensor 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 101XP-A
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 1 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 1 101PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 1 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC ESS BUS 401XP.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
NOTE : Figure ADIRS/PHC Interface, is a principle diagram which does
____
not show the interface between the PHC and the sensors.
(Ref. 30-31-00 for more details on probe ice protection).
(2) First Officer side
The ADIRU 2 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC BUS 2 204XP. The
back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 702PP. The resolvers
of the AOA sensor 2 and the AOA resolver converter module of the
ADIRU 2 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC BUS 2 231XP-A.
The sensors and probes are supplied for heating through the PHC 2:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-B
- the heating element of the TAT sensor 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-C
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 2 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 2 206PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 2 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 2 202XP-B.
(3) Standby side
The ADIRU 3 is supplied with 115VAC by the 115VAC BUS 1 101XP-C. The
back-up 28VDC is provided by the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP. The resolvers
of the AOA sensor 3 and the AOA resolver converter module of the
ADIRU 3 are supplied with 26VAC by the 26VAC BUS 1 131XP-A.
The sensors and probes are supplied for heating through the PHC 3:
- the heating element of the AOA sensor 3 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 103XP
- the heating element of the L and R static probes 3 receives 28VDC
from the 28VDC BUS 1 103PP
- the heating element of the pitot probe 3 receives 115VAC from the
115VAC BUS 1 103XP.
In normal configuration of the aircraft electrical generation, the
distribution described before is independent of the switching
selector switches.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 8
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADIRS/PHC Interface
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 9
May 01/08
R
VOI
C. ADIRS Power Supply Distribution after Loss of Main Electrical Generation
(1) Loss of the main generation and ATT HDG selector switch in NORM
position
(a) Captain side
The ADIRU 1 is supplied as in normal configuration.
(Ref.Para B.(1)).
(b) First Officer side
The ADIRU 2 is no more supplied with 115VAC and 26VAC. When the
26VAC is lost, the ADR detects a fault and flags the output
parameters. The ADIRU is still powered with 28VDC from the 28VDC
HOT BUS 702PP but the Time Delay Opening (TDO) relay 17FP will
cut this supply after 5 minutes in emergency configuration.
The ADR 2 function is lost immediately.
The IR 2 function is lost after 5 minutes.
(c) Standby side
The ADIRU 3 is no more supplied with 115VAC and 26VAC.
When the 26VAC is lost, the ADR detects a fault and flags the
output parameters. The ADIRU is still powered with 28VDC from the
28VDC HOT BUS 701PP but the Time Delay Opening (TDO) relay 14FP
will cut this supply after 5 minutes in emergency configuration.
The ADR3 function is lost immediately.
The IR 3 function is lost after 5 minutes.
(2) Loss of the main generation and ATT HDG selector switch in CAPT/3
position
The CAPT/3 position of the ATT HDG selector switch corresponds to the
selection of the IR 3 in place of the IR 1. The power supply
distribution must then be modified to keep the IR 3 in emergency
configuration.
(a) Captain side
The ADIRU 1 is supplied as in normal configuration
(Ref. Para. B.(1)).
(b) First Officer side
ADIRU 2 supply: Ref. Para. (1)(b).
(c) Standby side
The ADIRU 3 is no more supplied with 115VAC. The ADIRU 3 is still
powered with 28VDC from the 28VDC HOT BUS 701PP.
The ADR 3 function is lost immediately.
The IR 3 function is available.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 10
May 01/08
R
VOI
D. Circuit Breakers
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN PANEL/ DESIGNATION BUS ATA. REF. AMM
LOCATION P. BLOCK 001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4FP1 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 801XP-A 34-11-00
4FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 204XP-C 34-11-00
4FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 101XP-C 34-11-00
5FP1 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU1 & 431XP-A 34-11-00
AOA/26VAC
5FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 231XP-A 34-11-00
5FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 131XP-A 34-11-00
6FP1 105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 704PP 34-11-00
6FP2 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 702PP 34-11-00
6FP3 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 701PP 34-11-00
8FP 49VU NAV AND PROBES/ADIRU 3/ 401PP 34-11-00
SWTG/SPLY
9FP 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3 SWTG/SPLY 301PP 34-11-00
10FP 121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2 PWR/SHED 206PP 34-11-00
1DA1 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 101XP-A 30-31-00
1DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 202XP-C 30-31-00
2DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 401PP 30-31-00
2DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 206PP 30-31-00
2DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 101PP 30-31-00
3DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 401XP-B 30-31-00
3DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 202XP-B 30-31-00
3DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 103XP-C 30-31-00
4DA1 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/AOA 801XP-C 30-31-00
4DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 202XP-B 30-31-00
4DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 103XP-C 30-31-00
5DA1 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 101PP 30-31-00
5DA2 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 206PP 30-31-00
5DA3 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 103PP 34-11-00
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 11
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. _____________________
Component Description
A. Static Probes
(Ref. Fig. 004)
Each of the three systems (CAPT (1), F/O (2), STBY (3)) comprises two
static probes which are linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs through
five ADMs.
The probe is protected from icing with a 28VDC heater circuit.
The static probes linked to ADIRU 1 and ADIRU 2 are set at 48.64 deg.
below the fuselage datum line (Z=0).
The static probes linked to ADIRU 3 are set at 29.5 deg. below the
fuselage datum line.
B. Pitot Probes
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Each system comprises one pitot probe (CAPT (1), F/O (2), STBY (3)) which
is linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs through one ADM.
The probe is protected from icing with a 115VAC - 400 Hz heater circuit.
The pitot probes 1 and 2 are set at 40.08 deg. below the fuselage datum
line (Z=0).
The pitot probe 3 is set at 59.56 deg. below the fuselage datum line
(Z=0).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
VOI
ADIRS - Static Probe
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
VOI
ADIRS - Pitot Probe
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 14
Feb 01/06
VOI
C. Air Data Modules (ADM)
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The term Air Data Module (ADM) refers to any remotely located LRU which
senses pressure information and transmits it to the ADIRU in ARINC 429
format.
The ADMs are remotely mounted near and above the level of the pitot and
static probes, this in order to make the ADM pneumatic plumbing self
draining when the aircraft is stationary on the ground.
(1) Internal description
The ADM comprises the following components
(Ref. Fig. 007)
(a) Transducer board
This device provides two signals (Pressure Time Pulse (PTP) and
Temperature Time Pulse (TTP)) used by the processor board.
(b) Processor board
The microcomputer comprises the following circuits:
- a micro-controller 80C31
- two memories: ROM (storage of software program) and RAM
(temporary storage of data)
- a Non Volatile Memory (NVM) (Storage of transducer modelling
coefficients and failure information)
- a RS-232C Serial Digital Input/Output (used for bench test and
calibration purposes)
- an ARINC 429 transmitter.
The processor board uses the PTP and TTP signals sent by the
transducer board and the transducer modelling coefficients stored
in the NVM to compute the pressure.
(c) EMI/lightning board
This board comprises the following devices:
- power supply: the ADM is supplied by the associated ADIRU with
+/- 13.5VAC. Power consumption is less than 200 mA on the
+13.5VDC input and less than 50 mA on the -13.5VDC input.
- EMI filters
- lightning protection
- input discretes filtering.
(2) Modes of operation
The ADM has three modes of operation:
- initialization
- normal operation
- Memory Access/Calibration (MA/C).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 15
Feb 01/06
VOI
Air Data Module
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 16
Feb 01/06
VOI
ADM - Block Diagram
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 17
Feb 01/06
VOI
(a) Initialization mode
The ADM automatically enters the initialization mode immediately
after power is applied to the device or after a Watchdog Timer is
activated due to an ADM failure.
The ADM performs several tasks while in the initialization mode.
It:
- initializes software variables and hardware interfaces
- performs various self-monitoring tests to determine if the ADM
operates properly
- reads the fixed Program Pin discretes.
The ARINC 429 bus is disabled during the initialization mode. The
ADM does not output any data on the ARINC 429 bus.
The initialization mode is completed within 900 ms (maximum)
after valid power is applied to the ADM. Upon completion of the
initialization mode, the ADM automatically enters the normal
operation mode.
(b) Normal operation mode
The ADM enters the normal operation mode after the completion of
the initialization mode. It remains in the normal operation mode
until either power is removed from the ADM, or an internal
failure activates the Watchdog Timer, or an internal BITE detects
an unsafe condition at which time a failure warning is
annunciated or ARINC 429 transmissions cease.
The ADM performs the following functions in the normal operation
mode.
It:
- measures the pressure and temperature outputs from the
transducer
- uses filtering or averaging techniques consistent with the
noise, resolution, and dynamic frequency response requirements
- computes the Applied Pressure based upon the pressure and
temperature signals
- filters the Computed Pressure
- formats the ARINC 429 word to be transmitted
- transmits the ARINC 429 Computed Pressure word
- formats and transmits two ADM discrete words (labels 270, 271)
- reads and debounces the MA/C discretes
- performs the BITE functions
- formats and transmits ADM software and equipment I.D. words
(labels 040,377).
(c) Memory Access/Calibration mode
The Memory Access/Calibration (MA/C) mode is used for purposes of
transducer calibration and fault analysis. The MA/C mode requires
external test equipment which interfaces to the ADM via a RS-232C
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
VOI
bus. This mode can be considered as an auxiliary mode which is
accessible in a repair shop environment only.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 19
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Discrete inputs
Table 1 gives the identification of the ADM discrete inputs:
--------------------------------------------
| ADM Pin | Identification |
--------------------------------------------
| K | SDI 1 (LSB) (2) |
| L | SDI 2 (MSB) (2) |
| M | Configuration code 1 (3) |
| N | Configuration code 2 (3) |
| P | Parity (1) |
| a | Memory Access/Calibration 1 |
| b | NVM reset discrete |
| c | Memory Access/Calibration 2 |
--------------------------------------------
Table 1 = Discrete Inputs
NOTE : (1) An odd number of pins K, L, M, N and P must be grounded to
____
signify a valid installation. After the desired Source Data
Identifier (SDI) and the configuration pins have been
selected, the parity pin P must be selectively left open or
grounded to ensure that an odd number of pins K through P
inclusive have been grounded.
NOTE : (2) Program pins used for identification of the installation
____
position on the aircraft and the corresponding SDI code to be
transmitted. The code definition is provided in table 2.
NOTE : (3) The ADM transmits the measured pressure with a label
____
depending on the configuration code input discretes. The
configuration code definition is provided in table 3.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Input discrete SDI output |Input discrete SDI output |Installation|
| pin L Bit 10 state| pin K Bit 09 state| |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| open 0 | open 0 | Invalid |
| open 0 | ground 1 | 1 |
| ground 1 | open 0 | 2 |
| ground 1 | ground 1 | 3 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 = SDI Code
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 20
Feb 01/06
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Installation function | Config. code 1 | Config. code 2 | Label |
| | Pin N | Pin M | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Total pressure | open | open | 242 |
| Left static pressure | open | ground | 176 |
| Right static pressure | ground | open | 177 |
| Averaged static | ground | ground | 245 |
| pressure (uncorrected)| | | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3 = Configuration Code
(4) Output bus
All data are transmitted via a single ARINC 429 low-speed serial
digital output bus. The outputs from the ADM are a single pressure
word having an installation selectable label, two discrete data
words, and two identification words.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code parameters are given in the table 4 below:
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
All these parameters are given in the table 4 below:
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 21
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 242 |TOTAL |100-1400 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 176 |LEFT STAT |100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |RIGHT STAT|100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |AVERAGED |100-1100 |hPa | | 18 |29- |BNR | | |
| |STATIC |+/- 0.25 | | | |31 | | | |
| |PRESSURE | | | | | | | | |
| |(UNCORRTD)| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DISCRETE |Table 5 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DISCRETE |Table 6 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIPMENT |Table 7 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |500 | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 040 |SOFTWARE |Table 8 | | | |460-|BCD | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |500 | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 = Digital Outputs
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 270 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-12 |Logic 0 |
| 13-16 |LSD device revision number (currently 4H) |
| 17-20 |MSD device revision number (currently 0H) |
| 21-24 |LS device revision letter (currently CH) |
| 25-28 |MS device revision letter (currently AH) |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5 = Discrete Word 1 (Label 270)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 271 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-13 |Logic 0 |
| 14 |ADM LRU Status |
| 15 |Pin configuration status |
| 16 |Environment status |
| 17-24 |Current fault byte matrix |
| 25-28 |Word counter |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 6 = Discrete Word 2 (Label 271)
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 23
Feb 01/06
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 377 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-14 |LSD equipment identification (8H) |
| 15-18 |MSD equipment identification (3H) |
| 19-29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7 = Equipment Ident (Label 377)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bit |Data |
| Position | |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 |Octal Label 040 |
| 9-10 |SDI |
| 11-12 |Logic 0 |
| 13-16 |LSD software revision number |
| 17-20 |MSD software revision number |
| 21-24 |LSD manufacturer ident number (1H) |
| 25-28 |MSD manufacturer ident number (0H) |
| 29 |Logic 0 |
| 30-31 |Logic 0. Set the SSM to Normal Operation for a discrete |
| |maintenance word |
| 32 |Odd parity |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 8 = Software Ident (Label 040)
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 24
Feb 01/06
VOI
D. Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor
R **ON A/C 001-100,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 008A)
R **ON A/C ALL
The aircraft is equipped with two total air temperature sensors with two
sensing elements each. The sensing elements of the sensor have variable
resistances. Each sensor is equipped with an air suction system, supplied
with compressed air, providing improved measurement accuracy, mainly on
ground. The principle of this system consists in pulling ambient air by
and through the sensing element.
The TAT sensor 1 is linked to the ADR portion of ADIRUs 1 and 3, the TAT
sensor 2 is linked to the ADR portion of ADIRU 2.
The TAT sensors are set at 2.33 m from the nose and at 0.60 m of the
aircraft axis below the fuselage. The TAT sensor 1 is located on the left
side and the TAT sensor 2 on the right side.
The air flow enters the scoop of the sensor, goes through a calibrated
choke and flows over the hermetically sealed platinum resistance sensing
element where the temperature is measured. The speed of the flow over the
element is controlled by the choke in the element tube.
The ADR portion is designed to operate with 500 ohms (at 0 deg. C)
temperature sensor unit corresponding to the basic Callender - Van Dusen
equation. To improve the accuracy of the sensor, a network of precision
resistors is used. This technique is identified by the term Precision
Calibration Interchangeability (PCI).
These sensors are heated with 115VAC through the probe heating system.
The heating element must not be energized on the ground.
The heating element is implanted in the scoop and strut and keeps the
probe free of ice under the most severe icing conditions.
NOTE : Probe ice protection is described in 30-31-00.
____
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 25
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS - TAT Sensor
Figure 008
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-11-00
Page 26
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS - TAT Sensor
R Figure 008A
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-11-00
Page 27
May 01/08
VOI
E. Angle Of Attack (AOA) Sensor
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The aircraft is equipped with three AOA sensors. Two are located on the
left side and one on the right side of the fuselage. Each of these AOA
sensors is respectively linked to each ADR portion of the ADIRUs. The AOA
sensors 1 and 3 are set at 6.08 deg. and 31 deg. below the fuselage datum
line (Z = 0) on the left side. The AOA sensor 2 is set at 6.08 deg. below
the fuselage datum line (Z = 0) on the right side.
The angle of attack sensor is of the wind vane type. Its sensing element
is a small wing which is positioned in the direction of airflow. The
small wing is mechanically linked to a free turn-shaft which drives the
devices transmitting the local angle of attack signal. These transmitting
devices are made up of resolver transformers which convert the angular
information into proportional electrical information (angle sine and
cosine). The resolvers are supplied with a 26VAC signal. The same signal
is also received by the ADIRU as a reference for the decoding of AOA
values. Each sensor has three resolver outputs but only two are wired to
the ADIRU.
The whole mechanism is stabilized around the rotation axis. In addition,
a damping device enables a satisfactory dynamic response to be obtained
(filtering of mechanical oscillation).
A self-regulated heating element (CTP resistances: positive coefficient
of temperature) inserted into the vane eliminates or avoids icing. It is
supplied with 115VAC through the PHC (Ref. 30-31-00).
The AOA sensor is equipped with a self-test device which is activated by
a 28VDC signal, from the ADR (through the relay 21FP1, 21FP2 or 21FP3)
when the test is entered via the maintenance system (CFDIU and MCDU). The
self-test positions the vane at a resolver angle of +15 deg. (left side
test) or -15 deg. (right side test).
The mounting and wing of AOA resolvers determine the relationship between
the measured resolver angle and indicated angle of attack. This
relationship for each resolver input is as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 010)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indicated AOA: | +85 | +60 | +25 | 0 | -35 |
| AOA 1 and AOA 3 |----------------------------------------------------|
| in degrees | Resolver angle: | -60 | -35 | 0 | +25 | +60 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indicated AOA: | +85 | +60 | +25 | 0 | -35 |
| AOA 2 |----------------------------------------------------|
| in degrees | Resolver angle: | +60 | +35 | 0 | -25 | -60 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ADRs receive the same 26VAC, 400 Hz reference as the AOA resolvers.
This reference is common to both AOA resolver inputs 1 and 2.
Characteristics:
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 28
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADIRS - AOA Sensor
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 29
May 01/08
R
VOI
AOA Sensor - Installation Definition
Figure 010
R
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 30
May 01/08
VOI
Excitation : 26 V 400 Hz
Phase shift : 18 deg. to 30 deg.
Resolver transformer
ratio RT : 0.4029 to 0.4629
Rotor impedance : Zro = 125 + j175 ohms +/-20%
Stator impedance : Zso = 115 + j90 ohms +/-30%
Range : +/-60 deg.
Scale factor : 1 deg. resolver/1 deg. local AOA
The accuracy of the AOA sensor, at 100 knots, is +/-0.3 deg.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 31
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-100,
F. Selector Switches
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The two selector switches AIR DATA and ATT HDG are rotary selector
switches with 3 positions: CAPT/3, NORM and F/O/3.
These selector switches are used for the functions listed below (Ref. the
respective section for more details):
- AIR DATA SEL SW (15FP):
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-52-00 ATC mode S
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC
- ATT HDG SEL SW (13FP):
34-11-00 Power Supply
34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
34-41-00 Weather Radar
31-68-00 DMC
22-85-00 FMGC.
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-11-00
Page 32
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS Switching
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 33
Nov 01/07
VOI
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R F. Selector Switches
R (Ref. Fig. 011)
R The two selector switches AIR DATA and ATT HDG are rotary selector
R switches with 3 positions: CAPT/3, NORM and F/O/3.
R These selector switches are used for the functions listed below (Ref. the
R respective section for more details):
R - AIR DATA SEL SW (15FP):
R 34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
R 34-52-00 ATC mode S
R 31-68-00 DMC
R 22-85-00 FMGC
R - ATT HDG SEL SW (13FP):
R 34-11-00 Power Supply
R 34-14-00 Selection of the ADR used by the IR3
R 34-41-00 Weather Radar
R 31-68-00 DMC
R 22-85-00 FMGC.
EFF :
201-300, 34-11-00
Page 34
May 01/08
VOI
SENSORS, POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-00-720-001
Functional Test of the ADM
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
R - THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
R - CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific ARINC reader
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB (1.45 PSI)
TO 1400 MB (20.3 PSI)
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 501
May 01/07
VOI
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-00-010-050
A. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Put the access platform in position and open the access door 824.
Subtask 34-11-00-860-056
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) On the center pedestral, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that
the AIR DATA selector switch is at NORM.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 502
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-11-00-865-050
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
Subtask 34-11-00-480-050
D. Install the Ground Pressure Generator and the ARINC Reader.
(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes and the pitot
probes.
(2) Connect the static port of the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100
MB (1.45 PSI) TO 1400 MB (20.3 PSI) to the static and/or total probes
on which you do the test :
(a) the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500102)
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) and F/O circuit (ADIRU 2):
- 7DA1 ZONE 127 STA 8750 for the LH static pressure ADM (19FP5)
- 7DA2 ZONE 127 STA 8700 for the LH static pressure ADM (19FP7)
and
- 8DA1 ZONE 128 STA 9300 for the RH static pressure ADM (19FP4)
- 8DA2 ZONE 128 STA 9350 for the RH static pressure ADM (19FP6)
(b) the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500100)
For the standby circuit (ADIRU 3) :
- 7DA3 ZONE 121 STA 4250 for the static pressure ADM (19FP8) or
- 8DA3 ZONE 122 STA 4250 for the static pressure ADM (19FP8)
(c) the pitot probes with the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE or
equivalent
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) :
- 9DA1 ZONE 125 STA 5500 for the total pressure ADM (19FP1)
For F/O circuit (ADIRU 2) :
- 9DA2 ZONE 126 STA 5500 for the total pressure ADM (19FP2)
For the standby circuit (ADIRU 3) :
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
- 9DA3 ZONE 125 STA 5500 for the total pressure ADM (19FP3)
(3) seal the Stby probes:
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
R ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
R COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.
(a) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probes with a piece of plastic
and colored adhesive tape of very bright color.
(b) Seal the opposite static probe of the standby ADM with the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500103).
(4) Start the ground pressure generator.
(5) Connect the ARINC reader to :
- the connector 199VC (pins GG/HH) for the CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1)
- the connector 198VC (pins GG/HH) for the F/O circuit (ADIRU 2)
- the connector 199VC (pins <Y/<Z) for the standby circuit (ADIRU 3)
(6) Start the ARINC reader.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-11-00-720-050
A. Functional Test of the ADM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ground pressure generator, On the ARINC reader, compare the
set a static pressure as given in pressure values of the static and total
the table below. ADM read on the following labels :
ADIRU 1
NOTE : You can also set an other
____ - Label 242 (ADM 19FP1)
pressure value. The - Label 176 (ADM 19FP5)
tolerance for the values - Label 177 (ADM 19FP4)
read on the ARINC reader ADIRU 2
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 504
Nov 01/07
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
is the same as these - Label 242 (ADM 19FP2)
indicated in the table - Label 176 (ADM 19FP7)
below. - Label 177 (ADM 19FP6)
ADIRU 3
- Label 242 (ADM 19FP3)
- Label 245 (ADM 19FP8)
2. On the ground pressure generator, The rate of descent must not be more
slowly decrease the pressure. than 6000 ft/mn.
3. Stop the ground pressure The test procedure stops.
generator.
-----------------------------------------------------
| PT | Altitude | Pressure value from |
| | (approx.) | the ADM |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
| 836 hpa | 5000 ft | 836 +/- 0.3 hpa |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
| 690 hpa | 10000 ft | 690 +/- 0.3 hpa |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
| 460 hpa | 20000 ft | 460 +/- 0.3 hpa |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
| 300 hpa | 30000 ft | 300 +/- 0.3 hpa |
|----------|--------------|-------------------------|
| 196 hpa | 39000 ft | 196 +/- 0.3 hpa |
-----------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-00-080-050
A. Remove the Ground Pressure Generator
(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(2) Make sure that there is no remaining piece of plastic and/or adhesive
tape on the pitot probes. Make sure that the pitot drain holes are
serviceable.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-11-00-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
Subtask 34-11-00-410-050
C. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-11-00-860-051
D. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Install the slip on covers on the static probes and on the pitot
probes.
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 506
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-11-00-710-001
Test of the Monitoring of the ADR/AOA 26VAC Power Supply
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-00-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position in zone 126 at the access door
822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 507
Feb 01/06
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-11-00-860-052
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) On the overhead panel:
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-11-00-860-052-A
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) On the overhead panel:
R - On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
R are on.
R - On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
R correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switches are at OFF.
R NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
R the indications between the parentheses.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 508
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-11-00-865-053
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-11-00-710-050
A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADR/AOA 26VAC Power Supply
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the CAPT and F/O PFDs show the speed
switch related to the IR1, IR2 and altitude indications.
and IR3 to NAV.
2. On the panel 49VU (121VU):
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 509
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- open the circuit breaker 5FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT legend of
(5FP2). the ADR1 (ADR2) pushbutton switch
comes on.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and
ALT warning flags come into view.
- on the lower ECAM DU, on the status
page, in the INOP SYST section, the
ADR1 indication comes into view.
3. On the panel 8VU:
- set the AIR DATA selector - on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
switch to CAPT/3 (F/O/3). altitude indications come into view.
4. On the panel 121VU:
- open the circuit breaker 5PF3. - on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and
ALT warning flags come into view.
- on the lower ECAM display unit, in
the INOP SYST section, the ADR 1 + 3
(ADR 2 + 3) indication comes into
view.
- on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT legend of
the ADR3 pushbutton switch comes on.
5. On the panel 49VU (121VU):
- close the circuit breaker 5FP1 - on the lower ECAM display unit, in
(5FP2). the INOP SYST section, the ADR3
indication comes into view.
- on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT legend of
the ADR1 (ADR2) pushbutton switch
goes off.
6. On the panel 8VU:
- set the AIR DATA selector - on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
switch to NORM. altitude indications come into view.
7. On the panel 121VU:
- close the circuit breaker 5FP3. - on the lower ECAM display unit, in
the INOP SYST section, the ADR3
indication goes out of view.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-11-00
Page 510
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT legend of
the ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.
8. Refer to the indications in the You must get the same results on the
parentheses specified in the F/O side.
para. 1 to 5 and do the ADR2
test.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-11-00-710-050-A
R A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADR/AOA 26VAC Power Supply
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The CAPT and F/O PFDs show the speed
R switch related to the IR1, IR2 and altitude indications.
R and IR3 to NAV.
R 2. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU
R (121VU):
R - Open the circuit breaker 5FP1 - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT legend of
R (5FP2). the ADR1 (ADR2) pushbutton switch
R comes on.
R - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and
R ALT warning flags come into view.
R - On the lower ECAM DU, on the status
R page, in the INOP SYST section, the
R ADR1 indication comes into view.
R 3. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - Set the AIR DATA selector - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
R switch to CAPT/3 (F/O/3). altitude indications come into view.
R 4. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 511
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Open the circuit breaker 5PF3. - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and
R ALT warning flags come into view.
R - On the lower ECAM display unit, in
R the INOP SYST section, the ADR 1 + 3
R (ADR 2 + 3) indication comes into
R view.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT legend of
R the ADR3 pushbutton switch comes on.
R 5. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU
R (121VU):
R - Close the circuit breaker 5FP1 - On the lower ECAM display unit, in
R (5FP2). the INOP SYST section, the ADR3
R indication comes into view.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT legend of
R the ADR1 (ADR2) pushbutton switch
R goes off.
R 6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - Set the AIR DATA selector - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
R switch to NORM. altitude indications come into view.
R 7. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:
R - Close the circuit breaker 5FP3. - On the lower ECAM display unit, in
R the INOP SYST section, the ADR3
R indication goes out of view.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT legend of
R the ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.
R 8. Refer to the indications in the You must get the same results on the
R parentheses specified in the F/O side.
R para. 1 to 5 and do the ADR2
R test.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-11-00
Page 512
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-11-00-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) On the ADIRS CDU, set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-11-00-860-053-A
R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
R (2) On the ADIRS MSU, set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
R (3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-11-00-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover of the 105VU with two bolts.
(2) Close the access door 822.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 513
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-11-00-710-002
Test of the Monitoring of the ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position in zone 126 at the access door
822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 514
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-11-00-860-054
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) On the overhead panel:
- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- On the ADIRS CDU, on the panel 20VU, make sure that the 3
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
- On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-11-00-860-054-A
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) On the overhead panel:
R - On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
R are on.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, on the overhead panel 20VU, make sure that the
R three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
R - On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
R correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
R NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
R the indications between the parentheses.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 515
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-11-00-865-054
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 516
May 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-11-00-710-051
A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)
NOTE : Ignore all warnings / indications which are not related to this
____
test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 49VU (121VU):
- open the circuit breaker 4FP1
(4FP2).
2. On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR 1 (IR
2) to NAV.
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector - on the ADIRS CDU:
switch to 1 (2). * the related ALIGN legend is on,
* the ON BAT light is on,
* the related FAULT legend flashes.
- On the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR 1 FAULT (IR 2 FAULT) warning comes
into view.
- on the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER CAUT lights are on.
- you can hear the single chime.
- after a time delay of 15 s, you can
hear the horn.
3. On the panel 49VU (121VU), close - on the ADIRS CDU,
the circuit breaker 4FP1 (4FP2). The related FAULT legend continues to
flash.
The ON BAT light goes off.
The ALIGN legend stays on.
- The horn stops.
4. On the ADIRS CDU: - on the ADIRS CDU, the related FAULT
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector legend continues to flash then goes
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 517
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch related to the IR 1 (IR off after a short time,
2) to OFF. - on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR1 FAULT (IR2 FAULT) warning goes
out of view.
- on the panels 130VU and 131VU the
MASTER CAUT lights go off,
- on the ADIRS CDU, the related ALIGN
legend goes off.
5. Do the IR 2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
para. 1 to 4. F/O side.
6. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the related ALIGN legend comes on,
switch related to the IR 1 (IR - then, the ON BAT light comes on
2) to NAV. during 5 s.
7. On the panel 49VU (121VU):
- open the circuit breaker 4FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
(4FP2). comes on.
- in the nose gear wheel:
* after a time delay of 15 s approx
you can hear the horn.
* on the door 121AL, on the panel
108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS VENT light
comes on.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD and ND, the
attitude indications are shown.
8. On the panel 49VU (121VU):
- close the circuit breaker 4FP1 - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
(4FP2). goes off.
- the horn stops.
9. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector the ALIGN legend goes off.
switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
to OFF.
10. Do the IR 2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
para. 6 to 8. F/O side.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-11-00
Page 518
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. On the panel 121VU:
- open the circuit breaker 4FP3.
12. On the panel 8VU:
- set the ATT HDG selector - on the CAPT PFD and ND the attitude
switch to CAPT/3. and heading indications from the IR 1
are not shown.
13. On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR 3 to
NAV.
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector - on the ADIRS CDU:
switch to 3. * the related ALIGN legend is on,
* the ON BAT light is on.
* the related FAULT legend flashes.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
IR 3 FAULT warning comes into view.
- on the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER CAUT lights are on.
- you can hear the single chime.
- after a time delay of 15 s, you can
hear the horn.
14. On the panel 121VU:
- close the circuit breaker - on the ADIRS CDU:
4FP3. * the related FAULT legend goes off.
* the ON BAT light goes off.
* the ALIGN legend stays on.
15. On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU:
switch related to the IR 3 to * the related FAULT legend continues
OFF. to flash then goes off after a short
time,
* the ALIGN legend goes off.
16. On the ADIRS CDU:
EFF :
001-010, 34-11-00
Page 519
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - on the ADIRS CDU:
switch related to the IR 3 to * the ON BAT light comes on during 5
NAV. s.
* then, the ALIGN legend comes on.
17. On the panel 121VU:
- open the circuit breaker 4FP3. - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
comes on.
- in the nose gear well:
* after a time delay of 15 s approx
you can hear the horn.
* on the door 121AL, on the panel
108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS VENT light
comes on.
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD , the attitude
indications stay in view.
18. On the panel 121VU: - on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light
- close the circuit breaker goes off.
4FP3. - the horn stops.
19. On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The related ALIGN legend goes off.
switches to OFF.
20. On the panel 8VU:
- set the ATT HDG selector
switch to NORM.
EFF :
001-010, 34-11-00
Page 520
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-11-00-710-051-A
R A. Test of the Monitoring of the ADIRS Power Supply (115VAC-28VDC)
R NOTE : Ignore all warnings / indications which are not related to this
____
R test.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU - On the ADIRS MSU:
R (121VU): * The ON BAT light is on.
R - Open the circuit breaker 4FP1 * The related FAULT legend flashes.
R (4FP2). - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
R 2. On the ADIRS MSU: IR1 FAULT (IR2 FAULT) warning comes
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector into view.
R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) - On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
R to NAV. panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER
R CAUT lights are on.
R - You can hear the single chime.
R - After a time delay of 15 s, you can
R hear the horn.
R 3. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU - On the ADIRS MSU:
R (121VU), close the circuit The related FAULT legend continues to
R breaker 4FP1 (4FP2). flash.
R The ON BAT light goes off.
R - The horn stops.
R 4. On the ADIRS MSU: - On the ADIRS MSU, the related FAULT
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector legend continues to flash then goes
R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) off after a short time.
R to OFF. - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
R IR1 FAULT (IR2 FAULT) warning goes
R out of view.
R - On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
R panels 130VU and 131VU the MASTER
R CAUT lights go off.
R 5. Do the IR2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
R para. 1 to 4. F/O side.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-11-00
Page 521
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on during 5 s.
R switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
R to NAV.
R 7. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU
R (121VU):
R - Open the circuit breaker 4FP1 - On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
R (4FP2). comes on.
R - In the nose gear wheel:
R * After a time delay of 15 s approx
R you can hear the horn.
R * On the door 121AL, on the external
R power panel 108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS
R VENT light comes on.
R - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and ND, the
R attitude indications are shown.
R 8. On the overhead C/B panel 49VU
R (121VU):
R - Close the circuit breaker 4FP1 - On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
R (4FP2). goes off.
R - The horn stops.
R 9. On the ADIRS MSU:
R Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switch related to the IR1 (IR2)
R to OFF.
R 10. Do the IR2 test as specified in You must get the same results on the
R para. 6 to 8. F/O side.
R 11. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:
R - Open the circuit breaker 4FP3.
R 12. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - Set the ATT HDG selector - On the CAPT PFD and ND the attitude
R switch to CAPT/3. and heading indications from the IR1
R are not shown.
R 13. On the ADIRS MSU: - On the ADIRS MSU:
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-11-00
Page 522
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector * The ON BAT light is on.
R switch related to the IR3 to * The related FAULT legend flashes.
R NAV. - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
R IR3 FAULT warning comes into view.
R - On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
R panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER
R CAUT lights are on.
R - You can hear the single chime.
R - After a time delay of 15 s, you can
R hear the horn.
R 14. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:
R - Close the circuit breaker - On the ADIRS MSU:
R 4FP3. * The related FAULT legend goes off.
R * The ON BAT light goes off.
R 15. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - On the ADIRS MSU:
R switch related to the IR3 to * The related FAULT legend continues
R OFF. to flash then goes off after a short
R time.
R 16. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - On the ADIRS MSU:
R switch related to the IR3 to * The ON BAT light comes on during 5
R NAV. s.
R 17. On the rear C/B panel 121VU:
R - Open the circuit breaker 4FP3. - On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
R comes on.
R - In the nose gear well:
R * After a time delay of 15 s approx
R you can hear the horn.
R * On the door 121AL, on the external
R power panel 108VU, the ADIRU & AVNCS
R VENT light comes on.
R - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the attitude
R indications stay in view.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-11-00
Page 523
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 18. On the rear C/B panel 121VU: - On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
R - Close the circuit breaker goes off.
R 4FP3. - The horn stops.
R 19. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT
R selector switches to OFF.
R 20. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - Set the ATT HDG selector
R switch to NORM.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-00-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) On the overhead panel:
- On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are pushed. The off legends are off.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-11-00-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-00
Page 524
May 01/08
VOI
PROBE - PITOT (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-15-000-001
Removal of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking cap
No specific blanking plug
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-11-15-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-15-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 9DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
Subtask 34-11-15-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 125 to get access to
pitot probes 1 and 3 and at zone 126 to get access to pitot probe 2.
(2) Open the access door:
FOR 9DA1, 9DA3
812
FOR 9DA2
822
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-15-991-001)
Subtask 34-11-15-020-050
A. Removal of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
CAUTION : BE VERY CAREFUL WITH THE PITOT PROBES:
_______
- DO NOT LET THEM FALL
- DO NOT BEND THEM
- DO NOT CAUSE SCRATCHES.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2).
(2) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (1).
(3) Put a blanking cap on the disconnected electrical connector (2).
(4) Put a blanking plug on the quick-disconnect coupling (1).
(5) Loosen the two nuts (3) from the inner side of the aircraft.
NOTE : A second person is necessary to hold the pitot probe from the
____
outer side of the aircraft.
(6) Carefully remove the pitot probe (5) from the fuselage.
(7) Remove and discard the gasket (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
Pitot Probe
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-15-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-11-15-400-001
Installation of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THERE IS NO SIGN OF CORROSION OR DAMAGE ON THE EQUIPMENT
- THERE IS NO FOREIGN OBJECT IN THE EQUIPMENT
TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE IN THE SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4 gasket 34-11-01 03 -040A
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 405
Aug 01/07
VOI
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
30-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)
34-11-15-710-001 Test of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3) without
the CFDS
R 52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
R 52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-11-15-991-001 Fig. 401
34-11-15-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-15-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 125 to get
access to pitot probes 1 and 3 and at zone 126 to get access to pitot
probe 2.
R (2) Make sure that the access door are open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002):
FOR 9DA1, 9DA3
812
FOR 9DA2
822
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 406
Aug 01/07
VOI
Subtask 34-11-15-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 9DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-15-991-001)
Subtask 34-11-15-420-050
A. Installation of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Install the new gasket (4).
NOTE : A second person is necessary to hold the pitot probe from the
____
outer side of the aircraft.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 407
Feb 01/07
VOI
(4) Carefully install the pitot probe (5).
NOTE : You must turn the sensor element (6) to the front of the
____
aircraft.
(5) Tighten the two nuts (3) from the inner side of the fuselage.
(6) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (2).
(7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(8) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the pitot probe (5).
(9) Remove the blanking plug from the quick-disconnect coupling (1).
(10) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (1) to the pitot probe (5).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-11-15-991-003)
(11) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.
(12) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly
attached.
R WARNING : IF YOU REPLACE PITOT PROBE 3 (9DA3), OR IF YOU REPLACE MORE
_______
R THAN ONE PITOT PROBE, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND QUALIFIED
R MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-DISCONNECT
R COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN OFF THE
R JOB.
(13) Check the bonding contact resistance between the pitot probe (5) and
the fuselage structure (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
Subtask 34-11-15-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1
FOR 9DA1
1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 9DA2
1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2
FOR 9DA3
2DA3, 3DA3, 4DA3, 5DA3
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 408
May 01/08
VOI
R Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
R Figure 402/TASK 34-11-15-991-003
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 409
Feb 01/07
VOI
Subtask 34-11-15-710-050
C. Do the tests that follow:
(1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection.
(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001).
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-11-15-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-15-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials. (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)
R (3) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002) :
FOR 9DA1, 9DA3
812
FOR 9DA2
822
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 410
Aug 01/07
VOI
PROBE - PITOT (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-15-710-001
Test of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3) without the CFDS
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE PROBES IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE TEST.
_______
THEY ARE HOT AND CAN BURN YOU.
CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE TEST.
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT CONTINUE THE TEST FOR MORE THAN ONE MINUTE TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO THE PROBES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do this test after the removal/installation of the Pitot Probe
(9DA1,9DA2,9DA3) when the CFDS is unserviceable.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-15-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure ECAM only(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure for the related system:
For 9DA1
ADIRU1
For 9DA2
ADIRU2
For 9DA3
ADIRU3
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
Subtask 34-11-15-865-056
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
FOR 9DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-11-15-710-051
A. Heating Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead panel on the
PROBE/WINDOW HEAT section of the
panel 25VU:
- push the AUTO pushbutton switch the ON legend comes on.
2. On the circuit breaker panel :
- on the panel 49VU, open the - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
circuit breaker 3DA1 MASTER CAUT lights come on
- you can hear the single chime
- on the upper ECAM display unit the
ANTI ICE CAPT PITOT indication comes
into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 502
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- or on the panel 122VU, open the - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
circuit breaker 3DA2 MASTER CAUT lights come on
- you can hear the single chime
- on the upper ECAM display unit the
ANTI ICE F/O PITOT indication comes
into view.
- or on the panel 122VU, open the - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
circuit breaker 3DA3. MASTER CAUT lights come on
- you can hear the single chime
- on the upper ECAM display unit the
ANTI ICE STBY PITOT indication comes
into view.
3. Close the circuit breaker(s) that - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
you opened before. MASTER CAUT lights go off.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
indication given above goes out of
view.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
MEMO page comes into view.
4. On the overhead panel, on the
PROBE/WINDOW HEAT section of the
panel 25VU:
- release the AUTO pushbutton The ON legend goes off.
switch
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-15-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER
DISPLAY and LOWER DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
PROBE - PITOT (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-15-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R The purpose of this Task is to do a Visual inspection of the Pitot probe.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-10-00-170-001 Flushing of the Principal Total Pressure Lines (for
corrective action)
34-11-15-000-001 Removal of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3) (for
corrective action)
34-11-15-400-001 Installation of the Pitot Probe (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
(for corrective action)
R 34-22-25-170-001 Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and
R Standby Total Pressure lines (ISIS) (for corrective
R action)
34-11-15-991-002 Fig. 601
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 601
Feb 01/08
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-15-865-053
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 9DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
FOR 9DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
FOR 9DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
Subtask 34-11-15-860-054
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Put the access platform in position in Zone 125 to get access to the
pitot probes 1 and 3 and in Zone 126 to get access to the pitot probe
2.
(2) Remove the cover of the pitot probe.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 34-11-15-991-002)
R Subtask 34-11-15-220-050-A
R A. Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)
R (1) Do a general visual inspection of the Pitot Probe.
R (a) Color
R During the ageing of the probe, the color of the tube becomes
R brownish and/or blackish.
R This coloration has no effect on the operation of the probe.
R (b) Internal Obstruction (b)
R CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP AND/OR METAL TOOLS OR OBJECTS TO CLEAN
_______
R THE PITOT PROBE. SUCH TOOLS OR OBJECTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
R TO THE PITOT PROBE.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 602
Feb 01/08
VOI
Pitot Probe Tip Configuration
Figure 601/TASK 34-11-15-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 603
Feb 01/06
VOI
Make sure that pitot probe is clean, without obstruction.
If not, remove the pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-000-001), blow
compressed air into the pitot tube at the pneumatic connector and
out of the tube entrance.
Maximum air pressure: 57 psi (3.9300 bar).
NOTE : The compressed air line must have an oil trap to make sure
____
that no oil gets into the pitot probe.
Install the pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-400-001).
(c) Make sure that the drain holes are not blocked.
If not, do the flushing of the Total pressure lines:
- for pitot 1 and/or 2 (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-001)
- for pitot 3 (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-170-001) (only standby total
pressure line part).
(d) If the inspection/check is not satisfactory, you must reject the
pitot probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-
400-001).
If the protective cover melted on the probe and the other
criteria are correct, you must reject the pitot probe.
R NOTE : If the pitot probe is not in correct condition, you can do
____
R a check of the probe in workshop during scheduled
R maintenance procedures (A or C Checks, etc.). Refer to the
R Inspection part of the CMM 341109.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-15-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Install the cover on the pitot probe.
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the access platform.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 604
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-11-15-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 9DA1
3DA1
FOR 9DA2
3DA2
FOR 9DA3
3DA3
EFF :
ALL 34-11-15
Page 605
Feb 01/08
VOI
PROBE - STATIC (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-16-000-001
Removal of the Static Probe (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE STATIC PROBE IS NOT HOT
- THE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY TO THE HEATING ELEMENT OF THE PROBE IS
ISOLATED
BEFORE YOU START THE TASK.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plug
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 34-11-16-991-001 Fig. 401
R
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 401
Aug 01/07
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-16-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
Subtask 34-11-16-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the zone 128 for the static
probes 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2 and 8DA2.
(2) Put the access platform in position at the zone 120 for static probes
7DA3 and 8DA3.
(3) Open the access door :
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2
824
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
811
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 402
Aug 01/07
R
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
R
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-16-991-001)
R
Subtask 34-11-16-020-050
A. Removal of the Static Probe
NOTE : This procedure is the same for the six static probes.
____
(1) Remove the covers (12).
(2) Remove the two nuts (8), the washers (10) and the bolts (11).
(3) Disconnect the nut (1) and remove the static line (13).
(4) Put a blanking plug on the nut (1).
(5) Remove the union (2).
(6) Remove the packing (4) and discard it.
(7) Remove the four nuts (3).
(8) Remove the washer (16) and the bonding strip (15).
(9) Remove the static probe (5).
(10) Remove the packing (6) and discard it.
(11) Keep the bolts (7).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 403
Aug 01/07
VOI
Static Probe
R Figure 401/TASK 34-11-16-991-001
R
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 404
Aug 01/07
VOI
TASK 34-11-16-400-002
Installation of the Static Probe (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THERE IS NO SIGN OF CORROSION OR DAMAGE ON THE EQUIPMENT
- THERE IS NO FOREIGN OBJECT IN THE EQUIPMENT
TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE IN THE SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 packing 34-11-01 02A-060
6 packing 34-11-01 02A-030
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 405
May 01/08
R
VOI
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
30-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
34-11-16-710-001 Test of the Static Probe
(7DA1,8DA1,7DA2,8DA2,7DA3,8DA3) without the CFDS.
34-13-00-790-002 Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data
System
R 34-22-25-790-001 Low range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic circuits
FOR FIN 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-16-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the zone 128 for
the static probes 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2 and 8DA2.
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the zone 120 for
the static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3.
(3) Open the access door:
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2
824
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
811
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 406
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-11-16-865-055
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-11-16-420-051
A. Installation of the Static Probe
R WARNING : IF YOU REPLACE STATIC PROBE 3 (7DA3 OR 8DA3), OR IF YOU REPLACE
_______
R MORE THAN ONE STATIC PROBE, YOU MUST DO A LEAK TEST ON THE
R RELATED CIRCUITS.
NOTE : This procedure is the same for the six static probes.
____
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Install a new packing (6).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 407
May 01/08
VOI
(4) Carefully engage the static probe (5) on the bolts (7).
NOTE : The heating element must point to the nose of the aircraft for
____
static probes 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2 and 8DA2. It must point down
for static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3.
(5) Install the bonding strip (15) and the washer (16) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-004).
(6) Install the four nuts (3).
(7) Tighten the nuts which are diagonally opposite (X sequence) and
TORQUE them to 0.1 m.daN (8.84 lbf.in).
(8) Install a new packing (4).
(9) Install the union (2).
(10) Remove the blanking plug from the nut (1).
(11) Install the static line (13).
(12) Connect the nut (1).
(13) Install the lugs (9) on the terminals (14) with the bolts (11), the
washers (10) and the nuts (8).
NOTE : The covers (12) of the static probe (8DA2) must not touch the
____
static line. Thus, make sure that the lugs (9) connected to
the terminals (14) are correctly installed as shown in the
figure given in this procedure.
(14) Install the covers (12).
Subtask 34-11-16-865-056
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
2DA3, 3DA3, 4DA3, 5DA3
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 408
May 01/08
R
VOI
R Subtask 34-11-16-790-051-A
R C. Leak Test
R NOTE : The leak test is mandatory if you disconnect/connect components of
____
R two static systems.
R (1) Do a leak test of the main static system (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-790-
R 002).
R (2) Do a leak test of the standby air data system
R (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-790-001).
Subtask 34-11-16-710-052
D. Do an operational test of the Static Probe with the CFDS:
Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection
(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001).
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-11-16-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-16-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door :
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1, 7DA2, 8DA2
824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
811
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 409
May 01/08
VOI
PROBE - STATIC (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-16-710-001
Test of the Static Probe (7DA1,8DA1,7DA2,8DA2,7DA3,8DA3) without the CFDS.
CAUTION : REMOVE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS FROM THE PROBES BEFORE YOU DO THE TEST.
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT CONTINUE THE TEST FOR MORE THAN ONE MINUTE TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO THE PROBES.
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE PROBES IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE TEST.
_______
THEY ARE HOT AND CAN BURN YOU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do this test after the removal/installation of the Static Probe
(7DA1,8DA1,7DA2,8DA2,7DA3,8DA3) when the CFDS is unserviceable.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-16-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure for the related system:
For 7DA1,8DA1
ADIRU1
For 7DA2,8DA2
ADIRU2
For 7DA3,8DA3
ADIRU3
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
Subtask 34-11-16-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-11-16-710-051
A. Heating test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead panel, on the
PROBE/WINDOW HEAT section of the
panel 25VU :
- push the AUTO pushbutton - the ON legend comes on.
switch.
2. On the circuit breaker panel
122VU :
- Open the circuit breaker - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
ANTI-ICE PROBES 1 STATIC-5DA1 MASTER CAUT lights come on.
or - you can hear the single chime.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 502
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANTI-ICE PROBES 2 STATIC-5DA2 - on the upper ECAM display unit, this
or indication comes into view:
ANTI-ICE PROBES 3 STATIC-5DA3. ANTI ICE CAPT L STAT (R STAT) or,
ANTI ICE F/O L STAT (R STAT) or,
ANTI ICE STBY L STAT (R STAT).
3. Close the circuit breaker(s) that - on the panels 131VU and 132VU, the
you opened before. MASTER CAUT lights go off.
- on the upper ECAM display unit, the
MEMO page comes into view.
4. On the overhead panel, on the
PROBE/WINDOW HEAT section of the
panel 25VU :
- release the AUTO pushbutton - the ON legend goes off.
switch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-16-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER
DISPLAY and LOWER DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
PROBE - STATIC (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-16-200-001
Inspection of the Static Probe (7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE STATIC PROBE IS NOT HOT
- THE ELECTRICAL SUPPLY TO THE HEATING ELEMENT OF THE PROBE IS
ISOLATED
BEFORE YOU START THE TASK.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a visual inspection of the static probe.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
FOR FIN 7DA3, 8DA3
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
FOR FIN 7DA1, 7DA2, 8DA1, 8DA2
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-11-16-000-001 Removal of the Static Probe
(7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)
34-11-16-400-002 Installation of the Static Probe
(7DA1,7DA2,7DA3,8DA1,8DA2,8DA3)
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 601
Nov 01/07
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-16-865-059
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
Subtask 34-11-16-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) FOR 7DA1, 7DA2, 8DA1, 8DA2
- Put an access platform in position at the zone 128.
(2) FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
- Put an access platform in position at the zone 120.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-11-16-220-050
A. Inspection of the Static Probe
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the inspection of the static probes.
A. For lightning Two marks are permitted. If there are more than two
strike damage. marks, replace the static
probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-16-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-11-16-400-002).
A damage diameter or If the diameter or length
length of 1.5 mm (0.06 of damage is more than 1.5
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 602
Nov 01/07
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
in.) is permitted. mm (0.06 in.), replace the
static probe (Ref. TASK
34-11-16-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 34-11-16-400-
002).
A damage depth of 0.15 If the depth of damage is
mm (0.006 in.) is more than 0.15 mm (0.006
permitted. in.), replace the static
probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-16-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-11-16-400-002).
The surface of the If the surface of the
static probe is smooth. static probe is not
smooth, replace the static
probe (Ref. TASK 34-11-16-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-11-16-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-16-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-11-16-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 7DA1, 8DA1
5DA1.
FOR 7DA2, 8DA2
5DA2.
FOR 7DA3, 8DA3
5DA3.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-16
Page 603
Nov 01/07
VOI
___________________________________________________________________
MODULE - AIR DATA (19FP1,19FP2,19FP3,19FP4,19FP5,19FP6,19FP7,19FP8)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 34-11-17-000-001
Removal of the Air Data Module (19FP1,19FP2,19FP3,19FP4,19FP5,19FP6,
19FP7,19FP8)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-11-17-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-17-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position :
(a) In the zone 123 for the Total Pressure ADM 19FP1 and 19FP3.
(b) In the zone 122 for the Total Pressure ADM 19FP2.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
(c) In the zone 128 for the Static Pressure ADM 19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6
and 19FP7.
(d) In zone 110 for the Static Pressure ADM 19FP8.
(e) At the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door :
FOR 19FP1, 19FP3
812
FOR 19FP2
822
FOR 19FP5, 19FP7
824
FOR 19FP8
811
FOR 19FP4, 19FP6
824
(3) Open the access door 822.
(4) On the battery power center 105VU:
-loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-11-17-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 19FP1, 19FP4, 19FP5
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
FOR 19FP2, 19FP6, 19FP7
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
FOR 19FP3, 19FP8
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-17-991-001)
Subtask 34-11-17-020-050
A. Removal of the ADM
(1) Precaution :
NOTE : During the removal of the Static Pressure ADM 19FP4 and 19FP6,
____
you must close the door 824. Before you close, put a warning
notice in position to tell persons not to open the door.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (7).
(3) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (6).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (7) and
(8).
(5) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected quick-disconnect couplings (5)
and (6).
(6) Remove the four screws (3) and the washers (4); when you do this,
hold the ADM (2).
(7) Remove the ADM (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
Pressure ADM
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-17-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
Pressure ADM
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-17-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-11-17-400-001
Installation of the Air Data Module (19FP1,19FP2,19FP3,19FP4,19FP5,19FP6,
19FP7,19FP8)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-11-17-710-001 Test of the Air Data Module without the CFDS
34-13-00-740-003 SYSTEM TEST of the ADR
R 52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
R 52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-11-17-991-001 Fig. 401
34-11-17-991-002 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6, 19FP7
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-17-860-050
A. Get Access
NOTE : During the installation of the Static Pressure ADM 19FP4 and
____
R 19FP6, you must close the door 824. Before you close it, put a
R warning notice in position to tell persons not to open the door.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 406
Aug 01/07
VOI
(1) Make sure that the access platform are in position:
(a) In the zone 123 for the Total Pressure ADM 19FP1 and 19FP3.
(b) In the zone 122 for the Total Pressure ADM 19FP2.
(c) In the zone 128 for the Static Pressure ADM 19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6
and 19FP7.
(d) In zone 110 for the Static Pressure ADM 19FP8.
(e) At the access door 822.
R (2) Make sure that the access door are open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002):
FOR 19FP1, 19FP3
812
FOR 19FP2
822
FOR 19FP5, 19FP7
824
FOR 19FP8
811
FOR 19FP4, 19FP6
824
(3) Make sure that the protective cover is removed from the battery power
center 105VU.
(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(5) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 407
Aug 01/07
VOI
Subtask 34-11-17-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 19FP1, 19FP4, 19FP5
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
FOR 19FP2, 19FP6, 19FP7
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
FOR 19FP3, 19FP8
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-17-991-001)
Subtask 34-11-17-420-050
A. Installation of the ADM
(1) Put the ADM (2) in position on its support and hold it in this
position.
(2) Attach the ADM (2) with the four screws (3) and the washers (4).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the disconnected electrical connectors
(7) and (8).
R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are in the correct
R condition.
R (5) Connect the electrical connector (7).
R (6) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected quick-disconnect
couplings (5) and (6).
R (7) Make sure that the quick-disconnect coupling are in the correct
R condition.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 408
Aug 01/07
VOI
(8) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (6).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-11-17-991-002)
(9) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
coupling.
(10) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that it is correctly
attached.
R WARNING : IF YOU REPLACE MORE THAN ONE ADM, MAKE SURE THAT A SECOND
_______
R QUALIFIED MECHANIC DOES A VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE QUICK-
R DISCONNECT COUPLING CONNECTION. THE TWO MECHANICS MUST SIGN
R OFF THE JOB.
Subtask 34-11-17-710-050
B. Do the SYSTEM TEST of the ADR with the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-003).
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 34-11-17-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-17-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002):
FOR 19FP1, 19FP3
812
FOR 19FP2
822
FOR 19FP4, 19FP5, 19FP6, 19FP7
824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002)
FOR 19FP8
811
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
(4) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(5) Tighten the two screws.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 409
Feb 01/09
VOI
Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
Figure 402/TASK 34-11-17-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 410
Aug 01/07
R
VOI
(6) Close the access door 822.
(7) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 411
Feb 01/08
VOI
___________________________________________________________________
MODULE - AIR DATA (19FP1,19FP2,19FP3,19FP4,19FP5,19FP6,19FP7,19FP8)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 34-11-17-710-001
Test of the Air Data Module without the CFDS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do this test after the removal/installation of the Air Data Module when the
CFDS is unserviceable.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-17-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (ADIRU related to the installed ADM
only)
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002)
(3) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
Subtask 34-11-17-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-11-17-865-053
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 502
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-11-17-710-051
A. Make sure that the PFD of the onside ADIRU related to the installed ADM
shows the correct altitude (the ALT flag goes out of view and the SPD
flag goes out of view on the speed scale).
NOTE : To do the check of the altitude display with the ADIRU3 set the
____
AIR DATA selector switch to CAPT/3 (F/O/3) on the SWITCHING panel
8VU.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-17-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-11-17-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-17
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
R SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE (11FP1,11FP2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-18-000-001
Removal of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-11-18-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 401
May 01/08
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-18-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
FOR 11FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 11FP2
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
Subtask 34-11-18-860-052
B. Put the access platform in position at zone 120.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-18-991-001)
Subtask 34-11-18-020-051
A. Removal of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)
(1) Disconnect the pressure line (8) from the sensor tube (7).
(2) Put blanking plugs on the ends of the disconnected line (8) and
sensor tube (7).
(3) Loosen the six screws (6).
(4) Pull the sensor (5) from its housing (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Total Air Temperature (TAT) Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-18-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
(5) Hold the sensor (5) and disconnect the connector (1).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1) and
(4).
(7) Remove the sensor (5).
(8) Remove and discard the seal (3).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-11-18-400-001
Installation of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR ARE
_______
OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THERE IS NO SIGN OF CORROSION OR DAMAGE ON THE EQUIPMENT
- THERE IS NO FOREIGN OBJECT IN THE EQUIPMENT
TO PREVENT ANY DAMAGE IN THE SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
3 seal 34-11-01 01A-040
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 405
Aug 01/08
VOI
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
30-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
34-11-18-710-001 Test of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2) without the
CFDS
49-00-00-860-008 APU Start by External Power (131-9(A))
49-00-00-860-009 APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))
34-11-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-18-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 120.
Subtask 34-11-18-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
FOR 11FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 11FP2
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-18-991-001)
Subtask 34-11-18-420-051
A. Installation of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Install the new seal (3) on the sensor (5).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (1) and (4).
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Connect the connector (1) to the sensor (5) out of the housing (2).
(7) Install the sensor (5) in its housing (2) and hold it.
NOTE : Make sure that the seal (3) is in the correct position.
____
(8) Tighten the six screws (6).
(9) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected tube (7) and line (8)
ends.
(10) Connect the pressure line (8) to the the sensor tube (7).
(11) Check the bonding contact resistance between the TAT Sensor (5) and
the fuselage structure (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
Subtask 34-11-18-860-053
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 407
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-11-18-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1
FOR 11FP1
4FP1, 4FP3, 1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 11FP2
4FP2, 1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2
R **ON A/C 001-002, 201-300,
Subtask 34-11-18-710-050
D. Do the operational test of the TAT sensor with the CFDS.
(1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection.
(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001)
(2) Do the operational test of the INPUT STATUS:
NOTE : The TAT sensor 1 is related to the ADIRU 1 and 3. The TAT
____
sensor 2 is related to the ADIRU 2.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal, on one On the MCDU:
MCDU:
- push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the CFDS MENU page comes into view.
the CFDS indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST into view.
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page comes
the NAV indication. into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 408
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
indication (related to the
removed TAT sensor).
- push the line key adjacent to - the INPUT STATUS page comes into
the INPUT STATUS indication. view.
- push NEXT PAGE key until you - INPUT STATUS pages 3/8 and 7/8 come
get ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)/INPUT into view:
STATUS pages 3/8 and 7/8. do a check of the TAT data (OPEN, XXX
⁰ C).
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
without the CFDS
(Ref. TASK 34-11-18-710-001).
R **ON A/C 001-100,
R Post SB 34-1330 For A/C 001-002,
R Post SB 34-1350 For A/C 001-002,
R Subtask 34-11-18-710-050-A
R D. Do the operational test of the TAT sensor with the CFDS.
R (1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection.
R (Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001)
R (2) Do the operational test of the CURRENT STATUS:
R
R NOTE : The TAT sensor 1 is related to the ADIRU 1 and 3. The TAT
____
R sensor 2 is related to the ADIRU 2.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 409
Feb 01/09
VOI
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the center pedestal, on one On the MCDU:
R MCDU:
R - push the MCDU MENU mode key. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R - push the line key adjacent to - the CFDS MENU page comes into view.
R the CFDS indication.
R - push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes
R the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST into view.
R indication.
R - push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page comes
R the NAV indication. into view.
R - push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
R the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
R indication (related to the
R removed TAT sensor).
R - push the line key adjacent to - the CURRENT STATUS page comes into
R the CURRENT STATUS indication. view.
R - push NEXT PAGE key until you - CURRENT STATUS pages 5/8 and 7/8 come
R get ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)/CURRENT into view:
R STATUS pages 5/8 and 7/8. do a check of the TAT data (OPEN, XXX
R DEGC).
R NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test
____
R without the CFDS
R (Ref. TASK 34-11-18-710-001).
EFF :
001-100, 34-11-18
Page 410
Feb 01/09
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-11-18-200-051
E. Do a check of the TAT sensors 1 and 2 to make sure that the suction
operates correctly
(1) Do the APU start procedure (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008).
(2) On the AIR COND section of the panel 30VU, push the PACK1 and PACK2
pushbutton switches (OFF legends off).
(3) At the TAT sensors 1 and 2, listen for the suction noise.
(4) On the AIR COND section of the panel 30VU, release the PACK1 and
PACK2 pushbutton switches (OFF legends on).
(5) Do the APU shutdown procedure (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-009).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-18-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU , push the MCDU MENU mode key.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 411
Feb 01/09
VOI
R SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE (11FP1,11FP2) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-18-710-001
Test of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2) without the CFDS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do this test after the removal/installation of the TAT Sensor (11FP1,11FP2)
when the CFDS is unserviceable.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
R FOR FIN 11FP2
R 31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
R 34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 34-11-18-860-051-A
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure
R FOR 11FP1
R Lower ECAM DU and CAPT ND only
R FOR 11FP2
R F/O ND only
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 501
Feb 01/09
VOI
R (3) Do the ADIRS start procedure
R FOR 11FP1
R ADIRU 1 and 3 only
R FOR 11FP2
R ADIRU 2 only
R (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
Subtask 34-11-18-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11FP1
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 11FP2
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 34-11-18-710-051-A
R A. Test of the TAT Sensor
R (1) Operational test of the TAT sensor 11FP1:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the lower ECAM DU:
R - make sure that the selector - the TAT indication is shown at the
R switches are at the NORM position. bottom section of the lower ECAM DU,
R on the left side.
R - set the ECAM/ND XFR selector - the display of the lower ECAM DU
R switch to CAPT. moves to the CAPT ND.
R - make sure that the SAT and TAT
R indications are shown at the bottom
R of the CAPT ND, on the left side.
R - set the ECAM/ND XFR selector
R switch to NORM.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 502
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - set the AIR DATA selector switch - make sure that the SAT and TAT
R to CAPT/3. indications are shown at the bottom
R section of the lower ECAM DU, on the
R left side (from ADIRU 3).
R - set the ECAM/ND XFR selector - make sure that the SAT and TAT
R switch to F/O. indications are shown at the bottom
R - set the AIR DATA selector switches of the F/O ND, on the left side (from
R to F/O/3. ADIRU 3).
R - set the ECAM/ND XFR selector
R switch to NORM.
R - set the AIR DATA selector switches
R to NORM..
R (2) Operational test of the TAT sensor 11FP2:
R (a) set the ECAM/ND XFR selector switch to F/O.
R - make sure that the SAT and TAT indications are shown at the
R bottom of the F/O ND, on the left side.
R (b) set the ECAM/ND XFR selector switch to NORM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-18-860-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) On the center pedestal,on the ECAM control panel, set the LOWER
DISPLAY potentiometer to OFF.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 503
Feb 01/09
VOI
SENSOR - TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE (11FP1,11FP2) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-18-200-002
Inspection/Check of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The purpose of this Task is to do a Visual Inspection of the TAT sensor
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 0.30 m (12 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-11-18-000-001 Removal of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2) (for
corrective action)
34-11-18-400-001 Installation of the TAT Sensor (11FP1, 11FP2) (for
corrective action)
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 601
Nov 01/06
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-18-865-054
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
FOR 11FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 11FP2
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
Subtask 34-11-18-860-056
B. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position in zone 120.
(2) Remove the TAT sensor slip-on cover.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 602
May 01/08
R
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-100,
Subtask 34-11-18-220-050
A. Inspection/Check of the TAT sensors (11FP1, 11FP2)
(1) Do a general visual inspection of the TAT sensors.
(a) Color
During the ageing of the sensor, the color of the sensor becomes
brownish and/or blackish.
This coloration has no effect on the operation of the sensor.
(b) Internal Obstruction
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP AND/OR METAL TOOLS OR OBJECTS TO CLEAN
_______
THE TAT SENSOR. SUCH TOOLS OR OBJECTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE TAT SENSOR.
Make sure that the TAT sensor is not clogged.
If not, remove the TAT sensor (Ref. TASK 34-11-18-000-001).
- Clean the TAT sensor as described in CMM 341863.
- Reinstall the TAT sensor (Ref. TASK 34-11-18-400-001).
R NOTE : If the TAT sensor is not in correct condition (oxidation,
____
R impact mark, crack, ...), refer to the visual inspection
R part of the CMM 341863.
**ON A/C 201-300,
Subtask 34-11-18-220-050-A
A. Inspection/Check of the TAT sensors (11FP1, 11FP2)
(1) Do a general visual inspection of the TAT sensors.
(a) Color
During the ageing of the sensor, the color of the sensor becomes
brownish and/or blackish.
This coloration has no effect on the operation of the sensor.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 603
Feb 01/09
VOI
(b) Internal Obstruction
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SHARP AND/OR METAL TOOLS OR OBJECTS TO CLEAN
_______
THE TAT SENSOR. SUCH TOOLS OR OBJECTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE TAT SENSOR.
Make sure that the TAT sensor is not clogged.
If not, remove the TAT sensor (Ref. TASK 34-11-18-000-001).
- Clean the TAT sensor as described in CMM 341058.
- Reinstall the TAT sensor (Ref. TASK 34-11-18-400-001).
R NOTE : If the TAT sensor is not in correct condition (oxidation,
____
R impact mark, crack, ...), refer to the visual inspection
R part of the CMM 341058.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-18-865-055
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1
FOR 11FP1
4FP1, 4FP3, 1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 11FP2
4FP2, 1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2
Subtask 34-11-18-860-057
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Install the TAT sensor slip-on cover.
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-18
Page 604
Feb 01/09
VOI
SENSOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK (3FP1,3FP2,3FP3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-11-19-000-001
Removal of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-19-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 3FP2
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 3FP3
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
Subtask 34-11-19-860-050
B. Put an access platform in position in zone 231 for 3FP1 (232 for 3FP2)
(127 for 3FP3).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-11-19-020-050
A. Removal of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
CAUTION : DO NOT HOLD THE AOA SENSOR BY THE VANE WHEN YOU MOVE IT. IF YOU
_______
DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AOA SENSOR.
NOTE : The procedure is the same for angle of attack sensors 3FP1, 3FP2
____
and 3FP3.
(1) Remove the potting compound from the screw (6).
(2) Loosen the seven screws (8).
(3) Remove the blanking plate (7).
(4) Remove the screw (6).
NOTE : Carefully remove the plate so as not to cause damage to the
____
sensor (5).
(5) Disengage and hold the sensor (5).
(6) Disconnect the connector (1).
(7) Remove the angle of attack sensor (5).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
(8) Remove and discard the seal (3).
(9) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1) and
(9).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-11-19-400-001
Installation of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
CAUTION : DO NOT HOLD THE AOA SENSOR BY THE VANE WHEN YOU MOVE IT. IF YOU DO,
_______
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AOA SENSOR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-008 USA MIL-S-8802 CLASS A
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 seal 34-11-02 01 -070
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 404
Aug 01/08
VOI
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
30-31-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Probe Ice Protection
34-10-00-710-007 Test of the Angle of Attack Warning
34-11-00-710-001 Test of the Monitoring of the ADR/AOA 26VAC Power
Supply
34-11-19-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-11-19-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 231 for
3FP1 (232 for 3FP2) (127 for 3FP3).
Subtask 34-11-19-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3FP1
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
FOR 3FP2
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PHC 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
FOR 3FP3
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-11-19-420-050
A. Installation of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
(1) Angle of Attack Sensor without drain hole.
NOTE : The procedure is the same for angle of attack sensors 3FP1,
____
3FP2 and 3FP3.
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.
(c) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (1) and (9).
(d) Make sure that the connectors (1) and (9) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Put the seal (3) in its housing (2).
(f) Connect the connector (1).
(g) Push the connector (1) into the fuselage.
(h) Put the angle of attack sensor (5) in position with the stud (4)
and hold it.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
(i) Tighten the screw (6).
NOTE : During installation, the screw (6) must be inserted in the
____
only c-sink hole of the AOA sensor (5).As the other holes
have no c-sink, mounting the screw (6) in one of them may
create non-flush surface.
(j) Install and hold the blanking plate (7).
NOTE : The AOA blanking plate (7) is manufactured with a radius
____
that corresponds to the fuselage curve.The rotation of
this plate around the AOA sensor may also create non-flush
surface.
The blanking plate (7) contains 8 attaching holes.Out of
R these 8 holes, 7 have a c-sink, 1 has not. Whilst mounting
R the blanking plate (7), it must be ensured that the only
hole without the c-sink is aligned with the screw (6).
NOTE : The 7 remaining screws (8) must all be inserted in each of
____
the 7 c-sink holes of the blanking plate (7).
NOTE : Carefully install plate so as not to cause damage to the
____
sensor (5).
(k) Tighten the seven screws (8).
(l) Check the bonding contact resistance between the AOA Sensor (7)
and the fuselage struture (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
(m) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No.
09-008) (better curing time) on the screw (6) head and around the
blanking plate (7).
NOTE : If the cure time of the sealant will cause a flight delay,
____
the aircraft can operate without the sealant for a maximum
period of 24 hours from installation of the sensor.
Before application of the sealant, it is necessary to make
sure that the surfaces are clean and in the correct
condition (no moisture, dust, etc.).
(2) Angle of Attack Sensor with drain hole.
NOTE : The procedure is the same for angle of attack sensors 3FP1,
____
3FP2 and 3FP3.
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 407
Nov 01/08
VOI
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.
(c) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (1) and (9).
(d) Make sure that the connectors (1) and (9) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Put the seal (3) in its housing (2).
(f) Connect the connector (1).
(g) Push the connector (1) into the fuselage.
(h) Put the angle of attack sensor (5) in position with the stud (4)
and hold it.
(i) Tighten the screw (6).
NOTE : During installation, the screw (6) must be inserted in the
____
R only c-sink hole of the AOA sensor (5). As the other holes
R have no c-sink, mounting the screw (6) in one of them may
R create non-flush surface. illustration.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-11-19-991-002)
(j) Install and hold the blanking plate (7).
NOTE : The AOA blanking plate (7) is manufactured with a radius
____
that corresponds to the fuselage curve.The rotation of
this plate around the AOA sensor may also create non-flush
surface.
The blanking plate (7) contains 8 attaching holes. Out of
these 8 holes, 7 have a c-sink, 1 has not. Whilst mounting
the blanking plate (7), it must be ensured that the only
hole without the c-sink is aligned with the screw (6).
R Make sure that the drain hole (10) is at 6 Oclock
R position.
NOTE : The 7 remaining screws (8) must all be inserted in each of
____
the 7 c-sink holes of the blanking plate (7).
NOTE : Carefully install plate so as not to cause damage to the
____
sensor (5).
(k) Tighten the seven screws (8).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 408
Nov 01/08
VOI
R Angle of Attack Sensor.
Figure 401/TASK 34-11-19-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 409
Nov 01/08
VOI
(l) Check the bonding contact resistance between the AOA Sensor (7)
and the fuselage struture (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
(m) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No.
09-008) (better curing time) on the screw (6) head and around the
blanking plate (7).
NOTE : If the cure time of the sealant will cause a flight delay,
____
the aircraft can operate without the sealant for a maximum
period of 24 hours from installation of the sensor.
Before application of the sealant, it is necessary to make
sure that the surfaces are clean and in the correct
condition (no moisture, dust, etc.).
Subtask 34-11-19-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3FP1
4FP1, 5FP1, 9FP, 1DA1, 2DA1, 3DA1, 4DA1, 5DA1
FOR 3FP2
4FP2, 5FP2, 10FP, 1DA2, 2DA2, 3DA2, 4DA2, 5DA2
FOR 3FP3
4FP3, 5FP3, 9FP, 2DA3, 3DA3, 4DA3, 5DA3
Subtask 34-11-19-710-050
C. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the Probe Ice Protection
(Ref. TASK 30-31-00-710-001).
(2) Do the test of the angle of attack warning.
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-710-007).
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do an operational test
____
without the CFDS.
(Ref. TASK 34-11-00-710-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 410
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-11-19-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-11-19
Page 411
Nov 01/08
VOI
_______________________________________________________
AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (ADIRU & CDU OR MSU)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-010,
The Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) provides the main air data
and heading/attitude/navigation data to the aircraft systems.
The main computers of the ADIRS are the three Air Data/Inertial Reference
Units (ADIRU) which are controlled by the ADIRS Control and Display Unit
(CDU).
The ADIRS is a three channel system. Each channel is isolated from the
others and provides independent information as defined in ARINC 738.
Each ADIRU contains:
- an Air Data Reference (ADR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-13
- an Inertial Reference (IR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-14.
Power supply is common for ADR and IR and described in 34-11.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R The Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) provides the main air data
R and heading/attitude/navigation data to the aircraft systems.
R The main computers of the ADIRS are the three Air Data/Inertial Reference
R Units (ADIRU) which are controlled by the ADIRS Mode Selector Unit (MSU).
R The ADIRS is a three-channel system. Each channel is isolated from the
R others and provides independent information as defined in ARINC 738.
R Each ADIRU contains:
R - An Air Data Reference (ADR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-13.
R - An Inertial Reference (IR) portion. Its operation is described in 34-14.
R The power supply is common for the ADR and IR and described in 34-11.
R **ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-010,
L
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The three ADIRUs are installed in the avionics compartment.
The ADIRS CDU is installed in the cockpit.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
VOI
ADIRS CDU - Component Location
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34
2FP CDU-ADIRS 20VU 211 831 34-12-12
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R L
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 002A)
R The three ADIRUs are installed in the avionics compartment.
R The ADIRS MSU is installed in the cockpit.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
R 1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
R 1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 5
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS MSU - Component Location
R Figure 002A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 6
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
3. Interface
_________
A. Mechanical Interface
The ADIRUs are installed and aligned on a specific mounting tray in the
avionics compartment in accordance with the installation design defined
in ARINC 738. The ADIRU is to 4 MCU size. In order to ensure attitude and
azimuth accuracy, the mounting tray orientation complies with the
following tolerances:
- pitch and roll: plus or minus 12 minutes
- azimuth: plus or minus 12 minutes.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
B. Electrical Interface
(1) ADIRS CDU
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The ADIRS CDU contains three identical connectors. Each connector
is linked to one ADIRU by means of an insert position keying.
The four annunciator discretes ADR OFF, ADR FAULT, IR ALIGN and
IR FAULT are linked to the ADIRS CDU from the ADIRU, through the
annunciator light test and interface boards.
The CDU panel lighting and LCD backlighting are provided by bulbs
supplied with 5VAC (from the A/C electrical generation).
The CDU exchanges data with the ADIRU.
The data sent by the CDU can be used for the initialization of
the IR portion. The data received by the CDU are displayed on the
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 7
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS CDU - Electrical Interface
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 8
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R B. Electrical Interface
R (1) ADIRS MSU
R (a) General
R
R (Ref. Fig. 003A)
R The ADIRS MSU contains three identical connectors. Each connector
R is linked to one ADIRU by means of an insert position keying.
R The four annunciator discretes ADR OFF, ADR FAULT, IR OFF and IR
R FAULT are linked to the ADIRS MSU from the ADIRU, through the
R annunciator light test and interface boards.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(b) CDU Digital Form
The tables below contain all the output parameters in the digital
form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following tables give:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is
given in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 9
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS MSU - Electrical Interface
R Figure 003A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 10
May 01/08
VOI
1
_ CDU bus inputs
The CDU receives an ARINC 429 High Speed bus from the IR
portion of each ADIRU.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PRESENT |90S-90N |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |POS LAT-D |(POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | |NORTH FROM |MIN | | | | | |
| | |0 DEG) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 011 |PRESENT |180E-180W |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |POS LONG-D |(POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | |EAST FROM |MIN | | | | | |
| | |0 DEG) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 012 |GROUND |0-2000 |Kt | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |SPEED-D |(ALWAYS | | | | | | |
| | |POSITIVE) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 013 |TRACK |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |ANGLE TRUE |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 014 |MAGNETIC |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |HEADING |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED |0-256 |Kt | | 3 | | BCD| |
| | |(ALWAYS | | | | | | |
| | |POSITIVE) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 11
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 016 |WIND DIR |0-359 |DEG | | 3 | | BCD| |
| |TRUE |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 044 |TRUE |0-359.9 |DEG | | 4 | | BCD| |
| |HEADING |(POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| | |CW FROM | | | | | | |
| | |NORTH) | | | | | | |
| | |RESOL = .1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 270 |IR DISCRETE| | | | 19 | | DIS| |
| |(1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 277 |CDU TEST | | | | 18 | | DIS| |
| |WORD (1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|-----------|-----------|----|---|----|----|----|--------------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | 19 | | DIS| |
| |CODE (1) | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDU IR Input Labels
NOTE : (1) The complete definition of the labels 270, 277 and
____
350 is detailed in 34-14-00 Para. 2.D.(1).
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 12
May 01/08
VOI
2
_ CDU bus outputs
The CDU sends the parameters detailed in the following table
to the IR portion of each ADIRU:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 041 |SET | 90S-90N |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |LATITUDE | (POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | | NORTH) |MIN | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 0.1| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 042 |SET | 180E-180W |DEG | | 6 | | BCD| |
| |LONGITUDE | (POSITIVE: |& | | | | | |
| | | EAST) |MIN | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 0.1| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------| -----------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 043 |SET | 0-359 |DEG | | 3 | | BCD| |
| |MAGNETIC | (POSITIVE: | | | | | | |
| |HDG | CW FROM N) | | | | | | |
| | | RESOL = 1 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 277 |CDU TEST | | | | 19 | | DIS| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDU Output Labels
(2) ADIRU
The ADIRU receives data and computes outputs in accordance with ARINC
738. It uses an ARINC 600 type 2 floating-connector.
(a) Digital inputs
- Air Data Module (ADM) inputs
The ADR provides up to five ADM input buses. Only three of them
are used to receive air mass data from remotely mounted ADM
(Ref. 34-11), two linked to the static probe and one linked to
the pitot probe.
NOTE : For the ADIRU 3, only two ADM input buses are used: one
____
for the total pressure data and the other for the averaged
static pressure data.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 13
May 01/08
VOI
- digital baro-correction inputs
The ADR provides two baro-correction digital data input ports.
The incoming data from the Flight Control Unit (FCU) are in
ARINC 429 low speed format.
The ADR receives data from baro-correction bus A.
The baro-correction is used to compensate baro-corrected
altitude output.
- initialization data inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from either ARINC 702
Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC). The data are in
ARINC 429 low speed format. The initialization parameters are
latitude and longitude or magnetic heading.
- CFDIU input
The ADIRU provides one Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU) input bus. The data are in ARINC 429 low speed format.
The CFDIU continuously transmits data to all systems. The ADIRU
uses these data to accept commands from the CFDIU.
- Air Data Reference inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU provides two digital data input
ports for receiving data from the other ADIRUs.
The incoming data are in ARINC 429 low speed format and include
altitude and true airspeed.
- CDU inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from one ARINC 738
CDU. The data are in ARINC 429 low speed format. These data are
initialization parameters (latitude and longitude or magnetic
heading) and CDU status.
- GPS inputs
The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from the GPS portion
of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
The data are in ARINC 429 high speed format. These data concern
various parameters such as position, velocity, and integrity.
- the ADIRU provides provision for digital input buses.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (2) ADIRU
R The ADIRU receives data and computes outputs in accordance with ARINC
R 738. It uses an ARINC 600 type-2 floating-connector.
R (a) Digital inputs
R - Air Data Module (ADM) inputs
R The ADR provides up to five ADM input buses. Only three of them
R are used to receive air mass data from remotely-mounted ADM
R (Ref. 34-11), two linked to the static probe and one linked to
R the pitot probe.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 14
May 01/08
VOI
R NOTE : For the ADIRU 3, only two ADM input buses are used: one
____
R for the total pressure data and the other one for the
R averaged static pressure data.
R - Digital baro-correction inputs
R The ADR provides two baro-correction digital data input ports.
R The data incoming from the Flight Control Unit (FCU) is in
R ARINC 429 low-speed format.
R The ADR receives data from baro-correction bus A.
R The baro-correction is used to compensate baro-corrected
R altitude output.
R - Initialization data inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from either ARINC 702
R Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC). The data is in
R ARINC 429 low-speed format. The initialization parameters are
R latitude and longitude or magnetic heading.
R - CFDIU input
R The ADIRU provides one Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
R (CFDIU) input bus. The data is in ARINC 429 low-speed format.
R The CFDIU continuously transmits data to all systems. The ADIRU
R uses this data to accept commands from the CFDIU.
R - Air Data Reference inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU provides two digital data input
R ports for receiving data from the other ADIRUs.
R The incoming data are in ARINC 429 low-speed format and
R includes altitude and true airspeed.
R - GPS inputs
R The IR portion of the ADIRU receives data from the GPS portion
R of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
R The data is in ARINC 429 high-speed format. This data is
R related to various parameters such as position, velocity and
R integrity.
R - The ADIRU has provision for digital input buses.
R **ON A/C ALL
(b) Analog inputs
- analog AOA input
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts two resolver inputs of
indicated angle of attack.
The characteristics of the resolvers, as seen by the ADR, are
as follows:
. scale factor: 1⁰/Degree of AOA
. index reference: 0⁰ resolver input = 25⁰ AOA
- Total Air Temperature (TAT) sensor
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 15
May 01/08
VOI
The ADR portion of the ADIRU accepts a standard 500 ohm
platinum sensing element input from the TAT sensor.
The ADR derives the measured temperature from the TAT sensor
input using the Callender-Van Dusen equation from ARINC 738.
- GPS Time Mark inputs
This allows the ADIRU to be synchronized with the GPS portion
of the MMRs.
- 115VAC
The ADIRU operates from the 115VAC/400 Hz primary power.
- 28VDC back-up
The ADIRU can operate from the 28VDC back-up power.
- 26VAC reference
The ADIRU accepts up to three 26VAC resolver reference inputs.
Only one is used for the AOA resolver.
The ADIRU provides provisions for analog inputs (two 26VAC
reference inputs, and three analog baro-correction inputs are
reserved).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 16
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(c) Discrete inputs
These inputs are generally pin programs except for:
- Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and AOA correction and
selection discretes which come from the Slat and Flap Control
Computers (SFCC) and are linked to flap position
(Ref. Fig. 004)
- heat discretes which come from the associated Probe Heat
Computer (PHC)
- VMO/MMO discrete provided by the position of the L/G DOWN
VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
- ADR selection:
It indicates, to the IR, the air data source to be used.
- CDU ON/OFF:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, whether the ADIRU data are
currently displayed on the CDU.
- ADR OFF:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, that the crew has pushed the ADR
pushbutton switch on the ADIRS CDU. This commands the ADIRU to
stop the transmission of the ADR output buses.
- IR MODE SELECT:
It indicates, to the ADIRU, the position of the associated
selector switch on the CDU. Three positions can be coded: OFF,
NAV, ATT. This gives the computer operating mode.
The functions of the pin program discretes are:
- aircraft identification:
seven discretes provide the ADIRU with the identification of
the aircraft.
They are used by the ADR to select the appropriate SSEC and AOA
correction laws and by the IR to select the appropriate
filtering (bandwidth) of the output labels.
- baro-correction source selection:
This discrete provides the ADIRU with the following:
. the form (digital or analog) in which the baro-correction
transmission is made
. the number of sources (2 or 3)
. the type of transmission used by the digital sources (single
bus or various buses).
On the A/C, the FCU transmits the CAPT and F/O baro-correction
in digital form on separate buses.
- AOA average/unique:
The ADIRU receives the AOA on two resolvers.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 17
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS - ADIRUs/SFCCs Interface
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 18
May 01/08
R
VOI
This discrete indicates whether the computation must use an
average value from the two resolvers or the value of resolver 1
in priority with the second as a back-up in case of failure.
This last solution is chosen on the A/C.
- ADR ARINC the filter select:
Unused (the selection of the ADR outputs filtering is done by
the A/C ident pin programming).
- mounting position:
This indicates the orientation of the unit to the IR portion.
It is used to know where are the longitudinal and lateral axes
of the aircraft and the sign of motion measured.
- SDI:
This indicates on which side (CAPT, F/O, Standby) the ADIRU is
installed.
- CMC-CFDS message select:
The ADIRU could be installed on other A/C version. In this
case, the ADIRU selects a table of maintenance messages with a
different syntax.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 19
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (c) Discrete inputs
R These inputs are generally pin programs except for:
R - Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and AOA correction and
R selection discretes which come from the Slat and Flap Control
R Computers (SFCC) and are linked to flap position
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
R - heat discretes which come from the associated Probe Heat
R Computer (PHC)
R - VMO/MMO discrete provided by the position of the L/G DOWN
R VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
R - ADR selection:
R It indicates, to the IR, the air data source to be used.
R - ADR OFF, IR OFF:
R It indicates, to the ADIRU, that the crew has pushed the ADR
R pushbutton switch on the ADIRS MSU. This commands the ADIRU to
R stop the transmission of the ADR output buses.
R - IR MODE SELECT:
R It indicates, to the ADIRU, the position of the associated
R selector switch on the MSU. Three positions can be coded: OFF,
R NAV, ATT. This gives the computer operating mode.
R
R The functions of the pin program discretes are:
R - aircraft identification:
R seven discretes provide the ADIRU with the identification of
R the aircraft.
R They are used by the ADR to select the appropriate SSEC and AOA
R correction laws and by the IR to select the appropriate
R filtering (bandwidth) of the output labels.
R - baro-correction source selection:
R This discrete provides the ADIRU with the following:
R . the form (digital or analog) in which the baro-correction
R transmission is made
R . the number of sources (2 or 3)
R . the type of transmission used by the digital sources (single
R bus or various buses).
R On the A/C, the FCU transmits the CAPT and F/O baro-correction
R in digital form on separate buses.
R - AOA average/unique:
R The ADIRU receives the AOA on two resolvers.
R This discrete indicates whether the computation must use an
R average value from the two resolvers or the value of resolver 1
R in priority with the second as a back-up in case of failure.
R This last solution is chosen on the A/C.
R - ADR ARINC the filter select:
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 20
May 01/08
VOI
R Unused (the selection of the ADR outputs filtering is done by
R the A/C ident pin programming).
R - mounting position:
R This indicates the orientation of the unit to the IR portion.
R It is used to know where are the longitudinal and lateral axes
R of the aircraft and the sign of motion measured.
R - SDI:
R This indicates on which side (CAPT, F/O, Standby) the ADIRU is
R installed.
R - CMC-CFDS message select:
R The ADIRU could be installed on other A/C version. In this
R case, the ADIRU selects a table of maintenance messages with a
R different syntax.
R **ON A/C ALL
- GPS sensor present:
This indicates, to the ADIRU, the presence on-board the
aircraft of one or two MMRs (GPS portion).
- GPS priority select:
This indicates, to the ADIRU, the priority for using the MMRs
(GPS portion).
**ON A/C 001-009,
- Mag. Var. select:
This discrete selects between two different magnetic variation
tables:
* one standard coverage model optimized for year 2005 and one
expanded coverage model optimized for year 2005.
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
- Mag. Var. select:
This discrete is not used anymore. In previous standards, it
selected between two different magnetic variation tables.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 21
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
(d) Digital outputs
- The ADR portion of the ADIRU provides eight identical ARINC 429
Low Speed buses. Two of these buses are dedicated to the
interface with the Electronic Control Units (ECU).
The number of these buses is 5 and 6.
The system users are described in the table below:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ADIRU 1 | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 2 | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ADIRU 3 | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FMGC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 1 |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMC 3 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|WR 2 (1)| | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 1 | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ATC 2 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FWC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CFDIU | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ECU or EEC ENG 1 | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 22
May 01/08
R
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | ADR 1 BUS | ADR 2 BUS | ADR 3 BUS |
| |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
| |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|ECU or EEC ENG 2 | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SFCC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|FAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 1 | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ELAC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 1 | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 2 | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|AOA CAPT INDIC. (1)| | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|AOA F/O INDIC. (1)| | | | | | | | | |* | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|GPWC (1)| | | |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|DMU (1)| |* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | |* | | | | | | |* | | | | |* | | | |
|CONTROLLER1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|CABIN PRESSURE | | | |* | | | |* | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|ZONE TEMPERATURE | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |* | | |
|CONTROLLER | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|--|
|TEST 1 CONNECTORS | | | |* | | | | | |* | | | | | |* | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Optional system
Table 11 : ADR Data Users
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 23
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
- The IR portion of the ADIRU provides four identical ARINC 429
High Speed buses. The system users are described in the table
below:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|FAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|ELAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SEC 3 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 1 | * | | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 2 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMC 3 | | | * | | | | * | | * | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CDU | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FMGC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|FQIC | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|BSCU | | * | | | | | * | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|CFDIU | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPWC (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 24
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|WR 2 (1)| | | | | | * | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TCAS (1)| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|DMU (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 1 (1)| | * | | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|GPS 2 (1)| | | | | * | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 1 (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|MMR 2 (1)| | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|SDU | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-VOR/DME| | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|RMI-ADF (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
|-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
|TEST PLUG | | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Optional system
Table 12 : IR Data Users - Basic version
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 25
May 01/08
VOI
(e) Analog outputs
The ADIRUs, through analog outputs, supply the ADMs with
+13.5/-13.5VDC and the CDU with 28VDC.
(f) Discrete outputs
The discrete outputs are either open/ground or open/28VDC
discretes (for ON BAT, IR FAILURE WARNING and ALIGN NOT READY
discretes). The LOW SPEED WARNING discretes are set according to
a speed threshold (with an hysteresis of 4 knots). These
thresholds are respectively:
---------------------------------
|Lower threshold|Upper threshold|
| value | value |
--------------------------|---------------|---------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | 100 | 104 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | 50 | 54 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | 155 | 159 |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | 260 | 264 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
The LOW SPEED WARNING 1 discrete is used in the Ram Air Turbine
extension logic and in the power generation logic. The LOW SPEED
WARNING 2 discrete is used in the power generation logic.
The following discretes are used to control the CDU annunciators:
- ON BAT
- ADR OFF
- ADR FAILURE WARNING
- IR FAILURE WARNING
- IR ALIGN.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 26
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R - The IR portion of the ADIRU provides four identical ARINC 429
R high-speed buses. The system users are described in the table
R below:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
R | |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
R | | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
R |FAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |FAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |ELAC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |ELAC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |SEC 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |SEC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |SEC 3 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |DMC 1 | * | | | | | | | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |DMC 2 | | | | | | * | | | | * | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |DMC 3 | | | * | | | | * | | * | | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |FMGC 1 | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |FMGC 2 | | * | | | | * | | | | * | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |FQIC | | * | | | | * | | | | | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |BSCU | | * | | | | | * | | | * | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |CFDIU | | | * | | | | * | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |GPWC (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |WR 1 | | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |WR 2 (1)| | | | | | * | | | | | | |
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 27
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| USERS | IR 1 BUS | IR 2 BUS | IR 3 BUS |
| |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------|
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |TCAS (1)| | | | | | | | | | | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |DMU (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |GPS 1 (1)| | * | | | | | | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |GPS 2 (1)| | | | | * | | | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |MMR 1 (1)| | * | | | | | * | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |MMR 2 (1)| | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |SDU | | | | | | | | | | | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |RMI-VOR/DME| | * | | | | | | | | * | | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |RMI-ADF (1)| | | * | | | | | | | | * | |
R |-----------|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
R |TEST PLUG | | | * | | | * | | | | | * | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (1) Optional system
R Table 12 : IR Data Users - Basic version
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 28
May 01/08
VOI
R (e) Analog outputs
R The ADIRUs, through analog outputs, supply the ADMs with
R +13.5/-13.5 VDC.
R (f) Discrete outputs
R The discrete outputs are either open/ground or open/28 VDC
R discretes (for ON BAT, IR FAILURE WARNING and IR OFF discretes).
R The LOW SPEED WARNING discretes are set according to a speed
R threshold (with a hysteresis of 4 knots). These thresholds are
R respectively:
R ---------------------------------
R |Lower threshold|Upper threshold|
R | value | value |
R --------------------------|---------------|---------------|
R | LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | 100 | 104 |
R | LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | 50 | 54 |
R | LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | 155 | 159 |
R | LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | 260 | 264 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------
R The LOW SPEED WARNING 1 discrete is used in the Ram Air Turbine
R extension logic and in the power generation logic. The LOW SPEED
R WARNING 2 discrete is used in the power generation logic.
R The following discretes are used to control the MSU annunciators:
R - ON BAT
R - ADR OFF
R - IR OFF
R - ADR FAILURE WARNING
R - IR FAILURE WARNING.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 29
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
4. _____________________
Component Description
R **ON A/C 001-010,
A. ADIRS CDU
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The CDU is a three-channel unit. Each CDU channel includes the following
features:
- a three-position mode selector switch. The modes are:
. power off (OFF)
. navigation (NAV)
. reversionary attitude (ATT)
- an indicator announcing when the IR is aligning (ALIGN legend of IR
annunciator)
- an IR fault indicator (FAULT legend of IR annunciator)
- a pushbutton switch to disable ADR output buses. It is a momentary
action pushbutton switch
- an indicator announcing when the ADR output buses are turned off (OFF
legend of ADR pushbutton switch)
- an ADR fault indicator (FAULT legend of ADR pushbutton switch).
The following items of equipment are shaped between the three channels :
- a keyboard to enter the initial position in degrees, minutes and tenth
of minutes or magnetic heading in the attitude mode
- two data pushbutton switches (ENT and CLR) with cue lights
- a liquid crystal display for selected parameters. The LCD has 16 digits
and each digit has 14 segments
- a DATA DISPLAY selector switch to select parameters for display on the
LCD:
* wind (WIND)
* present position (PPOS)
* true heading (HDG)
* status of selected system (STS)
* track and ground speed (TK/GS)
* test values (TEST)
- a SYS DISPLAY selector switch with four positions: OFF, 1, 2, 3. The
OFF position disables the display of the CDU but the mode control of
the ADIRUs remains active
- an ON BAT annunciator.
The CDU contains three identical connectors referenced J1, J2 and J3.
(Ref. Fig. 006)
This LRU uses an Intel 8031 microprocessor. The CDU receives an IR bus
from each ADIRU to display navigation data.
It provides one bus per ADIRU to permit IR initialization.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 30
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS CDU
Figure 005
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 31
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS MSU
R Figure 005A
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 32
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS CDU - Identical Connectors
Figure 006
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 33
May 01/08
VOI
(Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R A. ADIRS MSU
R (Ref. Fig. 005A)
R The MSU is a three-channel unit. Each MSU channel is dedicated to one
R separate ADIRU and includes the following features:
R - a three-position mode selector switch. The modes are:
R . power off (OFF)
R . navigation (NAV)
R . reversionary attitude (ATT)
R - a pushbutton switch to disable IR output buses. It is a momentary
R action pushbutton switch
R - an indicator announcing when the IR output buses are turned off (OFF
R legend IR pushbutton switch)
R - an IR fault indicator (FAULT legend of IR annunciator)
R - a pushbutton switch to disable ADR output buses. It is a momentary
R action pushbutton switch
R - an indicator announcing when the ADR output buses are turned off (OFF
R legend of ADR pushbutton switch)
R - an ADR fault indicator (FAULT legend of ADR pushbutton switch).
R An ON BAT annunciator is shared by the three channels.
R The MSU contains three identical connectors referenced J1, J2 and J3.
R (Ref. Fig. 006A)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
No cooling air is provided to the CDU.
The CDU is supplied with 28VDC from the selected ADIRU to drive internal
circuits and the data display. The 28VDC inputs are isolated from each
other. The aircraft supplies 5VAC power for panel lighting/LCD
backlighting and for annunciator lighting.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 34
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS MSU - Identical Connectors
R Figure 006A
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-12-00
Page 35
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS CDU - Internal Block Diagram
Figure 007
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-00
Page 36
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
B. ADIRU
(Ref. Fig. 008)
(1) General
The ADIRU is contained in a 4 MCU case as defined in ARINC 600. The
ADIRU has to be aligned on a special shelf in the avionics
compartment in accordance with the installation design described in
ARINC 738. This installation involves modification of the ARINC 600
standard to include three alignment pins and a floating connector.
Pins 12 and 13 of the bottom plug have been modified with a reducer
to accept power input instead of coax input as defined in ARINC 738.
All input discretes are electrically isolated by an in-line diode or
an equivalent device. The discrete outputs are protected by means of
diodes to permit a wired OR circuit with other outputs.
The ADIRU is designed to reach a high level of protection for
lightning and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). The lightning
protection circuitry is made up of discrete components which consist
of high-powered Zener diode type semiconductors called Transzorbs.
Varistors are used on the power supply input lines. Varistors are
voltage-controlled resistors that go to a low impedance state when a
voltage above their clamp voltage is applied, thus shunting the
lightning current.
As each ADIRU is a common point to all engines installed on the
aircraft, special care is taken to make impossible any electrical
disturbance to propagate through the ADIRU/engine interface to other
inputs/outputs dedicated to engines.
The ADIRU contains an ADR and an IR portion supplied by a common
power (115VAC, 28VDC).
(2) ADR portion
(Ref. Fig. 009)
This portion uses a 68000 microprocessor. Five resolvers can be used
for the analog baro-correction and the AOA inputs. The ADR provides
eight ARINC 429 Low-Speed output buses (buses 5 to 8 are reserved for
engine control).
A bus isolation is provided using in-line fuses in all ADR buses 5-8
reserved to the engine control.
Each bus can drive twenty ARINC bus loads.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 37
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS - General View
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 38
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRU - Block Diagram
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 39
May 01/08
VOI
(3) IR portion
(Ref. Fig. 009)
This portion uses a 80960 microprocessor.
It provides a high-voltage power supply used by the gyros.
The gyros/accel sensors block contains three accels and three gyros
mounted along each axis.
The IR provides four ARINC 429 High-Speed output buses. Each bus can
drive twenty loads.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-00
Page 40
May 01/08
VOI
CONTROL AND DISPLAY UNIT (CDU) - ADIRS (2FP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-12-12-000-001
Removal of the ADIRS CDU (2FP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-12-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-12-12-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105 VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-12
Page 401
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-12-12-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
122VU LIGHTING/TST/BOARD/SPLY 30LP X06
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 1 26LP X04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-12-991-001)
Subtask 34-12-12-020-050
A. Removal of the ADIRS CDU (2FP)
(1) Hold the CDU (4) and loosen the four quarter turn fasteners (5).
(2) Disengage the CDU (4) from its housing (1).
(3) Disconnect the three electrical connectors (2).
(4) Remove the CDU (4).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2) and
(3).
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-12
Page 402
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS - Control and Display Unit (CDU)
Figure 401/TASK 34-12-12-991-001
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-12
Page 403
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-12-12-400-001
Installation of the ADIRS CDU (2FP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-10-00-710-001 Check of the ADIRS CDU Brightness and Display
34-12-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-12-12-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
822.
(2) Make sure that the access door 822 is open.
(3) Make sure that the protective cover is removed from the battery power
center 105VU.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-12
Page 404
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-12-12-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
122VU LIGHTING/TST/BOARD/SPLY 30LP X06
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 1 26LP X04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-12-991-001)
Subtask 34-12-12-420-050
A. Installation of the ADIRS CDU (2FP)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and (3).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the related receptacles (3).
(6) Install the CDU (4) in its housing (1).
(7) Tighten the four quarter turn fasteners (5).
Subtask 34-12-12-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
4FP1, 4FP2, 4FP3, 6FP1, 6FP2, 6FP3, 3LF, 26LP, 27LP, 30LP
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-12
Page 405
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-12-12-710-050
C. Do the test of the ADIRS CDU brightness and display.
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-12-12-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 34-12-12-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-12-12
Page 406
May 01/08
VOI
___________________________________________________________
REFERENCE UNIT - AIR DATA/INERTIAL (ADIRU) (1FP1,1FP2,1FP3)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 34-12-34-000-001
Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE RACK OF THIS UNIT.
_______
PRECISION ADJUSTMENT IS NECESSARY TO INSTALL THE RACK CORRECTLY. THE
MANUFACTURER DOES THIS ADJUSTMENT BEFORE DELIVERY OF THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-12-34-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-12-34-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
(4) Put the access platform in position in the zone 128 at the acces door
824
(5) Open the access door 824
Subtask 34-12-34-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1FP1
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
FOR 1FP2
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
FOR 1FP3
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-34-991-002)
Subtask 34-12-34-020-050
A. Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
NOTE : The procedure is the same for the three ADIRUs 1FP1, 1FP2 and
____
1FP3.
(1) Loosen the nuts (4).
(2) Lower the nuts (4).
(3) Pull the ADIRU (6) on its rack (3) to disconnected the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the ADIRU (6) from its rack (3).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
Figure 401/TASK 34-12-34-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-12-34-400-001
Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability
34-13-00-740-002 INTERFACE TEST of the ADR
34-14-00-740-001 Interface Test of the IR
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-12-34-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-12-34-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-12-34-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
822.
(2) Make sure that the access door is open.
(3) Make sure that the protective cover is removed from the battery power
center 105VU.
Subtask 34-12-34-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1FP1
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
FOR 1FP2
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
FOR 1FP3
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-34-991-002)
Subtask 34-12-34-420-050
A. Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Push the ADIRU (6) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
NOTE : Make sure that the ADIRU (6) correctly engages in the
____
centering pins (2).
(6) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.
Subtask 34-12-34-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 1FP1
4FP1, 5FP1, 6FP1
FOR 1FP2
4FP2, 5FP2, 6FP2, 10FP
FOR 1FP3
4FP3, 5FP3, 6FP3, 8FP, 9FP
Subtask 34-12-34-740-050
C. BITE Test
(1) Do the BITE Test of the ADIRS (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002) (Ref. TASK
34-14-00-740-001).
NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT 3 conditions, do
____
the LAND CAT III capability test
(Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).
(2) As an alternative procedure, you can do an operational test without
the CFDS (installed ADIRU only)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-12-34-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the overhead panel 23VU, release and push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and
FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches (the OFF legend comes on and goes
off).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 407
Feb 01/06
VOI
(2) On the overhead panel 24VU, release and push the FLT CTL/ELAC2, FLT
CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3 pushbutton switches (the OFF legend comes
on and goes off).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 34-12-34-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(3) Tighten the two screws.
(4) Close the access door 822.
(5) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 408
Feb 01/06
VOI
REFERENCE UNIT - AIR DATA/INERTIAL (ADIRU) (1FP1,1FP2,1FP3) - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-12-34-200-001
ADIRU Removal Criteria
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the performance parameters of the ADIRUs are satisfactory
for operation in Class II navigation airspace in the range specified in the
FAR drift rate requirement.
To do this, do a check of the ADIRUs for:
- Radial position errors
- Residual ground speed errors.
This procedure gives accurate removal criteria.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-12-34-000-001 Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-34-400-001 Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-34-991-008 Fig. 601
R 34-12-34-991-009 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-12-34-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 601
May 01/08
VOI
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that
the AIR DATA selector switch is at NORM.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-12-34-740-051
A. Radial Position Error (RPE)
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 34-12-34-991-008)
NOTE : At the end of the flight, the pilot must make an entry of the RPE
____
in the logbook.
NOTE : Do this procedure only at the end of a flight:
____
- before the ADIRUs are off and
- before you start a new alignment and
- before you load a new flight plan into the FMGC.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the center pedestal, on one MCDU: On the MCDU:
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The FMGC page comes into view.
FMGC indication
2. On the keyboard, push the DATA The DATA INDEX page comes into view.
mode key
3. Push the line key adjacent to the The POSITION MONITOR page comes into
POSITION MONITOR indication view.
4. Record each IRS position error
shown on line 5.
(1) Calculate the NAV time of the ADIRU as follows:
- record the flight time of the previous flight given in the logbook
and add 30 minutes to this time.
NOTE : This 30-minute period is the assumed time interval from the
____
end point of the ADIRU alignment and aircraft door closing
before pushback.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 602
Feb 01/06
VOI
ADIRU - Radial Position Error - Removal Criteria
Figure 601/TASK 34-12-34-991-008
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 603
Feb 01/06
VOI
(2) Compare the recorded values with the curve at the time value
calculated.
(a) If the RPE is below the grey band (refer to AREA 1):
- the ADIRU is serviceable and no action is necessary.
(b) If the RPE is in the grey band (refer to AREA 2):
- it is not necessary to replace the ADIRU but you must do a
second check of the RPE immediately after the subsequent
flight. If the RPE is again in the grey band, replace the ADIRU
(Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).
(c) If the RPE is above the grey band (refer to AREA 3):
- replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-12-34-400-001).
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-12-34-740-052
B. Residual Ground Speed Error
NOTE : Do this procedure only at the end of a flight:
____
- before the ADIRUs are off and
- before you start a new alignment.
Record the residual ground speed for each IR at the end of the
flight when the aircraft is fully stopped.
(1) Record the residual ground speed on the ADIRS CDU on the overhead
panel (20VU):
- set the DATA DISPLAY selector switch to TK/GS
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector switch to 1, 2 and 3
- read the related ground speed on the ADIRS CDU display.
NOTE : You can also read the ground speed on the CAPT ND (IR1) and
____
F/O ND (IR2). To read the residual ground speed for IR3 on the
CAPT (F/O) ND, set the ATT HDG selector switch on the
SWITCHING panel (8VU) to CAPT/3 (F/O/3). But, because of DMC
processing, the ground speed value shown on the ND can be
different from the value on the ADIRS CDU by 1 Kt.
(2) Compare the recorded ground speed values with these limits:
(a) If the residual ground speed error is less than 15 Kts:
- the ADIRU is serviceable and no action is necessary.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 604
May 01/08
VOI
(b) If the residual ground speed error is equal to 15 Kts or is
between 15 and 21 Kts:
- it is not necessary to replace the ADIRU but you must do a
second check of the residual ground speed error immediately
after the subsequent flight. If the value is again equal to 15
Kts or is between 15 and 21 Kts, replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK
34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001);
(c) If the residual ground speed error is equal to or more than 21
Kts:
- replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-12-34-400-001).
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-12-34-740-052-A
R B. Residual Ground Speed Error
R NOTE : Do this procedure only at the end of a flight:
____
R - Before the ADIRUs are off and
R - Before you start a new alignment.
R
R Record the residual ground speed for each IR at the end of the
R flight when the aircraft is fully stopped.
R
R (1) Record the ground speed on the CAPT ND (IR1) and F/O ND (IR2). To
R read the residual ground speed for IR3 on the CAPT (F/O) ND, set the
R ATT HDG selector switch on the SWITCHING panel (8VU) to CAPT/3
R (F/O/3).
R (2) Compare the recorded ground speed values with these limits:
R (a) If the residual ground speed error is less than 15 Kts:
R - The ADIRU is serviceable and no action is necessary.
R (b) If the residual ground speed error is equal to 15 Kts or is
R between 15 and 21 Kts:
R - It is not necessary to replace the ADIRU but you must do a
R second check of the residual ground speed error immediately
R after the subsequent flight. If the value is again equal to 15
R Kts or is between 15 and 21 Kts, replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK
R 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001);
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 605
May 01/08
VOI
R (c) If the residual ground speed error is equal to or more than 21
R Kts:
R - Replace the ADIRU (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
R 34-12-34-400-001).
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-12-34-740-053
C. Drift Rate
The Drift Rate criteria are directly derived from the RPE removal
criteria, divided by the NAV TIME (T).
R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 34-12-34-991-009)
NOTE : Do this procedure only at the end of a flight:
____
- before the ADIRUs are off and
- before you start a new alignment and
- before you load a new flight plan into the FMGC.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the center pedestal, on one MCDU: On the MCDU:
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The FMGC page comes into view.
FMGC indication
2. On the keyboard, push the DATA The DATA INDEX page comes into view.
mode key
3. Push the line key adjacent to the The IRS MONITOR page comes into view.
IRS MONITOR indication
4. Record each IRS NAV DRIFT.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-12-34-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 606
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRU - Drift Rate - Removal Criteria
R Figure 602/TASK 34-12-34-991-009
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 607
May 01/06
VOI
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-34
Page 608
May 01/08
VOI
MOUNT - ADIRU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________
TASK 34-12-51-000-001
Removal of the ADIRU Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
08-22-00-200-001 Precise Leveling
21-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Check Valve (2140HM)
21-26-42-000-001 Removal of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation Duct
R 21-26-43-000-006 Removal of the Filter Assembly (2081HM, 2082HM,
R 2083HM)
34-12-34-000-001 Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-51-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-12-51-210-050
A. Do the aircraft precise leveling (Ref. TASK 08-22-00-200-001) to put the
aircraft in position to have a 0 degree pitch, 0 degree roll. Use the
standard reference marks of the aircraft (tolerance +/- 5 minutes).
NOTE : You must keep the aircraft in this position during the removal and
____
installation procedures.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 401
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-12-51-020-050
B. Remove the ADIRUs 1FP1, 1FP2 and 1FP3 (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-12-51-020-051
A. Removal of the ADIRU Mount
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-51-991-001)
(1) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (8) and the screws (7) which attach
the bonding leads (5) to the mount (13).
(2) Remove the nuts (14) from the screws (11).
(3) Remove the electrical connectors (12) from the mount (13). Use some
straps to attach the electrical connectors (12).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(5) Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the screws (6).
(6) Lift the mount (13) off its support. Be careful not to cause damage
to the peel shims (3) and the air conditioning pipe (9).
(7) Put marks on the peel shims (3) with a felt-tip pen or equivalent, to
make sure that you put them back in their initial positions when you
install the mount (13).
(8) Remove the nuts (10).
(9) Remove the air conditioning pipe (9).
(10) Remove the mount (13).
Subtask 34-12-51-020-052
R B. Removal of the Air Conditioning Pipes
(1) Remove the check valve (2140HM) (Ref. TASK 21-26-41-000-001).
R (2) Remove the filter assembly (2081HM, 2082HM, 2083HM) (Ref. TASK 21-26-
R 43-000-006).
R
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 402
Feb 01/09
VOI
ADIRU Mount
Figure 401/TASK 34-12-51-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 403
Aug 01/08
VOI
R (3) Remove the avionics equipment ventilation-duct (Ref. TASK 21-26-42-
000-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 404
Feb 01/09
VOI
TASK 34-12-51-400-001
Installation of the ADIRU Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.8 m (5 ft. 11 in.)
3028000 1 CLINOMETER - REPLACED BY P/N 3028011001
R 950-315 1 DIGITAL PROTRACTOR - RPLD BY P N 950-318
98D34103000000 1 ALIGNMENT,TOOL-IRU PLATFORM BRACKETS
98D34203000000 1 ALIGNMENT,TOOL-MOUNT,ADIRU
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2 peel shims 34-11-01 11C-130
R 2 peel shims 34-11-01 11D-130
5 cotter pins 32-21-01 01 -010
7 packings 32-21-01 01 -075
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
08-22-00-200-001 Precise Leveling
21-26-41-400-001 Installation of the Check Valve (2140HM)
21-26-42-400-001 Installation of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation
Duct
R 21-26-43-400-006 Installation of the Filter Assembly (2081HM, 2082HM,
R 2083HM)
34-12-34-400-001 Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 405
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-12-51-991-001 Fig. 401
34-12-51-991-002 Fig. 402
34-12-51-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-12-51-210-051
A. Make sure that the aircraft is in precise leveling (Ref. TASK 08-22-00-
200-001). Do this procedure to put the aircraft in position to have a 0
degree pitch and a 0 degree roll. Use the standard reference marks of the
aircraft (tolerance +/- 5 minutes).
Subtask 34-12-51-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position in the zone 126 at
the access door 822.
(2) Make sure that the access door 822 is open.
(3) Make sure that the two screws and the protective cover are removed
from the battery power center 105VU.
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position in the zone 128 at
the access door 824.
(5) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 406
Aug 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-12-51-865-050
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-12-51-210-052
A. Heading Check
CAUTION : IF YOU MUST MOVE THE TOOL IN THE AIRCRAFT, BE CAREFUL NOT TO
_______
DAMAGE THE PEEL SHIMS OF THE SUPPORTS OF THE ADIRU MOUNT.
NOTE : Assemble the tool in the aircraft avionics compartment. The
____
assembled tool is too large to go through the access door of the
zone.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-12-51-991-002)
(1) Installation of the ALIGNMENT,TOOL-IRU PLATFORM BRACKETS
(98D34103000000)
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (5).
(b) Remove the nuts (4) and the washers (3).
(c) Remove the flanges (6) from the pintles (1) of the nose gear.
(d) Remove and discard the packings (7) and (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 407
Aug 01/08
VOI
Installation Platform - IRU Brackets
Figure 402/TASK 34-12-51-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 408
Aug 01/08
VOI
(e) Install the support shafts (8) on the pintles (1) of the nose
gear.
(f) Install the washers (3) and the nuts (4).
(g) Install the new cotter pins (5).
(h) Assemble the three parts of the tool (11) with the bolts (9).
NOTE : The left and right parts of the tool are not
____
interchangeable. Make sure that they are installed on the
correct side.
(i) Install the tool (11) on the support shafts (8). To do this:
- tilt the top of the tool (11) forward to engage it on the
support shafts (8).
- let the tool (11) turn down until it touches the surfaces of
the ADIRU mount support.
(j) Install the shim (13) between the tool (11) and the right support
shaft (8) to prevent movement in the Y-axis (Roll) direction.
(k) Install and tighten the knurled nuts (12) on each support shaft
(8).
(2) Heading Check
(a) Manually push the four pins (10) into the inspection bushes of
the tool (11). The pins (10) must go easily in the attachment
holes of the ADIRU mount support.
NOTE : If it is not easy manually to push the four pins (10) into
____
the attachment holes for the ADIRU mount support, there is
a heading angle mismatch.
You must get more information from the Airbus Customer
Service.
(3) Removal of the ALIGNMENT,TOOL-IRU PLATFORM BRACKETS (98D34103000000)
(a) Remove the four pins (10).
(b) Remove the knurled nuts (12).
(c) Remove the tool (11) and the shim (13) from the support shafts
(8).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 409
Aug 01/08
VOI
(d) Remove the bolts (9) and disassemble the three parts of the tool
(11).
(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (5).
(f) Remove the nuts (4) and the washers (3).
(g) Remove the support shafts (8) from the pintles (1) of the nose
gear.
(h) Install the new packings (7) (7) and (2) and the flanges (6) on
the pintles (1) of the nose gear.
(i) Install the washers (3) and the nuts (4).
(j) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 1.2 and 1.35 m.daN (106.19 and
119.46 Ibf.in).
(k) Install the new cotter pins (5).
Subtask 34-12-51-210-053
B. Flatness Check
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 34-12-51-991-003)
R (1) If necessary, replace the damaged peel shims (2). Carefully clean the
R sealing bearing on the support surfaces of the ADIRU mount. Remove
R the unwanted thickness from the peel shims (2).
(2) Put the ALIGNMENT,TOOL-MOUNT,ADIRU (98D34203000000) (1) in position
on the three peel shims (2) with the right angle of the tool (1) at
position 2.
R (3) Put a CLINOMETER - REPLACED BY P/N 3028011001 (3028000) or DIGITAL
R PROTRACTOR - RPLD BY P N 950-318 (950-315) on the two perpendicular
arms of the tool (1).
(4) Adjust the assembly until it is horizontal. To do this, remove the
unwanted thickness from the peel shims (2).
Tolerance for X (pitch)= +/-530 (+/-0.09⁰).
Tolerance for Y (roll)= +/-3.30 (+/-0.06⁰).
(5) Turn the tool (1) 180 degrees until its right angle is at position 4.
(6) Adjust the assembly until it is horizontal. To do this, remove the
unwanted thickness from the peel shims (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 410
Feb 01/09
VOI
Alignment Tool - ADIRU Mount
Figure 403/TASK 34-12-51-991-003
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 411
Aug 01/08
VOI
(7) Do a check to make sure that all the assembly is horizontal. If not,
go back to step (2).
(8) Remove the CLINOMETER - REPLACED BY P/N 3028011001 (3028000) or
R DIGITAL PROTRACTOR - RPLD BY P N 950-318 (950-315) and the tool (1).
Subtask 34-12-51-420-050
C. Installation of the Air Conditioning Pipes
(1) Install the avionics equipment ventilation-duct (Ref. TASK 21-26-42-
400-001).
R
R (2) Install the filter assembly (2081HM, 2082HM, 2083HM) (Ref. TASK 21-
R 26-43-400-006).
R (3) Install the check valve (2140HM) (Ref. TASK 21-26-41-400-001).
Subtask 34-12-51-420-051
D. Installation of the ADIRU Mount
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-12-51-991-001)
(1) Install the air conditioning pipe (9).
(2) Install the nuts (10).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Install the electrical connectors (12) on the mount (13).
(5) Install the nuts (14).
(6) Install the mount (13) on the peel shims (3). Be careful not to cause
damage to the peel shims (3).
(7) Install the screws (6), the washers (2) and the nuts (1).
(8) Install the bonding leads (5), the screws (7) and the washers (8).
(9) Install the nuts (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 412
Feb 01/09
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-12-51-420-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the ADIRUs 1FP1, 1FP2 and 1FP3 (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).
(3) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-12-51
Page 413
Aug 01/08
VOI
AIR DATA - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. _______
General
R The Air Data Reference (ADR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
R (ADIRU) provides main data sources which are air data references for the
R aircraft avionics systems.
R The ADR receives and processes the outputs of the Air Data Modules (ADM) and
R other sensors (Ref. 34-11-00). It computes the aerodynamic parameters in the
R form of ARINC 429 low speed buses.
R For more details concerning the user systems, ref. 34-12-00.
2. __________________
System Description
R A. ADR Operation
R (1) General
R The ADR software performs five basic computational elements which are
R under the air data calculations as follows:
R - pressure altitude functions (ALT/ALT rate)
R - Mach calculation (M)
R - airspeed calculation (CAS/TAS)
R - temperature calculation (SAT/TAT)
R - output signal processing.
R Aircraft-dependent calculations are also included in the operational
R software:
R - static source error correction
R - angle of attack (AOA)
R - maximum operating speed (MMO/VMO).
R The system tests include continuous in-flight monitoring and
R manually-activated test modes. The in-flight monitoring includes test
R of:
R - input signal integrity
R - input interface integrity
R - memory integrity
R - computational integrity
R - output signal integrity.
R The continuous monitoring detects and annunciates faults in the ADR
R during normal operation.
R Faults are stored in BITE history in Non Volatile Memory (NVM) and
R sent to the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) via digital
R words.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 1
Nov 01/06
VOI
**ON A/C 001-009,
(2) Inputs
(a) Digital inputs
1
_ Air Data Modules (ADM) inputs
R The ADR receives three input buses from its corresponding ADM.
R These buses transmit the following input data words depending
on the ADM installation:
Label 242 : Total Pressure
Label 176 : Left Static Pressure
Label 177 : Right Static Pressure
Label 245 : Averaged Static Pressure
Each of these words is a 32-bit word with the following
format:
----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Pressure Value |
| 29 | Sign bit (0 = positive) |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity bit |
----------------------------------------------------------
ADM Input Label
These data words are output on all eight Air Data output data
buses and used for calculation of corrected pressure data.
2
_ Flight Control Unit (FCU) inputs
The ADR receives one input bus from the FCU, for digital baro
corrections.
The FCU output bus sends:
BCD label 234 Baro Correction 1(hPa) for CAPT side
BCD label 236 Baro Correction 2(hPa) for F/O side.
Each ADR receives the two FCU output bus according to the
discrete selection as explained in Para. 2.A.(2)(c) (discrete
inputs).
Each of these words is a 32-bit BCD word with the following
format:
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 2
Nov 01/08
VOI
-----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Value |
| 29 | Sign bit |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity |
-----------------------------------------------------------
FCU Input Label
3
_ Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) input
For maintenance purposes, the ADR receives one input bus from
the CFDIU.
For more details, ref. 34-18-00.
4
_ Air Data Reference (ADR) input
Each ADR receives two intercommunication buses from the other
ADRs for cross channel comparison purpose.
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(2) Inputs
(a) Digital inputs
1
_ Air Data Modules (ADM) inputs
The ADR receives three input bus from its corresponding ADM.
These buses transmit the following input data words depending
on the ADM installation:
Label 242 : Total Pressure
Label 176 : Left Static Pressure
Label 177 : Right Static Pressure
Label 245 : Averaged Static Pressure
Each of these words is a 32-bit word with the following
format:
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Pressure Value |
| 29 | Sign bit (0 = positive) |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity bit |
----------------------------------------------------------
ADM Input Label
These data words are output on all eight Air Data output data
buses and used for calculation of corrected pressure data.
2
_ Flight Control Unit (FCU) inputs
The ADR receives two input buses from the FCU; one for digital
baro corrections and one for altimeter modes.
The FCU output bus which corresponds to the CAPT side is only
connected to ADIRU1 and ADIRU3, and it sends:
* BCD label 234 Baro Correction 1(hPa)
* Discrete label 272 Altimeter mode from
Barometric Bus B, FCU EIS Disc 1.
The FCU output bus which corresponds to the F/O side is only
connected to ADIRU2, and it sends:
* BCD label 236 Baro Correction 2(hPa)
* Discrete label 272 Altimeter mode from
Barometric Bus A, FCU EIS Disc 1.
Each ADR receives the two FCU output bus according to the
discrete selection as explained in Para. 2.A.(2)(c) (discrete
inputs).
Each of these words is a 32-bit BCD word with the following
format:
-----------------------------------------------------------
| BIT POSITION | DATA |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| 1 - 8 | Label |
| 9 - 10 | SDI |
| 11 - 28 | Value |
| 29 | Sign bit |
| 30 - 31 | Status matrix |
| 32 | Parity |
-----------------------------------------------------------
FCU Input Label
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
R The Altimeter mode is coded on the label 272 according to the
R following format:
R -----------------------------------------
R | Altimeter Mode | Label 272 Bits |
R | | 29 - 28 |
R |------------------|--------------------|
R | STD | 0 1 |
R | QNH | 1 0 |
R | QFE | 0 0 |
R | INVALID | 1 1 |
R -----------------------------------------
R 3
_ Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) input
R For maintenance purposes, the ADR receives one input bus from
R the CFDIU.
R For more details, ref. 34-18-00.
R 4
_ Air Data Reference (ADR) input
R Each ADR receives two intercommunication buses from the other
R ADRs for cross channel comparison purpose.
R **ON A/C ALL
(b) Analog inputs
1
_ Total Air Temperature (TAT) input
The ADR measures the resistance of the sensing element of the
TAT sensor (Ref. 34-11-00).
The ADR subtracts a fixed value (1.04 ohm) from the measured
input resistance to compensate for aircraft wiring resistance.
2
_ Angle of Attack (AOA) inputs
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The ADR receives two resolver inputs for angle of attack
computation.
The following requirements apply to the analog resolver
inputs:
- load: 15 kilohms minimum
- reference: 26V, 400 Hz (same as AOA)
- transformer ratio: 0.415 nominal plus or minus 10 %
- phase shift: 8.8 to 30 deg. leading
- source impedance:
Zro = A + jB A less than 315, B less than 725
Zso = C + jD C less than 150, D less than 165
- voltage range: 23 to 31.7 VRMS
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 5
Feb 01/08
VOI
AOA/ADR Wiring
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 6
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
- peak factor: 1.31 to 1.51
- electrical range input: plus or minus 60 deg.
3
_ Analog baro correction inputs
The ADR receives three resolver inputs for analog baro
correction (from the altimeter for example).
These inputs are not used.
(c) Discrete inputs
For pin assignment, Ref. 34-12-00.
The ADR is provided with the following input discretes:
----------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| ADR ARINC Filter Select | Open/GND | Type A/Type B |
| CFDS Message Select | Open/GND | Active/Not Active |
| SDI LSB (Middle Insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI MSB (Middle Insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| Pitot Probe Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| Right Static Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| Left Static Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| TAT Ht Disc | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA 1 Ht Disc | Open/GND | No Fault/Fault |
| AOA Average/Unique | Open/GND | Average/Unique |
| VMO/MMO Disc 1 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 2 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 3 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| VMO/MMO Disc 4 | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| SSEC Alternate Disc A | Open/GND | No/Yes |
| SSEC Alternate Disc B | Open/GND | N0/Yes |
| AOA Alternate Disc 1A | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 1B | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 2A | Open/GND | Off/On |
| AOA Alternate Disc 2B | Open/GND | Off/On |
| Baro Port A | Open/GND | Port B/Port A |
| Zero MACH SSEC | Open/GND | Use SSEC/Ignore SSEC |
| Zero AOA SSEC | Open/GND | Use SSEC/Ignore SSEC |
| AIR FRM ID Code 1/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 2/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 4/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 8/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code 16/0 |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| AIR FRM ID Code Parity |Open/A.I.Com | No/Yes |
| ADR Remote Test | Open/GND | No Test/Test |
| ADR OFF DISCR Input | Open/GND | Released/Pressed |
| Dual Baro | Open/GND | Sgl Port/Dual Port |
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 7
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| Baro Analog/Digital Sel.| Open/GND | Digital/Analog |
| Baro Corr. 3 Active | Open/GND | Not Active/Active |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Input Signal
NOTE : Open means either a high logic voltage level or the
____
binary zero state.
GND means either a low logic voltage level or the
binary one state.
A.I. Com means grounded to the Aircraft Ident Common
pin through a resistance of 10 ohms or less.
For program pin inputs other than Aircraft I.D., GND
means grounded to the Program Pin Common pin through a
resistance of 10 ohms or less.
1
_ ADR ARINC Filter Select discrete
This discrete is used to select the characteristics of the ADR
output filter.
Two sets of characteristics are available:
Open/Ground = Type A/Type B
The A/C is defined with the ADR ARINC filter select discrete
open.
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | TYPE A | TYPE B |
| OCTAL | | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM |
| LABEL | SIGNAL | 3db FILTER | 3db FILTER |
| | | BANDWIDTH | BANDWIDTH |
| | | (HZ)(1) | (HZ) |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 |Altitude | 8 | 3 |
| 204 |Baro Cor. Alt. 1 | 8 | 3 |
| 205 |Mach | 8 | 3 |
| 206 |Computed Airspeed | 8 | 3 |
| 207 |Max Allow. Airspeed | 8 | 8 |
| 210 |True Airspeed | 8 | 3 |
| 211 |Total Air Temp | 4 | 3 |
| 212 |Altitude Rate | 1.8 | 1.8 |
| 213 |Static Air Temp | 4 | 3 |
| 215 |Impact Pressure | 8 | 3 |
| 220 |Baro Cor. Alt. 2 | 8 | 3 |
| 221 |Ind. Angle of Attack | 8 | 3 |
| 241 |Cor. Angle of Attack | 8 | 3 |
| 242 |Total Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 8
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------
| | | TYPE A | TYPE B |
| OCTAL | | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM |
| LABEL | SIGNAL | 3db FILTER | 3db FILTER |
| | | BANDWIDTH | BANDWIDTH |
| | | (HZ)(1) | (HZ) |
--------------------------------------------------------------
| 176 |Left Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 177 |Right Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 245 |Uncorr Avg Static Pressure| N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 246 |Corr Avg Static Pressure | N/A (2) | N/A (2) |
| 251 |Baro Cor. Alt. 3 | 8 | 3 |
--------------------------------------------------------------
ADR Output Filter Characteristics
NOTE : (1) Filters present only as provisions, except for
____
Altitude Rate.
(2) Filtering of pressure data is performed by the ADM.
2
_ CFDS Message Select discrete
When open, this discrete is used to select and display fault
messages.
3
_ Source Data Identifier (SDI) program pins
These discretes code the installation side of the ADIRU. This
item of information is used to choose the appropriate
correction laws (for Static Source Error Correction (SSEC) and
corrected angle of attack).
The following table gives the ADR side according to the SDI:
--------------------------------------------------------
| DEBOUNCED STATUS | | |
|-----------------------------| SDI | ADIRU |
| SDI-MSB | SDI-LSB | CODE | NUMBER |
|------------------------------------------------------|
| OPEN | GND | 01 | 1 |
| GND | OPEN | 10 | 2 |
| GND | GND | 11 | 3 |
--------------------------------------------------------
ADR SDI Code
4
_ sensor heat status discretes
These discrete inputs are used to provide the sensors heat
status to the ADR.
These discretes are of the open/ground type.
When the TAT HEAT DISC is grounded, the TAT sensor is heated.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 9
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
When one of the STATIC, PITOT or AOA HEAT discretes is
grounded, it means that the output of the Probe Heat Computer
(PHC) heating power supply is faulty and that the concerned
probe is no longer heated.
In this case the ADR operates as a relay which sends these
information signals to the FWC for warning purposes.
5
_ AOA Average/Unique program pin
The ADR uses the AOA Average/Unique program pin to determine
whether one or two angle of attack resolver inputs are used
for angle of attack computations. When this program pin
indicates Unique, the ADR uses only a single angle of attack
input.
If this first AOA input fails, the ADR uses the opposite AOA
input, as shown in table below. When this program pin
indicates Average, the ADR calculates angle of attack based
on the average of the angle of attack inputs 1 and 2.
-------------------------------------------------------
| SYSTEM | INITIAL NON-FAULT | INPUT TO ADR |
| NUMBER | INPUT TO ADR | AFTER FAULT |
-------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | input number 1 | input number 2 |
| 2 | input number 2 | input number 1 |
| 3 | input number 1 | input number 2 |
-------------------------------------------------------
AOA Resolver Input
The characteristics of these discretes are OPEN/GROUND =
AVERAGE/UNIQUE.
The A/C is defined with the AOA average/unique discrete
grounded.
6
_ VMO/MMO Program Discretes 1 through 4
These discretes are used to select alternate VMO/MMO levels.
There are four alternates and a basic VMO/MMO for each
aircraft type. Table below defines VMO/MMO versus state of the
VMO/MMO program discretes.
With no VMO/MMO discretes in the ground state (yes) the ADR
defaults to the BASIC LAW values for VMO/MMO.
Only one of the four VMO/MMO program discretes can be in the
ground state at any one time.
If more than one VMO/MMO program discrete is in the ground
state at any one time, the ADR defaults to the lowest
available alternate condition.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 10
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
7
_ on the A/C only the VMO/MMO DISC 2 is available and is
provided by the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION switch (22FP).
The normal position of this switch is open and it is grounded
after crew action for particular flights (ferry flight for
example).
Table below defines VMO/MMO state according to the switch
(22FP) position.
----------------------------------------------------------
| | VMO | MMO | SWITCH |
| LAW | (kts) | (Mach) | 22FP |
----------------------------------------------------------
| BASIC | 350 | 0.82 | OPEN |
| ALT 1 | | | |
| ALT 2 | 235 | 0.60 | GROUND |
| ALT 3 | | | |
| ALT 4 | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------
VMO/MMO Selection
8
_ SSEC Alternate discrete
The ADR is provided with two Static Source Error Correction
(SSEC) data sets stored in the computer for each SDI and for
each of sixteen aircraft types, one for use in normal
conditions and the other for use in alternate conditions.
With the two SSEC selection discretes open (no), the ADR
employs the normal SSEC curve for the aircraft type in which
it is installed. With the two SSEC selection discretes
grounded (yes), the ADR employs the alternate condition
curve.
9
_ AOA Alternate discrete
The ADR uses the alternate discrete inputs from the two
redundant SFCCs to select the angle of attack correction which
is appropriate for the current slat and flap settings.
Three laws are available for each aircraft type and SDI:
- the normal law is activated when all the discretes are open
- the alternate 1 law is activated when discretes 1A and 2A
are grounded
- the alternate 2 law is activated when discretes 1A, 2A, 1B
and 2B are grounded.
10
__ Baro Port A discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select which ARINC 429 port is
used as a source for all baro-correction input data.
If this discrete is grounded, the baro port A is selected.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 11
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
If this discrete is open, the baro port B is selected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete grounded (Ref. Dual Baro
discrete).
11
__ Dual Baro discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select which ARINC 429 port is
used as a source for all baro-correction input data.
If this discrete is grounded, the baro port A and the baro
port B are selected and the baro port A discrete selection is
overriden. If this discrete is open, the baro port A or the
baro port B is selected depending on the baro port A discrete
selection. The A/C is wired with this discrete open.
12
__ Zero MACH SSEC discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select the SSEC as a function of
Mach. When this program pin indicates Use SSEC (open), the
SSEC as a function of Mach is computed. When this program pin
indicates Ignore SSEC (ground), the ADR uses zero correction.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.
13
__ Zero AOA SSEC discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select the SSEC as a function of
angle of attack. When this program pin indicates Use SSEC
(open), the SSEC as a function of AOA is computed. When this
program pin indicates Ignore SSEC (ground), the ADR uses zero
correction.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.
14
__ AIR FRM ID Code discrete
The ADR uses input discretes to identify the aircraft (type,
engine model) on which the ADIRU is fitted, and to select the
appropriate set of correction laws for Static Source Error
Correction (SSEC) and AOA corrections.
The ADIRU memory has the capacity to store 128 different sets
of laws.
To perform this coding, the ADR wires seven input discretes
and one discrete for parity to a common.
15
__ ADR Remote Test discrete
The ADR uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open (unused).
The test is activated via the CFDS (Ref. 34-18-00).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 12
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
16
__ ADR OFF DISCR input discrete
The ADR uses this discrete input to toggle its state between
ON and OFF. When the ADR is OFF, the output buses are disabled
and the ADR FAULT legend is inhibited whenever the momentary
action ADR pusbutton switch is pushed. When the ADR is ON, the
output buses output data and the ADR FAULT legend operates
normally. The ADR OFF DISCR input does not modify Air Data
computation.
17
__ Baro Analog/Digital Sel discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to select either the analog or
digital baro correction.
When this discrete is grounded, the analog baro correction is
selected.
When this discrete is open, the digital baro correction is
selected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.
18
__ Baro Corr 3 Active discrete
The ADR uses this discrete to determine for BITE purposes
whether the baro correction 3 is connected or not.
When the discrete is grounded, the baro correction 3 is
connected.
When the discrete is open, the baro correction 3 is not
connected.
The A/C is wired with this discrete open.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 13
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
(3) Acquisition and processing of the sensor inputs
(a) Pressure computation
(Ref. Fig. 002)
Based on pressure raw data received from the ADM (Ref. para.
2.A.(2)(a)1), the software converts the asynchronous pressure
inputs into regularly-scheduled pressure data.
During correction of static pressure, the software calculates the
limited left, right and average static pressure in a range of 100
to 1100 hPa from the ADM inputs.
From the average static pressure (Psm), the software calculates
the corrected static pressure based on the SSEC factor:
( G1 G2 )
Psc = Psm (1 + ---- + ----)
( 1000 1000)
- G1 depends on flaps and Mach is interpolated in a table (2
flaps position and 19 Mach values are considered)
- G2 depends on Mach and AOA corrected and is interpolated in a
table (6 AOA values and 18 Mach values are considered).
The correct SSEC factor depends on the sensor location and on the
aircraft configuration.
The ADR memory contains several tables and the appropriate one is
selected according to the following input discretes:
. SDI
. aircraft Ident
. SSEC Alternate.
Two input discretes can be used to force the SSEC factor to be
independent from AOA or Mach:
. zero MACH SSEC
. zero AOA SSEC.
Ref. Para. 2.A.(2)(c) for more details.
No correction is needed for the total pressure received from the
ADM.
The results of the above computation is available on these output
labels:
. label 176 Left Static Pressure
. label 177 Right Static Pressure
. label 242 Total Pressure
. label 245 Averaged Static Pressure
. label 246 Corrected Static Pressure
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 14
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
Pressure Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 15
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
(b) Temperature computation
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The resistance measured by the ADR and compensated for aircraft
wiring is then converted into a temperature value (TAT) according
to the Callender-Van Dusen equation given for a 500 ohm platinum
sensing element:
- -
| 3|
Rt | (TAT ) (TAT ) (TAT ) (TAT) |
-- = 1 + a | TAT - d (--- -1) (--- ) - b (--- -1) (---) |
Ro | (100 ) (100 ) (100 ) (100) |
- -
TAT = temperature in deg.C (TAT)
Rt = Resistance at temperature TAT
Ro = Resistance at 0 deg.C = 500 ohm
a = 0.003832
d = 1.81
b = 0.1 for temperature below 0 deg.C
b = 0 for temperature above 0 deg.C
The computation also compensates the TAT value for heating
effect. The ADR knows when the sensor is heated by the state of
the TAT Heat input discrete from the PHC. The heating
compensation law is provided by the TAT sensor supplier and is
function of Mach and air density.
The PHC 1 controls the heating of the TAT sensor 1 and the PHC 2
controls the heating of the TAT sensor 2. On the ground, the
sensors are not heated (Ref. 30-31-00 for more details).
The result of the above computation is available on the following
output labels:
- label 211 Total Air Temperature (BNR)
- label 231 Total Air Temperature (BCD).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 16
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
Temperature (TAT) Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 17
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-009,
(c) AOA computation
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The A/C is wired in the AOA unique selection, so the ADR computes
the AOA with the reading of one resolver. The second resolver is
used as a back-up. The monitoring function is described in 34.18
The ADR determines the corrected angle of attack value which
depends on the system number and the slat/flap position.
For a CAS less than 60 kts: AOAc = 0 and status matrix is coded
NCD.
For a CAS more than or equal to 60 kts, the corrected angle of
attack is calculated as follows:
AOA ind
AOAc = ------- + I
K
where:
AOA ind = Indicated Angle of Attack (Ref. 34-11-00 for
the relation between resolver and AOA indication)
K, I = Correction coefficients which depend on system
number, slat and flap configuration and magnitude
AOA indication.
The configuration is defined by the status of four input
discretes (Ref. 2.A.(2)(c)).
The results of the above computation is available on the labels:
- label 221 = Indicated Angle of Attack
- label 241 = Corrected Angle of Attack
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 18
Feb 01/08
VOI
SFCC/AOA Alternate Discrete Signals
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 19
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(c) AOA computation
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The A/C is wired in the AOA unique selection, so the ADR computes
the AOA with the reading of one resolver. The second resolver is
used as a back-up. The monitoring function is described in 34.18
The ADR determines the corrected angle of attack value which
depends on the system number and the slat/flap position.
For a CAS less than 60 kts: AOAc is still computed , and status
matrix is coded NCD.
The corrected angle of attack is calculated as follows:
AOA ind
AOAc = ------- + I
K
where:
AOA ind = Indicated Angle of Attack (Ref. 34-11-00 for
the relation between resolver and AOA indication)
K, I = Correction coefficients which depend on system
number, slat and flap configuration and magnitude
AOA indication.
The configuration is defined by the status of four input
discretes (Ref. 2.A.(2)(c)).
The results of the above computation is available on the labels:
- label 221 = Indicated Angle of Attack
- label 241 = Corrected Angle of Attack
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 20
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
(4) Parameter computation
(a) General
The operational software of the ADR performs the following
computations:
- pressure altitude and pressure altitude rate function (ALT)
- Mach function (M)
- airspeed function (CAS/TAS)
- temperature function (SAT/TAT)
- maximum operating speed function (VMO/MMO).
(b) Altitude computation
The ADR software computes these different parameters:
label 203 Pressure Altitude
label 212 Altitude Rate
label 204 Baro Corrected Altitude 1 (CAPT)
label 220 Baro Corrected Altitude 2 (F/O)
label 235 Baro Correction In Hg 1 (CAPT)
label 237 Baro Correction In Hg 2 (F/O)
1
_ Altitude pressure and altitude rate computation
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The altitude is derived from the corrected static pressure.
The conversion from pressure to altitude is based on the
geopotential altitude tables of the US Standard Atmosphere,
1962. The accepted range is (-2000 ft, +50,000 ft).
The altitude rate is calculated by multiplying the rate of
change of the corrected static pressure by the derivative of
altitude with respect to corrected static pressure:
dH d Ps dH
-- = ---- x ----
dt dt d Ps
2
_ Corrected altitude computation
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The ADR receives the baro correction introduced on the FCU by
each crew member. The ADR uses the values in hPa (labels 234
and 236 from the FCU).
The ADR also converts these values into inches of mercury (in.
Hg) and the result is sent on the output labels 235, 237.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 21
Feb 01/08
VOI
Altitude and Altitude Rate Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 22
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
Corrected Altitude Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 23
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
The corrected altitude is calculated by a shift of the
pressure altitude to a value corresponding to the entered baro
correction. The result is sent on label 204 for CAPT baro
corrected altitude and label 220 for F/O baro corrected
altitude.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 24
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
(c) CAS/Mach computation
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The ADR software computes these different parameters:
label 206 Computed Airspeed
label 205 Mach
label 207 Maximum Allowable Airspeed.
The CAS and Mach computation is based on the conversion of the
impact pressure:
impact pressure = Pt - Ps.
- the CAS computation converts input of impact pressure to output
corresponding to computed airspeed with:
______________________
/ Qc 2/7
CAS = Cso X V 5 X ((-- + 1) - 1)
Po
CAS = Computed Airspeed in knots
Cso = Speed of sound under standard day sea level
conditions = 661.4746 kts
Qc = Impact pressure in hPa
Po = Standard day sea level pressure = 1013.25 hPa
For accuracy reason, the CAS is output with a valid (NO) SSM
only after 30 kts. If the CAS is below 30 kts, the label 206
indicates 0 kt with SSM = NCD.
- the Mach computation converts Qc/Ps to Mach, with:
_______________________
/ Qc 2/7
MACH = V 5 ((-- + 1) - 1)
Ps
MACH = Mach number
Qc/Ps = Ratio of impact pressure to static pressure
If Mach is below 0.1, the label 205 indicates 0 with SSM = NCD.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 25
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
CAS/Mach Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 26
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
(d) SAT/TAS computation
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The ADR software calculates these different parameters:
label 213 BNR Static Air Temperature (SAT)
label 233 BCD Static Air Temperature (SAT)
label 210 BNR True Airspeed (TAS)
label 230 BCD True Airspeed (TAS).
- the calculation of the BNR SAT converts TAT to SAT with:
TAT
SAT = --------- - 273.15
2
1 + 0.2M
SAT = Static Air Temperature (in deg. C)
TAT = Total Air Temperature (in deg. Kelvin)
M = Mach number (corrected for static source error)
- the calculation converts Static Air Temperature from BNR to BCD
format.
- the calculation of the BNR TAS converts Mach and SAT to TAS
with:
___
/
TAS = 38.96695 x M x V SAT
TAS = True Airspeed (in knots)
M = Mach Number (corrected for Static Source Error)
SAT = Static Air Temperature (in deg. Kelvin)
- the calculation converts True Airspeed from BNR to BCD format.
For accuracy reason, the TAS is output with a valid (NO) SSM
only after 60 kts. If TAS is below 60 kts, the label 210
indicates 0 kt with SSM = NCD.
(e) VMO/MM0 computation
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The software determines the normal or alternate VMO/MMO law
selected by the VM0/MM0 input 2 discrete state; then it computes
the label 207 Maximum Allowable Airspeed.
This airspeed is based on the Maximum Allowable Airspeed under a
certain altitude and on the Maximum Allowable Mach above this
altitude. It is always indicated in knots and decreases when the
altitude increases.
NOTE : At a constant Mach, the Vc value decreases when the
____
altitude increases.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 27
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
SAT/TAS Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 28
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
VMO/MMO Computation - Block Diagram
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 29
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
(5) ADR data outputs
The ADR data outputs are transmitted in two forms: digital and
discrete.
(a) Digital form
The table below contains all the output parameters in the digital
form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is
given in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 30
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-009,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 176 |L STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |R STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 203 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | ALT | |
| |1013.25mb |-2000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 204 |BARO CORR |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 1 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 205 |MACH |W4096 |Mach| | 16 |125 |BNR | MN | |
| | |0.1 to 1.00 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 6.25 E-5 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-0.010 | | | | | | | |
| | |(0.1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 206 |COMPUTED |W1024 |Kts | | 14 |125 |BNR | CAS | |
| |AIRSPEED |30 to 450 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+1.5 (100) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 207 |MAXIMUM |W1024 |Kts | | 12 |125 |BNR | | |
| |ALLOWABLE |150 to 450 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 31
Feb 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |AIRSPEED |R 0.25 +/- 1| | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 210 |TRUE |W2048 |Kts | | 15 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 211 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | TAT | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 212 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 32768 |ft/ | 29 | 11 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |-20,000 to |mn | | | | | | |
| | | 20,000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 16.0 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 213 |STATIC AIR|W+/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | SAT | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 215 |IMPACT |W512 |hPa | | 14 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |0 to 372.5 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 220 |BARO CORR |W +/- 131072| ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 2 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/- 30 | | | | | | | |
| | | (30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 221 |IND ANGLE |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |OF ATTACK |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 32
Feb 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 230 |TRUE |W +/- 799 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 231 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 2 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 233 |STATIC AIR|W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 2 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 234 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 235 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 236 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 237 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 240 |VMO/MMO |W 399/0.99 |Kts/| |3/2 |1000|BCD | | |
| |STATUS |0 to 399 / |Mach| | | | | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 33
Feb 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |0 to 0.99 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 /0.01 | | | | | | | |
| | |1 / 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 241 |CORRECTED |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | AOA | |
| |ANGLE OF |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| |ATTACK |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |TOTAL |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1400 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |UNCRCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 246 |CORCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 272 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 34
Feb 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 155 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 4 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU ID | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |FAULT STAT| | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQPT IDENT| | | | |500 |HEX | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Icing Detector Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 12 | Pitot Probe Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 13 | ADR FAULT | FAULT | NO FAULT |
| 14 | Right Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 15 | Left Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 16 | TAT Heat | HEAT | NO HEAT |
| 17 | AOA 1 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 18 | AOA 2 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 19 | Overspeed Warning | WARN | NO WARN |
| 20 | Spare (Primary AOA Fault) | | |
| 21 | AOA Average/Unique | UNIQUE | AVERAGE |
| 22 | VMO/MMO 1 | YES | NO |
| 23 | VMO/MMO 2 | YES | NO |
| 24 | VMO/MMO 3 | YES | NO |
| 25 | VMO/MMO 4 | YES | NO |
| 26 | SSEC Alternate Select 1 | YES | NO |
| 27 | SSEC Alternate Select 2 | YES | NO |
| 28 | Baro Port A Select | Port A | Port B |
| 29 | Zero Mach SSEC Select | YES | NO |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 35
Feb 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 270 - Discrete Word 1
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 36
Feb 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Zero AOA SSEC Select | YES | NO |
| 12 | AOA Test Active | ACTIVE | NOT ACTIVE |
| 13 | Low Speed Warning 1 | FAST | SLOW |
| 14 | Low Speed Warning 2 | FAST | SLOW |
| 15 | Low Speed Warning 3 | FAST | SLOW |
| 16 | Low Speed Warning 4 | SLOW | FAST |
| 17 | Spare | | |
| 18 | Spare | | |
| 19 | Spare | | |
| 20 | AOA Correction 1A | YES | NO |
| 21 | AOA Correction 1B | YES | NO |
| 22 | AOA Correction 2A | YES | NO |
| 23 | AOA Correction 2B | YES | NO |
|24 to 29| Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 271 - Discrete Word 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | SDI 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | SDI 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 13 | Dual Baro Select | DUAL PORT | SINGLE PORT|
| 14 | Analog Baro Select | ANALOG | DIGITAL |
| 15 | Spare IDSC 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 16 | Spare IDSC 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 17 | Spare IDSC 3 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 18 | Baro 3 Present | PRESENT | ABSENT |
| 19 | Spare IDSC 4 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 20 | CFDS Select | NOT ACTIVE| ACTIVE |
| 21 | Spare | | |
| 22 | BITE Memory Clear Enable | ENABLE | DISABLE |
| 23 | BITE Write Inhibit | INHIBIT | ENABLE |
| 24 | ADR Interface Test | TEST | NORMAL |
| 25 | ADR Off Command | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | Reserved | | |
| 27 | ADR On/Off Status | OFF | ON |
| 28 | Spare | | |
| 29 | Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 272 - Discrete Word 3
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 37
Feb 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 176 |L STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 177 |R STATIC |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 203 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | ALT | |
| |1013.25mb |-2000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 204 |BARO CORR |W+/- 131072 | ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 1 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/-30 | | | | | | | |
| | |(30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 205 |MACH |W4096 |Mach| | 16 |125 |BNR | MN | |
| | |0.1 to 1.00 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 6.25 E-5 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-0.010 | | | | | | | |
| | |(0.1) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 206 |COMPUTED |W1024 |Kts | | 14 |125 |BNR | CAS | |
| |AIRSPEED |30 to 450 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+1.5 (100) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 207 |MAXIMUM |W1024 |Kts | | 12 |125 |BNR | | |
| |ALLOWABLE |150 to 450 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 38
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |AIRSPEED |R 0.25 +/- 1| | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 210 |TRUE |W2048 |Kts | | 15 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0625 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 211 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | TAT | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 212 |ALTITUDE |W+/- 32768 |ft/ | 29 | 11 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |-20,000 to |mn | | | | | | |
| | | 20,000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 16.0 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/-30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 213 |STATIC AIR|W+/- 512 |Deg.| 29 | 11 |500 |BNR | SAT | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.25 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 215 |IMPACT |W512 |hPa | | 14 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |0 to 372.5 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 220 |BARO CORR |W +/- 131072| ft | 29 | 17 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |ALT 2 |-1000 to | | | | | | | |
| | | 50000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 +/- 30 | | | | | | | |
| | | (30,000) | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 221 |IND ANGLE |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | | |
| |OF ATTACK |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 39
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 230 |TRUE |W +/- 799 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |AIRSPEED |60 to 599 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 231 |TOTAL AIR |W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-60 to 99 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 233 |STATIC AIR|W +/- 799 |Deg.| | 3 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TEMP |-99 to +80 |C | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 234 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 235 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 1 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 236 |BARO |W +/- 7999.9|hPa | | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |745 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |mb |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 237 |BARO |W +/- 79.999|inHg| | 5 |500 |BCD | | |
| |CORRECT 2 |22.0 to 32.5| | | | | | | |
| |in.Hg |R 0.001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.0074 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 240 |VMO/MMO |W 399/0.99 |Kts/| |3/2 |1000|BCD | | |
| |STATUS |0 to 399 / |Mach| | | | | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 40
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |0 to 0.99 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 /0.01 | | | | | | | |
| | |1 / 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 241 |CORRECTED |W +/- 180 |Deg.| 29 | 12 | 62 |BNR | AOA | |
| |ANGLE OF |-35 to +85 | | | | | | | |
| |ATTACK |R 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.25 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |TOTAL |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |PRESSURE |100 to 1400 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 245 |UNCRCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 246 |CORCTD |W2048 |hPa | | 16 |125 |BNR | | |
| |AVG STAT |100 to 1100 | | | | | | | |
| |PRESSURE |R 0.03125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 272 |DSCT WORD | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 2 | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 41
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 155 |MAINT WORD| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| | 4 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU ID | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |FAULT STAT| | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQPT IDENT| | | | |500 |HEX | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Icing Detector Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 12 | Pitot Probe Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 13 | ADR FAULT | FAULT | NO FAULT |
| 14 | Right Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 15 | Left Static Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 16 | TAT Heat | HEAT | NO HEAT |
| 17 | AOA 1 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 18 | AOA 2 Heat | NO FAULT | FAULT |
| 19 | Overspeed Warning | WARN | NO WARN |
| 20 | Spare (Primary AOA Fault) | | |
| 21 | AOA Average/Unique | UNIQUE | AVERAGE |
| 22 | VMO/MMO 1 | YES | NO |
| 23 | VMO/MMO 2 | YES | NO |
| 24 | VMO/MMO 3 | YES | NO |
| 25 | VMO/MMO 4 | YES | NO |
| 26 | SSEC Alternate Select 1 | YES | NO |
| 27 | SSEC Alternate Select 2 | YES | NO |
| 28 | Baro Port A Select | Port A | Port B |
| 29 | Zero Mach SSEC Select | YES | NO |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 42
May 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 270 - Discrete Word 1
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 43
May 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | Zero AOA SSEC Select | YES | NO |
| 12 | AOA Test Active | ACTIVE | NOT ACTIVE |
| 13 | Low Speed Warning 1 | FAST | SLOW |
| 14 | Low Speed Warning 2 | FAST | SLOW |
| 15 | Low Speed Warning 3 | FAST | SLOW |
| 16 | Low Speed Warning 4 | SLOW | FAST |
| 17 | Spare | | |
| 18 | Spare | | |
| 19 | Spare | | |
| 20 | AOA Correction 1A | YES | NO |
| 21 | AOA Correction 1B | YES | NO |
| 22 | AOA Correction 2A | YES | NO |
| 23 | AOA Correction 2B | YES | NO |
| 24-25 | Bus A Altimeter Mode | refer to Table 11A |
| 26-27 | Bus B Altimeter Mode | refer to Table 11A |
| 28 | Spare | | |
| 29 | Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 271 - Discrete Word 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Altimeter Mode | FCU Input | Label 271 Bus A - Bits 25 & 24 |
| | Label 272 - Bits 15 & 13 | Bus B - Bits 27 & 26 |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| STD | 01 | 01 |
|----------------|--------------------------|--------------------------------|
| QNH | 10 | 10 |
|----------------|--------------------------|--------------------------------|
| QFE | 00 | 00 |
|----------------|--------------------------|--------------------------------|
| INVALID | 11 | 11 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Altimeter Mode Conversion
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 44
May 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | SDI 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | SDI 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 13 | Dual Baro Select | DUAL PORT | SINGLE PORT|
| 14 | Analog Baro Select | ANALOG | DIGITAL |
| 15 | Spare IDSC 1 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 16 | Spare IDSC 2 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 17 | Spare IDSC 3 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 18 | Baro 3 Present | PRESENT | ABSENT |
| 19 | Spare IDSC 4 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 20 | CFDS Select | NOT ACTIVE| ACTIVE |
| 21 | Spare | | |
| 22 | BITE Memory Clear Enable | ENABLE | DISABLE |
| 23 | BITE Write Inhibit | INHIBIT | ENABLE |
| 24 | ADR Interface Test | TEST | NORMAL |
| 25 | ADR Off Command | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | Reserved | | |
| 27 | ADR On/Off Status | OFF | ON |
| 28 | Spare | | |
| 29 | Spare | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 272 - Discrete Word 3
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 45
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION | 1 = GND | 0 = OPEN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | A/C ID Code 32/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 12 | A/C ID Code 64/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
|13 to 23| Spare | | |
| 24 | A/C ID Code 1/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 25 | A/C ID Code 2/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 26 | A/C ID Code 4/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 27 | A/C ID Code 8/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 28 | A/C ID Code 16/0 | GROUND | OPEN |
| 29 | A/C ID Parity | GROUND | OPEN |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 352 - Discrete Word 4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 11 | = 0 -- |
| 12 | = 1 | LSD = 6 |
| 13 | = 1 | |
| 14 | = 0 -- |
| 15 | = 0 -- |
| 16 | = 0 | MSD = 0 |
| 17 | = 0 | |
| 18 | = 0 -- |
|19 to 29| Spare |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Label 377 - Equipment Ident
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 46
Feb 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C 001-009,
- On the ground the output labels are in the following state:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 | Altitude | NO | |
| 204 | Baro Corr Alt 1 | NO | |
| 220 | Baro Corr Alt 2 | NO | |
| 251 | Baro Corr Alt 3 | NO | |
| 205 | Mach | NCD | 0 Mach less than 0.1 |
| 206 | Computed Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 30 kts |
| 207 | Max Allowable Airspeed | NO | |
| 210 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 211 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 212 | Altitude Rate | NO | |
| 213 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 215 | Impact Pressure | NO | |
| 221 | Indicated AOA | NCD | NOTE CAS less than 60 kts |
| 230 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 231 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 233 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 234 | Baro Corr (hPa) 1 & 2 & 3| NO | |
| 236 | Baro Corr (hPa) 2 | NO | |
| 034 | Baro Corr (hPa) 3 | NO | |
| 235 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 1 | NO | |
| 237 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 2 | NO | |
| 035 | Baro corr (in.Hg) 3 | NO | |
| 240 | VMO/MMO status | NO | |
| 241 | Corrected AOA | NCD | 0⁰ CAS less than 60 kts |
| 242 | Total Pressure | NO | |
| 176 | L. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 177 | R. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 245 | Uncrctd Avg Stat Pressure| NO | |
| 246 | Corctd Avg Stat Pressure | NO | |
| 270 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 271 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 272 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 350 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 351 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 352 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 377 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 354 | LRU ID | N/A | N/A |
| 356 | Fault Status | N/A | N/A |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 47
Nov 01/08
VOI
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
34-13-00
Page 48
Nov 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label Value on Ground
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-13-00
Page 49
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
- On the ground the output labels are in the following state:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 203 | Altitude | NO | |
| 204 | Baro Corr Alt 1 | NO | |
| 220 | Baro Corr Alt 2 | NO | |
| 251 | Baro Corr Alt 3 | NO | |
| 205 | Mach | NCD | 0 Mach less than 0.1 |
| 206 | Computed Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 30 kts |
| 207 | Max Allowable Airspeed | NO | |
| 210 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 211 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 212 | Altitude Rate | NO | |
| 213 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 215 | Impact Pressure | NO | |
| 221 | Indicated AOA | NCD | NOTE CAS less than 60 kts |
| 230 | True Airspeed | NCD | 0 kt CAS less than 60 kts |
| 231 | Total Air Temp | NO | |
| 233 | Static Air Temp | NO | |
| 234 | Baro Corr (hPa) 1 & 2 & 3| NO | |
| 236 | Baro Corr (hPa) 2 | NO | |
| 034 | Baro Corr (hPa) 3 | NO | |
| 235 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 1 | NO | |
| 237 | Baro Corr (in.Hg) 2 | NO | |
| 035 | Baro corr (in.Hg) 3 | NO | |
| 240 | VMO/MMO status | NO | |
| 241 | Corrected AOA | NCD | Cmptd value CAS less than 60 kts |
| 242 | Total Pressure | NO | |
| 176 | L. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 177 | R. Static Pressure | NO | |
| 245 | Uncrctd Avg Stat Pressure| NO | |
| 246 | Corctd Avg Stat Pressure | NO | |
| 270 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 271 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 272 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 350 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 351 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 352 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 377 | Discrete words | NO | |
| 354 | LRU ID | N/A | N/A |
| 356 | Fault Status | N/A | N/A |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 50
May 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION | SSM | ON GND CRITERION |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Label Value on Ground
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 51
May 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | TYPE A | TYPE B |
| | |-------------------|-------------------|
|OCTAL| | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM | MAXIMUM |
|LABEL| SIGNAL | FILTER |TRANSPORT| FILTER |TRANSPORT|
| | |BANDWIDTH|DELAY****|BANDWIDTH|DELAY****|
| | | (HZ) | (MSEC) | (HZ) | (MSEC) |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 034 |Baro Corr mb 3 | N/A | 220 | N/A | 220 |
| 035 |Baro Corr ins hg 3 | N/A | 220 | N/A | 220 |
| 176 |Left Static Pressure | N/A *** | 119 | N/A *** | 119 |
| 177 |Right Static Pressure | N/A *** | 119 | N/A *** | 119 |
| 203 |Altitude | 8 | 86 | 3 | 120 |
| 204 |Baro Corr Alt 1 | 8 | 94 | 3 | 128 |
| 205 |Mach | 8 | 86 | 3 | 120 |
| 206 |Computed Airspeed | 8 | 86 | 3 | 120 |
| 207 |Max Allow. Aispeed | 8 | 219 | 8 | 219 |
| 210 |True Airspeed | 8 | 219 | 3 | 253 |
| 211 |Total Air Temp. | 4 | 1019 | 3 | 1049 |
| 212 |Altitude Rate | 1.8 | 415 | 1,8 | 415 |
| 213 |Static Air Temp. | 4 | 1019 | 3 | 1049 |
| 215 |Impact Pressure | 8 | 219 | 3 | 253 |
| 220 |Baro Corr Alt 2 | 8 | 94 | 3 | 128 |
| 221 |Ind. Angle of Attack | 8 | 167 | 3 | 220 |
| 230 |True Airspeed | 8 | 370 | 3 | 404 |
| 231 |Total Air Temp | 4 | 1019 | 3 | 1049 |
| 233 |Static Air Temp | 4 | 1019 | 3 | 1049 |
| 234 |Baro Corr mb 1 | N/A | 169 | N/A | 169 |
| 235 |Baro Corr ins hg 1 | N/A | 169 | N/A | 169 |
| 236 |Baro Corr mb 2 | N/A | 169 | N/A | 169 |
| 237 |Baro Corr ins hg 2 | N/A | 169 | N/A | 169 |
| 241 |Corr Angle of Attack | 8 | 167 | 3 | 220 |
| 242 |Total Pressure | N/A *** | 219 | N/A *** | 219 |
| 245 |Uncorr Avg Static Pressure| N/A *** | 119 | N/A *** | 119 |
| 246 |Corr Avg Static Pressure | N/A *** | 119 | N/A *** | 119 |
| 251 |Baro Corr Alt 3 | 8 | 94 | 3 | 128 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 15 A - ADR output filter data characteristics.
NOTE : Type A refers to A318/A319/A320/A321 and type B refers to
____
A330/A340.
* Maximum filter bandwidth and maximum transport delay are
not applicable to the following labels:
- 155 Maintenance Word 4,
- 270 Discrete Word 1,
- 271 Discrete Word 2,
- 272 Discrete Word 3,
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 52
May 01/08
VOI
- 350 Maintenance Word 1,
- 351 Maintenance Word 2,
- 356 Fault Status,
- 377 Equipment ID.
** Filters present only as provisions, except for
Altitude Rate.
*** Filtering of pressure data is performed by ADM.
**** The Transport Delay does not include the Transmit
Interval of the digital outputs. For ADR digital outputs
based on the digital inputs (such as from the ADM), the
Transport Delay is the delay between the digital input
and the corresponding digital output. It is determined
by plotting data updates vs. time for the digital inputs
and outputs, and converting these discrete data points
into continuous curves by appropriate smoothing between
points. The Transport Delay is defined as the time delay
between the input and output continuous curves. For
parameters in which wide band and narrow band data are
combined in the calculation, the transport delay
requirement applies to the wide band portion of the
computation.
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 53
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
(b) Discrete form
The ADR provides seven standard OPEN/GROUND output discretes.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | PIN | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|------------------------------|------------|-------------|--------------|
| ADR OFF Light | TP- 4E | OPEN/GROUND | ON/OFF |
| ADR FAULT | TP- 4D | OPEN/GROUND | NO/FAULT |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 1 | TP- 2F | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 2 | TP- 2G | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 3 | TP- 6F | OPEN/GROUND | SLOW/FAST |
| Low Speed Warning Discrete 4 | TP-13H | OPEN/GROUND | FAST/SLOW |
| AOA Special Test | TP-12G | OPEN/28VDC | NO/TEST |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADR - Discrete Output Signals
NOTE : The ADR OFF light, the low speed warning 4 and ADR FAULT
____
discretes are forced to the ground state when the watchdog
timer (WDT) has timed out.
1
_ ADR OFF Light
When the ADR is commanded OFF, it issues a ground state to the
ADR OFF light discrete to enable the legend to come on.
2
_ ADR FAULT
When an ADR FAULT is detected, the ADR issues a ground state
to the ADR FAULT discrete to enable the legend to come on.
3
_ Low speed warning discretes 1, 2, 3, 4
The ADR provides four standard Open/Ground low speed warning
output discretes.
- Airspeed conditions
Airspeed decreasing
Discrete 1 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 100
knots
Discrete 2 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 50
knots
Discrete 3 = OPEN for Airspeed less than or equal to 155
knots
Discrete 4 = GROUND for Airspeed less than or equal to 260
knots
Airspeed increasing
Discrete 1 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 104 knots
Discrete 2 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 54 knots
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 54
May 01/08
R
VOI
Discrete 3 = GROUND for Airspeed greater than 159 knots
Discrete 4 = OPEN for Airspeed greater than 264 knots
- Power off conditions
Discrete 1 = OPEN
Discrete 2 = OPEN
Discrete 3 = OPEN
Discrete 4 = OPEN
- CAS detected failure condition
Discrete 1 = previous state
Discrete 2 = previous state
Discrete 3 = previous state
Discrete 4 = OPEN
4
_ AOA special test
The ADR provides an OPEN/GROUND output discrete to drive the
AOA self-test.
The AOA self-test is commanded via the CFDIU interface bus.
When the AOA test is active, the AOA sensor is offset to +15
deg. (plus or minus 1 deg.). All AOA dependent parameters
reflect this offset and their SSMs indicate Functional Test
(FT).
The RETURN command from the MCDU results in the discrete
output set to OPEN.
Ref. 34-18-00 for more details.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 55
May 01/08
R
VOI
3. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
R **ON A/C 001-010,
A. Control
(1) ADIRS Control and Display Unit (CDU)
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The ADIRS CDU provides the control and warning of the three ADRs by
means of three ADR illuminated pushbutton switches:
- the pushbutton switch is used to disable the ADR output buses. It
is a momentary action pushbutton switch
- when the ADR output buses are disabled, the ADR controls the
activation of the ADR OFF legend by its output discrete: ADR OFF
status
- when an ADR failure is detected, the ADR controls the activation of
the ADR FAULT legend by its output discrete: ADR FAULT
- each ADR is de-energized when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch is set to OFF
- when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch is set to NAV or
ATT, each ADR is switched on independently of the previous
selection on the ADR pushbutton switch.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R A. Control
R (1) ADIRS Mode Selector Unit (MSU)
R (Ref. Fig. 010A)
R The ADIRS MSU provides the control and warning of the three ADRs by
R means of three ADR illuminated pushbutton switches:
R - The pushbutton switch is used to disable the ADR output buses. It
R is a momentary action pushbutton switch.
R - When the ADR output buses are disabled, the ADR controls the
R activation of the ADR OFF legend by its output discrete: ADR OFF
R status.
R - When an ADR failure is detected, the ADR controls the activation of
R the ADR FAULT legend by its output discrete: ADR FAULT.
R - Each ADR is de-energized when the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switch is set to OFF.
R - When the associated OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch is set to NAV or
R ATT, each ADR is switched on independently of the previous
R selection on the ADR pushbutton switch.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 56
May 01/08
VOI
ADR Control on CDU
Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 57
May 01/08
VOI
R ADR Control on MSU
R Figure 010A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 58
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
B. Indicating
Altitude (ALT), Computed Airspeed (CAS), Mach number (M) and Vertical
Speed (V/S) are computed by the ADIRU (ADR portion), processed by the
associated DMC and displayed on the PFDs.
True Airspeed (TAS) is supplied in the same way but is displayed on the
NDs.
In normal configuration, with the AIR DATA selector switch in NORM
position, the ADR 1 displays information on CAPT PFD and ND. The ADR 2
displays information on F/O PFD and ND.
Static Air Temperature (SAT) and Total Air Temperature (TAT) are also
supplied in the same way but are permanently displayed on the lower part
of the lower ECAM DU.
These items of information are displayed by the ADR 2 when EIS1 is
installed, by ADR1 when EIS2 is installed.
(1) PFD display
For further details concerning speed, altitude or vertical speed
scale, Ref. 31-64-00.
(a) Computed Airspeed (CAS)
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The CAS indication is displayed in analog form by means of a
white tape with graduations every 10 kts and digital values every
20 kts. This tape moves up and down so as to indicate the A/C
actual speed value in front of a fixed yellow reference line.
The displayed part of the scale represents an 84 kts range. The
scale is graduated from 30 kts to 520 kts and the digital values
from 40 to 520 kts (item A).
In no case can the displayed CAS be lower than 30 kts.
In case of computed airspeed failure, the speed scale goes out of
view and is replaced by a red SPD flag (item B).
(b) Mach number (M)
When the Mach number is above 0.5, it is displayed just below the
speed scale.
In case of failure, a red MACH flag is presented.
(c) Altitude (ALT)
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The baro altitude indication is provided by means of a tape which
moves up and down behind a window within which the A/C actual
altitude is displayed.
The tape of the scale is graduated every 100 ft and digital
values are displayed every 500 ft in hundreds.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 59
May 01/08
VOI
Computed Airspeed and Mach Indication Display
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 60
May 01/08
R
VOI
Altitude Indication Display
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 61
May 01/08
R
VOI
The A/C actual altitude is provided by a counter located at the
middle of the scale in which the actual value is displayed in
green digits.
The hundreds of feet are written in a large size whereas the tens
and units are displayed by a drum operating as a classical
mechanical altimeter.
Small white marks are positioned in front of each number on the
tape (item A).
If the altitude is negative, a NEG white indication is added at
the left of the digital value. The digital value is limited to
minus 1500 ft (item B).
Different displays are presented depending on the baro setting
reference (standard or baro corrected), Ref. 31-64-00.
In case of baro altitude failure, the scale goes out of view and
a red ALT flag flashes for a few seconds in the altitude window,
then remains steady (item C).
In case of discrepancy between the altitude given by the CAPT air
data source and the altitude given by the F/O air data source, a
CHECK ALT amber flag is presented on the right side of the
altitude scale (item D).
(d) Vertical Speed (V/S)
(Ref. Fig. 013)
The baro vertical speed is automatically displayed in the right
side of the PFD when the inertial vertical speed is not available
(item A). It is a degraded mode.
The vertical speed scale consists of:
- a trapezoidal grey background colored surface
- a fixed white scale with 500 ft/mn spaced marks from -2000
ft/mn to +2000 ft/mn
- a needle giving, in analog form, the actual vertical speed
value
- a number in a moving amber window. This window accompanies the
needle (above the needle if V/S > 0, below if V/S < 0).
The number gives the V/S value in hundreds of ft/mn.
Between -200 ft/mn and +200 ft/mn, both the window and the
number disappear.
- above +6000 ft/mn (or below -6000 ft/mn), the needle remains
stopped where it is.
When the vertical speed exceeds +6000 ft/mn or -6000 ft/mn, the
digital indication and the analog needle change from green to
amber.
In addition, those indications change to amber in approach, in
the following cases:
- V/S less than -2000 ft/mn below 2500 ft RA
- V/S less than -1200 ft/mn below 1000 ft RA.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 62
May 01/08
R
VOI
Vertical Speed Indication Display
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 63
May 01/08
R
VOI
In case of a failure warning, the vertical speed scale is removed
and replaced by a red V/S flag which flashes for a few seconds,
then remains steady (item B).
(2) ND display
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The true airspeed (TAS) is displayed on the ND in ROSE, ARC and PLAN
mode (item A).
The TAS information is displayed by a numerical indication of three
digits preceded by TAS indication. This information is displayed in
the left upper corner of the ND for speed higher than 100 kts. Below
this value TAS indication remains visible but is followed by three
dashes (item B).
(3) Display on the lower ECAM DU
(Ref. Fig. 015)
The Static Air Temperature (SAT) and the Total Air Temperature (TAT)
are permanently displayed on the lower part of the lower ECAM DU by a
numerical indication of two digits preceded by the plus or minus sign
(item A).
These data are delivered by the ADR 2 when EIS 1 is installed, by ADR
1 when EIS 2 is installed.
In case of failure or when NCD information is received from the ADR
1, these data are replaced by crosses (item B).
(4) Reconfiguration display
In case of loss of AIR DATA parameters on CAPT or F/O PFD and ND, the
ADR 3 can be used as a back up source by placing the AIR DATA
selector switch in CAPT/3 position for EFIS 1 and F/O/3 position for
EFIS 2.
In case of loss of TAT/SAT parameters on the lower ECAM DU, the ADR 3
can be used as a back up source by placing the AIR DATA selector
switch in F/O/3 position when EIS 1 is installed, in CAPT/3 position
when EIS 2 is installed.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
C. Warnings
In addition to the AIR DATA flags displayed on the PFDs and NDs and on
the CDU, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the upper
ECAM DU.
Two kinds of warning messages can be displayed:
- failure warning messages in case of loss of AIR DATA parameters
- configuration warning messages in case of dangerous configuration of
the aircraft.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 64
May 01/08
VOI
True Airspeed Indication Display
Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 65
May 01/08
R
VOI
TAT/SAT Indication Display
Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 66
May 01/08
R
VOI
When the CLR key is pushed on the ECAM control panel, a STATUS page is
displayed on the lower ECAM DU and indicates the STATUS and INOP SYS
(systems).
(1) Failure warning messages
(Ref. Fig. 016, 017, 018)
(a) NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT
NAV ADR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the FAULT legend of the ADR pushbutton switch on the CDU comes
on.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R C. Warnings
R In addition to the AIR DATA flags displayed on the PFDs and NDs, warning
R messages are displayed on the lower part of the upper ECAM DU.
R Two kinds of warning messages can be displayed:
R - failure warning messages in case of loss of AIR DATA parameters
R - configuration warning messages in case of dangerous configuration of
R the aircraft.
R When the CLR key is pushed on the ECAM control panel, a STATUS page is
R displayed on the lower ECAM DU and indicates the STATUS and INOP SYS
R (systems).
R (1) Failure warning messages
R (Ref. Fig. 016, 017, 018)
R (a) NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT
R NAV ADR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
R When these messages are displayed:
R - the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
R - the Single Chime (SC) sounds
R - the FAULT legend of the ADR pushbutton switch on the MSU comes
R on.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 67
May 01/08
VOI
NAV ADR 1(2)(3) FAULT Message
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 68
May 01/08
R
VOI
NAV ADR 1+3 (2+3) FAULT Message
Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 69
May 01/08
R
VOI
NAV ADR 1 + 2 FAULT Message
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 70
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
(b) NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY
(Ref. Fig. 019)
This message is displayed when a difference higher than plus or
minus 250 ft is detected by the external comparison inside the
FWCs between the baro-corrected altitude (or plus or minus 500 ft
for the standard altitude) provided by two ADRs.
When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ALT message appears on the PFD.
(2) Configuration warning messages
(Ref. Fig. 020, 021)
(a) OVERSPEED VM0/MM0
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER WARN lights on the glareshield flash
- the Continuous Repetitive Chime (CRC) sounds.
OVERSPEED VMO/MMO warning processed by the FWC is triggered when
the CAS/Mach calculated by the ADR exceed the VMO/MMO threshold
by more than 4 kts/0.006 Mach.
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE processed by the FWC is a function of Vc and
depends on slat/flap position for the VFE and landing gear
position for the VLE.
For overspeed VLE, the warning is triggered at 284 knots.
(b) Stall warning
(Ref. Fig. 022)
When this warning is activated:
- the MASTER WARN lights on the glareshield flash
- the cricket and the voice STALL sound.
This warning is processed by the FWC and is a function of angle
of attack value and slat position following three conditions:
- normal law:
if corrected angle of attack exceeds 23⁰ or if corrected angle
of attack exceeds 15⁰ and slat < 15⁰.
- alternate law
if corrected angle of attack exceeds 13⁰ or if corrected angle
of attack exceeds 8⁰ and slat < 15⁰.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 71
May 01/08
VOI
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY Message
Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 72
May 01/08
R
VOI
OVERSPEED VMO/MMO Message
Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 73
May 01/08
VOI
OVERSPEED VFE/VLE Message
Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 74
May 01/08
VOI
Stall Warning Message
Figure 022
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 75
May 01/08
VOI
AIR DATA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
TASK 34-13-00-040-001
PFD Mach Number - Overspeed Check
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : This deactivation task is not related to an AFM-CDL/MMEL item.
____
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-13-00-740-002 INTERFACE TEST of the ADR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-865-070
A. On the circuit breaker panels 49VU, 121VU and 122VU, close the circuit
breakers related to the NAVIGATION, EIS, FCU, CFDS and LGCIU systems.
Subtask 34-13-00-860-081
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 401
Feb 01/08
VOI
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
(5) On the overhead panel :
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-710-056
A. Overspeed Check
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead panel, on the
ADIRS CDU:
- set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector The OFF legend of the 3 ADR pushbutton
switches to NAV. switches must be off.
- push the ADR3 pushbutton The related OFF legend comes on.
switch.
2. On the MCDU, on the NAV menu
page:
- push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) page comes into view.
the ADC1 (ADC2) indication.
- push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) OUTPUT TESTS page comes
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. into view.
- push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 402
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the keyboard push the NEXT The ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds ignore the
the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds:
- the black and red strip comes into
view on the speedscale on the CAPT
(F/O) PFD
- ignore the related warnings.
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops, the warnings
the RETURN indication. above stop.
R **ON A/C 011-100,
R Subtask 34-13-00-710-056-B
R A. Overspeed Check
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead panel, on the
R ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT The OFF legend of the three ADR
R selector switches to NAV. pushbutton switches must be off.
R - Push the ADR3 pushbutton The related OFF legend comes on.
R switch.
R 2. On the MCDU, on the NAV menu
R page:
R - Push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) page comes into view.
R the ADC1 (ADC2) indication.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) OUTPUT TESTS page comes
R the OUTPUT TESTS indication. into view.
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-13-00
Page 403
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to The ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
R the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.
R - On the keyboard push the NEXT The ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
R PAGE function key. comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds ignore the
R the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
R (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds:
R - The black and red strip comes into
R view on the speedscale on the CAPT
R (F/O) PFD.
R - Ignore the related warnings.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops, the warnings
R the RETURN indication. above stop.
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-710-056-A
R A. Overspeed Check
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead panel, on the
R ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT The OFF legend of the three ADR
R selector switches to NAV. pushbutton switches must be off.
R - Push the ADR3 pushbutton The related OFF legend comes on.
R switch.
R 2. On the MCDU, on the NAV menu
R page:
R - Push the line key adjacent to The ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) 1/2 page comes
R the ADC1 (ADC2) indication. into view.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 404
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to The ADIRS ADR1 (ADR2) INTERFACE TEST
R the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds ignore the
R the TEST START indication warnings and indications.
R (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds:
R - The black and red strip comes into
R view on the speedscale on the CAPT
R (F/O) PFD.
R - Ignore the related warnings.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops, the warnings
R the RETURN/TEST STOP above stop.
R indication.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-860-082
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ECAM control panel, set the LOWER DISPLAY and the UPPER
DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.
(2) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU mode key.
(3) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 405
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-440-001
Reactivation of PFD Mach Number - Overspeed Check
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
R Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-869-085
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-13-00-810-050
A. Do the trouble-shooting of the auto-flight function.
R (1) Refer to the trouble shooting procedure relative to the triggered
R message.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 406
May 01/08
VOI
AIR DATA - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________
TASK 34-13-00-710-001
Operational Test of the AIR DATA Switching Function
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-02
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-056
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-010-057
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-13-00-865-063
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 34-13-00-860-057
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) On the overhead panel:
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 502
Feb 01/06
VOI
(4) On the CAPT and F/O main instrument panels, on the PFDs:
- make sure that the altitude and airspeed data come into view.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-710-050
A. BITE Test of the AIR DATA Switching Function
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view (ignore the
related flag warnings).
2. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT PFD:
SWITCHING panel 8VU:
- set the AIR DATA selector - the speed and altitude indications
switch to CAPT/3 from the ADR3 come into view.
- set the AIR DATA selector - the speed and altitude indications go
switch to NORM. out of view (ignore the related flag
warnings).
3. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
- push the ADR2 pushbutton ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on
switch. On the F/O PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view (ignore the
related flag warnings).
4. On the center pedestal, on the On the F/O PFD:
SWITCHING panel 8VU:
- set the AIR DATA selector - the speed and altitude indications
switch to F/O/3 from the ADR3 come into view
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 503
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the AIR DATA selector - the speed and altitude indications go
switch to NORM. out of view (ignore the related flag
warnings).
5. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches again ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the speed and
altitude indications come into view.
- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switches to OFF.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-710-050-A
R A. BITE Test of the AIR DATA Switching Function
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on.
R On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
R indications go out of view (ignore the
R related flag warnings).
R 2. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT PFD:
R SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - Set the AIR DATA selector - The speed and altitude indications
R switch to CAPT/3. from the ADR3 come into view.
R - Set the AIR DATA selector - The speed and altitude indications go
R switch to NORM. out of view (ignore the related flag
R warnings).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 504
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R - Push the ADR2 pushbutton ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.
R switch. On the F/O PFD, the speed and altitude
R indications go out of view (ignore the
R related flag warnings).
R 4. On the center pedestal, on the On the F/O PFD:
R SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - Set the AIR DATA selector - The speed and altitude indications
R switch to F/O/3. from the ADR3 come into view.
R - Set the AIR DATA selector - The speed and altitude indications go
R switch to NORM. out of view (ignore the related flag
R warnings).
R 5. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switches again. ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
R off.
R On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the speed and
R altitude indications come into view.
R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT
R selector switches to OFF.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-860-058
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 505
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-410-057
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 506
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-710-002
Operational Test of the VMO/MMO Overspeed Warnings
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-01
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-13-00-740-002 INTERFACE TEST of the ADR
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 507
May 01/08
R
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-13-00-860-059
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-13-00-865-064
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 34-13-00-865-069
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 508
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-860-061
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002),
(3) On the overhead panel :
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the ADIRS CDU, on the panel 20VU, make sure that the 3
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at NAV,
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
(4) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
(5) Make sure that the L/G doors are closed and the slats/flaps are fully
retracted.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-860-061-A
R E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002),
R (3) On the overhead panel:
R - On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
R are on.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, on the overhead panel 20VU, make sure that the
R three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at NAV.
R - On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
R correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 509
May 01/08
VOI
R (4) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
R page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
R (5) Make sure that the L/G doors are closed and the slats/flaps are fully
R retracted.
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-710-051
A. OVERSPEED Warning VMO/MMO 1 (L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION Switch 22FP at
NORM)
NOTE : This test is for the VMO/MMO overspeed warning only. Ignore the
____
warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not related to this
test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead panel, on the On the ADIRS DCU:
ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 and ADR3 - the OFF legend of the ADR2 and ADR3
pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches comes on.
2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 page comes into view.
the ADR1 indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.
- on the keyboard push the NEXT - the ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 510
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds, ignore the
the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
From 10 seconds and more, on the
CAPT(F/O) PFD, the speed increases to
367.7 Kts. When the value is 354 Kts:
- on the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 350/.82
- On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash.
- You can hear the continuous
repetitive chime aural warning.
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
the RETURN indication. The warnings above stop.
- push the line key adjacent to The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
the RETURN indication. into view.
3. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 pushbutton - the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch. switch goes off.
- push the ADR1 pushbutton - the OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
4. On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to Same results on the F/O PFD.
the ADR2 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 2 and 3.
5. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.
6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 511
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.
8. On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to Same results on the CAPT PFD.
the ADR3 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 2 and 3.
9. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.
10. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
- set the AIR DATA selector
switch to NORM.
Subtask 34-13-00-710-052
B. OVERSPEED Warning VMO/MMO 2 (L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION Switch 22FP at
L/G DOWN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the avionics compartment, on
the panel 188VU:
- remove the lockwire from the
safety cover of the L/G DOWN
VMO/MMO SELECTION switch.
- set the switch to L/G DOWN.
2. In the cockpit on the overhead On the ADIRS CDU:
panel, on the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 and ADR3 - the OFF legend of the ADR2 and ADR3
pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches comes on.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 512
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 page comes into view.
the ADR1 indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.
- on the keyboard push the NEXT - the ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
PAGE function key. comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds, ignore the
the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
(Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds and more, on the
CAPT(F/O) PFD, the speed increases to
367.7 Kts. When the value is 239Kts:
- on the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 235/.60
- on the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash.
- you can hear the continuous
repetitive chime aural warning.
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
the RETURN indication. The warnings above stop.
- push the line key adjacent to The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
the RETURN indication. into view.
4. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 pushbutton switch - the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch goes off.
- push the ADR1 pushbutton - the OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.
5. On the MCDU:
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 513
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to Same results on the F/O PFD.
the ADR2 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 3 and 4.
6. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.
7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.
8. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.
9. On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to Same results on the CAPT PFD.
the ADR3 indication.
Do the same test as specified
in the para 3 and 4.
10. ON the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.
11. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
- set the AIR DATA selector
switch to NORM.
12. In the avionics compartment, on
the panel 188VU:
- set the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO
SELECTION switch to NORM.
- lock the safety cover and
secure it with lockwire.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 514
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-710-051-A
R A. OVERSPEED Warning VMO/MMO 1 (L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION Switch 22FP at
R NORM)
R NOTE : This test is for the VMO/MMO overspeed warning only. Ignore the
____
R warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not related to this
R test.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead panel, on the On the ADIRS MSU:
R ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 and ADR3 - The OFF legend of the ADR2 and ADR3
R pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches comes on.
R 2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 page comes into view.
R the ADR1 indication.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
R the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
R the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.
R - On the keyboard push the NEXT - The ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
R PAGE function key. comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds, ignore the
R the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
R From 10 seconds and more, on the
R CAPT(F/O) PFD, the speed increases to
R 367.7 Kts. When the value is 354 Kts:
R - On the upper ECAM display unit, this
R indication is shown:
R OVERSPEED
R VMO/MMO 350/.82
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 515
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
R panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER
R WARN lights flash.
R - You can hear the continuous
R repetitive chime aural warning.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
R the RETURN indication. The warnings above stop.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
R the RETURN indication. into view.
R 3. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 pushbutton - The OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
R switch. switch goes off.
R - Push the ADR1 pushbutton - The OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
R switch. switch comes on.
R 4. On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to Same results on the F/O PFD.
R the ADR2 indication.
R Do the same test as specified
R in the para 2 and 3.
R 5. On the ADIRS CDU:
R - Push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
R switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.
R 6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
R - Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
R switch to CAPT/3. view.
R 7. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.
R 8. On the MCDU:
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 516
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to Same results on the CAPT PFD.
R the ADR3 indication.
R Do the same test as specified
R in the para 2 and 3.
R 9. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switches ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
R off.
R 10. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - Set the AIR DATA selector
R switch to NORM.
R Subtask 34-13-00-710-052-A
R B. OVERSPEED Warning VMO/MMO 2 (L/G DOWN VMO/MMO SELECTION Switch 22FP at
R L/G DOWN)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the avionics compartment, on
R the panel 188VU:
R - Remove the lockwire from the
R safety cover of the L/G DOWN
R VMO/MMO SELECTION switch.
R - Set the switch to L/G DOWN.
R 2. In the cockpit on the overhead On the ADIRS MSU:
R panel, on the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 and ADR3 - The OFF legend of the ADR2 and ADR3
R pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches comes on.
R 3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 page comes into view.
R the ADR1 indication.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
R the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 517
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
R the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.
R - On the keyboard push the NEXT - The ADR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
R PAGE function key. comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 10 seconds, ignore the
R the START TEST indication. warnings and indications.
R (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-740-002). From 10 seconds and more, on the
R CAPT(F/O) PFD, the speed increases to
R 367.7 Kts. When the value is 239Kts:
R - On the upper ECAM display unit, this
R indication is shown:
R OVERSPEED
R VMO/MMO 235/.60
R - On the F/O and CAPT glareshield
R panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER
R WARN lights flash.
R - You can hear the continuous
R repetitive chime aural warning.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
R the RETURN indication. The warnings above stop.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
R the RETURN indication. into view.
R 4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 pushbutton - The OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
R switch. switch goes off.
R - Push the ADR1 pushbutton - The OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
R switch. switch comes on.
R 5. On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to Same results on the F/O PFD.
R the ADR2 indication.
R Do the same test as specified
R in the para 3 and 4.
R 6. On the ADIRS MSU:
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 518
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.
R 7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
R - Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
R switch to CAPT/3. view.
R 8. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch comes on.
R 9. On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to Same results on the CAPT PFD.
R the ADR3 indication.
R Do the same test as specified
R in the para 3 and 4.
R 10. ON the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switches. ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
R off.
R 11. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - Set the AIR DATA selector
R switch to NORM.
R 12. In the avionics compartment, on
R the panel 188VU:
R - Set the L/G DOWN VMO/MMO
R SELECTION switch to NORM.
R - Lock the safety cover and
R secure it with lockwire.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 519
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-860-062
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
R (2) On the overhead panel :
R - on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are pushed (on). The OFF legends are
R of.
R (3) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
R (4) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
Subtask 34-13-00-865-065
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE, 5CC1, 5CC2
Subtask 34-13-00-860-060
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-13-00-410-052
D. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(3) Tighten the two screws.
(4) Close the access door 822.
(5) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 520
Aug 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-710-003
Operational Test of the ALT Comparison Warning
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-04
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-063
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 521
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-865-066
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 34-13-00-865-071
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
Subtask 34-13-00-860-065
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) When the circuit breakers 5CC1 and 5CC2 are open:
- - the AUTO FLT FAC 1+2 FAULT message and the MASTER CAUT light
come on
- - you can hear the single chime.
(4) Before the test, on the ECAM Control Panel, push the CLR key to clear
the message.
(5) On the glareshield 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of
the FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE/NAV.
(6) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
menu page.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 522
May 01/08
R
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-13-00-710-053
A. Operational Test of the ALT Comparison Warning
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between parentheses.
NOTE : For system 3, on the center pedestal, set the SWITCHING/AIR DATA
____
selector switch 15FP to CAPT (F/O) position; the CAPT (F/O) PFD
shows the ADR3 indications.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the glareshield 13VU, on the
CAPT and F/O EFIS control
sections of the FCU:
- pull the baro reference The baro display (above the baro
selector knob. reference selector knob) shows STD.
The CAPT and F/O PFDs show the altitude
related to the standard barometric
pressure.
Below this indication the PFDs show
STD.
2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication. page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) ALT DYNAMIC
the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW SLEW page comes into view.
indication.
- on the keyboard, enter: - the display shows:
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 523
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*the airfield altitude value / *the airfield altitude value /
(airfield altitude value plus (airfield altitude value plus 1500)
1500)
*(Example: for an airfield
altitude value of 1800ft enter:
1800 / 3300).
and push the line key adjacent
to the ALT LIMITS (FT)
indication.
- on the keyboard, enter 1000 and - the display shows 1000.
push the line key adjacent to
the ALT SLEW RATE (FT/MIN)
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to The test starts:
the UP (START SLEW) indication.
- the ADR1 ALT DYNAMIC SLEW TEST page with SLEWING IN PROGRESS 90 S
information comes into view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD the altitude increase.
When the difference of altitude between the CAPT PFD and the F/O PFD is 650
ft approximately:
- the vertical CHECK ALT indication comes into view on the two PFDs.
- the upper ECAM DU shows this warning:
NAV ALTI DISCREPANCY
- on the glareshield panels 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER CAUT light comes on.
- you can hear the single chime.
On the MCDU:
- at the end of the test, the END OF SLEWING indication comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the
CFDS menu page comes into view.
NOTE : After the ADR3 test, set
____
the AIR DATA selector
switch 15FP to NORMAL.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 524
May 01/08
R
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-860-066
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, push the baro
reference selector knob.
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
Subtask 34-13-00-865-072
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2
Subtask 34-13-00-860-064
C. Close Access
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(3) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 525
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-710-004
Operational Test of the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This test simulates a change in altitude.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-067
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 526
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-010-058
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover
Subtask 34-13-00-865-067
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
Subtask 34-13-00-865-073
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 527
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-860-069
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(2) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-13-00-710-054
A. Operational Test of the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
NOTE : This test is an example of the altitude ramp test. Ignore the
____
warnings which are the result of a difference in altitude between
the CAPT and F/O PFD.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the glareshield 13VU, on the
CAPT and F/O EFIS control
sections of the FCU:
- pull the baro reference the baro display (above the baro
selector knob. reference selector knob) shows STD.
the CAPT and F/O PFDs show the altitude
related to the standard barometric
pressure and the STD indication.
2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 528
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication. page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) ALT DYNAMIC
the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW SLEW page comes into view.
indication.
- on the keyboard, enter 0/1500 - the display shows 0/1500.
and push the line key adjacent
to the ALT LIMITS (FT)
indication.
- on the keyboard, enter 1000 and - the display shows 1000.
push the line key adjacent to
the ALT SLEW RATE (FT/MIN)
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to The test starts:
the UP (START SLEW) indication. - the CAPT (F/O) PFD shows 0 ft and the
altitude increases to 1500 ft in
approximately 90 seconds.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-13-00-865-074
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 529
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-860-068
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, push the baro
reference selector knob.
(3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 530
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-710-005
Operational Test of the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This test simulates a change in airspeed.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-070
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 531
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-010-059
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover
Subtask 34-13-00-865-068
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
Subtask 34-13-00-865-075
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 532
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-860-072
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(2) on the center pedestal, on the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
(3) Put the safety barriers in position around the RAT area.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-13-00-710-055
A. Operational Test of the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
NOTE : This test is an example of the CAS ramp test. Ignore the warnings
____
which are the result of an overspeed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On one MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
SLEW TESTS indication. page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW SLEW page comes into view.
indication.
- on the keyboard, enter these - the slew limits set come into view
limits: 175/225 and push the below the related indication.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 533
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
line key adjacent to the CAS
LIMITS (FT) indication.
- on the keyboard, enter this - the slew rate comes into view below
slew rate: 0020 and push the the related indication.
line key adjacent to the CAS
SLEW RATE (FT/MIN) indication.
- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
the UP-START SLEW indication. - the speed scale moves from 175 Kts to
225 Kts.
The warnings above stop.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-410-059
A. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-13-00-865-076
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 7XE
Subtask 34-13-00-860-071
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
R (2) Do a reset of each ELAC:
R - on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
R - on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 534
Aug 01/08
VOI
R (3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
R (4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R (5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 535
Aug 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-710-006
Operational Test of the AOA SENSOR TEST
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This test controls the angle of attack (AOA) sensors to the special test
position.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-10-00-710-007 Test of the Angle of Attack Warning
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-073
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-13-00-710-060
A. Refer to the operational test of the angle of attack warning.
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-710-007)
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 536
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-710-007
Operational Test of the Overspeed Warnings in the Slats/Flaps and Landing Gear
Extended (VFE/VLE) Configuration
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between parentheses.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 341300-03
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 537
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Make sure that the nose landing gear doors are closed
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003) (NOTE : You can use the electric pumps).
Subtask 34-13-00-860-052
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
(3) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU:
- make sure that the FAC, ELAC and SEC pushbutton switches are not
pushed (in). The OFF legends are on.
(4) On the center pedestal (panel 114VU), set the flap and slat control
lever to the FULL position.
(5) On the panel 50VU, release the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1 and ENG/FADEC GND
PWR/2 pushbutton switches. The ON legends come on.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 538
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-010-060
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover
Subtask 34-13-00-865-082
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
Subtask 34-13-00-865-085
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 539
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-860-090
F. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:
- push the CLR key until the MASTER CAUT and MASTER WARN lights go
off on the panels 131VU and 130VU.
- push the CLR key until the memo section comes into view in the
lower part of the upper ECAM display unit.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-710-057
A. Test of the VFE Overspeed Warning
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead panel 20VU, on
the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
on.
2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page which
the NAV indication contains the three ADR comes into
view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication page comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 540
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW indication SLEW page comes into view.
- on the keyboard, enter these
limits: 175/260
- push the line key adjacent to The slew limits set come into view
the CAS LIMITS (KT) indication below the related indication.
- on the keyboard, enter this
slew rate: 020
- push the line key adjacent to The slew rate set comes into view below
the CAS SLEW RATE (KTs/MIN) the related indication.
indication
- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the UP-START SLEW indication moves from 175 kts to 260 kts as
specified in the following table
On the upper ECAM display unit, make
sure that all the indications given in
the table below come into view
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash when the
speeds set come into view
The continuous repetitive chime sounds
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights go off when you set
the flap and slat control lever to a
lower position.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 541
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-710-057-A
R A. Test of the VFE Overspeed Warning
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead panel, on the
R ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
R on.
R 2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page which
R the NAV indication. contains the three ADR comes into
R view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
R the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
R indication.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
R the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
R the SLEW TESTS indication. page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
R the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW SLEW page comes into view.
R indication.
R - On the keyboard, enter these
R limits: 175/260
R - Push the line key adjacent to The slew limits set come into view
R the CAS LIMITS (KT) indication. below the related indication.
R - On the keyboard, enter this
R slew rate: 020
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 542
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to The slew rate set comes into view below
R the CAS SLEW RATE (KTs/MIN) the related indication.
R indication.
R - Push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
R the UP-START SLEW indication. moves from 175 kts to 260 kts as
R specified in the following table.
R On the upper ECAM display unit, make
R sure that all the indications given in
R the table below come into view.
R On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
R 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER WARN lights
R flash when the speeds set come into
R view.
R The continuous repetitive chime sounds.
R On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
R 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER WARN lights
R go off when you set the flap and slat
R control lever to a lower position.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-13-00-710-061
B. Speed values
NOTE : Make sure that speed values are reached before you move the
____
flaps/slats control lever.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 543
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SLATS AND FLAPS |
|---------------------------------|
| | |
SPEED | Position | Indication | INDICATION
IS MORE | of CTL LEVER | on the upper | ON THE UPPER ECAM
THAN | | ECAM DU | DISPLAY UNIT
| | |
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
181 Kts | FULL | FULL | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 177
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 3 | 3 | The indication goes out of view
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
189 Kts | 3 | 3 | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 185
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 2 | 2 | The indication goes out of view
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
204 Kts | 2 | 2 | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 200
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| 1 | 1+F | The indication goes out of view
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
219 Kts | 1 | 1+F | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 215
---------|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
234 Kts | 1 | 1+F | OVERSPEED
(or equal) | | - VFE 215
|----------------|----------------|-----------------------------------
| | | When OVERSPEED
| 0 | 0 | - VFE 215
| | | indication goes out of view:
| | | OVERSPEED
| | | - VFE 230
| | |this indication can come into view
| | |for some seconds then goes out of
| | |view.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 34-13-00-860-053
C. Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 544
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-710-059
D. Test of the VLE Overspeed Warning
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Open the nose landing gear doors
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
2. On the overhead panel 20VU, on
the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
on.
3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
the SLEW TESTS indication page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW indication SLEW page comes into view.
- on the keyboard, enter these - the slew limits come into view on the
limits: 275/290 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
MCDU.
- push the line key adjacent to - the slew limits set come into view
the CAS LIMITS (FT) indication. below the related indication.
- on the keyboard, enter this - the slew rate comes into view on the
slew rate: 025 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
MCDU.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 545
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the slew rate set comes into view
the CAS SLEW RATE (FT/MIN) below the related indication.
indication.
- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the UP-START SLEW indication moves from 275 kts to 290 kts.
On the upper ECAM display unit, when
the CAS reaches 284 kts, make sure that
this indication comes into view:
OVERSPEED
VLE...............280/.67
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights flash
The continuous repetitive chime sounds.
- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
the RETURN/STOP indication. moves down
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER WARN lights do not flash
The continuous repetitive chime stops.
4. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR1 and ADR2 - the OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
pushbutton switches. switch comes on
- the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
switch goes off.
5. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.
step 3.
6. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR2 and ADR3 - the OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
pushbutton switches. switch comes on
- the OFF legend of the ADR3 pushbutton
switch goes off.
7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
switch to CAPT/3. view.
8. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.
the step 3.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 546
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switches again ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
off.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-710-059-A
R D. Test of the VLE Overspeed Warning
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. Open the nose landing-gear doors
R (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
R 2. On the overhead panel 20VU, on
R the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 and ADR3 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switches. ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton switches comes
R on.
R 3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
R the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
R indication
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
R the OUTPUT TESTS indication page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) SLEW TESTS
R the SLEW TESTS indication page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) CAS DYNAMIC
R the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW indication SLEW page comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 547
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - On the keyboard, enter these - The slew limits come into view on the
R limits: 275/290 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
R MCDU.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The slew limits set come into view
R the CAS LIMITS (FT) indication. below the related indication.
R - On the keyboard, enter this - The slew rate comes into view on the
R slew rate: 025 bottom line (scratch pad) of the
R MCDU.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The slew rate set comes into view
R the CAS SLEW RATE (FT/MIN) below the related indication.
R indication.
R - Push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
R the UP-START SLEW indication moves from 275 kts to 290 kts.
R On the upper ECAM display unit, when
R the CAS reaches 284 kts, make sure that
R this indication comes into view:
R OVERSPEED
R VLE...............280/.67
R On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
R 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER WARN lights
R flash.
R The continuous repetitive chime sounds.
R - Push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed scale
R the RETURN/STOP indication. moves down.
R On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
R 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER WARN lights
R do not flash.
R The continuous repetitive chime stops.
R 4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR1 and ADR2 - The OFF legend of the ADR1 pushbutton
R pushbutton switches. switch comes on.
R - The OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
R switch goes off.
R 5. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.
R step 3.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 548
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR2 and ADR3 - The OFF legend of the ADR2 pushbutton
R pushbutton switches. switch comes on.
R - The OFF legend of the ADR3 pushbutton
R switch goes off.
R 7. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
R - Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 come into
R switch to CAPT/3. view.
R 8. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.
R the step 3.
R 9. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR1 and ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switches again. ADR1 and ADR2 pushbutton switches goes
R off.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-410-060
A. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-13-00-865-083
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 7XE
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 549
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-860-051
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS STOP procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Close the nose landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 550
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-720-009
Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data (A/C with RVSM capability on
three ADIRUs)
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific colored adhesive tape
R No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 551
Feb 01/09
VOI
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-092
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD DUs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA selector
R switch is at NORM.
(5) Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
009).
(6) On the FCU, set the CAPT (F/O) Baro-Correction to display STD below
the altitude scale on the CAPT (F/O) PFD .
Subtask 34-13-00-865-101
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 552
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
Subtask 34-13-00-480-052
C. Install the Ground Pressure Generator
NOTE : For this test, use a ground pressure generator with these minimum
____
requirements:
- Static (altitude): -1000ft to 50,000ft (accuracy +/-0,1mb
(0.00145psi) in positive t⁰),
- Pitot (speed) : 0 to 500Kts,
- Mach Nbr : 0 to 1.000,
- Climb Rate : 0 to +/- 6000ft/mn (accuracy +/- 7%).
(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes and the pitot
probes.
R (2) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB to the static
and pitot probes of the aircraft:
NOTE : For the CAPT and F/O circuits, it is necessary to connect the
____
ground pressure generator to the two static probes (L and R).
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) and F/O circuit (ADIRU 2), connect
the ground pressure generator to the static probes with the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500102):
- L static probe 1 7DA1, zone 127, STA 8750, for the L static
pressure ADM (19FP5)
- L static probe 2 7DA2, zone 127, STA 8700, for the L static
pressure ADM (19FP7)
and
- R static probe 1 8DA1, zone 128, STA 9300, for the R static
pressure ADM (19FP4)
- R static probe 2 8DA2, zone 128, STA 9350, for the R static
pressure ADM (19FP6)
For the standby circuit (ADIRU 3), connect the ground pressure
generator to the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC
PORT (98D34003500100):
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 553
Feb 01/09
VOI
- L static probe 3 7DA3, zone 121, STA 4250, for the static
pressure ADM (19FP8) or
- R static probe 3 8DA3, zone 122, STA 4250, for the static
pressure ADM (19FP8).
Connect the ground pressure generator to the pitot probes with
the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE or equivalent:
For CAPT circuit:
- pitot probe 1 9DA1, zone 125, for the L total pressure ADM
(19FP1).
For F/O circuit:
- pitot probe 2 9DA2, zone 126, for the R total pressure ADM
(19FP2).
For the standby circuit:
- pitot probe 3 9DA3, zone 125, for the standby total pressure
ADM (19FP3).
(3) Seal the drain holes of the pitot probes with a piece of plastic and
colored adhesive tape.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.
(a) Seal the opposite static probe of the standby ADM with the
ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT (98D34003500103).
(4) Move the vane of the three AOA sensors to the upper position. Keep
the AOA sensors in position with colored adhesive tape.
(5) Start the ground pressure generator.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 554
May 01/08
R
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-100,
Subtask 34-13-00-720-063
A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
pressure as given in the tables for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
below.
2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0ft) and the ADIRU 2.
- set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
Trim 0ft) and the ADIRU 1.
3. At the end of the test, on the
ground pressure generator:
- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
lines.
- open the lines to get the
atmospheric pressure.
4. Stop the pressure generator.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 555
May 01/08
VOI
(1) ADIRUs 1 and 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch |
| | NORM |at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2| Vc 1/2|Mach 1/2| |
| (ft)|(hpa)| (ft)|(hpa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | | For ADIRU 3 to get |
| | | | | (hpa)| | +/- 2| | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| the correct values: |
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 |5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| |
| | | | | |+/-12 | |+/-0.004| - use the placard |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| near the ADIRU3 and |
| | | | | |+/-15 | |+/-0.004| |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| refer to the tables |
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | |
| | | | | |+/- 22| |+/-0.004| that follow. |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|30058|300.1|20576|454.5|154.4 |30000 | 300 | 0.791 | |
| | | | | |+/- 30| |+/-0.003| (in relation to the |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
|40004|187.5|30620|292.5| 105 |39995 | 250 | 0.823 | Trim 0ft) |
| | | | | |+/- 42| |+/-0.003| |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-13-00
Page 556
May 01/08
VOI
(2) ADIRU 3
(a) Aircraft with Trim = 0ft
--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
| (ft)|(hpa)| (ft)|(hpa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
| | | | | (hpa)| | +/-2 | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
| 5257| 835 | 1827|948.1|113.1 | 5305 | 261 |0.433 (*)|
| | | | | |+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|10253| 690 | 6335|801.8|111.8 |10370 | 261 |0.475 (*)|
| | | | | |+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|20192|461.9|13009|619.2|157.3 |20790 | 314 | 0.690 |
| | | | | |+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|30058|300.1|20583|454.5|154.4 |31340 | 316 | 0.851 |
| | | | | |+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
|40004|187.5|30618|292.5| 105 |41320 | 263 | 0.883 |
| | | | | |+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-13-00
Page 557
May 01/08
VOI
(*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less
than 0.5.
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-720-063-B
R A. Functional Test of the Altitude and Airspeed Data
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the ground pressure generator, On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
R set a static pressure and a total write the altitude and airspeed values
R pressure as given in the tables for the ADIRU 1 and 2.
R below.
R 2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
R - set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
R CAPT/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
R for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
R Trim 0) and the ADIRU 2.
R - set the AIR DATA selector to On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, compare and
R F/O/3. write the altitude and airspeed values
R for the ADIRU 3 (in relation to the
R Trim 0) and the ADIRU 1.
R 3. At the end of the test, on the
R ground pressure generator:
R - slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
R the static and total pressure than 6000 ft/mn.
R lines.
R - open the lines to get the
R atmospheric pressure.
R 4. Stop the pressure generator.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 558
Aug 01/08
VOI
(1) ADIRUs 1 and 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch at | AIR DATA switch |
| | NORM | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|---------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC |Hp 1/2| Vc 1/2|Mach 1/2| |
| (ft)|(hpa)| (ft)|(hpa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | | For ADIRU 3 to get |
| | | | |(hpa) | | +/- 2| | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| the correct value: |
R | 5308|833.4| 1828|948.1|114.7 | 5000 | 250 |0.413(*)| |
| | | | | |+/-12 | |+/-0.004| - use the placard |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
R |10343|687.6| 6335|801.8|114.2 |10000 | 250 |0.452(*)| near the ADIRU3 and |
| | | | | |+/-15 | |+/-0.004| |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| refer to the tables |
R |20461|456.7|13009|619.2|162.5 |20000 | 300 | 0.651 | |
| | | | | |+/- 22| |+/-0.004| that follow. |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
R |30515|293.9|20581|454.4|160.5 |30000 | 300 | 0.790 | |
| | | | | |+/- 30| |+/-0.003| (in relation to the |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|-------|--------| |
R |40487|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 |40000 | 250 | 0.823 | Trim 0ft) |
| | | | | |+/- 42| |+/-0.003| |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
201-300, 34-13-00
Page 559
Feb 01/09
VOI
(2) ADIRU 3
(a) Aircraft with Trim = 0ft
--------------------------------------------------------
| | CAPT PFD and F/O PFD |
| Pressure generator | AIR DATA switch |
| | at CAPT/3 or F/O/3 |
|------------------------------|-----------------------|
| Ps | Pt | QC | Hp 3 | Vc 3 | Mach 3 |
| (ft)|(hpa)| (ft)|(hpa)|Pt-Ps | (ft) |(Kts) | |
| | | | | (hpa)| | +/-2 | |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
R | 5308|833.4| 1828|948.1|114.6 | 5406 | 264 |0.439 (*)|
| | | | | |+/- 12| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
R |10343|687.6| 6335|801.8|114.2 | 10483| 264 |0.482 (*)|
| | | | | |+/- 15| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
R |20461|456.7|13009|619.2|162.5 | 21092| 319 | 0.706 |
| | | | | |+/- 22| |+/-0.004 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
R |30515|293.9|20581|454.4|160.5 | 31845| 322 | 0.873 |
| | | | | |+/- 30| |+/-0.003 |
|-----|-----|-----|-----|------|------|------|---------|
R |40487|183.2|30618|292.5|109.3 | 41761| 267 | 0.903 |
| | | | | |+/- 42| |+/-0.003 |
--------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
201-300, 34-13-00
Page 560
Feb 01/09
VOI
R (*) These indications are not shown when the Mach value is less
R than 0.5.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-080-052
A. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Make sure that there is no remaining piece of plastic and/or adhesive
tape on the pitot probes and AOA sensors. Make sure the pitot drain holes
are operational and that the AOA sensors move freely.
Subtask 34-13-00-865-102
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
Subtask 34-13-00-860-093
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do a reset of each ELAC:
- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.
(2) Install the slip on covers on the static probes and on the pitot
probes.
(3) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials. (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)
(4) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 561
Aug 01/08
VOI
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 562
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-790-002
Leak Test of the Principal Static and Total Air Data System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
AUTOMATIC MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS
AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that there are no leaks in the Captain and the First Officer
pitot and static circuits.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 563
May 01/08
R
VOI
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-074
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-13-00-865-061
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 564
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
Subtask 34-13-00-480-051
C. Installation of the Main Air Data System
(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes and the pitot probes
of the main system.
R (2) Connect the static port of the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100
R MB to the static probes with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500102).
For CAPT circuit (ADIRU 1) and F/O circuit (ADIRU 2):
- L static probe 1 7DA1, zone 127, STA 8750, for the LH static
pressure ADM (19FP5)
- L static probe 2 7DA2, zone 127, STA 8700, for the LH static
pressure ADM (19FP7)
and
- R static probe 1 8DA1, zone 128, STA 9300, for the RH static
pressure ADM (19FP4)
- R static probe 2 8DA2, zone 128, STA 9350, for the RH static
pressure ADM (19FP6).
(3) Connect the ground pressure generator to the pitot probe with the
ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.
For CAPT circuit:
- pitot probe 1 9DA1, zone 125
For F/O circuit:
- pitot probe 2 9DA2, zone 126.
(4) Move the vane of the AOA sensors 1 and 2 to the upper position.
Maintain the vane in position with colored adhesive tape.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 565
Feb 01/09
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-860-076
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(3) On the ADIRS CDU ,set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.
(4) Start the ground pressure generator.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-860-076-A
R D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only)
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (2) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
R (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
R (3) On the ADIRS MSU ,set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.
R (4) Start the ground pressure generator.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 566
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-100,
Subtask 34-13-00-790-050-A
A. Leak Test of the Main Air Data System
R NOTE : You can do the test below for a static pressure of 691 hPa and an
____
R impact pressure of 59.3 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.3 hPa) but
R it is less accurate.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the altitude value 10,000ft +/-30ft
and the airspeed value 180kts +/-3kts.
After 5 min:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 275 ft.
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.
NOTE : The difference between the input parameters for the ground test
____
(speed and altitude) and the values shown on the cockpit displays,
is normal.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the glareshield 13VU ,on the
EFIS control section of the FCU,
set a barometric pressure of 1013
hPa.
2. On the ground pressure generator:
R - set a static pressure of 462.4
R hPa.
R - set an impact pressure of 179.1
R hPa (or a total pressure of
R 641.5 hPa).
3. Close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:
R isolate the static and total the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the
R pressure lines of the aircraft altitude value 20,000ft +/-40ft and
R from the pressure generator. the airspeed value 320kts +/-3kts.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 567
Aug 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
After 5 minutes, on the CAPT (or F/O)
PFD:
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 320 ft.
After 10 minutes, on the CAPT (F/O)
PFD:
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 10 Kts.
4. On the pressure generator: The rate of descent must not be more
- slowly balance the pressure in than 6000 ft/mn.
the main static and total
pressure lines
- open the electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.
5. Stop the pressure generator.
**ON A/C 201-300,
Subtask 34-13-00-790-050
A. Leak Test of the Main Air Data System
R NOTE : You can do the test below for a static pressure of 691.4 hPa and
____
R an impact pressure of 59 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4 hPa)
R but it is less accurate.
Make sure that:
- the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the altitude value 10,000ft +/-30ft
and the airspeed value 180kts +/-3kts.
After 5 min:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 275 ft.
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.
NOTE : The difference between the input parameters for the ground test
____
(speed and altitude) and the values shown on the cockpit displays,
is normal.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 568
Aug 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the glareshield 13VU ,on the
EFIS control section of the FCU,
set a barometric pressure of 1013
hPa.
2. On the ground pressure generator:
R - set a static pressure of 455.4
R hPa.
R - set an impact pressure of 186.4
R hPa (or a total pressure of
R 641.8 hPa).
R
3. Close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:
isolate the static and total the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows the
pressure lines of the aircraft altitude value 20,000ft +/-40ft and
R from the pressure generator. the airspeed value 320kts +/-3kts.
After 5 minutes, on the CAPT (or F/O)
PFD:
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 320 ft.
After 10 minutes, on the CAPT (or
F/O) PFD:
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 10 Kts.
4. On the pressure generator: The rate of descent must not be more
- slowly balance the pressure in than 6000 ft/mn.
the main static and total
pressure lines
- open the electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.
5. Stop the pressure generator.
EFF :
201-300, 34-13-00
Page 569
Aug 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-080-051
A. Disconnect the ground pressure generator.
(1) Remove the adapters from the static probes and the pitot probes.
(2) Remove the adhesive tape from the vane of the AOA.
(3) Install the slip on covers on the static probes and the pitot probes.
Subtask 34-13-00-865-062
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
Subtask 34-13-00-860-075
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do a reset of each ELAC:
- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
unwanted materials. (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 570
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-740-002
INTERFACE TEST of the ADR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 571
May 01/08
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-860-077
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
(3) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(4) On the overhead panel:
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, release the FAC,ELAC and SEC
pushbutton switches. The OFF legends are on.
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selectors are at
off
- on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
(5) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the STS key.
(6) On the glareshield 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of
the FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE/NAV.
(7) Put the safety barriers in position around the RAT area.
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between parentheses.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 572
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-860-077-A
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
R page
R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
R (3) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (4) On the overhead panel:
R - On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, release the FAC, ELAC and SEC
R pushbutton switches. The OFF legends are on.
R - On the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selectors
R are at off.
R - On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the battery voltage is
R correct, between 26VDC and 30VDC.
R (5) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the STS key.
R (6) On the glareshield 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of
R the FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE/NAV.
R (7) Put the safety barriers in position around the RAT area.
R NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
R the indications between parentheses.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-13-00-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 573
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-865-089
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 34-13-00-865-091
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 574
May 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-13-00-740-050
A. INTERFACE TEST of the ADR
NOTE : - Ignore the warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not
____
related to this interface test.
- When you test the ADR3, set the AIR DATA selector switch 15FP,
on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, to CAPT/3.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU:
- Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switches to NAV
- push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 The OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
pushbutton switches ADR3 pushbutton switches comes on.
- push the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3), On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
only if the AIR DATA selector related ADR pushbutton switch goes off
switch is to CAPT/3 or F/O/3) On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and ALT
pushbutton switch again. flags go out of view. The speed and
altitude indications (30 Kts and local
altitude) are shown
On the lower ECAM display unit, the
local temperature values SAT and TAT
are shown (only with ADR1 and/or ADR3
is set).
2. On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
indication
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 575
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
the INTERFACE TEST indication 1/2 page comes into view.
- on the keyboard push the NEXT - the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
PAGE function key. 2/2 page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 5 seconds:
the START TEST indication - on the ADIRS CDU, the FAULT and OFF
legends of the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)
pushbutton switch come on then go off
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the symbols on
the speed and altitude scale go out
of view. The SPD and ALT warning
flags flash for some seconds
- on the CAPT (F/O) ND, the TAS
indication goes out of view
From 5 to 10 seconds:
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the warnings
go out of view
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the altitude
increases.
After 10 seconds:
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, these values
are shown:
CAS: 367.7 Kts
MACH: 0.66 M
ALTITUDE: 10000 Ft
- on the CAPT (F/O) ND, this value is
shown:
TAS: 433 Kts
- on the lower ECAM display unit, (if
ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set) these values
are shown:
TAT: + 35 deg. C
SAT: + 10 deg. C
- on the upper ECAM display unit, this
indication is shown:
OVERSPEED
VMO/MMO 350/.82
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops:
the RETURN indication. - on the upper ECAM display unit, the
OVERSPEED warning indication goes out
of view,
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 576
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
altitude indications go back to their
initial value,
- on the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values show the local
temperature (only with ADR1 and/or
ADR3 is set).
3. On the ADIRS CDU, push the ADR2 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch goes off
4. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.
the para. 1 and 2. - on the lower ECAM display unit, the
TAT and SAT values are not shown
(only with ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set).
5. On the ADIRS CDU:
- push the ADR3 pushbutton switch On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off
- push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on
On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
indications go out of view.
6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 are shown.
switch to CAPT/3.
7. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.
the para. 1 and 2.
8. On the ADIRS CDU, push the ADR1 On the ADIRS CDU, the OFF legend of the
pushbutton switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch goes off
9. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
- set the AIR DATA selector indications stay in view.
switch to NORM.
10. On the ADIRS CDU, set the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to
OFF.
EFF :
001-010, 34-13-00
Page 577
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
After the ADR3 test, set the AIR
DATA selector switch 15FP to
NORMAL.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-13-00-740-050-A
R A. INTERFACE TEST of the ADR
R NOTE : - Ignore the warnings and indications (VLE, ...) which are not
____
R related to this interface test.
R - When you test the ADR3, set the AIR DATA selector switch 15FP,
R on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, to CAPT/3.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT
R selector switches to NAV.
R - Push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 The OFF legend of the ADR1, ADR2 and
R pushbutton switches. ADR3 pushbutton switches comes on.
R - Push the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3, On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R only if the AIR DATA selector ADR pushbutton switch goes off.
R switch is to CAPT/3 or F/O/3) On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the SPD and ALT
R pushbutton switch again. flags go out of view. The speed and
R altitude indications (30 Kts and local
R altitude) are shown.
R On the lower ECAM display unit, the
R local temperature values SAT and TAT
R are shown (only with ADR1 and/or ADR3
R is set).
R 2. On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) page comes
R the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) into view.
R indication.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 578
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) OUTPUT TESTS
R the OUTPUT TESTS indication. page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
R the INTERFACE TEST indication. 1/2 page comes into view.
R - On the keyboard push the NEXT - The ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3) INTERFACE TEST
R PAGE function key. 2/2 page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to From 0 to 5 seconds:
R the START TEST indication. - On the ADIRS MSU, the FAULT and OFF
R legends of the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)
R pushbutton switch come on then go
R off.
R - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the symbols on
R the speed and altitude scale go out
R of view. The SPD and ALT warning
R flags flash for some seconds.
R - On the CAPT (F/O) ND, the TAS
R indication goes out of view.
R From 5 to 10 seconds:
R - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the warnings
R go out of view.
R - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the altitude
R increases.
R After 10 seconds:
R - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, these values
R are shown:
R CAS: 367.7 Kts
R MACH: 0.66 M
R ALTITUDE: 10000 Ft
R - On the CAPT (F/O) ND, this value is
R shown:
R TAS: 433 Kts
R - On the lower ECAM display unit, (if
R ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set) these values
R are shown:
R TAT: + 35 deg. C
R SAT: + 10 deg. C
R - On the upper ECAM display unit, this
R indication is shown:
R OVERSPEED
R VMO/MMO 350/.82
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 579
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops:
R the RETURN indication. - On the upper ECAM display unit, the
R OVERSPEED warning indication goes out
R of view.
R - On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the speed and
R altitude indications go back to their
R initial value.
R - On the lower ECAM display unit, the
R TAT and SAT values show the local
R temperature (only with ADR1 and/or
R ADR3 is set).
R 3. On the ADIRS MSU, push the ADR2 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switch. ADR2 pushbutton switch goes off.
R 4. Do the ADR2 test as specified in Same results on the F/O side.
R the para. 1 and 2. - On the lower ECAM display unit, the
R TAT and SAT values are not shown
R (only with ADR1 and/or ADR3 is set).
R 5. On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Push the ADR3 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R switch. ADR3 pushbutton switch goes off.
R - Push the ADR1 pushbutton On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch comes on.
R On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
R indications go out of view.
R 6. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
R - Set the AIR DATA selector indications from the ADR3 are shown.
R switch to CAPT/3.
R 7. Do the ADR3 test as specified in Same results on the CAPT side.
R the para. 1 and 2.
R 8. On the ADIRS MSU, push the ADR1 On the ADIRS MSU, the OFF legend of the
R pushbutton switch. ADR1 pushbutton switch goes off.
R 9. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU: On the CAPT PFD, the speed and altitude
R - Set the AIR DATA selector indications stay in view.
R switch to NORM.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-13-00
Page 580
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 10. On the ADIRS MSU, set the three
R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to
R OFF.
R After the ADR3 test, set the AIR
R DATA selector switch 15FP to
R NORMAL.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-860-078
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, push the FAC, ELAC and SEC
pushbutton switches. The related OFF legend goes off.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-13-00-410-055
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 581
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-13-00-865-092
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE, 5CC1, 5CC2
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 582
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-740-003
SYSTEM TEST of the ADR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-079
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 583
May 01/08
VOI
(4) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the OFF
legend of the ADR pushbutton switches is off).
Subtask 34-13-00-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platformin position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-13-00-865-093
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 584
May 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-13-00-740-051-A
A. SYSTEM TEST of the ADR
NOTE : - The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
- It is not necessary to do an IR alignment procedure before you
start the ADR SYSTEM TEST.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) page comes into
ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) indication view.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The TEST IN PROGRESS indication comes
SYSTEM TEST indication into view.
At the end of the test, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the The test procedure stops.
RETURN indication
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-860-080
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-13-00-410-056
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 585
May 01/08
VOI
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 586
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-13-00-740-005
Read the CFDIU for the ADR INPUT STATUS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-085
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (ADIRU related to the installed ADM
only) (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 587
May 01/08
VOI
(3) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
Subtask 34-13-00-010-062
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-13-00-865-097
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 34-13-00-865-098
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 588
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-13-00-740-053
A. Read the CFDIU for the ADR INPUT STATUS
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) page comes
ADR 1(ADR 2)(ADR 3) indication. into view.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - the INPUT STATUS page 1/8 comes into
INPUT STATUS indication. view with the current on-the-ground
status of the ADR1 (ADR2) (ADR3)
parameters.
3. Push the down arrow function key - the related pages come into view.
to set the INPUT STATUS page 2/8
to 8/8.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the - the test procedure stops.
RETURN indication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-410-062
A. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 589
May 01/08
VOI
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-13-00-860-086
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-13-00-865-099
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 7XE
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 590
May 01/08
VOI
AIR DATA - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________
TASK 34-13-00-200-001
Visual Check of Pitot probes, Static ports and AOA sensors
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-10-00-170-001 Flushing of the Principal Total Pressure Lines
34-10-00-170-002 Flushing of the Principal Static Pressure Lines
34-10-00-170-003 Draining and Flushing of Standby Pneumatic Circuits
34-11-19-000-001 Removal of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2,
3FP3)
R 34-11-19-200-001 Inspection of the Angle-Of-Attack Sensor (3FP1, 3FP2,
R 3FP3)
34-11-19-400-001 Installation of the Angle of Attack Sensor (3FP1,
3FP2, 3FP3)
34-22-25-170-001 Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and
Standby Total Pressure lines (ISIS)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-13-00-860-094
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 125 to get
access to the pitot probes 1 and 3 and in zone 126 to get access to
the pitot probe 2.
(2) Remove the cover from the pitot probe.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 601
Feb 01/07
VOI
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position in zone 128 to get
acces to the static probes 7DA1, 7DA2, 8DA1 and 8DA2.
(4) Remove the cover from the static probe.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in zone 120 to get acces to the
static probes 7DA3 and 8DA3.
(6) Remove the cover from the static probe.
(7) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone 231
to get acces to the AOA sensor 3FP1 (232 for 3FP2) (127 for 3FP3).
(8) Remove the slip-on cover from the AOA sensor.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-13-00-220-050
A. Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probes (9DA1, 9DA2, 9DA3)
(1) Do a general visual inspection of the pitot probes.
(a) Color
During the ageing of the probe, the color of the tube becomes
brownish and/or blackish.
This coloration has no effect on the operation of the probe.
(b) Make sure that the drain holes are not blocked.
- If a drain hole is blocked, do the flushing (Ref. TASK 34-10-
00-170-001) of the main system, or (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-003)
for the standby system.
Subtask 34-13-00-220-051
B. Inspection/Check of the Static Probes (7DA1, 7DA2, 7DA3, 8DA1, 8DA2,
8DA3)
(1) Do a visual check of the static probes:
(a) If there is contamination, do the (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-170-002) of
the main static circuit, or/and the (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-170-001)
of the standby static circuit.
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 602
May 01/06
R
VOI
(2) Do a visual check of the structure around the static probes,
- if there is impact, refer to SRM 53-00-11 Pb101.
Subtask 34-13-00-220-052
C. Inspection/Check of the AOA Sensors (3FP1, 3FP2, 3FP3)
(1) Do a visual check of the AOA sensors:
(a) Make sure that there is no paint on the vane and on the mounting
base of the three AOA sensors.
- if not, do the (Ref. TASK 34-11-19-200-001).
(2) Manually turn the vane of the AOA sensors very carefully from the
maximum to the minimum mechanical stops (+85⁰ to -35⁰) and make sure
that there is no hard point.
(a) if one vane has a hard point, replace the related AOA sensor
(Ref. TASK 34-11-19-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 34-11-19-400-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-13-00-860-095
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Install the slip-on cover on the AOA sensor.
(2) Install the static cover.
(3) Install the pitot cover.
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-13-00
Page 603
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Inertial Reference (IR) portion of the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit
(ADIRU) provides main data sources which are precision attitude, magnetic
heading references and navigation data to the aircraft avionics systems.
Attitude, heading and navigation data are displayed on the Electronic Flight
Instrument System (EFIS) displays (Primary Flight Display (PFD); Navigation
Display (ND)) and on the Digital Distance and Radio Magnetic Indicator
(DDRMI) with recopies the heading data.
The IR portion also provides data from the selected MMR and accurate GPIR
hybrid position.
2. __________________
System Description
**ON A/C 001-009,
A. General
The IR portion is a strapdown inertial system which provides a quality
reference for attitude, heading (true and magnetic), angular rates and
accelerations.
The IR software also computes:
- the inertial position
- the ground velocities
- the baro inertial vertical speed
- the drift angle
- the wind data
- the flight path data.
B. Inputs
(1) Digital inputs
(a) FMGC inputs
The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two ARINC 702 Flight Management and Guidance Computers
(FMGCs). These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 270: FMGC DISCRETES.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
A. General
The IR portion is a strapdown inertial system which provides a quality
reference for attitude, heading (true and magnetic), angular rates and
accelerations.
The IR software also computes:
- the inertial position
- the ground velocities
- the baro inertial vertical speed
- the drift angle
- the wind data
- the flight path data.
The GPS partition integrated in the IR portion provides both the GPS
autonomous and hybrid navigation solutions. The term hybrid is
used to indicate that the navigation solution is a result of combining
the GPS, Inertial, and Air Data altitude data. The autonomous
navigation solution denotes a solution derived solely by the MMR using
only satellite data. For each type of data, hybrid and autonomous, the
software provides:
- the position
- the velocities (Ground, N/S, E/W)
- the accuracy parameters
- the integrity parameters.
B. Inputs
(1) Digital inputs
(a) FMGC inputs
The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two ARINC 702 Flight Management and Guidance Computers
(FMGCs). These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 256: FIELD ELEVATION
- label 270: FMGC DISCRETES
- label 271: ADR discrete word 2.
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 2
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-009,
R These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.
R (b) CDU inputs
R The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed buses
R from the CDU.
R This bus transmits the following data words:
R - label 041: SET LATITUDE
R - label 042: SET LONGITUDE
R - label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
R - label 277: CDU TEST.
R These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.
R (c) ADR inputs
R The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low speed buses
R from the other two ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
R ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
R - label 203: ALTITUDE
R - label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED.
R (d) CFDS input
R The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed bus from
R the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). This bus transmits
R the following data words:
R - label 125: UTC
R - label 126: FLIGHT PHASE
R - label 155: AIRCRAFT CONFIG
R - label 227: CFDS COMMAND
R - label 260: DATE
R - labels 233 to 236: FLIGHT NUMBER
R - labels 301 to 303: AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
R For more details, Ref. 34-18-00.
R **ON A/C 010-010,
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes,
and barometric data setting.
(b) CDU inputs
The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the CDU.
This bus transmits the following data words:
- label 041: SET LATITUDE
- label 042: SET LONGITUDE
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
- label 043: SET MAGNETIC HEADING
- label 277: CDU TEST.
These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes.
(c) ADR inputs
The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low speed buses
from the two other ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 203: ALTITUDE
- label 204: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 1
- label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED
- label 212: ALTITUDE RATE
- label 220: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 2
- label 241: CORRECTED AOA.
(d) CFDS input
The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low speed bus from
the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). This bus transmits
the following data words:
- label 125: UTC
- label 126: FLIGHT PHASE
- label 155: AIRCRAFT CONFIG
- label 227: CFDS COMMAND
- label 260: DATE
- labels 233 to 236: FLIGHT NUMBER
- labels 301 to 303: AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
For more details Ref. 34-18-00.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R These data words are used for initialization and BITE purposes
R and barometric data setting.
R (b) ADR inputs
R The IR portion is provided with three ARINC 429 low-speed buses
R from the other two ADIRUs (ADR portion) and from its associated
R ADR. These buses transmit the following data words:
R - label 203: ALTITUDE
R - label 204: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 1
R - label 210: TRUE AIRSPEED
R - label 212: ALTITUDE RATE
R - label 220: BAROMETRIC CORRECTED ALTITUDE 2
R - label 241: CORRECTED AOA.
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
R (c) CFDS input
R The IR portion is provided with one ARINC 429 low-speed bus from
R the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS). This bus transmits
R the following data words:
R - label 125: UTC
R - label 126: FLIGHT PHASE
R - label 155: AIRCRAFT CONFIG
R - label 227: CFDS COMMAND
R - label 260: DATE
R - labels 233 to 236: FLIGHT NUMBER
R - labels 301 to 303: AIRCRAFT TAIL NUMBER
R For more details Ref. 34-18-00.
R (d) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 001-009,
R (e) GPS inputs
R The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 high speed buses
R from the GPS portion of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
R These buses transmit the following data words:
R - label 060: MEASUREMENT STATUS
R - label 061: PSEUDO RANGE
R - label 062: PSEUDO RANGE FINE
R - label 063: RANGE RATE
R - label 064: DELTA RANGE
R - label 065: SV POSITION X
R - label 066: SV POSITION X FINE
R - label 070: SV POSITION Y
R - label 071: SV POSITION Y FINE
R - label 072: SV POSITION Z
R - label 073: SV POSITION Z FINE
R - label 074: UTC MEASURE TIME
R - label 076: GPS ALTITUDE (MSL)
R - label 101: GPS HDOP
R - label 102: GPS VDOP
R - label 103: GPS TRACK ANGLE
R - label 110: GPS LATITUDE
R - label 111: GPS LONGITUDE
R - label 112: GPS GROUND SPEED
R - label 120: GPS LATITUDE FINE
R - label 121: GPS LONGITUDE FINE
R - label 125: GPS UTC BCD
R - label 130: GPS HORIZONTAL INTEGRITY LIMIT
R - label 136: GPS VERTICAL FOM
R - label 140: GPS UTC FINE
R
EFF :
001-009, 011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 5
May 01/08
VOI
R - label 141: GPS UTC FINE FRACTIONS
R - label 143: TERMINAL AREA HIL
R - label 150: GPS UTC BIN
R - label 162: DESTINATION ETA
R - label 163: ALT WAYPOINT ETA
R - label 165: GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY
R - label 166: GPS N/S VELOCITY
R - label 174: GPS E/W VELOCITY
R - label 247: GPS HORIZONTAL FOM
R - label 260: GPS DATE
R - label 273: GPS SENSOR STATUS
R - label 343: DESTINATION HIL
R - label 347: ALT WAYPOINT HIL
R - label 377: EQUIPMENT IDENT
R (2) Analog inputs
R The IR portion is provided with analog inputs for power supply
R purposes.
R For more details Ref. 34-12-00.
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(e) GPS inputs
The IR portion is provided with two ARINC 429 high speed buses
from the GPS portion of the Multi-Mode Receivers (MMRs).
These buses transmit the following data words:
- label 057: USER RANGE ACCURACY
- label 060: MEASUREMENT STATUS
- label 061: PSEUDO RANGE
- label 062: PSEUDO RANGE FINE
- label 063: RANGE RATE
- label 064: DELTA RANGE
- label 065: SV POSITION X
- label 066: SV POSITION X FINE
- label 070: SV POSITION Y
- label 071: SV POSITION Y FINE
- label 072: SV POSITION Z
- label 073: SV POSITION Z FINE
- label 074: UTC MEASURE TIME
- label 076: GPS ALTITUDE (MSL)
- label 101: GPS HDOP
- label 102: GPS VDOP
- label 103: GPS TRACK ANGLE
- label 110: GPS LATITUDE
- label 111: GPS LONGITUDE
- label 112: GPS GROUND SPEED
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 6
May 01/08
VOI
- label 120: GPS LATITUDE FINE
- label 121: GPS LONGITUDE FINE
- label 125: GPS UTC BCD
- label 126: SAT DE-SELECT 1
- label 127: SAT DE-SELECT 2
- label 130: GPS HORIZONTAL INTEGRITY LIMIT
- label 136: GPS VERTICAL FOM
- label 140: GPS UTC FINE
- label 141: GPS UTC FINE FRACTIONS
- label 143: TERMINAL AREA HIL
- label 144: APPROACH AREA HIL
- label 150: GPS UTC BIN
- label 162: DESTINATION ETA
- label 163: ALT WAYPOINT ETA
- label 165: GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY
- label 166: GPS N/S VELOCITY
- label 174: GPS E/W VELOCITY
- label 226: GPS DATA LOADER
- label 247: GPS HORIZONTAL FOM
- label 260: GPS DATE
- label 273: GPS SENSOR STATUS
- label 343: DESTINATION HIL
- label 347: ALT WAYPOINT HIL
- label 377: EQUIPMENT IDENT
(2) Analog inputs
The IR portion is provided with analog inputs for power supply and
GPS/IRS synchronization purposes (Time Mark).
For more details Ref. 34-12-00.
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 7
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-009,
R (3) Discrete inputs
R The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R | INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
R | | | DEFINITION |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
R | Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
R | SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
R | SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
R | CDU ON/OFF | Open/GND |Not displayed/displayed|
R | IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
R | IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
R | Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
R | Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
R | MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Standard/expended model|
R | GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
R | GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
R | GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
R | | |Reserved priority |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs
R (a) Mounting positions 1 and 2
R These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
R orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
R and lateral axis of the aircraft.
R Table 2 below gives the unit position in function of the discrete
R selection.
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 8
May 01/08
VOI
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R | Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
R | Position 1 | Position 2 | |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R | Open * | Open * | FWD * |
R | Ground | Open | AFT |
R | Open | Ground | RIGHT |
R | Ground | Ground | LEFT |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes
R * The discretes are wired in FWD position.
R (b) IR mode select
R The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
R the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:
R ----------------------------------------------
R | M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
R | | | Selector Switch Position |
R |--------------------------------------------|
R | Open | Open | OFF |
R | Ground | Open | NAV |
R | Open | Ground | ATT |
R ----------------------------------------------
R Table 3 : IR Mode Select
R (4) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 010-010,
(3) Discrete inputs
The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
| SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
| CDU ON/OFF | Open/GND |Not displayed/displayed|
| IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
| Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 9
May 01/08
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
| | | DEFINITION |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
| IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
| MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Reserved/expended model|
| GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
| GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
| | |Reserved priority |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs
(a) Mounting positions 1 and 2
These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
and lateral axis of the aircraft.
Table 2 below gives the unit position in function of the discrete
selection.
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
| Position 1 | Position 2 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
| Open * | Open * | FWD * |
| Ground | Open | AFT |
| Open | Ground | RIGHT |
| Ground | Ground | LEFT |
---------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes
* The discretes are wired in FWD position.
(b) IR mode select
The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:
R
EFF :
010-010, 34-14-00
Page 10
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------
| M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
| | | Selector Switch Position |
|--------------------------------------------|
| Open | Open | OFF |
| Ground | Open | NAV |
| Open | Ground | ATT |
----------------------------------------------
Table 3 : IR Mode Select
R (4) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (3) Discrete inputs
R The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R | INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
R | | | DEFINITION |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
R | Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
R | SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
R | SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
R | IR OFF | Open/GND |Momentary action |
R | IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
R | IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
R | Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
R | Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
R | MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Reserved/expended model|
R | GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
R | GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
R | GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
R | | |Reserved priority |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 11
May 01/08
VOI
R (a) Mounting positions 1 and 2
R These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
R orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
R and lateral axes of the aircraft.
R Table 2 below gives the unit position according to discrete
R selection.
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R | Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
R | Position 1 | Position 2 | |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R | Open * | Open * | FWD * |
R | Ground | Open | AFT |
R | Open | Ground | RIGHT |
R | Ground | Ground | LEFT |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes
R * The discretes are wired in FWD position.
R (b) IR mode select
R The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
R the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:
R ----------------------------------------------
R | M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
R | | | Selector Switch Position |
R |--------------------------------------------|
R | Open | Open | OFF |
R | Ground | Open | NAV |
R | Open | Ground | ATT |
R ----------------------------------------------
R Table 3 : IR Mode Select
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 12
May 01/08
VOI
R (4) Discrete inputs
R The IR portion is provided with the following discrete inputs:
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R | INPUT SIGNAL | INPUT | INPUT |
R | | | DEFINITION |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Mounting position 1 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
R | Mounting position 2 | Open/GND | see table 2 |
R | SDI MSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
R | SDI LSB (Middle insert) | Open/GND | 0/1 |
R | IR mode select M1 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
R | IR mode select M2 | Open/GND | see table 3 |
R | Auto ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
R | Manual ADR.DADS select | Open/GND | see table 4 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 1/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 2/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 4/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 8/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 16/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 32/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code 64/0 |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | Aircraft Ident Code Parity |Open/A.I. Com| 0/1 |
R | IR remote test | Open/GND | No test/test |
R | MAGVAR select | Open/GND |Reserved/expended model|
R | GPS sensor 1 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
R | GPS sensor 2 present | Open/GND | GND = present |
R | GPS priority select | Open/GND |Normal priority/ |
R | | |Reserved priority |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 1 : IR Discrete Inputs
R (a) Mounting positions 1 and 2
R These discrete inputs are used to indicate to the IR the
R orientation of the unit. It is needed to know the longitudinal
R and lateral axes of the aircraft.
R Table 2 below gives the unit position according to discrete
R selection.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 13
May 01/08
VOI
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R | Mounting | Mounting | Connector Position/Aircraft |
R | Position 1 | Position 2 | |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R | Open * | Open * | FWD * |
R | Ground | Open | AFT |
R | Open | Ground | RIGHT |
R | Ground | Ground | LEFT |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------
R Table 2 : Mounting Position Discretes
R * The discretes are wired in FWD position.
R (b) IR mode select
R The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know the position of
R the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch as follows:
R ----------------------------------------------
R | M1 | M2 | OFF/NAV/ATT |
R | | | Selector Switch Position |
R |--------------------------------------------|
R | Open | Open | OFF |
R | Ground | Open | NAV |
R | Open | Ground | ATT |
R ----------------------------------------------
R Table 3 : IR Mode Select
**ON A/C ALL
(c) ADR DADS select
The IR portion uses these discrete inputs to know which air data
source to use:
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Auto | Manual | IR Selection |
| ADR DADS | ADR DADS | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Open | Open | The IR uses the air data received |
| | | on port 1 |
|-------------|----------------|-----------------------------------|
| Open | Ground | The IR uses the air data received |
| | | on port 2 |
|-------------|----------------|-----------------------------------|
| Ground * | Open | The IR goes automatically from one|
| | | air data source to the others |
| | | according to their validity and |
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 14
May 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| Auto | Manual | IR Selection |
| ADR DADS | ADR DADS | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | priority. * |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 4 : ADR DADS Select
* The discretes are wired in the automatic ADR selection mode
with the following priority:
1: its own ADR unit
2: ADR received on port 1
3: ADR received on port 2.
(d) SDI program pins
These discretes code the installation side of the ADIRU.
The following table gives the IR side according to the SDI.
--------------------------------------------
| SDI-MSB | SDI-LSB | ADIRU NUMBER |
--------------------------------------------
| OPEN | GROUND | 1 |
| GROUND | OPEN | 2 |
| GROUND | GROUND | 3 |
--------------------------------------------
Table 5 : IR SDI Code
**ON A/C 001-009,
(e) IR remote test
The IR portion uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
In normal operation this discrete is open (unused) but can be
also activated via the CFDIU on ground (Ref. 34-18-00).
(f) CFDS message select
On the A/C, this discrete is open.
(g) GPS present
These discretes are used to activate GPS/IRS hybridization
(computation, BITE function).
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 15
May 01/08
R
VOI
(h) GPS priority select
The GPIRS function uses this discrete to modify the GPS priority.
Each ADIRU receives data from the two GPS portions of the MMRs on
the primary and secondary inputs.
For each ADIRU, the primary and secondary GPS inputs are defined
as follows:
---------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | PRIMARY | SECONDARY |
| SDI | INPUT | INPUT |
---------------------------------------------
| 1 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
| 2 | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) |
| 3 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
---------------------------------------------
Depending on the GPS validity and GPS priority select input
discrete status, the GPS source is defined as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| PRIORITY | PRIMARY | SECONDARY | GPSSU SOURCE |
| STATUS | GPSSU | GPSSU |-----------------------------------
| | | | GPS PRIORITY | GPS PRIORITY |
| | | | SELECT = OPEN | SELECT = GROUND |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | Valid | Valid | Primary | Secondary |
| 2 | Valid | Fail | Primary | Primary |
| 3 | Fail | Valid | Secondary | Secondary |
| 4 | Fail | Fail | Primary | Secondary |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(e) IR remote test
The IR portion uses one discrete to select the remote test by
external control.
When this discrete is open, the test is not activated.
When this discrete is grounded, the test is activated.
On the A/C, this discrete is opened.
In normal operation this discrete is open (unused) but can be
also activated via the CFDIU on ground (Ref. 34-18-00).
(f) CFDS message select
On the A/C, this discrete is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 16
May 01/08
VOI
(g) GPS present
These discretes are used to activate GPS/IRS hybridization
(computation, BITE function).
(h) GPS priority select
The GPIRS function uses this discrete to modify the GPS priority.
Each ADIRU receives data from the two GPS portions of the MMRs on
the primary and secondary inputs.
For each ADIRU, the primary and secondary GPS inputs are defined
as follows:
---------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | PRIMARY | SECONDARY |
| SDI | INPUT | INPUT |
---------------------------------------------
| 1 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
| 2 | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) |
| 3 | GPSSU 1 (MMR 1) | GPSSU 2 (MMR 2) |
---------------------------------------------
Depending on the GPS validity and GPS priority select input
discrete status, the GPS source is defined as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| PRIORITY | PRIMARY | SECONDARY | GPSSU SOURCE |
| STATUS | GPSSU | GPSSU |-----------------------------------
| | | | GPS PRIORITY | GPS PRIORITY |
| | | | SELECT = OPEN | SELECT = GROUND |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | Valid | Valid | Primary | Secondary |
| 2 | Valid | Fail | Primary | Primary |
| 3 | Fail | Valid | Secondary | Secondary |
| 4 | Fail | Fail | Primary | Secondary |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-100,
C. Software Computation
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 17
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRU - IR Block Diagram
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 18
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 011-100,
R (Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C 001-100,
The software contains the program memory and provides the following basic
functions:
- real-time executive
- attitude integration
- velocity integration
- position integration
- output computation
- built-in test (Ref. 34-18-00).
The IR software operates in one of three basic modes: alignment,
navigation, or a reversionary attitude mode. These modes include various
portions of the major functions. The real-time executive and built-in
test functions interface with each function in each mode.
(1) Alignment mode
The alignment is the initialization mode for the IR. Its primary
function is to initialize the attitude, velocity and position
integration functions implemented in the navigation mode. This mode
operates on the ground only.
The IR alignment mode is divided into three parts:
- coarse level processing
The coarse level processing is engaged during the first 30 seconds
of the IR alignment mode. This processing estimates the local
vertical using the three accelerometers and the measured gravity.
During coarse level processing of the alignment mode, the software
computes the level coordinate frame, pitch and roll, and associated
rates and accelerations.
- gyro-compass (or azimuth) processing and level processing
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-14-00
Page 19
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRU - IR Block Diagram
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 20
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRU - IR Signal Flow Diagram
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 21
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRU - IR Signal Flow Diagram
R Figure 002A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 22
May 01/08
VOI
Gyro-compass processing is engaged after the 30 seconds of the IR
alignment mode (coarse level complete) and runs for a minimum of
9.5 minutes.
Gyro-compass processing is used to orient body frame to North
(using earth rotation detection by gyros).
During this alignment submode, an estimated latitude is computed
using local vertical component of the earth rotation.
During this submode, the results of the coarse level processing are
sharpened to have a better knowledge of the coordinate frame.
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R C. Software Computation
R (Ref. Fig. 001A, 002A)
R The software contains the program memory and provides the following basic
R functions:
R - real-time executive
R - attitude integration
R - velocity integration
R - position integration
R - output computation
R - built-in test (Ref. 34-18-00).
R The IR software operates in one of three basic modes: alignment,
R navigation, or a reversionary attitude mode. These modes include various
R portions of the major functions. The real-time executive and built-in
R test functions interface with each function in each mode.
R (1) Alignment mode
R The alignment is the initialization mode for the IR. Its primary
R function is to initialize the attitude, velocity and position
R integration functions implemented in the navigation mode. This mode
R operates on the ground only.
R The IR alignment mode is divided into three parts:
R - coarse level processing
R The coarse level processing is engaged during the first 30 seconds
R of the IR alignment mode. This processing estimates the local
R vertical using the three accelerometers and the measured gravity.
R During coarse level processing of the alignment mode, the software
R computes the level coordinate frame, pitch and roll, and associated
R rates and accelerations.
R - gyro-compass (or azimuth) processing and level processing
R Gyro-compass processing is engaged after the 30 seconds of the IR
R alignment mode (coarse level complete) and run for a minimum of 5
R minutes. The ADIRU alignment time will be reduced from 10 minutes
R fixed alignment time to a variable time based on aircraft latitude.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 23
May 01/08
VOI
R Gyro-compass processing is used to orient body frame to North
R (using earth rotation detection by gyros).
R During this alignment submode, an estimated latitude is computed
R using local vertical component of the earth rotation.
R During this submode, the results of the coarse level processing are
R sharpened to have a better knowledge of the coordinate frame.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
- position entry data processing
This position initialization can take place in coarse level
processing or gyro-compass processing.
The latitude and longitude pair processed for position
initialization is received from the same source (FMGC 1, FMGC 2 or
CDU).
As soon as a valid position initialization pair is received, the
software performs a BITE test to check if the entered latitude and
longitude are within the following limits versus the position
recorded at the end of the last power- up cycle:
Abs val( lat entered - lat recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg.
Abs val( long entered - long recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg
(Ref. 34-18-00).
A second BITE test is performed on the entered latitude when an
estimated latitude is available during the gyro-compass processing:
Abs val(cos (lat est) - cos (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.
Abs val(sin (lat est) - sin (lat ent)) less than or equal to
0.01234.
The alignment is completed after 10 minutes if a valid position
data has been received and verified by the IR.
If not, the automatic sequencing to the NAV mode will be delayed
(up to 1 minute) after position data is received.
The operations to enter position and the warnings associated to the
tests performed in alignment mode are described in para. 3
(operation/control and indicating).
The IR also offers the possibility to enter into a variant of the
alignment mode called rapid realign or 30-second realign. This
mode is selected by moving the CDU selector switch from NAV to OFF,
then to NAV within five seconds, when the aircraft is on ground
(ground speed less than 20 knots). Valid position data must be
R
EFF :
001-010, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 24
May 01/08
VOI
received. During the rapid realign mode, all computed velocities
are set to zero and a fine tuning of the alignment is performed
using the attitude reference vertical and the heading data
available from the last NAV phase as initial conditions.
During the alignment mode, the IR outputs on the ARINC 429 bus may
not be available. Position initialization of the ADIRU is
transmitted to the MMR for its own initialization. In addition to
this position, the MMR requires initialization data of date and
UTC. The IR portion receives date and UTC from the CMC and
transmits the data to the MMRs. The chronology of the validation
of the outputs during the alignment is given in para. 2-D (IR
output data).
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 25
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100,
R - position entry data processing
R This position initialization can take place in coarse level
R processing or gyro-compass processing.
R The latitude and longitude pair processed for position
R initialization is received from the same source (FMGC 1 or FMGC 2).
R As soon as a valid position initialization pair is received, the
R software performs a BITE test to check if the entered latitude and
R longitude are within the following limits versus the position
R recorded at the end of the last power- up cycle:
R
R Abs val( lat entered - lat recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg.
R
R Abs val( long entered - long recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg
R (Ref. 34-18-00).
R
R A second BITE test is performed on the entered latitude when an
R estimated latitude is available during the gyro-compass processing:
R
R Abs val(cos (lat est) - cos (lat ent)) less than or equal to
R 0.01234.
R
R Abs val(sin (lat est) - sin (lat ent)) less than or equal to
R 0.01234.
R
R The alignment is completed after 10 minutes if a valid position
R data has been received and verified by the IR.
R If not, the automatic sequencing to the NAV mode will be delayed
R (up to 1 minute) after position data is received.
R The operations to enter position and the warnings associated to the
R tests performed in alignment mode are described in para. 3
R (operation/control and indicating).
R The IR also offers the possibility to enter into a variant of the
R alignment mode called rapid realign or 30-second realign. This
R mode is selected by moving the MSU selector switch from NAV to OFF,
R then to NAV within five seconds, when the aircraft is on ground
R (ground speed less than 20 knots). Valid position data must be
R received. During the rapid realign mode, all computed velocities
R are set to zero and a fine tuning of the alignment is performed
R using the attitude reference vertical and the heading data
R available from the last NAV phase as initial conditions.
R During the alignment mode, the IR outputs on the ARINC 429 bus may
R not be available. Position initialization of the ADIRU is
R transmitted to the MMR for its own initialization. In addition to
R this position, the MMR requires initialization data of date and
R
EFF :
011-100, 34-14-00
Page 26
May 01/08
VOI
R UTC. The IR portion receives date and UTC from the CMC and
R transmits the data to the MMRs. The chronology of the validation
R of the outputs during the alignment is given in para. 2-D (IR
R output data).
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R - position entry data processing
R This position initialization can take place in coarse level
R processing or gyro-compass processing.
R The latitude and longitude pair processed for position
R initialization is received from the same source (FMGC 1, FMGC 2,
R GPSSU1/MMR1 or GPSSU2/MMR2).
R .If a GPS position data is available and if there is no pilot
R entry, the GPS data is used to perform the alignment.
R .If a GPS position data is available and if there is a pilot entry,
R the pilot entry is compared with the GPS position. The
R discrepancies between the two latitudes and the two longitudes must
R be within 5Nm. If the discrepancies exceed 5Nm, the ALIGN
R annunciator flashes.
R . If no GPS position data is available, the software performs a
R BITE test to check if the entered latitude and longitude are within
R the following limits versus the position recorded at the end of the
R last power-up cycle:
R
R Abs val( lat entered - lat recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg.
R
R Abs val( long entered - long recorded ) less than or equal to 1 deg
R (Ref. 34-18-00).
R
R A second BITE test is performed on the entered latitude when an
R estimated latitude is available during the gyro-compass processing:
R
R Abs val(cos (lat est) - cos (lat ent)) less than or equal to
R 0.01234.
R
R Abs val(sin (lat est) - sin (lat ent)) less than or equal to
R 0.01234.
R
R The alignment is completed if a valid position data has been
R received and verified by the IR.
R The typical alignment time will be calculated for a given latitude
R as follows:
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 27
May 01/08
VOI
R ABS (5.0 minutes/cosine (latitude)) for latitudes between 60S and 60N
R 10.0 minutes at a latitude more than or equal to 73.0S and less than 60S
R 10.0 minutes at a latitude more than 60N and less than or equal to 73.0N
R 17 minutes at latitude less than 73.0S
R 17 minutes at latitude more than 73.0N
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R If not, the automatic sequencing to the NAV mode will be delayed
R (up to 1 minute) after position data is received.
R The operations to enter position and the warnings associated to the
R tests performed in alignment mode are described in para. 3
R (operation/control and indicating).
R The IR also offers the possibility to enter into a variant of the
R alignment mode called rapid realign or 30-second realign. This
R mode is selected by moving the MSU selector switch from NAV to OFF,
R then to NAV within five seconds, when the aircraft is on ground
R (ground speed less than 20 knots). Valid position data must be
R received. During the rapid realign mode, all computed velocities
R are set to zero and a fine tuning of the alignment is performed
R using the attitude reference vertical and the heading data
R available from the last NAV phase as initial conditions.
R During the alignment mode, the IR outputs on the ARINC 429 bus may
R not be available. Position initialization of the ADIRU is
R transmitted to the MMR for its own initialization. In addition to
R this position, the MMR requires initialization data of date and
R UTC. The IR portion receives date and UTC from the CMC and
R transmits the data to the MMRs. The chronology of the validation
R of the outputs during the alignment is given in para. 2-D (IR
R output data).
**ON A/C 001-009,
(2) Navigation (NAV) mode
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
The NAV mode is the primary operating mode for the IR and is
implemented in software as unaided strapdown inertial navigation
computation. The basic operating elements consist of three
integration functions (attitude, velocity and position) driven by
input gyro and accelerometer strapdown sensor data.
The equations used to compute the main parameters are the following:
- body pitch, roll, yaw rates (labels 326, 327, 330):
they are representative of the aircraft body rotations relative to
the aircraft body axes and are directly measured by the laser
gyros.
R
EFF :
001-009, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 28
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRU - Alignment Time in North Hemisphere
R Figure 003
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-14-00
Page 29
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRU - Navigation Mode Functions
R Figure 004
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 30
May 01/08
VOI
- body longitudinal, lateral, normal accelerations (labels 331, 332,
333):
they are directly measured by the accelerometers but with the
gravity effect substracted to have 0g on the normal acceleration
when in level.
- pitch and roll attitude rate (labels 336, 337)
Pitch Att rate = Q. cos (Ra) - R. sin (Ra)
Q. sin (Ra) + R. cos (Ra)
Roll Att rate = P + -------------------------
cos (Pa)/sin (Pa)
where : Ra = Roll angle
Pa = Pitch angle
P = Body roll rate
Q = Body pitch rate
R = Body yaw rate
- flight path angle (label 322) = angle between the aircraft velocity
vector and the horizontal plane
(VZ)
FPA = Arc tan (--)
(VG)
where : VZ = inertial vertical speed (label 365)
VG = ground speed (label 312)
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 31
May 01/08
R
VOI
- flight path acceleration (label 323) = aircraft acceleration along
the total velocity vector
Vx.Ax + Vy.Ay + Vz.Az
Flt Path Accel = ---------------------
______________
/ 2 2 2
V Vx + Vy + Vz
where : Ax, Ay, Az, Vx, Vy, Vz: accelerations and velocities in the
earth frame.
- wind speed and direction computation (labels 315 and 316)
___________________
/ 2 2
Wind speed = V Vwind N + Vwind E
(Vwind E)
Wind direction = Arc tan (-------) + 180 deg.
(Vwind N)
Vwind E = Veast - cos (Pa). sin (Hdg). TAS
Vwind N = Vnorth - cos (Pa). cos (Hdg). TAS
where : Veast = east velocity = label 367
Vnorth = north velocity = label 366
Pa = pitch angle = label 324
Hdg = heading = label 314
TAS = true airspeed.
The TAS is received from the ADR. The ADR source to be used is
selected according to the configuration of the discretes described
in para. 2.B.(3)(d). The IR does not compute the wind if the TAS is
less than 100 knots or if the air data sources are no more
available. In this case, the wind labels are sent with their status
matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).
- Inertial vertical speed and inertial altitude computation (labels
365 and 361)
The IR software contains a baro-inertial loop to compute the
Inertial Vertical Speed and Inertial Altitude. This loop permits to
take advantage of the different qualities of the inertial and air
data systems. The IR brings its better behaviour in dynamic
maneuvers while the ADR brings its stability in time (no drift of
the outputs like in IR). The principle of the baro-inertial loop is
given in: the figure
R (Ref. Fig. 005)
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 32
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Baro Inertial Altitude Filter
R Figure 005
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 33
May 01/08
VOI
The ADR source to be used is selected according to the
configuration of the discretes described in para. 2.B.(3)(d). When
no ADR source is available, the labels 361 and 365 are sent with
their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).
- Magnetic deviation computation
The principle of the inertial system is based on geographic
referenced measurements and computation. To create the labels which
are magnetic referenced (magnetic heading, magnetic track angle ;
labels 320, 317) the IR computes a magnetic variation which is
added to the true values (labels 314, 313).
The magnetic variation is computed as a function of the present
position (latitude and longitude) within the range of 73⁰N to 60⁰S.
The magnetic variation at any given point is calculated by using
four grid intersection data values and a two-dimensional linear
interpolation. The grid data comes from the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration and must be updated every 10 years in
order to meet the accuracy requirements.
The computation and display of navigation data by the FMGS and the
EIS are in magnetic references (using magnetic referenced labels
from the IR).
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(2) Navigation (NAV) mode
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
The NAV mode is the primary operating mode for the IR and is
implemented in software as unaided strapdown inertial navigation
computation. The basic operating elements consist of three
integration functions (attitude, velocity and position) driven by
input gyro and accelerometer strapdown sensor data.
The equations used to compute the main parameters are the following:
- body pitch, roll, yaw rates (labels 326, 327, 330):
they are representative of the aircraft body rotations relative to
the aircraft body axes and are directly measured by the laser
gyros.
- body longitudinal, lateral, normal accelerations (labels 331, 332,
333):
they are directly measured by the accelerometers but with the
gravity effect substracted to have 0g on the normal acceleration
when in level.
- pitch and roll attitude rate (labels 336, 337)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 34
May 01/08
VOI
Pitch Att rate = Q. cos (Ra) - R. sin (Ra)
Q. sin (Ra) + R. cos (Ra)
Roll Att rate = P + -------------------------
cos (Pa)/sin (Pa)
where : Ra = Roll angle
Pa = Pitch angle
P = Body roll rate
Q = Body pitch rate
R = Body yaw rate
- flight path angle (label 322) = angle between the aircraft velocity
vector and the horizontal plane
(VZ)
FPA = Arc tan (--)
(VG)
where : VZ = inertial vertical speed (label 365)
VG = ground speed (label 312)
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 35
May 01/08
VOI
- flight path acceleration (label 323) = aircraft acceleration along
the total velocity vector
Vx.Ax + Vy.Ay + Vz.Az
Flt Path Accel = ---------------------
______________
/ 2 2 2
V Vx + Vy + Vz
where : Ax, Ay, Az, Vx, Vy, Vz: accelerations and velocities in the
earth frame.
- wind speed and direction computation (labels 315 and 316)
___________________
/ 2 2
Wind speed = V Vwind N + Vwind E
(Vwind E)
Wind direction = Arc tan (-------) + 180 deg.
(Vwind N)
Vwind E = Veast - cos (Pa). sin (Hdg). TAS
Vwind N = Vnorth - cos (Pa). cos (Hdg). TAS
where : Veast = east velocity = label 367
Vnorth = north velocity = label 366
Pa = pitch angle = label 324
Hdg = heading = label 314
TAS = true airspeed.
The TAS is received from the ADR. The ADR source to be used is
selected according to the configuration of the discretes described
in para. 2.B.(3)(d). The IR does not compute the wind if the TAS is
less than 100 knots or if the air data sources are no more
available. In this case, the wind labels are sent with their status
matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).
- inertial vertical speed and inertial altitude computation (labels
365 and 361)
The IR software contains a baro-inertial loop to compute the
Inertial Vertical Speed and Inertial Altitude. This loop permits to
take advantage of the different qualities of the inertial and air
data systems. The IR brings its better behaviour in dynamic
maneuvers while the ADR brings its stability in time (no drift of
the outputs like in IR). The principle of the baro-inertial loop is
given in: the figure
R (Ref. Fig. 005)
The ADR source to be used is selected according to the
configuration of the discretes described in para. 2.B.(3)(d). When
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 36
May 01/08
VOI
no ADR source is available, the labels 361 and 365 are sent with
their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data).
- magnetic deviation computation
The principle of the inertial system is based on geographic
referenced measurements and computation. To create the labels which
are magnetic referenced (magnetic heading, magnetic track angle ;
labels 320, 317) the IR computes a magnetic variation which is
added to the true values (labels 314, 313).
The magnetic variation is computed as a function of the present
position (latitude and longitude) within the range of 73⁰N to 60⁰S
excluding the magnetic polar region (latitude exceeds 73⁰N and
longitude between 120⁰W and 90⁰W). The magnetic variation at any
given point is calculated by using four grid intersection data
values and a two-dimensional linear interpolation. The grid data
comes from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and
must be updated every 10 years in order to meet the accuracy
requirements.
The computation and display of navigation data by the FMGS and the
EIS are in magnetic references (using magnetic referenced labels
from the IR).
**ON A/C ALL
- GPS/IRS hybridization computation
At the end of GPIR NAV mode ground align processing, an 18-state
PR/DR (Pseudo Range / Delta Range) mechanized Kalman filter is
engaged to estimate the system error states. The hybrid solution is
then corrected by removing its errors estimated from the Kalman
filter.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(3) Attitude mode
The attitude mode is a reversionary mode which can be activated only
by manual selection of the ATT mode on the CDU.
The mode can be activated on the ground or in flight and is intended
to provide a rapid attitude/heading restart capability if the IR has
experienced total power shutdown or failures which do not disable the
mechanization of the attitude computation. The necessity of selecting
ATT is indicated by the IR on its action code (label 350 - code 04 =
select ATT) and this data is used by the FWC to display a message on
the ECAM displays.
On the CDU, the STS-SELECT ATT indication comes into view if the
DISPLAY/DATA selector switch is in STS (status) position.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 37
May 01/08
VOI
This mode needs a 20-second initialization phase with the aircraft in
level flight. During this phase, all the ARINC bus outputs are sent
with their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data). At the end of
the initialization phase the IR sends valid outputs of:
- body axis accelerations and angular rates
- pitch and roll attitude and rate
- vertical acceleration
- vertical velocity
- baro-inertial altitude and vertical speed (Ref. para. D - IR output
data, list of valid labels).
The magnetic heading may also be valid if an initialization value
has been sent by the FMGC (through the MCDU) or the CDU. (Ref.
para. D - IR output data for the complete list of valid outputs).
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (3) Attitude mode
R The attitude mode is a reversionary mode that can be activated only
R by manual selection of the ATT mode on the MSU.
R The mode can be activated on the ground or in flight and is intended
R to provide a rapid attitude/heading restart capability if the IR has
R experienced total power shutdown or failures which do not disable the
R mechanization of the attitude computation. The necessity of selecting
R ATT is indicated by the IR in its action code (label 350 - code 04 =
R select ATT) and this data is used by the FWC to display a message on
R the ECAM displays.
R This mode needs a 20-second initialization phase with the aircraft in
R level flight. During this phase, all the ARINC bus outputs are sent
R with their status matrix coded NCD (No Computed Data). At the end of
R the initialization phase the IR sends valid outputs of:
R - body axis accelerations and angular rates
R - pitch and roll attitude and rate
R - vertical acceleration
R - vertical velocity
R - baro-inertial altitude and vertical speed (Ref. para. D - IR output
R data, list of valid labels).
R The magnetic heading may also be valid if an initialization value
R has been sent by the FMGC (through the MCDU) (Ref. para. D - IR
R output data for the complete list of valid outputs).
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 38
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C 001-009,
D. IR Output Data
(1) Digital output characteristics
The IRs have 4 independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses, designated bus output 1, 2, 3 and 4
- digital output table:
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI : (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT : unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT : indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS : number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
When the input discretes of THE GPS PRESENT programming pins are
grounded (indicating GPS present), both the GPSSU outputs and the
GPIRS integrated navigation solution outputs are transmitted on the
IR output buses with the IR output data.
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 39
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PPOS LAT |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD |LATP | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 011 |PPOS LONG |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |180E-180W |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 012 |GROUND |W 0 to 2000 |Kts | | 4 |500 |BCD | GS | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 013 |TRK ANGLE |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TRUE |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 014 |MAG HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | MH | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED|W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | WS | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 016 |WIND DIR |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | WD | |
| |TRUE |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 041 |SET LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 042 |SET LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 043 |SET MAG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 40
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |HDG |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 044 |TRUE HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD |THDG | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 052 |PITCH |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 053 |ROLL |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 054 |YAW |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 310 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR | | |
| | |+/- 90 |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00017 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 311 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR |LONP | |
| | |R 0.00017 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 312 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 313 |TRK - TRUE|W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 314 |TRUE HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 41
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 315 |WIND |W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 316 |WIND DIR |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |- TRUE |+/- 180 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 317 |TRK - MAG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 320 |MAG HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |82 N to 60 S| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 321 |DRIFT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | DA | |
| |ANGLE |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 322 |FLIGHT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | FPA | |
| |PATH |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.28 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 323 |FLT PATH |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |FPAC | |
| |ACCEL |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 % of | | | | | | | |
| | |outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 324 |PITCH |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCH | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 42
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 325 |ROLL |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 326 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |PITCH RATE|+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 327 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |ROLL RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 330 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |YAW | |
| |YAW RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 331 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 332 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 333 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 334 |PLATFORM |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 43
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 335 |TRK ANGLE |W +/- 32 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.001 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.17 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 336 |PITCH ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 337 |ROLL ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 340 |TRACK |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| |GRID |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 341 |GRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 360 |POTENTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 | min| | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 361 |INERTIAL |W +/- 131072|ft | 29 | 20 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ALT |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 362 |ALONG TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 363 |CROSS TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 44
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 364 |VERTICAL |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VACC | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 365 |INERTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |IVV | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 |min | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 366 |N - S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 367 |E - W |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 275 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 276 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 277 |IRS TEST | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |WORD | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |CODE | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |IR MAINT | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 45
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | |ISO | | |
| |STAT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | |500 |HEX | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 076 |GPS ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |(MLS) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 101 |HDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 102 |VDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 103 |GPS TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 110 |GPS PRES |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 111 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LONG |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 112 |GPS GROUND|W 0 to 4096 |KTS | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 120 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 121 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LONG |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 125 |GPS UTC |W 23:59.9 |H/ | | 5 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 46
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 130 |GPS INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 1.2 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 131 |HYB INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 132 |HYB TRUE |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 135 |HYB VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 136 |GPS VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 137 |HYB TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 143 |TERMINAL |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| |AREA HIL |R 1.22 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 150 |GPS UTC |W 23:59:59 |H:M | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 1.0 |:S | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 162 |DESTINA- |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION ETA |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 163 |ALT |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
| |ETA | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 165 |GPS VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 166 |GPS N/S |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 174 |GPS E/W |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 47
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 175 |HYB GROUND|W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 247 |GPS HORIZ |W 0 TO 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 254 |HYB LAT |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 255 |HYB LONG |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 256 |HYB LAT |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 257 |HYB LONG |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 260 |GPS DATE |W 31:12:99 |D:M | | 6 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 1 |:D | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 261 |HYB ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 | 40|BNR | | |
| |(MSL) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 263 |HYB FLIGHT|W +/- 90 |DEG | | 12 | 40|BNR | | |
| |PATH ANGLE|R 0.044 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 264 |HYB HORIZ |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-S | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 266 |HYB N/S |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 267 |HYB E/W |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 48
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 273 |GPS SENSOR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 274 |GPIRS | | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |SENSOR | N/A | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 343 |DESTINA- |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 345 |HYB VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 347 |ALT |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 | 333|BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT | | | | | | | | |
| |HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |GPSSU RCVR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 353 |GPIRS | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT WORD| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 355 |GPSSU NAV | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7A :IR Digital Output Characteristics
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 49
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - | |
| 2 | 0 | | |
| 3 | 1 | | |
| 4 | 1 | LABEL 270 | |
| 5 | 1 | | |
| 6 | 0 | | |
| 7 | 0 | | |
| 8 | 0 - | |
| 9 | SDI - LSB | |
| 10 | SDI - MSB | |
| 11 | Alignment Not Ready| In Align Submode |
| 12 | Rev Att Mode | In Attitude Mode |
| 13 | Nav Mode | In Nav Mode |
| 14 | Valid Set Heading | A valid set heading has to be input to the |
| | | IR. Magnetic heading outputs are no longer |
| | | being computed, but have the characteristics |
| | | of a Free Direction Gyro. |
| 15 | Attitude Invalid | Attitude Critical Fault |
| 16 | DC Fail | DC Power Less Than 18V |
| 17 | On DC | On DC Power |
| 18 | ADR Fault | The IR has detected an ADR input (TAS, ALT |
| | | and ALT RATE) as FW or NCD. Note functional |
| | | test data is ignored by the IR and last valid |
| | | input is used. |
| 19 | IR Failure | Navigation (Non Critical) Fault |
| 20 | DC Fail - On DC | The IR has detected that a DC fail occurred |
| | | while on DC from last turn on. |
| 21 | Align Fault | The IR has detected a position miscompare |
| | | or a Quality of Align fault. |
| 22 | No IR Initial | IR does not have position data or data |
| | | received is invalid. |
| 23 | Excess Motion Error| X or Y velocity greater than 0.011 ft/s |
| | | during align. |
| 24 | ADR/IR Fault | No data has been received from the ADR or |
| | | was received with a parity error. |
| 25 | Extreme Latitude | Latitude exceeds 73⁰N (+/-0.5⁰ hysteresis) |
| | | or Latitude exceeds 60⁰S (+/-0.5⁰ hysteresis).|
| | | Magnetic Deviation is set to zero. |
| 26 | Align Time Status | Bits 28 27 26 Time Until Nav |
| 27 | | 1 1 1 7 - 10 minutes |
| 28 | | 1 1 0 6 minutes |
| | | 1 0 1 5 minutes |
| | | 1 0 0 4 minutes |
| | | 0 1 1 3 minutes |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 50
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| | | 0 1 0 2 minutes |
| | | 0 0 1 1 minute |
| | | 0 0 0 IN NAV MODE ONLY |
| 29 | COMPUT LAT MISCOMP | SIN/COS OF LATITUDE TEST FAILED |
| 30 | SSM | |
| 31 | SSM | |
| 32 | Parity | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 270 (IR Discretes)
R (Ref. Fig. 006, 007, 008)
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
D. IR, GPS, and GPIRS Output Data
(1) Digital output characteristics
The IRs have 4 independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses, designated bus output 1, 2, 3 and 4
- digital output table:
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI : (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT : unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT : indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS : number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds.
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code.
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 51
May 01/08
VOI
Digital Word 275 IR Discrete 2
R Figure 006
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 52
May 01/08
VOI
Digital Word 276 IR Discrete 3
R Figure 007
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 53
May 01/08
VOI
Digital Word 351 IR Maintenance
R Figure 008
R
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 54
May 01/08
VOI
When the input discretes of THE GPS PRESENT programming pins are
grounded (indicating GPS present), both the MMR outputs and the
GPIRS integrated navigation solution outputs are transmitted on the
IR output buses with the IR output data.
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 55
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 010 |PPOS LAT |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD |LATP | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 011 |PPOS LONG |W |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |180E-180W |& | | | | | | |
| | |0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 012 |GROUND |W 0 to 2000 |Kts | | 4 |500 |BCD | GS | |
| |SPEED |0 to 1000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 013 |TRK ANGLE |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
| |TRUE |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 014 |MAG HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | MH | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 015 |WIND SPEED|W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 3 |500 |BCD | WS | |
| | |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 9 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 016 |WIND DIR |W 0 to 359 |Deg | | 3 |500 |BCD | WD | |
| |TRUE |R 1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 041 |SET LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |90S-90N |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.1 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 042 |SET LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | | 6 |500 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 043 |SET MAG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 56
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |HDG |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 044 |TRUE HDG |W 0 to 359.9|Deg | | 4 |500 |BCD |THDG | |
| | |R 0.1 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 052 |PITCH |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 053 |ROLL |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 054 |YAW |W +/- 64 |Deg/| | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |ANGULAR |R 0.002 |sec2| | | | | | |
| |ACCEL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 310 |PPOS LAT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR | | |
| | |+/- 90 |& | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00017 |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 311 |PPOS LONG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 20 |200 |BNR |LONP | |
| | |R 0.00017 |& | | | | | | |
| | | |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 312 |GROUND |W 0 to 4096 |Kts | | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 313 |TRK - TRUE|W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 314 |TRUE HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 57
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 315 |WIND |W 0 to 256 |Kts | | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |0 to 100 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0078 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 316 |WIND DIR |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |- TRUE |+/- 180 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 317 |TRK - MAG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 320 |MAG HDG |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| | |82 N to 60 S| | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 321 |DRIFT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | DA | |
| |ANGLE |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 2.3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 322 |FLIGHT |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | FPA | |
| |PATH |+/- 90 | | | | | | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.28 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 323 |FLT PATH |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |FPAC | |
| |ACCEL |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 10 % of | | | | | | | |
| | |outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 324 |PITCH |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCH | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 58
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 325 |ROLL |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to + 90 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 326 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |PITCH RATE|+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 327 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |ROLL RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 330 |BODY AXIS |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |YAW | |
| |YAW RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 331 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 332 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 333 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 334 |PLATFORM |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 59
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0.23 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 335 |TRK ANGLE |W +/- 32 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.001 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.17 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 336 |PITCH ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 337 |ROLL ATT |W +/- 128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0.0039 |s | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 340 |TRACK |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| |GRID |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 341 |GRID |W +/- 180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 3 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 360 |POTENTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 | min| | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 361 |INERTIAL |W +/- 131072|ft | 29 | 20 | 40 |BNR | | |
| |ALT |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 362 |ALONG TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 363 |CROSS TRK |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |HORIZ |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 10 % | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 60
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |of outp | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 364 |VERTICAL |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VACC | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4.000 | | | | | | | |
| | |R 0.00012 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 365 |INERTIAL |W +/- 32768 |ft /| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |IVV | |
| |V/S |R 1.0 |min | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 30 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 366 |N - S |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 367 |E - W |W +/- 4096 |Kts | 29 | 15 |100 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 275 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 276 |DSCRT DATA| | | | |500 |DIS | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 277 |IRS TEST | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |WORD | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 350 |ACTION | | | | |500 |HYB | | |
| |CODE | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 351 |IR MAINT | | | | |500 |DIS | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | |ISO | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 61
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | |ISO | | |
| |STAT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | |500 |HEX | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 242 |BODY PITCH|W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PTCR | |
| |RATE |+/-128 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 342 |BODY ROLL |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLR | |
| |RATE |+/-45 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 344 |BODY YAW |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | YAW | |
| |RATE |+/- 45 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0039 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 346 |PITCH ATT |W +/-128 |Deg/| 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR | | |
| |RATE |R 0,0039 |s | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|+/- 0,1 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 173 |PITCH |W +/-180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |PITCH| |
| |ANGLE |-90 to +90 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 202 |ROLL |W +/-180 |Deg | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |ROLL | |
| |ANGLE |-90 to +90 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0055 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,05 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 372 |BODY LONG |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LONG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 62
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 373 |BODY LAT |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |LATG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 374 |BODY NORM |W +/- 4 | g | 29 | 15 | 20 |BNR |VRTG | |
| |ACCEL |+/- 4,000 | | | | | | | |
| |(unfiltrd)|R 0,0001 | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0,01 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 076 |GPS ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |(MLS) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 101 |HDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 102 |VDOP |W 0 to 1024 | | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.031 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 103 |GPS TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 110 |GPS PRES |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 111 |GPS PRES |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LONG |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 112 |GPS GROUND|W 0 to 4096 |KTS | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 120 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |
| |POS-LAT |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 121 |GPS PRES |W +/- |DEG | | 11 |666 |BNR | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 63
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |POS-LONG |0.000172 | | | | | | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 125 |GPS UTC |W 23:59.9 |H/ | | 5 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 0.1 min |min | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 130 |GPS INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 1.2 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 131 |HYB INTEG |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |LIMIT |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 132 |HYB TRUE |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |HEADING |R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 135 |HYB VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 136 |GPS VERT |W 0 to 32768|ft | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 137 |HYB TRACK |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |ANGLE TRUE|R 0.0055 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 143 |TERMINAL |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| |AREA HIL |R 1.22 E-4 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 150 |GPS UTC |W 23:59:59 |H:M | | 17 |666 |BNR | | |
| | |R 1.0 |:S | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 162 |DESTINA- |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION ETA |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 163 |ALT |W 23:59 |H:M | | 11 |333 |BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT |R 1 |M | | | | | | |
| |ETA | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 165 |GPS VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 64
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |SPEED |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 166 |GPS N/S |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 174 |GPS E/W |W +/- 4096 |kts | | 15 |666 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 175 |HYB GROUND|W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |SPEED |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 247 |GPS HORIZ |W 0 TO 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-5 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 254 |HYB LAT |W +/- 90 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 255 |HYB LONG |W +/- 180 |DEG | | 20 |80 |BNR | | |
| | |R 0.000172 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 256 |HYB LAT |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 257 |HYB LONG |W 0.000172 |DEG | | 11 |80 |BNR | | |
| |FINE |R 8.38 E-8 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 260 |GPS DATE |W 31:12:99 |D:M | | 6 |666 |BCD | | |
| | |R 1 |:D | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 261 |HYB ALT |W +/- 131072|ft | | 20 | 40|BNR | | |
| |(MSL) |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 263 |HYB FLIGHT|W +/- 90 |DEG | | 12 | 40|BNR | | |
| |PATH ANGLE|R 0.044 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 264 |HYB HORIZ |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 18 |666 |BNR | | |
| |FOM |R 6.1 E-S | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 65
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 266 |HYB N/S |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 267 |HYB E/W |W 0 TO 4096 |kts | | 15 |80 |BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 0.125 | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 273 |GPS SENSOR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 274 |GPIRS | | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |SENSOR | N/A | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 343 |DESTINA- |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 |333 |BNR | | |
| |TION HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 345 |HYB VERT |W +/- 32768 |ft/ | | 15 | 40|BNR | | |
| |VELOCITY |R 1.0 |mn | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 347 |ALT |W 0 to 16 |NM | | 13 | 333|BNR | | |
| |WAYPOINT | | | | | | | | |
| |HIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 352 |GPSSU RCVR| N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 353 |GPIRS | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT WORD| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 355 |GPSSU NAV | N/A | | | |666 |DIS | | |
| |MAINT | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 7A :IR Digital Output Characteristics
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 66
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - | |
| 2 | 0 | | |
| 3 | 1 | | |
| 4 | 1 | LABEL 270 | |
| 5 | 1 | | |
| 6 | 0 | | |
| 7 | 0 | | |
| 8 | 0 - | |
| 9 | SDI - LSB | |
| 10 | SDI - MSB | |
| 11 | Alignment Not Ready| In Align Submode |
| 12 | Rev Att Mode | In Attitude Mode |
| 13 | Nav Mode | In Nav Mode |
| 14 | Valid Set Heading | A valid set heading has to be input to the |
| | | IR. Magnetic heading outputs are no longer |
| | | being computed, but have the characteristics |
| | | of a Free Direction Gyro. |
| 15 | Attitude Invalid | Attitude Critical Fault |
| 16 | DC Fail | DC Power Less Than 18V |
| 17 | On DC | On DC Power |
| 18 | ADR Fault | The IR has detected an ADR input (TAS, ALT |
| | | and ALT RATE) as FW or NCD. Note functional |
| | | test data is ignored by the IR and last valid |
| | | input is used. |
| 19 | IR Failure | Navigation (Non Critical) Fault |
| 20 | DC Fail - On DC | The IR has detected that a DC fail occurred |
| | | while on DC from last turn on. |
| 21 | Align Fault | The IR has detected a position miscompare |
| | | or a Quality of Align fault. |
| 22 | No IR Initial | IR does not have position data or data |
| | | received is invalid. |
| 23 | Excess Motion Error| X or Y velocity greater than 0.011 ft/s |
| | | during align. |
| 24 | ADR/IR Fault | No data has been received from the ADR or |
| | | was received with a parity error. |
| 25 | Extreme Latitude | Latitude exceeds 73⁰N (+/-0.5⁰ hysteresis) |
| | | while Longitude is between 120⁰W and 90⁰W |
| | | (+/-2.5⁰ hysteresis) or Latitude exceeds |
| | | 82⁰N (+/-0.5⁰ hysteresis) or Latitude |
| | | exceeds 60⁰S (+/-0.5⁰ hysteresis). |
| | | Magnetic Deviation is set to zero. |
| 26 | Align Time Status | Bits 28 27 26 Time Until Nav |
| 27 | | 1 1 1 7 - 10 minutes |
| 28 | | 1 1 0 6 minutes |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 67
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | SIGNAL | 1 CONDITION |
|-----|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
| | | 1 0 1 5 minutes |
| | | 1 0 0 4 minutes |
| | | 0 1 1 3 minutes |
| | | 0 1 0 2 minutes |
| | | 0 0 1 1 minute |
| | | 0 0 0 IN NAV MODE ONLY |
| 29 | COMPUT LAT MISCOMP | SIN/COS OF LATITUDE TEST FAILED |
| 30 | SSM | |
| 31 | SSM | |
| 32 | Parity | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 270 (IR Discretes)
R (Ref. Fig. 006, 007, 008)
R **ON A/C 010-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 009B)
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 68
May 01/08
VOI
IR - BCD and Special Output Words
R Figure 009
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 69
May 01/08
VOI
IR - BCD and Special Output Words
R Figure 009A
R
EFF :
010-010, 34-14-00
Page 70
May 01/08
VOI
R IR - BCD and Special Output Words
R Figure 009B
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 71
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
The data field of the test word 277 (21 bits) alternates between the
four first patterns shown in the following table below, except during
the REALIGN DECISION submode and the POWER OFF submode. During these
submodes the data field shall be as shown in pattern 5.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - |
| 2 | 0 | |
| 3 | 1 | |
| 4 | 1 | LABEL 277 |
| 5 | 1 | |
| 6 | 1 | |
| 7 | 1 | |
| 8 | 1 - |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI |
| 10 | SDI |
|---------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
| |PATTERN 1 |PATTERN 2|PATTERN 3|PATTERN 4| PATTERN 5 |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 11 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | BCD MODE TIMER |
| 12 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | (LSD) |
| 13 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | (REALIGN AND |
| 14 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | POWER OFF) |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------------------------------|
| 15 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | BCD MODE TIMER |
| 16 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | (MSD) |
| 17 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | (REALIGN AND |
| 18 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | POWER OFF) |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------------------------------|
| | | | | | MODE FLAG: |
| 19 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 00 = PWR OFF SUBMODE |
| 20 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 11 = REALIGN DECISION |
| | | | | | SUBMODE |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 21 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 22 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 23 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| 24 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 25 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 26 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 27 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 72
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 28 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 29 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 30 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 31 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|---------|----------|---------|---------|---------|-----------------------|
| 32 | Parity |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 277 (CDU Test Word)
NOTE : Time (seconds) remaining in the POWER OFF submode and the time
____
(seconds) remaining in the REALIGN DECISION submode are
transmitted with the BCD data (bits 11-18).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 | 1 - |
| 2 | 1 | |
| 3 | 1 | |
| 4 | 0 | LABEL 350 |
| 5 | 1 | |
| 6 | 0 | |
| 7 | 0 | |
| 8 | 0 - |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI - LSB |
| 10 | SDI - MSB |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 11 TO 14 | SPARE |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 15 | TIME UNTIL NAV LEAST |
| 16 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
| 17 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
| 18 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 19 | TIME UNTIL NAV MOST |
| 20 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
| 21 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
| 22 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 23 | Action Code (1) Least |
| 24 | Action Code (1) Significant |
| 25 | Action Code (1) Digit |
| 26 | Action Code (1) |
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 73
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT | DEFINITION |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 27 | Action Code (1) Most |
| 28 | Action Code (1) Significant |
| 29 | Action Code (1) Digit |
|----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | Parity |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Word 350 (Action Code)
NOTE : (1) The action codes corresponding to the maintenance messages
____
are listed in the following table.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION CODE | MAINTENANCE MESSAGE | DESCRIPTION |
|-------------|---------------------|-------------------------------------|
| 01 | IR FAULT | Critical failure; Remove ADIRU for |
| | | maintenance |
| 02 | DELAYED MAINT | Non-Critical failure; Service ADIRU |
| | | when convenient |
| 03 | ENTER PPOS | Enter present position |
| 04 | SELECT ATT | Hard failure; Select ATTITUDE MODE |
| 05 | EXCESS MOTION | Excess motion detected during ALIGN |
| 06 | SWITCH ADR | Air Data Reference invalid |
| 07 | CHK C/B | Check circuit breakers |
| 08 | CDU FAULT | Remove CDU for maintenance |
| 09 | ENTER HEADING | Enter heading for ATTITUDE MODE |
| 10 | | Unassigned TBD |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Action Code - Maintenance Messages
R (Ref. Fig. 006, 007)
R **ON A/C 001-009,
R (Ref. Fig. 010)
R **ON A/C 010-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 010A)
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 74
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Binary Output Words
R Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 75
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Binary Output Words
R Figure 010A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 76
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI |
| 10 | SDI |
| 11 | MSB OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (16) |
| 12 | DADS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
| 13 | DADS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 14 | IRS/FMS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
| 15 | IRS/FMS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 16 | - |
| 17 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (0-15) |
| 18 | | |
| 19 | - |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - 00 = GPS |
| | | SYSTEM DESIGNATOR 01 = GLONASS |
| | | 10 = GPS GLONASS |
| 25 | - 11 = Spare |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | MMR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 273 Output Format
-----------------------------------------------------------
| MMR MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| DIFFERENTIAL MODE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| DIR/SPEED AIDING MODE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 77
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | BIT | DEFINITION |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 1 | 1 - |
R | 2 | 1 | |
R | 3 | 1 | |
R | 4 | 0 | LABEL 350 |
R | 5 | 1 | |
R | 6 | 0 | |
R | 7 | 0 | |
R | 8 | 0 - |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 9 | SDI - LSB |
R | 10 | SDI - MSB |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 11 TO 14 | SPARE |
R |----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 15 | TIME UNTIL NAV LEAST |
R | 16 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
R | 17 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
R | 18 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
R |----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 19 | TIME UNTIL NAV MOST |
R | 20 | TIME UNTIL NAV SIGNIFICANT |
R | 21 | TIME UNTIL NAV DIGIT |
R | 22 | TIME UNTIL NAV (BCD) |
R |----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 23 | Action Code (1) Least |
R | 24 | Action Code (1) Significant |
R | 25 | Action Code (1) Digit |
R | 26 | Action Code (1) |
R |----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 27 | Action Code (1) Most |
R | 28 | Action Code (1) Significant |
R | 29 | Action Code (1) Digit |
R |----------|---------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 30 | SSM |
R | 31 | SSM |
R | 32 | Parity |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Digital Word 350 (Action Code)
R NOTE : (1) The action codes corresponding to the maintenance messages
____
R are listed in the following table.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 78
May 01/08
VOI
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION CODE | MAINTENANCE MESSAGE | DESCRIPTION |
R |-------------|---------------------|-------------------------------------|
R | 01 | IR FAULT | Critical failure; Remove ADIRU for |
R | | | maintenance |
R | 02 | DELAYED MAINT | Non-Critical failure; Service ADIRU |
R | | | when convenient |
R | 03 | ENTER PPOS | Enter present position |
R | 04 | SELECT ATT | Hard failure; Select ATTITUDE MODE |
R | 05 | EXCESS MOTION | Excess motion detected during ALIGN |
R | 06 | SWITCH ADR | Air Data Reference invalid |
R | 07 | CHK C/B | Check circuit breakers |
R | 08 | MSU FAULT | Remove MSU for maintenance |
R | 09 | ENTER HEADING | Enter heading for ATTITUDE MODE |
R | 10 | | Unassigned TBD |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Action Code - Maintenance Messages
R (Ref. Fig. 006, 007, 010A)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | BIT No.| FUNCTION |
R |--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 9 | SDI |
R | 10 | SDI |
R | 11 | MSB OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (16) |
R | 12 | DADS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
R | 13 | DADS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
R | 14 | IRS/FMS STATUS Present = 0 Not present = 1 |
R | 15 | IRS/FMS SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
R | 16 | - |
R | 17 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES VISIBLE (0-15) |
R | 18 | | |
R | 19 | - |
R | 20 | - |
R | 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
R | 22 | | |
R | 23 | - |
R | 24 | - 00 = GPS |
R | | | SYSTEM DESIGNATOR 01 = GLONASS |
R | | | 10 = GPS GLONASS |
R | 25 | - 11 = Spare |
R | 26 | - |
R | 27 | | MMR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
R | 28 | - |
R | 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES |
R | 30 | SSM |
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 79
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 31 | SSM |
R | 32 | PARITY |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Discrete Word 273 Output Format
R -----------------------------------------------------------
R | MMR MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------
R | SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
R | INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
R | ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
R | NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
R | ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
R | DIFFERENTIAL MODE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
R | DIR/SPEED AIDING MODE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
R | FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-009,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | - |
| 10 | | |
| 11 | | |
| 12 | | SPARE |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | - |
| 15 | - |
| | | SECONDARY MMR VALIDITY 00 = Valid |
| 16 | - 01 = Inactive |
| 17 | - 10 = Functional Test |
| | | PRIMARY MMR VALIDITY 11 = Fail |
| 18 | - |
| 19 | MMR SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - |
| | | SPARE |
| 25 | - |
R
EFF :
001-009, 011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 80
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | GPIRS SENSOR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES (16) |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 274 Output Format
-----------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | MMR SYSTEM FAILURE |
| 10 | DUAL MMR CHANNEL FAIL |
| 11 | NO IR DATA |
| 12 | INVALID IR DATA |
| 13 | TM MISSING ON PRIMARY |
| 14 | TM MISSING ON SECONDARY |
| 15 | ARINC TRANSMISSION FAULT |
| 16 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM PRIMARY |
| 17 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM SECONDARY |
| 18 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LATITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 19 | SPARE |
| 20 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LONGITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 21 | SPARE |
| 22 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 23 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 24 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 25 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 26 | - |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 81
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 27 | | RESERVED |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADIRU Maintenance Word 353
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (MSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | RESERVED |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | - |
| 18 | CMC INPUT BUS (OMS) No activity = 1 |
| 19 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 20 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 21 | DADS BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 22 | DADS BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 23 | IRS INPUT BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 24 | IRS INPUT BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 25 | MMR Fail = 1 |
| 26 | RF INPUT Fail = 1 |
| 27 | SENSOR UNIT Fail = 1 |
| 28 | TEST INHIBIT Inhibit = 1 |
| 29 | COMMAND WORD ACKNOWLEDGE Forced = 0 |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMR Navigation Maintenance Word (Label 355)
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-14-00
Page 82
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C 010-100,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | - |
| | | SDI |
| 10 | - |
| 11 | - SA STATUS AS DETERMINED BY THE ADIRU 0 = sa off |
| | 1 = sa on |
| 12 | - |
| 13 | | POSITION DATA SOURCE/POSITION COMPARISON FAILURE MODE |
| 14 | - |
| 15 | - |
| | | SECONDARY MMR VALIDITY 00 = Valid |
| 16 | - 01 = Inactive |
| 17 | - 10 = Functional Test |
| | | PRIMARY MMR VALIDITY 11 = Fail |
| 18 | - |
| 19 | MMR SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
| 20 | - |
| 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | - |
| 24 | - |
| | | SPARE |
| 25 | - |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | GPIRS SENSOR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
| 28 | - |
| 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES (16) |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Word 274 Output Format
R
EFF :
010-100, 34-14-00
Page 83
May 01/08
VOI
-----------------------------------------------------------
| GPIRS MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
| NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
| ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
| SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
| FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
-----------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (LSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | | |
| 18 | | |
| 19 | | |
| 20 | | RESERVED |
| 21 | | |
| 22 | | |
| 23 | | |
| 24 | | |
| 25 | | |
| 26 | | |
| 27 | | |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMR Maintenance Word (Label 352)
| 9 | GPS SYSTEM FAILURE |
| 10 | DUAL GPS CHANNEL FAIL |
| 11 | NO IR DATA |
| 12 | INVALID IR DATA |
| 13 | TM MISSING ON PRIMARY |
R
EFF :
010-100, 34-14-00
Page 84
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 14 | TM MISSING ON SECONDARY |
| 15 | ARINC TRANSMISSION FAULT |
| 16 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM PRIMARY |
| 17 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM SECONDARY |
| 18 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LATITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 19 | SPARE |
| 20 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LONGITUDE MISCOMPARE |
| 21 | SPARE |
| 22 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 23 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 24 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
| 25 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
| 26 | - |
| 27 | | RESERVED |
| 28 | | |
| 29 | - |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADIRU Maintenance Word 353
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | SDI (LSB) |
| 10 | SDI (MSB) |
| 11 | - |
| 12 | | |
| 13 | | |
| 14 | | RESERVED |
| 15 | | |
| 16 | | |
| 17 | - |
| 18 | CMC INPUT BUS (OMS) No activity = 1 |
| 19 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 20 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
| 21 | DADS BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 22 | DADS BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 23 | IRS INPUT BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
| 24 | IRS INPUT BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
| 25 | GPS Fail = 1 |
| 26 | RF INPUT Fail = 1 |
| 27 | SENSOR UNIT Fail = 1 |
R
EFF :
010-100, 34-14-00
Page 85
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 28 | TEST INHIBIT Inhibit = 1 |
| 29 | COMMAND WORD ACKNOWLEDGE Forced = 0 |
| 30 | SSM |
| 31 | SSM |
| 32 | PARITY |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GPSSU Navigation Maintenance Word (Label 355)
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R | 9 | - |
R | | | SDI |
R | 10 | - |
R | 11 | - SPARE |
R | | |
R | 12 | - |
R | 13 | | POSITION DATA SOURCE/POSITION COMPARISON FAILURE MODE |
R | 14 | - |
R | 15 | - |
R | | | SECONDARY MMR VALIDITY 00 = Valid |
R | 16 | - 01 = Inactive |
R | 17 | - 10 = Functional Test |
R | | | PRIMARY MMR VALIDITY 11 = Fail |
R | 18 | - |
R | 19 | MMR SOURCE Primary = 0 Secondary = 1 |
R | 20 | - |
R | 21 | | NUMBER OF SATELLITES TRACKED (0-15) |
R | 22 | | |
R | 23 | - |
R | 24 | - |
R | | | SPARE |
R | 25 | - |
R | 26 | - |
R | 27 | | GPIRS SENSOR OPERATIONAL MODE (Ref table below) |
R | 28 | - |
R | 29 | MSB OF TRACKED SATELLITES (16) |
R | 30 | SSM |
R | 31 | SSM |
R | 32 | PARITY |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Discrete Word 274 Output Format
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 86
May 01/08
VOI
R -----------------------------------------------------------
R | GPIRS MODE | BIT 28 | BIT 27 | BIT 26 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------
R | SELF TEST | 0 | 0 | 0 |
R | INITIALIZATION | 0 | 0 | 1 |
R | ACQUISITION | 0 | 1 | 0 |
R | NAVIGATION | 0 | 1 | 1 |
R | ALTITUDE AIDING | 1 | 0 | 0 |
R | SPARE | 1 | 0 | 1 |
R | SPARE | 1 | 1 | 0 |
R | FAULT | 1 | 1 | 1 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION |
R |--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 9 | SDI (LSB) |
R | 10 | SDI (LSB) |
R | 11 | - |
R | 12 | | |
R | 13 | | |
R | 14 | | |
R | 15 | | |
R | 16 | | |
R | 17 | | |
R | 18 | | |
R | 19 | | |
R | 20 | | RESERVED |
R | 21 | | |
R | 22 | | |
R | 23 | | |
R | 24 | | |
R | 25 | | |
R | 26 | | |
R | 27 | | |
R | 28 | | |
R | 29 | - |
R | 30 | SSM |
R | 31 | SSM |
R | 32 | PARITY |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R MMR Maintenance Word (Label 352)
R | 9 | GPS SYSTEM FAILURE |
R | 10 | DUAL GPS CHANNEL FAIL |
R | 11 | NO IR DATA |
R | 12 | INVALID IR DATA |
R | 13 | TM MISSING ON PRIMARY |
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-14-00
Page 87
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT N⁰ | FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 14 | TM MISSING ON SECONDARY |
R | 15 | ARINC TRANSMISSION FAULT |
R | 16 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM PRIMARY |
R | 17 | NO AUTONOMOUS DATA FROM SECONDARY |
R | 18 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LATITUDE MISCOMPARE |
R | 19 | SPARE |
R | 20 | AUTONOMOUS/IRS LONGITUDE MISCOMPARE |
R | 21 | SPARE |
R | 22 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
R | 23 | CLOCK PHASE MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
R | 24 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON PRIMARY |
R | 25 | TM TIMING/UTC MISCOMPARE ON SECONDARY |
R | 26 | - |
R | 27 | | RESERVED |
R | 28 | | |
R | 29 | - |
R | 30 | SSM |
R | 31 | SSM |
R | 32 | PARITY |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ADIRU Maintenance Word 353
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | BIT No.| FUNCTION |
R |--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 9 | SDI (LSB) |
R | 10 | SDI (MSB) |
R | 11 | - |
R | 12 | | |
R | 13 | | |
R | 14 | | RESERVED |
R | 15 | | |
R | 16 | | |
R | 17 | - |
R | 18 | CMC INPUT BUS (OMS) No activity = 1 |
R | 19 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
R | 20 | DIFF BUS No. 2 No activity = 1 |
R | 21 | DADS BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
R | 22 | DADS BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
R | 23 | IRS INPUT BUS 2 No activity = 1 |
R | 24 | IRS INPUT BUS 1 No activity = 1 |
R | 25 | GPS Fail = 1 |
R | 26 | RF INPUT Fail = 1 |
R | 27 | SENSOR UNIT Fail = 1 |
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-14-00
Page 88
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BIT No.| FUNCTION |
|--------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 28 | TEST INHIBIT Inhibit = 1 |
R | 29 | COMMAND WORD ACKNOWLEDGE Forced = 0 |
R | 30 | SSM |
R | 31 | SSM |
R | 32 | PARITY |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R GPSSU Navigation Maintenance Word (Label 355)
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-14-00
Page 89
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(2) Discrete outputs
The IR provides 3 discrete outputs.
The following table defines the characteristics of these discretes.
---------------------------------------
| SIGNAL | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
|----------|-------------|------------|
| ON BAT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR FAULT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
| IR ALIGN | OPEN/GROUND | NO/YES |
---------------------------------------
Discrete Outputs
- ON BAT
When the IR is powered with batteries, this discrete delivers a
28VDC state and sets the ON BAT light to on.
- IR FAULT
When a failure is detected by the IR, this discrete delivers a
28VDC state and sets the FAULT legend to on.
- IR ALIGN
When the IR is aligning, this discrete delivers a ground and sets
the ALIGN legend to on.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 90
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (2) Discrete outputs
R The IR provides 3 discrete outputs.
R The following table defines the characteristics of these discretes.
R ---------------------------------------
R | SIGNAL | OUTPUT | DEFINITION |
R |----------|-------------|------------|
R | ON BAT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
R | IR FAULT | OPEN/+28VDC | NO/YES |
R | IR OFF | OPEN/GROUND | NO/YES |
R ---------------------------------------
R Discrete Outputs
R - ON BAT
R When the IR is powered with batteries, this discrete delivers a
R 28VDC state and sets the ON BAT light to on.
R - IR FAULT
R When a failure is detected by the IR, this discrete delivers a
R 28VDC state and sets the FAULT legend to on.
R - IR OFF
R When the IR is set to off, this discrete delivers a ground and sets
R the OFF legend to on.
R **ON A/C ALL
3. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 011)
A. Control
(1) Modes of operation
Operation interface with the IR is performed through the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit 1(2) or the CDU. The MCDU 1(2) is used for
entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
The CDU is used for mode selection, IR annunciation (FAULT, ALIGN),
for entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
The IR has three selectable modes: OFF, NAV and ATT.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 91
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Operation/Control and Indicating
R Figure 011
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 92
May 01/08
VOI
R IR - Operation/Control and Indicating
R Figure 011A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 93
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Alignment Procedure from the MCDU
R Figure 012
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 94
May 01/08
VOI
The relation between the mode selection and system response is shown
in the figure
R (Ref. Fig. 013)
(2) OFF mode
When the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the CDU is in the OFF
position, all circuitry in ADIRU is de-energized except for any logic
associated with the power-off function. When the ADIRU has turned
off, it consumes less than 10 milliamps (needed for power supply
turn-on control). The power supply of the ADMs is switched off.
A period of 15 seconds is required between switching to OFF and
actual power off. During this sequence, the last position computed is
stored in NVM.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 011A)
R A. Control
R (1) Modes of operation
R The operation interface with the IR is performed through the
R Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1(2) and the MSU. The MCDU 1(2)
R is used for entering initialization data and displaying IR data.
R (Ref. Fig. 012A)
R The MSU is used for mode selection and IR annunciation (FAULT, OFF).
R The IR has three selectable modes: OFF, NAV and ATT.
R The relation between the mode selection and system response is shown
R in the figure.
R (Ref. Fig. 013)
R (2) OFF mode
R When the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the MSU is in the OFF
R position, all circuitry in the ADIRU is de-energized except for any
R logic associated with the power-off function. When the ADIRU is
R turned off, its consumption is less than 10 milliamps (needed for
R power supply switch-on control). The power supply of the ADMs is
R switched off.
R A period of 15 seconds is required between switching to OFF and
R actual power-off. During this sequence, the last position computed is
R stored in NVM.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 95
May 01/08
VOI
R IR - Alignment Procedure from the MCDU
R Figure 012A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 96
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Mode State Diagram
R Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 97
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(3) NAV (Navigation) mode
After selection of the NAV mode on the ground, the IR automatically
enters the NAV mode if a self-determined satisfactory alignment has
been completed. If alignment is not completed, the IR remains in the
Align submode.
No updating of the IR present position latitude and longitude is
allowed once the IR has completed the Align submode.
The IR latitude and longitude entered during alignment is the
starting point for its computation.
The following logical processes are mechanized:
- OFF to NAV provides automatic alignment in 10 minutes for latitudes
between 73⁰N and 60⁰S, with automatic entry to NAV mode. Requires
initial position data to be entered.
NOTE : The automatic alignment requires 15 min delay for latitudes
____
between 73⁰N and 82⁰N.
For high latitudes, the alignment is provided by an
operational procedure which delays the entering of the initial
position by the crew. Accuracies of the system are slightly
degraded.
- a message on the UPPER ECAM DU indicates that the IRs are in ALIGN
submode with the maximum time until NAV
- in the NAV mode, rapid realignment of the IR is initiated by
switching the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within 5 seconds. The IR starts a 30-second realignment
submode with existing attitude and heading angles and rezeroed
velocities
- the system does not enter the rapid realignment sequence if the
ground speed is greater than 20 knots.
The CDU permits to observe some particular parameters (Ref.
34-12-00).
(a) Initialization data
R (Ref. Fig. 014)
IR alignment is carried out on the ground before takeoff and
after the entry of the current aircraft coordinates on the INIT
page of the MCDU 1(2) (Ref. 22-72-00) or on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in PPOS position).
Valid initial position data must be received and verified by the
IR during the 10-minute alignment or automatic sequencing to the
NAV mode will be delayed after position data is received.
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 98
May 01/08
VOI
MCDU - INIT Page
R Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 99
May 01/08
VOI
Initial position data are verified by the IR if Set Latitude and
Set Longitude compare within one degree of the last latitude and
longitude from the previous flight. If a miscompare exists then:
- on the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN light flashes.
- a message ENTER PPOS is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The miscompare is removed and the position data verified by the
IR when:
- the last two Set Latitudes received by the IR are identical and
the last two Set Longitudes received by the IR are identical,
or
- the last Set Latitude and Set Longitude received by the IR
compare within one degree of the latitude and longitude from
the previous flight.
(b) Latitude comparison
The IR compares Set Latitude with a self-computed gyro-compass
latitude after 10 minutes into alignment or any subsequent time
when a valid Set Latitude is available.
In case of discrepancy, on the ADIRS CDU the ALIGN light flashes.
The message ENTER PPOS is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The discrepancy exists when:
- the cosine of entered latitude differs from the computed cosine
of latitude by more than 0.01234, or
- the sine of entered latitude differs from the computed sine of
latitude by more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of Set Latitude
passes the test.
If sin/cos test fails two times with identical set latitude
inputs then:
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the CDU
- a warning message appears on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT.
(c) Excessive motion
The IR performs an excessive motion test during the Align
submode.
If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.5 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, then:
- the EXCESS MOTION message is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position)
- the following message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
NAV
IR 1(2)(3) NOT ALIGN
EXCESS MOTION
IR 1(2)(3) IN ALIGN
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page A0
May 01/08
VOI
- the attitude information is flagged on the PFD.
Thirty seconds after motion detection, the system reverts to a
full alignment (time to the end of alignment will revert to 9 min
30 s).
It is not necessary to re-enter the position.
(d) Thirty-second rapid realignment
A thirty-second rapid realignment is provided by moving the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the CDU from NAV to OFF and back
to NAV within five seconds.
A subsequent switching on the selector switch from NAV to OFF and
back to NAV within 5 seconds during the 30-second realignment
causes the system to start the 30-second realignment again.
The realignment is initialized with existing attitude and heading
angles. Velocities are zeroed.
Valid position data must be received and verified by the IR
during the 30-second realignment.
R **ON A/C 011-100,
R (3) NAV (Navigation) mode
R After selection of the NAV mode on the ground, the IR automatically
R enters the NAV mode if a self-determined satisfactory alignment has
R been completed. If alignment is not completed, the IR remains in the
R Align submode.
R No updating of the IR present position latitude and longitude is
R allowed once the IR has completed the Align submode.
R The IR latitude and longitude entered during alignment is the
R starting point for its computation.
R The following logical processes are mechanized:
R - OFF to NAV provides automatic alignment in 10 minutes for latitudes
R between 73⁰N and 60⁰S, with automatic entry to NAV mode. Requires
R initial position data to be entered.
R NOTE : The automatic alignment requires a delay of 15 min for
____
R latitudes between 73⁰N and 82⁰N.
R For high latitudes, the alignment is provided by an
R operational procedure which delays the entry of the initial
R position by the crew. Accuracies of the system are slightly
R degraded.
R - A message on the UPPER ECAM DU indicates that the IRs are in ALIGN
R submode with the maximum time until NAV.
R - In the NAV mode, rapid realignment of the IR is initiated by
R switching the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back
R to NAV within 5 seconds. The IR starts a 30-second realignment
EFF :
001-100, 34-14-00
Page A1
May 01/08
VOI
R submode with existing attitude and heading angles and rezeroed
R velocities.
R - The system does not enter the rapid realignment sequence if the
R ground speed is greater than 20 knots.
R (a) Initialization data
R (Ref. Fig. 014)
R IR alignment is carried out on the ground before takeoff and
R after the entry of the current aircraft coordinates on the INIT
R page of the MCDU 1(2) (Ref. 22-72-00).
R Valid initial position data must be received and verified by the
R IR during the 10-minute alignment or automatic sequencing to the
R NAV mode will be delayed after position data is received.
R The initial position data is verified by the IR if the Set
R Latitude and Set Longitude compare within one degree of the last
R latitude and longitude from the previous flight.
R The position data is verified by the IR when:
R - the last two Set Latitudes received by the IR are identical and
R the last two Set Longitudes received by the IR are identical,
R or
R - the last Set Latitude and Set Longitude received by the IR
R compare within one degree of the latitude and longitude from
R the previous flight.
R (b) Latitude comparison
R The IR compares the Set Latitude with a self-computed
R gyro-compass latitude after 10 minutes into alignment or any
R subsequent time when a valid Set Latitude is available.
R The discrepancy exists when:
R - the cosine of the entered latitude differs from the computed
R cosine of latitude by more than 0.01234, or
R - the sine of the entered latitude differs from the computed sine
R of latitude by more than 0.01234.
R The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of Set Latitude
R passes the test.
R If sin/cos test fails two times with identical set latitude
R inputs then:
R - a warning message appears on the upper ECAM DU:
R NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT.
R
R (c) Excessive motion
R The IR performs an excessive motion test during the Align
R submode.
R If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.5 ft/s
R in the X or Y velocity, then:
R - the following message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
EFF :
011-100, 34-14-00
Page A2
May 01/08
VOI
R NAV
R IR 1(2)(3) NOT ALIGN
R EXCESS MOTION
R IR 1(2)(3) IN ALIGN
R
R - the attitude information is flagged on the PFD.
R Thirty seconds after motion detection, the system reverts to a
R full alignment (time to the end of alignment will revert to 9 min
R 30 s).
R It is not necessary to re-enter the position.
R (d) Thirty-second rapid realignment
R A thirty-second rapid realignment is provided by moving the
R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the MSU from NAV to OFF and back
R to NAV within five seconds.
R A subsequent switching on the selector switch from NAV to OFF and
R back to NAV within 5 seconds during the 30-second realignment
R causes the system to start the 30-second realignment again.
R The realignment is initialized with existing attitude and heading
R angles. Velocities are zeroed.
R Valid position data must be received and verified by the IR
R during the 30-second realignment.
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R (3) NAV (Navigation) mode
R After selection of the NAV mode on the ground, the IR automatically
R enters the NAV mode if a self-determined satisfactory alignment has
R been completed. If alignment is not completed, the IR remains in the
R Align submode.
R No updating of the IR present position latitude and longitude is
R allowed once the IR has completed the Align submode.
R The IR latitude and longitude entered during alignment is the
R starting point for its computation.
R The following logical processes are mechanized:
R - OFF to NAV provides automatic alignment with automatic entry to the
R NAV mode. Requires either initial position data to be entered, or
R GPS data to be valid.
R NOTE : The automatic alignment requires a delay 17 min for latitudes
____
R between 73⁰N and 82⁰N.
R For high latitudes, the alignment is provided by an
R operational procedure which delays the entry of the initial
R position by the crew. Accuracies of the system are slightly
R degraded.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page A3
May 01/08
VOI
R - A message on the UPPER ECAM DU indicates that the IRs are in ALIGN
R submode with the maximum time until NAV.
R - In the NAV mode, rapid realignment of the IR is initiated by
R switching the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch from NAV to OFF and back
R to NAV within 5 seconds. The IR starts a 30-second realignment
R submode with existing attitude and heading angles and rezeroed
R velocities.
R - The system does not enter the rapid realignment sequence if the
R ground speed is greater than 20 knots.
R (a) Initialization data
R (Ref. Fig. 014)
R IR alignment is carried out on the ground before takeoff and
R after the acquisition of valid position data (either GPS data or
R pilot entry).
R Valid initial position data must be received and verified by the
R IR during the 10-minute alignment or automatic sequencing to the
R NAV mode will be delayed after a position data is received.
R The initial position data is verified by the IR if the Set
R Latitude and Set Longitude compare within one degree of the last
R latitude and longitude from the previous flight.
R The position data is verified by the IR when:
R - The last two Set Latitudes received by the IR are identical and
R the last two Set Longitudes received by the IR are identical,
R or
R - The last Set Latitude and Set Longitude received by the IR
R compare within one degree of the latitude and longitude from
R the previous flight.
R (b) Latitude comparison
R The IR compares the selected Latitude with a self-computed
R gyro-compass latitude at the end of the alignment into alignment
R or any subsequent time when a valid Set Latitude is available.
R The discrepancy exists when:
R - The cosine of the entered latitude differs from the computed
R cosine of latitude by more than 0.01234, or
R - The sine of the entered latitude differs from the computed sine
R of latitude by more than 0.01234.
R The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of the Set
R Latitude passes the test.
R If the sin/cos test fails two times with identical set latitude
R inputs then:
R - a warning message appears on the upper ECAM DU:
R NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT.
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-14-00
Page A4
May 01/08
VOI
R (c) Excessive motion
R The IR performs an excessive motion test during the Align
R submode.
R If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.5 ft/s
R in the X or Y velocity, then:
R - The following message is displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
R NAV
R IR NOT ALIGNED
R EXCESS MOTION
R IR 1(2)(3) IN ALIGN
R
R - the attitude information is flagged on the PFD.
R Thirty seconds after motion detection, the system reverts to a
R full alignment (time to the end of alignment will revert to 9 min
R 30 s).
R It is not necessary to re-enter the position.
R (d) Thirty-second rapid realignment
R A thirty-second rapid realignment is provided by moving the
R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the MSU from NAV to OFF and back
R to NAV within five seconds.
R A subsequent switching of the selector switch from NAV to OFF and
R back to NAV within 5 seconds during the 30-second realignment
R causes the system to start the 30-second realignment again.
R The realignment is initialized with existing attitude and heading
R angles. Velocities are zeroed.
R Valid position data must be received and verified by the IR
R during the 30-second realignment.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(4) ATT (Attitude) mode
The IR has a reversionary mode which can be activated only by manual
selection of ATT mode on the CDU. The mode can be activated on the
ground or in the flight and is intended to provide a rapid
attitude/heading restart capability in the event that the IR has
experienced a total power shutdown or a failure has occurred
resulting in the following:
- IR FAULT legend flashing on the CDU
- IR 1(2)(3) FAULT message displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
IR x MODE SEL...ATT
- SELECT ATT message displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY selector
switch in STS position).
The IR is designed so that the ATT mode can be used after BITE has
detected failures which will cause excessive NAV mode data errors but
does not disable the ATT mode mechanization. However, it is
EFF :
001-010, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page A5
May 01/08
VOI
recommended to stay in NAV mode even with excessive navigation errors
because of higher accuracy of attitude signals and a more complete
signal processing. The ATT mode must always be used after loss of
power or a similar situation in flight where a new alignment/leveling
is required.
The ENTER HEADING message is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position) when the ATT mode is selected until
valid heading initialization is received from the MCDU or the CDU.
The ATT mode is normally engaged with the aircraft in level flight.
A 20-second period is needed with the aircraft in level flight to
perform an attitude erection to initialize a level attitude. During
this period, the data normally computed in ATT mode have SSMs set to
NCD.
In the event the ATT mode is engaged with the aircraft not in level
flight, an erection cut-out function delays erection when yaw rate
exceeds 0.5 deg/s and permits erection to continue when yaw rate
drops below 0.25 deg/s. Twenty seconds of flight with the erection
cut-out switch disengaged is required to erect the attitude.
B. Indicating
Attitude and heading information is computed by the ADIRU (IR portion)
and processed by the associated DMC. The attitude data are displayed on
the PFD and the heading data are displayed on the PFD, the ND and the
RMI.
In addition, vertical speed (V/S) is displayed on the PFD and Ground
Speed and wind indications are displayed on the ND.
In normal configuration, with the ATT/HDG selector switch in NORM
position, the IR1 data are displayed on the CAPT PFD, ND and the RMI
(Ref. ATA 34-57-00). The IR2 data are displayed on the F/O PFD and ND.
The following parameters can be displayed on the CDU liquid crystal
display according to the position of the DATA DISPLAY selector switch on
the CDU:
- wind (WIND)
- present position (PPOS)
- true heading (HDG)
- status of selected system conditions (STS)
- track and ground speed (TK/GS)
- test values (TEST).
The sources of the data displayed are controlled by the SYS DISPLAY
selector switch on the CDU.
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page A6
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (4) ATT (Attitude) mode
R The IR has a reversionary mode that can be activated only by manual
R selection of the ATT mode on the MSU. The mode can be activated on
R the ground or in flight and is intended to provide a rapid
R attitude/heading restart capability in the event that the IR has
R experienced a total power shutdown or a failure has occurred
R resulting in the following:
R - IR FAULT legend flashing on the MSU
R - IR 1(2)(3) FAULT message displayed on the upper ECAM DU:
R IR x MODE SEL...ATT
R The IR is designed so that the ATT mode can be used after the BITE
R has detected failures which will cause excessive NAV mode data errors
R but do not disable the ATT mode mechanization. However, it is
R recommended to stay in the NAV mode even with excessive navigation
R errors because of higher accuracy of attitude signals and more
R complete signal processing. The ATT mode must always be used after
R loss of power or a similar situation in flight where a new
R alignment/leveling is required.
R The ATT mode is normally engaged with the aircraft in level flight.
R A 20-second period is needed with the aircraft in level flight to
R perform an attitude erection to initialize a level attitude. During
R this period, the data normally computed in ATT mode has SSMs set to
R NCD.
R In the event the ATT mode is engaged with the aircraft not in level
R flight, an erection cut-out function delays erection when the yaw
R rate exceeds 0.5 deg/s and permits erection to continue when yaw rate
R drops below 0.25 deg/s. Twenty seconds of flight with the erection
R cut-out switch disengaged is required to erect the attitude.
R B. Indicating
R Attitude and heading information is computed by the ADIRU (IR portion)
R and processed by the associated DMC. The attitude data is displayed on
R the PFD and the heading data is displayed on the PFD, the ND and the RMI.
R In addition, the vertical speed (V/S) is displayed on the PFD and Ground
R Speed and wind indications are displayed on the ND.
R In normal configuration, with the ATT/HDG selector switch in NORM
R position, the IR1 data is displayed on the CAPT PFD, ND and the RMI (Ref.
R ATA 34-57-00). The IR2 data is displayed on the F/O PFD and ND.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page A7
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
(1) Attitude information
R (Ref. Fig. 015)
The aircraft roll and pitch attitude is indicated in the center part
of the PFD by a sphere representing a conventional ADI drum. (Ref.
31-64-00 for sphere definition and display).
(a) Pitch angle information (item A)
The A/C present pitch angle is given by the vertical
displacements of the pitch attitude scale with respect to the
center of the A/C reference. The scale moves behind the
cut-sphere shaped window, limited by the lines of an upper and a
lower sector. The scale rotates around the center of the A/C
reference in accordance with the A/C present roll angle.
The pitch scale comprises white reference lines and associated
pitch angle values. The lines are given every 2.5 degrees from 0
to 10 degrees, then for the 15 degrees, 20 degrees, 30 degrees,
50 degrees and 80 degrees values. Beyond 30 degrees, red large
arrow heads (V-shaped) indicate an excessive attitude and the
direction to follow in order to reduce it (item B).
(b) Roll angle information (item A)
A yellow triangle which remains on the line going through the
center of the A/C reference and which is perpendicular to the
horizon line, moves against the fixed roll scale on the upper
contour of the attitude sphere.
This fixed roll scale comprises white marks for the 10 degrees,
20 degrees, 30 degrees and 45 degrees significant values, on
either side of the zero position (horizontal wings) which is
indicated by a small fixed triangle. The 60 degrees roll
indication corresponds to the limits of the upper contour of the
cut-sphere shaped window.
(c) Attitude failure
In case of attitude failure concerning the pitch and/or roll
information the attitude sphere goes out of view and is replaced
by a red ATT flag which flashes for a few seconds then remains
steady (item C).
In case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between the pitch or
roll attitude information presented on the CAPT and F/O PFDs, a
CHECK ATT amber message flashes for a few seconds on both PFDs,
then remains steady (item D).
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A8
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Attitude Information Display
R Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A9
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(2) Heading information
R (Ref. Fig. 016)
The aircraft magnetic or true heading is displayed on the PFD, the ND
and the RMI.
The true heading can be displayed on the CDU.
(a) On the PFD
When true heading is displayed, a TRUE white message appears
above the heading scale (item A).
A blank heading scale (with 10 deg. spaced marks without any
indicated value) is provided on the horizon line. The marks are
just under this line.
This scale moves as the aircraft heading varies. For important
nose-up or nose- down, the heading graduations remain at the
lower or upper sector limit.
Below the sphere, a heading scale provides the pilot with the
aircraft actual track and relative selection. This heading scale
is graduated every 5 deg. (item A).
In case of failure, the heading graduation disappears on the two
scales and a red HDG flag appears on the lower heading scale
(item B). It flashes for a few seconds, then remains steady.
Furthermore, in case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between
CAPT and F/O heading indications, with the heading signal valid,
a CHECK HDG amber message is displayed at the center of the
heading scale (item C).
(b) On the ND
R (Ref. Fig. 017)
The heading data is displayed on the ND in the three following
operating modes: ROSE, ARC and PLAN.
The ROSE mode and the ARC mode are oriented with respect to the
aircraft heading, while the PLAN mode is oriented with respect to
the true north.
1
_ True heading display
In ROSE or ARC mode, when true heading is displayed, a cyan
TRUE message appears at the top of the ND.
2
_ ROSE mode (item A)
In this mode each pilot has three different sub-modes of
presentation on his ND: ROSE-ILS/ROSE-VOR/ROSE-NAV.
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page A10
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Heading Information Display on the PFD
R Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A11
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Heading Information Display on the ND
R Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A12
May 01/08
VOI
In the three ROSE sub-modes, the ND provides a display which
is similar to that of a conventional HSI, i.e. a rotating
heading dial orientated to the North and giving to the pilot
the aircraft actual magnetic or true heading with as reference
the fixed yellow lubber line at the top of the dial.
3
_ ARC mode (item B)
In this mode, the ND displays a 90 deg. heading sector ahead
of the aircraft giving the aircraft actual magnetic or true
heading with respect to the fixed yellow lubber line at the
top of the scale.
4
_ PLAN mode
The ND displays a static map orientated with respect to the
true North.
5
_ Heading failure (items C and D)
In case of heading failure, the scale and all symbols
positioned on the ROSE and ARC scales go out of view; a red
HDG flag comes into view below the scale after flashing for a
few seconds, when the DMC has detected an anomaly concerning
the heading parameter.
In addition, if a discrepancy between CAPT and F/O sides is
detected by the comparison inside the FWCs, the CHECK HDG
message is displayed in amber on both NDs (item E).
(c) On the RMI
R (Ref. Fig. 018)
The heading indication is given by a dial which rotates in front
of a fixed index (item A).
In case of heading failure, the fire orange warning flag with the
black HDG inscription comes into view at the top of the compass
card (item B).
For more details, ref. 34-57-00.
(d) On the CDU
The time heading can be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the HDG position.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (2) Heading information
R (Ref. Fig. 016)
R The aircraft magnetic or true heading is displayed on the PFD, the ND
R and the RMI.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A13
May 01/08
VOI
IR - Heading Information Display on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
R Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A14
May 01/08
VOI
R (a) On the PFD
R When the true heading is displayed, a TRUE white message appears
R above the heading scale (item A).
R A blank heading scale (with 10 deg. spaced marks without any
R indicated value) is provided on the horizon line. The marks are
R just under this line.
R This scale moves as the aircraft heading varies. For important
R nose-up or nose-down, the heading graduations remain at the lower
R or upper sector limit.
R Below the sphere, a heading scale provides the pilot with the
R aircraft actual track and relative selection. This heading scale
R is graduated every 5 deg. (item A).
R In case of failure, the heading graduation disappears on the two
R scales and a red HDG flag appears on the lower heading scale
R (item B). It flashes for a few seconds, then remains steady.
R Furthermore, in case of discrepancy detected by the FWC between
R CAPT and F/O heading indications, with the heading signal valid,
R a CHECK HDG amber message is displayed at the center of the
R heading scale (item C).
R (b) On the ND
R (Ref. Fig. 017)
R The heading data is displayed on the ND in the following three
R operating modes: ROSE, ARC and PLAN.
R The ROSE mode and the ARC mode are oriented with respect to the
R aircraft heading, while the PLAN mode is oriented with respect to
R the true north.
R 1
_ True heading display
R In ROSE or ARC mode, when the true heading is displayed, a
R cyan TRUE message appears at the top of the ND.
R 2
_ ROSE mode (item A)
R In this mode, each pilot has three different sub-modes of
R presentation on his ND: ROSE-ILS/ROSE-VOR/ROSE-NAV.
R In the three ROSE sub-modes, the ND provides a display which
R is similar to that of a conventional HSI, i.e. a rotating
R heading dial orientated to the North and giving to the pilot
R the aircraft actual magnetic or true heading with, as
R reference, the fixed yellow lubber line at the top of the
R dial.
R 3
_ ARC mode (item B)
R In this mode, the ND displays a 90 deg. heading sector ahead
R of the aircraft giving the aircraft actual magnetic or true
R heading with respect to the fixed yellow lubber line at the
R top of the scale.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page A15
May 01/08
VOI
R 4
_ PLAN mode
R The ND displays a static map orientated with respect to the
R true North.
R 5
_ Heading failure (items C and D)
R In case of heading failure, the scale and all symbols
R positioned on the ROSE and ARC scales go out of view; a red
R HDG flag comes into view below the scale after flashing for a
R few seconds, when the DMC has detected an anomaly concerning
R the heading parameter.
R In addition, if a discrepancy between the CAPT and F/O sides
R is detected by the comparison inside the FWCs, the CHECK HDG
R message is displayed in amber on both NDs (item E).
R (c) On the RMI
R (Ref. Fig. 018)
R The heading indication is given by a dial which rotates in front
R of a fixed index (item A).
R In case of heading failure, the fire orange warning flag with the
R black HDG inscription comes into view at the top of the compass
R card (item B).
R For more details, ref. 34-57-00.
R (d) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(3) Ground speed
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
The ground speed is displayed in the left upper corner of the ND for
ROSE, ARC or PLAN mode (item A).
The GS title is displayed in white color and the ground speed value
in green.
In case of failure or NCD, the ground speed value is replaced by
three dashed lines (item B).
The ground speed can also be displayed on the CDU if the DATA DISPLAY
selector switch is placed in the TK/GS position.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A16
May 01/08
VOI
IR - GS, Wind, Vertical Speed Information Display
R Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A17
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (3) Ground speed
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
R The ground speed is displayed in the left upper corner of the ND for
R the ROSE, ARC or PLAN mode (item A).
R The GS title is displayed in white color and the ground speed value
R in green.
R In case of failure or NCD, the ground speed value is replaced by
R three dashed lines (item B).
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(4) Wind indications
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
The wind origin, force and direction is displayed in the left upper
corner of the ND, for ROSE, ARC and PLAN mode (item A):
- the wind origin is displayed in green color in degrees with respect
to the true North
- the wind force is displayed in green color in knots
- the wind direction, in analog form, is represented by means of a
green arrow orientated with respect to the north reference in use.
This arrow is displayed only if the wind force is greater than 2
knots.
In case of failure or NCD, the digital data are replaced by three
dashed lines and the wind direction arrow disappears (item B). The
wind indications can also be displayed on the CDU if the DATA
DISPLAY selector switch is placed in the WIND position.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (4) Wind indications
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
R The wind origin, force and direction is displayed in the left upper
R corner of the ND, for the ROSE, ARC and PLAN modes (item A):
R - the wind origin is displayed in green color in degrees with respect
R to the true North
R - the wind force is displayed in green color in knots
R - the wind direction, in analog form, is represented by means of a
R green arrow orientated with respect to the north reference in use.
R This arrow is displayed only if the wind force is greater than 2
R knots.
R In case of failure or NCD, the digital data is replaced by three
R dashed lines and the wind direction arrow disappears (item B).
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A18
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
(5) Vertical speed
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
The inertial vertical speed is displayed in the right side of the PFD
(item C).
The vertical speed scale consists of:
(a) a trapezoidal grey background colored surface
(b) a fixed white scale with 500 ft/mn spaced marks from -2000 ft/mn
to +2000 ft/mn
(c) a needle giving in analog form the actual vertical speed value
(d) a number in a moving blanking window. This window accompanies the
needle (above) the needle if V/S > 0, below if V/S < 0).
The number gives the V/S value in hundreds of ft/mn.
Between -200 ft/mn and +200 ft/mn, both the window and the number
disappear.
(e) above +6000 ft/mn (or below -6000 ft/mn), the needle remains
stopped where it is.
When the vertical speed exceeds +6000 ft/mn or -6000 ft/mn, the
digital indication and the analog needle change from green to
amber.
(f) In addition, those indications change to amber in approach, in
the following cases:
- V/S less than -2000 ft/mn below 2500 ft RA.
- V/S less than -1200 ft/mn below 1000 ft RA.
In case of failure, the inertial vertical speed display is
automatically replaced by the baro vertical speed display. (Ref.
34-13-00).
(6) Reconfiguration display
In case of loss of inertial parameters on the CAPT or F/O PFD and ND,
the IR3 can be used as a back up source by placing the ATT HDG
selector switch in CAPT/3 position for the CAPT PFD and ND or in
F/O/3 position for the F/O PFD and ND.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A19
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
C. Warnings
R (Ref. Fig. 020, 021, 022, 023, 024)
(1) In addition to the ATT or HDG flags displayed on the PFDs, NDs and on
the CDU, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the
upper ECAM DU.
(a) NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT
NAV IR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
When these messages are displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the IR FAULT legend flashes on the CDU.
(b) NAV ATT DISCREPANCY
This message is displayed when a difference higher than 5 deg. is
detected by comparison inside the FWCs between the roll angle or
the pitch angle provided by two IRs. When it is displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK ATT message appears on the PFD.
(c) NAV HDG DISCREPANCY
this message is displayed when a difference higher than 7 deg.
(or 5 deg. in true heading) is detected by comparison inside the
FWCs between the heading value provided by two IRs. When it is
displayed:
- the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
- the Single Chime (SC) sounds
- the CHECK HDG message appears on the PFDs and NDs.
(d) NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT
R (Ref. Fig. 025)
The GPSSUs are monitored by the three ADIRUs using the status
word sent by the GPSSU and the BITE of the IR partion.
This message is accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield panel
- aural warning: single chime (SC).
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page A20
May 01/08
VOI
NAV IR 1(2)(3) fault message
R Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A21
May 01/08
VOI
NAV IR 1+2 FAULT Message
R Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A22
May 01/08
VOI
NAV IR 1+3 (2+3) FAULT Message
R Figure 022
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A23
May 01/08
VOI
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY Message
R Figure 023
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A24
May 01/08
VOI
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY Message
R Figure 024
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A25
May 01/08
VOI
NAV GPS - Fault Messages
R Figure 025
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A26
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R C. Warnings
R (Ref. Fig. 020, 021, 022, 023, 024)
R (1) In addition to the ATT or HDG flags displayed on the PFDs and the
R NDs, warning messages are displayed on the lower part of the upper
R ECAM DU.
R (a) NAV IR 1(2)(3) FAULT
R NAV IR 1(2) + 2(3) FAULT
R When these messages are displayed:
R - the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
R - the Single Chime (SC) sounds
R - the IR FAULT legend flashes on the MSU.
R (b) NAV ATT DISCREPANCY
R This message is displayed when a difference higher than 5 deg. is
R detected by comparison inside the FWCs between the roll angle or
R the pitch angle provided by two IRs. When it is displayed:
R - the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
R - the Single Chime (SC) sounds
R - the CHECK ATT message appears on the PFD.
R (c) NAV HDG DISCREPANCY
R This message is displayed when a difference higher than 7 deg.
R (or 5 deg. in true heading) is detected by comparison inside the
R FWCs between the heading value provided by two IRs. When it is
R displayed:
R - the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield come on
R - the Single Chime (SC) sounds
R - the CHECK HDG message appears on the PFDs and NDs.
R (d) Not Applicable
R **ON A/C ALL
D. ADIRUs Performance Criteria
(1) History
The inertial parameters to be considered to evaluate the level of
performance of an inertial system after flight completion are:
- the radial position error (in NM)
- the residual ground speed error (in kts).
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A27
May 01/08
VOI
Depending on their magnitude noticed at the end of the flight, the
concerned inertial system(s) shall or shall not be removed from the
aircraft.
(2) Radial position error
In order to address the statistical term of this requirement with the
most relevant approximation, the removal criteria use a limit based
on the recording of the radial position error on two consecutive
flights.
The use of a two-strike method presents the advantage to decrease the
removal rate of healthy units that have shown, by chance, or by an
inaccurate position entry at alignment, a radial position error
beyond the specified criterion.
The removal boundaries described on the figure present three
different areas:
R (Ref. Fig. 026)
- Area 1 - ADIRU OK all the time
- Area 2 - ADIRU to be checked after second flight
- Area 3 - ADIRU to be replaced.
NOTE : Area 2 is applicable when the residual radial position error
____
ranges within the limits described in following Para.
(a) Lower limit for removal criteria
The integration of the drift rate results in a lower limit for
the radial position error:
Radial position error (NM) = (2 (NM/h) * T (h)) + Offset (NM)
The presence of an offset is necessary to avoid the unjustified
removal of healthy units subject to the natural Schuler effects
and to the Present Position inaccuracies entered during
initialization.
It should be pointed out that the adverse impacts of such
inaccuracies over the radial position error will reveal stronger
for short flight durations (below 1.5 hour).
- Flight duration < 1.5 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 5 NM.
- 1.5 FH < Flight duration < 10 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 2T + 2.
- Flight duration > 10 FH:
The lower limit of the grey band is fixed at 22 NM.
(b) Upper limit for removal criteria
- Flight duration < 1.5 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 7.5 NM.
- 1.5 FH < Flight duration < 10 FH:
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 3T + 3.
- Flight duration > 10 FH:
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A28
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRU RPE removal criteria
R Figure 026
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A29
May 01/08
VOI
The upper limit of the grey band is fixed at 33 NM.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(3) Residual Ground Speed Error
The residual ground speed for each IR is determined at the end of the
flight when the aircraft has come to a complete stop.
(a) Check of the residual ground speed can be made:
- On the CAPT (IR1) and F/O (IR2) Navigation Displays (ND):
The residual ground speed of the IR3 can be read on the CAPT ND
by setting the ATT HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.
- On the ADIRS CDU:
. set the DATA DISPLAY selector switch to TK/GS
. set the SYS DISPLAY selector switch to 1, 2, 3
. read the respective ground speed in the CDU display.
(b) Compare the recorded ground speed values with the following
limits:
- if the residual ground speed error is 15 kts or greater after
each of two consecutive flights, replace the ADIRU
- if the residual ground speed error is 21 kts or greater at the
end of any one flight, replace the ADIRU.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (3) Residual Ground Speed Error
R The residual ground speed for each IR is determined at the end of the
R flight when the aircraft has come to a complete stop.
R (a) A check of the residual ground speed can be made on the CAPT
R (IR1) and F/O (IR2) Navigation Displays (ND). The residual ground
R speed of the IR3 can be read on the CAPT ND by setting the ATT
R HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.
R (b) Compare the recorded ground speed values with the following
R limits:
R - if the residual ground speed error is 15 kts or greater after
R each of two consecutive flights, replace the ADIRU
R - if the residual ground speed error is 21 kts or greater at the
R end of any one flight, replace the ADIRU.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page A30
May 01/08
VOI
ATTITUDE, HEADING AND POSITION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________
TASK 34-14-00-710-003
Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Switching Function
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 341400-01
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-14-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-14-00-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-14-00-860-055
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the overhead panel :
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends are
on.
- on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.
(3) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD and ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 502
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-14-00-860-055-A
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) On the overhead panel :
R - on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends are
R on.
R - on the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switches are at OFF.
R (3) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD and ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
R 001).
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-14-00-710-054
A. Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Switching Function
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU : On the ADIRS CDU :
- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
selector switches to NAV. seconds
- the three ALIGN legends come on.
On the Captain and First Officer PFD :
- the ATT flags go out of view after
approximately 30 seconds
- the pitch and roll attitudes are
shown.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 503
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 - make sure that the OFF legends of the
pushbutton switches. ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton
switches are on.
2. On the center pedestal, on the
SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT
HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.
3. On the ADIRS CDU, set the On the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch the IR1 annunciatior goes off
related to the IR1 to OFF. On the Captain PFD, the pitch and roll
attitudes stay in view.
4. On the center pedestal, on the On the Captain PFD, the ATT flag is
SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT shown (ignore the related warnings).
HDG selector switch to NORM then
to F/O/3.
5. On the ADIRS CDU, set the - On the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch the IR2 annunciator goes off
related to the IR2 to OFF. - On the First Officer PFD, the pitch
and roll attitudes stay in view.
6. On the center pedestal, on the On the First Officer PFD, the ATT flag
SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT is shown (ignore the related warnings).
HDG selector switch to NORM.
7. On the ADIRS CDU :
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector On the ADIRS CDU, the ALIGN legend of
switch related to the IR3 to the IR3 annunciator goes off.
OFF
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 504
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-14-00-710-054-A
R A. Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Switching Function
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the ADIRS MSU : On the ADIRS MSU :
R - Set the three OFF/NAV/ATT - The ON BAT light comes on for 5
R selector switches to NAV. seconds.
R On the Captain and First Officer PFD :
R - The ATT flags go out of view after
R approximately 30 seconds.
R - The pitch and roll attitudes are
R shown.
R - Push the ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 - Make sure that the OFF legends of the
R pushbutton switches. ADR1, ADR2 and ADR3 pushbutton
R switches are on.
R 2. On the center pedestal, on the
R SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT
R HDG selector switch to CAPT/3.
R 3. On the ADIRS MSU, set the On the Captain PFD, the pitch and roll
R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch attitudes stay in view.
R related to the IR1 to OFF.
R 4. On the center pedestal, on the On the Captain PFD, the ATT flag is
R SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT shown (ignore the related warnings).
R HDG selector switch to NORM then
R to F/O/3.
R 5. On the ADIRS MSU, set the On the First Officer PFD, the pitch and
R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch roll attitudes stay in view.
R related to the IR2 to OFF.
R 6. On the center pedestal, on the On the First Officer PFD, the ATT flag
R SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the ATT is shown (ignore the related warnings).
R HDG selector switch to NORM.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 505
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-14-00-860-056
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
Subtask 34-14-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 506
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-14-00-710-004
Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Comparison Warning
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 341400-02
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 507
May 01/08
R
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-14-00-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 34-14-00-865-055
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 34-14-00-865-056
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 508
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-14-00-860-057
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) On the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches are at OFF.
(4) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections, set the mode
selector switch to the ROSE-NAV .
(5) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
(6) Put thesafety barriers in position around the RAT area.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-14-00-860-057-A
R D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) On the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switches are at OFF.
R (4) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections, set the mode
R selector switch to the ROSE-NAV .
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 509
May 01/08
VOI
R (5) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page.
R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
R (6) Put the safety barriers in position around the RAT area.
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-14-00-710-055
A. Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Comparison Warning
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU, set the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches
related to the IR1 and IR2 to
NAV.
2. Align the two ADIRUs (IR)
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
After approximately 5 minutes,
the CAPT and F/O NDs show the
heading dial.
3. On the MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 page comes into view.
the IR1 indication
- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page comes
the INTERFACE TEST indication into view.
- on the keyboard push the NEXT The IR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page comes
PAGE function key. into view.
- push the line key adjacent to After two seconds :
the START TEST indication - the CAPT PFD shows this position :
ROLL 45⁰ Right.
PITCH 5⁰ Up.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 510
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the CAPT ND shows this position :
HDG 15⁰.
NOTE : Only the test values used for
____
comparison in the FWC are shown.
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the CHECK ATT
indication flashes during a short time
then stays stable
On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the CHECK HDG
indication comes into view
On the upper ECAM display unit, these
indications come into view :
NAV HDG DISCREPANCY
- HDG.............X CHECK
- ATT HDG SWTG....AS RQRD
NAV ATT DISCREPANCY
- ATT.............X CHECK
- ATT HDG SWTG....AS RQRD
On the panels 130VU and 131VU, the
MASTER CAUT lights come on
You can hear the single chime.
NOTE : If the aircraft heading is equal to 15 degrees, plus or minus 5
____
degrees, the CHECK HDG and HDG DISCREPANCY indications do not come
into view.
- push the line key adjacent to The test stops.
the RETURN indication. The indications above go out of view.
The attitude and heading indications
come into view.
4. On the ADIRS CDU, set the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches
related to the IR1 and IR2 to
OFF.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 511
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-14-00-710-055-A
R A. Operational Test of the Attitude/Heading (ATT/HDG) Comparison Warning
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the ADIRS MSU, set the
R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches
R related to the IR1 and IR2 to
R NAV.
R 2. Align the two ADIRUs (IR)
R (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
R After approximately 5 minutes,
R the CAPT and F/O NDs show the
R heading dial.
R 3. On the MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 page comes into view.
R the IR1 indication.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page comes
R the INTERFACE TEST indication. into view.
R - On the keyboard push the NEXT The IR1 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page comes
R PAGE function key. into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to After two seconds:
R the START TEST indication. - The CAPT PFD shows this position:
R ROLL 45⁰ Right.
R PITCH 5⁰ Up.
R - The CAPT ND shows this position :
R HDG 15⁰.
R NOTE : Only the test values used for
____
R comparison in the FWC are shown.
R On the CAPT and F/O PFDs, the CHECK ATT
R indication flashes during a short time
R then stays stable.
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 512
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the CHECK HDG
R indication comes into view.
R On the upper ECAM display unit, these
R indications come into view:
R NAV HDG DISCREPANCY
R - HDG.............X CHECK
R - ATT HDG SWTG....AS RQRD
R NAV ATT DISCREPANCY
R - ATT.............X CHECK
R - ATT HDG SWTG....AS RQRD
R On the F/O and CAPT glareshield panels
R 130VU and 131VU, the MASTER CAUT lights
R come on.
R You can hear the single chime.
R NOTE : If the aircraft heading is equal to 15 degrees, plus or minus 5
____
R degrees, the CHECK HDG and HDG DISCREPANCY indications do not come
R into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The test stops.
R the RETURN indication. The indications above go out of view.
R The attitude and heading indications
R come into view.
R 4. On the ADIRS MSU, set the
R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches
R related to the IR1 and IR2 to
R OFF.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-14-00-860-058
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU mode key.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002) potentiometers to OFF.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 513
May 01/08
VOI
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
Subtask 34-14-00-865-057
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE, 5CC1, 5CC2
Subtask 34-14-00-410-051
C. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 514
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-14-00-740-001
Interface Test of the IR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-14-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 515
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-14-00-860-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD and ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
(3) On the overhead panel :
- on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
are on.
- on the panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU, make sure that the three
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
(4) On the panel 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE-NAV .
(5) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
the indications between the parentheses.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-14-00-860-050-A
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD and ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
R 001).
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 516
May 01/08
VOI
R (3) On the overhead panel:
R - On the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU, make sure that the FAC, ELAC
R and SEC pushbutton switches are not pushed (in). The OFF legends
R are on.
R - On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS MSU, make sure that the
R three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are at OFF.
R (4) On the glareshield panel 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control
R sections of the FCU, set the mode selector switch to ROSE-NAV .
R (5) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page
R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
R NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use
____
R the indications between the parentheses.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-14-00-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 517
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-14-00-865-059
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-14-00-869-072
A. General
NOTE : In the test that follows, we use the name DDRMI for the VOR/DME
____
RMI and the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (refer to the equipment on your
aircraft).
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-14-00-740-068
B. BITE Test of the IR System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
switch related to the IR1 (IR2) seconds,
(IR3) to NAV. - the ALIGN legend of the IR1 (IR2)
(IR3) annunciator comes on.
- set the DATA DISPLAY selector
switch to TK/GS,
- set the SYS DISPLAY selector
switch to 1 (2) (3).
2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication. view.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 518
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 1/2
the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.
- on the keyboard, push the The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 2/2
function key to get the page comes into view.
INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page.
- push the line key adjacent to - from 0 to 2 seconds:
the START TEST indication. * on the ADIRS CDU, the ON BAT light,
the ALIGN (if the IRs are aligned)
and FAULT legends and the ENT and CLR
keys come on then go off,
- from 2 seconds and more:
* on the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown and
these values come into view:
ROLL 45 deg. Right
PITCH 5 deg. Up.
SLIP Left
IVS -600 ft/mn.
* on the CAPT (F/O) ND, the HDG
warning flag is no more shown,
* on the DDRMI, the HDG warning flag
is no more shown,
* the CAPT (F/O) ND shows these
values:
G/S 200 Kts
WIND 030/100
HDG 15 deg.
* the DDRMI shows this value:
HDG 15 deg.
* on the ADIRS CDU, the left part of
the display window shows this track
angle true value:
00.0
The right part of the display window
shows this ground speed value:
0200
3. On the ADIRS CDU, set the DATA On the ADIRS CDU, the left part of the
DISPLAY selector switch to HDG. display window shows this true HDG
value:
010.0
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 519
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the MCDU, push the line key The test procedure stops.
adjacent to the RETURN
indication.
5. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR1 to
OFF,
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
switch related to the IR2 to seconds,
NAV. - the related ALIGN legend comes on.
6. Do the IR2 test as written in You must get the same results only on
para. 2. the F/O PFD and ND and on the ADIRS CDU
(no indication on the DDRMI).
7. On the ADIRS CDU: On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR2 to
OFF,
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - the ON BAT light comes on for 5
switch related to the IR3 to seconds,
NAV. - the related ALIGN legend comes on.
8. On the center pedestal, on the
SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the
ATT/HDG selector switch to
CAPT/3.
9. Do the IR3 test as written in You must get the same results as for
para. 2. the IR1 on the CAPT PFD and ND, the
ADIRS CDU and the DDRMI.
10. On the ADIRS CDU, set the
OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch
related to the IR3 to OFF.
EFF :
001-010, 34-14-00
Page 520
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-14-00-740-068-A
R B. BITE Test of the IR System
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5
R switch related to the IR1 (IR2) seconds.
R (IR3) to NAV. - The FAULT legend of the IR1 (IR2)
R (IR3) pushbutton switch is off.
R 2. On one MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:
R - Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
R the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication. view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 1/2
R the INTERFACE TEST indication. page comes into view.
R - On the keyboard, push the The IR1 (IR2) (IR3) INTERFACE TEST 2/2
R function key to get the page comes into view.
R INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page.
R - Push the line key adjacent to - After 0 to 2 seconds:
R the START TEST indication. * On the ADIRS MSU, the ON BAT light
R and FAULT legends come on then go
R off.
R - After 2 seconds and more:
R * On the CAPT (F/O) PFD, the HDG
R warning flag is no more shown and
R these values come into view:
R ROLL 45 deg. Right
R PITCH 5 deg. Up.
R SLIP Left
R IVS -600 ft/mn.
R * On the CAPT (F/O) ND, the HDG
R warning flag is no more shown.
R * On the DDRMI, the HDG warning flag
R is no more shown.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 521
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R * The CAPT (F/O) ND shows these
R values:
R G/S 200 Kts
R WIND 030/100
R HDG 15 deg.
R * the DDRMI shows this value:
R HDG 15 deg.
R 3. On the MCDU, push the line key The test procedure stops.
R adjacent to the RETURN
R indication.
R 4. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switch related to the IR1 to
R OFF.
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5
R switch related to the IR2 to seconds.
R NAV.
R 5. Do the IR2 test as written in You must get the same results only on
R para. 2. the F/O PFD and ND and on the ADIRS MSU
R (no indication on the DDRMI).
R 6. On the ADIRS MSU: On the ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switch related to the IR2 to
R OFF.
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - The ON BAT light comes on for 5
R switch related to the IR3 to seconds.
R NAV.
R 7. On the center pedestal, on the
R SWITCHING panel 8VU, set the
R ATT/HDG selector switch to
R CAPT/3.
R 8. Do the IR3 test as written in You must get the same results as for
R para. 2. the IR1 on the CAPT PFD and ND, the
R ADIRS MSU and the DDRMI.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-14-00
Page 522
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 9. On the ADIRS MSU, set the
R OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch
R related to the IR3 to OFF.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-14-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-14-00-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2
Subtask 34-14-00-410-052
C. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 523
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-14-00-740-003
Read CFDIU for IR INPUT STATUS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Menu Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-14-00-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 524
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-14-00-860-059
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (ADIRU related to the installed ADM
only)
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002)
Subtask 34-14-00-865-064
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/26VAC 5FP1 F07
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 34-14-00-865-065
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 525
May 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-14-00-740-065
A. Read the CFDIU for the IR INPUT STATUS
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the systems 2 and 3, use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the center pedestral, on one
MCDU:
1. Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page comes
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860- into view.
001).
2. On the NAV page
- Push the line key adjacent to - the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) page comes into
the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) indication view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the INPUT STATUS page 1/6 comes into
INPUT STATUS indication view with the current on-the-ground
status of the IR1 (IR2) (IR3) inputs.
4. Push the NEXT PAGE function key - the related pages come into view.
to get the INPUT STATUS page 2/6
to 6/6
5. Push the line key adjacent to the - the test procedure stops.
RETURN indication
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 526
May 01/08
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-14-00-860-060
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-14-00-865-066
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2
Subtask 34-14-00-410-054
C. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU:
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Close the access door 822.
(4) Remove the access platform.
EFF :
ALL 34-14-00
Page 527
May 01/08
VOI
INDICATOR - ANGLE OF ATTACK - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 34-15-21-400-001
Installation of the AOA Indicator (17FN1, 17FN2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-15-21-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the ADIRS MSU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch to NAV to start
the ADIRU related to the AOA indicator.
(2) Make sure that the flag goes out of view and that the angle of attack
indication is 0 deg.
5. Close-up
________
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-15-21
Page 401
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS - BITE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-010,
The Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) facilitates maintenance on in-service
aircraft.
It detects and identifies faults related to the Air Data/Inertial Reference
System (ADIRS) and reports them to the Centralized Fault Display Interface
Unit (CFDIU).
The BITE is included in the following LRUs:
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
- Air Data Module (ADM)
- Control and Display Unit (CDU).
It is linked to the CFDIU through the ADIRU (ADR and IR portions) which
summarizes the BITE results for its own channel.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
.
The ADM performs various tests to detect its own faults (watchdog timer, RAM
addressing, ROM, CPU, RAM, NVM, etc.) and failed input signals (check of
programming pins).
Faults are annunciated to the ADR by omission or labeling of a faulty output
word (pressure label) and through the use of a discrete fault-code word
output on the ARINC bus. Fault reports are also stored in a non-volatile
memory inside the ADM.
The IR BITE monitors:
- the performance of both IR NAV and IR I/O processors
- external inputs (both digital and discrete)
- the functionality of the other internal hardware including the power
supply and the inertial sensors (gyro, accelerometers).
These BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref.
Para. 3.A.(2)).
Some tests enable to monitor operation errors:
- Align in air
- Excessive Motion
- Latitude Sin/Cos test.
They result in IR warnings but without fault message sent to the CFDIU.
Tests and fault reactions are described in Para. 3.B.
The ADR BITE monitors:
- the performance of the ADR processor
- the functionality of other ADR internal hardware
- the status of analog, digital and discrete inputs
- cross-channel comparisons with the other ADRs.
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS - Interface between one ADIRU and the CFDIU
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 2
May 01/08
VOI
These BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref.
Para. 3.A.(3)) with the exception of cross-channel comparisons which are
run once at takeoff.
The common BITE monitors the computer performances (INTEL 80960 processor
and memories) with the following tests: watchdog timer, checksum, RAM
pattern monitor.
The ADR and IR BITEs send reports to the CFDIU through the ARINC output
bus, on label 356. These reports memorize the faults which occurred during
the last 63 flight legs with their context. They operate in two modes:
- NORMAL mode: fault reporting to the CFDIU during the flight
- INTERACTIVE mode: on the ground. Access by the MCDU MENU pages (Ref. Para.
3.B.).
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R The Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) facilitates maintenance on in-service
R aircraft.
R It detects and identifies faults related to the Air Data/Inertial Reference
R System (ADIRS) and reports them to the Centralized Fault Display Interface
R Unit (CFDIU).
R The BITE is included in the following LRUs:
R - Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
R - Air Data Module (ADM)
R It is linked to the CFDIU through the ADIRU (ADR and IR portions) which
R summarizes the BITE results for its own channel.
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R The ADM performs various tests to detect its own faults (watchdog timer, RAM
R addressing, ROM, CPU, RAM, NVM etc.) and failed input signals (check of
R programming pins).
R Faults are annunciated to the ADR by omission or labeling of a faulty output
R word (pressure label) and through the use of a discrete fault-code word
R output on the ARINC bus. Fault reports are also stored in a non-volatile
R memory inside the ADM.
R The IR BITE monitors: the performance of both IR NAV and IR I/O processors,
R external inputs (both digital and discrete), the functionality of the other
R internal hardware including the power supply and the inertial sensors (gyro,
R accelerometers). These BITE tests are performed either at power-up or
R continuously (Ref. Para. 3.A.(2)).
R Some tests enable to monitor operation errors. These are: Align in air,
R Excessive Motion, Latitude Sin/Cos test. They result in IR warnings but
R without fault message sent to the CFDIU. Tests and fault reactions are
R described in Para. 3.B.
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS - Interface between one ADIRU and the CFDIU
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
R The ADR BITE monitors: the performance of the ADR processor, the
R functionality of other ADR internal hardware, the status of analog, digital
R and discrete inputs and cross-channel comparisons with the other ADRs. These
R BITE tests are performed either at power-up or continuously (Ref. Para.
R 3.A.(3)) with the exception of cross-channel comparisons which are run once
R at takeoff.
R The common BITE monitors the computer performances (INTEL 80960 processor
R and memories) with the following tests : watchdog timer, checksum, RAM
R pattern monitor.
R The ADR and IR BITEs send reports to the CFDIU through the ARINC output bus,
R on label 356. These reports memorize the faults which occurred during the
R last 63 flight legs with their context. They operate in two modes:
R - NORMAL mode: fault reporting to the CFDIU during the flight
R - INTERACTIVE mode: on the ground. Access by the MCDU MENU pages (Ref. Para.
R 3.B.).
R **ON A/C ALL
2. __________________
Component Location
A. Computers Directly Linked to the CFDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1FP1 ADIRU-1 127 824 34-12-34
1FP2 ADIRU-2 128 824 34-12-34
1FP3 ADIRU-3 127 824 34-12-34
R **ON A/C 001-010,
B. ADIRS Control Panel
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2FP CDU-ADIRS 20VU 211 831 34-12-12
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 5
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R B. ADIRS Control Panel
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL | ZONE | ACCESS | ATA |
R | | | | | DOOR | REF. |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 41VU | MSU-ADIRS | 41VU | 211 | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 6
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
C. Other LRUs of the System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3FP1 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 1 127 824 34-11-19
3FP2 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 2 128 824 34-11-19
3FP3 SENSOR-ANGLE OF ATTACK, 3 127 824 34-11-19
11FP1 SENSOR-TAT, 1 121 34-11-18
11FP2 SENSOR-TAT, 2 122 34-11-18
9DA1 PROBE-PITOT, 1 125 812 34-11-15
9DA2 PROBE-PITOT, 2 126 822 34-11-15
9DA3 PROBE-PITOT, 3 125 812 34-11-15
7DA1 PROBE-L STATIC, 1 127 824 34-11-16
7DA2 PROBE-L STATIC, 2 127 824 34-11-16
7DA3 PROBE-L STATIC, 3 121 811 34-11-16
8DA1 PROBE-R STATIC, 1 128 824 34-11-16
8DA2 PROBE-R STATIC, 2 128 824 34-11-16
8DA3 PROBE-R STATIC, 3 122 811 34-11-16
19FP1 ADM-L TOTAL PRESSURE NONE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP2 ADM-R TOTAL PRESSURE 126 822 34-11-17
19FP3 ADM-STBY TOTAL PRESSURE 125 812 34-11-17
19FP4 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP5 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP6 ADM-R STATIC PRESSURE 128 824 34-11-17
19FP7 ADM-L STATIC PRESSURE 127 824 34-11-17
19FP8 ADM-STBY STATIC PRESSURE 121 811 34-11-17
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 7
May 01/08
VOI
3. __________________
System Description
A. Reporting Function
Each ADIRS BITE message is described in the following pages, with the
corresponding fault description and the consequences on the system and in
the cockpit.
(1) General
- IR and ADR faults are classified as follows:
. class 1: faults with cockpit effect
. class 2: non-critical faults
. class 3: minor faults without cockpit effects.
- use of indexes in BITE messages:
ADIRUi stands for ADIRU 1, ADIRU 2 or ADIRU 3.
- ECAM messages:
. xxx stands for CAPT or F/O, depending on the ADIRU side (1 or 2)
. the letter in parentheses indicates the color used to display the
text: (A) Amber, (C) Cyan and (W) White.
- IR FAULT:
the FAULT legend of the IR pushbutton switch flashes in NAV mode
and is steady in ATT mode.
(2) Inertial reference faults
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 003A)
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 8
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/5
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 9
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/5
R Figure 002A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 10
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/5
Figure 003
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 11
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/5
R Figure 003A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 12
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 004A)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 005)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 005A)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 006)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 006A)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 008)
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 13
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/5
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 14
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/5
R Figure 004A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 15
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/5
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 16
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/5
R Figure 005A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 17
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 5/5
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 18
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 5/5
R Figure 006A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 19
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 20
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
R Figure 007A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 21
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 008
R
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 22
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C ALL
Some IR faults resulting in warnings (fault annunciation, invalid
outputs) are due to an incorrect operational use of the system and
not to a system fault.
These tests are:
- align in air
- position-entry (comparison with the last stored position and
computed latitude).
- Test on motion.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(a) Align in air
The test fails if, with the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the
CDU in NAV position, the aircraft is detected in flight (TAS
greater than 100 kts) at power-up or during the ALIGN phase. The
following occurs:
- NAV IRi FAULT message is displayed on the upper ECAM display
unit.
- the FAULT legend of the IR pushbutton switch, on the CDU, comes
on.
- the IN FLIGHT ALIGNMENT message is sent to the CFDIU
- all BNR output labels are coded Failure Warning (F/W) and all
BCD labels are not transmitted.
- the SELECT ATT indication is displayed on the CDU (DATA DISPLAY
selector switch in STS position).
The IR portion can be recovered by setting the OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switch on the CDU to ATT and by applying the procedure
(level flight) to initialize the ATT mode.
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 23
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 2 Internal Faults
Figure 009
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 24
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Inertial Reference System - Class 2 Internal Faults
R Figure 009A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 25
May 01/08
VOI
(b) Position-entry test
- Initial position (latitude, longitude) must compare within one
degree of the last computed latitude and longitude from the
previous flight. If a miscompare exists, then the NOT ALIGN
message is displayed on the upper ECAM display unit with a text
indicating to enter again the initial position (Ref. 34-14
Para. 3.). The miscompare is removed if the new entered
position is identical to the previous one or is within the
one-degree threshold. If not, the system waits for other
position entry.
- At the end of the alignment submode, the IR portion compares
the initial latitude to a self-computed latitude. The test
fails and the NOT ALIGN message is displayed on the upper ECAM
display unit with action to enter again the position, when:
. the cosine of entered latitude differs from the cosine of computed latitude
by more than 0.01234 or
. the sine of entered latitude differs from the sine of computed latitude by
more than 0.01234.
The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of latitude
passes the test. If the sin/cos test fails two times with
identical initial latitude entries, the IR system goes in a
fault reaction: IR FAULT warning message on the upper ECAM
display unit and FAULT legend on the CDU on, invalid outputs.
NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.
____
(c) Test on motion
If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.11 ft/s
in the X or Y velocity, the align process is stopped with a
message on the upper ECAM display unit indicating IR NOT ALIGN
and excessive motion (Ref. 34-14). The status matrix of the
attitude data (pitch, roll, heading) is set at NCD which implies
a flag on the PFD.
NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.
____
When the motion is no more detected, the IR reverts to the
beginning of the align submode. It is not necessary to
re-initialize the position.
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 26
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (a) Align in air
R The test fails if, with the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch on the
R MSU in NAV position, the aircraft is detected in flight (TAS
R greater than 100 kts) at power-up or during the ALIGN phase. The
R following occurs:
R - NAV IRi FAULT message is displayed on the upper ECAM display
R unit.
R - The FAULT legend of the IR pushbutton switch, on the MSU, comes
R on.
R - The IN FLIGHT ALIGNMENT message is sent to the CFDIU.
R - All BNR output labels are coded Failure Warning (F/W) and all
R BCD labels are not transmitted.
R The IR portion can be recovered by setting the OFF/NAV/ATT
R selector switch on the MSU to ATT and by applying the procedure
R (level flight) to initialize the ATT mode.
R (b) Position-entry test
R - Initial position (latitude, longitude) must compare within one
R degree of the last computed latitude and longitude from the
R previous flight. If a miscompare exists, then the NOT ALIGN
R message is displayed on the upper ECAM display unit with a text
R indicating to enter again the initial position (Ref. 34-14
R Para. 3.). The miscompare is removed if the new entered
R position is identical to the previous one or is within the
R one-degree threshold. If not, the system waits for other
R position entry.
R - At the end of the alignment submode, the IR portion compares
R the initial latitude with a self-computed latitude. The test
R fails and the NOT ALIGN message is displayed on the upper ECAM
R display unit with action to enter again the position, when:
R
R . the cosine of the
R entered latitude differs from the cosine of the computed latitude
R by more than 0.01234 or
R
R . the sine of the entered latitude differs from the sine of the computed
R latitude by more than 0.01234.
R The miscompare is removed if a subsequent entry of latitude
R passes the test. If the sin/cos test fails two times with
R identical initial latitude entries, the IR system goes in a
R fault reaction: IR FAULT warning message on the upper ECAM
R display unit and FAULT legend on the MSU on, invalid outputs.
R NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.
____
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 27
May 01/08
VOI
R (c) Test on motion
R If taxiing or towing causes a step input which exceeds 0.11 ft/s
R in the X or Y velocity, the align process is stopped with a
R message on the upper ECAM display unit indicating IR NOT ALIGN
R and excessive motion (Ref. 34-14). The status matrix of the
R attitude data (pitch, roll, heading) is set at NCD which implies
R a flag on the PFD.
R NOTE : No fault message is sent to the CFDIU.
____
R When the motion is no more detected, the IR reverts to the
R beginning of the align submode. It is not necessary to
R re-initialize the position.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(3) Air data reference faults
**ON A/C 001-009,
(Ref. Fig. 010)
R **ON A/C 010-010,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 011, 012, 013)
**ON A/C 001-009,
(Ref. Fig. 014)
R **ON A/C 010-010,
(Ref. Fig. 014A)
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 28
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/4
Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-18-00
Page 29
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/4
Figure 010A
R
EFF :
010-010, 34-18-00
Page 30
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 1/4
R Figure 010B
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 31
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/4
Figure 011
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 32
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 2/4
R Figure 011A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 33
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/4
Figure 012
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 34
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 3/4
R Figure 012A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 35
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/4
Figure 013
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 36
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 Internal Faults 4/4
R Figure 013A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 37
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 2 Faults
Figure 014
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-18-00
Page 38
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 2 Faults
Figure 014A
R
EFF :
010-010, 34-18-00
Page 39
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 015, 016)
(a) SDI validity test at power-up
A number of data are computed in the ADR portion according to air
data correction laws (SSEC, AOA) which are dependent on the ADR
side (SDI = 1, 2, 3).
The determination of the SDI at power-up is consolidated by the
ADR with a logic vote between the SDI discrete inputs and the SDI
read on the labels received from the total pressure ADM and the
static pressure ADM. Faults are either miscompare between the
different sources of SDI or unability to compute the SDI.
In this last case, detection of the fault leads to the ADR FAULT
annunciation (message on the upper ECAM display unit; FAULT
legend on the CDU) associated to invalid outputs.
A number of messages can be sent to the CFDIU on the label 356
according to the detected miscompare. These messages point the
ADIRU or ADM pin program or a mix of them:
341117 ADMi (19FPi) (i = 1, 2 or 3)
341117 ADMi (19FPi)/ADMj(19FPj) (i,j) = (1,5), (2,7) or (3,8)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADIRUi (1FPi)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi (19FPi)/ADIRUi (1FPi)
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMj (19FPj)/ADIRUi (1FPi) (i,j) =
(1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).
341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi/j ADIRUi (1FPi) (19FPi/j) (i,j) =
(1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (3) Air data reference faults
R
R (Ref. Fig. 010B, 011A, 012A, 013A, 014B, 015A, 016)
R (a) SDI validity test at power-up
R A number of data is computed in the ADR portion according to air
R data correction laws (SSEC, AOA) which are dependent on the ADR
R side (SDI = 1, 2, 3).
R The determination of the SDI at power-up is consolidated by the
R ADR with a logic vote between the SDI discrete inputs and the SDI
R read on the labels received from the total pressure ADM and the
R static pressure ADM. Faults are either miscompare between the
R different sources of SDI or inability to compute the SDI.
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 40
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 2 Faults
R Figure 014B
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 41
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
Figure 015
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 42
May 01/08
VOI
R ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 1 External Faults
R Figure 015A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 43
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Air Data Reference System - Class 3 Faults
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 44
May 01/08
R
VOI
R In this last case, detection of the fault leads to the ADR FAULT
R annunciation (message on the upper ECAM display unit; FAULT
R legend on the MSU) associated to invalid outputs.
R A number of messages can be sent to the CFDIU on the label 356
R according to the detected miscompare. These messages point the
R ADIRU or ADM pin program or a mix of them:
R
R 341117 ADMi (19FPi) (i = 1, 2 or 3)
R 341117 ADMi (19FPi)/ADMj(19FPj) (i,j) = (1,5), (2,7) or (3,8)
R 341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADIRUi (1FPi)
R 341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi (19FPi)/ADIRUi (1FPi)
R 341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMj (19FPj)/ADIRUi (1FPi) (i,j) =
R (1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).
R 341234 WRG: SDI PIN PROG/ADMi/j ADIRUi (1FPi) (19FPi/j) (i,j) =
R (1,5), (2,7) or (3,8).
R **ON A/C ALL
(b) Cross-channel comparison tests
A cross-channel comparison of pressures, angle-of-attack, and
temperature parameters is performed to identify drifted air data
input sensors. These tests are done for maintenance purpose only
and they have no operational effects (no fault warning, output
parameters are always valid, class 3 failures).
To run these tests, each ADR portion receives one ADR output bus
of the other side computers
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C ALL
As the air data sensors are installed per design in different
zones and measure different values, the comparison can only be
done in an identified flight phase.
The tests are performed at takeoff with a CAS between 90 and 200
kts and only if the received ADR data are valid. The thresholds
used in the comparison are:
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 45
May 01/08
VOI
------------------------------------------------
| Parameter | Threshold |
|----------------------------------------------|
| Total pressure | 5 hPa |
| Averaged static pressure | 5 hPa |
| Left static pressure | 2 hPa |
| Right static pressure | 2 hPa |
| Angle-of-attack | 4⁰ |
| Total air temperature | 3⁰C |
------------------------------------------------
Table 1 : Comparison Thresholds
The messages resulting from a miscompare between parameters point
the faulty sensor if it can be identified (one data differs from
the two others which are identical) or the sensors which
disagree. They are sent to the CFDIU in normal mode through label
356 of the ADR output and can be accessed by the LAST (PREVIOUS)
LEG REPORT page on the MCDU menu.
The messages have the following format: e.g. for the AOA sensors
341119 AOA SENSORi (3FPi)
or
341119 AOA SENSORi (3FPi)/AOA SENSORj (3FPj)
or
341119 AOA SNSR1 (3FP1)/SNSR2 (3FP2)/SNSR3 (3FP3)
The principle of the messages is the same for other sensors (ADM,
TAT).
B. Interactive Function
(1) General
The interactive mode is activated via the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page
related to ATA 34 chapter (Navigation) including the Air Data and
Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).
As this system includes two parts (Air Data Reference and Inertial
Reference), two interactive functions are available:
- IR interactive function
(Ref. Fig. 017)
- ADR interactive function.
(Ref. Fig. 018)
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 46
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Activation of IR Interactive Function
Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 47
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADIRS BITE - Activation of ADR Interactive Function
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 48
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(2) IR interactive function
(Ref. Fig. 019)
(a) LAST LEG REPORT
This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected IR during the last leg (flight leg 00).
(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected IR during the previous legs (flight legs 01-62).
(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 020)
This item provides the ADIRU Part Number and Serial Number.
The Part Number and the Serial Number of the CDU are also
displayed.
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (2) IR interactive function
R
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
R (a) LAST LEG REPORT
R This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
R the selected IR during the last leg (flight leg 00).
R (b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
R the selected IR during the previous legs (flight legs 01-62).
R (c) LRU IDENTIFICATION
R
R (Ref. Fig. 020)
R This item provides the ADIRU Part Number and Serial Number.
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 49
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 1/7
Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 50
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 2/7
Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 51
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
(d) GROUND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 020)
This item describes the current on-the-ground fault status of the
selected IR.
(e) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 021)
This item provides, for each fault message stored in the LAST LEG
or PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT, additional data required by the
maintenance for failure investigation.
(f) CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 021)
This item reports all class 3 faults recorded since the last
takeoff.
(g) SYSTEM TEST
(Ref. Fig. 022)
This item activates a complete test of the IR system and presents
a report to the user.
(h) INTERFACE TEST
(Ref. Fig. 023)
This item controls the functional test modes of the selected IR.
The test mode is inhibited whenever any of the following
conditions exists:
- ground speed greater than or equal to 20 kts
- IR in the ATT mode.
The text displayed describes the various steps of the interface
test; when you push the line key adjacent to the START TEST
indication, the following test sequence is run:
- 0-2 seconds
BCD, BNR and Discrete Words are output with SSM set to
Functional Test and data set as shown in the following tables.
Annunciator discretes are energized:
. ALIGN
. ON BAT
. DC FAIL (See nota)
. IR FAULT
. IR OFF (See nota)
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 52
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 3/7
Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 53
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 4/7
Figure 022
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 54
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 5/7
Figure 023
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 55
May 01/08
VOI
. SPARE IR OUT 1 (See nota)
. SPARE IR OUT 2 (See nota)
- after 2 seconds
BCD, BNR and Discrete Words are output with SSM set to
Functional Test and data set as shown in the following tables.
Annunciator discretes are de-energized to the previously
indicated status.
NOTE : No associated annunciator in the cockpit.
____
----------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------|
| | | 0 to 2 s. | After 2 s. |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 010 | PRESENT POSITION LAT | 188⁰88.8 | N 22⁰30.0 |
| 011 | PRESENT POSITION LONG | 188⁰88.8 | E 22⁰30.0 |
| 012 | GROUND SPEED | 6888 Kts | 200 Kts |
| 013 | TRACK ANGLE-TRUE | 688.8⁰ | 00.0⁰ |
| 014 | MAGNETIC HEADING | 688.8⁰ | 15⁰ |
| 015 | WIND SPEED | 688 Kts | 100 Kts |
| 016 | WIND DIRECTION-TRUE | 688⁰ | 30⁰ |
| 041 | SET LATITUDE | 188⁰88.8 | N 22⁰30.0 |
| 042 | SET LONGITUDE | 188⁰88.8 | E 22⁰30.0 |
| 043 | SET MAGNETIC HEADING | 688⁰ | 15⁰ |
| 044 | TRUE HEADING | 688.8⁰ | 10⁰ |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 : Output BCD Words
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 56
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | SELF TEST VALUE |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 052 | PITCH ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0⁰/s/s |
| 053 | ROLL ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0⁰/s/s |
| 054 | YAW ANGULAR ACCEL | 5.0⁰/s/s |
| 076 | GPS ALTITUDE | 10,000 ft |
| 101 | GPS HDOP | 4.0 |
| 102 | GPS VDOP | 3.0 |
| 103 | GPS TRACK ANGLE | 0.0⁰ |
| 110 | GPS LATITUDE | N 22.50⁰ |
| 111 | GPS LONGITUDE | E 22.50⁰ |
| 112 | GPS GROUND SPEED | 200 kts |
| 120 | GPS LATITUDE FINE | N 00.00⁰ |
| 121 | GPS LONGITUDE FINE | E 00.00⁰ |
| 125 | UTC TIME | 12:00:00 |
| 130 | GPS HORIZ INTEGRITY LIM | 10.0 NM |
| 131 | HYBRID HORIZ INTEGRITY | 5.0 NM |
| | LIMIT | |
| 132 | HYBRID TRUE HEADING | 10⁰ |
| 135 | HYBRID VERTICAL FOM | 300 ft |
| 136 | GPS VERTICAL FOM | 100 ft |
| 137 | HYBRID TRACK ANGLE | 0.0⁰ |
| 143 | TERMINAL AREA HIL | 0.8 NM |
| 150 | UTC | 12:00:00 |
| 162 | DESTINATION ETA | 06:30:00 |
| 163 | ALT WAYPOINT ETA | 06:35:00 |
| 165 | GPS VERTICAL VELOCITY | -600 ft/mn |
| 166 | GPS N/S VELOCITY | 200 kts |
| 174 | GPS E/W VELOCITY | 200 kts |
| 175 | HYBRID GROUND SPEED | 200 kts |
| 247 | GPS HORIZONTAL FOM | 6.0 NM |
| 254 | HYBRID LATITUDE | N 22.50⁰ |
| 255 | HYBRID LONGITUDE | E 22.50⁰ |
| 256 | HYBRID LATITUDE FINE | N 00.00⁰ |
| 257 | HYBRID LONGITUDE FINE | E 00.00⁰ |
| 260 | DATE | 1/1/99 |
| 261 | HYBRID ALTITUDE | 10,000 ft |
| 263 | HYBRID FLIGHT PATH ANGLE| -5.0⁰ |
| 264 | HYBRID HORIZONTAL FOM | 7.0 NM |
| 266 | HYBRID N/S VELOCITY | 200 kts |
| 267 | HYBRID E/W VELOCITY | 200 Kts |
| 310 | PRESENT POSITION LAT | N 22.50⁰ |
| 311 | PRESENT POSITION LONG | E 22.50⁰ |
| 312 | GROUND SPEED | 200 Kts |
| 313 | TRACK ANGLE-TRUE | 00.0⁰ |
| 314 | TRUE HEADING | 10.0⁰ |
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 57
May 01/08
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | SELF TEST VALUE |
|--------------------------------------------------------------|
| 315 | WIND SPEED | 100 Kts |
| 316 | WIND DIRECTION-TRUE | 30⁰ |
| 317 | TRACK ANGLE-MAG | 5⁰ |
| 320 | MAGNETIC HEADING | 15⁰ |
| 321 | DRIFT ANGLE | -10⁰ (Left) |
| 322 | FLIGHT PATH ANGLE | -5⁰ |
| 323 | FLIGHT PATH ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 324 | PITCH ANGLE | 5⁰ |
| 325 | ROLL ANGLE | 45⁰ (Right) |
| 326 | BODY AXIS PITCH RATE | 10⁰/s |
| 327 | BODY AXIS ROLL RATE | 10⁰/s |
| 330 | BODY AXIS YAW RATE | 10⁰/s |
| 331 | BODY LONGIT ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 332 | BODY LATERAL ACCEL | 0.10g |
| 333 | BODY NORMAL ACCEL | 0.10g |
| 334 | PLATFORM HEADING | 22.50⁰ |
| 335 | TRACK ANGLE RATE | 4.0⁰/s |
| 336 | PITCH ATT RATE | 10⁰/s |
| 337 | ROLL ATT RATE | 10⁰/s |
| 340 | TRACK ANGLE GRID | 10⁰ |
| 341 | GRID HEADING | 20⁰ |
| 343 | DESTINATION HIL | 1.0 NM |
| 345 | HYBRID VERTICAL VELOCITY| -600 ft/mn |
| 347 | ALT WAYPOINT HIL | 2.0 NM |
| 360 | POTENTIAL VERT SPEED | -600 ft/mn |
| 361 | INERTIAL ALTITUDE | 10,000 ft |
| 362 | ALONG TRACK HORIZ ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 363 | CROSS TRACK HORIZ ACCEL | 0.02g |
| 364 | VERTICAL ACCEL | 0.1g |
| 365 | INERTIAL VERT SPEED | -600 ft/mn |
| 366 | N-S VELOCITY | 200 Kts (N) |
| 367 | E-W VELOCITY | 200 Kts (E) |
----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3 : Binary Output Labels
(i) GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 024)
This item reports all internal faults detected since the last
landing.
(j) INPUT STATUS
(Ref. Fig. 025)
This item describes the current state/value of the selected IR
inputs (discrete and binary inputs).
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 58
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 6/7
Figure 024
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 59
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - IR Main Menu 7/7
Figure 025
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 60
May 01/08
VOI
(3) ADR interactive function
(a) LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 026)
This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected ADR and related LRUs during the last leg (flight leg
00).
(b) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 026)
This item describes the in-flight class 1 and 2 fault status of
the selected ADR and related LRUs during the previous legs
(flight legs 01-62).
(c) LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 027)
This item describes the Part Number and Serial Number of the
selected ADIRU, as well as the Part Number of the ADMs.
(d) GROUND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 027)
This item describes the current on-the-ground fault status of the
selected ADR.
(e) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item provides, for each fault message stored in the LAST LEG
or PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT, additional data required by the
maintenance for failure investigation.
(f) CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item reports all class 3 faults recorded since the last
takeoff.
(g) SYSTEM TEST
(Ref. Fig. 028)
This item activates a complete test of the ADR system and
presents a report to the user.
(h) INTERFACE TEST (OUTPUT TESTS MENU)
(Ref. Fig. 029, 030)
This item controls the functional test modes of the selected ADR.
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 61
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 1/8
Figure 026
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 62
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 2/8
Figure 027
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 63
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 3/8
Figure 028
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 64
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 4/8
Figure 029
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 65
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 5/8
Figure 030
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 66
May 01/08
VOI
The text displayed describes the various steps of the interface
test; when you push the line key adjacent to the START TEST
indication, the following test sequence is run:
- 0-5 seconds: Failure Warning Test
For 0-5 seconds after initiation of the test mode, the ADR
outputs are transmitted per the following tables. Since this is
the failure warning test period, the BCD output parameters are
not transmitted and the SSM of the BNR parameters are set to
F/W. Timing tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 seconds.
- 5-10 seconds: Altitude Ramp Test
For 5-10 seconds after initiation of the test mode, the ADR
outputs are transmitted per the following tables with an SSM
coded FT (except for discrete words). Since this is the
altitude ramp test period, the altitude outputs are slewed in a
positive direction for the entire 5-second period at a rate of
600 ft/mn, starting at the ambient computed altitude. Timing
tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 seconds.
- 10 second until test completion: Fixed Output Test
From 10 seconds after initialization of the test mode until the
test completion is commanded, the ADR outputs are transmitted
per the following tables, outputting the fixed values specified
by these tables with an SSM coded FT (except for discrete
words). Timing tolerance is plus or minus 0.5 seconds.
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 67
May 01/08
VOI
ADR Interface test values are shown in the following tables:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |--------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 176 | LEFT STATIC PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 177 | RIGHT STATIC PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 203 | STANDARD ALTITUDE | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 204 | BARO CORR ALT 1 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 205 | MACH | 0 | 0 | 0.66 |
| 206 | COMPUTED AIRSPEED | 0 Kts | 0 Kts | 367.7 Kts |
| 207 | MAX ALLOWABLE AIRSPEED| Last Valid | Last Valid | Last Valid |
| 210 | TRUE AIRSPEED | 0 Kts | 0 Kts | 433 Kts |
| 211 | TOTAL AIR TEMP | Last Valid | Last Valid | 35⁰C |
| 212 | ALTITUDE RATE | Last Valid | 600 ft/mn | 0 ft/mn |
| 213 | STATIC AIR TEMP | Last Valid | Last Valid | 10.3⁰C |
| 215 | IMPACT PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 236.6 hPa |
| 220 | BARO CORR ALT 2 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
| 221 | IND ANGLE OF ATTACK | NOTE 1 | NOTE 1 | 5⁰ |
| 241 | CORCTD ANGLE OF ATTACK| NOTE 1 | NOTE 1 | 5⁰ |
| 242 | TOTAL PRESSURE | Last Valid | Last Valid | 933.4 hPa |
| 245 | UNCRCTD AVG STAT PRESS| Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 246 | CORCTD AVG STAT PRESS | Last Valid | Last Valid | 696.8 hPa |
| 251 | BARO CORR ALT 3 | Last Valid | Slewed | 10,000 ft |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Indicated AOA is a function of the AOA sensor position.
____
Corrected AOA is a function of AOA alternate discrete
inputs, SDI discrete inputs and indicated AOA. Corrected
AOA is set to 0⁰ when CAS is less than 60 kts.
Output Binary Words
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 68
May 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 034 | BARO CORR (hPa) 3 |Not Transmit.| 745.0 hpa | 1013.3 hPa |
| 035 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 3 |Not Transmit.| 22.0 in.Hg | 29.92 in.Hg |
| 230 | TRUE AIRSPEED |Not Transmit.| 0 Kts | 433 Kts |
| 231 | TOTAL AIR TEMP |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 35 ⁰C |
| 233 | STATIC AIR TEMP |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 10 ⁰C |
| 234 | BARO CORR (hPa) 1 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 235 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 1 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.Hg |
| 236 | BARO CORR (hPa) 2 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 1013.3 hPa |
| 237 | BARO CORR (in.Hg) 2 |Not Transmit.| Last Valid | 29.92 in.Hg |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output BCD Words
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | SELF TEST VALUE |
| LABEL | BIT - PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 270 | 13 - ADR FAULT | 1 | 0 | 0 |
| 270 | 19 - OVERSPEED WARNING| 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 13 - LOW SPD WARN 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 14 - LOW SPD WARN 2 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
| 271 | 15 - LOW SPD WARN 3 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| 271 | 16 - LOW SPD WARN 4 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Discretes Words
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | SELF TEST VALUE |
| PARAMETER |----------------------------------------|
| | 0 to 5 s | 5 to 10 s | After 10 s |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| LOW SPEED WARNING 1 | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 2 | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 3 | OPEN | OPEN | OPEN |
| LOW SPEED WARNING 4 | GROUND | GROUND | OPEN |
| OVERSPEED WARNING | OPEN | OPEN | GROUND |
| ADR FAULT | GROUND | OPEN | OPEN |
| ADR OFF | GROUND | OPEN | OPEN |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discrete Outputs
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 69
May 01/08
VOI
(i) ALT DYNAMIC SLEW (OUTPUT TESTS menu/SLEW TESTS submenu)
(Ref. Fig. 029, 030)
The activation of the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW test causes the ADR to
output a simulated ramp of altitude (label 203) between low and
high altitude limits specified by the operator. These limits, as
well as the slew rate, are entered by the operator by means of
the MCDU keyboard.
The altitude limit values are tested to be within -2000 and
+50,000 ft. The altitude lower limit is tested to be less than
the altitude upper limit. The altitude slew rate is tested to be
within 1 to +20,000 ft/mn.
(j) CAS DYNAMIC SLEW (OUTPUT TESTS menu/SLEW TESTS submenu)
(Ref. Fig. 029, 031)
The activation of the CAS DYNAMIC SLEW test causes the ADR to
output a simulated ramp of computed airspeed (label 206) between
low and high speed limits specified by the operator. These
limits, as well as the slew rate, are entered by the operator by
means of the MCDU keyboard.
The CAS limit values are tested to be within 0 and +450 kts. The
CAS lower limit is tested to be less than the CAS upper limit.
The speed slew rate is tested to be within 1 to +100 Kts/mn.
(k) AOA SENSOR TEST (OUTPUT TESTS menu)
(Ref. Fig. 029, 032)
The activation of the AOA SENSOR TEST causes the ADR to output
the actual measured values of indicated and corrected AOA with an
SSM coded FT, and the AOA special test discrete output to be
commanded to the ground state, which causes the AOA sensor to be
commanded to a fixed position greater than the stall warning
threshold. Thus, the Flight Warning Computer (FWC) activates the
aural stall warning.
(l) GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 029)
This item reports all internal faults detected since the last
landing.
(m) INPUT STATUS
(Ref. Fig. 029, 033)
This item describes the current state/value of the selected ADR
inputs (discrete, analog and binary inputs).
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 70
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 6/8
Figure 031
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 71
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 7/8
Figure 032
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 72
May 01/08
VOI
ADIRS BITE - ADR Main Menu 8/8
Figure 033
EFF :
ALL 34-18-00
Page 73
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-010,
C. Power-up Test Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up test initialization
- How long the computer must be de-energized: >20 s.
- A/C configuration:
- A/C on ground and OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR 1 (2)
(3) (located on the ADIRS panel) set to OFF for 20 s at least then
to NAV.
(2) Progress of power-up tests
(a) Duration: 5 s
(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on
the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- ADIRS panel:
- ON BAT legend annunciator on for 5 s, 2 s after power-up test
initialization.
(3) Results of power-up tests
(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
(a) Test pass:
- ALIGN legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on.
NOTE : It means that the system is in align mode.
____
(b) Test failed:
- ECAM warning
- NAV IR 1 (2) (3) FAULT or
- NAV ADR 1 (2) (3) FAULT
depending on the faulty part.
- ADIRS panel:
- FAULT legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on or FAULT/OFF
of the ADR 1 (2) (3) pushbutton switch on.
depending on the faulty part.
NOTE : In case of failure, set the DISPLAY/DATA selector switch
____
to STS then do the troubleshooting procedure on the system
according to the error code displayed on the ADIRS panel.
EFF :
001-010, 34-18-00
Page 74
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R C. Power-up Test Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
R (1) Conditions of power-up test initialization
R - How long the computer must be de-energized: >20 s.
R - A/C configuration:
R - A/C on ground and OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR 1 (2)
R (3) (located on the ADIRS panel) set to OFF for 20 s at least then
R to NAV.
R (2) Progress of power-up tests
R (a) Duration: 5 s
R (b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
R accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on
R the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
R - ADIRS panel:
R - ON BAT legend annunciator on for 5 s, 2 s after power-up test
R initialization.
R (3) Results of power-up tests
R (cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
R (a) Test pass:
R - FAULT legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator off.
R (b) Test failed:
R - ECAM warning
R - NAV IR 1 (2) (3) FAULT or
R - NAV ADR 1 (2) (3) FAULT
R depending on the faulty part.
R - ADIRS MSU:
R - FAULT legend of the IR 1 (2) (3) annunciator on or FAULT/OFF
R of the ADR 1 (2) (3) pushbutton switch on.
R depending on the faulty part.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-18-00
Page 75
May 01/08
VOI
STANDBY NAVIGATION SYSTEMS - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________
TASK 34-20-00-710-001
ISIS Reset
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 342200-04
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-20-00-865-050
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-20-00-710-050
A. Reset of the ISIS Indicator.
(1) On the panel 49VU, open the NAV/STBY/HORIZON circuit breaker for more
than 5 seconds then close it.
(2) After some seconds, on the ISIS Indicator, the INIT page comes into
view.
5. Close-up
________
EFF :
ALL 34-20-00
Page 501
Aug 01/07
VOI
__________________________________________________________
STANDBY DATA : INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM (ISIS)
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
A. ISIS Indicator
The Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) indicator replaces the
three conventional standby instruments:
- the standby altimeter
- the standby horizon indicator
- the standby airspeed indicator.
It is located on the center instrument panel.
B. Standby Compass
The standby heading is given by a magnetic compass that is an independent
instrument which provides the flight crew with the A/C magnetic heading.
It is installed on the top of the windshield center post and allows a
check of the heading provided by the main sources of the heading system.
It acts in standby when these systems are inoperative.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2FN COMPASS-STANDBY 210 831 34-22-23
22FN IND-ISIS 401VU 211 34-22-25
3. __________________
System Description
A. ISIS Indicator
(1) Initialization function
(Ref. Fig. 002)
This function corresponds to the initialization phase of the ISIS
indicator.
As soon as the ISIS indicator is energized, the display shows these
four yellow digital boxes for approximately 90 s:
- ATT for the standby horizon function
- SPD for the airspeed indicator function, ALT for the altimeter
function the standby horizon
- INIT 90 S for the initialization function.
ISIS performs an excessive motion test during the whole
initialization phase.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Initialization Display
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
VOI
If aircraft motion is detected, the attitude information is flagged
and a yellow ATT:RST flag with a red ATT flag are displayed at
the end of the initialization phase
(Ref. Fig. 003)
Pressing the RST pushbutton switch more than 2 seconds then
restarts the initialization phase.
The display also shows the baro reference. Baro reference can be
set during the initialization phase.
(2) Standby airspeed indicator function
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(a) The standby airspeed indicator function measures the pitot/static
pressure differential from the standby air data system and
provides airspeed indication in knots.
The airspeed indication is displayed by means of a white tape
positioned vertically in the left part of the display area.
The airspeed scale is linear with five-knot graduations from 5 to
250 kts, ten-knot graduations from 250 to 520 kts and digital
values every 20 kts.
This tape moves up and down to indicate the A/C actual speed
value in front of a fixed yellow reference line.
When the airspeed data is not valid, a red SPD flag is displayed
in place of the airspeed scale.
(b) Mach number
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The Mach number is always computed.
When the Mach number is above .5 (increasing sense) it is
displayed in green in the left bottom part of the display area,
just below the speed scale in green color. The display range is
.50 to .99 (increasing sense) and .99 to .45 (decreasing sense).
In case of failure, a red M flag is displayed in place of the
Mach number.
(3) Standby altimeter function
(Ref. Fig. 005)
(a) The standby altimeter indication is supplied with static pressure
by the standby air data system to indicate the barometric
altitude of the aircraft in feet.
The barometric altitude indication is displayed by means of a
black tape with white indications, positioned vertically in the
right part of the display area.
The altitude scale is linear from - 2000 to + 50,000 ft with 100
ft graduations, with digital indications every 500 ft.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Excessive motion during the initialization phase.
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Airspeed Display
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 6
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Altitude Display
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
VOI
This tape moves up and down with respect to a window surrounded
in yellow within which the A/C actual altitude value is displayed
in green digits.
The window is surrounded in cyan when an altitude bug is hidden
by this read-out.
In this window, the hundreds of feet are written in a large size
whereas the tens and units are displayed by a drum operating as a
conventional mechanical altimeter.
When the altitude data is not valid, a red ALT flag is displayed
in place of the altitude tape, but the selected pressure is
always displayed.
(b) Negative altitude
(Ref. Fig. 006)
If the altitude is negative, the NEG indication is displayed in
white close to the digital read-out. The range is - 2000 to 0 ft.
(4) Reference barometric pressure indication
(Ref. Fig. 007)
(a) By pushing the barometric reference (BARO) selector knob located
in the right bottom corner of the indicator, the pilot can select
the standard barometric pressure 1013.25 hPa (29.9211 in.Hg) or
the barometric correction whose value (without units) can be
adjusted by turning the knob (first press: STD, second press:
baro correction).
The barometric correction is displayed in cyan, in the center
bottom part of the display, in the range from 745 to 1100 hPa,
with a variation of 10 hPa per rotation of the knob.
In case of standard barometric pressure selection, a cyan STD
flag is displayed in place of the barometric correction value.
(5) Standby horizon function
(Ref. Fig. 008)
(a) Aircraft symbol
The fixed symbol is in yellow color, it comprises three parts:
two simplified wing/landing gear parts plus a center part.
It provides the pilot with a quick glance attitude information,
both in pitch and roll with respect to the attitude sphere.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Negative Altitude Display
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Reference Barometric Display
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 10
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Pitch Scale Display
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 11
Feb 01/06
VOI
(b) Pitch angle information
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The A/C present pitch angle is given by the vertical
displacements of the pitch attitude scale with respect to the
center of the A/C symbol. The scale moves behind the cut-sphere
shaped window, limited by the lines of an upper (blue) and a
lower (brown) sector. The scale rotates around the center of the
A/C symbol in accordance with the A/C present roll angle.
The pitch scale comprises white reference lines and associated
pitch angle values. The lines are given every 2.5 degrees from -
30 to + 30 degrees. Beyond 30 degrees, red large arrow heads
(V-shaped) indicate an excessive attitude and the direction to
follow in order to reduce it.
(c) Roll angle information
A yellow triangle which remains on the line going through the
center of the A/C symbol and which is perpendicular to the
horizon line, moves against the fixed roll scale on the upper
contour of the attitude sphere.
This fixed roll scale comprises white marks for the 10 degrees,
20 degrees, 30 degrees, 45 degrees and 60 degrees significant
values, on either side of the zero position (horizontal wings)
which is indicated by a small fixed black triangle surrounded in
white.
(d) Attitude failure presentation
(Ref. Fig. 009)
In case of detected failure of the pitch and/or roll angle
information, the whole attitude and guidance display is replaced
by the ATT red flag.
(e) Lateral acceleration
A black surrounded white trapezoidal index below the roll
reference triangle represents the A/C lateral acceleration.
Lateral acceleration is displayed in the range from -0,2 to
+0,2g. If the lateral acceleration exceeds this range, it is not
displayed any more. When the lateral acceleration is null, the
centre of the symbol is in a neutral zone, the width of which
corresponds to the middle of the base of the reference triangle.
This can result on ISIS in a shifting up to one millimeter
between this triangle and the symbol of lateral acceleration.
This behaviour comes from a compromise between the resolution of
the sensors, the precision of the display and the mounting of the
equipment on the instrument panel.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Attitude Failure Display
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
VOI
(6) LS function
(Ref. Fig. 010, 011)
When the LS pushbutton switch located on the right top part of the
indicator is pushed, the Glide Slope (G/S) and Localizer (LOC) scales
come into view.
If the LOC and/or G/S signals are in Failure Warning condition or No
Refresh, the relative scale disappears and the relative red flag LOC
and/or G/S appears respectively in the left bottom corner and/or in
the right top corner of the display area. If the LOC and/or G/S
signals are in NCD condition, only the scales without diamond are
displayed.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
B. Standby Compass
The standby compass consists of a magnetic element rotating inside a
compass bowl, immersed in a damping liquid. The magnetic element (1) is
linked to a graduated compass card which moves against a lubber line (2)
and gives the magnetic heading.
Above the viewing window are two apertures (4) marked B (E.W) and C
(N.S), allowing to achieve compensation by positioning the two small
magnetized bars (compensator).
Below the viewing window is a non-magnetic lamp (3) assembly which
provides illumination of the compass card.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 013)
A. ISIS Indicator
The ISIS indicator is supplied with 28VDC from the essential busbar
401PP. In case of loss of this busbar, the supply of the ISIS indicator
is automatically switched over to the battery busbar 703PP by means of
the relay 7XB.
Consumption of the indicator is 20 W maximum in steady state.
Transparency time for the ISIS indicator is not less than 50 ms
(memorizing of current configuration on power supply transients comprised
between 50 and 200 ms).
The display is lost during power supply cut off comprised between 50 and
200 ms.
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 14
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - LS Display
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 15
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - LS Failure Display
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 16
Feb 01/06
VOI
Standby Compass - Data Indicating
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 17
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Power Supply
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Standby Compass
The standby compass is supplied with 28VDC from the sheddable essential
bus 801PP.
The system is supplied through this circuit breaker:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/ICE AND STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04
5. Interface
_________
A. Mechanical Interface
The ISIS indicator is to 3 ATI size in accordance with ARINC 408A.
B. Peripherals
(Ref. Fig. 014)
(1) Digital data inputs
The ISIS indicator receives digital data inputs from the following
components:
(a) Inertial Reference
Two ARINC 429 high-speed buses provide the ISIS indicator with
the optional magnetic heading indication (label 320).
In normal configuration, the parameters displayed on the ISIS
indicator come from the ADIRU 1.
When a failure is detected, switching on the ADIRU 3 has to be
performed manually through the ATT/HDG selector switch on the
SWITCHING panel.
(b) ILS 1 (or MMR 1)
One ARINC 429 low-speed bus provides the ISIS indicator with the
LS function (label 173 for LOC and label 174 for G/S).
(c) A fourth ARINC 429 input (low or high speed) is reserved as
system provision.
(2) Discrete Inputs
The ISIS indicator receives the following discrete inputs:
(a) Ground/open signal from the ATT/HDG selector switch for selection
of active ADIRU 1 or 3.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 19
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS - Interfaces
Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 20
Feb 01/06
VOI
(b) Ref baro pressure in in.Hg and hPa pin-program
- this discrete input permits the display of the reference
barometric pressure in in.Hg in addition to the reference
barometric pressure in hPa.
(c) Altitude in meter pin-program
- this discrete permits the display of the altitude value in
meters in addition to the altitude value in feet.
(d) V-bars optional function pin-program
- this discrete permits to change the basic A/C symbol by the
V-bars symbol.
(e) Test discrete input
- this discrete input allows the ISIS indicator to manage the
BITE failures sent to the CFDIU.
(f) Four input discretes are used for indicator face tilting
The face of the ISIS indicator can be set at 0 deg. and tilted
from 10 to 24 deg. by steps of 1 deg.
(g) One discrete input is used as parity.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
The parity control includes the monitoring of the optional
function pin-programs and the ISIS indicator face tilt discretes.
The parity discrete is activated only if the sum of the wired
discretes is an even result.
The parity discrete is monitored during power-up tests and
continuous built-in test. If the parity is valid, it is memorized
into non volatile memory. If the parity is not valid, the last
memorized configuration is used and the white MAINT flag is
displayed in the left top part of the display area (when CAS < 50
kts) until the configuration is valid.
If the ATT 10s message appears when the MAINT flag is shown, the
message has priority. The flag is displayed again as soon as the
message disappears.
(3) Digital data output
The ISIS indicator provides the following outputs:
(a) Centralised Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
The ISIS indicator is connected to the CFDIU to transmit the
following words:
- LRU identification, Part Number (P/N) and Serial Number (S/N)
(label 354),
- Built-In Test (BITE) status (label 356),
- Unit code (label 377).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 21
Feb 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - MAINT Flag Display
Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
VOI
(b) ARINC 429 output bus (low speed) for the following air data:
- barometric corrected altitude in feet (label 204) and in meters
if corresponding option is activated (label 214),
- standard altitude in feet (label 203) and in meters if
corresponding option is activated (label 216),
- altitude rate (label 212),
- computed airspeed in knots (label 206),
- total pressure in hPa (label 242),
- uncorrected average static pressure in hPa (label 245),
- Mach number (label 205),
- barometric reference setting in hPa (label 234) and in in.Hg if
corresponding option is activated (label 235).
(c) ARINC 429 output bus (high speed) for the following inertial
data:
- body roll rate in degrees per second (label 327),
- roll angle in degrees (label 325),
- body pitch rate in degrees per second (label 326),
- pitch angle in degrees (label 324),
- body yaw rate in degrees (label 330),
- body longitudinal acceleration (label 331),
- body lateral acceleration (label 332).
(4) Discrete output
One discrete output is used for fault/healthy indication. This
discrete is grounded when the indicator is out of order and when the
OUT OF ORDER message is displayed.
(Ref. Fig. 016)
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. External Description
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 017)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 017A)
R **ON A/C ALL
The face of the ISIS indicator has:
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 23
May 01/08
VOI
R ISIS Indicator - OUT OF ORDER Display
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 24
Aug 01/06
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Component Description
Figure 017
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-22-00
Page 25
May 01/08
VOI
R ISIS Indicator - Component Description
R Figure 017A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 26
May 01/08
VOI
- an ATT/RST pushbutton switch to reset the horizon (attitude) function
to the true value,
- two ( + and - ) brightness adjustment pushbutton switches,
- a BUGS pushbutton switch for the display/inhibition of the BUGS
function,
- a LS pushbutton switch for the engagement/disengagement of the ILS
function,
- a light sensor,
- a BARO rotary knob/pushbutton switch. The pushbutton switch is used to
change the barometric pressure (which can be adjusted by the rotary
knob) to the standard pressure and back again.
The back of the ISIS indicator is equipped with a 41-pin connector, a
total pressure pneumatic connector (P) and a static pressure pneumatic
connector (S).
B. Internal Description
(Ref. Fig. 018, 019)
The ISIS indicator contains the following subassemblies:
- a Filtering Board (FIB)
- a Power Supply Unit (PSU)
- an Interface Board (INB)
- a Pressure Sensor Module (PSM)
- an Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU)
- a Control Processor and Graphic Display Module (CPGDM)
- an Optical Module (OPM).
(1) Filtering board
This board includes the rear plate with the two pressure unions for
the static and the total pressures and the 41-pin external connector.
It ensures protection against electromagnetic interference and
lightning strikes.
(2) Power supply unit
From the 28VDC, this unit supplies the voltages necessary for the
operation of the indicator.
(3) Interface board
This board makes the interface between part of the indicator
inputs/outputs, the pressure sensors, the inertial sensors, the face,
the light box and the CPGDM.
It also supplies a clock signal at 20MHz.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 27
May 01/08
R
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Block Diagram
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 28
May 01/08
R
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Location of Internal Components
Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 29
May 01/08
R
VOI
(4) Pressure sensor module
This module contains for each system (static pressure and total
pressure):
- a pressure sensor with a cell (silicon detector),
- a sensor memory with an electronic board that shapes the signals
and stores the characterization parameters of the sensor.
(5) Inertial measurement unit
This unit includes three single-axis rate sensors (with analog
outputs) and their temperature probes, two acceleration sensors and
their temperature probes, and an electronic board.
Its functions are as follows:
- angular rate measurement,
- temperature measurement,
- absolute acceleration measurement,
- storing of the IMU parameters (sensors, misalignment,
identification),
- generation of configuration data (IMU presence, two or three
accelerometers),
- generation of sensor healthy-operation discretes,
- digitization of the sensor data (analog-to-digital converter).
(6) Control processor and graphic display module
This module performs the computing and graphics generation functions.
The Control Processing Unit (CPU) part of the CPGDM processes the
data received through the INB and directly from the IMU to calculate
the operational parameters (altitude, attitude and airspeed).
The graphics part converts the data supplied by the CPU into smoothed
symbology and drives the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
(7) Optical module
This module includes a LCD matrix, backlighting (light box with three
tubes) and the control electronics for this lighting.
7. Operation
_________
A. System Performance
The parameter computation frequency is sufficient to respect the required
performances and to avoid important gap between two consecutive displayed
values. The elapsed time between the acquisition of air data and the
display of the parameters is less than 200 ms.
(1) Standby airspeed indicator function
The ISIS indicator can operate from 0 to 600 kts without
deterioration.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 30
May 01/08
VOI
(2) Standby altimeter function
The ISIS indicator can operate from -2500 to 55,000 ft and at 40,000
ft/mn speed variation without deterioration.
(3) Standby horizon function
The ISIS indicator can operate from -180 to +180 deg. in pitch and
roll without deterioration.
- gyrometers (3): the indicator can follow a 100 deg./s pitch or roll
variation, a 10,000 deg./square second angular acceleration. The
associated monitoring is triggered when angular speeds becomes
higher than 100 deg./s.
- accelerometers (2): the associated monitoring is triggered when the
constant acceleration in x and/or y axis becomes greater than 2.5g.
If this monitoring is triggered, the WAIT ATT message is
displayed
(Ref. Fig. 020)
If the conditions become normal againand if the attitude
performance remains adequate for 10 seconds, the WAIT ATT message
disappears and is replaced by the horizon display.
Otherwise, after 10 seconds or if the attitude performance is
affected, the attitude function is considered as failed and the
ATT:RST message is displayed in place of the WAIT ATT message
(Ref. Fig. 021)
Pressing the RST pushbutton switch more than 2 seconds in steady
flight quickly resets the attitude information.
B. Control and Indicating
The face of the ISIS indicator includes the following controls:
(1) BUGS pushbutton switch
(Ref. Fig. 022)
When the BUGS pushbutton switch is pushed, the BUGS page is shown.
This page is used to program characteristic speeds and altitudes
displayed on speed and altitude scales respectively.
The BUGS page has two columns positioned vertically:
an SPD column made of four boxes and an ALT column made of two boxes.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 31
May 01/08
R
VOI
ISIS INDICATOR - WAIT ATT Flag
Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 32
May 01/08
R
VOI
ISIS INDICATOR - ATT RESET Flag
Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 33
May 01/07
R
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Bugs Selection Display
Figure 022
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 34
May 01/07
R
VOI
Initially, the first box of the SPD column (left top) is flashing.
The corresponding speed value has to be selected using the BARO
selector knob (cyan SET/SELECT indication followed by an arrow in the
right bottom part of the display). This value cannot be less than 30
kts and can only be selected or changed when OFF function is
deselected (true also with altitude bugs). When the correct value is
displayed, access to the next box (below) is made by pushing the -
pushbutton switch. This box is then active and flashes. After the
fourth box of the SPD column, access to the last box of the ALT
column (right top) is made by using the BARO selector knob. The
altitude values selected cannot be negative. The - pushbutton
switch is also used to select the last ALT box and then the first SPD
box again. The + pushbutton switch is used to return to the
previous box.
The operational page is displayed again and the entered values are
memorized by pushing the BUGS pushbutton switch or after 15 s without
pilot action. These values are memorized until new values are
entered, even in case of ISIS indicator power supply cutoff.
If one memorized bug has not to be displayed on speed or altitude
scale, it is possible to hide it by pushing the BARO selector knob.
The OFF indication is shown close to the selected box and the value
is still displayed. By pushing the BARO selector knob again, the
displayed and memorized bug is active. Initially, speed bugs are set
to 30 and altitude bugs are set to 0. All the bugs can be hidden
using the OFF function.
(2) RST pushbutton switch
(Ref. Fig. 023)
The RST (reset) pushbutton switch located in the left bottom part of
the indicator enables to reset the attitude indication to the true
value during stabilized flight (without pitch and roll angles and
with stabilized speed).
During the reset, a yellow ATT 10s message is shown in the center of
the display area, in place of the horizon line. After a 10-second
delay, the operational page is automatically displayed.
(3) LS pushbutton switch
This pushbutton switch located in the right top part of the indicator
enables the display of the LS bars (LOC and G/S) (if the
corresponding pin-program is activated) in place of the magnetic
heading indications.
(4) BARO selector knob
This grey barometric selector knob located in the right bottom corner
of the indicator, enables to display the standard barometric pressure
or the barometric correction whose value can be adjusted by turning
the knob.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 35
May 01/08
R
VOI
ISIS Indicator - Attitude Reset Display
Figure 023
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 36
May 01/07
R
VOI
This knob is used for the selection of the altitude and airspeed
bugs.
(5) Brightness control
The ISIS indicator has a manual and automatic display brightness
control device, located on its face. The brightness ensures the
readability in all environmental lighting conditions expected in
service.
After a long power supply interrupt on ground (>200 ms), an average
brightness value is selected. In other cases, the last memorized
brightness value is selected.
The pushbutton switches are lighted for night vision in accordance
with the general cockpit selection.
8. Test
____
A. BITE Description
(1) General
The ISIS indicator is fitted with an internal flight/ground
information in order to manage the BITE and to prevent maintenance
mode activation in flight.
The test is inhibited when the internal computed airspeed is greater
than 60 kts.
NOTE : The ISIS indicator complies with ABD0018, ABD0048 and ABD0100
____
Specification.
The ISIS indicator is able to display maintenance data when the BUGS
and the LS pushbutton switches are pushed simultaneously (at least 2
s). In this case, a menu with two items is shown on the Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD).
(a) OTHER DATA menu
When the key adjacent to the OTHER DATA item (-) is pushed, a
specific menu made of two items (LRU IDENT and ENGINEERING DATA)
is shown.
- LRU IDENT item
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Allows to display the P/N and the S/N of the ISIS indicator,
the configuration of the equipment (optional functions
activated) and the functional time counter.
- ENGINEERING DATA item
(Ref. Fig. 025)
The engineering data provides correlation parameters and
snapshot data concerning the failure displayed.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 37
May 01/08
R
VOI
ISIS Indicator - LRU IDENT Menu
Figure 024
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 38
May 01/07
R
VOI
ISIS Indicator - ENGINEERING DATA Menu
Figure 025
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 39
May 01/07
R
VOI
In addition the engineering data enables to display the
functional time counter.
(b) TESTS menu
When the key adjacent to the TESTS item (+) is pushed, a specific
menu made of two items (FUNCTIONAL TEST (110s) and DISPLAY TEST)
is shown.
- DISPLAY TEST item
(Ref. Fig. 026)
The display test function enables to display white and black
screens to check LCD screen state/quality.
- FUNCTIONAL TEST (110s) item
(Ref. Fig. 027)
When the key adjacent to the FUNCTIONAL TEST (110s) item (+) is
pushed, the functional test is started and the message IN
PROGRESS 110s is shown in the middle of the display area. At
the end of the test, the message TEST OK is shown on the
display area. In case of fault detection, the BITE displays a
message.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 40
May 01/08
R
VOI
ISIS Indicator - DISPLAY TEST Menu
Figure 026
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 41
May 01/08
R
VOI
ISIS Indicator - FUNCTIONAL TEST Menu
Figure 027
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 42
May 01/08
VOI
STANDBY DATA : ATTITUDE AND HEADING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________
TASK 34-22-00-710-001
Operational Check of the standby compass including light test and visual check
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : The aircraft must not be near magnetic materials (vehicles,
____
buildings...) when you do this test.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 342200-01
To make sure that:
- the difference between the magnetic heading values on the standby compass
and the ND is not more than + or - 8⁰
- the lighting of the standby compass operates correctly
- you can read the compass cards .
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-22-00-730-001 Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 501
May 01/08
R
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (CAPT ND only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
(3) Do the IR alignement procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(4) On the windshield center post, pull the standby compass support that
you can retract from its housing.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-22-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Standby Compass
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the CAPT ND, read the magnetic Make sure that:
heading value. - the difference between the magnetic
heading values on the standby compass
and the ND is not more than + or -
8⁰.
NOTE : If the difference between the
____
magnetic heading values on the
standby compass and the ND is
more than + or - 8⁰ : do the
compensation adjustment/test of
the standby compass (Ref. TASK
34-22-00-730-001).
2. On the overhead panel, on the
ADIRS CDU:
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 502
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the IR1 to
OFF.
3. On the INT LT section of the On the standby compass:
overhead panel 25VU:
- set the STBY COMPASS switch to - the lighting is on
STBY COMPASS - you can read the compass cards from
the CAPT and F/O seats.
- set the STBY COMPASS switch to - the lighting goes off.
OFF
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-22-00-710-050-A
R A. Operational Test of the Standby Compass
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the CAPT ND, read the magnetic Make sure that:
R heading value. - The difference between the magnetic
R heading values on the standby compass
R and the ND is not more than + or -
R 8⁰.
R NOTE : If the difference between the
____
R magnetic heading values on the
R standby compass and the ND is
R more than + or - 8⁰ : do the
R compensation adjustment/test of
R the standby compass (Ref. TASK
R 34-22-00-730-001).
R 2. On the overhead panel, on the
R ADIRS MSU:
R - Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switch related to the IR1 to
R OFF.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 503
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. On the INT LT section of the On the standby compass:
R overhead panel 25VU:
R - Set the STBY COMPASS switch to - The lighting is on
R STBY COMPASS. - You can read the compass cards from
R the CAPT and F/O seats.
R - Set the STBY COMPASS switch to - The lighting goes off.
R OFF.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-22-00-210-050
B. Visual Inspection of the Standby Compass
(1) Make sure that:
- the support is in good condition
- the standby compass is correctly attached to the support
- there are no leaks.
(2) In the compass bowl, make sure that the liquid:
- is clear
- does not contain bubbles or sediment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) On the windshield center post, push the standby compass support into
its housing.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
(4) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 504
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-22-00-730-001
Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : To move the aircraft for this procedure, you can use:
____
- a tractor (you must disconnect the tractor and the towbar for each
adjustment) or,
- the aircraft engines (this is the recommended procedure).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
- to adjust the compensation of the standby compass
- to find the deviation curve of the compass values when they are more than
+ or - 8⁰ from the magnetic heading.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 2 mm-wide non magnetic screwdriver
No specific 2-mm wide non-magnetic screwdriver
R CE2-40 2 KEY-CORRECTOR
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
APU
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the APU
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-22-00-710-001 Operational Check of the standby compass including
light test and visual check
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 505
Feb 01/09
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-22-00-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
NOTE : For this procedure the aircraft must be on a compensation base
____
that can support the weight of the aircraft. The compensation base
must be:
- a compensation base certified by the applicable authorities or,
- a compensation base with these properties:
. a horizontal area in which the horizontal component of the
R earths magnetic field is constant (+/- 1 degree),
.sufficiently large for the aircraft be turn smoothly 360
degrees,
.with no metal objects near it ( no vehicles or other aircraft
R in a radius of 250ft, no buildings with magnetic materials in a
R radius of 600ft around the aircraft ).
(1) Make sure that there are no ferromagnetic parts installed near the
standby compass.
R Ferromagnetic parts near the standby compass can cause compass
R heading errors (fasteners, tools, etc...).
(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002).
(3) Make sure that the standby compass operates correctly (Ref. TASK 34-
22-00-710-001).
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (NDs only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(5) Do the IR alignment procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(6) Adjust the position of the aircraft until its lubber line points to
the North with a deviation less than 2⁰.
(7) On the ADIRS CDU set the DISPLAY DATA selector switch to HDG.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 506
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
Subtask 34-22-00-860-052-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
NOTE : For this procedure the aircraft must be on a compensation base
____
that can support the weight of the aircraft. The compensation base
must be:
- a compensation base certified by the applicable authorities or,
- a compensation base with these properties:
. a horizontal area in which the horizontal component of the
R earths magnetic field is constant (+/- 1 degree),
.sufficiently large for the aircraft be turn smoothly 360
degrees,
.with no metal objects near it ( no vehicles or other aircraft
in a radius of 250ft, no buildings with magnetic materials in a
radius of 600ft around the ai rcraft ).
(1) Make sure that there are no ferromagnetic parts installed near the
standby compass.
Ferromagnetic parts near the standby compass can cause compass
heading errors(fasteners, tools, etc...).
(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002).
(3) Make sure that the standby compass operates correctly (Ref. TASK 34-
22-00-710-001).
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (NDs only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(5) Do the IR alignment procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(6) Adjust the position of the aircraft until its lubber line points to
the North with a deviation less than 2⁰.
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 507
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-22-00-865-050
B. Make sure that these circuit breakers are closed to get the radio/
magnetic environment that usually occurs in flight :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R Subtask 34-22-00-730-050-B
R A. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass (For aircraft fitted
R with standby compass P/N C5K).
R NOTE : The reference magnetic heading referred to in this procedure is
____
R equal to the true heading indication read on the ADIRS CDU plus
R the magnetic variation.
R Magnetic heading = true heading + magnetic variation (a natural
R phenomenon which varies continuously).
R (1) Below the display window on the front face of the standby compass:
R - remove and safety the protection cover of the compensator.
R (2) On the standby compass:
R - put the 2 mm-wide non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole below
R the display window
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the EW compensation system
R to zero
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole below the display
R window
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the NS compensation system
R to zero.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 508
Feb 01/09
VOI
R (3) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to north (MHN)
R (Magnetic Heading North):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
R the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
R DN = MHN - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
R indication (CCH)
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
R compass
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
R Example:
R . if MHN = 360⁰ and CH = 356⁰
R DN = 360⁰ - 356⁰ = +4⁰
R AV (adjustment value) = +4
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 356⁰ + 4 = 360⁰
R . if MHN = 0⁰ and CH = 002⁰
R DN = 0⁰ - 2⁰ = -2⁰
R AV (Adjustment Value) = -2⁰
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 2⁰ +(-2⁰) = 0
R (4) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
R the CH
R DE = MHE - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
R compass
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH
R (Ref. Para. (2)).
R (5) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
R the CH
R DS = MHS - CH
R DS
R the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
R compass
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
EFF :
001-010, 34-22-00
Page 509
Feb 01/09
VOI
R Example:
R . if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 174⁰
R DS = 180⁰ - 174⁰ = +6⁰
R DS 6
R AV = -- = + - = +3
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 174⁰ + 3⁰ = 177⁰
R . if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 182⁰
R DS = 180⁰ - 182⁰ = -2⁰
R DS 2
R AV = -- = - - = -1
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 182 + (-1) = 181
R (6) Set the aircraft to West (MHW)
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
R the CH
R DW = MHW - CH
R DW
R the Adjustment Valve (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
R compass
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
R (Ref. Para. (4)).
R Subtask 34-22-00-730-067
R B. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass (For aircraft fitted
R with standby compass P/N PGA0105W).
R NOTE : The reference magnetic heading referred to in this procedure is
____
R equal to the true heading indication read on the ADIRS CDU plus
R the magnetic variation.
R Magnetic heading = true heading + magnetic variation (a natural
R phenomenon which varies continuously).
R (1) On the standby compass:
R - put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) into the B hole above the display
R window
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the B compensation
R system to zero
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-22-00
Page 510
Feb 01/09
VOI
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole above the
R display window
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the C compensation
R system to zero.
R (2) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to north (MHN)
R (Magnetic Heading North):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
R the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
R DN = MHN - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
R indication (CCH)
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH.
R Example:
R . if MHN = 360⁰ and CH = 356⁰
R DN = 360⁰ - 356⁰ = +4⁰
R AV (adjustment value) = +4
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 356⁰ + 4 = 360⁰
R . if MHN = 0⁰ and CH = 002⁰
R DN = 0⁰ - 2⁰ = -2⁰
R AV (Adjustment Value) = -2⁰
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 2⁰ +(-2⁰) = 0
R (3) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
R the CH
R DE = MHE - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH (Ref. Para. (2)).
R (4) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
R the CH
R DS = MHS - CH
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-22-00
Page 511
Feb 01/09
VOI
R DS
R the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH.
R Example:
R . if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 174⁰
R DS = 180⁰ - 174⁰ = +6⁰
R DS 6
R AV = -- = + - = +3
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 174⁰ + 3⁰ = 177⁰
R . if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 182⁰
R DS = 180⁰ - 182⁰ = -2⁰
R DS 2
R AV = -- = - - = -1
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 182 + (-1) = 181
R (5) Set the aircraft to West (MHW)
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
R the CH
R DW = MHW - CH
R DW
R the Adjustment Valve (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH. (Ref. Para. (4)).
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-22-00
Page 512
Feb 01/09
VOI
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R Subtask 34-22-00-730-050
R A. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass (For aircraft fitted
R with standby compass P/N C5K).
R (1) Below the display window on the front face of the standby compass:
R - remove and safety the protection cover of the compensator.
R (2) On the standby compass:
R - put the 2 mm-wide non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole below
R the display window
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the EW compensation system
R to zero
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole below the display
R window
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the NS compensation system
R to zero.
R (3) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to north (MHN)
R (Magnetic Heading North):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
R the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
R DN = MHN - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
R indication (CCH)
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
R compass
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
R Example:
R . if MHN = 360⁰ and CH = 356⁰
R DN = 360⁰ - 356⁰ = +4⁰
R AV (adjustment value) = +4
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 356⁰ + 4 = 360⁰
R . if MHN = 0⁰ and CH = 002⁰
R DN = 0⁰ - 2⁰ = -2⁰
R AV (Adjustment Value) = -2⁰
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 2⁰ +(-2⁰) = 0
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 513
Feb 01/09
VOI
R (4) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
R the CH
R DE = MHE - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
R compass
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH
R (Ref. Para. (2)).
R (5) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
R the CH
R DS = MHS - CH
R DS
R the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
R compass
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
R Example:
R . if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 174⁰
R DS = 180⁰ - 174⁰ = +6⁰
R DS 6
R AV = -- = + - = +3
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 174⁰ + 3⁰ = 177⁰
R . if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 182⁰
R DS = 180⁰ - 182⁰ = -2⁰
R DS 2
R AV = -- = - - = -1
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 182 + (-1) = 181
R (6) Set the aircraft to West (MHW)
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
R the CH
R DW = MHW - CH
R DW
R the Adjustment Valve (AV) is equal to --
R 2
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 514
Feb 01/09
VOI
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
R compass
R - use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
R (Ref. Para. (4)).
R Subtask 34-22-00-730-067-A
R B. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass (For aircraft fitted
R with standby compass P/N PGA0105W).
R (1) On the standby compass:
R - put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) into the B hole above the display
R window
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the B compensation
R system to zero
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole above the
R display window
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the C compensation
R system to zero.
R (2) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to north (MHN)
R (Magnetic Heading North):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
R the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
R DN = MHN - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
R indication (CCH)
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH.
R Example:
R . if MHN = 360⁰ and CH = 356⁰
R DN = 360⁰ - 356⁰ = +4⁰
R AV (adjustment value) = +4
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 356⁰ + 4 = 360⁰
R . if MHN = 0⁰ and CH = 002⁰
R DN = 0⁰ - 2⁰ = -2⁰
R AV (Adjustment Value) = -2⁰
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the AV to get the CCH
R 2⁰ +(-2⁰) = 0
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 515
Feb 01/09
VOI
R (3) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
R the CH
R DE = MHE - CH
R - the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH (Ref. Para. (2)).
R (4) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
R the CH
R DS = MHS - CH
R DS
R the Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH.
R Example:
R . if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 174⁰
R DS = 180⁰ - 174⁰ = +6⁰
R DS 6
R AV = -- = + - = +3
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 174⁰ + 3⁰ = 177⁰
R . if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 182⁰
R DS = 180⁰ - 182⁰ = -2⁰
R DS 2
R AV = -- = - - = -1
R 2 2
R Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
R with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
R 182 + (-1) = 181
R (5) Set the aircraft to West (MHW)
R - calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
R the CH
R DW = MHW - CH
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 516
Feb 01/09
VOI
R DW
R the Adjustment Valve (AV) is equal to --
R 2
R - correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
R - put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
R standby compass
R - use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
R CCH. (Ref. Para. (4)).
Subtask 34-22-00-730-065
R C. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the STBY Compass using a 2-mm wide Non
Magnetic Screwdriver
(1) On the standby compass:
- Put the 2-mm wide non-magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole below
the display window
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the EW compensation system
to zero
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole below the display
window
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the NS compensation system
to zero.
(2) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to North (MHN)
(Magnetic Heading North):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
DN = MHN - CH
- The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN.
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
indication (CCH)
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
compass
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
Example:
. if MHN = 360⁰ and CH = 356⁰
DN = 360⁰ - 356⁰ = +4⁰
AV (Adjustment Value) = +4.
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
356⁰ + 4 = 360⁰.
. if MHN = 0⁰ and CH = 002⁰
DN = 0⁰ - 2⁰ = -2⁰
AV (Adjustment Value) = -2⁰.
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 517
Feb 01/09
VOI
2⁰ +(-2⁰) = 0.
(3) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
the CH:
DE = MHE - CH
- The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE.
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
compass
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH
(Ref. Para. (2)).
(4) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
the CH:
DS = MHS - CH
DS
The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --.
2
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the NS hole of the standby
compass
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH.
Example:
. if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 174⁰
DS = 180⁰ - 174⁰ = +6⁰
DS 6
AV = -- = + - = +3.
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
174⁰ + 3⁰ = 177⁰.
. if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 182⁰
DS = 180⁰ - 182⁰ = -2⁰
DS 2
AV = -- = - - = -1.
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
182 + (-1) = 181.
(5) Set the aircraft to West (MHW):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
the CH:
DW = MHW - CH
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 518
Feb 01/09
VOI
DW
The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --.
2
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic screwdriver into the EW hole of the standby
compass
- Use the non magnetic screwdriver to set the standby compass to CCH
(Ref. Para. (4)).
Subtask 34-22-00-730-066
R D. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the STBY Compass using a Compensation Key
(CE 2-40)
(1) On the standby compass:
R - Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) into the B hole above the display
window
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the B compensation
system to zero
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole above the
display window
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the C compensation
system to zero.
(2) Use the system in operation to set the aircraft to North (MHN)
(Magnetic Heading North):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DN between the MHN and
the CH (Compass Heading Indication of the Standby Compass):
DN = MHN - CH
- The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DN.
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the compensated compass heading
indication (CCH)
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
standby compass
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH.
Example:
. if MHN = 360⁰ and CH = 356⁰
DN = 360⁰ - 356⁰ = +4⁰
AV (Adjustment Value) = +4.
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
356⁰ + 4 = 360⁰.
. if MHN = 0⁰ and CH = 002⁰
DN = 0⁰ - 2⁰ = -2⁰
AV (Adjustment Value) = -2⁰
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 519
Feb 01/09
VOI
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the AV to get the CCH
2⁰ +(-2⁰) = 0.
(3) Set the aircraft to East (MHE):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DE between the MHE and
the CH:
DE = MHE - CH
- The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to DE.
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
standby compass
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH (Ref. Para. (2)).
(4) Set the aircraft to South (MHS):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DS between the MHS and
the CH:
DS = MHS - CH
DS
The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --.
2
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the C hole of the
standby compass
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH.
Example:
. if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 174⁰
DS = 180⁰ - 174⁰ = +6⁰
DS 6
AV = -- = + - = +3.
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
174⁰ + 3⁰ = 177⁰.
. if MHS = 180⁰ and CH = 182⁰
DS = 180⁰ - 182⁰ = -2⁰
DS 2
AV = -- = - - = -1.
2 2
Correct the Compass Heading indication of the standby compass (CH)
with the Adjustment Value (AV) to get the CCH
182 + (-1) = 181
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-00
Page 520
Feb 01/09
VOI
(5) Set the aircraft to West (MHW):
- Calculate and write the magnetic deviation DW between the MHW and
the CH:
DW = MHW - CH
DW
The Adjustment Value (AV) is equal to --.
2
- Correct the CH with the AV to get the CCH
- Put the non magnetic Compensation Key into the B hole of the
standby compass
- Use the non magnetic Compensation Key to set the standby compass to
CCH (Ref. Para. (4)).
**ON A/C 001-010,
Subtask 34-22-00-730-051
R E. Find the deviation curve
NOTE : During the adjustment, the standby compass turns 360⁰. Make sure
____
that the letters and graduations on the compass card are not
damaged.
- set the aircraft to the twelve headings one after the other
which are necessary to find the deviation curve:
0⁰, 30⁰, 60⁰, 90⁰, 120⁰, 150⁰, 180⁰, 210⁰, 240⁰, 270⁰, 300⁰,
330⁰
- write the values of the standby compass and of the NDs (or ADIRS
CDU + magnetic variation) for each aircraft position,
- calculate the remaining deviation values R(⁰):
R(⁰) = MH - indication of standby compass,
- make sure that:
* the remaining deviation values R(⁰) are not more than + or -
8⁰ for each heading,
* the maximum range between the positive and negative deviation
values R(⁰) is not more than 10⁰,
* the difference between each magnetic heading value on the
standby compass and the ND is not more than 8⁰. If the
difference is more than 8⁰, adjust the compensation,
- write the actual compass heading Magnetic Heading (MH) + R(⁰)
(Remaining deviation values)⁵ on the two correction cards. Put
the cards on each side of the support of the standby compass.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 521
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
Subtask 34-22-00-730-051-A
R E. Find the Deviation Curve
NOTE : During the adjustment, the standby compass turns 360⁰. Make sure
____
that the letters and graduations on the compass card are not
damaged.
- Set the aircraft to the twelve headings one after the other
which are necessary to find the deviation curve:
0⁰, 30⁰, 60⁰, 90⁰, 120⁰, 150⁰, 180⁰, 210⁰, 240⁰, 270⁰, 300⁰,
330⁰.
- Write the values of the standby compass and of the NDs for each
aircraft position.
- Calculate the remaining deviation values R(⁰):
R(⁰) = MH - indication of standby compass.
- Make sure that:
* The remaining deviation values R(⁰) are not more than + or -
8⁰ for each heading.
* The maximum range between the positive and negative deviation
values R(⁰) is not more than 10⁰.
* The difference between each magnetic heading value on the
standby compass and the ND is not more than 8⁰. If the
difference is more than 8⁰, adjust the compensation.
- Write the actual compass heading Magnetic Heading (MH) + R(⁰)
(Remaining deviation values)⁵ on the two correction cards. Put
the cards on each side of the support of the standby compass.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 34-22-00-860-053-A
R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (For aircraft fitted with standby compass P/N C5K).
R (1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
R (2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
R (3) Install the protection cover on the compensator.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 522
Feb 01/09
VOI
R (4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
R 002).
R (5) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
R (6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
R Subtask 34-22-00-860-068
R B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (For aircraft fitted with standby compass P/N PGA0105W).
R (1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
R (2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
R (3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
R 002).
R (4) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
R (5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 523
Feb 01/09
VOI
TASK 34-22-00-730-003
Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass with the Standby Compass
Calibrator
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : To move the aircraft for this procedure, you can use:
____
- a tractor (you must disconnect the tractor and the towbar for each
adjustment) or,
- the aircraft engines (this is the recommended procedure).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
- To adjust the compensation of the standby compass.
- To find the deviation curve of the compass values when they are more than
+ or - 8 degrees.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R CE2-40 1 KEY-CORRECTOR
2591553-903 1 STANBY COMPASS CALIB
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
APU
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the APU
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-22-00-710-001 Operational Check of the standby compass including
light test and visual check
34-22-00-991-002 Fig. 501
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 524
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-22-00-991-003 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-00-860-065
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE SPECIFIED COMPENSATION
_______
AREA, AND THAT IT POINTS TO THE NORTH.
IF YOU MUST USE THE STANDBY COMPASS CALIBRATOR IN A DIFFERENT
LOCATION, YOU MUST CALIBRATE THE STANDBY COMPASS CALIBRATOR
AGAIN BEFORE YOU USE IT.
NOTE : For this procedure the aircraft must be on a compensation base
____
that can support the weight of the aircraft. The compensation base
must:
- have these properties:
. a horizontal area in which the horizontal component of the
R earths magnetic field is constant (+/- 1 degree),
. no metal objects near it (no vehicles or other aircraft in a
radius of 250 ft., no buildings with magnetic materials in a
radius of 600 ft. around the aircraft).
. agree with the compensation procedure of the Firstmark
Operation and Maintenance Manual (Ref.EB 2992043). There must be
a check of the compensation area every three months or each time
that you use it.
(1) Make sure that there are no ferromagnetic parts installed near the
standby compass.
Ferromagnetic parts (fasteners, tools, etc.) near the standby compass
can cause compass heading errors.
(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-861-002).
(3) Make sure that the standby compass operates correctly (Ref. TASK 34-
22-00-710-001).
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (NDs only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(5) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 525
Feb 01/09
VOI
(6) Adjust the position of the aircraft:
- The lubber line must point to the North with a deviation of less
than 2 degrees.
- The nose wheel must be on the ground marking defined by the
Firstmark area-calibration procedure.
(7) On the ADIRS CDU, set the DISPLAY DATA selector switch to HDG.
Subtask 34-22-00-865-055
B. Make sure that these circuit breakers are closed to get the radio/
magnetic environment that usually occurs in flight :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-22-00-730-062
A. Installation of the standby compass compensator
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-22-00-991-002, 502/TASK 34-22-00-991-003)
(1) Remove the four screws (1) from the plate (2) under the standby
compass.
(2) Remove the plate (2).
(3) Remove the two screws (3) from the standby compass (4).
(4) Install the standby compass compensator (5) STANBY COMPASS CALIB
(2591553-903) with two non-magnetic screws (6) and two adjusting
shims (7) on the standby compass (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 526
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Standby Compass
Figure 501/TASK 34-22-00-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 527
Feb 01/09
VOI
Standby Compass Calibrating (S.C.C.)
Figure 502/TASK 34-22-00-991-003
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 528
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-22-00-730-063
B. Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass
NOTE : The reference magnetic heading referred to in this procedure is
____
the magnetic heading indication read on the knob assembly of the
standby compass compensator.
Magnetic heading = true heading + magnetic variation (a natural
phenomenon which varies continuously).
(1) North (N) position compensation
(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the N position.
(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:
R - Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) (non-magnetic compensation key)
into C hole
- Adjust the N indication so that it agrees with the heading
indication of the standby compass compensator.
(2) East (E) position compensation
(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the E position.
(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:
R - Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) (non-magnetic compensation key)
into B hole
- Adjust the E indication so that it agrees with the heading
indication of the standby compass compensator.
(3) South (S) position compensation
(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the S position.
(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:
R - Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) (non-magnetic compensation key)
into C hole
- Adjust the S indication by the corrective value, i.e. half the
difference between the heading indications of the compass and
the compass compensator.
Example:
. if the standby compass compensator shows 180 degrees (S), and
the standby compass 176 degrees (180 - 176 = 4) the corrective
value is equal to half the difference = +2 degrees.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 529
Feb 01/09
VOI
(4) West (W) position compensation
(a) On the standby compass compensator, set the two drums of the knob
assembly to the W position.
(b) On the standby compass, after the compass becomes stable:
R - Put the KEY-CORRECTOR (CE2-40) (non-magnetic compensation key)
into B hole
- Adjust the W indication by the corrective value, i.e. half the
difference between the heading indications of the compass and
the compass compensator.
Example:
. if the standby compass compensator shows 270 degrees (W), and
the standby compass 274 degrees (270 - 274 = -4) the corrective
value is equal to half the difference = -2 degrees.
Subtask 34-22-00-730-064
C. Calculate the deviation curve
NOTE : During this adjustment procedure, the letters and graduations (on
____
the compass card) will be visible because the standby compass
turns 360 degrees. Thus it becomes possible to make sure that the
letters and graduations are not damaged.
- Use the knob assembly to set the compass to these twelve headings
(necessary to find the deviation curve) one after the other:
0⁰, 30⁰, 60⁰, 90⁰, 120⁰, 150⁰, 180⁰, 210⁰, 240⁰, 270⁰, 300⁰, 330⁰
- Write the values of the standby compass (CH) and of the standby compass
compensator (MH) for each heading
- Calculate the remaining deviation values R(⁰) as follows:
R(⁰) = MH - CH (indication of standby compass)
- Make sure that:
* the remaining deviation values R(⁰) are not more than + or - 8
degrees for each heading
* the maximum range between the positive and negative deviation values
R(⁰) is not more than 10 degrees
* the difference between each magnetic heading value on the standby
compass and the standby compass compensator is not more than 8 degrees.
If the difference is more than 8 degrees, adjust the compensation.
- Write the magnetic heading Magnetic Heading (MH) + R(⁰) (Remaining
deviation values)⁵ on the two correction cards. Put the cards on each
side of the support of the standby compass.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 530
Feb 01/09
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-00-860-067
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Remove the standby compass compensator.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TWO DRUMS OF THE KNOB ASSEMBLY ARE ON
_______
THE N (NORTH) POSITION BEFORE YOU PUT THE STANDBY COMPASS
COMPENSATOR INTO STORAGE. THIS WILL PREVENT
DEMAGNETIZATION.
(4) Install the plate (2) with the four screws (1) under the standby
compass.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
(6) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
Subtask 34-22-00-080-051
B. Tool storage:
At the end of the test, refer to the manufacturer recommend.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-00
Page 531
Feb 01/09
VOI
COMPASS - STANDBY (2FN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 34-22-23-000-001
Removal of the Standby Compass (2FN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-22-23-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-23-865-053
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/ICE AND STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04
EFF :
ALL 34-22-23
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-23-991-001)
Subtask 34-22-23-020-050
A. Removal of the Standby Compass (2FN)
(1) Pull the support (3) that can be retracted from its housing (2).
(2) Loosen the four screws (6).
(3) Remove the four screws (6).
(4) Disengage the standby compass (5) from its support (3).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (1).
(6) Remove the standby compass (5).
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1) and
(4).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-23
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Standby Compass
Figure 401/TASK 34-22-23-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-22-23
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-22-23-400-001
Installation of the Standby Compass (2FN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting
34-22-00-730-001 Compensation Adjustment/Test of the Standby Compass
34-22-23-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-23-865-054
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/ICE AND STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-23-991-001)
Subtask 34-22-23-420-050
A. Installation of the Standby Compass (2FN)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1) and (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-23
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) and (4) are clean and in
the correct condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the standby compass (5).
(6) Install the Standby Compass (5) in its support (3) that can be
retracted.
(7) Attach the standby compass (5) with the four screws (6).
(8) Tighten the four screws (6).
Subtask 34-22-23-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1LF
Subtask 34-22-23-710-050
C. Test
(1) Do the compensation adjustment/test of the standby compass
(Ref. TASK 34-22-00-730-001)
(2) Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting
(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-23-860-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the support (3) that can be retracted in its housing (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-23
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
COMPASS - STANDBY (2FN) - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 34-22-23-200-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Standby Compass Damping Fluid
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the standby compass operates.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-23-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the windshield center post, pull the standby compass support that
you can retract from its housing.
(2) On the INT LT section of the overhead panel 25VU:
- set the STBY COMPASS switch 2LF to STBY COMPASS.
Make sure that the lighting of the standby compass is on.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-22-23-210-050
A. Visual Inspection of the Standby Compass
(1) Make sure that:
- the support is in good condition
- the standby compass is correctly attached to the support
- there are no leaks.
(2) In the compass bowl, make sure that the liquid:
- is clear
- does not contain bubbles or sediment.
(3) Make sure that the two correction cards of the compass are on each
side of the support.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-23
Page 601
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-23-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the INT LT section of the overhead panel 25VU:
- set the STBY COMPASS switch 2LF to OFF.
(2) On the windshield center post, push the standby compass support into
its housing.
(3) Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-23
Page 602
Feb 01/06
VOI
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN) - SERVICING
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-22-25-170-001
Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and Standby Total Pressure lines
(ISIS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 342200-02
- To remove the water from the standby static pressure lines.
- To remove dust and particles from the standby static and standby total
pressure lines.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking cap
No specific dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi)
R No specific WIRE-NYLON dia. 0,7 and 0,8mm
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
98D34003500000 2 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
R 98D34103002000 1 ADAPTERS-AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING
R 98D34103004001 1 CLEANER-PITOT PROBE
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-24-34-600-001 Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-22-25-000-001 Removal of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
34-22-25-400-001 Installation of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
34-22-25-790-001 Low range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic circuits
34-22-25-991-002 Fig. 301
34-22-25-991-004 Fig. 302
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 301
Aug 01/07
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 34-22-25-991-002)
NOTE : The hose couplings are self-sealing.
____
Subtask 34-22-25-861-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-22-25-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 110 at the access
door 811.
(2) Open the access door 811.
R
Subtask 34-22-25-020-052
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).
(2) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (4) from the ADM 19FP8 and
the quick-disconnect coupling (8) from the ADM 19FP3.
(3) Disconnect the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch 14WN (3) from
the static line. Put a blanking cap on the pressure switch.
(4) Remove the water drain plug (2) from the water drain (1).
(5) In the cockpit, on the center instrument panel:
- remove the ISIS indicator 22FN (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-000-001)
(6) Disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (7) from the red 2-pin
coupling and disconnect the quick-disconnect coupling (5) from the
yellow 3-pin coupling of the ISIS indicator 22FN (6).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 302
Aug 01/07
VOI
Pressure lines
Figure 301/TASK 34-22-25-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 303
Feb 01/06
VOI
R (7) Connect a ADAPTERS-AIR DATA SYSTEM FLUSHING 3-pin adapter
R (98D34103002100) ) to the hose (5) and a ADAPTERS-AIR DATA SYSTEM
R FLUSHING 2-pin adapter (98D34103002102) to the hose (7). Then connect
to the dry nitrogen source - 2 bars (29 psi).
(8) Attach the hoses to prevent movement.
R
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 34-22-25-170-050
R A. Draining and Flushing of the Standby Static and the Standby Total
R Pressure Lines
R (1) Blow the gas into the hoses (5) and into the hose (7), from one to
R the other, at a pressure of 2 bars (29 psi). Do this for
R approximately 5 minutes.
R (2) Clean draining hole of the pitot probe 3 with CLEANER-PITOT PROBE and
R WIRE-NYLON dia. 0,7 and 0,8mm.
R (3) Make sure that there is no contamination in the pressurized gas at
R these outlets:
R - L static probe 3 and R static probe 3
R - Pitot probe 3
R - Water drain
R - Pipe of the cabin-pressure detection pressure-switch.
R (4) Put an ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT on the L static probe 3 then on the
R R static probe 3.
R (5) Make sure that the flow of gas is correct at :
R - the pipe of the pressure switch
R - the water drain.
R (6) Stop the flow of gas.
Subtask 34-22-25-860-059
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Disconnect the dry nitrogen source.
(2) Remove the adapters.
(3) Install the water drain plug (2) on the water drain (1).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 304
Aug 01/07
VOI
(4) Remove the blanking cap from the pressure switch 14WN (3).
(5) Connect the static line to the pressure switch 14WN (3).
(6) Connect the quick-disconnect coupling (8) to the ADM 19FP3 and the
quick-disconnect coupling (4) to the ADM 19FP8.
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 34-22-25-991-004)
(7) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
couplings (4) and (8).
(8) Pull the quick-disconnect coupling to be sure that they are correctly
attached.
(9) Install the ISIS indicator (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-400-001) on the center
instrument panel.
(10) Release the hoses.
(11) Do a visual inspection only, of the quick-disconnect fitting
connection, by a second qualified mechanic, with a sign off by both
mechanics.
Subtask 34-22-25-790-051
C. Leak test
(1) Make sure that all the hoses are connected correctly.
(2) Do a leak test of the standby air data system
(Ref. TASK 34-22-25-790-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-25-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(3) Close the access door 811.
(4) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 305
Aug 01/07
R
VOI
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
34-22-25
Page 306
Aug 01/07
VOI
R Illustration of the Quick-Disconnect coupling
R Figure 302/TASK 34-22-25-991-004
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 307
Feb 01/07
VOI
Subtask 34-22-25-862-050
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 308
Feb 01/07
VOI
______________________________________________________________
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 34-22-25-000-001
Removal of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
NOTE : After long low-rate turns (less than 6 degree bank) the ISIS
____
indicatorISIS does not give accurate bank indications immediately. The
specification of the ISIS indicator accepts this type of operation.
Thus, it is not necessary to replace the indicator.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-010,
34-22-25-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R 34-22-25-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 401
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-25-865-058
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
Subtask 34-22-25-010-050
B. Remove the thermoformed cover from the center instrument panel.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-25-991-001)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-22-25-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-22-25-020-051
A. Removal of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
CAUTION : WHEN YOU REMOVE THE ISIS INDICATOR, DO NOT USE THE BARO BUTTON
_______
TO PULL THE INDICATOR OUT OF ITS HOUSING. IF YOU USE THE BARO
BUTTON, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INDICATOR.
(1) Loosen the screws (3). Do not remove them.
(2) Push the screws (3) to release the ISIS indicator (1) from the clamp.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 402
May 01/08
VOI
ISIS Indicator
Figure 401/TASK 34-22-25-991-001
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-22-25
Page 403
May 01/08
VOI
R ISIS Indicator
R Figure 401A/TASK 34-22-25-991-001-A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-22-25
Page 404
May 01/08
VOI
(3) Disengage the ISIS indicator (1) from its housing.
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (5).
(5) Disconnect the red and green quick-disconnect couplings (4) from the
connectors (2).
(6) Remove the ISIS indicator (1).
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (5) and
(6).
(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends (2) and (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 405
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-22-25-400-001
Installation of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-13-41-000-002 Removal of the Sidewall Panels
25-13-41-400-002 Installation of the Sidewall Panels
33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting
34-22-25-740-001 BITE Test of the ISIS Indicator with the pushbutton
switches on the Face of the Indicator.
R **ON A/C 001-010,
34-22-25-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R 34-22-25-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C ALL
34-22-25-991-003 Fig. 402
R 34-22-25-991-005 Fig. 403
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 406
May 01/08
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-25-865-059
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
Subtask 34-22-25-010-053
B. Remove the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-22-25-991-001)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-22-25-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-22-25-420-051
A. Installation of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking plugs from the line ends (2) and (4).
(4) Connect the quick-disconnect couplings (4) of the pressure lines
(green and red) to the related connectors (2) of the ISIS indicator
(1).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-22-25-991-003)
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 407
May 01/08
VOI
Illustration of the Quick-disconnect coupling
Figure 402/TASK 34-22-25-991-003
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 408
May 01/08
VOI
R (5) Make sure that you can see the blue ring on the quick-disconnect
R couplings.
R
(6) Pull the quick-disconnect couplings to be sure that they are
correctly attached.
R
R (7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (5) and (6).
R (8) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(9) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the receptacle (6) of the
ISIS indicator (1).
(10) Install the ISIS indicator (1) in its housing.
R (11) Look behind the ISIS indicator and make sure that the position of the
R flexible hoses (static and total pressure lines) is satisfactory (no
crushing, kinks, creases or folds).
R (12) Install the screws (3). Do not tighten at this step.
R
Subtask 34-22-25-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
4LF, 5FN, 23FN
Subtask 34-22-25-710-050
C. Test
R (1) Make sure that the indications of the ISIS indicator are in the
R tolerances that follow:
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 34-22-25-991-005)
R - Roll: less than 2.5 deg. (equivalent to 1/4 of a roll graduation)
R (item A),
R - Pitch: less than 1.25 deg. (equivalent to 1/2 of a pitch
R graduation) (item B),
R - Lateral Acceleration: less than 1.3mm (item C).
R (2) Hold the ISIS indicator in the correct position and tighten the
R screws (3).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 409
May 01/08
VOI
R Tolerances limit of the ISIS Indicator (22FN) installation
R Figure 403/TASK 34-22-25-991-005
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 410
May 01/08
VOI
R (3) Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting
(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001).
R (4) Do the BITE test of the ISIS indicator (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-740-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-25-410-050
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Install the thermoformed cover on the center instrument panel.
(2) Install the sidewall panel 211LW (Ref. TASK 25-13-41-400-002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 411
May 01/08
VOI
______________________________________________________________
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 34-22-25-710-001
Operational Check of ISIS DC HOT Bus SUPPLY
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 342000-03
Test of the correct power supply of ISIS DC HOT BUS in emergency
configuration when the batteries are the only power supply source.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-25-861-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-22-25-860-063
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA selector
switch is at NORM.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-22-25-865-063
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
Subtask 34-22-25-860-064
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On panel 35VU, make sure that the ELEC/ BAT1 and ELEC/BAT2 pushbutton
switches are released.
- the OFF legends is on.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-22-25-740-052
A. Operational Test of ISIS DC HOT BUS SUPPLY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Open circuit breaker 5FN. On panel 401VU:
- make sure that the display of the
ISIS indicator (22FN) is off.
2. On overhead panel: - after approximatly 12 seconds, make
- on the panel 21VU, push and sure that the display of the ISIS
hold the EMER GEN TEST indicator (22FN) is on. The INIT 90s
pushbutton switch (23XE). (initialization display) indication
- simultaneously, on the panel comes into view.
35VU, release the ELEC/EXT PWR
pushbutton switch (10XG).
3. On the overhead panel:
- on the panel 21VU, release the
EMER GEN TEST pushbutton switch
(23XE).
- on the panel 35VU, push the
ELEC/EXT PWR pushbutton switch
(10XG).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 502
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Close circuit breaker 5FN. - after approximatly 12 seconds, make
sure that the display of the ISIS
indicator (22FN) is on. The INIT 90s
(initialization display) indication
comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-25-860-065
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
Subtask 34-22-25-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-22-25-740-001
BITE Test of the ISIS Indicator with the pushbutton switches on the Face of the
Indicator.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-25-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS Start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002)
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 504
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-22-25-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
Subtask 34-22-25-865-051
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
Subtask 34-22-25-860-050
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center instrument panel 401VU, on the ISIS indicator:
- make sure that the INIT 90 s indication comes into view.
- make sure that the Functions page comes into view.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-22-25-740-050
A. BITE Test of the ISIS Indicator
NOTE : Do not move the aircraft during the alignment period (110s) of
____
this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center instrument panel On the center instrument panel 401VU,
401VU, on the ISIS indicator: on the ISIS indicator:
- push the BUGS and the LS - the maintenance page comes into view
pushbutton switches at the same with TESTS and OTHER DATA
time and hold them pushed for indications.
more than 2 seconds.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the TESTS page comes into view.
the TESTS indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST page comes into view. Then
the FUNCTIONAL TEST (110s) the IN PROGRESS 110s indication comes
indication. into view.
- at the end of the test, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.
- push the RST pushbutton switch
until the Functions page comes
into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-25-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS Stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005)
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 506
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-22-25-790-001
Low range Leak Test of the Standby Pneumatic circuits
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
AUTOMATIC MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS
AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
INSTRUMENTS:
R - THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg) OR LESS
THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
R - CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000 FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN THE
_______
STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE STATIC
PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86 in Hg).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 342200-05
R To make sure that there are no leaks in the standby static and standby pitot
circuits.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 507
May 01/07
VOI
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific colored adhesive tape
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB (1.45 PSI)
R TO
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D10103500001 1 COVER-STATIC PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-11-15-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Pitot Probe (9DA1,9DA2,9DA3)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-25-860-053
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-22-25-865-052
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 508
Aug 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
Subtask 34-22-25-865-053
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
Subtask 34-22-25-420-050
D. Connection of the Ground Pressure Generator
(1) Remove the slip on covers from the static probes 7DA3, 8DA3 and the
pitot probe 9DA3 of the standby system.
R (2) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB (1.45 PSI) TO to
one standby static probe with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500100).
(3) Connect the ground pressure generator to the standby pitot probe with
the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.
(4) Seal the opposite standby static probe with a piece of plastic (see
CAUTION para.(5) below) and with the COVER-STATIC PROBE
(98D34003500103).
(5) Seal the drain holes:
CAUTION : WHEN YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE IN THE PITOT PROBE, DO NOT
_______
SEAL THE HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE.
ALWAYS PUT A PIECE OF PLASTIC ON THE HOLE FIRST AND USE THE
COLORED ADHESIVE TAPE TO ATTACH THE PLASTIC.
IF YOU SEAL THE DRAIN HOLE DIRECTLY WITH THE ADHESIVE TAPE,
THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME OF THE ADHESIVE WILL STAY ON THE
HOLE AND COLLECT PARTICLES. THIS CAN SUBSEQUENTLY CAUSE
BLOCKAGE OF THE HOLE AND THUS INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE
PROBE.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 509
Aug 01/08
VOI
Seal the drain holes of the pitot probe with a piece of plastic
and/or colored adhesive tape of very bright color.
(6) Move the vane of the AOA sensor 3 to the upper position. Maintain the
vane in position with colored adhesive tape.
Subtask 34-22-25-860-067
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.
(4) Start the ground pressure generator.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-100,
Subtask 34-22-25-790-050-A
A. Leak Test
R NOTE : You can do the test that follows for a static pressure of 691 hPa
____
R and an impact pressure of 59.3 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.3
R hPa) but it is not as accurate.
On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set the AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.
Make sure that:
R - the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 10,177 ft +/- 30 ft and 188 kts +/-
R 3 kts,
R - the ISIS indicator shows 10,216 ft +/- 50 ft and airspeed 189
R kts +/- 5 kts.
After 5 minutes:
- the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft,
- the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 510
Aug 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center instrument panel
401VU, on the ISIS indicator:
- set a barometric pressure of
1013 hPa.
2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
the AIR DATA selector switch to indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.
3. On the ground pressure generator:
R - set a static pressure of 462.4
R hPa.
R - set an impact pressure of 179,1
R hPa (or a total pressure of
R 641,50 hPa).
- close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:
R isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 20,918 ft
R circuits of the aircraft from +/- 40 ft and 335 kts +/- 3 kts,
R the ground pressure generator. the ISIS indicator shows 20,166 ft
R +/- 85 ft and 323 kts +/- 8 kts.
After 5 minutes, on the ISIS display
and on the CAPT (or F/O) PFD:
- make sure that the change of altitude
is not more than 500 ft.
After 10 minutes:
- make sure that the change of speed is
not more than 20 Kts.
- slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
the standby static and pitot than 6000 ft/mn.
circuits and open the
electrovalves to get
atmospheric pressure.
EFF :
001-100, 34-22-25
Page 511
Aug 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R Subtask 34-22-25-790-050-B
R A. Leak Test
R NOTE : You can do the test that follows for a static pressure of 691.4
____
R hPa and an impact pressure of 59 hPa (or a total pressure of 750.4
R hPa) but it is not as accurate.
R On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set the AIR DATA selector switch to
R CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.
R Make sure that:
R - the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 10,237 ft +/- 30 ft and 190 kts +/-
R 3 kts
R - the ISIS indicator show 10,201 ft +/- 50 ft and airspeed 189 kts
R +/- 5 kts.
R After 5 minutes:
R - the change of altitude must not be more than 370 ft,
R - the change of speed must not be more than 10 Kts.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the center instrument panel
R 401VU, on the ISIS indicator:
R
R - set a barometric pressure of
R 1013 hPa.
R 2. On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set On the CAPT (or F/O) PFD, the
R the AIR DATA selector switch to indications from ADIRU3 are shown.
R CAPT ON 3 (or F/O ON 3) position.
R 3. On the ground pressure generator:
R
R - set a static pressure of 456
R hPa.
R - set an impact pressure of 185,8
R hPa (or a total pressure of
R 641,8 hPa).
R - close the electrovalves to - Make sure that:
R isolate the static and pitot the CAPT (or F/O) PFD shows 21,349 ft
R circuits of the aircraft from +/- 40 ft and 341 kts +/- 3 kts,
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-22-25
Page 512
Aug 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R the ground pressure generator. the ISIS indicator shows 20,498 ft
R +/- 85 ft and 328 kts +/- 8 kts.
R After 5 minutes, on the ISIS display
R and on the CAPT (or F/O) PFD:
R
R - make sure that the change of altitude
R is not more than 500 ft.
R
R After 10 minutes:
R
R - make sure that the change of speed is
R not more than 20 Kts.
R - slowly balance the pressure in The rate of descent must not be more
R the standby static and pitot than 6000 ft/mn.
R circuits and open the
R electrovalves to get
R atmospheric pressure.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-25-020-050
A. Removal of the Ground Pressure Generator
(1) Stop the ground pressure generator.
(2) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.
(3) Remove the adaptors from the standby static probe and the standby
pitot probe.
(4) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.
(5) Remove the piece of plastic and the colored adhesive tape from the
drain holes of the standby pitot probe.
(6) Remove the colored adhesive tape from the vane of the AOA.
(7) Install the slip on covers on the standby static probes and the
standby pitot probe.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 513
Aug 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-22-25-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3DA3, 5DA3, 7XE
Subtask 34-22-25-860-054
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU set the AIR DATA selector switch to NORMAL
position.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (PFD only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
(4) Do a reset of each ELAC:
- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R (7) Make sure that the drain holes on the pitot probes are not blocked by
R unwanted materials (Ref. TASK 34-11-15-200-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 514
Aug 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-22-25-720-001
Functional Test of the ISIS Indicator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific 1 GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB (1.45 PSI)
R TO
36122 1 ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE
98D10103500001 1 COVER-STATIC PROBE
98D34003500000 1 ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-24-34-600-001 Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 515
Aug 01/08
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
Subtask 34-22-25-860-055
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
Subtask 34-22-25-865-055
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
ISOLATED.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
Subtask 34-22-25-865-056
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 516
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-22-25-860-056
D. Connection of the Ground Pressure Generator
CAUTION : OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU DO THE TEST TO PREVENT DAMAGE
_______
TO INSTRUMENTS:
- THE PRESSURES SET MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 1050 hPa (31 in Hg)
OR LESS THAN 115 hPa (3.39 in Hg)
- CHANGES IN STATIC PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 6000
FEET/MINUTE
- DO NOT SUDDENLY OPEN LINES TO AMBIENT AIR WHILE THE PRESSURE
GENERATOR IS CONNECTED.
CAUTION : THE TOTAL PRESSURE IN THE PITOT SYSTEM MUST NEVER BE LESS THAN
_______
THE STATIC PRESSURE. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE PITOT AND THE
STATIC PRESSURE CIRCUITS MUST NEVER BE MORE THAN 368 hPa (10.86
in Hg).
(1) Remove the slip on covers from the L and R standby static probes
7DA3, 8DA3 and the standby pitot probe 9DA3.
(2) Drain the standby air data system (Ref. TASK 12-24-34-600-001).
R (3) Connect the GENERATOR - GROUND PRESSURE MINI. 100 MB (1.45 PSI) TO
to:
- the L or R standby static probe with the ADAPTER COVER-STATIC PORT
(98D34003500100).
- the standby pitot probe with the ADAPTOR-CHARGING,PITOT PROBE.
(4) Seal the opposite standby static probe with the COVER-STATIC PROBE
(98D34003500103).
(5) Start the ground pressure generator and set a static pressure of 1013
hPa (29,92 in.Hg).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 517
Aug 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-22-25-720-051
A. Test of the Standby Airspeed and Altimeter Functions of the ISIS
Indicator
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the ground pressure generator: On the center instrument panel 401VU:
- set a static pressure of 314.8 hPa
(29,000 ft).
- set an impact pressure of 200.1 - make sure that the ISIS indicator
hPa (340 Kts). shows 29,000 ft (+ or - 180 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 340 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).
- set a static pressure of 465.6 hPa
(20,000 ft).
- set an impact pressure of 200.1 - make sure that the ISIS indicator
hPa (340 Kts). shows 20,000 ft (+ or - 150 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 340 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).
- set a static pressure of 571.8 hPa
(15,000 ft).
- set an impact pressure of 153.5 - make sure that the ISIS indicator
hPa (300 Kts). shows 15,000 ft (+ or - 105 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 300 Kts (+ or - 4 Kts).
- set a static pressure of 696.8 hPa
(10,000 ft).
- set an impact pressure of 105 hPa - make sure that the ISIS indicator
(250 Kts). shows 10,000 ft (+ or - 50 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 250 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).
- set a static pressure of 843 hPa
(5000 ft).
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 518
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set an impact pressure of 53.5 hPa - make sure that the ISIS indicator
(180 Kts). shows 5000 ft (+ or - 40 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 180 Kts (+ or - 3 Kts).
- set a static pressure of 908.1 hPa
(3000 ft).
- set an impact pressure of 53.5 hPa - make sure that the ISIS indicator
(180 Kts). shows 3000 ft (+ or - 30 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 180 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).
- set a static pressure of 977.1 hPa
(1000 ft).
- set an impact pressure of 53.5 hPa - make sure that the ISIS indicator
(180 Kts). shows 1000 ft (+ or - 20 ft).
- make sure that the ISIS indicator
shows 180 Kts (+ or - 5 Kts).
- slowly decrease the pressure until
you get atmospheric pressure.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-25-860-057
A. Removal of the Ground Pressure Generator
(1) Stop the ground pressure generator.
(2) Disconnect the ground pressure generator.
(3) Remove the adaptors from the standby static probe and the standby
pitot probe.
(4) Remove the cover from the opposite standby static probe.
(5) Install the slip on covers on the standby static probes and the
standby pitot probe.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 519
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-22-25-865-057
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3DA1, 3DA2, 3DA3, 4DA1, 4DA2, 4DA3, 5DA1, 5DA2, 5DA3, 7XE
Subtask 34-22-25-860-058
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do a reset of each ELAC:
- on the panel 49VU, open then close the ELAC1 C/B,
- on the panel 121VU, open then close the ELAC2 C/B.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 520
May 01/08
VOI
______________________________________________________________
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN)
________________
INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 34-22-25-200-001
ISIS Inspection for Legibility
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-21-12-100-001 Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-22-25-000-001 Removal of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
34-22-25-400-001 Installation of the ISIS Indicator (22FN)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-25-860-066
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Clean the ISIS screen (Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-001)
Subtask 34-22-25-865-067
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU STBY/INST 5FN F12
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 601
Aug 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-22-25-710-051
A. On the ISIS indicator:
- Push the (+) pushbutton switch to maximum brightness.
Subtask 34-22-25-740-053
B. On the ISIS indicator:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ISIS indicator: On the ISIS indicator:
- Push the BUGS and LS pushbutton - The TESTS and OTHER DATA page comes
switches at the same time and into view.
for more than two seconds.
- Push the (+) pushbutton switch - The FUNCTIONAL and DISPLAY TESTS
page comes into view.
- Push the (-) pushbutton switch - The screen becomes black.
Subtask 34-22-25-280-050
C. From a distance of 0,40m (15,74inches), do a visual check of the black
screen for:
- A white line or a line in color,
- A white column or a column in color,
- Pixels that are failed-on.
NOTE : A failed-on pixel is a pixel which is always fully or not fully on
____
(white or in color).
The black screen makes it possible to see the failed-on pixels.
(1) Count and record the pixels that are defective:
- Number of failed-on pixels on the screen
- Number of two adjacent failed-on pixels on the screen
- Number of sets of two adjacent failed-on pixels on the screen
- White line or line in color, white column or column in color.
Subtask 34-22-25-740-054
D. On the ISIS indicator, push the (-) pushbutton switch. The screen becomes
white.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 602
Aug 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-22-25-280-051
E. From a distance of 0,40m (15,74inches), do a visual check of the white
screen for:
- A black line or a line in color
- A black column or a column in color
- Pixels that are failed-off.
NOTE : A failed-off pixel is a pixel which is always fully or not fully
____
off (black or in color).
The white screen makes it possible to see the failed-off pixels.
(1) Count and record the pixels that are defective:
- Number of failed-off pixels on the screen
- Number of two adjacent failed-off pixels on the screen
- Number of sets of two adjacent failed-off pixels on the screen
- Black line or line in color, black column or column in color.
Subtask 34-22-25-710-052
F. For each screen, if the defective pixels recorded do not obey these
conditions:
- You must not have more than two adjacent failed-on or failed-off pixels
- You must not have more than 5 sets of two adjacent failed-on or
failed-off pixels
- You must not have a white or black line or column, or a line or column
in color
- The total of failed-on and failed-off pixels must not be more than 30
pixels,
replace the ISIS indicator (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
34-22-25-400-001).
Then, on the ISIS indicator, push the RST pushbutton switch three times
to come back to the operational page.
Push the (-) pushbutton switch to come back to a normal brightness.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-25-410-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 603
Aug 01/06
VOI
______________________________________________________________
INDICATOR - ISIS (INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM) (22FN)
_________________
CLEANING/PAINTING
TASK 34-22-25-100-001
Cleaning of the ISIS Indicator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific absorbent surgical-cotton wadding
No specific impregnated screen pad 2000
No specific optical precision pad
No specific sterile gauze pad
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-020
VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-22-25-869-050
A. There is no special job set-up for this task.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 701
Aug 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-22-25-100-050
A. Cleaning of the Screen of the ISIS Indicator
CAUTION : BE VERY CAREFUL WHEN YOU CLEAN THE FRONT GLASS OF LCDUS. IT IS
_______
NOT POSSIBLE TO REPLACE THE GLASS. IF YOU CAUSE DAMAGE TO
LCDUS, THE DAMAGE WILL BE PERMANENT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THE CLEANING
_______
PROCEDURE THAT FOLLOWS. INCORRECT CLEANING CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING.
IT IS NOT PERMITTED TO USE TISSUES SUCH AS KLEENEX TISSUES.
SUCH TISSUES CAN CAUSE LOCAL REMOVAL OF THE SURFACE TREATMENT,
AND THUS HALOS OR SCRATCHES.
ALWAYS APPLY THE CLEANING AGENT TO THE PAD AND NOT TO THE
SCREEN.
R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Make an absorbent surgical-cotton wadding or a sterile gauze pad or
an optical precision pad moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
020) or CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010). You can also use an
impregnated screen pad 2000.
(2) Move the moist wad (or pad) lightly across the surface of the ISIS
screen (one time only).
(3) If you find again marks or dust on the screen, do steps (1) and (2)
again with a new piece of moist wad (or pad). Do these steps again
until the screen is fully clean.
NOTE : Use a new pad (or wad) each time to prevent scratches that can
____
be caused by a dusty pad.
(4) Dry the ISIS screen with a clean wad (or pad). To do this, move the
clean wad (or pad) lightly across the surface of the screen (one time
only).
NOTE : We recommend to frequently clean the screen to remove finger
____
marks or dust.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 702
Aug 01/08
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-22-25-942-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-22-25
Page 703
Feb 01/07
R
VOI
ILS ((MMR)) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________
1. _______
General
The primary function of the Multi-Mode Receiver (MMR) is to receive and
process Instrument Landing System (ILS) and Global Positioning System (GPS)
signals. The MMR is a navigation sensor with two internal receivers.
A. ILS Receiver
The function of the ILS is to provide the crew and airborne system users
with lateral (LOC) and vertical (G/S) deviation signals, with respect to
the approach ILS radio beam transmitted by a ground station.
The localizer operates in a frequency band which ranges from 108.1 MHz to
111.95 MHz and the glide uses the band from 329.15 MHz to 335 MHz as
defined by ARINC specification 710.
B. GPS Receiver
The GPS is a radio aid to worldwide navigation which provides:
- the crew with a readout of accurate navigation information, e.g.
position, track and speed
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) with position
information, after hybridization in the Air Data/Inertial Reference
Unit (ADIRU) with inertial parameters, for accurate position fixing.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The MMR system units are located in the aircraft as follows.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40RT1 MMR-1 95VU 120 811 34-36-31
40RT2 MMR-2 96VU 120 811 34-36-31
3RT ANTENNA-LOCALIZER 1/2 110 110AL 34-36-11
4RT ANTENNA-GLIDE/SLOPE 1/2 110 110AL 34-36-18
43RT1 ANTENNA-GPS ACTIVE, 1 210 831 34-36-16
43RT2 ANTENNA-GPS ACTIVE, 2 210 831 34-36-16
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The A/C comprises two independent MMRs, 40RT1 and 40RT2, linked to:
- a common localizer antenna 3RT
- a common glide/slope antenna 4RT
- a GPS active antenna 43RT1 (linked to MMR1)
- a GPS active antenna 43RT2 (linked to MMR2).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Monitoring and Display
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Data Acquisition
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
VOI
A. ILS Operation
The equipment given below can control the ILS operation:
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Units (MCDU) and the Flight
Management and Guidance Computers (FMGC) for frequency/course selection
in normal operating mode.
- the Radio Management Panels (RMPs) for frequency/course selection in
back-up mode.
The ILS data are shown on the EFIS displays:
- the CAPT Primary Flight Display (PFD) and F/O Navigation Display (ND)
show the deviations from the ILS1.
- the F/O PFD and CAPT ND show the deviations from the ILS2.
The Morse-coded audio identification signals are sent to the Audio
Management Unit (AMU). These signals can be heard in the boomset and on
the loudspeaker according to the selection by the crew on the Audio
Control Panel (ACP).
B. GPS Operation
(1) Normal operation
In normal operation, the GPS 1 data are used by the ADIRUs 1 and 3;
the GPS 2 data by the ADIRU 2.
NOTE : In order to reduce GPS initialization time, the GPS 1(2)
____
receives data from the ADIRU 1(2).
The Inertial Reference (IR) portion of the ADIRU 1(2) provides the
FMGC 1(2) with:
- pure IR data
- pure GPS data (in this case the ADIRU operates as a relay)
- hybrid GPIR data.
The hybrid GPIR 1(2) data are used by the FMGC 1(2) for position
fixing purposes.
The pure GPS data are used for display on the MCDU 1 and 2.
In case of one GPS failure, the three ADIRUs automatically select the
only operative GPS to compute hybrid GPIR data.
In case of ADIRU 1 failure, the FMGC 1 uses ADIRU 3/GPS 1 data.
In case of ADIRU 2 failure, the FMGC 2 uses ADIRU 3/GPS 2 data.
NOTE : The primary source of the ADIRU 3 being the GPS
____ 1, it is
necessary to select the secondary input port of the ADIRU 3
(GPS 2) by means of the ATT HDG selector switch (13FP) to
preserve side 1/side 2 segregation (GPS 1/ADIRU 1/FMGC 1 and
GPS 2/ADIRU 3/FMGC 2 architecture).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
VOI
In case of failure of two ADIRUs, the two FMGCs use only the
operative ADIRU.
This ADIRU receives data from its own side GPS (e.g. ADIRU 1 - GPS
1).
C. Maintenance Operation
The MMR system provides the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
(CFDIU) with an interface for onboard testing and fault reporting
purposes. The MCDUs show the maintenance data.
4. Power
____________
Supply
Each MMR system is energized through 115VAC busbars as follows:
- 401XP for system 1
- 204XP for system 2.
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
5. Interface
_________
A. ILS Interface
(1) ILS digital outputs
The ILS transmits data in compliance with the low speed ARINC 429
standards. The table below contains all the output parameters in the
numerical form.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 6
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 173 | LOCALIZER|+ or - 0.155| DDM| 29 | 12 | 50 | BNR| | |
| | DEVIATION| | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 174 | GLIDE |+ or - 0.175| DDM| 29 | 12 | 50 |BNR | | |
| | SLOPE | | | | | ms | | | |
| | DEVIATION| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 033 | ILS |FROM 108.10 |MHz | | 15 |200 |BCD | | |
| | FREQUENCY| TO 111.95 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 017 | RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 15 |300 |BCD | | |
| | HEADING | 359.9 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 105 | RUNWAY | FROM 0 TO |Deg.| | 11 |300 |BNR | | |
| | HEADING | 359.9 | | | | ms | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 263 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |150 |HYB | | |
| | STATION | | | | | ms | | | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 264 |ILS GROUND| | | | 14 |150 |HYB | | |
| | STATION | | | | | ms | | | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 271 | MMR | | | | 19 |400 |DISC| | |
| | DISCRETE | | | | | ms | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. GPS Interface
(1) GPS digital outputs
The GPS has three independently buffered high-speed ARINC 429 digital
output buses connected to the three ADIRUs.
The table below contains all the output parameters in numerical form.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |
| 060 | MEASURE- | Pack | N/A| N/A| | 1s | | |
| | MENT STS | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | |+/-268435456| | | | | | |
| 061 | PSEUDO | 256 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 062 | PSEUDO | 256 | M | 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | 0.125 | | | | | | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 063 | RANGE | +/-4096 | M/S| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RATE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 064 | DELTA | +/-4096 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | RANGE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 065 | SV POS X | +/-67108864| M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 64 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 066 | SV POS X | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | +/-67108864| | | | | | |
| 070 | SV POS Y | 64 | M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 071 | SV POS Y | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 072 | SV POS Z | +/-67108864| M | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 64 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | | | | | | | |
| 073 | SV POS Z | 64 | M | 14 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | 0.0039 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | UTC MEA- | 10.0 | | | | | | |
| 074 | SURE TIME| 9.536743 | S | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | micro sec | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS ALT | +/-131072 | | | | | | |
| 076 | (MSL) | 0.125 | Ft | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1024 | | | | | | |
| 101 | HDOP | 0.031 | N/A| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1024 | | | | | | |
| 102 | VDOP | 0.031 | N/A| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS TRACK| +/-180 | | | | | | |
| 103 | ANGLE | 0.0055 | Deg| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | +/-180 | | | | | | |
| 110 | LATITUDE | 0.000172 | Deg| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | +/-180 | | | | | | |
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 111 | LONGITUDE| 0.000172 | Deg| 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 4096 | | | | | | |
| 112 | GROUND | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | SPEED | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 0.000172 | | | | | | |
| 120 | LATITUDE | 8.38 E-8 | Deg| 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | 0.000172 | | | | | | |
| 121 | LONGITUDE| 8.38 E-8 | Deg| 11 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | FINE | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 125 | UTC | 23:59.9 |HR: | 5 | | 1s |BCD | |
| | | 0.1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| |HORIZONTAL| 16 | NM | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 130 | INTEGRITY| 0.00012 | | | | | | |
| | LIMIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | 32768 | Ft | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 133 | INTEGRITY| 0.25 | | | | | | |
| | LIMIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | 32768 | | | | | | |
| 136 | FIGURE | 0.125 | Ft | 18 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | OF MERIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | 1.0 | | | | | | |
| 140 | UTC FINE | 0.9536743 | S | 20 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | micro sec | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | UTC FINE | 0.953674 | S | 10 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 141 | FRACTIONS| micron s | | | | | | |
| | | 0.9313225ns| | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | APPROACH | 16 | NM | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 10
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 143 | AREA | 0.00012 | | | | | | |
| | HIL | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | APPROACH | 32768 | Ft | 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| 144 | AREA | 0.25 | | | | | | |
| | HIL | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | |HR: | | | | | |
| 150 | UTC | 23:59:59 |MIN:| 17 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | 1.0 s |S | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 162 | DEST | 23:59 |HR: | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | ETA | 1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 163 | ALT | 23:59 |HR: | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | WAYPNT | 1 MIN |MIN | | | | | |
| | ETA | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | VERTICAL | +/-32768 | Ft/| | | | | |
| 165 | VELOCITY | 1.0 | Mn | 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | N/S | +/-4096 | | | | | | |
| 166 | VELOCITY | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | E/W | +/-4096 | | | | | | |
| 174 | VELOCITY | 0.125 | Kts| 15 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 226 | DATA | N/A |N/A |N/A | |N/A |ISO | |
| | LOADER | | | | | |#5 | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| |HORIZONTAL| 16 | | | | | | |
| 247 | FIGURE | 6.1E-5 | NM | 18 | | 1s |BNR | |
| | OF MERIT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | | N/A |DAY:| | | | | |
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 11
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 260 | DATE | 1 Day |MON:| 6 | | 1s |BCD | |
| | | |YEAR| | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | GPS | | | | | | | |
| 273 | SENSOR | N/A |N/A |N/A | | 1s |DISC| |
| | STATUS | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 343 | DEST | 16 |NM | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | HIL | 0.0078 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | ALT | | | | | | | |
| 347 | WAYPNT | 16 |NM | 11 | |0.5s|BNR | |
| | HIL | 0.0078 | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 354 | GPSSU | N/A |N/A |N/A | | |ISO | |
| | IDENT | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| 356 | MAINT | N/A |N/A |N/A | | |ISO | |
| | DATA | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-------------|
| | EQUIP- | | | | | | | |
| 377 | MENT | N/A |N/A |N/A | | 1s |BCD | |
| | ID | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. MMR
(1) External description
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The face of the MMR is fitted with a handle, two attaching parts, a
TEST pushbutton switch and three LEDs. The LRU STATUS LED has two
colors (red/green).
The three LEDs have the following name, color and function:
- LRU STATUS (red) indicates that an internal fault is detected
during the front panel self-test sequence
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - External Description
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
VOI
- LRU STATUS (green) indicates that no internal fault is detected
during the front panel self-test sequence
- CONTROL FAIL (red) indicates that no control input is available
during the test sequence.
- ANT FAIL (red) indicates that a failed antenna is detected during
the test sequence.
The back of the MMR is equipped with one ARINC 600 size one
connector, which includes three plugs:
- Top Plug (TP): connection with the GPS antenna
- Middle Plug (MP): service interconnection
- Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit, and the
LOC and G/S coaxial interconnections.
(2) Internal description
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The MMR consists of four parts:
- the power supply unit
- the ILS receiver
- the GPS receiver
- the system processor unit.
The primary function of the MMR is to receive and process ILS and GPS
signals. The ILS receiver and the GPS receiver make up two of the
subassemblies. The ILS signals, including both localizer and
glideslope, are used to determine flight path deviations during
precision approach and landing, and are supplied to the aircraft
flight control and instrument systems. These deviations are based on
radio frequency signals that the unit receives from a ground-based
instrument landing system.
The GPS receiver simultaneously tracks signals from up to twelve GPS
satellites. The signals are processed to generate a three-dimensional
position and a precise time. The receiver generates an estimate of
the positional accuracy provided. An integrity alert is activated if
an unannounced satellite malfunction is detected. The receiver has
the capability of excluding satellites that are malfunctioning.
The system processor card has the functions that follow:
- output position and deviation data to other aircraft systems,
- receive ILS frequency selections,
- receive ADIRU & FMGC data for GPS initialization,
- dialog with the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
- Power supply
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 14
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Block Diagram
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 15
Feb 01/06
VOI
The aircraft supplies the 115 VAC, 400 Hz, single phase power to
the MMR. The input power is routed from the rear interconnect to
the forward power supply. The forward power supply provides power
factor corrections, and outputs +200 VDC for the aft power supply.
The aft power supply steps the +200 VDC down to +/- 6.5 and +/-
13.5 VDC outputs. These unregulated voltages are routed to the
other subassemblies where they are post-regulated to +/- 5 VDC and
+/- 12 VDC. Post-regulation provides a level of separation between
the subassemblies and possible noise on the power lines. It will
also allow shut-off of the circuit areas when not needed for a
specific phase of flight (not used today).
- ILS Receiver
The MMR receives VHF localizer and UHF glideslope signals at the
antenna jacks in the bottom plug of the rear connector. Coaxial
cables route the RF from the rear connector to the ILS receiver.
The ILS receiver includes four functional areas: VHF receiver, UHF
receiver, primary instrumentation processor, and monitor
instrumentation processor.
The VHF receiver filters, mixes and amplifies VHF signals. The
resulting intermediate frequency signals are converted into serial
data and processed by both the primary and the monitor
instrumentation circuits. The UHF receiver filters, mixes,
amplifies, and detects UHF signals. The detected signals are
converted into serial data and processed by the instrumentation
processors. The primary instrumentation processor outputs flight
path deviations to the system processor. The system processor
forwards the flight path deviations to the aircraft instrumentation
and auto-pilot computers (FMGC).
The monitor instrumentation processor performs a validity check of
the primary instrumentation processor deviation output, and
disables the outputs if the check fails. The primary and monitor
instrumentation processors use ARINC 429 buses for
intercommunications and for communications with the system
processor.
- GPS Receiver
The MMR receives RF signals through an active GPS antenna
(preamplifier implemented within the antenna). The GPS receiver
filters, mixes, and performs analog-to-digital conversions. The
resulting data is processed by microprocessors that output
position, velocity, time, and integrity data to the system
processor. The system processor transmits ARINC 743A-compliant data
for use by other aircraft systems. The GPS receiver also outputs a
time mark discrete signal that tells users of the ARINC 743A data
the instant in time when the position solution is valid.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 16
Feb 01/06
VOI
- System Processor
The system processor controls the flow of data to the ILS and GPS
receivers including mode and frequency selections, GPS
initialization, and maintenance data requests. The system processor
also controls the transmission of output data including ILS
deviation, GPS position, velocity, time, integrity, time marks and
maintenance data. Circuitry on the system processor converts
received data from serial into parallel and also formats parallel
data to serial data for transmission on the bus.
B. GPS Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 006)
Two L-Band antennas are mounted on the top of the fuselage, at the
centerline, to receive signals from the GPS satellites. The GPS antenna
is an active antenna with an integrated preamplifier and filter. It
receives GPS signals at 1575.42 MHz and matches to a 50 ohms coaxial
cable at the input to the MMR. The antenna has a right-hand circular
polarized and omnidirectional radiation pattern.
The power supply of the preamplifier is provided by the MMR through the
coaxial cable.
NOTE : The antenna connectors have a hole to install a lockwire and
____
safety the coaxial cable.
C. Localizer Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The localizer antenna is an airborne antenna used to receive LOC signals
in the 108-112MHz range. It is a folded half-loop type driven by
capacitive coupling. The antenna has two independent RF connectors used
to feed two independent ILS receivers. Connector separation is provided
by a hybrid junction in the antenna.
D. Glide Slope Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The glide slope antenna is an airborne antenna used to receive GLIDE
signals in the 329-335MHz range. It is a folded half-loop type driven by
capacitive coupling. The antenna has two independent RF connectors used
to feed two independent ILS receivers. Connector separation is provided
by a hybrid junction in the antenna.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 17
Feb 01/06
VOI
GPS Active - Antenna
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
VOI
ILS - Antennas
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 19
Feb 01/06
VOI
7. Operation
_________
A. ILS Operation
(1) Normal operation
(Ref. Fig. 008)
Each MMR is connected to one Radio Management Panel (RMP). The MMR 1
is connected to the RMP 1 (the MMR 2 to the RMP 2). The MMR 1
receives management bus from the FMGC 1 through the RMP 1 (the MMR 2
from the FMGC 2 through the RMP 2).
In normal operation, the FMGC 1(2) tunes the MMR 1(2) either
automatically or manually by means of the MCDU. In this case the RMP
1(2) operates as a relay which sends the frequency information from
the FMGC 1(2) to the receiver 1(2).
Via a second port, the MMR 1(2) receives a second management bus (ILS
FREQ + RWY HDG) directly from the FMGC 2(1).
The receiver selects one of the two input ports according to the
FREQ/FUNCT DATA SOURCE SEL discrete signal, which is received from
the FMGC 1(2) through the RMP 1(2).
(2) Operation in case of failure
With failure of one FMGC, the second FMGC automatically controls the
two MMRs, the off side directly, the on side through its RMP.
With failure of the RMP 1(2) or two RMPs, the RMP concerned is
transparent to data and discrete from FMGC.
(3) Manual operation
In manual operation (at any time, or with failure of two FMGCs) the
RMP 1 can control the MMR 1 after ON NAV mode selection. Same
possibility for the RMP 2 (MMR 2).
(Ref. Fig. 009)
In this mode the RMP 1 can control the MMR 2 through the RMP 2 after
ON NAV mode selection on the RMP 2. Same possibility for RMP 2
through RMP 1.
After any frequency selection it is always necessary to select the
associated course.
(4) Reconfiguration switching
In normal utilization, the ILS 1 data are shown on the CAPT PFD and
the F/O ND; the ILS 2 data on the F/O PFD and the CAPT ND.
The DMC 1 supplies data to the CAPT PFD and ND; the DMC 2 to the F/O
PFD and ND.
With failure of the DMC 1(2) it is possible to switch over to the DMC
3 with the EIS DMC selector switch located on the panel 8VU on the
center pedestal.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 20
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Control and Indicating
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 21
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - ILS - Course and Frequency Selection in Manual Mode
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
VOI
In this case, the DMC 3 totally replaces the DMC 1(2) through the
stage of the output switching relay of the failed DMC. With failure
of the PFD, there is an automatic transfer of the PFD image onto the
ND.
With failure of the CAPT (F/O) ND, you obtain the transfer of the ND
image onto the CAPT (F/O) PFD when you push the PFD/ND XFR pushbutton
switch on panel 301VU (500VU).
When you set the PFD potentiometer to OFF on the panel 301VU (500VU)
this causes:
- deactivation of the CAPT (F/O) PFD
- transfer of the PFD image onto the CAPT (F/O) ND.
(5) Audio control
The MMR applies its audio output to the audio integrating system.
This system controls and directs the output to the headsets and/or
the loudspeakers. The Audio Management Unit (AMU) controls the audio
level through the ACP. On the ACP, the pilot must push the ILS
pushbutton switch and adjust the related potentiometer to the correct
audio level.
With ILS/DME collocated stations, the DME identification morse code
can be listened in sequence with the ILS audio signal when you push
the ILS pushbutton switch on the ACP and the ILS pushbutton switch on
the FCU.
(6) Data display
(Ref. Fig. 010)
(a) On the PFDs
On the right and below the attitude sphere, the deviation
indications come into view in approach. These are:
- the vertical deviation scale
- the lateral deviation scale
- the related aircraft deviation symbols.
If you select an ILS approach, the scales and symbols give GLIDE
SLOPE and LOCALIZER deviations. The scales come into view when
you push the ILS pushbutton switch on the EFIS control section of
the Flight Control Unit (FCU). The deviation symbols come into
view when the related G/S and LOC signals from the ILS receiver
are valid.
If the ILS indications are available with the ILS pushbutton
switch pushed they have priority over the deviation information
of the R NAV approach.
In this mode the data given after are shown (item 5): in the left
bottom corner:
- ILS frequency (plus ILS identification if available)
- ILS - DME distance.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 23
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - ILS Data Display
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 24
Feb 01/06
VOI
At the top section of the PFD a Flight Mode Annunciator shows the
various armed/active longitudinal and lateral modes:
(item 1): the G/S longitudinal modes are shown in the 2nd column
(cyan for armed or green for active)
(item 2): the LOC longitudinal modes are shown in the 3rd column
(cyan for armed or green for active)
VERTICAL DEVIATION (item 3)
The vertical scale shows a classical glide slope deviation. It is
linear with 2 dots on each side. Two dots correspond to plus (or
minus) 0.175 ddm (150 microA) deviation. The index shows magenta
G/S indication.
Until the glide beam is captured, the glide index is not shown
(No Computed Data). When the index is against one stop only one
half of it is in view (the outer half index).
The glide slope index and the scale flash permanently in case of
G/S excessive deviation warning.
With a glide fault, the G/S index goes out of view and a red G/S
failure warning message is shown in the middle of the scale.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
LATERAL DEVIATION (item 4)
The horizontal scale shows a classical LOC deviation with 2 dots
on each side. Two dots correspond to plus (or minus) 0.155 ddm
(150 microA) deviation. The index shows magenta LOC indication.
Until the LOC is captured, the LOC index is not shown (No
Computed Data). When the index is against one stop, only one half
of it is shown.
The LOC index and the scale flash permanently in case of LOC
excessive deviation warning.
With a localizer fault, the LOC index goes out of view and a red
LOC failure warning message is shown in the middle of the scale.
(Ref. Fig. 010, 011)
(b) On NDs in the ROSE ILS mode
In the ROSE ILS mode, the ND gives a display which is similar to
that of a conventional Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI): a
heading dial orientated to the magnetic North turns and gives the
actual magnetic heading of the aircraft in relation to the stable
yellow lubber line.
The ND is always heading up:
A yellow aircraft model, at the center of the heading dial is
stable and pointed up to the yellow lubber line.
Small white triangles are put each 45 deg. on the circumference
in relation to the lubber line.
They are stable and do not turn with the heading dial.
A green diamond-shaped symbol moves around the heading dial and
gives the actual track of the aircraft.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 25
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - ILS Warning Display
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 26
Feb 01/06
VOI
The ND shows the indications given after, when available, in its
right top corner (item 8):
- the side of the displayed ILS receiver
- the frequency
- the course
- the identification.
The ND shows the ILS APP message in its center top section (item
7) when the pilot has selected the ILS approach on the MCDU.
LATERAL DEVIATION (item 6)
A dagger-shaped pointer points to the selected ILS course. Its
center part is the lateral deviation bar, which can move on a
scale which is perpendicular to the pointer and has two dots on
each side. The position of the bar on the scale gives the
localizer deviation. The extreme dots correspond to plus or minus
0.155 ddm (plus or minus 150 microA). With LOC fault a red LOC
warning message comes into view in the middle of the LOC scale
and the LOC deviation bar goes out of view.
VERTICAL DEVIATION (item 9)
A magenta lozenge gives the glide slope deviation on a vertical
scale at the right of the heading dial if the aircraft is within
the condition of reception of the ILS glide slope signal.
The extreme dots of the vertical scale correspond to plus or
minus 0.175 ddm (plus or minus 150 microA). With G/S fault, a red
G/S warning message comes into view at the top of the scale and
the index goes out of view.
(c) On NDs in ARC and ROSE NAV modes
When you push the ILS pushbutton switch in ARC or ROSE NAV mode,
the ND shows the symbols given after (item 11):
- a magenta dagger-shaped pointer which points to the selected
QFU
- an arrow which indicates the lateral deviation of the aircraft
related to the localizer axis.
(7) Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The warnings related to the ILS are:
- local warning on the instruments that use the ILS information
- MASTER CAUT lights on CAPT and F/O glareshield panels
- aural warning: single chime (SC)
- warning message shown on the upper display unit of the ECAM system.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 27
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. GPS Function
(1) Normal operation
(a) General
To reduce initialization time, the MMR 1(2) receives position
data, LAT/LONG (labels 310/311) from the ADIRU 1(2) and SET LAT,
SET LONG (labels 041, 042) UTC/Date from the FMGC 1(2) through
the ADIRU 1(2).
Each MMR receives the GPS satellite RF signals from the active
antenna to compute and provide the three ADIRUs with:
- UTC, date
- position, altitude
- ground speed, track angle
- N/S speed, E/W speed, vertical speed
- horizontal and vertical dilution of precision, figure of merit
- satellite position
- satellite measurement (pseudo-range, delta range, range rate,
UTC measurement time)
- GPS measurement status, sensor status
- real time and predictive integrity data.
Within each ADIRU an hybridization function performs the
following:
- monitoring of the MMR using GPS status word and ADIRU BITE
- generation of failure message for ECAM display
- use of pseudo-range/delta range data to compute GPS position
- use of inertial data to smooth GPS position/velocity
- use of a Kalman filter to estimate and minimize errors
- use of IR data to improve the robustness of the MMR RAIM
algorithm.
- transmission of GPS and GPIR data to the FMGC for position
fixing and display purposes.
(b) GPS primary navigation function principle in the FMGC
A navigation mode with the least error is chosen based upon the
mixed IR position and the best GPIR or radio position available.
NOTE : The GPIR position used by the FMGC to determine the
____
aircraft position is computed in the GPIR partition of the
ADIRU (hybrid solution).
The FMS mode of navigation is selected according to the following
hierarchy:
- GPIR/Inertial
- DME/DME/Inertial
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 28
Feb 01/06
VOI
- DME/VOR/Inertial
- Inertial only.
The GPIR/INERTIAL mode is selected as long as the following
conditions are satisfied:
- GPIR position is available and with an estimated accuracy
consistent with the intended operation.
- GPIR integrity is available and compatible with the applicable
phase of flight requirement.
As long as the GPS/INERTIAL mode is active, no DME/DME or
VOR/DME radio updating is allowed. However, LOC updating can
apply to GPS/INERTIAL position.
In this navigation mode, N IR/GPS indication is displayed on
the POSITION MONITOR page with N being the number of IRs used
to compute mixed IR position.
The selected hybrid GPIRS position is displayed on the POSITION
MONITOR page in place of the radio position.
The mixed IR position and the IR deviations displayed on the
POSITION MONITOR page do not change and are still computed
using pure IR inputs.
Aircraft position is generated by a series of filters which use
inertial position, GPIR position or radio position, and
aircraft velocity as input.
A position bias is computed once every second through the
position bias filter. This position bias is computed as the
difference between the GPIR position (or radio position) and
the inertial position.
The aircraft position is finally computed every 200 ms based on
the corrected inertial position and the aircraft velocity using
the aircraft position filter.
The GPS/INERTIAL mode can be manually inhibited by pushing the
line key adjacent to the DESELECT GPS indication on the
SELECTED NAVAIDS page.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
FMGC computed integrity:
When the GPIR position is available in the FMGC but the GPIR
integrity is not delivered by the ADIRS, the FMGC is capable of
computing an equivalent integrity called AIM (Alternate
Integrity Monitoring), using IR data, during a limited period
of time. The goal of this FMGC functionality is to improve the
availability of the GPS Primary function in the cockpit.
(c) Clock synchronization on GPS time
1
_ If a GPS signal is present and valid when the power is on, the
clock synchronizes on the GPS time using labels 150 and 260.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 29
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - GPS SELECTED NAVAIDS Page on MCDU
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 30
Feb 01/06
VOI
2
_ If the signal is not present during synchronization, the clock
dispalys dashes on all the digits.
3
_ If the signal is present but not valid during synchronization,
the clock indicates 00:00:00.
4
_ If the signal becomes not valid after synchronization, the
clock runs on its internal time base.
(d) Display of GPS data on MCDU
1
_ GPS MONITOR
(Ref. Fig. 013)
The GPS data are displayed on the GPS MONITOR page of the
MCDU.
To get the GPS MONITOR page, push the DATA key on the MCDU,
then the line key adjacent to the GPS MONITOR indication.
The upper part is dedicated to GPS 1 data, the lower part to
GPS 2 data.
The following data are displayed:
- GPS position (lat/long)
- true track
- GPS altitude
- figure of merit (in meters)
- ground speed
- number of satellites tracked
- mode.
2
_ PREDICTIVE GPS
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The integrity prediction results given by the GPS portion of
the MMR on Flight Management System (FMS) request are
displayed on the PREDICTIVE GPS page of the MCDU (from the
progress page which displays required navigation accuracy and
estimated position accuracy and GPS PRIMARY indication).
The prediction concerns the destination (DEST) and any pilot
entered waypoint (WPT) and the integrity availability (HIL <
0.3 Nm) is displayed by Yes (Y) or No (N) for the seven times
defined by the five minutes increments for plus or minus 15
minutes around DEST or WPT.
3
_ Progress page
The progress page indicates whether the GPS is used by the
FMGC for navigation. If it is used, the GPS PRIMARY indication
is displayed. If it is not used, the GPS PRIMARY LOST message
is shown.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 31
Feb 01/06
VOI
GPS - GPS MONITOR Page on MCDU
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 32
Feb 01/06
VOI
GPS - PREDICTIVE GPS Page
Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 33
Feb 01/06
VOI
4
_ MCDU scratchpad
GPS PRIMARY in white or GPS PRIMARY LOST in amber show on the
MCDU scratchpad.
5
_ SELECTED NAVAIDS page
It is possible to select GPS for navigation computation within
the FMS on the SELECTED NAVAIDS page.
If you deselected GPS, the message GPS IS DESELECTED appears
on the MCDU when a GPS approach starts.
6
_ ARRIVAL page
To select a GPS approach, use the ARRIVAL page.
(e) Display of GPS messages on ND
(Ref. Fig. 015)
1
_ Display of GPS PRIMARY LOST amber message
This message is displayed at the bottom of the image in all
the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS
primary is lost (this message cannot be cleared from the
MCDU). In this case, the GPS is not used for navigation
(accuracy and integrity for the intended operation can still
be met by the use of alternate navigation means).
2
_ Display of GPS PRIMARY white message
This message is displayed at the bottom of the image in all
the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when the GPS
becomes primary (this message can be cleared from the MCDU).
3
_ Display of GPS APP green message
This approach message is displayed at the top of the image in
all the ND modes (except engine standby modes) when a GPS
approach is selected in the flight plan.
(2) Warning
(a) GPS failure
The GPSs are monitored by the both FWCs using a status word sent
by each GPS.
In case of GPS failure, the NAV GPS 1(2) FAULT message is
displayed in the lower part of the upper ECAM DU.
This message is accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield
- aural warning: Single Chime (SC).
NOTE : The failure is reminded on the INOP SYSTEM page of the
____
lower ECAM DU. The message displayed is GPS 1(2).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 34
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - GPS Data Displayed on the NDs
Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 35
Feb 01/06
VOI
(b) Loss of the GPS primary navigation
When the GPS navigation is lost for any reason, the navigation
function is degraded and reverts to the traditional navigation
function with IRS positions and radio positions if available (in
this case the RNP (Required Navigation Performance) features are
still available).
Warnings are generated to indicate the loss of GPS PRIMARY
navigation:
- GPS PRIMARY LOST message on the NDs (cannot be cleared) and
MCDU (can be cleared)
- in case of GPS non-precision approach, an aural alert is
generated (Triple Click)
(c) GPS/FMS position disagreement
When GPS Primary is active and either FMGC 1 or FMGC 2 latitude
(longitude) deviates from either MMR 1 or MMR 2 latitude
(longitude) by more than 0.5 Nm, the NAV FMS/GPS POS DISAGREE and
A/C POS...........CHECK messages are displayed in amber and cyan
respectively on the ECAM DU.
These messages are accompanied by:
- activation of the MASTER CAUT lights on the glareshield
- aural warning: Single Chime (SC).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 36
Feb 01/06
VOI
8. _____________
BITE Function
A. CFDIU Interface
(1) BITE description
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the MMR. The BITE of the MMR is
connected to the CFDIU.
The BITE:
- transmits permanently MMR status and its identification message to
the CFDIU,
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs,
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals,
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests,
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode,
- the menu mode.
(a) Normal mode
During the normal mode, the BITE cyclically monitors the status
of the MMR. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
concerned flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU by an
ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the MMR
BITE by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 016)
When you get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page, the ILS1
and ILS2 indications can be shown instead of the MMR1 and MMR2
indications. In this case, you must do the following steps:
- make sure that the the engines are shut down
- open CFDIU SUPPLY circuit breaker 2TW
- open CFDIU BACK UP circuit breaker 8TW
- make sure that MMR1 and MMR2 circuit breakers, 42RT1 and 42RT2,
are closed
- wait for 30 seconds then close the CFDIU circuit breakers 2TW
and 8TW
- wait for 180 seconds then get access to the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST/NAV page.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 37
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 38
Feb 01/06
VOI
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE Test
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
The MMR menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 017)
This menu contains the fault messages (class 1 internal and
external) detected during the last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 018)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external
or internal failures (class 1) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 019)
Allows to display the P/N, the serial number and the software
number of the equipment.
- GND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 020)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight,
provides information of the failures detected while using this
function.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 021)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning
the failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 022)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 023)
Allows to present the class 1 or 3 internal failures detected
on ground.
- SYSTEM TEST
(Ref. Fig. 024, 025)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the MMR.
(2) List of components
All the components are listed in Para. 2. Component Location.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 39
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Last Leg Report
Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 40
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Previous Legs Report
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 41
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - LRU Identification
Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 42
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Ground Scanning
Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 43
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Trouble Shooting Data
Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 44
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Last Leg Class 3 Faults
Figure 022
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 45
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - Ground Report
Figure 023
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 46
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - System Test
Figure 024
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 47
Feb 01/06
VOI
MMR - System Test
Figure 025
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 48
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Reporting function
The tables below give the list of internal/external failures.
(a) Internal failure:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I ATA I CLASS I MESSAGE I
I I (A/C) I I
I----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I 34-36-31 I 1 I MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-36-11 I 1 I LOCALIZER ANTENNA (3RT)/COAX CABLE/MMRi(40RTi) I
I 34-36-18 I 1 I GLIDE ANTENNA (4RT)/COAX CABLE/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-36-16 I 1 I GPS ANTENNAi (43RTi)/COAX CABLE/MMRi(40RTi) I
I I I i = (1,2) I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) External failure:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I ATA I CLASS I MESSAGE I
I I (A/C) I I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I 31-32-34 I 3 I CFDIU (1TW)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGCi (1CAi)/RMPi (1RGi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGCj (1CAj) BUS ILS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGC1 (1CA1) BUS GPS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 22-83-34 I 3 I FMGC2 (1CA2) BUS GPS/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 34-12-34 I 3 I ADIRUk (1FPk)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 32-31-71 I 3 I LGCIUi (5GAi)/FMGCi (1CAi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I 31-62-34 I 1 I DMCi (1WTi)/MMRi (40RTi) I
I I I j,i = (1,2) or (2,1) I
I I I k = 1, 2 or 3 I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 49
Feb 01/06
VOI
(4) Interactive function
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref.
22-82-00).
(Ref. Fig. 017, 018, 019, 020, 021, 022, 023, 024, 025)
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
B. BITE Implementation
(1) Activation of the receiver face test
The receiver face test can be activated by pushing the TEST
pushbutton switch on the receiver face, if the test inhibit discrete
is not active.
The sequence below is then generated on the receiver face.
Depending on the outcome of the receiver face test, one of the
following results is displayed:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
I SEQUENCE I LRU STATUS I CONTROL I ANT FAIL I I TIME I
I NO. I LED (DS1) I FAIL LED I LED I DEFINITION I DEFINITION I
I I I (DS2) I (DS3) I I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 1 I Red I Red I Red I LED self- I 2 seconds I
I I I I I test I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 2 I Green I Red I Red I LED self- I 2 seconds I
I I I I I test I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 3 I Off I Off I Off I Unit self- I 2 seconds I
I I I I I test I minimum I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 4 I Green I Off I Off I Unit passedI 30 seconds I
I I-------------------------------------------------I I
I I Red I I I Unit I I
I I I I I failed I I
I I-------------------------------------------------I I
I I I Red I I Control I I
I I I I Iinput failedI I
I I-------------------------------------------------I I
I I I I Red I Antenna I I
I I I I I failed I I
I---------------------------------------------------------------------------I
I 5 I Off I Off I Off I Test I Until next I
I I I I I complete I requested I
I I I I I I self-test I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 50
Feb 01/06
VOI
(2) Activation of the functional test
The functional test can be activated by pushing the line key adjacent
to the TEST indication on the MMR maintenance sub-menu.
It is similar to the receiver face test except that the receiver face
LEDs are not controlled to reflect the status of the unit, which is
reported on the MCDU.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 51
Feb 01/06
VOI
ILS ((MMR)) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________
TASK 34-36-00-740-003
BITE Test of the MMR
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-00-861-053
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-36-00-860-056
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
NOTE : Do this test in an open area (not in the hangar).
____
(1) Do the EIS start procedure (PFD DU, ND DU and upper ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(2) Align the IRs (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 and RMP2:
- set the ON/OFF switch to ON
- push the NAV and the ILS pushbutton switches
(4) On the RMP1 or RMP2:
- set a non local ILS frequency.
(5) On the EFIS control panel of the FCU:
- push the ILS pushbutton switch
(6) Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-010).
If the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page shows the ILS1 and ILS2
indications but not the MMR1 and MMR2 indications, you must do the
steps that follow:
- make sure that the engines are shut down
- open CFDIU SUPPLY circuit breaker 2TW
- open CFDIU BACK UP circuit breaker 8TW
- make sure that MMR1 and MMR2 circuit breakers, 42RT1 and 42RT2, are
closed
- after 30 seconds, close CFDIU circuit breakers 2TW and 8TW
- after 180 seconds, get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page
(the MMR indications are shown).
Subtask 34-36-00-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 502
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-36-00-740-052
A. BITE Test of the MMR
NOTE : the MMR1 shows indications on the CAPT PFD.
____
The MMR2 shows indications on the F/O PFD.
This test is for the MMR1. For the MMR2 use the indications between the
parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the MMR1 (MMR2) page comes into view.
the MMR1 (MMR2) indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 1/3 page with
the SYSTEM TEST indication. instructions comes into view.
- push the NEXT PAGE key. - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 2/3 page with
instructions comes into view.
- push the NEXT PAGE key. - the MMR1 (MMR2) TEST 3/3 page with
instructions comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - On the MCDU, the TEST IN PROGRESS 16S
the START TEST indication. indication comes into view.
- On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
the LOC and G/S scales go out of
view,
the LOC and G/S red warnings come
into view for some seconds,
the MASTER CAUT lights come on and
the single chime sounds,
the LOC and G/S scales come into
view,
the G/S index comes into view, moves
up, moves down, then goes out of
view, and simultaneously, the LOC
index comes into view, moves to the
left then to the right, then goes out
of view,
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the MASTER CAUT lights go off and the
single chime stops.
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the YES indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP indication comes
the RETURN indication. into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the test procedure stops.
the RETURN indication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-00-860-057
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) On the RMP1 or on the RMP2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(3) On the EFIS control panel of the FCU, release the ILS pushbutton
switch.
(4) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(5) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(6) On the MCDU, fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen
(display off).
Subtask 34-36-00-862-053
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-36-00-710-002
Operational Test of the GPS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-00-860-058
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
NOTE : Do this test in an open area (not in the hangar).
____
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that
the ATT HDG selector switch is at NORM.
Subtask 34-36-00-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-36-00-710-056
A. Operational Test of the GPS
NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Test of GPS data acquisition with
R IRS aligned
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the DATA mode key. - the DATA INDEX page comes into view.
2. On the MCDU, on the DATA INDEX On the MCDU:
page: - the GPS MONITOR page comes into view:
- push the line key adjacent to
the GPS MONITOR indication. NOTE : If you do this test after
____
replacement of the MMR, one
minute to twenty minutes are
necessary to get the GPS data on
the MCDU.
- the NAV indication is shown below the
MODE indication
- the number of satellites tracked is
shown below the SAT indication
- the related values come into view
below the GPS POSITION, GPS ALT,
MERIT and GS indications:
. the GPS 1 and the GPS 2 POSITION
indications give the
latitude/longitude of the aircraft
- make sure that the values of the two
GPS positions are approximately the
same.
On CAPT and F/O NDs:
- the white GPS PRIMARY indication
comes into view
3. On the overhead panel, on the On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR page:
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 506
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADIRS CDU: - make sure that the GPS position data
- set the DISPLAY DATA selector are approximately the same as the
switch to PPOS. ADIRS position data on the ADIRS CDU.
4. Open the circuit breakers 42RT1 On the upper ECAM DU:
and 42RT2. - the NAV GPS 1 FAULT and NAV GPS 2
FAULT warnings come into view (the
NAV ILS 1 FAULT and NAV ILS 2 FAULT
are shown too).
On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR page:
. all GPS data below the GPS POSITION,
GPS ALT, TTRK, GS and MERIT indications
for the two GPS, are cleared.
On CAPT and F/O NDs:
- the amber GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
is shown.
R NOTE : It is possible that the GPS
____
R PRIMARY LOST indication will not
R come into view immediately after
R you open the circuit breakers
R 42RT1 and 42RT2. It can be as
much as 60 minutes before the
R indication comes into view.
It is not necessary to wait for
the GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
to come into view (this
indication is not important for
the test).
5. Close the circuit breakers 42RT1 On the upper ECAM DU:
and 42RT2. - the NAV GPS 1 FAULT and NAV GPS 2
FAULT warnings go out of view (the
NAV ILS 1 FAULT and NAV ILS 2 FAULT
warnings go out of view too).
6. On the MCDU, on the GPS MONITOR On CAPT and F/O NDs:
page: - the amber GPS PRIMARY LOST indication
- the INIT indication comes into goes out of view
view below the MODE indication - the white GPS PRIMARY indication
for some seconds comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 507
Aug 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- then the ACQ indication comes
into view below the MODE
indication
- the number below the SAT
indication increases (number of
satellites tracked)
- after 75 to 300 seconds, the
ACQ indication goes out of view
and the NAV indication comes
into view below the MODE
indication
- the related values come into
view below the GPS POSITION,
GPS ALT, MERIT and GS
indications.
Subtask 34-36-00-710-059
B. Operationnal test of the predictive GPS (with Honeywell ADIRU only)
NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
NOTE : This test concerns system 1. For system 2, use the indications
____
between parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Test of the GPS operation through
R the PREDICTIVE GPS page on the MCDU
1. Open the circuit breaker 42RT2
(42RT1).
2. On the MCDU1 (MCDU2): On the MCDU1 (MCDU2):
- push the INIT mode key - the INIT page comes into view
- enter origin/destination - the origin/destination airport data
airport data that are in the come into view on the bottom line of
database. the INIT page
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 508
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to - the RTE SELECTION page comes into
the FROM/TO indication view
- push the line key adjacent to - the INIT page comes into view
the RETURN indication
3. On MCDU1 (MCDU2): On MCDU1 (MCDU2):
- push the PROG mode key. - the PROGRESS page comes into view
- push the line key adjacent to - the PREDICTIVE GPS page comes into
the PREDICTIVE GPS indication view
- the destination is displayed below
the DEST indication
- enter GMT plus 1 hour below the - after some seconds, the Y or N
ETA indication (Estimated Time indication comes into view below the
of Arrival). -15, -10, -5, ETA, +5, +10, +15
indications.
4. Close the circuit breaker 42RT2
(42RT1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-00-860-059
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU page.
(2) On the ADIRS CDU, set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 509
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-36-00-710-003
Operational Test of the ILS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-00-860-060
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
ON.
Subtask 34-36-00-865-060
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 510
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-36-00-710-057
A. Operational Test of the ILS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch comes on.
- set the local frequency of an - the set frequency comes into view in
ILS 1 (ILS 2) beacon with the the right display (STBY/CRS).
dual selector knob.
- push the transfer (double - the set frequency comes into view in
arrow) pushbutton switch. the left display.
2. On the center pedestal, on one
ACP:
- release the ILS 1 (ILS 2) - in the loud speakers, you can hear
pushbutton switch. the Morse signal of the station.
3. On the RMP1 (RMP2): - On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch goes off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-00-860-061
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestral, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
OFF.
(2) On the center pedestral, on the ACP, push the ILS1 (ILS2) pushbutton
switch.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 511
Feb 01/06
VOI
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 512
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-36-00-720-002
Functional Test of the ILS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific VOR-ILS ground test unit
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-00-869-063
A. General
(1) Use the VOR/ILS Ramp Test Set NAV401L or equivalent.
Subtask 34-36-00-860-062
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 513
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, push the ILS
pushbutton switches. Set the mode selector switches to ROSE/ILS.
(4) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switch to
ON.
Subtask 34-36-00-865-061
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
Subtask 34-36-00-480-051
D. Install the VOR-ILS ground test unit near the radome. To do this, refer
to the installation instructions.
Set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-36-00-720-052
A. ILS Reception Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel 49VU
(121VU):
- close the circuit breaker 42RT1 On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
(42RT2). (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S, LOC and ILS flags go out of
view.
2. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- push the NAV pushbutton switch. - the green LED on the NAV pushbutton
switch comes on.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 514
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the frequency related to - the set frequency comes into view in
the signal given by the ground the left display.
test unit
3. On the ground test unit:
- set the LOC and G/S selector On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
switches to 0. - the G/S and LOC indexes come into
view in the middle of the scale.
On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index and the LOC deviation
bar come into view in the middle of
the scale.
- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
up 1 point then up 2 points. (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index moves up 1 point then
up 2 points.
- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
down 1 point then down 2 (CAPT) ND:
points. - the G/S index moves down 1 point then
down 2 points.
- set the G/S selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
0. (CAPT) ND:
- the G/S index moves to the middle of
the scale.
- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
left 1 point then left 2 (CAPT) ND:
points. - the LOC index and deviation bar move
1 point then 2 points to the left
side.
- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
right 1 point then right 2 (CAPT) ND:
points. - the LOC index and deviation bar move
1 point then 2 points to the right
side.
- set the LOC selector switch to On the CAPT (F/O) PFD and the F/O
0. (CAPT) ND:
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 515
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the LOC index and deviation bar move
to the middle of the scale.
4. On one RMP1 (RMP2):
- set the CRS related to the On the F/O (CAPT) ND:
aircraft heading +20⁰, then to - the aircraft heading +20⁰, then the
the aircraft heading -20⁰. aircraft heading -20⁰ come into view
in the right upper corner.
- the course pointer moves to the
aircraft heading +20⁰, then to the
aircraft heading -20⁰.
5. On the circuit breaker panel
121VU (49VU):
- close circuit breaker 42RT2
(42RT1).
Subtask 34-36-00-720-053
B. ILS Identification Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel 49VU
(121VU), close the circuit
breaker 42RT1 (42RT2).
2. On the ground test unit, set the
IDENT selector switch to ON.
3. On the center pedestal, on one
ACP :
- release the ILS1 (ILS2) - you can hear the identification
pushbutton switch. signal in the loud speakers.
- adjust slowly and continously
until the volume is correct.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 516
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-00-080-051
A. De-energize the VOR/ILS ground test unit and remove it.
Subtask 34-36-00-860-063
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU, release the ILS
pushbutton switches.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2):
- push the NAV pushbutton switch (the green LED goes off).
- set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(4) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-00
Page 517
Feb 01/06
VOI
ANTENNA - LOCALIZER (3RT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 34-36-11-000-001
Removal of the Localizer Antenna (3RT)
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE FUSELAGE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
SCUFF PLATES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
34-36-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-11-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
EFF :
ALL 34-36-11
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-36-11-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) In the cockpit, place a warning notice on the center pedestal to tell
persons not to operate the weather radar system.
(2) Put the access platform in position below the radome in zone 110.
(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-11-991-001)
Subtask 34-36-11-020-050
A. Removal of the Localizer Antenna
(1) Remove the screws (5).
(2) Isolate the antenna (1) from the bulkhead (2).
(3) Disconnect the two coaxial connectors (3).
(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (4).
(5) Remove the localizer antenna (1).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected coaxial connectors (3) and (6).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-11
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Localizer Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-36-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-36-11
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-36-11-400-001
Installation of the Localizer Antenna (3RT)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
EFF :
ALL 34-36-11
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 O-ring 34-36-11 01 -010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
34-36-00-720-002 Functional Test of the ILS
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
34-36-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-11-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) In the cockpit, make sure that the warning notice is in position on
the center pedestal to tell persons not to operate the weather radar
system.
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the radome in
zone 110.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-11
Page 405
Nov 01/08
VOI
(3) Make sure that the radome 110AL is open (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).
Subtask 34-36-11-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
Subtask 34-36-11-160-050
C. Preparation for Installation
(1) Precautions :
NOTE : If you install the same antenna it is necessary to clean it
____
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(2) Remove the used sealant from the bulkhead with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) and a lint free cloth.
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-11-991-001)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT DAMAGE THE FUSELAGE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
SCUFF PLATES.
Subtask 34-36-11-420-050
A. Installation of the Localizer Antenna
(1) On the bulkhead (2), apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013)
with nonmetallic scraper to the attachment of the localizer antenna
and to the support of the localizer antenna (1).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-11
Page 406
May 01/06
R
VOI
(2) On the bulkhead (2), apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) with a
nonmetallic scraper to the attachment of the localizer antenna and to
the support of the localizer antenna (1) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-
001).
NOTE : Make sure that the screw holes do not show any signs of
____
sealing compound.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial connectors (3) and (6).
(4) Make sure that the coaxial connectors (3) and (6) are in the correct
condition.
(5) Put the O-ring (4) in the correct position on the antenna (1).
(6) Connect the coaxial connectors (3) and (6) to the localizer antenna
(1).
(7) Attach the localizer antenna (1) with the screws (5).
(8) Remove the unwanted sealing compound from the support of the
localizer antenna (1) with a nonmetallic scraper.
(9) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (1)
and the fuselage structure (2) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005) .
(10) Make a seal around the support of the localizer antenna with SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-016) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
Subtask 34-36-11-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
Subtask 34-36-11-720-050
C. Do the functional test of the two MMRs (para. Identification test with
tool) (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-720-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-11
Page 407
Nov 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-11-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-11
Page 408
Feb 01/06
VOI
ANTENNA - GPS ACTIVE (43RT1,43RT2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 34-36-16-000-001
Removal of the GPS Active Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-36-16-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-16-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-36-16-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 220 to get access to the
antenna 43RT1 (43RT2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-16-991-001)
Subtask 34-36-16-020-050
A. Removal of the GPS Active Antenna
(1) Remove the sealant from the screw heads and around the antenna base
with a nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Remove the four screws (2) and pull the antenna (1) away from the
structure (3).
(3) Remove the lockwire and disconnect the coaxial connector (4).
(4) Remove the antenna (1) and put blanking caps on the disconnected
coaxial connectors.
NOTE : The coaxial connector (4) must not go into the fuselage.
____
Attach it to the fuselage with masking tape.
(5) Remove and discard the O-ring (5).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
GPS Active Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-36-16-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-36-16-400-001
Installation of the GPS Active Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2) with Teflon Seal
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, CRES dia. 0.8 mm (0.030 in.)
Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 O-ring 34-36-16 01A-010
6 teflon seal 34-36-01 02A-030
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different
Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
34-36-16-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 405
Feb 01/09
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-16-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
Subtask 34-36-16-010-051
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 220 to get
access to the antenna.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-16-991-001)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
Subtask 34-36-16-420-050
A. Installation of the GPS Active Antenna
(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (3) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cloth.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
NOTE : The antenna electrical bonding is made through the attachment
____
screws. On the antenna make sure that there is no paint,
sealant or corrosion in the recesses of the attachment screw
heads.
(4) Put a new O-ring (5) in the correct position on the antenna (1).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
(5) Put the seal that you removed or a new teflon seal (6) on the antenna
base.
(6) Remove the blanking caps and connect the coaxial connector (4).
Install it with the lockwire, CRES dia. 0.8 mm (0.030 in.).
(7) Put the antenna (1) in the correct position on the fuselage.
NOTE : Use the small triangle and the F indication which are under
____
the antenna: the triangle must point to the front of the
aircraft.
(8) Install and tighten the four screws (2).
(9) Make sure that the electrical bonding of the antenna is not higher
than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
(10) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the antenna
base and make it smooth (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001)
(11) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the screw heads and make the
antenna contour smooth.
(12) Let the sealant become dry.
(13) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (1).
(14) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001B) to the sealant on the head of the screws (2).
R NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
R the antenna and on the head of the screws.
Subtask 34-36-16-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 407
Aug 01/07
VOI
Subtask 34-36-16-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the GPS.
(1) Make sure that the IR system is aligned (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(2) On one MCDU, push the DATA key to get the DATA INDEX page and then
push the line key adjacent to the GPS MONITOR indication.
(3) On the GPS MONITOR page, after some minutes, make sure that:
- the GPS1(2) POSITION indication is correct.
- the TTRK indication shows dashes.
- the MERIT indication shows between 0 and 100 m.
- the GS indication shows approx. 000.
- the MODE indication shows NAV.
NOTE : MERIT is an estimate of the 95% position accuracy of the
____
position output by the GPS sensor.
(4) On the upper ECAM DU, make sure that there is no GPS fault message.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
(6) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-16-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 408
Nov 01/06
R
VOI
TASK 34-36-16-400-001- 01
Installation of the GPS Active Antenna (43RT1, 43RT2) without Teflon Seal
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 409
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, CRES dia. 0.8 mm (0.030 in.).
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 O-ring 34-36-16 01A-010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
34-36-16-991-002 Fig. 402
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 410
Feb 01/09
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-16-865-053
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
Subtask 34-36-16-010-052
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 220 to get
access to the antenna.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-36-16-991-002)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
Subtask 34-36-16-420-051
A. Installation of the GPS Active Antenna
(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (3) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Clean the mating surfaces with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
and a lint-free cloth.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
NOTE : The antenna electrical bonding is made through the attachment
____
screws. On the antenna make sure that there is no paint,
sealant or corrosion in the recesses of the attachment screws
heads.
(4) Apply masking tape to the structure (3), the edge of the antenna (1),
the screw holes and the hole for the antenna connector.
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 411
Feb 01/06
VOI
GPS Active Antenna
Figure 402/TASK 34-36-16-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 412
Feb 01/06
VOI
(5) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the bottom of the
antenna (1).
(6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the area of the fuselage (3)
that makes an interface with the antenna (1) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-
001).
(7) Remove the masking tape from the screw holes and the hole for the
antenna connector.
(8) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(9) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(10) Install the new O-ring (5).
(11) Connect the coaxial connector (4) to the GPS antenna connector.
(12) Safety the coaxial connector (4) with lockwire, CRES dia. 0.8 mm
(0.030 in.).
(13) Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (2).
(14) Tighten the screws (2) in a diagonal sequence.
(15) Remove the unwanted sealant with a nonmetallic scraper.
(16) Remove the remaining masking tape.
(17) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (1)
and the fuselage structure (3) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(18) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (1) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
(19) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the screws (2).
(20) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (2) and around the
antenna (1) smooth.
(21) Let the sealant cure.
(22) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (1).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 413
Feb 01/06
VOI
(23) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001B) to the sealant on the head of the screws (2).
Subtask 34-36-16-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
Subtask 34-36-16-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the GPS.
(1) Make sure that the IR system is aligned (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(2) On one MCDU, push the DATA key to get the DATA INDEX page and then
push the line key adjacent to the GPS MONITOR indication.
(3) On the GPS MONITOR page, after some minutes, make sure that:
- the GPS1(2) POSITION indication is correct.
- the TTRK indication shows dashes.
- the MERIT indication shows approx. 100 m.
- the GS indication shows approx. 000.
- the MODE indication shows NAV.
(4) On the upper ECAM DU, make sure that there is no GPS fault message.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
(6) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-16-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-16
Page 414
Nov 01/06
VOI
ANTENNA - GLIDE/SLOPE (4RT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 34-36-18-000-001
Removal of the Glide/Slope Antenna (4RT)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
34-36-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-18-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
EFF :
ALL 34-36-18
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-36-18-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) In the cockpit, put a warning notice on the center pedestal to tell
persons not to operate or to start the weather radar system.
(2) Put the access platform in position in zone 110 below the radome.
(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001) .
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-18-991-001)
Subtask 34-36-18-020-050
A. Removal of the Glide/Slope Antenna
(1) Loosen the screws (6).
(2) Disengage the antenna (1) away from the bulkhead (4).
(3) Remove and discard the O-rings (2).
(4) Disconnect the coaxial connectors (3).
(5) Remove the antenna (1).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected coaxial connectors (3) and (5).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-18
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Glide/Slope Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-36-18-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-36-18
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-36-18-400-001
Installation of the Glide/Slope Antenna (4RT)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
EFF :
ALL 34-36-18
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 O-rings 34-36-18 01 -010
2 O-rings 34-36-18 01A-010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-36-00-720-002 Functional Test of the ILS
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
34-36-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-18-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) In the cockpit, make sure that the warning notice is in position on
the center pedestal to tell persons not to operate or to start the
weather radar system.
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the radome in
zone 110.
(3) Make sure that the radome 110AL is open (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-18
Page 405
Nov 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-36-18-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
Subtask 34-36-18-160-050
C. Preparation for Installation
(1) Precautions
NOTE : If you install the same antenna, it is necessary to clean it
____
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
(2) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) and a lint-free cloth.
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-18-991-001)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
Subtask 34-36-18-420-050
A. Installation of the Glide/Slope Antenna
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the bulkhead (4)
where you install the antenna and to the antenna (1) mount.
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the bulkhead (4) where you
install the antenna and to the antenna (1) mount (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-
300-001).
NOTE : Make sure that there is no sealant in the screws holes.
____
EFF :
ALL 34-36-18
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial connectors (3) and (5).
(4) Put the O-rings (2) in the correct position on the antenna (1).
(5) Connect the coaxial connectors (3) to the antenna (1).
(6) Put the antenna (1) in position on the bulkhead (4).
(7) Attach the antenna (1) with the screws (6).
(8) Remove the sealant which is not necessary.
(9) Apply a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (1).
(10) Make the antenna contour smooth.
Subtask 34-36-18-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
Subtask 34-36-18-720-050
C. Do the functional test of the two MMRs (para. Reception test with tool)
(Ref. TASK 34-36-00-720-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-18-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-18
Page 407
Nov 01/06
VOI
RECEIVER - MULTI MODE (MMR) (40RT1,40RT2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-36-31-000-002
Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-36-31-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-31-810-050
A. Trouble Shooting Data
If available, you can print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as follows:
- get access to the SYSTEM/REPORT TEST NAV page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-
010).
- on this page, push the line key adjacent to the MMR1 (MMR2) indication.
- on the MMR1 (MMR2) page, push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE
SHOOTING DATA indication to get the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page.
- print the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA (TSD) page(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-31
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-36-31-865-053
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 40RT1
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
FOR 40RT2
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
Subtask 34-36-31-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811 in zone
122.
(2) Open the access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-31-991-002)
Subtask 34-36-31-020-051
A. Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
(1) Loosen the nuts (4).
(2) Lower the nuts (4).
(3) Pull the Multi Mode Receiver (1) from its rack (3) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (2).
(4) Remove the Multi Mode Receiver (1) from its rack.
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-31
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Multi Mode Receiver
Figure 401/TASK 34-36-31-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-36-31
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-36-31-400-002
Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability
34-36-00-710-003 Operational Test of the ILS
34-36-00-740-003 BITE Test of the MMR
34-36-31-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-36-31-010-053
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811 in zone 122.
(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
Subtask 34-36-31-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 40RT1
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
FOR 40RT2
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
EFF :
ALL 34-36-31
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-36-31-991-002)
Subtask 34-36-31-420-051
A. Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the Multi Mode Receiver (1) on its rack (3).
(6) Push the Multi Mode Receiver (1) on its rack (3) to connect the
electrical connectors (2).
(7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.
Subtask 34-36-31-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 40RT1
R 49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
R FOR 40RT2
R 121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
Subtask 34-36-31-740-051
C. BITE test of the Multi Mode Receiver
(1) Do the BITE test of the Multi Mode Receiver (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-740-
003)
NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT 3 conditions, do
____
the LAND CAT III capability test
EFF :
ALL 34-36-31
Page 405
Nov 01/06
VOI
(Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).
(2) As an alternative procedure, without the CFDS, you can do the
operational test of the ILS (Ref. TASK 34-36-00-710-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-36-31-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 811.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-36-31
Page 406
Nov 01/06
R
VOI
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
R
The aircraft is equipped with an X-band dual Collins WXR-2100 Multiscan Radar
transceiver P/N 822-1710-202 with Predictive Windshear System (PWS). This
system is compatible with Electronic Instrument System 1 and 2 (EIS1 and EIS2)
and complies with ARINC Characteristics 708A.
Multiscan is a radar function that displays all significant weather at all
ranges, at all aircraft altitudes, and at all times on a display that is
essentially clutter-free, without the need for pilots to input tilt or gain
settings. Multiscan reduces pilot workload while enhancing weather detection
capability.
The Multiscan function optimizes weather detection and minimizes ground
clutter. This function determines the optimum tilt angle for the radar through
monitoring of:
- the aircraft altitude above the terrain (RA and ADR information).
- the aircraft position (IR information).
- the terrain conditions in the area (information located in an interval
Reference table).
Two antenna scans are performed, each scan is optimized for a particular
region in front of the aircraft. The upper beam detects medium-range weather
and the lower beam detects short and long-range weather by automatically
adjusting tilt and gain. The information is then stored in a temporary
database. When the captain or the first officer selects a range, the weather
radar transceiver retrieves the appropriate portions of the desired
information, merges the data and then eliminates ground clutter. The result
is an optimized weather display and the flight crew selects the range scale
required.
In the following text, the abbreviation WXR/PWS is used.
The WXR/PWS enables:
- detection and localization of the atmospheric disturbances in the area
defined by the antenna scanning: plus or minus 90 deg. of aircraft centerline
and up to 320NM in front of the aircraft
- detection of turbulence areas caused by the presence of precipitations up to
a distance of 40NM
- presentation of terrain mapping information by the combination of the
orientation of the radar beam and of the receiver gain
- detection of a microburst windshear event in the area defined by the antenna
scanning: plus or minus 60 deg.
- presentation of windshear events within an area plus or minus 30 deg. of
aircraft centerline and up to 5NM in front of the aircraft.
NOTE : A microburst is a cool shaft of air, like a cylinder, between 1000 and
____
3000 ft. When it encounters the ground (airflow velocity from 40 to 110
kts) the downward moving airflow is translated to a horizontal flow
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 1
Feb 01/09
VOI
(from 80 to 220 kts), at the base of the air shaft. Two types of
microburst exist, wet and dry.
Five color displays are used to show precipitations, turbulence and ground
mapping to the crew.
The location of the windshear events is indicated by an icon (symbol consisting
of alternating red and black arcs).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 2
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
R 1. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The units of the weather radar system are located in the aircraft as
follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1SQ1 XCVR-WEATHER RADAR, 1 109VU 121 811 34-41-33
3SQ CTL UNIT-WEATHER RADAR 11VU 210 831 34-41-12
7SQ DRIVE-WR ANTENNA 110 110AL 34-41-11
9SQ MTG TRAY-WR XCVR 109VU 121 811 34-41-37
11SQ ANTENNA-WEATHER RADAR 110 110AL 34-41-11
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 3
Feb 01/09
VOI
Weather Radar - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar - Control and Indicating
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
VOI
R 2. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The WR/PWS is composed of items closely associated with its operation, such
as peripherals supplying parameters, EFIS display units or maintenance
functions.
NOTE : The weather radar image is shown on the CAPT and F/O Navigation
____
Displays (ND).
The NDs are connected to the three Display Management Computers (DMC)
and to the CAPT and F/O EFIS control panels of the FCU.
NOTE : The three ADIRUs give data information to the weather radar system.
____
These data ensure the radar antenna stabilization and the
computations of the windshear function.
A. General
The weather radar system, which complies with ARINC Characteristics 708A,
consists of:
- a transceiver 1SQ1,
- a control unit 3SQ,
- an antenna drive 7SQ,
- an antenna plate 11SQ,
- a transceiver single mounting tray 9SQ with a wave guide.
(1) Weather Radar Transceiver
The receiver-transmitter is the heart of the WR/PWS system, the
additional necessary wiring and interfaces enable the weather radar
transceiver to operate as a PWS (WR/PWS) and autotilt.
The receiver-transmitter ensures the following functions:
- generation of the very short intense pulses of microwave energy via
an X-band wave guide to the antenna, and the processing of their
echoes (radio frequency signals) to obtain the desired information,
- the receiver signal is formatted into 1600-bit ARINC 453 words and
sent to the Display Management Computers (DMCs),
- acquisition of data from Radio Altimeters (RA1 and RA2) and other
specific interfaces,
- windshear event detection and generation of the appropriate signal,
- BITE function of the system.
(2) Weather Radar Control Unit
The control unit generates a 32-bit (label 270) serial control word
which describes the selected operating modes (1/OFF/2, WX, WX + T,
TURB, MAP, PWS, GCS, MULTISCAN, GAIN TILT).
The WR/PWS receives one ARINC 429 bus coming from the control unit.
Moreover, the predictive windshear function can be de-activated if
the PWS does not operate correctly.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 6
Feb 01/09
VOI
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Data Acquisition
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar Block Diagram - Control and Display
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) WR Antenna Drive
R The WXR/PWS has one antenna drive which is the interface of the
R transceiver to control and monitor the azimuth and elevation of the
antenna.
(4) Weather Radar Antenna
The antenna is used for transmitting and receiving radar radio
frequency signals.
R (5) Transceiver Mounting Tray with a Wave Guide
R It allows to install the transceiver on the aircraft rack and
R connects the transceiver to the wave guide.
NOTE : The weather radar and windshear detection image (if the
____
predictive windshear function is activated) is shown on the
Captain and First Officer Navigation Displays (ND) and the
windshear warning is shown on Captain and First Officer
Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and on the upper ECAM DU. The
NDs and PFDs are connected to the three Display Management
Computers (DMC) and to the Captain and First Officer EFIS
control sections of the FCU.
NOTE : If the Enhanced GPWS is operative, the WR image is replaced by
____
the terrain image, on the Captain and First Officer NDs,
during a terrain alert or a crew action.
More explanations are given in 34-48.
NOTE : The ADIRUs give to the weather radar system:
____
- the altitude and the true airspeed (TAS) information (Ref.
34-13-00),
- the attitude, ground speed, magnetic heading, true heading,
E/W velocity, N/S velocity, track angle and drift angle
(Ref. 34-14-00).
These data ensure the radar antenna stabilization and the
corrections of the Doppler mode (turbulence).
B. Peripherals
(1) Digital serial data inputs
The transceiver receives digital serial data inputs from the
following components:
(a) Radio Altimeter
The Radio Altimeter provides altitude information over two ARINC
429 bus inputs to the WR/PWS (label 164).
This data is used for automatic activation of the windshear
function.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 9
Aug 01/06
VOI
The second bus is for redundancy.
(b) Air Data Reference
Two ARINC 429 low-speed buses provide:
- true airspeed data (label 210) used for velocity calculations
- altitude data (label 203) used for sensitivity time control
(STC) calculations
- corrected altitude data (label 206).
(c) Inertial Reference
Two ARINC 429 high-speed buses provide:
- pitch (label 324) and roll (label 325) data for the
stabilization and control of the antenna
- east/west velocity (label 367) and north/south velocity (label
366) used for velocity calculations
- ground speed (label 312) used for velocity calculations and
qualifiers C1, C2
- track angle (label 317) used for velocity calculations
- true heading (label 314)
- Magnetic heading (label 320)
- Body longitudinal acceleration (label 331) used for qualifiers
D1, D2.
NOTE : The main air data and heading altitude data are provided
____
by the Air Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS).
(d) Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
The WR/PWS communicates with the CFDIU low-speed ARINC 429 buses.
(e) EFIS Control Section
Two ARINC 429 buses provide the CAPT and F/O range selection
(label 271).
The receiver/transmitter receives one bus from the CAPT EFIS
control section and another one from the F/O EFIS control panel.
(f) One ARINc 429 high-speed bus (Hazard) provides radar data to be
recorded on the Flight Data Interface and Management Unit
(FDIMU).
(g) One ARINC 429 high-speed bus (Hazard) provides radar data to the
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 10
Feb 01/06
VOI
(2) Discrete inputs
Each transceiver receives the following discrete inputs:
(a) Ground/flight signal and landing gear extended signal. These
signals are provided by the Landing Gear Control and Interface
Unit (LGCIU).
- Ground/flight signal is used to determine the identifying
flight phase for BITE
- Landing gear extended signal is used to determine transition
from landing mode to takeoff mode to identify a GO AROUND
condition. In this case the appropriate aural message is
generated.
(b) Qualifiers B, C, D signals (new qualifier logic/qualifier A: ATC
is no more used).
R Two types of qualifier inputs are used to control automatic
R activation of the windshear function (B and C or B and D).
- qualifiers B: two qualifiers B inputs are used. These input
signals are provided by the engine oil pressure sensors
indicating when there is normal operating pressure.
The qualifier B1 is connected to engine 1 and the qualifier B2
is connected to engine 2.
The qualifier B2 is for redundancy.
Qualifiers B1 and B2 are connected to transceivers 1 and 2.
- Qualifiers C: two qualifiers C inputs are used.
Qualifier C1: ground speed (label 312 provided by IR bus from
IR1) (valid when GS > 30Kts).(Ref. asterisk below)
Qualifier C2: ground speed (label 312 provided by IR bus from
IR3) (valid when GS > 30Kts).
- Qualifiers D: two qualifiers D inputs are used.
Qualifier D1: body longitudinal acceleration (label 331
provided by IR bus from IR1) (valid when Nx > 0.07g for at
least 0.5 seconds).(Ref. asterisk below)
Qualifier D2: body longitudinal acceleration (label 331
provided by IR bus from IR3) (valid when Nx > 0.07g for at
least 0.5 seconds).
(*) For the second transceiver, C1 and D1 information is
provided by IR2.
R To automatically activate the windshear function, one of the
R qualifiers B and one of the qualifiers C or D have to be valid.
(c) Windshear function enable signal
This discrete input provided by the weather radar control unit
through switch AUTO/OFF enables the windshear function. This
discrete signal is also transmitted to the DMCs which use it for
the logic of windshear messages displayed.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 11
Feb 01/07
VOI
(d) Windshear BITE enable signal
This discrete input allows the WXR/PWS to manage the BITE
windshear failures sent to the CFDIU.
(3) Outputs
The transceiver provides the following outputs:
(a) Displays
The WR/PWS is connected to the DMCs by an ARINC 453 bus to
transmit the weather radar data and windshear data (if predictive
windshear function is activated) on the data word of label 055.
All the weather and windshear data received by the DMCs are
processed to display weather radar image and windshear events by
the Electronic Instrument System (EIS).
1
_ The Navigation Display (ND) it provides the following
indications:
- weather radar image
- windshear events location for advisory, caution or warning
alert
- windshear failures.
2
_ The Primary Flight Display (PFD) it provides all visual alerts
for caution or warning alert.
NOTE : The Flight Warning Computers (FWC) and the FDIU receive
____
WR/PWS data through the DMCs. These data are used by
the FWCs to display windshear function failure and
windshear function de-activation.
The FDIU records the windshear alert and failure.
(b) Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
The WR/PWS is connected to the CFDS to transmit the following
words:
- label 354: LRU identification P/N and S/N (coded in ISO5)
- label 356: fault message (coded in ISO5)
- label 377: equipment identification.
(c) Audio Mixing Box (if predictive windshear function is activated)
An analog audio output allows to transmit the aural alert
windshear (synthetic voice message) to an audio mixing box
connected to loud speakers.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
VOI
(d) Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (Enhanced GPWS)
(optional)
The Enhanced GPWS receives WR/PWS alerts from WXR1 Hazard bus and
WXR2 Hazard bus (when the second transceiver is installed) to
determine the alert priorities.
Predictive Windshear alerts override a terrain display and revert
to the WR display with the corresponding windshear data.
The alert priorities between the WR/PWS and the Enhanced GPWS
have been defined as follows:
1- WR/PWS Warning,
2- WR/PWS Caution,
3- Terrain Warning,
4- Terrain Caution,
5- WR/PWS advisory (no audio),
6- Terrain background (no audio).
(e) Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)
One ARINC 429 high speed bus (hazard) provides radar data to be
recorded on FDIMU.
(f) Windshear function enable signal
This discrete input provided by the radar control box through
AUTO/OFF switch enables the windshear function. This discrete
signal is also transmitted to the DMCs which use it for the logic
of windshear messages displayed.
(4) Audio Inhibit Discrete Signals (if predictive windshear function is
activated)
These discretes are used to indicate whether the aural alert output
has to be active or not:
- predictive windshear aural alerts (audio inhibit discrete input)
are inhibited by the Reactive Windshear System and stall warning.
- predictive windshear audio inhibit discrete output is used to
inhibit other aural alerts generated by systems such as: Traffic
Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) or Ground Proximity
Warning System (GPWS) or other FWC warnings.
This inhibition occurs each time there is a PWS aural alert.
(5) Pin Programming (if predictive windshear function is activated)
- audio level program pins set the audio output level of the
synthetic voice for windshear aural alert.
- SDI (Source Destination Identification Encoder) program pins encode
the location of the WR/PWS unit on the aircraft when two
transceivers are installed.
- qualifier polarity program pins: for both qualifiers, this pin
program indicates the validity of the signal.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
VOI
- CFDIU interface program pins: when the second WR/PWS is installed
on the aircraft, this program pin is activated. The WR/PWS can
communicate with the CFDIU.
- caution alert audio program: two program pins are provided to
select the type of windshear caution aural alert.
The MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY synthetic voice is generated instead of
the chime.
- windshear function enable program pins is used to activate the
windshear function.
- windshear function bite enable signal allows to send to CFDIU
failure related to the predictive windshear function.
C. General Technical Characteristics
The WR/PWS system is mainly used to detect and localize various types of
atmospheric disturbances and windshear events in the area scanned by the
antenna. The system shows the disturbance intensity through the use of
colors which vary with the atmospheric precipitation rate.
The disturbances are shown to the crew members on the NDs with different
colors:
- black, green, yellow, red to quantify the precipitation rates
- magenta to represent the turbulence areas up to 40 NM.
The system can show the location of the windshear events via the NDs:
alternating black and red arcs depict the windshear event.
As the minimum display range is 10 NM, two yellow radials appear at the
edges and start beyond the windshear (W/S) event.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 14
Feb 01/06
VOI
R 3. Power
____________
Supply
Energization of the system is through a 115VAC/400 Hz bus:
- 1XP via the sub-busbar 101 XP-C for transceiver 1.
Energization of the weather radar control unit and of the WR antenna drive
is through the transceiver.
Consumption of the transceiver is 145 W maximum.
The system is supplied through this circuit breaker:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
R 4. Interface
_________
A. Digital Interface Special for Weather Radar
The weather radar data are transmitted via ARINC 429 and 453 buses in
compliance with ARINC 708A.
The table below contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 055 | WXR DATA | | | |1600|7.82| DIS| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 270 | CONTROL | | | | 32 |100 | DIS| | |
| | WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 271 | CONTROL | | | | 32 |100 | DIS| | |
| | WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 | Mainte- | | | | |100 |ISO5| | |
| | nance | | | | | | | | |
| | message | | | | | | | | |
| | word | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 15
Feb 01/09
VOI
(1) Control Words (Labels 270 and 271)
The control words are transmitted on the control buses which connect
the weather radar control unit to the transceiver.
The control word 1 (label 270) provides the following data:
- gain,
- tilt angle,
- selected mode,
- stabilization (on/off),
- scan angle (normal/reduced),
- anticlutter (on/off) (optional)
- split function (Capt/Both/F/O) (optional)
The control word 2 (label 271) provides the following data:
- range,
- anticlutter (on/off) (optional),
- WR selected on the EFIS control section (master/slave).
(2) Data Word (Label 055)
The signal transmitted on the data bus line which connects the WR/PWS
to the Display Management Computers (DMC) complies with data word
format (label 055) as defined by the ARINC Specification 708A
(Appendix 15.2).
The data bus line transmits 190 data words per second; each word is
made up of 1600 bits sent on 1 Megabit/s frequency (ARINC
Specification 453) as per MANCHESTER II BI PHASE 2 format.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
Data word message includes mainly the radar return intensity and
windshear data.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 16
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar - Manchester II Biphase Format
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 17
Feb 01/06
VOI
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| BITS | FUNCTION |
|----------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1-8 | Label 00101101 : 055 |
| 9-10 | Control Accept |
| 11 | Spare |
| 12 | Windshear Caution |
| 13 | Windshear Warning |
| 14-15 | Turbulence and Weather Alert |
| 16 | Anticlutter (not used) |
| 17 | Sector Scan |
| 18 | Stabilization Limits |
| 19 | Cooling Transceiver |
| 20 | Display Fault (not used) |
| 21 | Calibration or Air Data Input |
| 22 | Attitude Input |
| 23 | Control or Heading Input |
| 24 | Antenna |
| 25 | R/T or Radio Altimeter |
| 26 | Stabilization |
| 27-29 | Mode |
| 30-36 | Tilt Angle |
| 37-42 | Gain |
| 43-48 | Range |
| 49 | Windshear External Input Fault |
| 50-51 | Data Accept |
| 52-63 | Scan Angle |
| 64 | Windshear Failure |
| 65-1600 | Range Bin Data |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
The WR/PWS uses the Space address usage technology defined by the
ARINC specification 708A for transmission of information on data bus
lines. This is achieved by two different data bus lines, each
associated with a control bus line from an EFIS control section of
the FCU.
Data BUS 1 transmits always data associated to the range selected on
EFIS/CAPT (side 1).
Data BUS 2 transmits always data associated to the range selected on
EFIS/F/O (side 2).
The control and data bits of word label 055 are valid at any moment
on both DATA BUSES, even if the range selected on sides 1 and 2 of
FCU are different.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
VOI
R 5. _____________________
Component Description
A. Transceiver
(Ref. Fig. 006, 007)
The weather radar transceiver with PWS is a completely solid-state
airborne unit.
It contains:
(1) A power amplifier
A single 777.77 MHz multiplier drive signal is developed by the power
amplifier. The power amplification of the transmit section is
accomplished by splitting the power amplifier drive before
recombining the signals into a single multiplier drive signal.
(2) A power multiplier
The power multiplier produces the 9333.24 MHz transmitter output
signal from the single multiplier drive signal (from the power
amplifier).
The multiplier drive signal is multiplied by 3 to produce a 2333.31
MHz signal. The 2333.31 MHz signal is their quadrupled to produce the
9333.24 MHz transmitter output signal.
(3) A duplexer/monitor
The transmitter output is coupled through a duplexer/monitor to the
waveguide antenna feed through a 4-port circulator. Incorporated in
the duplexer operation are monitor circuits to monitor the output
power level and develop a frequency loop error signal for the
correction of frequency chirp.
The monitor circuit also accepts a test signal which causes a portion
of the reference signal to be injected into the receiver for test
calibration. The 4-port circulator also couples the RF return from
the waveguide antenna feed through the preamplifier to the receiver
portion of the transceiver.
(4) A preamplifier
The preamplifier assembly perform the waveguide limiter functions
(protects the mixer diodes from all high power pulses), contains a
noise diode circuit and contains a 2-stage RF amplifier which
provides +18dB of RF gain.
(5) A mixer
The mixer circuit processes the detected RF return signal by mixing
it with the First local oscillator signal and amplifying the
resultant Intermediate Frequency (IF) signal in the First IF
amplifier.
The first IF amplifier provides 25dB amplification before the First
IF signal is applied to the second IF amplifier.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 19
Feb 01/09
VOI
Weather radar - Architecture
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 20
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar Transceiver - Component Description
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 21
Feb 01/06
VOI
(6) A second IF amplifier
The second IF amplifier completes the receiver amplification of the
RF return signal. The output from the first IF is converted to the
13.8888 MHz second IF signal by mixing it with the 152.77 MHz second
local oscillator signal. The second IF signal is double-buffered and
applied to a synchronous detector. The third local oscillator signal
is phase-split to obtain one signal in phase with the transmitter
frequency and one signal phase shifted by 90 deg.
(7) A sampler
The sampler commands and controls the receive and transmit functions
within the receiver-transmitter. A digital signal processor is used
to control transmitter timing and receiver normalizer.
(8) A digital signal processsor
The digital signal processor circuit card performs the weather
processing, clutter identification, clutter filtering, velocity
extraction and editing, hazard computation and hazard recognition
algorithms. Command and control information is passed from the
digital signal processor to the sampler through a dual port RAM.
(9) A central processing unit
Control of internal functions, antenna servo controls, monitoring of
system operation and formatting the processed data is accomplished by
the central processing unit. It uses a microprocessor and a stored
program to execute the following major routines that control the
transceiver and system operations:
- attitude routine, providing pitch and roll parameters for the
stabilization routine
- stabilization routine, providing elevation position to the
elevation maintenance routine
- scan maintenance routine, providing antenna scan drive
- elevation maintenance routine, providing antenna elevation drive
control bus manager routine, determining correct control
configuration
- problem control monitor routine, programming the internal data
collection parameters of the transceiver
- data bus formatter routine, processing and assembling the control
message of the serial data word sent to the EFIS.
(10) An input/output unit
All interface functions between the microprocessor of the central
processing unit and the rest of the transceiver and units in the
system are provided by the input/output unit. Control word buses,
digital and analog attitude buses, radio altitude inputs and discrete
buses are all connected to the multiplexer and shift register of the
input/output unit. In addition, the input/output unit contains speech
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
VOI
circuits for windshear hazard annunciation, the synchro-to-digital
conversion circuits, discrete warning annunciation outputs, aural
warning outputs and remote turn-on circuits.
(11) A BITE/monitor
The BITE/monitor provides the BITE power supply voltages to BITE
functions and circuits, a power monitor for the detected transmitter
output and an interconnect for various signals used throughout the
transceiver.
B. Weather Radar Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The weather radar antenna is controlled in azimuth and elevation by the
transceiver CPU. The binary control data are decoded and activate the
antenna scan and elevation steeper motors through corresponding power
circuits. The indication of these positions is sent to the CPU for
comparison. The RF signal (transmitted or received) is conveyed by a wave
guide between the antenna and the transceiver.
Energization of the antenna is 115VAC/400 Hz through the transceiver.
C. Weather Radar Control Unit
Part of weather radar controls is grouped on the control unit (TILT
control, system GAIN control, MODE selection control, MULTISCAN MAN/AUTO
mode).
These data are digitized and monitored by a CPU to generate a control
word which is sent to the transceiver through a control bus line.
D. Weather Radar Wave Guide and Wave Guide Switch
A wave guide assembly ensures the RF connection between the WR antenna
drive and the WR transceiver mounting tray (connected to the wave guide
switch).
The wave guide assembly is made up of rigid and flexible parts which have
a standard rectangular section (1 in. x 0.5 in.).
The wave guide switch is integral with the mounting tray. It ensures
switching of the RF signal from the antenna to the transceiver. Moreover
control circuits recopy the wave guide switch position to avoid
transmission on a closed wave guide.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 23
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar - Antenna
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 24
Feb 01/06
VOI
R 6. Operation
_________
A. Operation
(1) Weather Radar modes
The weather radar system uses the principle of radio echoing. It
works at a normal frequency of 9333 MHz. The peak power emitted is
120 W approx. The weather radar transceiver generates microwave
energy in the form of electromagnetic pulses via an X-band wave guide
to the antenna. When these pulses intercept an appropriate target,
part of the energy is reflected back to the weather radar antenna
then to the transceiver. For each case, the system uses a different
mode of operation which allows to vary the scanning of the antenna,
the timing of the pulses and the processing of the weather radar
returns and of the predictive windshear events (if the function is
activated). The electronics circuits of the transceiver measure the
elapsed time between the transmission of the wave and the reception
of the echo to determine the target distance (it takes around 12.36
microseconds for the electromagnetic wave to travel out and back for
each nautical mile of target range).
The angular position of the target is detected by the angular
position of the antenna in its scanning in azimuth. As the quantity
of energy reflected to the antenna is proportional to the target
density, the different levels of atmospheric disturbances (see table
1 below) are shown on the displays by different colors.
The detection of the turbulence areas are based on the Doppler
phenomenon.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LEVEL DETECTED | PRECIPITATION RATE | COLOR OF ECHOES |
|------------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------|
| Z1 < 20 dBz | less than 1 mm/h | black |
| 20 less than or equal | from 1 to 4 mm/h | green |
| to Z2 < 30 dBz | | |
| 30 less than or equal | from 4 to 12 mm/h | yellow |
| to Z3 < 40 dBz | | |
| 40 less than or equal | 12 mm/h and above | red |
| to Z4/Z5 < 50 dBz | | |
|------------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------|
| Turbulence | 5 m/s | magenta |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
Table 1: Color Correspondence Table
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 25
Feb 01/09
VOI
(2) Windshear mode (if the predictive windshear function is activated)
The WR/PWS, by a doppler mode, determines the wind field ahead of the
aircraft.
By a mathematical treatment, the system determines the hazard factor
(so-called F factor) related to the danger of a windshear event.
A hazard factor exceeding a value of 0.13 and within 5NM ahead of the
aircraft is considered as the presence of a dangerous event and a
corresponding windshear alert is generated. The display of windshear
hazard consits of an icon of red and black bands superimposed on the
radar returns. As these events are dangerous during takeoff and
landing maneuvers, the PWS mode is automatically activated below 2300
ft radio altimeter and at least one of the two qualifier inputs (QB
and QC or QB and QD) valid. These conditions enable automatic
windshear detection operation even if, on theweather radar control
unit, the 1/OFF/2 switch is at OFF; the WINDSHEAR/AUTO/OFFswitch must
be set to AUTO.
The windshear mode is transparent to the pilot until a windshear
event is detected.
When a windshear event is detected, the system generates the
appropriate annunciations (visual and aural) to the flight crew.
The WR/PWS generates a graphic symbol (icon) to the displays
indicating where the windshear was detected.
The windshear function detection can operate either with weather
radar modes activated or independently without these modes.
If the radar is already operating in a weather detection mode when a
windshear is detected, no pilot intervention will be required.
If the radar is OFF when this event is detected, the radar operation
will automatically change to WX+T mode (if selected range is less
than 60NM) or WX mode (if selected range is more than 60NM), to
display weather and windshear icons.
The selected range does not change.
In windshear mode, the TILT and GAIN are controlled automatically on
the WR/PWS for the scanning.
However, the TILT displayed on the NDs is in accordance with this
selected on the radar control panel.
When the weather radar transceiver fails, the amber message PRED W/S
is displayed on the NDs associated with the amber messages:
- NAV: PRED W/S DET FAULT on the upper ECAM DU,
- PRED W/S DET in the INOP SYS item of the STATUS page on the SD.
The system 2 (if installed), has to be selected on the weather radar
control unit to display windshear information.
NOTE : The system has to reject echoes due to ground clutter or
____
moving surface.
NOTE : In some cases, the pilot has to deselect windshear mode (PWS/
____
OFF/AUTO switch to OFF) for the following reasons:
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 26
Feb 01/06
VOI
- when the aircraft is at a gate area or in maintenance
hangars to avoid radiating danger for persons,
- when nuisance aural alerts are generated.
NOTE : There is no danger of radiation to persons on the ground if
____
the ATC switch on the ATC/TCAS control unit is set to OFF or
STBY after landing, even if the windshear switch on the
weather radar control unit is still at AUTO.
NOTE : In order to ensure optimum performance for the predictive
____
windshear function, the radome must be at least equal to class
B category 1.
R (3) Logic of scanning mode
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R The antenna scan pattern varies depending on the mode of operation.
R (a) Weather radar scan pattern
R In weather radar mode, the antenna scans a 180 deg. in azimuth
R and has tilt (pitch) coverage of plus or minus 15 deg.
R Stabilization limits are plus or minus 25 deg. in the pitch axis
R and plus or minus 40 deg. in the roll axis.
R An antenna scanning is performed in 4 seconds, this causes the
R transmission of 760 data words at each antenna scanning.
R The weather radar system features a 4-second constant refresh
R rate of the WX image whatever the ranges selected on the CAPT and
R F/O EFIS control sections of the FCU.
R (b) Weather and windshear scan pattern, no detected windshear event
R When the system is placed into alternate weather/windshear scan
R pattern and no windshear event is detected, the antenna scan
R pattern is as follows:
R - clockwise weather scan with plus or minus 90 deg. of azimuth
R coverage and processing for weather
R - counterclockwise windshear scan with full plus or minus 90 deg.
R of azimuth coverage, but with windshear processing limited to
R the plus or minus 45 deg. sector.
R However, the WR/PWS have to update the refresh rate of the WX
R image to 12 seconds due to sharing of processing between
R windshear and radar.
R (c) Weather and windshear scan pattern, with windshear event detected
R When the system is placed into alternate weather/windshear scan
R pattern and the system detects a windshear event, the antenna
R scan pattern is as follows:
R - clockwise weather scan, from minus 90 deg. to plus 90 deg.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 27
May 01/06
VOI
WR/PWS - Logic of scanning mode
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 28
Feb 01/06
VOI
- counterclockwise windshear scan, from plus 90 deg. to minus 45
deg., with windshear processing between plus 45 deg. and minus
45 deg.
- the next clockwise scan is from minus 45 deg. to plus 45 deg.
to validate windshear
- the next counterclockwise scan is from plus 45 deg. to minus 90
deg. to validate windshear. No processing occurs between plus
45 deg. and minus 90 deg.
- clockwise WX scan, from minus 90 deg. to plus 90 deg.
The sequence is repeated as long as windshear event is
detected. If a windshear event is not detected, the system
reverts to the alternating weather/windshear scan pattern
described above.
The refresh rate of the WX image is minimum 16 sesonds due to
sharing processing between radar and windshear event detection.
(d) Windshear scan pattern
When the system operates in windshear mode only, the scan pattern
is plus or minus 45 deg. azimuth coverage on both the clockwise
and counterclockwise scans.
This mode occurs if the operator has placed the weather radar to
OFF mode.
Windshear data are processed during both directions of antenna
scanning.
In this case the windshear mode works transparent to the flight
crew until a windshear event is detected.
The refresh rate of the display is 8 seconds.
(4) Radar Multiscan mode
The Multiscan mode manages the antenna beam tilts automatically. The
antenna tilts are controlled for optimum weather detection during
each phase of flight. This mode uses a low and high beam to examine
short and long range, even while on the ground. Data for display is
automatically selected from the upper beam, lower beam or both
depending on the flight regime, clutter situation and optimum weather
detection requirements.
R NOTE : At each initial flight of the Multiscan radar transceiver, the
____
R transceiver needs to be calibrated (each transceiver must be
R turned on for approximately four minutes) during a short
R period in stable flight conditions. Before the initial
R calibration step, it is possible that the weather image shows
R an excessive ground clutter. If the initial calibration step
R is not performed or is uncompleted, the Multiscan radar
R transceiver will calibrate itself during the next flights.
(a) Cycle times
Cycle time refers to the total amount of time that the Multiscan
radar scans for information during various modes of operation of
the radar. Total cycle time can vary between 8 and 15 seconds.
The radar updates some portion of the weather, windshear
(depending on the mode of operation) on every radar antenna scan.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 29
Aug 01/06
VOI
Therefore, a new data set is completed after every radar sweep.
If you start from time zero, a completely new data set of
information is obtained by the radar at the end of the one cycle.
NOTE : The display update rate (Ref. para. E.(4)(a)) is what the
____
flight crew actually sees. Cycle time describes what
Multiscan is doing in the background.
(b) Weather mode scan pattern
(Ref. Fig. 010)
When Multiscan operates in the weather mode only two radar scans
are utilized. One four-second sweep is utilized for the high beam
and one four-second sweep is utilized for the low beam.
Therefore, the total cycle time is 8 seconds (Ref.Fig.010).
(c) Windshear mode scan patterm
The Windshear mode is automatically activated below 2.300 FT AGL.
The time required for one radar sweep changes from 4 to 2.8
seconds due to the fact that the radar sweep changes from 180⁰ to
120⁰. In windshear mode, the first antenna scan (left to right)
is utilized for the Multiscan high beam. The second scan (right
to left) is a windshear scan. The third scan (left to right) is
utilized for Multiscan low beam. The fourth scan (right to left)
is, again, a windshear scan. Thus, total cycle time during
windshear mode is 11.2 seconds (Ref.Fig.010).
B. Pulse Duration and Range Timing
(Ref. Fig. 011)
This section provides the timing details for the transmitting and the
processing of radar data.
(1) Epoch timing (non-windshear modes)
An epoch is the time interval in which a radial or radar data is
processed. The time is equal to the size of the radar processing
element in degrees divided by the antenna scan rate. The rate does
not include any added dithering delays. Specifications for the range,
element size, scan rate, and process epoch period are shown in Table
a.
-----------------------------------
| Range | All ranges |
|----------------|----------------|
| Element size | 0.375 degree |
|----------------|----------------|
| Scan Rate | 45 deg/sec |
|----------------|----------------|
| Epoch | 8.333 ms |
| Period | +/- 5 microsec|
-----------------------------------
Table a. Epoch Timing Table
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 30
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
Weather Radar - Multisan Scan Pattern
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 31
May 01/06
R
VOI
Weather radar - Pulse Transmission Timing Diagram
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 32
Feb 01/06
VOI
(a) Transmitter pulse width values
The transmitter pulse widths are 6.0 and 20.0 microseconds .
Accuracy of the pulse width is +/- 0.2 microsecond.
(b) Transmitter pulse pattern
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The transmitter pulse pattern is as follows for all selected
ranges. One 20 microseconds pulse and four 6 microseconds pulses
will be transmitted during each epoch. The Pulse Repetition
Frequency (PRF) for the 6 microseconds pulses is 1839Hz (543.83
microseconds). Figure 011 shows the non-windshear pulse pattern.
(2) Process epoch timing (windshear mode)
An epoch is the time interval in which a radial of radar data is
processed. The process epoch timing is maintained by DSP1. The rate
does not include any added dithering delays. Specifications for the
element size, scan rate and process epoch period are shown in Table
b.
-----------------------------------
| Range | All Ranges |
|----------------|----------------|
| Element Size | 1.0 degree |
|----------------|----------------|
| Scan Rate | 45 deg/sec |
|----------------|----------------|
| Epoch Period | 22.975 ms |
-----------------------------------
Table b. Process Epoch Timing Table
(a) Transmitter pulse width
The transmitter pulse width is 2 microseconds for windshear mode.
(b) Transmitter pulse pattern
The pulse repetition frequency is 3000HZ (333.3333 microseconds)
and a total of 64 pulses is transmitted per epoch (Ref.Fig.012).
(3) Range resolution/timing
The requirements for the range resolution and timing for the system
are as follows:
(a) Windshear mode
The unit takes data samples out to a range of 5NM. Sixty-four
samples are taken, the sample resolution is 150 meters +/- 6
meters. The receiver starts sampling 4.0 microseconds after the
end of the transmit epoch.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 33
May 01/06
R
VOI
Weather Radar - Windshear Transmit Pulse Pattern
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 34
May 01/06
R
VOI
(b) Non-windshear mode
The transceiver splits the radar return into two separate analog
channels: in-phase(I) and quadrature(Q) channels. The transceiver
simultaneously samples each channel the number of times shown in
Table c. per transmit pulse, converting the radar return signal
into digital format data. Receiver sampling starts at a time
equivalent to a range of 0.5NM after the end of the transmitter
pulse.
------------------------------------------------------------------
| Pulsewidth | Sampled Range | Number of Sample Taken |
|----------------|-------------------|---------------------------|
| 6 microsec | 41.424 NM | 247 |
|----------------|-------------------|---------------------------|
| 20 microsec | 331.392 NM | 504 |
------------------------------------------------------------------
Table c. Receiver sample vs. Range
The resolution of each individual sample is defined using the
following equation:
Sample Length = (range)/sample quantity⁵*K
Where:
range = sampled range
sample quantity = 512
K = 12.34 microseconds/NM (electromagnetic propagation constant)
The 512 range bins from the 40NM short range data set (6
microseconds tx pulses) and the 512 range bins from the 320NM
long range data set (20 microseconds tx pulses) are
interpolated/decimated to produce the final 256 data bin set
suitable for output at the selected range. The 256 range bins are
then linearly expanded to fill the 512 ARINC 708A data bus range
bins. The transceiver displays radar returns with a range
accuracy of 5% or 1/2NM whichever is larger.
(4) Receiver selectivity
Selectivity of the receiver filter bandwidth is controlled to match
the current transmitter pulse length as shown in Table d. The
specified filter bandwidths listed are single sided 3dB bandwidths.
-----------------------------------------
| Pulsewidth | Filter |
|-------------------|-------------------|
| 2.0 microsec | 250 kHz |
|-------------------|-------------------|
| 6.0 microsec | 100 kHz |
|-------------------|-------------------|
| 20.0 microsec | 25 kHz |
-----------------------------------------
Table d. Receiver Selectivity vs. Transmitter Pulsewidth
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 35
May 01/06
R
VOI
(a) Display updates
Display updates occur at a minimum rate of two updates per 26.67
seconds worst case with three problem cases selecting long range
weather and windshear mode operating.
C. Controls and Indicating
The various system controls are grouped on the weather radar control unit
and on the EFIS control sections of the FCU.
Radar image control on the NDs is achieved through the scale selector
switches located on the Captain and First Officer EFIS control sections
of the FCU.
(1) Weather radar control unit
The face of the weather radar control unit includes the following
controls:
(a) A mode selector switch, item 2, which enables the selection of
the WX, WX+T, TURB or MAP function.
(b) A TILT selector switch, item 3, which enables the control of the
antenna elevation.
Antenna position is read in degrees, opposite the notch on the
switch:
- either from 0 to 15 deg. upwards (UP)
- or from 0 to -15 deg. downwards (DN).
(c) A GAIN potentiometer, item 5, which enables the manual adjustment
of the transceiver gain.
(d) A switch, item 1, with three stable positions 1/OFF/2, which
enables the selection of the transceiver 1 or 2 and the
deactivation of the transceivers.
(e) A PWS/OFF/AUTO switch, item 4, which enables the selection of the
windshear function.
The face of the control unit is provided with integral lighting.
The INTEG LT potentiometer enables lighting adjustment. The
potentiometer is located on the panel 111VU, at the left aft
section of the center pedestal 100VU.
(f) A GCS switch, item 6, with a Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS)
function which is activated in Multiscan AUTOMATIC mode (this is
the default position). In manual mode, the GCS is never
activated.
(g) A Multiscan switch, item 7, which enables the selection between
MANUAL mode and Multiscan AUTOMATIC mode.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 36
May 01/06
R
VOI
(2) EFIS control section (on the FCU)
In this part, the controls related to the selection of WX and W/S
functions are described.
(a) A mode selector switch, item 1, made up of a rotary switch
enables the selection of the ROSE or ARC function for display of
a weather radar image on the CAPT and F/O NDs.
Windshear information is available in ARC and ROSE mode.
(b) A scale selector switch, item 2, common to EFIS, FMGS and radar
systems, enables the selection of 10, 20, 40, 80, 160 or 320
operation range in nautical miles (NM) for display of the weather
radar image on the CAPT and F/O NDs.
Windshear information is presented in the 10 NM minimum range and
on other selected ranges. Morever, yellow radial lines are
displayed to indicate the W/S included location.
NOTE : In the ARC or ROSE mode, if the CAPT or the F/O switches
____
to the OFF mode FM, the offside weather image will also be
transferred on the ND. Only one scale selector switch can
then control the weather radar image display.
(3) Lighting/LOUDSPEAKER control panel
CAPT and F/O lighting/LOUDSPEAKER control panels 301VU and 500VU
which are connected to CAPT and F/O NDs, include ND concentric
potentiometers for adjusting the brightness of the image displayed on
the NDs. The outer knob of each potentiometer controls the brightness
of the radar image only, item 3.
D. Utilization of Controls and Indicating
Special precautions to be taken.
Before selecting a radar mode on the control unit, make sure that:
- no one is within a distance less than 1.50 m from the antenna in
movement within an arc of plus or minus 135 deg. on either side of the
aircraft centerline
- the aircraft is not directed towards any large metallic obstacle, such
as a hangar, which is within 5 m in an arc of plus or minus 90 deg. on
either side of the aircraft centerline.
(1) Operation of the transceiver
The transceiver is always supplied in order to achieve maintenance
function. On the weather radar control unit, after selection of the
radar mode, the system switch has to be set to ON position to set the
transceiver in operation.
NOTE : No pre-heating time is necessary for the operation of the
____
weather radar transceiver.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 37
Feb 01/06
VOI
NOTE : When the aircraft is parked, the TEST mode on the MCDU must be
____
preferably selected as a safety precaution.
On either EFIS control section of the FCU, the mode selector switch
must be set to the ARC or ROSE position to obtain the image display
on the corresponding ND.
NOTE : The radar transceiver is de-activated when the system switch
____
on the weather radar control unit is set to the OFF position
or by placing the mode selector switches on both EFIS control
sections in any position other than ROSE or ARC.
(2) Utilization of the weather radar control unit
(Ref. Fig. 013)
(a) Mode selection switch (item 2)
The modes (WX, WX/TURB, MAP) are selected by placing the notch
provided in the mode selector switch in front of the engraving of
the function selected.
- WX
This mode corresponds to the normal operation in weather
detection. It provides disturbances up to 320 NM.
The radar images are displayed on the NDs in four colors
(black, green, yellow, red); their intensity corresponds to the
strength of the return signal.
- WX/TURB
This mode corresponds to the operation in weather and
turbulence detections. Turbulence detection is limited to the
first 40 NM regardless of the weather radar range selected and
displayed.
Turbulence areas are displayed on the NDs in magenta.
All turbulent/non turbulent areas beyond 40 NM are displayed in
the conventional black, green, yellow and red as in the weather
(WX) mode.
NOTE : There is no detection of turbulence in clear sky.
____
- MAP
This mode is only used for display of the ground map. A
combination of transceiver gain, antenna position (TILT) and
range selection enables the display of a larger area and the
identification of major changes in the ground map (e.g. a sea
cost, a lake, a mountain, an island...).
The color display follows the color mentioned in correspondence
table (see table 1 - para. 7. A.)
If the image is too bright, due to too great reflection
intensity, it can be dimmed by the GAIN potentiometer, item 5.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 38
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar - Control Unit
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 39
Feb 01/06
VOI
(b) System selection and start up: 1/OFF/2 switch (item 1)
This switch enables:
- the selection and activation of the transceiver 1 or 2 (if the
second transceiver is installed)
- the suppression of the radar image on the NDs when these NDs
are in the ARC or ROSE mode.
R (c) TILT control value (item 3)
R The TILT selector switches enable the variation of the antenna
R elevation angle in 1/4 deg. steps on a non-linear scale graduated
R in degrees, within a range of +15 deg. (UP) to -15 deg. (DOWN) in
R relation to a horizontal plane defined by the stabilization
R system.
R This antenna elevation angle is displayed in cyan in the R lower
R corner of the ND and progresses in steps of 0.25 deg.
R If the antenna position is different from the TILT selector
R switch position, a red ANT failure warning message replaces the
R TILT indication in the R lower corner of the ND. In windshear
R mode, the tilt is automatic and the tilt displayed on ND is
R always the selection on the radar control section although
R different in the antenna.
R In the windshear position, the tilt control is automatic in the
R WR/PWS for the scanning. However, the tilt displayed on ND is in
R accordance with the one selected on the radar control unit.
R (d) OFF/AUTO PWS switch (item 4)
R In AUTO position, the windshear detection is automatic if
R altitude is lower than 2300 ft and qualifiers A and B are valid.
R This automatic operation can be inhibited when the switch is in
R the OFF position.
R (e) MAN/AUTO TILT switch, item 6, this mode is used to select between
R manual mode or autotilt mode.
R In MAN position, all controls operate as described in the manual
R mode.
R In AUTO position, the system operates in autotilt mode (automatic
R tilt and no action of the crew is necessary).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 40
May 01/06
VOI
(3) Utilization of the EFIS control sections and lighting/LOUDSPEAKER
control panels
(Ref. Fig. 014)
(a) Mode selector switch (item 1)
This mode selector switch enables the image display on the
corresponding ND whenever the ARC or ROSE mode is selected and
the transceiver is supplied. In that case, the radar image is
displayed in the background of the navigation image. If neither
ROSE or ARC mode is selected, the message W/S CHANGE MODE is
shown on both NDs, if there is a windshear alert. The pilot is
advised to select ARC or ROSE mode to see the W/S icon. The color
depends on the W/S alert level.
(b) Scale selector switch (item 2)
This selector switch enables the display of the range selected
for an optimum use of the radar image on the corresponding ND.
For each of the following ranges: 10, 20, 40, 80, 160 and 320,
four concentric range arcs are displayed respectively spaced 2.5,
5, 10, 20, 40 and 80 NM, when the mode selector switch is in the
ARC position. Only 2 range arcs are displayed in the ROSE mode.
Windshear information is presented in the 10 NM range only. If a
windshear alert is generated but the selected range is greater
than 10 NM, the message W/S: SET RNG 10 NM is shown on the NDs.
In this case, the pilot is advised to select the 10 NM range. The
color depends on the W/S alert level.
(c) Radar image brightness control (item 3)
The ND potentiometer enables the adjustment of brightness and
contrast of radar echoes in relation to the navigation image,
which is superimposed.
However, the adjustment range does not allow total extinction of
the image. The OFF position of the potentiometer corresponds to
the minimum brightness. The BRT position corresponds to the
maximum brightness.
NOTE : A photoelectric cell associated with each ND also adjusts
____
image brightness as a function of ambient light
variations.
R (4) Weather radar data displayed on the NDs
R (Ref. Fig. 015)
R On the figure, the details A) and B) respectively correspond to the
R ARC and ROSE ND modes for which the display of the radar image is
R possible.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 41
May 01/06
VOI
EFIS Control Sections and EFIS Switching Panels
Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 42
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather radar - Data Displayed on the NDs
Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 43
May 01/06
R
VOI
R Messages inform the crew of the tilt angle and gain selected on the
R weather radar control unit. Other messages indicate the failures
R which affect the operation of the radar system. All these messages
R are displayed in the R lower corner of each ND whenever a radar image
R is selected.
R NOTE : Tilt information and gain selection are displayed on the ND
____
R when no failure warning message is generated, or when the TEST
R mode is not selected.
R The various failures which can affect the radar image are listed in
R decreasing order of importance. If several failures occur, only the
R most important one is displayed (Ref. details C) and D) on the
R figure).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 44
May 01/06
VOI
R Two types of failures can affect the radar system:
R (a) Failures which result in the loss of the radar image
R The corresponding messages are displayed in red
R - WXR : indicates the loss of the transceiver calibration
R WEAK
R - WXR : indicates an overheating of the Display Unit (DU)
R DU
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar transceiver
R R/T
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar antenna
R ANT
R - WXR : indicates a failure of the weather radar control unit
R CTL
R - WXR : indicates an error of comparison between the range
R RNG from the EFIS control section and the copy data received
R on the DMC via the radar data bus.
R (b) Failures which do not affect the radar image
R The corresponding messages are displayed in amber
R - PRED : indicates a failure of the windshear function
R W/S
R - WXR : indicates an attitude failure from the ADIRU
R ATT
R - NO : indicates a failure of the Multiscan function
R AUTOTILT
R - WXR : indicates the loss of the radar antenna stabilization
R STAB
R - WXR : indicates the selection of the radar TEST mode.
R TEST
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 45
May 01/06
VOI
(c) Operational message that does not affect the radar image
The following message is displayed in green instead of the TILT
value
- PWS SCAN : indicates that the weather radar operates in windshear mode only
(weather radar system selector switch set to OFF and windshear
mode selector switch set to AUTO on weather radar control
unit).
On ground the qualifier logic has to be satisfied.
(5) Windshear data displayed (Ref. table 2 below) (if the predictive
windshear function is activated)
(Ref. Fig. 016)
(a) Windshear indications
The location of a windshear phenomenon is indicated to the crew
by means of an icon superimposed on the radar image.
This icon consists of alternating red and black arcs. For 10 NM
range selection and above, yellow radial lines appear at the
edges and start beyond the windshear event. These lines,
superimposed on the radar image, continue to the edge of the
display area to provide directional information for the event.
The windshear data are always displayed even if the system
selector switch on the radar control unit is set to OFF.
The windshear switch on the radar control unit has to be set to
AUTO.
When on the radar control unit, the weather radar system selector
switch is set to OFF and the windshear mode selector switch is
set to AUTO, the green PWS SCAN indication is displayed on the
bottom right-hand corner of the NDs instead of the tilt
indication to inform the crew that the weather radar operates in
windshear mode only.
(b) Windshear alert
(Ref. Fig. 017, 018)
1
_ Alert levels
There are three alert levels defined in function of event
seriousness and distance from the aircraft. The weather radar
provides the crew with visual and aural warnings which vary in
function of the level detected.
a
_ Windshear warning alert (level 3)
This alert corresponds to the most dangerous phenomenons.
It is generated for windshear events detected within +/-
0.25 NM from the longitudinal axis of the aircraft and
within +/- 30 deg. scan of the aircraft heading.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 46
Feb 01/06
VOI
Windshear - Data Displayed on the NDs
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 47
Feb 01/06
VOI
Windshear - Windshear Alert Ranges and Altitudes
Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 48
Feb 01/06
VOI
Windshear - Windshear Alert Levels and Locations
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 49
Feb 01/06
VOI
On the ground, the maximum range is 3 NM. In flight, the
maximum range is reduced to 1.5 NM.
During takeoff, level 3 covers ranges from 0 to 1.5 NM,
from 50 to 1200 ft Above Ground Level (AGL). During
landing, this coverage is from 1.5 to 0.5 NM, from 370 to
50 ft.
Range reduction is a linear function of altitude: at 370
ft, range is equal to 1.5 NM and reaches 0.5 NM at 50 ft.
During takeoff, this warning is inhibited from the time the
aircraft attains 100 kts and until it reaches 50 ft AGL.
Level 3 warning is inhibited below 50 ft (in approach
phase) and above 1200 ft.
The windshear warning alert is announced by:
- an aural warning message: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD in
approach or WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD at takeoff,
generated by the radar synthesized voice.
- a visual warning: red W/S AHEAD message on the PFD.
Display priority on PFD is given to level 3.
The computer has to determine whether the aircraft is
taking-off or landing to generate the aural warning message
GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD or WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR
AHEAD.
Transition between the GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD and
WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD aural warning messages is
controlled by the GEAR UP discrete input.
b
_ Windshear caution alert (level 2)
This level covers the events detected in a region from 0 to
3 NM, within +/- 30 deg. of the aircraft heading but
outside the windshear warning alert region (level 3).
This caution alert is inhibited:
- during takeoff, from the time the aircraft attains 100
kts and until it reaches 50 ft AGL,
- during landing, below 50 ft AGL.
There should be no windshear caution alert (level 2) above
1200 ft.
The windshear caution alert is announced by:
- an aural warning: MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
- a visual warning: amber W/S AHEAD message on the PFD.
c
_ Windshear advisory alert (level 1)
This level covers the events located within 5 NM from the
aircraft, within +/- 30 deg. of the aircraft heading but
outside the windshear warning and caution alert regions
(levels 2 and 3).
There should be no windshear advisory alert (level 1) above
1500 ft.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 50
Feb 01/06
VOI
No aural or visual warnings are provided for this advisory
alert: only the windshear icon is superimposed on the radar
image.
The weather radar transmits the windshear alerts following
their detection order. A maximum of 8 events can be
transmitted. Therefore, alerts of different levels can be
generated simultaneously.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ALERTS | PFD | ND | AURAL WARNING |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Advisory | | windshear icon | |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Advisory | | PWS SCAN | |
| in windshear| | (GREEN) | |
| mode only | | | |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Caution | W/S AHEAD | windshear icon | MONITOR |
| | (AMBER) | | RADAR DISPLAY |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| Warning | W/S AHEAD | windshear icon | during takeoff: |
| | (RED) | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
| | | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
| | | | during landing: |
| | | | GO AROUND |
| | | | WINDSHEAR AHEAD |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2: Windshear Data Displayed
(6) Windshear warning displayed (Ref. table 3 below) (if the predictive
windshear function is activated)
(Ref. Fig. 019)
(a) Windshear flags on NDs
When a windshear fault occurs, an amber PRED W/S message comes
into view. The radar image remains available if this fault does
not affect the radar modes or detection function.
A detected fault is displayed when:
- the aircraft is on the ground or the flap and slat control
lever is in a position different from 0.
- the windshear AUTO/OFF switch on the radar control unit is set
to AUTO (the fault message is not displayed when the switch is
set to OFF).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 51
Feb 01/06
VOI
Messages Displayed on ND and upper ECAM DU
Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 52
Feb 01/06
VOI
(b) Warning display on Upper ECAM Display Unit
A detected windshear fault is indicated by the following amber
messages:
- NAV: PRED. W/S DET FAULT on EWD.
- PRED. W/S DET on SD INOP SYSTEM area.
This message is associated to the indications presented on the
NDs.
When the windshear AUTO/OFF switch is set to OFF on the weather
radar control unit, a green or amber PRED W/S OFF memo message
is presented to the crew.
The color of this message depends on the flight phases.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 53
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | UPPER DU ECAM | ND | AURAL WARNING |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| PWS | NAV: | PRED W/S | Single chime |
| SYSTEM | PRED. W/S DET | (AMBER) | |
| FAULT | FAULT | | |
| | (AMBER) | | |
|-------------|-----------------|-------------------|-------------------------|
| WINDSHEAR | PRED. W/S OFF | | |
| AUTO/OFF | (GREEN or AMBER)| | |
| SWITCH ON | | | |
| CONTROL | | | |
| UNIT IN | | | |
| OFF | | | |
| POSITION | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3: PWS INOPERATIVE - Warning Data Displayed
(7) Record in the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
The FDIU receives, for recording, the following PWS data through the
DMCs:
- W/S caution alert (level 2)
- W/S warning alert (level 3)
- W/S AUTO/OFF
- W/S internal fault
- W/S external fault
- DMCs/FWCs PWS pin program status.
This data, except the PWS pin program status, is only transmitted
from the DMCs if the DMCs/FWCs PWS pin program is valid (grounded).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 54
Feb 01/06
VOI
E. Reconfiguration switching
(Ref. Fig. 002)
In normal configuration, the weather radar transceiver receives the
altitude information from its corresponding ADIRU.
In case of ADIRU1 failure, the pilot can select the altitude information
from the ADIRU3.
This selection is through the AIR DATA selector switch installed on panel
8VU, on the center pedestal.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 55
Feb 01/06
VOI
R 7. Test
____
A. BITE Description
(1) General
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the system.
The BITE of the WR/PWS is situated in the radar transceiver and
through two ARINC 429 low-speed buses (an input bus from the CFDIU
and an output bus to the CFDIU).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently weather radar system status and its
identification message to the CFDIU,
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs,
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (EFIS control
section, ADIRUs, RAs),
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests,
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the MCDU menus.
- acquires the general maintenance parameters (UTC, date, A/C
ident...) and command codes from the CFDIU.
The PWS interface with the CFDIU is composed of:
- an ARINC 429 low speed bus from the CFDIU.
The data sent by the CFDIU are:
---------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | FORMAT |
---------------------------------------------------------
| 125 | UTC | BCD |
| 155 | AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 1 | DISC |
| 156 | AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION 2 | DISC |
| 227 | COMMAND | DISC |
| 260 | DATE | BCD |
| 301 | AIRCRAFT IDENT | ISO |
| 302 | AIRCRAFT IDENT | ISO |
| 303 | AIRCRAFT IDENT | ISO |
---------------------------------------------------------
- an ARINC 429 low speed output bus to the CFDIU:
The data sent to the CFDIU are:
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 56
Feb 01/09
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER | FORMAT |
---------------------------------------------------------
| 354 | LRU IDENTIFICATION | ISO |
| 356 | FAULT MESSAGES | ISO |
| 377 | EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION | BCD |
---------------------------------------------------------
The BITE can operate in two operating modes:
* in normal mode, to report continuously the failures of all
classes, depending on the maintenance flight phase,
* in interactive mode, to provide an interactive dialog with
an operator using an MCDU.
NOTE : The WR/PWS complies with Specification ABD0048, issue C.
____
R (2) Normal mode
R During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the
R WR/PWS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
R concerned flight.
R In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
R fault memories. These items of information are transmitted to the
R CFDIU by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
R (3) Interactive mode
R The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground and through
R the line key adjacent to the RADAR 1 (or 2) indication, presented on
R the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page of any MCDU.
R This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the BITE of the
R weather radar transceiver by means of the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 020)
R The interactive mode is composed of:
R - LAST LEG REPORT
R (Ref. Fig. 021)
R This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
R internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the last flight
R leg.
R The following tables give the list of the failure messages which
R can be reported and indicate the failure class assigned to them as
R defined by the CFDIU standard.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 57
Aug 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Access to the RADAR page
Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 58
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 1)
Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 59
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------
| Reported Internal Failures |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
| WXR ANTENNA (11SQ) | 1 | 34-41-11 |
| WXR CTL PNL (3SQ)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-41-12 |
| WXR MOUNTING TRAY (9SQ) | 1 | 34-41-37 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
| Reported External Failures |
|-----------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
-------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU1 (1FP1) BUS ADR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU2 (1FP2) BUS ADR/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU3 (1FP3) BUS ADR/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU1 (1FP1) BUS IR/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU2 (1FP2) BUS IR/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU3 (1FP3) BUS IR/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU1+3 (1FP1+3)/WXR1 (1SQ1) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU2+3 (1FP2+3)/WXR2 (1SQ2) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| QUALIFIER B1/2/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 79-33-11 |
| QUALIFIER C1/2/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| QUALIFIER D1/2/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| FCU (3CA) BUS CP-L/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
| FCU (3CA) BUS CP-R/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
| CFDIU (1TW)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
| RA1 (2SA1)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
| RA2 (2SA2)/WXRi (1SQi) | 3 | 34-42-33 |
| RA1 (2SA1)+RA2 (2SA2)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-42-33 |
| GPWC (1WZ)/WXRi (1SQi) | 1 | 34-48-34 |
| POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT | 1 | 24-00-00 |
-------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Failure of one radio altimeter is a class 3 failure whereas it
____
becomes a class 1 failure when two radio altimeters are
faulty.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 021)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 60
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(Ref. Fig. 021)
Allows to display the P/N, the S/N and the SW/N of the equipment.
- GND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 022)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight, provides
information of the failures detected while using this function.
The WR/PWS peripheral monitoring and internal cycle tests are used
to detect transient failures.
By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
operator is allowed to the corresponding Trouble Shooting Data. The
peripheral monitoring and WR/PWS internal cyclic tests are used to
detect transient failures.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 022)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 023)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 023)
Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected on
ground.
These failures differ from those displayed on the LAST LEG REPORT
and CLASS 3 FAULTS.
By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble Shooting
Data.
- TEST
(Ref. Fig. 024, 025, 026)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the WR/PWS on ground.
This test can be performed by:
- either selecting the test function on the LCD of the WR transceiver
- or through the CFDS by selecting on the MCDU the test function on
the RADAR 1 (or 2) main menu page.
At the end of the BITE TEST, the test pattern comes into view.
(Ref. Fig. 027)
NOTE : If a failure of the windshear system is detected during the
____
BITE TEST, the windshear flags come into view.
If the failure does not affect the radar mode, the test
pattern stays available.
If the failure affects the radar mode, nothing is shown.
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 61
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 2)
Figure 022
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 62
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 3)
Figure 023
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 63
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 4)
Figure 024
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 64
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 5)
Figure 025
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 65
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
Weather Radar - Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-menus (Sheet 6)
Figure 026
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 66
Aug 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar - Test Pattern
Figure 027
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 67
Aug 01/06
VOI
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________
TASK 34-41-00-720-002
Functional test of the Tilt Control of the Weather-Radar Antenna Drive-Unit
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
-ALL PERSONS ARE MORE THAN 5 METERS (16.4FT) FROM THE ANTENNA.
-NO PERSON IS IN THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 135⁰ ON EACH SIDE OF THE
AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE. -THERE IS A MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE OF 5 METERS
(16.4FT) BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OBSTACLE IN THE AREA MADE BY AN
ARC OF 90⁰ ON EACH SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE.
THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE IN A HANGAR OR CLOSED AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 4.6 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
R 98F34403500000 1 DUMMY-LOAD
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 501
May 01/08
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-00-010-052
A. Get Access
WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE RADOME IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 35 KNOTS.
_______
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to open the radome.
____
(1) Put the access platform in position below the radome.
(2) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the retaining arms of the radome lock correctly.
Subtask 34-41-00-480-050
B. In the radome, on the weather radar antenna:
(1) Release the quick-disconnect fastener to disconnect the waveguide
assembly from the antenna drive unit.
(2) Remove the O-ring.
R (3) Install the DUMMY-LOAD (98F34403500000) (the cone in the down
direction) on the waveguide assembly.
(4) Do not install the O-ring between the waveguide assembly and the
dummy load.
(5) Make sure that there is no space between the waveguide assembly and
the dummy load and that their connection is correct.
(6) Remove the two screws that prevent operation of the AZ and EL
selector switches on the antenna drive unit.
(7) Make sure that the AZ and EL selector switches are at ON and that the
antenna is free to move in azimuth and in elevation.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 502
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-41-00-865-059
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
Subtask 34-41-00-860-062
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) On the EFIS control panels of the FCU:
- set the mode selector switches to ARC.
(5) On the EFIS switching panels 417VU and 418VU:
- set the outer ND potentiometer to the middle position.
(6) On the center pedestal, on the weather radar control unit, set:
- the system switch to OFF
- the GAIN potentiometer to AUTO (or CAL)
- the TILT selector switch to 0⁰
- the mode selector switch to WX
- the windshear mode switch to OFF.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-41-00-720-050
A. Functional Test of the Tilt Control of the Antenna Drive Unit
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to do the test:
____
- one person must be in the cockpit to set the switches on the
weather radar control unit
- another person must be near the weather radar antenna to do the
check of the tilt value on the indicator of the antenna drive
unit.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the weather radar control Make sure that the antenna turns in
unit: azimuth.
- set the system switch to 1 (or
ON).
2. On the antenna drive unit: Make sure that the antenna scanning
- set the EL and AZ selector stops after some seconds.
switches to OFF
On Capt and F/O NDs:
- the red WXR ANT indication comes into
view.
3. Turn the antenna manually and
carefully along the aircraft
centerline.
4. On the antenna drive unit:
- set the EL selector switch to
ON (the AZ selector switch
stays at OFF position).
5. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the
unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 5 deg. up (5 elevation 5 deg. up.
UP notch)
6. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the
unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 10 deg. up elevation 10 deg. up.
(10 UP notch)
7. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the
unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 15 deg. up elevation 15 deg. up.
(15 UP notch)
8. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the
unit: antenna drive unit:
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 5 deg. down elevation 5 deg. down.
(5 DN notch)
9. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the
unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 10 deg. down elevation 10 deg. down.
(10 DN notch)
10. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the
unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 15 deg. elevation 15 deg. down.
down (15 DN notch)
11. On the weather radar control On the elevation indicator of the
unit: antenna drive unit:
- gradually turn the TILT - make sure that the antenna turns in
selector switch to 0 deg. elevation 0 deg.
12. Turn manually and carefully the
antenna to 90 deg. right and do
again steps 7 through 13.
13. Turn manually and carefully the
antenna to 90 deg. left and do
again steps 7 through 13.
14. Turn manually and carefully the
antenna along the aircraft
centerline (0 deg. in azimuth
and in elevation).
15. On the weather radar control
unit:
- set the system switch to OFF.
16. On the antenna drive unit:
- set the AZ selector switch to
ON.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-41-00-860-063
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the CAPT and F/O EFIS switching panels 417VU and 418VU, set the ND
potentiometers to OFF.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-41-00-080-050
B. In the radome, on the weather radar antenna:
(1) Remove the dummy load from the waveguide assembly.
(2) Install the O-ring on the waveguide connector on the antenna drive
unit.
(3) Connect the waveguide assembly to the antenna drive unit and lock the
quick-disconnect fastener.
(4) Make sure that the AZ and EL selector switches are at ON and that the
antenna is free to move in azimuth and in elevation.
(5) Tighten the two screws that prevent operation of the AZ and EL
selector switches on the antenna drive unit.
Subtask 34-41-00-410-052
C. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 811 and the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-
410-001).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 506
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-41-00-740-002
BITE Test of the Weather Radar
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
-ALL PERSONS ARE MORE THAN 5 METERS (16.4FT) FROM THE ANTENNA.
-NO PERSON IS IN THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 135⁰ ON EACH SIDE OF THE
AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE. -THERE IS A MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE OF 5 METERS
(16.4FT) BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OBSTACLE IN THE AREA MADE BY AN
ARC OF 90⁰ ON EACH SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE.
R THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE IN A HANGAR OR CLOSED AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-41-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 34-41-00-860-053-B
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 507
Nov 01/06
VOI
R (4) On the center pedestal, on the radar control unit, set :
R - the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector switch to OFF
R - the GAIN potentiometer to CAL
R - the TILT selector switch to 0 deg.
R - the MODE selector switch to WX
R - the PWS/OFF/AUTO switch to OFF.
R (5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
R - set the mode selector switches to ARC.
R (6) On one MCDU :
R - get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page
R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
R - push the NEXT PAGE function key.
Subtask 34-41-00-865-055
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-41-00-740-050-A
A. BITE Test of the Weather Radar
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On one MCDU, on the NAV menu - the RADAR 1 (RADAR 2) page comes into
page: view.
- push the line key adjacent to
the RADAR 1 (RADAR 2)
indication
2. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - these instructions come into view:
the TEST indication. SYSTEM OFF
CHANGE CONTROL PANEL SYSTEM SWITCH TO
ON
AFTER TEST
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 508
Nov 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SWITCH SYSTEM TO OFF
R 3. On the center pedestal, on the On the MCDU:
R radar control unit: - the PLEASE WAIT indication comes into
R - set the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector view for some seconds
R switch to 1 (2). - then, the TEST page 1/2 comes into
R - set the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to view with these initial conditions:
R AUTO. INITIAL CONDITIONS:
R - SET ADIRU 1+2+3 to NAV
R - SELECT RELEVANT SYSTEM AND SET PWS
R TO AUTO ON RADAR CONTROL PANEL
R MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OCCURS AFTER
R PUSHING START TEST LINE KEY:
R - ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER
R on the CAPT and F/O NDs:
R - a tilt indication comes into view on
R the right side
R - a WR TEST indication comes into view
R immediately below the tilt
R indication.
R 4. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - push the next page function - the TEST page 2/2 comes into view:
R key. - AUDIO:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
R - ON NDS AND ECAM:
R PWS FAILURE MESSAGES
R - ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED
R - AUDIO: GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD
R ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE
R 5. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 15S indication
R the START TEST indication. comes into view
R On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
R - the amber W/S AHEAD indication comes
R into view
R In the loud speakers, you can hear:
R - the warning MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
R - the single chime
R on the CAPT and F/O NDs:
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 509
May 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - the amber PRED W/S indication comes
R into view and the WR TEST indication
R goes out of view.
R - after some seconds, the WR TEST
R indication comes into view again.
R On the upper ECAM DU:
R - the amber NAV : PRED W/S DET FAULT
R warning is shown.
R On the panels 130VU and 131VU:
R - the MASTER CAUT lights come on
R In the loud speakers, you can hear
R these aural warnings:
R - GO AROUND WINDSHEAR AHEAD one time
R - WINDSHEAR AHEAD two times.
R On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
R - the red W/S AHEAD indication comes
R into view
R - then, it goes out of view when the
R above aural warnings stop.
R on the CAPT and F/O NDs:
R - make sure that the test pattern is
R shown from one side to the opposite
R side.
R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-41-00-991-001)
R On the MCDU:
R - these instructions are shown:
R MAKE SURE AUDIO ALERTS SEQUENCE
R OCCURRED:
R - PWS CAUTION:MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY
R - PWS WARNING:GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
R AHEAD ONCE + WINDSHEAR AHEAD TWICE
R 6. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - push the line key adjacent to - these instructions are shown:
R the YES indication. MAKE SURE SEQUENCE OF MESSAGES WERE
R DISPLAYED:
R - ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD AMBER
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 510
May 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar Test
Figure 501/TASK 34-41-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 511
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - ON NDS AND ECAM: PWS FAILURE
R MESSAGES
R - ON PFDS:W/S AHEAD RED
R 7. On the MCDU: On the MCDU
R - push the line key adjacent to - this instruction is shown:
R the YES indication. MAKE SURE RADAR TEST PATTERN IS
R DISPLAYED
R 8. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication is shown.
R the YES indication.
R 9. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - push the line key adjacent to - the TEST CLOSE-UP page is shown:
R the RETURN indication. SET ADIRU 1+2+3 TO OFF
R
R - SET SYSTEM OFF AND SET PWS TO OFF
R ON RADAR CONTROL PANEL
R 10. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R - push the line key adjacent to - the RADAR 1 (RADAR 2) page comes into
R the RETURN indication. view.
R 11. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
R radar control unit: - the WR TEST and the tilt indications
R - set the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to go out of view after some seconds.
R OFF.
R - set the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector
R switch to OFF.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-41-00-860-054
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.
(3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005)
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 512
May 01/06
VOI
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 513
May 01/06
R
VOI
TASK 34-41-00-730-001
System Test of the Weather Radar
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
R WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
R THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
R DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
R OF THE WEATHER RADAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
-ALL PERSONS ARE MORE THAN 5 METERS (16.4FT) FROM THE ANTENNA.
-NO PERSON IS IN THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 135⁰ ON EACH SIDE OF THE
AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE. -THERE IS A MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE OF 5 METERS
(16.4FT) BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OBSTACLE IN THE AREA MADE BY AN
ARC OF 90⁰ ON EACH SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE.
THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE IN A HANGAR OR CLOSED AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
- antenna stabilization test by the ADIRU 3
- antenna control test
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 514
May 01/07
VOI
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-00-865-053
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
Subtask 34-41-00-010-050
B. Get Access
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER
_______
RADAR ARE OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
(1) In the cockpit, put a warning notice on the center pedestal to tell
persons not to operate the weather radar.
(2) Put the access platform in position in zone 110 below the radome.
(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to open the radome.
____
(4) Make sure that the retaining arms of the radome lock correctly.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 515
Feb 01/06
VOI
R Subtask 34-41-00-860-050-A
R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (EFIS only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch of the ADIRU1
R and ADIRU3 to NAV to get the ND display.
R (4) On the panel 8VU, make sure that the ATT HDG selector switch is at
R NORM.
R (5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections :
R - set the mode selector switches to ROSE NAV or ARC.
R (6) On the radar control unit, set :
R - the SYS 1/OFF/2 selector switch to OFF
R - the GAIN potentiometer to CAL
R - the TILT selector switch to 0⁰
R - the PWS AUTO/OFF switch to OFF.
Subtask 34-41-00-865-054
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 516
May 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-41-00-730-050
A. Antenna Stabilization Test by the ADIRU 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal, on the
radar control unit:
- set the 1/OFF/2 system selector The CAPT and F/O NDs show the radar
switch to 1 (2). display.
2. On the panel 8VU:
- set the ATT HDG selector switch On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the radar
to CAPT 3. display stays in view.
3. On the ADIRS CDU:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the radar
switch of the ADIRU 1 to OFF. display stays in view.
4. On the ADIRS CDU: On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
- set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector - after some seconds, the WR ATT
switch of the ADIRU 3 to OFF. warning indication is shown on the
right.
- the radar display stays in view.
5. On the center pedestal, on the On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
radar control unit: - after some seconds, the radar display
- set the 1/OFF/2 system selector and the WR ATT warning indication go
switch to OFF. out of view.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 517
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-41-00-730-051
B. Antenna Control Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On one MCDU :
- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
- push the line key adjacent to During the test sequence, make sure
the RADAR 1 indication. that the antenna :
- push the line key adjacent to - turns in elevation (+ 15⁰, - 15⁰)
the TEST indication. - turns in azimuth from the right side
to the left side, then becomes stable
at 0⁰, vertical to the aircraft
centerline.
At the end of the test, on the MCDU,
the TEST OK indication comes into
view.
On the CAPT and F/O NDs, ignore the
radar indications.
- push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU :
the RETURN indication. - the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-41-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.
(2) On the panel 8VU, set the ATT HDG selector switch to NORM.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 518
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-41-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).
NOTE : Make sure that the radome locks correctly.
____
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-00
Page 519
Feb 01/06
VOI
ANTENNA ASSEMBLY - WEATHER RADAR (7SQ,11SQ) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-41-11-000-004
Removal of the Weather Radar Antenna Assembly (7SQ,11SQ)
WARNING : MOVE THE RADAR ANTENNA ASSEMBLY CAREFULLY TO PREVENT INJURY TO
_______
PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
THE RADAR ANTENNA ASSEMBLY (ANTENNA/DRIVE) WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE LOCALIZER ANTENNA AT THE BOTTOM OF THE RADOME AS A
_______
SUPPORT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
34-41-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-11-865-059
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
EFF :
ALL 34-41-11
Page 401
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-41-11-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) In the cockpit, put a warning notice on the center pedestal, to tell
persons not to operate the weather radar system.
(2) Put the access platform in position in zone 110 below the radome.
(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-11-991-001)
R NOTE : If you send the antenna drive to the repair shop, also send its
____
R plate.
Subtask 34-41-11-020-056
A. Removal of the Antenna Plate
NOTE : During the removal of the antenna, one person must hold the
____
antenna.
(1) Remove the two bolts (15).
(2) Remove the antenna (1) and put the antenna in a plastic bag and a
correct container.
Subtask 34-41-11-020-057
B. Removal of the Antenna Assembly
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (12).
(2) Disconnect the wave guide (5) from the antenna drive (2) with the
quick disconnect clamp (3) and remove the O-ring (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-11
Page 402
Feb 01/08
VOI
Radar Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-41-11
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected connectors (12) and (13) and
the flange of the wave guide (5).
(4) Remove the two screws (11) and the washers (10) at the bottom.
(5) Loosen the two screws (8) and the washers (7) at the top. Do not
remove them.
(6) Lift the antenna drive (2) until the holes (6) are at the same level
as the two top screws (8), then pull carefully.
(7) Remove the antenna drive (2) and put it in a plastic bag and a
correct container.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-11
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-41-11-400-005
Installation of the Weather Radar Antenna Assembly (7SQ,11SQ)
WARNING : MOVE THE RADAR ANTENNA ASSEMBLY CAREFULLY TO PREVENT INJURY TO
_______
PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
THE RADAR ANTENNA ASSEMBLY (ANTENNA/DRIVE) WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 15kg
(33lb).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE LOCALIZER ANTENNA AT THE BOTTOM OF THE RADOME AS A
_______
SUPPORT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire corrosion resistant steel 0.8mm (0.30 in.)
R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 4 O-ring 34-41-01 02B-120
EFF :
ALL 34-41-11
Page 405
Aug 01/06
VOI
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-00-730-001 System Test of the Weather Radar
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
34-41-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-11-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the warning notice, which tells persons not to operate
the Weather Radar System, is in position in the cockpit on the center
pedestal.
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 110 below
the radome.
(3) Make sure that the radome 110AL is open (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).
Subtask 34-41-11-865-060
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
EFF :
ALL 34-41-11
Page 406
Aug 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-11-991-001)
Subtask 34-41-11-420-056
A. Installation of the Antenna Assembly
NOTE : Do not remove the transparent plastic windows that are installed:
____
- at the inlet of the antenna drive, and
- at the interface between the antenna drive, and the antenna
plate.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Make sure that the two top screws (8) are sufficiently loose.
(4) Lift the antenna drive (2) up to its support (9) and engage it in the
two top screws (8).
(5) Install the two bottom screws (11) and the washers (10).
(6) Attach the antenna drive (2). To do this, tighten the screws (8) and
(11) with the washers (7) and (10).
(7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (12) and
(13), and from the flange of the wave guide (5).
(8) Put the O-ring (4) in the correct position on the wave guide (3).
(9) Connect the wave guide (5) to the antenna drive (2) with the quick
disconnect of the wave guide (3).
(10) Connect the electrical connector(s) (12).
Subtask 34-41-11-420-057
B. Installation of the Antenna Plate
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to do this work.
____
It is possible to install the antenna (1) with the antenna drive
(2) installed on the aircraft.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-11
Page 407
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
(1) Put the dowels (16) in the holes (18) of the antenna (1). Then engage
the plate (19) between the two slots (17). Tighten the two bolts
(15).
(2) Safety the two bolts (15) with lockwire corrosion resistant steel
0.8mm (0.30 in.).
(3) Make sure that the antenna assembly turns correctly in azimuth (AZ)
and in elevation (EL).
Subtask 34-41-11-865-061
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1
Subtask 34-41-11-730-053
D. Do the system test of the weather radar system (para. Antenna control)
(Ref. TASK 34-41-00-730-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-41-11-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-11
Page 408
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
CONTROL UNIT - WEATHER RADAR (3SQ) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 34-41-12-000-001
Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-12-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
EFF :
ALL 34-41-12
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-12-991-001)
Subtask 34-41-12-020-051
A. Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit
(1) Loosen the four quarter-turn fasteners (1).
(2) Pull the weather radar control unit (2) from its housing (5).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (4) and hold it them away from
the panel.
(4) Remove the weather radar control unit (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (3) and
(4).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-12
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-12-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-41-12
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-41-12-400-001
Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Weather Radar
34-41-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-12-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-12-991-001)
Subtask 34-41-12-420-051
A. Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and (4).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-12
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
(5) Connect the electrical connector(s) (4) to the weather radar control
unit (2).
(6) Install the weather radar control unit (2) in its housing (5).
(7) Tighten the four quarter-turn fasteners (1).
Subtask 34-41-12-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1
Subtask 34-41-12-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the weather radar system
(Ref. TASK 34-41-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-41-12-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-12
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
TRANSCEIVER - WEATHER RADAR (1SQ1,1SQ2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 34-41-33-000-004
Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-41-33-991-003 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-33-810-050
A. Print the Trouble Shooting Data
(1) If required and applicable, print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as
follows:
(a) Get access to the SYSTEM/REPORT TEST NAV page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-010).
(b) Get access to the WXR1 (WXR2) page.
(c) Get access to the Trouble Shooting Data page.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-33
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
(d) Print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD).
Subtask 34-41-33-865-058
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
Subtask 34-41-33-010-052
C. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811 in zone
122.
(2) Open the access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-33-991-003)
Subtask 34-41-33-020-050
A. Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver
(1) Loosen the nuts (5).
(2) Lower the nuts (5).
(3) Pull the weather radar transceiver (2) on its rack (1) to disconnect
the electrical connectors (4) and (6).
(4) Remove the weather radar transceiver (2) from its rack (1).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (4) and
(6).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-33
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-33-991-003
EFF :
ALL 34-41-33
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-41-33-400-003
Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Weather Radar
34-41-33-991-003 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-33-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811 in zone 122.
(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
Subtask 34-41-33-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
EFF :
ALL 34-41-33
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-33-991-003)
Subtask 34-41-33-420-050
A. Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (4) and (6).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the weather radar transceiver (2) on its rack (1).
(6) Push the weather radar transceiver (2) on its rack (1) to connect the
electrical connectors (4) and (6).
(7) Engage the nuts (5) on the lugs (3) and tighten.
Subtask 34-41-33-865-060
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1
Subtask 34-41-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the weather radar
(Ref. TASK 34-41-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-41-33-860-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-33
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-41-33-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 811.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-33
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
MOUNTING TRAY - WEATHER RADAR TRANSCEIVER (9SQ) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-41-37-000-001
Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver Mounting Tray (9SQ)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific blanking plugs
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-33-000-004 Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
34-41-37-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-37-020-050
A. Remove the Weather Radar Transceiver (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-000-004).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-37-991-001)
Subtask 34-41-37-020-052
A. Removal of the Mounting Tray
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (9).
(2) Loosen the four clamps (7).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-37
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Weather Radar Transceiver Mounting Tray
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-37-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-41-37
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Disconnect the ventilation lines (8).
(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends (8).
(5) Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (10).
(6) Remove the four screws (10) and the washers (11).
(7) Remove the wave guide (12) from its support. Remove the window (13)
and the O-rings (14).
(8) Remove the twenty screws (6), the washers (5) and the attachment
plates (4).
(9) Remove the electrical connectors (3) from their housings.
(10) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1), (3)
and (9).
(11) Remove the eight screws (22) and the washers (23).
Subtask 34-41-37-020-051
B. Removal of the Wave Guide Switch
(1) Remove the eight screws (15) and the eight washers (16).
(2) Hold the wave guide switch (17) and remove the four screws (18) and
the eight washers (19).
(3) Disengage the wave guide switch (17) from its support (20).
(4) Remove the Mounting tray (21).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-37
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-41-37-400-001
Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver Mounting Tray (9SQ)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
R B. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 14 O-rings 34-41-01 02B-120
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-33-400-003 Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1,
1SQ2)
34-41-37-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-37-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811 in zone 122.
(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-37
Page 404
Aug 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-41-37-420-050
A. Installation of the Wave Guide Switch
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Precaution:
If you install a new Mounting tray, make sure that you removed the
attachment plates (4).
(4) Clean and inspect the wave guide switch (17) interface and the
adjacent area.
(5) Install the wave guide switch (17) on its support (20).
(6) Install the four screws (18) and the eight washers (19). Do not
tighten.
(7) Install the eight screws (15) and the eight washers (16) and tighten.
(8) Tighten the four screws (18).
Subtask 34-41-37-420-052
B. Installation of Mounting tray
(1) Install the Mounting tray (21) in its housing (2) with the eight
washers (23) and the screws (22).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the disconnected electrical connectors
(1), (3) and (9).
(3) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(4) Install the electrical connectors (3) in their housing.
(5) Install the attachment plates (4) and attach them with the twenty
washers (5) and the screws (6).
(6) Put the O-rings (14) in their housings.
(7) Put the window (13) and the wave guide (12) in position.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-37
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
(8) Install the four washers (11) and the screws (10).
(9) Tighten the screws (10) and safety them with the lockwire.
(10) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends (8).
(11) Connect the ventilation line (8). Tighten the clamps (7).
(12) Connect the connector (9) to the receptacle (1).
(13) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-37-991-001)
Subtask 34-41-37-420-051
A. Install the Weather Radar Transceiver (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-400-003).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-37
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
WAVE GUIDE ASSEMBLY (301FM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 34-41-41-000-001
Removal of the Wave Guide Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53-15-11-010-001 Opening of the Radome 110AL
34-41-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-41-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-41-41-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) In the cockpit, put a warning notice on the center pedestal to tell
persons not to operate the weather radar.
(2) Put the access platform in position.
(3) Open the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-010-001).
(4) Put the access platform in position at the access door 811.
(5) Open the access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-41-991-001)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS RELATED TO THE WEATHER RADAR
_______
ARE OPENED, SAFETIED AND TAGGED.
Subtask 34-41-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Flexible Wave Guide Part (10) Connected to the Mounting
Tray of the Weather Radar Transceiver
(1) Remove the lockwire and then the four screws (18) and the four
washers (17).
(2) Disconnect the flange (11). Remove and discard the two O-rings (13)
and (16) and the adaptor (12).
(3) At the other end, remove the lockwire and then the four screws (5)
and washers (6).
(4) Disconnect the flange (9) from the flange (7).
Remove and discard the O-ring (8).
(5) Remove the flexible wave guide part (10).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected ends.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Wave Guide Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 34-41-41-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-41-41-020-051
B. Removal of the Rigid Wave Guide Part (14) Installed in the Avionics
Compartment
(1) Remove the lockwire and then the four screws (5) and the four washers
(6).
(2) Disconnect the flange (9). Remove and discard the O-ring (8).
(3) At the wave guide feedthrough (25), remove the lockwire and then the
four screws (36) and the four washers (35).
(4) Hold the wave guide part (14) and remove the screw (21) and the
washer (20) which attach the clamp (19) to the structure.
(5) Move the rigid wave guide part (14) away from the structure. Remove
and discard the O-ring (24).
(6) Remove the clamp (19) and the two half bushings (22) from the wave
guide.
(7) Remove the rigid wave guide part (14).
(8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected ends.
Subtask 34-41-41-020-052
C. Removal of the Wave Guide Feedthrough (25)
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to remove the wave guide feedthrough.
____
(1) If necessary, remove the two rigid wave guide parts (14) and (37)
which are connected to the feedthrough. Refer to Para. B. above and
Para. D. below.
(2) Remove the eight screws (34), the washers (33) and the nuts (32).
(3) Move the wave guide feedthrough (25) away from the pressure bulkhead
(27). Remove and discard the packing (26).
(4) Remove the wave guide feedthrough (25) and put blanking caps on the
disconnected ends.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-41-41-020-053
D. Removal of the Rigid Wave Guide Part (37) Installed in the Radome
(1) Remove the lockwire and then the four screws (38) and the washers
(39).
(2) Disconnect the flange (2). Remove and discard the O-ring (3).
(3) At the wave guide feedthrough (25), remove the lockwire and then the
four screws (30) and the four washers (31).
(4) Hold the wave guide part (37) and remove the screw (21) and the
washer (20) which attach the clamp (19) to the structure.
(5) Move the rigid wave guide part (37) away from the structure. Remove
and discard the O-ring (28).
(6) Remove the clamp (19) and the two half bushings (22) from the wave
guide.
(7) Remove the rigid wave guide part (37) and put blanking caps on the
disconnected ends.
Subtask 34-41-41-020-054
E. Removal of the Flexible Wave Guide Part (1) Connected to the Antenna
Drive
(1) Release the quick-disconnect attach (40).
Disconnect the flange (42) from the antenna drive. Remove and discard
the O-ring (41).
(2) Remove the screw (21) and the washer (20).
Then remove the clamp (19) and the two half bushings (22) from the
wave guide.
(3) At the other end, remove the lockwire and then the four screws (38)
and the four washers (39).
(4) Disconnect the flange (2) from the flange (4).
Remove and discard the O-ring (3).
(5) Remove the flexible wave guide part (1) and put blanking caps on the
disconnected ends.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-41-41-400-001
Installation of the Wave Guide Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion resistant steel lockwire dia. 0.5 mm
(0.020 in.)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 41 O-ring (7) 34-41-01 02B-120
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 406
Aug 01/06
VOI
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
53-15-11-410-001 Closing of the Radome 110AL
34-41-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-41-41-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position and that the radome
110AL is open.
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
811 and that the access door 811 is open.
(3) In the cockpit make sure that there is a warning notice on the center
pedestal to tell persons not to operate the weather radar.
NOTE : Remove the blanking caps before you install parts of the wave
____
guide. Make sure that all mating surfaces are clean and in
correct condition.
NOTE : Each part of the wave guide is identified (ANT, 1, 2, 3, 4 and
____
RT or ANTENNE 1, 2, 3, 4 and EMETTEUR depending on the Vendor
marking).
When you install the wave guide part, make sure that the
number sequence is correct.
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 407
Aug 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-41-41-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-41-41-991-001)
Subtask 34-41-41-420-050
A. Installation of the Flexible Wave Guide Part (1) Connected to the Antenna
Drive
(1) Install a new O-ring (41) and put the flange (ANT reference) in
position.
(2) Lock the quick-disconnect attach (40).
(3) At the other end, install a new O-ring (3) and connect the flanges
(2) and (4).
(4) Install the four washers (39) and the four screws (38).
TORQUE the screws to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81 and 18.58
lbf.in) and install the corrosion resistant steel lockwire dia. 0.5
mm (0.020 in.).
(5) Install the two half bushings (22) and the clamp (19) on the wave
guide.
Put the clamp in position and install the washer (20) and the screw
(21).
Subtask 34-41-41-420-051
B. Installation of the Rigid Wave Guide Part (37) in the Radome
(1) If necessary, install the wave guide feedthrough (25). Refer to Para.
C. below.
(2) At the two ends, install new O-rings (3) and (28).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 408
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
(3) Hold the rigid wave guide part (37) in position: install the eight
washers (31) and (39) and the eight screws (30) and (38).
(4) Tighten the screws and install lockwire.
(5) Install the two half bushings (22) and the clamp (19) on the wave
guide. Put the clamp in position and install the washer (20) and the
screw (21).
Subtask 34-41-41-420-052
C. Installation of the Wave Guide Feedthrough (25)
NOTE : Two persons are necessary to install the wave guide feedthrough.
____
(1) Install a new packing (26) and put the feedthrough (25) into the
cutout of the pressure bulkhead (27).
(2) Install the eight screws (34), the washers (33) and the nuts (32).
TORQUE the nuts to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81 and 18.58
lbf.in). Seal the nuts with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016).
(3) If necessary, install the rigid wave guide parts (14) and (37) which
are connected to the feedthrough. Refer to Para. B. above and to
Para. D. below.
Subtask 34-41-41-420-053
D. Installation of the Rigid Wave Guide Part (14) in the Avionics
Compartment
(1) If necessary, install the wave guide feedthrough (25). Refer to Para.
C. above.
(2) At the two ends, install new O-rings (24) and (8).
(3) Hold the rigid wave guide part (14) in position and install eight
washers (35) and (6) and eight screws (36) and (5).
(4) TORQUE the screws to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81 and 18.58
lbf.in) and install the lockwire.
(5) Install the two half bushings (22) and the clamp (19) on the wave
guide. Put the clamp in position and install the washer (20) and the
screw (21).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 409
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
Subtask 34-41-41-420-054
E. Installation of the Flexible Wave Guide Part (10) Connected to the
Mounting Tray of the Weather Radar Transceiver
(1) Install a new O-ring (8) and connect the flange (9) to the flange
(7).
(2) Install the four washers (6) and the four screws (5). TORQUE the
screws to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81 and 18.58 lbf.in) and
install the lockwire.
(3) On the flange of the mounting tray (15), install a new O-ring (13).
(4) On the flange (11) (RT reference), install a new O-ring (16).
(5) Put the adaptor (12) in position with the arrow which points in the
direction of the mounting tray.
(6) Install the flange (11) with the four washers (17) and the four
screws (18). TORQUE the screws to between 0.19 and 0.21 m.daN (16.81
and 18.58 lbf.in) and install the lockwire.
(7) Make sure that the pressurization hole in the wave guide is clean.
Subtask 34-41-41-865-052
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SQ1
Subtask 34-41-41-710-050
G. Test
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
-ALL PERSONS ARE MORE THAN 5 METERS (16.4FT) FROM THE ANTENNA.
-NO PERSON IS IN THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 135⁰ ON EACH SIDE
OF THE AIRCRAFT CENTERLINE. -THERE IS A MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE
OF 5 METERS (16.4FT) BETWEEN THE AIRCRAFT AND ANY OBSTACLE IN
THE AREA MADE BY AN ARC OF 90⁰ ON EACH SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT
CENTERLINE.
R THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT BE IN A HANGAR OR CLOSED AREA.
(1) Make sure that all wave guide parts are correctly installed.
(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 410
May 01/07
VOI
(3) Do the EIS start procedure (ND only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(4) On the ADIRS CDU, on the panel 20VU:
- set the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.
(5) On the center pedestal, on the weather radar control unit, set the
system to ON.
(6) Make sure that the system operates normally: on the ND, the weather
radar display is shown.
(7) On the weather radar control unit, set the system to OFF.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-41-41-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS Stop Procedure (ND only)(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) On the ADIRS CDU set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
(5) Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 34-41-41-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 811.
(2) Close the radome 110AL (Ref. TASK 53-15-11-410-001).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-41-41
Page 411
Aug 01/06
R
VOI
RADIO ALTIMETER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________
1. _______
General
The LRA-900 provides vertical distance to the terrain via the ARINC 429 bus
outputs. The RA transmit a FM/CW (Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave) RF
signal to the terrain, via the transmit antenna, and receives the reflection
of that signal via the receive antenna. It independently computes an
altitude by measuring and processing the characteristics of the transmitted
and received RF signal.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-100,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2SA1 XCVR-RA, 1 152 826 34-42-33
2SA2 XCVR-RA, 2 152 826 34-42-33
3SA1 FAN-RA XCVR 1 152 826 34-42-45
3SA2 FAN-RA XCVR 2 152 826 34-42-45
5SA1 ANTENNA-RA RCPTN, 1 153 34-42-11
5SA2 ANTENNA-RA RCPTN, 2 153 34-42-11
6SA1 ANTENNA-RA XMSN, 1 153 34-42-11
6SA2 ANTENNA-RA XMSN, 2 153 34-42-11
3. __________________
System Description
A. Principle
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The principle of the radio altimeter is to :
- transmit a frequency modulated signal from the aircraft to the ground
- receive the ground reflected signal after a certain delay.
The time between the transmitted frequency and the received frequency is
proportional to the aircraft height.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-42-00
Page 2
May 01/08
VOI
R Radio Altimeter - Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-42-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Principle of Operation
Figure 002
R
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 5/6
Feb 01/06
VOI
the height of the aircraft is calculated by determining the difference
between the frequency of the reflected signal and the signal being
transmitted at the instant the reflected signal is received. This
difference frequency is directly proportional to the time required for
the reflected signal to traverse the distance from the aircraft to the
ground and back to the aircraft. The difference frequency is measured and
converted to distance by a microprocessor in the altitude processor which
also transmits the measured distance to user equipment over the ARINC 429
bus.
The reflected signal is fed from a dedicated receive antenna to the
receiver where it is mixed with a portion of the transmitted signal now
being radiated at the transmit antenna to develop a beat frequency (Fb).
The beat frequency is processed by the IF system and is sent to the
altitude and monitor processors.
Two independent samples of transmitted RF are fed to two reference signal
generators. Each generator produces an output (Fr) corresponding to the
delay time that represents a 300-foot altitude. Fr1 is the reference
signal for the altitude processor, Fr2 is the reference signal for the
monitor processor.
The altitude processor samples the beat frequency input signal (Fb) and
the reference frequency signal (Fr1) and converts each to digital form.
The ratio of the measured frequency input signal (Fb) to the output of
the 300-foot reference channel is calculated and multiplied by 300 to
produce the total radio altitude. The total radio altitude is further
modified by the AID and internal box delays to produce the actual
aircraft altitude above terrain.
B. System Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The radio altimeter comprises two independent systems. Each system
consists of :
- one transceiver 2SA1 (2SA2)
- one transmission antenna 6SA1 (6SA2)
- one reception antenna 5SA1 (5SA2)
- one fan 3SA1 (3SA2).
In addition, the Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) 1TW
controls the system through the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1
(2) (MCDU) 3CA1 (3CA2) for test causes.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The radio height data is shown on the Primary Flight Display (PFD). In
normal operation, system 1 provides information to the CAPT PFD and
system 2 to the F/O PFD.
C. Utilization Technical Data
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(1) Height data display (Item 3)
The aircraft height data with respect to the ground is shown in the
sector 2 of the PFD. This indication is at the bottom of the attitude
sphere, for height less than or equal to 2500 ft.
The dimension and color of the digits change in relation to the
height (H) and decision height (DH) as follows :
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 7
May 01/08
R
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Block Diagram
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Control and Indicating
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Data and Warning Displays
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 10
Feb 01/06
VOI
H more than or equal to 400 ft. : 3 mm green digits
400 ft. > H > DH + 100 ft. : 4 mm green digits
H < DH + 100 ft. : 4 mm amber digits.
The sensitivity of the digits is also a function of the height :
H > 50 ft. : 10 ft. increments
50 ft > or = to H and H > or = to 5 ft : 5 ft. increments
H < 5 ft. : 1 ft. increments.
With failure of both radio altimeters, a red RA warning message is
shown in place of the radio height information (Item 4) in slats
extented configuration only. The message flashes during 3 seconds
then remains on.
When the aircraft is below 500 ft. height above the terrain : a red
ribbon comes into view on the bottom of the altitude scale and moves
up with this scale as the aircraft is in the descent phase (Item 2).
When the aircraft has touched down the ground : the top of this
ribbon is at the middle of the altitude window.
With failure of both radio altimeters, the ribbon goes out of view.
Below 300 ft., the height is shown by the distance between the
horizon line and the limit of the sector 2. The limit of the sector 2
moves up as the aircraft is in the descent phase.
The distance between these two lines is proportional to the ground
height (sensitivity 5 ft./mm).
As it moves up, the limit line erases the graduations on the pitch
scale.
With failure of both radio altimeters, this indication goes out of
view.
(2) Decision height display (DH) (Item 1)
The pilot sets the DH on the MCDU. The DH data are shown on the R top
corner of the PFD (3 mm high digits) as soon as the radio altimeter
operates.
When the height is lower than the DH, a DH amber warning message
comes into view at the bottom of the attitude sphere (Item 5).
D. Warnings
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
The warnings related to the radio altimeter are :
- local warning on the instruments that use the radio altimeter data
- MASTER CAUT lights on the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels
- aural warning : single chime
- warning message shown on the upper ECAM display unit.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 004)
Energization of each system is through 115VAC, 400 Hz normal buses :
- 115VAC BUS1 101XP via circuit breaker 1SA1 for system 1
- 115VAC BUS2 202XP via circuit breaker 1SA2 for system 2.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 11
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. Transceiver
(1) External description
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The face of the transceiver is fitted with a handle, two attaching
parts, a TEST pushbutton switch, a connector (TEST CONN) to connect
test set for system test and three LEDs.
The name, color and function of the three LEDs are as follows:
- LRU STATUS: green indicates no fault detected during the self-test
sequence and red indicates that a fault is detected during the
self-test sequence
- XMIT ANT FAIL: red indicates a fault in the antenna circuit
- REC ANT FAIL: red indicates a fault in the antenna circuit.
The back is equipped with one ARINC 600 electrical receptacle and a
slot for the test connector.
(2) Internal description
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(a) Layout
The transceiver LRA-900 consists of an interconnect assembly, an
RF assembly, a modulator/IF assembly, an instrumentation assembly
(processor) and a power supply assembly.
The transceiver is a radio altimeter using a wideband frequency
modulated continuous wave (FM/CW) technique to measure the
distance between the aircraft and the terrain below.
(b) Modulator assembly
The function of the modulator is to provide the transmitter with
a 100 Hz triangular wave corrected for transmitter non
linearities and also to maintain the transmitter deviation limits
at 4250 MHz and 4350 MHz.
The modulator assembly also contains the high and low altitude
IFs, and two major circuits.
The first is a closed loop circuit which controls the rate at
which the transmitters output frequency changes.
The other major circuit controls the transmitter bandwidth within
the 4250 to 4350 MHz normal band of operation.
(c) Instrumentation assembly
The instrumentation assembly consists of the altitude processor,
the monitor processor, a system monitor and AFCS bus driver power
switch.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Transceiver
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
VOI
1
_ Altitude processor
The beat and reference frequencies from the IF circuit board
are converted to a binary number in the counter array and the
microprocessor calculates the radio altitude based on the
counter array data.
The altitude information is converted to ARINC 429 ternary
data by being formatted and sent by the UART through the
driver circuits to the FMGCs and PFDs once every 35 or 40
milliseconds depending on aircraft altitude.
2
_ Monitor processor
The monitor processor counts and computes altitude, in the
same manner as the altitude processor. Instead of transmitting
ternary data, however, the monitor processor receives it and
compares it with its own previously computed altitude. Any
altitude disparity (outside of a fixed error window determined
by software) generates a failure indication.
An incorrect word or altitude also causes the monitor
processor to inhibit transmission of this data to the
autopilot if the optional AFCS interrupt mode is selected.
This is accomplished by disabling the AFCS power supply during
periods of incorrect data transmission and thereby shutting
down the ALT bus No.1 ARINC 429 transmitter.
(d) RF assembly
The RF assembly contains all of the 4300 MHz functions. It is
comprised of the transmitter and receiver microstrip circuitry.
(3) Digital outputs
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives :
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC, FWC, DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE OPER RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 14
Feb 01/06
VOI
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 164 |RADIO | 8192 | FT | 29 | 16 | 35 |BNR |RALT | |
| |HEIGHT | 0.125 | | | | or | | | |
| | | | | | | 40 | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Antennas
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The transmission and reception antennas are identical. The small -
thickness antenna is installed on the skin of the aircraft.
Each antenna is supplied through a coaxial connector linked to the
transceiver. The operating range of the antenna according to the attitude
of the aircraft is limited to + or - 30⁰ for roll and pitch.
C. Fans
The six-blade fan is integral with a removable base plate attached under
the transceiver mount. It is contained in a square aluminum alloy case.
It is supplied with 115VAC through a connector and associated wiring
connecting it to the transceiver. Interference is suppressed by a
capacitor mounted on the fan case.
6. Operation
_________
A. Control
In normal operation, system 1 automatically provides the height data for
the CAPT PFD and system 2 for the F/O PFD.
With failure of one system, the valid system is automatically switched to
both CAPT and F/O PFDs.
With failure of the two systems, the digits go out of view from the PFD :
in place of the digits, a red RA warning message flashes during three
seconds then remains on.
For information : the pilot sets the DH on the MCDU. The Flight Warning
Computer (FWC) generates the DH warning message.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 15
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Antennas
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 16
Feb 01/06
VOI
With loss of DH information, the DH data are not shown.
B. Reconfiguration Switching
In normal utilization, the radio altimeter data are shown on the CAPT PFD
and F/O PFD through the Display Management Computers 1 and 2 (DMC).
With failure of the radio altimeter transceiver 1, the DMC 1 and 2
automatically switch over to the transceiver 2.
With failure of the DMC 1 (2), it is possible to switch over to the DMC 3
with the EIS DMC selector switch.
This selector switch is located on panel 8VU on the center pedestal.
In this case the DMC 3 totally replaces the DMC 1 (2) through the stage
of the output switching relay of the failed DMC.
With failure of the PFD, there is an automatic transfer of the PFD image
onto the Navigation Display (ND).
When you set the PFD potentiometer to OFF on panel 301VU (500VU), this
causes :
- deactivation of the PFD
- transfer of the PFD image onto the ND.
7. ____
Test
(Ref. Fig. 009)
A. Access to Radio Altimeter Sub-menu Functions
B. Access to Radio Altimeter Sub-menu Functions
It is possible to select the maintenance functions of the radio altimeter
transceiver 1(2) by pressing the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST indication on the CFDS menu, and then selecting the relevant
RA on the NAV menu.
After these actions the RA 1(2) provides its own menu page and the
sub-menu functions can then be chosen by the operator.
NOTE : The test can be performed on the ground only. It is inhibited (the
____
EIU1 (EIU2) sends a ground discrete to the RA1 (RA2)) as soon as
N2 rating (high pressure compressor rotational speed) is greater
than minimum idle rating.
C. Activation of the Test Function
(1) SYSTEM TEST
The RA SYSTEM TEST function can be activated by pressing the line key
adjacent to the corresponding indication on the RA 1(2) maintenance
sub-menu.
The following sequence occurs :
- on the PFD :
* the bottom sector line moves down from the horizon line.
* the radio altimeter is 40 ft.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 17
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 009 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 009 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 19
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 009 (SHEET 3)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 20
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 009 (SHEET 4)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 21
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 009 (SHEET 5)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
VOI
- on the MCDU, at the end of the test, the TEST OK message comes into
view.
NOTE : During the test :
____
- You can hear auto call-out announcements 40, 41 or 42
- You must open the RA1 circuit breaker to hear auto call-out
announcements during the RA2 SYSTEM TEST.
(2) RAMP TEST
The RAMP TEST function can be activated from the MCDU by pressing the
line key adjacent to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST indication on the CFDS
menu then selecting the RA1 (RA2) on the NAV menu and then selecting
the RAMP TEST page.
The RA then begins simulating a ramp starting from 500 ft. down to 0
ft. (with a slope of 11 ft/s from 500 ft. to 50 ft. and approximately
3 ft/s from 50 ft. to 0 ft.).
D. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization
- How long the computer must be de-energized: 2 s.
- A/C configuration:
- whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Progress of power-up tests
- Duration: 3 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- MASTER CAUT light on
(3) Results of power-up tests
(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
- MASTER CAUT light off
- Tests failed:
- MASTER CAUT light on
- ECAM warning
NAV RA 1 or 2 FAULT
- ECAM STATUS
RA 1 or 2 INOP
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 23
Feb 01/06
VOI
E. CFDIU Interface
(Ref. Fig. 009)
(1) BITE description
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the RA system. The BITE of the
radio altimeter is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. 31-32-00).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently RA system status and its identification
message to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
legs
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
selt-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(a) Normal mode
During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the RA system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during
the concerned flight.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU by an
ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RA BITE
by means of the MCDU.
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE Test
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
The RA menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
This menu contains the fault messages (class 1 and 2, internal
and external) detected during the last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
This report contains the fault messages related to the external
or internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous
63 flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
Allows to display the P/N of the equipment.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 24
Feb 01/06
VOI
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT.
- GROUND REPORT.
Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected
on ground.
- SYSTEM TEST.
Allows a check of the correct operation of the RA transceiver on
the ground.
- RAMP TEST.
Allows to verify that auto call out altitudes are correctly
announced.
(2) List of components
All the components are listed in the Para. 2. Component Location.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 25
Feb 01/06
VOI
RADIO ALTIMETER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________
TASK 34-42-00-740-002
BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-00-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) On the center pedestral, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-00-865-056
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-42-00-740-051
A. BITE Test
R NOTE : - During the test, you can hear auto call out announcements 40.
____
- You must open the RA1 circuit breaker to hear auto call out
announcements during the RA2 SYSTEM TEST.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU:
- get the RA1 (RA2) page then On the CAPT (F/O PFD):
push the line key adjacent to - the bottom sector line moves down
the SYSTEM TEST indication. from the horizon line.
- the radio altitude indication is 40
ft.
- push the line key adjacent to the TEST OK message comes into view.
the YES indication.
- push the line key adjacent to On the CAPT (F/O PFD):
the RETURN indication. - the bottom sector line moves up to
the horizon line.
- the radio altitude indication is O
ft.
On the MCDU, the RA1 (RA2) page comes
into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 502
Nov 01/07
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-42-00-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-42-00-750-001
Operational Check and Detailed Inspection for Contamination of the Radio
Altimeter Fan
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 344200-01
Operational Check and Detailed Inspection for Contamination of Radio
Altimeter Fan.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific air blower
No specific soft brush
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-42-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter
34-42-33-000-001 Removal of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and
2SA2
34-42-33-400-001 Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1
and 2SA2
34-42-45-000-001 Removal of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1
(3SA2)
34-42-45-400-001 Installation of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan
3SA1 (3SA2)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-00-860-056
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-42-00-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the aft cargo door 826.
(2) Open the aft cargo door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(3) Remove the sidewall panel 152GW.
Subtask 34-42-00-865-055
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-42-00-020-050
A. Remove the two Radio Altimeter Transceivers (Ref. TASK 34-42-33-000-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-00-210-051
B. Detailed Inspection of the two RA transceiver Fans
(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the two RA transceiver fans and of
the fan housing.
(2) Remove the RA transceiver fans (Ref. TASK 34-42-45-000-001).
(3) Lock the RA transceiver fans and their housings to prevent movement.
NOTE : When you clean the fan with the air blower, the fan can turn
____
too quickly and thus a fault can occur.
(4) Clean the RA transceiver fans and their housings with a soft brush
and/or an air blower.
(5) Install the RA transceiver fans (Ref. TASK 34-42-45-400-001).
Subtask 34-42-00-420-050
C. Install the two Radio Altimeter Transceivers (Ref. TASK 34-42-33-400-
001).
(1) Close the circuit breakers 1SA1 and 1SA2 on the panel 121VU.
Subtask 34-42-00-720-053
D. Functional Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the rear circuit breaker panel In the aft cargo compartment (zone 152,
121VU: door 826), below the transceiver mount:
- open the circuit breaker 1SA1 - make sure that the RA transceiver fan
(1SA2). 3SA1 (3SA2) does not blow.
- close the circuit breaker 1SA1 - make sure that the RA transceiver fan
(1SA2). 3SA1 (3SA2) blows air up.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 506
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-00-740-052
E. Do the BITE test of the radio altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-002).
NOTE : If the airline operates the aircraft in CAT III conditions, you
____
must also do the LAND CAT III capability test (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-
710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-42-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the sidewall panel 152GW.
(2) Close the aft cargo door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-42-00-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
Subtask 34-42-00-860-057
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 507
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
TASK 34-42-00-730-002
Ramp Test of the Radio Altimeter
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Test of the automatic simulation of a change in altitude.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
R DRA707B1 1 TEST SET-DIGITAL RADIO ALTIMETER
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-00-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Put the access platform in position at the AFT cargo door 826.
(2) Open the AFT cargo door 826.
(3) Remove the access panel 152HW.
R (4) Connect the TEST SET-DIGITAL RADIO ALTIMETER (DRA707B1) to the face
of the transceiver.
(5) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 508
Nov 01/07
VOI
(6) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches to NAV.
Subtask 34-42-00-865-057
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
Subtask 34-42-00-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-42-00-730-050
A. RAMP Test Simulation of the Radio Altimeter
NOTE : This test is for the RA1. For the RA2, use the indications between
____
parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the RA1 (RA2) RAMP TEST page comes
the RA1 (RA2) indication. Then into view with these indications:
push the line key adjacent to TWO SUCCESSIVES RAMPS:
the RAMP TEST indication. RAMP1: 500-50FT (11FT/S)
RAMP2: 50-0FT (3FT/S)
MAKE SURE THAT AUTO
CALL OUT ALTITUDES ARE
CORRECTLY ANNOUNCED
On the CAPT (F/O) PFD:
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 509
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the ramp test starts. The speed scale
moves down from 500 to 0 ft. and
stops after approximately 1 minute.
- when the altitude is between 500 and
0 ft., the red ribbon adjacent to the
altitude scale moves up.
On the MCDU:
- at the end of the test, the TEST OK
page comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the RA1 (RA2) page comes into view.
the RETURN indication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-42-00-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the RA simulator.
(4) Install the access panel 152HW.
(5) Close the AFT cargo door 826.
(6) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 510
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-42-00-710-001
Warning Test of the Radio Altimeter
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Test of the operation of the RA warning.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-80-00-866-004 Extending the Slats on the Ground
27-80-00-866-005 Retracting the Slats on the Ground
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 511
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-42-00-710-051
A. Test of the Operation of the RA Warning
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal:
- move the slat/flap control The slats extend to the full position.
lever to the position 1
(Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004).
2. On the rear circuit breaker panel
121VU:
- open the circuit breaker 1SA1. On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- the altitude 0 ft. stays in view.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
- the NAV RA1 FAULT indication comes
into view.
On the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels:
- the MASTER CAUT lights come on.
In the loud speakers:
- you can hear the single chime.
- open the circuit breaker 1SA2. On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
- the altitude 0 ft. goes out of view.
- the RA warning comes into view.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
- the NAV RA1 FAULT indication stays in
view.
- the NAV RA2 FAULT indication comes
into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 512
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels:
- the MASTER CAUT lights stay on.
In the loud speakers:
- you can hear the single chime.
3. On the rear circuit breaker panel
121VU:
- close the circuit breakers 1SA1 On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
and 1SA2. - the RA warning goes out of view after
15 seconds.
- the altitude 0 ft. comes into view.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
- the NAV RA1 FAULT and NAV RA2 FAULT
indications go out of view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-42-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) Put the aircraft in clean configuration (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-00
Page 513
Feb 01/06
VOI
ANTENNA - RADIO ALTIMETER (5SA1,5SA2,6SA1,6SA2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-42-11-000-001
Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antennas 5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
34-42-11-991-001 Fig. 401
34-42-11-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-11-861-050
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-11-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 5SA1(6SA1)
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 5SA2(6SA2)
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001, 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003)
Subtask 34-42-11-020-051
A. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
_______
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : The procedure is the same for the radio altimeter antennas 5SA1,
____
5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2.
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Remove the attachment screws (5) from the antenna (4).
(3) Pull the antenna (4) carefully away until you can see the coaxial
connector (2).
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the coaxial connector (2), if
installed.
(5) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the antenna connector (3).
(6) Remove the antenna (4).
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
R Radio Altimeter Antennas
Figure 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 403
Feb 01/07
VOI
Radio Altimeter Antennas (Alternative)
Figure 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
(8) Remove the O-ring (6).
NOTE : If the O-ring (6) is in good condition you can retain it for
____
subsequent installation.
(9) Remove the teflon gasket (8).
Subtask 34-42-11-020-055
B. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)
NOTE : This new procedure is the same for the radio altimeter antennas
____
5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2.
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the attachment screws (5) from the antenna (4).
(3) Pull the antenna (4) carefully away until you can see the shrink
sleeve(11).
(4) Remove the sealant from the shrink sleeve (11) with a SCRAPER - NON
METALLIC.
(5) Carefully remove the shrink sleeves (11),(10) and (12) from the
connectors (2) and (3).
(6) Temporarily attach the coaxial connector (2) on the external side of
the fuselage.
NOTE : The connector (2) could move inside the hole, if is not
____
blocked.
(7) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the antenna connector (3).
(8) Remove the antenna (4).
(9) Check that:
- there is no rust on the antenna connector (3),
- there is no erosion, corrosion or scratches at the bottom of the
antenna (4),
- there are no paint or paint flaking at the bottom antenna (4) area,
- the alignment marks are fuly visible.
Discard all parts with damages or stains of paint and use new ones.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
(10) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(11) Remove the O-ring (6).
NOTE : If the O-ring (6) is in good condition you can retain it for
____
subsequent installation.
(12) Remove the teflon gasket (8).
Subtask 34-42-11-020-054
C. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Antenna (Alternative)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003)
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
_______
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
NOTE : The procedure is the same for the radio altimeter antennas 5SA1,
____
5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2.
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Remove the attachment screws (5) from the antenna (4).
(3) Pull the antenna (4) carefully away until you can see the coaxial
connector (2).
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the coaxial connector (2), if
installed.
(5) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the antenna connector (3).
(6) Remove the antenna (4).
(7) Remove the O-ring (6).
NOTE : If the O-ring (6) is in good condition you can retain it for
____
subsequent installation.
(8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-42-11-400-001
Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antennas 5SA1, 5SA2, 6SA1, 6SA2
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 407
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001
NO LONGER AVAILABLE RPLD BY 07001B/D/F
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-048 D DA-2-657-4
LOW STRENGTH THREADLOCKER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-092 C Z-15.243
ADHESIVE/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-001B USA AMS-S-8802 TYPE 1 CLASS A
R FUEL TANK SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-001D F ASNA 4157
FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-008E USA AMS 3277
R QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA NK SEALANT TEMPORARY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-009 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.5MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 06C-025
8 teflon-gasket 34-42-04 06C-025A
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 408
Nov 01/08
VOI
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-42-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter
34-42-11-991-001 Fig. 401
34-42-11-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-11-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
Subtask 34-42-11-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 5SA1(6SA1)
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 5SA2(6SA2)
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 409
May 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001, 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
Subtask 34-42-11-140-050
A. Preparation for Installation
(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (1) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and the lint free cloth.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
NOTE : Make sure that the antenna-attachment screw-head recesses have
____
no signs of paint, corrosion or sealant because the antenna
electrical bonding is made through the attachment screws.
Subtask 34-42-11-140-051
B. Preparation for Installation (Alternative)
(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (1) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and the lint free cloth.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
NOTE : Make sure that the antenna-attachment screw-head recesses have
____
no signs of paint, corrosion or sealant because the antenna
electrical bonding is made through the attachment screws.
(4) Apply masking tape to the structure (1), the edge of the antenna (4),
the screw holes and the hole for the antenna connector (3).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 410
May 01/07
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-100,
R Subtask 34-42-11-420-050-A
R C. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antenna
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)
R (1) Make sure that the O-ring (6) is in good condition. If the O-ring (6)
R is not in good condition, use a new one.
R (2) Install the O-ring (6).
R NOTE : Use the old Teflon-Gasket unless it is damaged.
____
R (3) Install the teflon-gasket (8) to the antenna (4).
R (4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R (5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R (6) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna connector (3).
R (7) TORQUE the coaxial connector (2) to 0.265 m.daN (23.45 lbf.in) and
R safety it with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009) or safety it with
R one drop of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) and
R identification with safety-paint.
R (8) Put the antenna (4) in position and install the screws (5). Make sure
R that the alignment mark on the antenna points in the direction of
R flight.
R NOTE : The
____ alignment mark can be different for different antennas.
R For example, it can be:
R - A FWD sign
R - A dot at the end of a line
R - A datum mark.
R (9) TORQUE the screws (5) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
R lbf.in) diagonally opposite.
R NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (5) give the electrical bonding
____
R between the antenna (4) and the fuselage structure (1)
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-42-11
Page 411
May 01/08
VOI
R (10) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
R and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
R (11) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
R antenna (4).
R (12) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 008E) to the heads of the screws (5).
R (13) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (5) and around the
R antenna (4) smooth.
R (14) Let the sealant cure.
R (15) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
R the base of the antenna (4).
R (16) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
R 001) to the sealant on the head of the screws (5).
R NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
R the antenna and on the head of the screws.
R **ON A/C 201-300,
Subtask 34-42-11-420-050
R C. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)
(1) Make sure that the O-ring (6) is in good condition. If the O-ring (6)
is not in good condition, use a new one.
(2) Install the O-ring (6).
NOTE : Use the old Teflon-Gasket unless it is damaged.
____
R (3) Install the teflon-gasket (8) to the antenna (4).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(6) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna connector (3).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 412
May 01/08
VOI
(7) TORQUE the coaxial connector (2) to 0.265 m.daN (23.45 lbf.in) and
safety it with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009) or safety it with
one drop of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048) and
identification with safety-paint.
(8) Put the antenna (4) in position and install the screws (5). Make sure
that the alignment mark on the antenna points in the direction of
flight.
NOTE : The
____ alignment mark can be different for different antennas.
For example, it can be:
- A FWD sign
- A dot at the end of a line
- A datum mark.
(9) TORQUE the screws (5) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in) diagonally opposite.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (5) give the electrical bonding
____
between the antenna (4) and the fuselage structure (1)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
R (10) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
R (11) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (4).
R (12) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
008E) to the heads of the screws (5).
R (13) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (5) and around the
antenna (4) smooth.
R (14) Let the sealant cure.
R (15) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (4).
R (16) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001) to the sealant on the head of the screws (5).
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-42-11
Page 413
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-42-11-420-054
D. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antenna (Alternative)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 34-42-11-991-003)
(1) Make sure that the O-ring (6) is in good conditiopn. If the O-ring
(6) is not in good condition, use a new one.
(2) Install the O-ring (6).
(3) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the bottom of
the antenna (4).
(4) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the area of the fuselage
that makes an interface with the antenna (4).
(5) Remove the masking tape from the screw holes and the hole for the
antenna connector.
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(8) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna connector (3).
(9) TORQUE the coaxial connector (2) to 0.265 m.daN (23.45 lbf.in) and
safety it with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009) (7) or safety it
with one drop of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-048)
and identification with safety-paint.
(10) Put the antenna (4) in position and install the screws (5) to the
fuselage structure.
NOTE : The
____ alignment mark can be different for different antennas.
For example, it can be:
- A FWD sing
- A dot at the end of a line
- A datum mark.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 414
May 01/08
VOI
(11) TORQUE the screws (5) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in) diagonally opposite.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (5) give the electrical bonding
____
between the antenna (4) and the fuselage structure (1)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
(12) Remove the unwanted sealant with a nonmetallic scraper.
(13) Remove the remaining masking tape.
(14) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
(15) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-008E) around the antenna (4).
(16) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the heads of the screws (5).
(17) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (5) and around the
antenna (4) smooth.
(18) Let the sealant cure.
(19) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (4).
(20) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001) to the sealant on the head of the screws (5).
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 415
May 01/08
R
VOI
R **ON A/C 001-100,
R Subtask 34-42-11-420-055-A
R E. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antenna
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R (1) Make sure that the O-ring (6) is in good condition. If the O-ring (6)
R is not in good condition, use a new one.
R (2) Install the O-ring (6).
R (3) Install the teflon-gasket (8) on the antenna (4).
R (4) Push the shrink sleeve (12) ABS0916B07 in position below the thread
R (14) of the antenna connector (3) and shrink it.
R (5) Push the shrink sleeve (11) ABS0916B08 over the coaxial cable.
R (6) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R (7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R (8) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna connector (3).
R (9) TORQUE the coaxial connector (2) to 0.265 m.daN (23.45 lbf.in).
R (10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-092) (10)
R around the cable.
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-42-11
Page 416
May 01/08
VOI
R (11) Push the shrink sleeve (12) ABS0916B08 in position over both
R connectors (2) and (3) and shrink it.
R (12) Apply sealant:
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R (a) Apply some sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001B) or SEALANTS
R (Material No. 09-001D)over the ends of the shrinksleeve (11) and
R also on the antenna body (inner part up to the O-ring).
R (b) Apply on the periphery of the antenna flange a approximately 3mm
R wide interface sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS
R (Material No. 09-008E).
R (13) Put the antenna (4) in position. Make sure that the FWD sign or the
R datum mark on the antenna points are in the direction of flight.
R Install the screws (5).
R NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (5) give the electrical bonding
____
R between the antenna (4) and the fuselage structure (1) .
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005)
R (14) TORQUE the screws (5) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
R lbf.in) in a diagonally opposite sequence.
R (15) Remove sealant:
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R (a) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R (16) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
R and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
R (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
R (17) Make a sealing:
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-42-11
Page 417
May 01/08
VOI
R (a) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or
R SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008E) around the antenna (4).
R (18) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
R 008E) to the heads of the screws (5).
R (19) Make the contour of the sealant:
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R (a) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (5) and around the
R antenna (4) smooth.
R (20) Let the sealant cure.
R (21) Apply to the sealant:
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
R (a) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant
R around the base of the antenna (4).
R (22) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
R 001) to the sealant on the head of the screws (5).
R NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
R the antenna and on the head of the screws.
EFF :
001-100, 34-42-11
Page 418
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 201-300,
Subtask 34-42-11-420-055
E. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-11-991-001)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
(1) Make sure that the O-ring (6) is in good condition. If the O-ring (6)
is not in good condition, use a new one.
(2) Install the O-ring (6).
R (3) Install the teflon-gasket (8) on the antenna (4).
(4) Push the shrink sleeve (12) ABS0916B07 in position below the thread
(14) of the antenna connector (3) and shrink it.
(5) Push the shrink sleeve (11) ABS0916B08 over the coaxial cable.
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(7) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(8) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna connector (3).
(9) TORQUE the coaxial connector (2) to 0.265 m.daN (23.45 lbf.in).
(10) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-092) (10)
around the cable.
EFF :
201-300, 34-42-11
Page 419
May 01/08
VOI
(11) Push the shrink sleeve (12) ABS0916B08 in position over both
connectors (2) and (3) and shrink it.
(12) Apply sealant:
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(a) Apply some sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001B) or SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-001D)over the ends of the shrinksleeve (11) and
also on the antenna body (inner part up to the O-ring).
(b) Apply on the periphery of the antenna flange a approximately 3mm
wide interface sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-008E).
(13) Put the antenna (4) in position. Make sure that the FWD sign or the
datum mark on the antenna points are in the direction of flight.
Install the screws (5).
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (5) give the electrical bonding
____
between the antenna (4) and the fuselage structure (1) .
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005)
(14) TORQUE the screws (5) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in) in a diagonally opposite sequence.
(15) Remove sealant:
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(a) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(16) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
(17) Make a sealing:
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
EFF :
201-300, 34-42-11
Page 420
May 01/08
VOI
(a) Make a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or
SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008E) around the antenna (4).
(18) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
008E) to the heads of the screws (5).
(19) Make the contour of the sealant:
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(a) Make the contour of the sealant on the screws (5) and around the
antenna (4) smooth.
(20) Let the sealant cure.
(21) Apply to the sealant:
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE
_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(a) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant
around the base of the antenna (4).
(22) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001) to the sealant on the head of the screws (5).
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-42-11-865-052
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 5SA1(6SA1)
1SA1
FOR 5SA2(6SA2)
1SA2
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 421
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-42-11-740-050
G. Do the BITE test of the radio altimeter system (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-
002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-42-11-862-050
A. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-11
Page 422
May 01/08
VOI
TRANSCEIVER - RADIO ALTIMETER (2SA1,2SA2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-42-33-000-001
Removal of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
34-42-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-33-861-050
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-33
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-33-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 2SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
Subtask 34-42-33-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT Cargo Door 826. (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001)
(2) Put the access platform at the aft cargo door 826.
(3) Remove the access panel 152GW.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-33-991-001)
Subtask 34-42-33-020-051
A. Removal of Radio Altimeter Transceiver
NOTE : The removal procedure is the same for the radio altimeter
____
transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2.
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (3) and lower the fasteners.
(2) Carefully remove the transceiver (1) from the rack (2).
NOTE : Make sure that you do not damage the electrical connector
____
pins.
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-33
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 34-42-33-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-42-33
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-42-33-400-001
Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-42-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
34-42-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-33-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(2) Make sure that the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-33
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Make sure that the access panel 152GW is removed.
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the Aft cargo
door 826.
Subtask 34-42-33-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 2SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-33-991-001)
Subtask 34-42-33-420-050
A. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver
NOTE : The installation procedure is the same for the radio altimeter
____
transceiver 2SA1 and 2SA2.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully install the transceiver (1) into the rack (2).
NOTE : Make sure that the transceiver is correctly aligned to prevent
____
damage to the electrical connectors (4).
(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (3) until the
transceiver (1) is correctly attached.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-33
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-33-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 2SA1
1SA1
FOR 2SA2
1SA2
Subtask 34-42-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the radio altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-002).
NOTE : If the aircraft is operated in actual CAT 3 conditions, you must
____
also do the LAND CAT III capability test: (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-42-33-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the FTL CTL panel 23VU, push the FAC1 pushbutton switch (the OFF
legend goes off.
(2) On the FTL CTL panel 24VU, push the ELAC2 pushbutton switch (the OFF
legend goes off.
Subtask 34-42-33-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the access panel 152GW.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Close the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 34-42-33-862-050
C. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-33
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
FAN - RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER (3SA1,3SA2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-42-45-000-001
Removal of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1 (3SA2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
34-42-45-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-45-861-050
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-45-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 3SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
Subtask 34-42-45-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform at the aft cargo door 826.
(3) Remove the access panel 152HW.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-42-45-991-001)
Subtask 34-42-45-020-052
A. Removal of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver Fan
NOTE : The procedure is the same for the radio altimeter-transceiver fans
____
3SA1 and 3SA2.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (8).
(2) Remove the screws (2), the washers (3) and remove the fan assembly
(1).
(3) Remove the nuts (6), the washers (5), the bolts (4), and remove the
cover (7).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connections (13).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(6) Remove the nuts (11), the washers (10) and the bolts (9).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan.
Figure 401/TASK 34-42-45-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
(7) Remove the blower (12).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-42-45-400-001
Installation of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1 (3SA2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-42-00-750-001 Operational Check and Detailed Inspection for
Contamination of the Radio Altimeter Fan
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-45-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(2) Make sure that the Aft cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Make sure that the access panel 152HW is removed.
(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the Aft cargo
door 826.
Subtask 34-42-45-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 3SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-42-45-420-050
A. Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver Fan
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the blower (12) with the bolts (9), the washers (10) and the
nuts (11).
(6) Connect the electrical connections (13).
(7) Install the cover (7) with the bolts (4), the washers (5) and the
nuts (6).
(8) Install the fan assembly (1) with the screws (2) and the washers (3).
(9) Connect the electrical connector (8).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-45-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3SA1
1SA1
FOR 3SA2
1SA2
Subtask 34-42-45-750-050
C. Do the fan test of the radio altimeter system (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-750-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-42-45-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the access panel 152HW.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Close the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 34-42-45-862-050
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 407
Feb 01/06
VOI
FAN - RADIO ALTIMETER TRANSCEIVER (3SA1,3SA2) - CLEANING/PAINTING
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-42-45-100-001
Cleaning of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver Fan
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific air blower
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific soft brush
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-42-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Radio Altimeter
34-42-00-750-001 Operational Check and Detailed Inspection for
Contamination of the Radio Altimeter Fan
34-42-33-000-001 Removal of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1 and
2SA2
34-42-33-400-001 Installation of the Radio Altimeter Transceiver 2SA1
and 2SA2
34-42-45-000-001 Removal of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan 3SA1
(3SA2)
34-42-45-400-001 Installation of the Radio Altimeter-Transceiver Fan
3SA1 (3SA2)
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 701
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-42-45-861-051
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 34-42-45-865-053
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3SA1
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
FOR 3SA2
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
Subtask 34-42-45-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Open the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
(2) Put the access platform at the aft cargo door 826.
(3) Remove the access panel 152HW.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-42-45-020-053
A. Remove the radio altimeter units
(1) Remove the radio altimeter transceiver (Ref. TASK 34-42-33-000-001).
(2) Remove the radio altimeter transceiver fan (Ref. TASK 34-42-45-000-
001).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 702
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-42-45-100-052
B. Cleaning
(1) Use a soft brush and/or an air blower to clean the fan or the fan
housing.
NOTE : Make sure that the fan and the fan housing are blocked when
____
you use an air blower. Cleaning with an air blower can cause
exessive fan rotation speed and thus fan failure.
Subtask 34-42-45-420-051
C. Install the radio altimeter units
(1) Install the radio altimeter transceiver fan (Ref. TASK 34-42-45-400-
001).
(2) Install the radio altimeter transceiver (Ref. TASK 34-42-33-400-001).
Subtask 34-42-45-865-054
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3SA1
1SA1
FOR 3SA2
1SA2
Subtask 34-42-45-710-051
E. Do the test
(1) Do the fan test of the radio altimeter system (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-
750-001).
(2) Do the Bite test of the radio altimeter (Ref. TASK 34-42-00-740-002).
NOTE : If the aircraft is operated in actual CAT 3 conditions, you
____
must also do the LAND CAT III capabillity test (Ref. TASK 22-
97-00-710-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 703
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-42-45-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the access panel 152HW.
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Close the AFT Cargo Door 826 (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
Subtask 34-42-45-862-051
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-42-45
Page 704
Feb 01/06
VOI
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-009,
A. Presentation
The TCAS II (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) is an optional system
whose function is to detect and display aircraft in the immediate
vicinity and to provide the flight crew with indications to avoid these
intruders by changing the flight path in the vertical plane only.
The TCAS periodically interrogates their transponders, computes their
trajectories and constantly determines their potential threat. The
acquisition of their signals is achieved by means of two transmit/receive
antennas, one located on the underside of the fuselage and the other on
the top.
The system can establish individualized communications with each aircraft
through ATC/Mode S transponders, thus permitting operation in dense
traffic areas while avoiding an overload of radio-electric transmissions
that would result from a general all-intruder response.
The TCAS II system is designed to provide the air traffic control system
with an additional possibility. It usually operates independently but may
be controlled from ground stations.
The TCAS has the capability to communicate with ATCRBS (Air Traffic
Control Radar Beacon System) ground stations equipped with the Mode S
system to indicate to them the vertical maneuver orders presented to the
aircraft pilot. This information can facilitate the task of the ground
station controller who, in turn, can modify the TCAS operating mode and
cancel the avoidance orders if he deems it necessary for safety.
The system maintains surveillance within a sphere determined by the
transmit power and receiver sensitivity of the TCAS computer. The area in
which a threat is imminent depends on the speed and path of the own A/C
and the threat A/C.
There is an area defined as TAU within the surveillance arc which
represents the minimum time the flight crew needs to discern a collision
threat and take evasive action.
The TCAS detection capability covers an area of 30 NM in range and plus
or minus 9900 ft in altitude but display range is authorized up to plus
or minus 2700 ft in altitude.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 1
Feb 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Surveillance and Display
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
VOI
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
A. Presentation
The TCAS II (Traffic Collision Avoidance System) is a system whose
function is to detect and display aircraft in the immediate vicinity and
to provide the flight crew with indications to avoid these intruders by
changing the flight path in the vertical plane only.
TCAS change 7 has been mandatory in Europe since year 2000.
The TCAS periodically interrogates their transponders, computes their
trajectories and constantly determines their potential threat. Their
acquisition is achieved by means of two transmit/receive antennas, one
located on the underside of the fuselage and the other on the top.
The system can establish individualized communications with each aircraft
through ATC/Mode S transponders, thus permitting operation in dense
traffic areas while avoiding an overload of radio-electric transmissions
that would result from a general all-intruder response.
The TCAS II system is designed to provide the air traffic control system
with an additional possibility: it usually operates independently but may
be also controlled from ground stations.
The TCAS has the capability to communicate with ATCRBS (Air Traffic
Control Radar Beacon System) ground stations equipped with the Mode S
system to indicate to them the vertical maneuver orders presented to the
aircraft pilot. This information can facilitate the task of the ground
station controller who, in turn, can modify the TCAS operating mode and
cancel the avoidance orders if he deems it necessary for safety.
The system maintains surveillance within a sphere determined by the
transmit power and receiver sensitivity of the TCAS computer. The area in
which a threat is imminent depends on the speed and path of the own A/C
and the threat A/C.
There is an area defined as TAU (Ref. para. 6.D.(2)) within the
surveillance arc which represents the minimum time the flight crew needs
to discern a collision threat and take evasive action.
The TCAS can track up to 40 intruders at the same time.
Its detection capability covers:
- in range: an area of 30 NM around the aircraft
- in altitude: plus or minus 9900 ft.
Display is authorized in three possible ranges:
- Above: -2700 ft to 9900 ft
- Below: -9900 ft to 2700 ft
- Normal: -2700 ft to 2700 ft
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The description of the system is conform to the RTCA DO 185A change 7.
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
B. Principle
When an aircraft is airborne, its TCAS periodically transmits
interrogation signals for all ATCRBS and Mode S transponder-equipped
aircraft in the vicinity. These interrogations are received by the ATCRBS
ground stations and by the transponders of the other aircraft.
In response to these interrogations, the transponders of nearby aircraft
return signals containing their altitude value. The TCAS computes the
range between the two aircraft by measuring the elapsed time between
transmission of the interrogation and reception of the reply.
The altitude, altitude rate, range and range rate are determined by a
periodic tracking of these exchanges and the data are used for intruder
threat assessment.
Each threat is treated individually but the TCAS determines the best
collision avoidance possibility with respect to all aircraft in its
vicinity, while establishing maneuver coordination with the other
TCAS-equipped aircraft. The optimum maneuver is the one that ensures an
adequate separation of trajectories with a minimum vertical trend
variation.
C. Advisories
Visual and aural advisories are supplied by the TCAS computer whenever
assessment of the relative position of two aircraft reveals a potential
collision hazard.
The Traffic Advisories (TA) indicate the position of nearby aircraft
which are or may become a threat. Their display alerts the flight crew to
the presence of intruders and facilitates their visual acquisition.
The Resolution Advisories (RA) may be divided into two categories:
- Corrective Advisories that instruct the pilot to deviate from current
vertical rate
- Preventive Advisories that instruct the pilot to avoid certain
maneuvers.
D. Display
Visual indications are presented on the Electronic Flight Instrument
System (EFIS).
The Navigation Display (ND) is used to indicate the situation in the
nearby traffic area: a symbol is displayed for each intruder on the image
in the ARC or ROSE mode.
The avoidance maneuver indications, if any, are displayed on the vertical
speed scale of the Primary Flight Display (PFD) by means of a band of
colored sectors showing the vertical speed value to be adopted in order
to avoid any risk of collision.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 4
Feb 01/08
VOI
E. Coordination
The avoidance maneuvers initiated by the TCAS could create a conflict
situation if directed at another TCAS-equipped aircraft as this aircraft
may also take similar evasive action, resulting in an unchanged
situation.
To avoid this situation, a communication link between the two aircraft is
established via the transponders, exchanging coordination messages.
The first aircraft to detect the other one initiates the communication
procedure, indicates the maneuvers it intends to perform and communicates
orders to the other aircraft requesting it to maintain its trajectory.
This necessarily involves the use of Mode S transponders, the only
equipment of this type possessing the LINK function required for data
exchange.
The Mode S transponders provide the capability to transmit a unique
address (24 bits) assigned to each aircraft, permitting them to reply
individually to other TCAS-equipped aircraft. It can respond to ground
station interrogations in Mode A and Mode C and also in Mode S if the
stations are suitably equipped.
The ground stations can modify the TCAS operating mode via the
transponder link so as to inhibit resolution advisories in certain
conditions.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3SH CTL UNIT-ATC/TCAS 11VU 211 831 34-52-12
1SG CMPTR-TCAS 82VU 128 824 34-43-34
7SG1 ANTENNA-TCAS, TOP 230 34-43-11
7SG2 ANTENNA-TCAS, BOTTOM 130 34-43-11
3. System
__________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 004A)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 5
Nov 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Component Location
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 6
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS Block Diagram - Data Acquisition
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 7
Feb 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS Block Diagram - Maintenance and Display
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-43-00
Page 8
Nov 01/08
VOI
R TCAS Block Diagram - Maintenance and Display
R Figure 004A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 9
Nov 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
The TCAS environment is composed of items closely associated with its
operation, such as the transponders and the EFIS display units and
peripherals supplying parameters or with maintenance functions.
A. TCAS Computer
The TCAS computer is the heart of the TCAS II system.
It complies with the dimensional standard in ARINC 600 for 6 MCU form
factor.
It is compatible with ARINC 600 forced air cooling.
It ensures two main functions:
- a radio-electric transmission reception function in the L-band
frequency for intruder acquisition
- a processing function ensuring total operation control: digital,
discrete and analog-type interfaces, intruder trajectory computation
and tracking, visual and aural alert commands.
B. Directional Antennas
The TCAS has two antennas, one located on the top of the aircraft and the
other on the underside of the fuselage. These antennas, of the
transmit/receive type, provide azimuth information on aircraft located
within the TCAS surveillance range. They consist of four independent
elements. In reception, the amplitude of the signals received by each
element depends on the direction of the signal source, which permits the
relative bearing of the transmitting aircraft to be determined.
C. ATC/TCAS Control Unit
The ATC/TCAS control unit common to the ATC transponders and the TCAS,
enables the operating modes of these two items of equipment to be
selected. Information intended for the TCAS is transmitted via an ARINC
429 bus to the transponders which in turn transmit it to the TCAS
computer.
**ON A/C 001-009,
D. Associated Items
(1) ATC/Mode S transponders
Two ATC/Mode S transponders, one active and the other on standby, are
used with their antennas. Each transponder is linked to the TCAS by
one high-speed ARINC 429 bus for transmission and another one for
reception.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 10
Nov 01/08
VOI
Apart from the specific transponder functions (response to ATC ground
station interrogations) they permit communication between the TCAS
and a TCAS-equipped detected aircraft.
(2) Displays
Advisories are displayed by the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) by
high speed transmission of ARINC 429 messages on the buses linking
the TCAS to the DMCs 1 on one hand and to the DMC2 on the other hand.
Depending on the EFIS DMC selection, the DMC 3 receives either the
TA/RA display bus 1 (CAPT3/NORM positions) or the TA/RA display bus 2
(FO3 position). The FWCs connected in parallel on these buses monitor
the validity of the information.
The NDs provide indications on the location of intruders in the
traffic area. The PFDs provide the flight crew with vertical speed
correction information to avoid them.
The ECAM system also presents warning messages.
E. Peripherals
The TCAS receives information from the following equipment:
(1) Radio altimeter
The radio altitude is an essential parameter for the TCAS. In the 0
to 2500 ft range it permits modulation of system sensitivity and
triggering of inhibit orders. For this reason, two radio altimeters,
one active and the other in standby, are linked to the TCAS via the
low speed ARINC 429 bus.
(2) Air data system
Barometric altitude information fulfils the same functions as radio
altitude information but for the range over 2500 ft. The ADIRU, which
is not directly linked to the TCAS computer, transmits this
information to the computer across the transponders via the ARINC 429
buses.
(3) Inertial reference system
The TCAS is linked by a high speed ARINC 429 bus to the aircraft
ADIRU1 which supplies it with magnetic heading and pitch and roll
attitude information.
(4) Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
The LGCIU provides the TCAS with the following discrete signals:
- ground/flight signal
- landing gear extended signal.
(5) Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
The TCAS computer communicates with the Centralized Fault Display
System (CFDS) via two low speed ARINC 429 buses.
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 11
Nov 01/08
VOI
(6) Data loader
It is possible to load software data into the TCAS computer by means
of a mobile data loader with remote loading capability linked by two
low speed ARINC 429 buses to a dedicated connector in the aircraft.
(7) Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
The FDIU receives TCAS data from the DMC.
The following parameters are recorded by the FDIU:
- RA related information (label 270):
* advisory rate to maintain
* combined control
* vertical control
* up advisory
* down advisory
- manual sensitivity level (SL 0, 1, 2)
- TA issued or not.
(8) Various discrete signals
Discretes are used for the inhibition of certain advisories by
equipment with higher priority than the TCAS:
- advisory inhibit by the windshear signal
- advisory inhibit by the stall warning
- advisory inhibits by the ground proximity warning.
(9) Pin programming
Discrete pin program inputs are used:
- audio level to set the audio level of the synthetic voice output
- all traffic/threat traffic display at Threat Traffic indicates that
intruders are only displayed if a TA or RA is presented
- ground display mode: specifies that the display mode, when the
aircraft is on the ground, is the TA mode only
- display intruder limit: indicates the maximum number of intruders
that can be displayed (8)
- aircraft altitude limit, configured at 48,000 ft informs the TCAS
computer that it must inhibit climb orders above this altitude.
**ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
D. Associated Items
(1) ATC/Mode S transponders
Two ATC/Mode S transponders, one active and the other on standby, are
used with their antennas. Each transponder is linked to the TCAS by
one high-speed ARINC 429 bus for transmission and another one for
reception.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 12
Nov 01/08
VOI
Apart from the specific transponder functions (response to ATC ground
station interrogations) they permit communication between the TCAS
and a TCAS-equipped detected aircraft.
(2) Displays
Advisories are displayed by the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) by
high speed transmission of ARINC 429 messages on the buses linking
the TCAS to the DMCs 1 on one hand and to the DMC2 on the other hand.
Depending on the EFIS DMC selection, the DMC 3 receives either the
TA/RA display bus 1 (CAPT3/NORM positions) or the TA/RA display bus 2
(FO3 position). The FWCs connected in parallel on these buses monitor
the validity of the information.
The NDs provide indications on the location of intruders in the
traffic area. The PFDs provide the flight crew with vertical speed
correction information to avoid them.
The ECAM system also presents warning messages.
E. Peripherals
The TCAS receives information from the following equipment:
(1) Radio altimeter
The radio altitude is an essential parameter for the TCAS. In the 0
to 2500 ft range it permits modulation of system sensitivity and
triggering of inhibit orders. For this reason, two radio altimeters,
are linked to the TCAS via the low speed ARINC 429 bus. Radio
Altimeter 1 is used first, and if not available (or if it is NCD),
then Radio Altimeter 2 is used to calculate altitude, and compute
inhibitions.
(2) Air data system
Barometric altitude information fulfils the same functions as radio
altitude information but for the range over 2500 ft. The ADIRU, which
is not directly linked to the TCAS computer, transmits this
information to the computer across the transponders via the ARINC 429
buses.
(3) Inertial reference system
The TCAS is linked by a high speed ARINC 429 bus to the aircraft
ADIRU1 which supplies it with magnetic heading and pitch and roll
attitude information.
(4) Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU)
The LGCIU provides the TCAS with the following discrete signals:
- ground/flight signal (RH main landing gear compressed)
- landing gear extended signal (LH main landing gear downlocked).
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 13
Nov 01/08
VOI
(5) Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
The TCAS computer communicates with the Centralized Fault Display
System (CFDS) via two low speed ARINC 429 buses.
(6) Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU)
It is possible to load software data (operating algorithms and the
reconfiguration of the inputs/outputs) into the TCAS computer by
means of the MDDU via two low speed ARINC 429 buses. These data are
stored on a 3.5 inch disk. It is then used by the data loader to
transfer its contents into the Non-Volatile Memories (NVM) of the
TCAS computer (more details in chapter 31-38-00).
NOTE : Data loading is allowed only through application of Airbus
____
Service Bulletin or Vendor Service Bulletin.
(7) Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
The FDIU receives TCAS data from the DMC.
The following parameters are recorded by the FDIU:
- RA related information (label 270):
* advisory rate to maintain
* combined control
* vertical control
* up advisory
* down advisory
- manual sensitivity level (SL 0, 1, 2)
- TA issued or not.
(8) Various discrete signals
Discretes are used for the inhibition of certain advisories by
equipment with higher priority than the TCAS:
- advisory inhibit by the windshear signal
- advisory inhibit by the stall warning
- advisory inhibits by the ground proximity warning.
The TCAS has higher priority than the auto call outs supplied by the
FWC. Three TCAS discretes (aural advisory discrete outputs) inhibit
these auto call outs.
(9) Pin programming
Discrete pin program inputs are used:
- audio level to set the audio level of the synthetic voice output
- all traffic/threat traffic display at Threat Traffic indicates that
intruders are only displayed if a TA or RA is presented
- ground display mode: specifies that the display mode, when the
aircraft is on the ground, is the TA mode only
- display intruder limit: indicates the maximum number of intruders
that can be displayed (8 intruders)
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 14
Nov 01/08
VOI
- aircraft altitude limit, configured at 48,000 ft informs the TCAS
computer that it must inhibit climb orders above this altitude.
**ON A/C ALL
4. Power
____________
Supply
The TCAS is supplied with 115VAC, 100 watt power rating. The ATC/TCAS
control unit, common to the transponders and the TCAS, is also supplied with
115VAC:
- the 115VAC BUS1 101XP supplies the TCAS via circuit breaker 4SG
- the 115VAC SHED ESS BUS 801XP supplies the ATC1 system via circuit breaker
5SH1
- the 115VAC BUS2 204XP supplies the ATC2 system via circuit breaker 5SH2.
The ATC/TCAS control unit is energized through the two circuit breakers
5SH1 and 5SH2.
The system is supplied through these circuit breakers:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. TCAS Computer
(1) Introduction
The TCAS computer is divided into five major sections:
- a receiver (A5)
- a transmitter (A6)
- an Input/Output (I/O) module (A4)
- two Central Processing Units (CPU) (A2, A3)
- a power supply unit (A1)
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 15
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS Computer
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 16
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS Computer - Block Diagram
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 17
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
(2) Radio frequency section
(a) General
The RF section consists of a receiver, a transmitter and an I/O
module.
The receiver processes the raw ATCRBS or Mode S intruder reply
data received from either the top or the bottom antenna. The
transmitter portion of the RF section controls all interrogation,
it interrogates intruders once per second, also using either
antenna.
The I/O module is used to route signals to and from the antennas.
For ATCRBS intruders, interrogations are accomplished by
controlling a whisper-shout attenuation system which provides
successive responses, starting with the nearest aircraft and
continuing progressively to those farther away so as to avoid
saturating the radio-electric space and resulting interference.
(b) I/O module
The I/O module controls the transmit and receive RF path
selection, generates self-test signals and waveforms. All RF
switching is done electronically by pin-diodes.
The antenna steering is an electronic switch consisting of
electronic components which send receive and transmit signals
into different paths according to the antenna direction (0, 90,
180 and 270 degrees). The selected path is routed to the
appropriate switch which drives the signal to either a top or
bottom antenna. There are 8 ports on the switch: 4 for each
direction of the top antenna and 4 for each direction of the
bottom antenna.
The received signals (all 4 received channels are on at one time)
are channeled to the antenna steering where they are
electronically connected to the receiver.
The I/O module incorporates self-test circuitry for the receiver
and the transmitter. There is also the antenna self-test
function.
The receiver self-test circuitry simulates ATCRBS/mode S replies
which are injected at an appropriate level into each receiver RF
path.
The transmitter self-test verifies proper power/path integrity
and the I/O module continuously monitors antenna integrity as
well.
(c) Transmitter
The transmitter controls all interrogations waveforms and power
levels.
It consists of both pulse and DPSK modulators, all power
amplification stages, high-power precision step attenuator
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 18
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
(whisper-shout), as well as harmonic filter and spectrum filter,
and BITE power detection circuitry.
The L-band transmitter has a peak power output of 1.2 kW at 1030
MHz. The transmitter signal is amplified and a DPSK modulator is
also provided for Mode S interrogations.
This signal is divided into 4 in the proper phase relationship.
The modulator/driver provides power and control signals, it sends
discrete signals to the CPU which provides the correct pulse
width for modulation.
The final signal is increased up to 1500 W and it is fed into the
whisper-shout module. This module is a precision 27 step
attenuator (1 dB by step) which controls the power level.
The output is fed through the filters before it is driven to the
I/O module which applies the power to the appropriate antenna.
(d) Receiver
The receiver consists of 4 matched channels which provide very
accurate bearing information. Each receiver channel consists of a
single conversion receiver, high-quality logarithmic amplifier
and high-resolution A/D converter.
The receiver consists of 4 virtually identical receive channels
coupled to 2 separate digital video sections. Each receiver uses
a single conversion heterodyne circuit.
The preselector, included in each receiver, contains an L-band,
band pass filter which selects the 1090 MHz frequency band. It
provides selection of unwanted signals in excess of 60 dB outside
the 30 MHz bandwidth.
This signal is converted from 1090 MHz to 60 MHz.
The processed signal is applied to the logarithmic amplifier. The
logarithmic amplifier video output is fed to a video amplifier
where the actual magnitude of the slope and offset level is
controlled precisely.
This video signal is fed to the digital video circuit. This one
samples the analog video signal at an 8 MHz rate for mode S and
8.276 MHz for ATCRBS.
Each of the 2 digital video A/D converters selects the 2
strongest signals from the 4 receive channels.
(3) CAS CPU
The Collision Avoidance System (CAS) function is performed at the
beginning of each processing cycle (nominally 1 second). The CAS
processes own altitude and data from the intruder surveillance buffer
to track intruders, detects threats and generates proximity traffic
and resolution advisories. The CAS function also performs
coordination with TCAS-equipped intruders.
It contains CAS CPU, supporting logic, memory devices and interface
circuits.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 19
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
The CAS CPU controls the following functions which are executed by
the hardware on the surveillance card:
- speech synthesis
- ARINC 429 interfaces
- access to shared RAM.
This CPU utilizes a 16-bit SDP 185 as the processing element. This
processor uses a 36 MHz clock to control internal operation.
External extension registers are incorporated to expand the
addressable memory to 128 kwords. The SDP 185 companion ASIC contains
memory cycle timing, system reset, general purpose timers and a
digital heartbeat monitor.
. Onboard memory is provided for program, variable and maintenance
fault storage.
. The remainder of the CCA is utilized to accommodate the aircraft
interfaces specified in ARINC 735.
The input, output and discrete interfaces are buffered, level shifted
and sent to specific internal and/or external interface.
(4) Surveillance CPU
The surveillance function uses information from squitters, Mode S
fruit, Mode S replies, and ATCRBS replies to generate the
surveillance track file.
This surveillance CPU supports logic circuits, memory devices and
interface circuits.
- The CPU uses the same SDP 185 processor and SDP 185 companion ASIC
as the CAS CPU. Processor memory consists of 72 K words of EEPROM
to provide 64 K words of usable program memory and 8 K words of
configuration memory. The remainder of this CCA is utilized by the
CPU shared SRAM, ARINC 735 I/O, RF interface circuitry and speech
processor.
- Aural annunciation is provided through a speech synthesis processor
which contains speech data in ROM. Two outputs are provided with
program pin volume control selection.
- The interface to the RF modules is contained in 3 ASICs.
The pulse decoder ASIC accepts receiver data and performs basic
pulse detection of incoming replies. A reply decoder ASIC sends
processed replies to FIFO for processor retrieval. The CPU
initiates and controls the generation of ATCRBS and mode S
interrogations through the transmitter control ASIC. This ASIC also
provides CPU interface for the RF self-test capability.
Suppression pulse interface is provided by the transmitter control
ASIC. The pulse decoder ASIC checks the suppression bus for proper
transmit receive sequencing.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 20
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
**ON A/C 001-009,
(5) Power supply unit
The power supply unit consists of 2 parts:
- the first part contains the regulator and output filter circuitry
- the second part contains the fault monitoring circuitry.
Power is supplied by the 115 Volt, 400 Hz power aircraft bus.
(6) Data loader
A plug is installed next to the computer for the loading of the
operational program and I/O configuration data into the TCAS computer
via 2 ARINC 429 low speed buses, by means of a data loader.
**ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(5) Inputs/Outputs (I/O)
Managed by an Intel 80C186 microprocessor whose program is contained
in a Read Only Memory (ROM), the I/O module provides the main
interface between the data processor and external hardware. It
acquires most of the aircraft data used by the TCAS and transmits
control and information signals to the other equipment. This modules
activity is under control of the data processor who exchanges with it
specific messages via a storage serving as a mailbox in both
directions.
The data is composed of discrete inputs/outputs, program pins and
ARINC 429 data except those of the transponder, acquired directly by
the data processor. This module also contains the synthesized voice
message generation and possess the capability to process analog
signals for non-digital aircraft. A validity check is performed on
ARINC 429 input data.
The synthesized voice generator transmits messages from a ROM
containing all the information required to generate advisories. Two
audio output channels (low and high level) are available. The low
level audio outputs are connected to the cockpit loud speakers
through the AMU.
(6) Data loader
A plug is installed next to the computer for the loading of the
operational program and I/O configuration data into the TCAS computer
via 2 ARINC 429 low speed buses, by means of a data loader. It will
be possible to load data by means of the Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit
(MDDU) (data loader installed on the aircraft), or the Portable Data
Loader.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 21
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
B. ATC/TCAS Control Unit
For detailed description, Ref. 34-52-00, Para. 5.B.
C. TCAS Antennas
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The TCAS directional antenna is a four-element, vertically polarized,
monopole array which is capable of transmitting in four selected
directions at 1030 MHz and receiving omnidirectionally with bearing at
1090 MHz using amplitude monopulse techniques.
Both directional antennas are curved base plates (77 in. Radius).
A teflon gasket is located between the fuselage and the base of the
antenna. One O-ring is used at the center connectors in order to
withstand the max pressure differential.
6. Operation
_________
**ON A/C 001-009,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
A. Intruder Detection
The TCAS detects A/C equipped with Mode S transponders by listening for
squitter transmissions. Mode S transponders announce their presence by
transmitting squitter messages once every second. The TCAS also detects
A/C equipped with transponders that do not reply to Mode S interrogations
but do reply to Mode C interrogations. The TCAS must actively search for
Mode C equipped intruder aircraft because Mode C transponders do not
transmit squitter messages. Once the presence of a Mode C intruder is
confirmed, it is tracked by the TCAS. The TCAS is capable of tracking up
to a combined total of 30 Mode S and Mode C intruders.
Tracking is performed by repetitive TCAS interrogations in Mode S and
Mode C format.
(1) Interrogation of aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders
With respect to aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders,
the TCAS is active and transmits Mode C only all-call interrogations
(P1, P3 and P4 pulses). The code is similar to the one used by the
Mode A and Mode C ground stations. The P4 pulse informs those Mode S
transponders that this interrogation is not addressed to them
(Ref. Fig. 009)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 22
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS Antenna
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 23
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Operation / Control and Indicating
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 24
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Mode C Only All-Call Interrogation
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 25
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
The nominal time interval between two interrogations is one second.
But, to limit radio-electric interference in dense traffic areas,
each interrogation consists of a series of interrogations of
increasing strength to reach more remote aircraft (whisper-shout)
with 1 ms time periods inside the series.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The first transmission consists of relatively low power P1, P3 and P4
pulses only.
Therefore, only the nearest aircraft will receive and reply to these
interrogations.
Then an S1 pulse is also transmitted. This pulse is at a lower
amplitude, causing the close-in aircraft to interpret this as a side
lobe from the transmitting station, requiring no reply. The purpose
of the whisper-shout sequence is to reduce the number of aircraft
replying to any one interrogation, thus limiting interference.
(2) Replies of aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders
Aircraft equipped with Mode C transponders reply by transmitting
their altitude, octal encoded in four digits ABCD, with a value of
100 ft for the LSB in the ATCRBS format.
For aircraft of which the Mode A and C transponders do not have the
altitude report, the intruder presentation on the ND is limited to a
display of its position in range and bearing.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Aircraft equipped with Mode A transponders only cannot be detected by
the TCAS.
**ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(Ref. Fig. 008)
A. Intruder Detection
The TCAS detects A/C equipped with Mode S transponders by listening for
squitter transmissions. Mode S transponders announce their presence by
transmitting squitter messages once every second. The TCAS also detects
A/C equipped with transponders that do not reply to Mode S interrogations
but do reply to Mode C interrogations. The TCAS must actively search for
Mode C equipped intruder aircraft because Mode C transponders do not
transmit squitter messages. Once the presence of a Mode C intruder is
confirmed, it is tracked by the TCAS. The TCAS is capable of tracking up
to a combined total of 45 Mode S and Mode C intruders.
Tracking is performed by repetitive TCAS interrogations in Mode S and
Mode C format.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 26
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Whisper-Shout Transmitter Sequence
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 27
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Mode C Reply
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 28
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
(1) Interrogation of aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders
With respect to aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders,
the TCAS is active and transmits Mode C only all-call interrogations
(P1, P3 and P4 pulses). The code is similar to the one used by the
Mode A and Mode C ground stations. The P4 pulse informs those Mode S
transponders that this interrogation is not addressed to them
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The nominal time interval between two interrogations is one second.
But, to limit radio-electric interference in dense traffic areas,
each interrogation consists of a series of interrogations of
increasing strength to reach more remote aircraft (whisper-shout)
with 1 ms time periods inside the series.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The first transmission consists of relatively low power P1, P3 and P4
pulses only.
Therefore, only the nearest aircraft will receive and reply to these
interrogations.
Then an S1 pulse is also transmitted. This pulse is at a lower
amplitude, causing the close-in aircraft to interpret this as a side
lobe from the transmitting station, requiring no reply. The purpose
of the whisper-shout sequence is to reduce the number of aircraft
replying to any one interrogation, thus limiting interference.
(2) Replies of aircraft equipped with Mode A or Mode C transponders
Aircraft equipped with Mode C transponders reply by transmitting
their altitude, octal encoded in four digits ABCD, with a value of
100 ft for the LSB in the ATCRBS format.
For aircraft of which the Mode A and C transponders do not have the
altitude report, the intruder presentation on the ND is limited to a
display of its position in range and bearing.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Aircraft equipped with Mode A transponders only cannot be detected by
the TCAS.
**ON A/C ALL
(3) Interrogation of aircraft equipped with Mode S transponders
(a) Transmission coding
The TCAS uses the Mode S function for certain identification of
intruders as a 24-bit address is definitively assigned to each
aircraft by air traffic control.
The interrogation comprises three pulses: P1, P2 and P6. P2 level
is equal to or greater than the P1 level, which is the no-reply
condition for the aircraft equipped with Mode A or C
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 29
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
transponders. Therefore, only Mode S transponders reply to the
interrogation.
The useful information is contained in P6 divided into 56 or 112
chips.
A chip is an unmodulated interval of 0.25 microseconds, preceded
by possible phase reversals.
The message formats contain a number of bits permitting a more
complete and diversified information exchange than in Mode C.
There are two distinct message formats:
- all Mode S interrogations (UPLINK format) are binary
differential phase shift keying (DPSK) signals
- Mode S replies (DOWNLINK format) are formed by pulse position
modulation (PPM) encoding the reply data.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The Mode S reply is preceded by a preamble containing four
pulses of specific duration and intervals intended to guarantee
received message validity. Any messages whose preamble is not
in complete conformity with the model are rejected by the TCAS.
This information is encoded in PPM mode with, for each bit, a
logic level one if the first half of the interval is at 1 and a
logic level zero if it is at zero.
(b) Squitters
The Mode S transponder participates actively in its own detection
by transmitting signals, at one second intervals, intended to
inform nearby aircraft of its presence.
This transmission, called squitter transmission, consists of a
Format DF = 11 message, containing the Mode S 24-bit address
assigned to the aircraft, whereas all the bits of the message PI
field at zero indicates a squitter.
**ON A/C 001-009,
(c) Mode S communication messages
The Mode S ATC communications system supporting personalized
exchanges between ATC ground stations and Mode S
transponder-equipped aircraft comprises:
- a set of 25 standard messages for station-aircraft uplinks
(Uplink format) identified UFxx
- another set of 25 standard messages for downlinks (Downlink
format) identified DFxx.
The message may be long or short and contain either 56 or 112
bits.
Each message consists of specific fields with bit combinations
that have specific meanings. Two fields, however, have an
identical definition for all messages:
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 30
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Mode S - Interrogation and Reply
Figure 012
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 31
Nov 01/08
VOI
- the message-type field consisting of bits 1 to 5 whose coding
translates the format decimal value into binary
- the address field containing the last 24 bits of the message
(bits 33 to 56 or bits 89 to 112 depending on whether the
message is short or long). These 24 bits contain the Mode S
address of the transmitter.
The TCAS uses this bidirectional link capability to communicate
with other TCAS equipped aircraft to coordinate avoidance
maneuvers. It may also dialog with ground stations: these
stations have the possibility of monitoring and modifying its
action.
In the Mode S message set, the TCAS uses only six UF-type
messages and seven DF-type messages. These messages are:
- UF0, UF4, UF5, UF16, UF20, UF21
- DF0, DF4, DF5, DF11, DF16, DF20, DF21.
The following two figures give the list of messages used by the
TCAS for communications with other aircraft and with ground
stations.
They are followed by the definition of the fields used in the
messages.
NOTE : The TCAS only uses short messages (56 bits).
____
(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 32
Nov 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Message Uplink Format
Figure 013
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 33
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Message Downlink Format
Figure 014
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 34
May 01/08
R
VOI
DEFINITION OF UPLINK FORMAT MESSAGE FIELDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| AP | ADDRESS PARITY | Coded address with parity check |
| AQ | ACQUISITION | Indicates if it is an interrogation message; |
| | | 1 = interrogation |
| DI | DESIGNATOR | Specifies type of information contained in SD|
| | IDENT | field |
| MA | MESSAGE | Used by ground station to transmit a TCAS SL |
| | Comm-A | command to a TCAS-equipped aircraft |
| MU | MESSAGE | Used by TCAS to transmit to other aircraft RA|
| | Comm-U | coordination information (under fields UDS, |
| | | MTB, CVC, VRC, CHC, HRC, HSB, VSB) |
| PC | PROTOCOL | Operating commands to the transponder |
| RL | REPLY LENGTH | Indicates if message is short (0) or long (1)|
| RR | REPLY REQUEST | Length and content of reply information |
| | | requested by the interrogator |
| SD | SPECIAL | Contains control codes affecting the |
| | DESIGNATOR | transponder protocol |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION OF DOWNLINK FORMAT MESSAGE FIELDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| AA | ADDRESS | Mode S address in the clear in 24 bits |
| | ANNOUNCED | |
| AC | ALTITUDE CODE | Information indicating aircraft altitude |
| AP | ADDRESS PARITY | Coded address with parity check |
| CA | CAPABILITY | Transponder capability |
| DR | DOWNLINK | Requests extraction of downlink message by |
| | REQUEST | the interrogator (existing RA) |
| FS | FLIGHT STATUS | Flight status of the aircraft: ground, |
| | | flight, alert, SPI |
| ID | IDENTIFICATION | Contains the Mode A identification code |
| | CODE | |
| MB | MESSAGE | Indicates Advisory content to the ground |
| | Comm-B | station |
| MV | MESSAGE | Contains ARA, RAC, VDS subfields used for |
| | Comm-V | coordination |
| RI | REPLY | Type of reply and airspeed capability |
| | INFORMATION | |
| SL | SENSITIVITY | TCAS current sensitivity level |
| | LEVEL | |
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 35
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| UM | UTILITY MESSAGE| Transponder status readouts |
| VS | VERTICAL STATUS| Aircraft status: 0 = airborne, 1 = ground |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(c) Mode S communication messages
The Mode S ATC communications system supporting personalized
exchanges between ATC ground stations and Mode S
transponder-equipped aircraft comprises:
- a set of 25 standard messages for station-aircraft uplinks
(Uplink format) identified UFxx
- another set of 25 standard messages for downlinks (Downlink
format) identified DFxx.
The message may be long or short and contain either 56 or 112
bits.
Each message consists of specific fields with bit combinations
that have specific meanings. Two fields, however, have an
identical definition for all messages:
- the message-type field consisting of bits 1 to 5 whose coding
translates the format decimal value into binary
- the address field containing the last 24 bits of the message
(bits 33 to 56 or bits 89 to 112 depending on whether the
message is short or long). These 24 bits contain the Mode S
address of the transmitter.
The TCAS uses this bidirectional link capability to communicate
with other TCAS equipped aircraft to coordinate avoidance
maneuvers. It may also dialog with ground stations: these
stations have the possibility of monitoring and modifying its
action.
In the Mode S message set, the TCAS uses only six UF-type
messages and eight DF-type messages. These messages are:
- UF0, UF4, UF5, UF16, UF20, UF21
- DF0, DF4, DF5, DF11, DF16, DF17, DF20, DF21.
The following two figures give the list of messages used by the
TCAS for communications with other aircraft and with ground
stations.
They are followed by the definition of the fields used in the
messages.
(Ref. Fig. 013, 014A)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 36
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Message Downlink Format
Figure 014A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 37
May 01/08
VOI
DEFINITION OF UPLINK FORMAT MESSAGE FIELDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| AP | ADDRESS PARITY | Coded address with parity check |
| AQ | ACQUISITION | Indicates if it is an interrogation message; |
| | | 1 = interrogation |
| DI | DESIGNATOR | Specifies type of information contained in SD|
| | IDENT | field |
| MA | MESSAGE | Used by ground station to transmit a TCAS SL |
| | Comm-A | command to a TCAS-equipped aircraft |
| MU | MESSAGE | Used by TCAS to transmit to other aircraft RA|
| | Comm-U | coordination information (under fields UDS, |
| | | MTB, CVC, VRC, CHC, HRC, HSB, VSB) |
| PC | PROTOCOL | Operating commands to the transponder |
| RL | REPLY LENGTH | Indicates if message is short (0) or long (1)|
| RR | REPLY REQUEST | Length and content of reply information |
| | | requested by the interrogator |
| SD | SPECIAL | Contains control codes affecting the |
| | DESIGNATOR | transponder protocol |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION OF DOWNLINK FORMAT MESSAGE FIELDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| AA | ADDRESS | Mode S address in the clear in 24 bits |
| | ANNOUNCED | |
| AC | ALTITUDE CODE | Information indicating aircraft altitude |
| AP | ADDRESS PARITY | Coded address with parity check |
| CA | CAPABILITY | Transponder capability |
| DR | DOWNLINK | Requests extraction of downlink message by |
| | REQUEST | the interrogator (existing RA) |
| FS | FLIGHT STATUS | Flight status of the aircraft: ground, |
| | | flight, alert, SPI |
| ID | IDENTIFICATION | Contains the Mode A identification code |
| | CODE | |
| MB | MESSAGE | Indicates Advisory content to the ground |
| | Comm-B | station |
| MV | MESSAGE | Contains ARA, RAC, VDS subfields used for |
| | Comm-V | coordination |
| RI | REPLY | Type of reply and airspeed capability |
| | INFORMATION | |
| SL | SENSITIVITY | TCAS current sensitivity level |
| | LEVEL | |
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 38
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------------|----------------|----------------------------------------------|
| UM | UTILITY MESSAGE| Transponder status readouts |
| VS | VERTICAL STATUS| Aircraft status: 0 = airborne, 1 = ground |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
B. Measurement of Intruder Parameters
(1) Principle
(a) Determination of relative altitude
Upon confirmed transponder reception, the TCAS starts to
interrogate the intruder. Its altitude is transmitted directly in
the reply (standard barometric altitude) and this information is
used to determine the relative altitude of the two aircraft, by
calculating the barometric altitude difference.
This computation is, however, only possible with respect to Mode
C or Mode S transponder-equipped aircraft.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
(b) Range measurement
The range is calculated by measuring the elapsed time between
transmission of the interrogation signal and return of the reply
transmitted by the intruder. Aircraft are detected from a minimum
range of 14 NM.
(c) Determination of bearing
Two basic means exist for performing the direction finding
function required by the TCAS: one based on phase and the other
one based on amplitude.
The amplitude monopulse technique is used. This system is a four
element, vertically polarized, monopole array which is capable of
transmitting in 4 selectable directions at 1030 MHz and receiving
omnidirectionally with bearing at 1090 MHz.
The amplitude monopulse system generates four separate cardioid
antenna patterns, each with its own receiver channel to view all
four 90 degree sectors simultaneously (forward, aft, left and
right sectors).
The bearing angle of a target is determined by the amplitude
ratio of adjacent patterns.
The TCAS takes a ratio of the amplitude of the two strongest
signals from two 90-degree antenna beams to determine a bearing
angle.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 39
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Relative Altitude Calculation Principle
Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 40
May 01/08
R
VOI
This technique also prevents a bearing measurement from being
reflected into a wrong quadrant. Because an amplitude ratio is
used, distortions in the antenna patterns tend to be cancelled
out.
When transmitting, the TCAS computer interrogates one sector at a
time using a whisper-shout sequence of stepped power level
interrogations.
(d) Tracking
Once identified, the intruders are tracked by a series of
interrogation-replies in Mode C only all-call for Mode C
transponder-equipped aircraft, and in Mode S for Mode S
transponder-equipped aircraft.
These exchanges permit the TCAS to periodically update the
altitude, range and bearing data for each intruder and to compute
the range rate and altitude rate variations. These data are then
used to determine the time separating the two aircraft from their
closest point of approach.
(e) Broadcast messages
Every ten seconds, the TCAS transmits a broadcast message
intended to inform nearby aircraft, themselves equipped with a
TCAS, of the presence of a TCAS-equipped aircraft in their
traffic area.
These messages, received by the Mode S transponders, are
communicated to the TCAS computer to enable it to know the number
of TCAS-equipped aircraft in its detection envelope. This
information is then used in the interference limitation formulas
whose results modulate the Mode S interrogation output power
level in inverse proportion to the number of aircraft. This
reduces the number of non-elicited replies received by ground ATC
stations.
The messages transmitted are of the uplink format type UF = 16
with the Mode S 24 bit address of the interrogating TCAS included
in the MID field (bits 65 to 88) with the UDS field (bits 33 to
40) containing the code F50. No response is expected for this
type of message.
(f) Communications frequencies
Communications between two aircraft are always crossed between
transponder and TCAS. The TCAS transmits at a frequency of 1030
MHz to the transponder of the other aircraft, whose reply signals
are at a frequency of 1090 MHz to the TCAS receiver. This choice
allows system compatibility with ground station-transponder links
as the ground stations use the same frequencies as the TCAS.
(Ref. Fig. 016)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 41
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Communication Principle
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 42
May 01/08
R
VOI
C. Coordination
Two TCAS-equipped aircraft must coordinate their maneuvers to avoid the
flight path corrections ordered by each TCAS resulting in a hazardous
situation.
(1) Coordination principle
In most cases of encounters between two TCAS-equipped aircraft,
mutual identification is almost but not quite simultaneous, with
sufficient time lag to establish the priority necessary for the
coordination process.
The first aircraft to detect a potentially dangerous configuration
computes a deviation maneuver sense and communicates it to the other
aircraft.
This aircraft takes the information into account and in turn computes
a correction.
If two aircraft detect each other at exactly the same time and
simultaneously transmit coordination messages containing incompatible
deviation senses it is, by convention, the aircraft that has the
highest Mode S address that cancels its trajectory correction. A time
delay in the display of orders on the display units avoids opposing
orders.
(2) Communications protocol
Communications between two aircraft comprises three phases:
(a) Detection phase
The TCAS receives squitter messages transmitted by the
transponder of the intruder aircraft. These are DF11-type
messages transmitted periodically at one second intervals and
intended to enable its detection and identification.
This message essentially uses two fields:
- an AA (Address Announced) field containing the Mode S address
which must be acknowledged
- A PI (parity interrogator Identity) field which is the result
of a parity encoding using a method of polynominal
multiplication. On reception, the Address Announced field is
multiplied by the same polynominal and the result is compared
with the received value.
(b) Surveillance phase
After detection, a surveillance phase starts. This phase is
composed of an acquisition part and a tracking part.
1
_ Acquisition interrogation
When the TCAS receives a squitter and acquires the Mode S
address of the intruder it enters into contact by transmitting
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 43
May 01/08
R
VOI
a UFO-type message (Short special surveillance interrogation)
with the following specific fields:
- bit 9, RL = 0: reply message length requested short (56
bits)
- bit 14, AQ = 1: acquisition-type message indication.
2
_ Acquisition reply
The intruders transponder replies to this request by a DFO
message containing the following information:
- bit 6, VS: Vertical Status, = 1 if the aircraft is on the
ground, = 0 if the aircraft is airborne
- bits 9 to 11, SL: Sensitivity level indicates in which
sensitivity level its TCAS is operating
- bits 14 to 17, RI: combinations of bits, from values 8 to
15, specify the maximum speed the aircraft can reach. The
other combinations are not used
- bits 20 to 32, AC: aircraft altitude code indicating the
barometric altitude.
3
_ Tracking interrogation
After its acquisition, the intruder is tracked by UFO-type
interrogations with the following field values:
- RL = 0: reply message length requested short
- AQ = 0: not an acquisition message.
4
_ Tracking reply
The intruders transponder replies with a DFO message
indicating altitude and TCAS sensitivity level by a
combination of fields SL and RI:
- SL: bits 9 to 11
- RI: bits 14 to 17, combination values 0 to 7. Values 8 to 15
are not used
- AC: bits 20 to 32, aircraft altitude code.
(c) Coordination phase
If the intruder becomes a threat, the TCAS programs a deviation
maneuver to avoid a risk of collision. A coordination procedure
is initiated between the two aircraft with an exchange of the
following messages:
1
_ Coordination interrogation
The TCAS transmits a UF16 Long Special Surveillance message
whose fields contain the following indications:
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 44
May 01/08
R
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| BITS | FIELD | INDICATION |
|-------|--------|--------------------------------------------------|
| 9 | RL | = 1: reply message length requested long |
| 14 | AQ | = 0: non-acquisition type interrogation |
| 33-40 | UDS | U Definition Subfield - defines the other data |
| | | in the MU field (Comm-U), composed of bits 42 |
| | | to 88 |
| 42 | MTB | Indicates multiple threat processing |
| 43-44 | CVC | Cancel Vertical resolution advisory Complement - |
| | | used to cancel an RA complement sent earlier to |
| | | an intruder |
| 45-46 | VRC | Vertical Resolution advisory Complement - used to|
| | | transmit an RA vertical complement to the intru- |
| | | der requesting it not to modify its trajectory |
| | | (dont climb, dont descend) |
| 47-49 | CHC | Cancel Horizontal resolution advisory Complement-|
| | | not used in TCAS II |
| 50-52 | HRC | Horizontal Resolution advisory Complement - not |
| | | used in TCAS II |
| 53-55 | | not used |
| 56-60 | HSB | Encoded Sense bits for Horizontal resolution |
| | | advisory complement - not used in TCAS II |
| 61-64 | VSB | Encoded Sense Bits for Vertical resolution advi- |
| | | sory complement - parity code to protect the 4 |
| | | vertical command bits (43-46) |
| 65-88 | MID | Interrogator TCAS-equipped aircraft Mode S |
| | | address. |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
2
_ Coordination reply
After acquisition of this message, the intruders transponder
replies with a Long Special Surveillance DF 16 type message,
containing the information previously transmitted to it by its
own TCAS:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| BITS | FIELD | INDICATION |
|------ |-------|---------------------------------------------------|
| 6 | VS | Vertical Status - indicates whether aircraft is |
| | | on ground or airborne |
| 9-11 | SL | With RI, SL indicates the sensitivity level at |
| | | which the interrogated aircrafts TCAS is |
| | | operating |
| 14-17 | RI | Reply Information |
| 20-32 | AC | Altitude Code - contains aircraft altitude |
| | | encoded in 100 ft increments if bit 28 equals 0, |
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 45
May 01/08
R
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------------------
| BITS | FIELD | INDICATION |
|------ |-------|---------------------------------------------------|
| | | and in 25 ft increments if bit 28 equals 1 |
| 33-40 | VDS | V Definition Subfield defines the contents of the|
| | | data and coding in the field MV (Comm V) composed|
| | | of bits 41 to 88 |
| 41-54 | ARA | Active Resolution Advisory - indicates the RA |
| | | type currently generated by the TCAS |
| 55-58 | RAC | Resolution Advisory Complement - Indicates the RA|
| | | complement type currently received from other |
| | | TCAS-equipped aircraft |
| 59-88 | | Not used |
---------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Correspondence of radio messages with ARINC 429 words
The coordination information exchanged between two aircraft
transits via ARINC 429 buses linking the transponder to the TCAS.
The following table gives the correspondence between the two
types of link:
---------------------------------------------------
| 1 - TRANSPONDER TO TCAS |
|-------------------------------------------------|
| | RADIO MESSAGE | ARINC MESSAGE |
|---------|-------------------|-------------------|
| FIELD | MESSAGE | BITS | LABEL | BITS |
|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| MTB | UF16 | 42 | 271 | 09 |
| CVC | | 43-44 | | 10-11 |
| VRC | | 45-46 | | 12-13 |
| CHC | | 47-49 | | 14-16 |
| HRC | | 50-52 | | 17-19 |
| HSB | | 56-60 | | 20-24 |
| VSB | | 61-64 | | 25-28 |
---------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 46
May 01/08
R
VOI
---------------------------------------------------
| 2 - TCAS TO TRANSPONDER |
|-------------------------------------------------|
| | RADIO MESSAGE | ARINC MESSAGE |
|---------|-------------------|-------------------|
| FIELD | MESSAGE | BITS | LABEL | BITS |
|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|
| SL | DF16 | 09-11 | 274 | 23-25 |
| RI | | 14-17 | | 26-29 |
| ARA | | 41-54 | 273 | 12-25 |
| RAC | | 55-58 | | 26-29 |
---------------------------------------------------
D. Principles of Computation
In the TCAS, target aircraft are categorized depending on specific
criteria varying in function of altitude.
The TCAS essentially uses two types of information to perform this
classification:
- the relative altitude between two aircraft, known by the difference of
their barometric altitudes
- the distance or range separating them.
(Ref. Fig. 017)
Acquisition of these two parameters at regular intervals (tracking)
enables their variations to be calculated:
- altitude rate
- range rate.
Assessment of the potential threat represented by an intruder depends
on two criteria determined with respect to a point in the traffic area
called Closest Point of Approach (CPA).
This is the point of minimum distance between the two aircraft,
assuming that their trajectories do not deviate.
The two criteria are:
- vertical separation at CPA
- time left before reaching CPA.
(1) Projected vertical separation
The threat is evaluated by calculating the vertical separation
between the two aircraft at the closest point of approach.
(Ref. Fig. 018)
The TCAS computer processes the current altitude and altitude rate of
the intruder to predict whether it will be within limits considered
dangerous at the closest point of approach.
Intruder 1 penetrates the altitude zone delimited by the upper and
lower thresholds but when it reaches CPA, it will be outside this
zone.
Therefore no advisory will be issued.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 47
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Definition of Main Parameters
Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 48
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Threat Evaluation
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 49
May 01/08
R
VOI
However, when intruder 2 reaches CPA it is still inside this zone and
therefore an advisory will be issued.
**ON A/C 001-009,
(2) Time to intercept (TAU)
The TCAS does not need to locate the CPA in space, but rather it
needs to know the time to intercept for two aircraft. For example, if
two aircraft are approaching on the same axis on a collision course,
this time is the ratio of distance between them to the sum of their
speeds.
D
T = ---------
V1 + V2
More generally, the TCAS uses range and range rate measurement to
compute this time:
RANGE R(NM)
TAU = ------------ i.e. TAU(s) = 3600 --------
RANGE RATE RR (Kts)
With the risk of collision being in inverse proportion to this time,
trajectory correction orders are initiated by crossing predetermined
time thresholds whose values depend on the altitude layer in which
the aircraft is located.
This method of calculation avoids the initiation of corrections if,
from a certain distance, the TAU trend is inverted even though the
distance separating the two aircraft decreases. For example, in the
case of two aircraft moving on parallel axes but in the opposite
direction.
(Ref. Fig. 019, 020)
The curve represents the TAU variation before the closest point of
approach.
(Ref. Fig. 020)
This time decreases as the range decreases, reaches a minimum when
the intruders relative bearing is 45 deg. and then increases
rapidly. If the time corresponding to a predetermined threshold has
not been reached before the minimum TAU value, a trajectory
correction is not initiated.
Certain conditions exist, however, in which this formula may prove
insufficient. This may arise for example when two aircraft fly in the
same direction with a very low closure rate. In this case, the
range/range rate ratio gives a high TAU value whereas in fact, the
two aircraft could be very near.
The TCAS uses a slightly different formula to preclude this
situation:
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 50
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - TAU Minimum Configuration
Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 51
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - TAU Curve
Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 52
May 01/08
R
VOI
range - X (DMOD) to the power two
TAU = ---------- with X = ---------
range rate range
This formula represents an estimate of the time the aircraft would
take to penetrate a sphere around the intruder with a radius equal to
(DMOD)expnt2/range. The DMOD coefficients are in function of
altitude, ranging from 0.20 NM for 1000-2350 ft, to 1.1 NM above
20,000 ft as shown below:
Altitude DMOD
(ft) (NM)
0-1000
1000-2350 0.20
2350-5000 0.35
5000-10000 0.55
10000-20000 0.80
more than 20000 1.1
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(2) Time to intercept (TAU)
The TCAS does not need to locate the CPA in space, but rather it
needs to know the time to intercept for two aircraft. For example, if
two aircraft are approaching on the same axis on a collision course,
this time is the ratio of distance between them to the sum of their
speeds.
D
T = ---------
V1 + V2
More generally, the TCAS uses range and range rate measurement to
compute this time:
RANGE R(NM)
TAU = ------------ i.e. TAU(s) = 3600 --------
RANGE RATE RR (Kts)
With the risk of collision being in inverse proportion to this time,
trajectory correction orders are initiated by crossing predetermined
time thresholds whose values depend on the altitude layer in which
the aircraft is located.
This method of calculation avoids the initiation of corrections if,
from a certain distance, the TAU trend is inverted even though the
distance separating the two aircraft decreases. For example, in the
case of two aircraft moving on parallel axes but in the opposite
direction.
(Ref. Fig. 019)
The curve represents the TAU variation before the closest point of
approach.
(Ref. Fig. 020)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 53
May 01/08
VOI
This time decreases as the range decreases, reaches a minimum when
the intruders relative bearing is 45 deg. and then increases
rapidly. If the time corresponding to a predetermined threshold has
not been reached before the minimum TAU value, a trajectory
correction is not initiated.
Certain conditions exist, however, in which this formula may prove
insufficient. This may arise for example when two aircraft fly in the
same direction with a very low closure rate. In this case, the
range/range rate ratio gives a high TAU value whereas in fact, the
two aircraft could be very near.
The TCAS uses a slightly different formula to preclude this
situation:
range - X (DMOD) to the power two
TAU = ---------- with X = ---------
range rate range
This formula represents an estimate of the time the aircraft would
take to penetrate a sphere around the intruder with a radius equal to
(DMOD)expnt2/range. The DMOD coefficients are in function of
altitude, ranging from 0.20 NM for 1000-2350 ft, to 1.1 NM above
30,000 ft as shown below (for the RA DMOD):
Altitude DMOD TA DMOD RA
(ft) (NM) (NM)
0-1000 0.30 -
1000-2350 0.33 0.20
2350-5000 0.48 0.35
5000-10000 0.75 0.55
10,000-20,000 1.0 0.80
>20,000 1.3 1.1
**ON A/C ALL
E. Definition of Target Aircraft
Target aircraft are divided into four categories: OTHER - PROXIMATE -
TRAFFIC ADVISORY (TA) RESOLUTION ADVISORY (RA).
NOTE : Since the Display Management Computers (DMC) do not sort the OTHER
____
intruders, the latter are not presented on the NDs. Their
presentation is optional. It is activated by pin programming and
replacement of ATC/TCAS control unit (ALL TRAFFIC configuration).
(1) Other traffic (optional)
Aircraft detected by the TCAS are defined as OTHER traffic if:
- they are in the area from +/- 1200 ft to +/- 9900ft,
- and if they do not enter in the PROXIMATE, TA or RA categories.
These targets are represented by a white diamond, outline only, on
the ND.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 54
May 01/08
R
VOI
(2) Proximate aircraft
Targets are defined as proximate traffic if the difference between
their altitude and that of the TCAS aircraft is less than 1200 ft and
if their range is within 6 NM.
Their presentation on the ND is conditioned by the presence of
another TA or RA intruder (THREAT TRAFFIC function).
Generally aircraft not in the immediate vicinity enter into this
category.
Depending on their trajectory, they may:
- conserve this status and move away without an advisory being
declared.
In this case the pilot is informed of their presence on the ND by a
white filled diamond symbol and can monitor their progress, or
- have a trajectory liable to lead to a conflict situation and in
this case they require a traffic advisory and their symbol changes.
(3) Traffic advisory aircraft
(Ref. Fig. 021)
When an intruder is relatively near but does not represent an
immediate threat the TCAS issues a traffic advisory. Its presence is
displayed on the ND by an amber filled circle. Its display is
accompanied by an aural alert:
Traffic Traffic.
The pilot is therefore aware of its presence and knows its range and
relative bearing. Its display is linked to vertical separation and
time TAU before CPA values.
Depending on its trajectory, an intruder may conserve this status and
move away, or it may become a collision threat. In this case
avoidance maneuvers are suggested to the pilot via a resolution
advisory.
(4) Resolution advisory aircraft
(Ref. Fig. 021)
In resolution displays, the intruder is represented on the ND by a
red filled square and corrective orders are issued on the vertical
speed scale of the PFD. Crossing into resolution advisory occurs for
a TAU time threshold 10 to 15 seconds lower than a traffic advisory
threshold.
Vertical separation between the two aircraft is also taken into
account for this category. There are two types of resolution
advisory, in function of the vertical separation value:
- Preventive Advisories
- Corrective Advisories.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 55
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Threat Threshold Scale
Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 56
May 01/08
R
VOI
(a) Preventive Advisory
In this case the vertical separation is less than a threshold S1
and greater than a threshold S2. The advisory instructs the pilot
to avoid certain deviations from current vertical rate, this
measure being sufficient to avoid a risk of collision. On the PFD
speed scale, the forbidden values are indicated by red sectors.
(b) Corrective advisory
In this case, the vertical separation is lower than the threshold
S2.
On the vertical speed scale of the PFD, colored sectors depict
avoidance maneuvers to be performed:
- red sector = forbidden vertical speeds
- green fly to sector = a vertical speed range to be respected.
(Ref. Fig. 021)
(c) Aural alerts
Trajectory correction or holding visual orders are accompanied by
synthesized voice announcements whose level cannot be adjusted by
the pilot. These announcements are generated by the TCAS computer
and broadcast via the cockpit loud speakers. These messages and
their meanings are described below:
- CLIMB, CLIMB:
Climb at the rate shown by the green sector on the PFD (1500
ft/min),
- CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB, CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB:
As above except that it further indicates that own flight path
will cross through that of the intruder,
- INCREASE CLIMB, INCREASE CLIMB:
Follows a climb advisory. The vertical speed of the aircraft
should be increased (2500 ft/min),
- CLIMB, CLIMB NOW, CLIMB, CLIMB NOW:
Follows a descend advisory when a reversal in sense is
required to achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering
intruder,
- DESCEND, DESCEND:
Descend at the rate indicated by the green sector on the PFD
(-1500 ft/min),
- DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND, DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND:
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 57
May 01/08
R
VOI
As above except that it further indicates that own flight path
will cross through that of the intruder,
- INCREASE DESCENT, INCREASE DESCENT:
Follows a descend advisory. The vertical speed of the descent
should be increased (-2500 ft/min),
- DESCEND, DESCEND NOW, DESCEND, DESCEND NOW:
Follows a climb advisory when a reversal in sense is required
to achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering
intruder,
- ADJUST VERTICAL SPEED, ADJUST:
Reduce vertical speed to that shown by the green sector on the
PFD.
It can correspond to a corrective reduce climb or reduce
descent.
It can also represent a weakening of corrective RA.
Four other aural advisories are also generated:
- MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED:
Indicates that a forbidden vertical speed range exists (red
sector) and that pilot must monitor vertical speed so as not to
enter this range (Preventive Advisory).
- MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, MAINTAIN:
Indicates a non-crossing advisory type, maintains rate RAs
(corrective).
- MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, CROSSING MAINTAIN:
Indicates an altitude crossing advisory type, maintains rate
RAs (corrective).
These messages are spoken only once if softening from a
previous corrective advisory,
- CLEAR OF CONFLICT:
Indicates that separation has been achieved and range has
started to increase.
**ON A/C 001-009,
(5) Advisory inhibit conditions
In certain particular conditions, certain advisories are not
generated as they could lead to the pilot adopting flight conditions
that are hazardous or outside the aircrafts performance capability.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 58
May 01/08
VOI
(a) Low altitude inhibitions
Ground proximity leads to the inhibition of those advisories
liable to cause a hazardous situation at this level. In
decreasing altitude, these are:
- below 1550 +/- 100 ft above ground level (AGL) inhibition of
Increase Descend resolution advisories (RA),
- below 1100 +/- 100 ft AGL, inhibition of Descend resolution
advisories (RA),
- below 1000 ft +/- 100 ft AGL, TCAS automatic switching to TA
Only mode (inhibition of all resolution advisories),
- below 500 +/- 100 ft AGL (600 ft in climb, 400 ft in descent),
inhibition of all resolution advisories (RA) and of aural
traffic advisories (TA).
(b) High altitude inhibition
Above 48,000 ft, further climb orders are inapplicable as the
aircraft performance capability does not permit them to be taken
into account.
Climb advisories are therefore inhibited above this altitude.
(c) Advisory inhibit discretes
Three discretes are used to manage priority between:
- windshear/stall,
- GPWS - G/S,
- and the TCAS computer.
The environmental alert priorities are: windshear/stall, GPWS -
G/S and then TCAS II.
When TCAS II is inhibited, the TA ONLY mode is selected and the
voice announcements are cancelled.
(d) Rejection of signals from aircraft on ground
(Ref. Fig. 022)
Aircraft on the ground may reply to TCAS interrogations,
producing an unnecessary overload in the processing and display
of information. The ground logic aircraft declared on the
ground is enabled when the own aircraft descends below 1650 ft
AGL and when it climbs up to 1750 ft AGL.
All on-ground intruders are displayed as non-threat traffic white
unfilled diamond.
Intruders are declared to be on-ground if they are within 380 ft
from the ground when descending, and if they are within 400 ft
from the ground when climbing.
Intruders declared to be on-ground can never cause proximate,
traffic or resolution advisory.
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 59
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Inhibition Condition
Figure 022
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 60
May 01/08
R
VOI
But, as the altitude transmitted by the intruder is a barometric
altitude with respect to sea level, the TCAS shall process this
value to convert it into height above ground level in order to
compare it with the 380 ft (plus or minus 20 ft) threshold.
(e) Rejection of non altitude reporting aircraft by the own aircraft
The TCAS does not display non altitude reporting aircraft above
15,500 ft MSL.
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(5) Advisory inhibit conditions
In certain particular conditions, certain advisories are not
generated as they could lead to the pilot adopting flight conditions
that are hazardous or outside the aircrafts performance capability.
(a) Low altitude inhibitions
Ground proximity leads to the inhibition of those advisories
liable to cause a hazardous situation at this level. In
decreasing altitude, these are:
- below 1550 +/- 100 ft above ground level (AGL) inhibition of
Increase Descend resolution advisories (RA),
- below 1100 +/- 100 ft AGL, inhibition of Descend resolution
advisories (RA),
- below 1000 ft +/- 100 ft AGL, TCAS automatic switching to TA
Only mode (inhibition of all resolution advisories),
- below 500 +/- 100 ft AGL (600 ft in climb, 400 ft in descent),
inhibition of all resolution advisories (RA) and of aural
traffic advisories (TA).
(b) High altitude inhibition
Above 48,000 ft, given by pin program (ref para. 3. E. (9)),
further climb orders are inapplicable as the aircraft performance
capability does not permit them to be taken into account.
Climb advisories are therefore inhibited above this altitude.
(c) Advisory inhibit discretes
Three discretes are used to manage priority between:
- windshear/stall,
- Enhanced GPWS - G/S,
- and the TCAS computer.
The environmental alert priorities are:
windshear/stall, Enhanced GPWS - G/S and then TCAS II.
When TCAS II is inhibited, the TA ONLY mode is selected and the
voice announcements are cancelled.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 61
May 01/08
VOI
(d) Rejection of signals from aircraft on ground
(Ref. Fig. 022)
Aircraft on the ground may reply to TCAS interrogations,
producing an unnecessary overload in the processing and display
of information. The ground logic aircraft declared on the
ground is enabled when the own aircraft descends below 1650 ft
AGL and when it climbs up to 1750 ft AGL (1700 +/- 50 ft.).
Intruders are declared to be on-ground if they are within 360 ft
from the ground when descending, and if they are within 400 ft
from the ground when climbing (380 +/- 20 ft.).
All on-ground intruders are displayed as non-threat traffic
(white unfilled diamond).
Intruders declared to be on-ground can never cause proximate,
traffic or resolution advisory (TA, RA).
But, as the altitude transmitted by the intruder is a barometric
altitude with respect to sea level, the TCAS shall process this
value to convert it into height above ground level in order to
compare it with the 380 ft (plus or minus 20 ft) threshold.
In the figure, the intruders height above ground level can be
deduced:
Z i/s = Z t/s -(Z t/m - Z i/m)
where: Z i/s = height of intruder above ground level
Z i/m = altitude of intruder above sea level
Z t/s = height of TCAS above ground level measured
by radio altimeter
Z t/m = altitude of TCAS above sea level measured
by ADIRU.
NOTE : If the intruder is equipped with a Mode S transponder, the
____
ground/flight information is sent in the DF message. The
TCAS directly knows if this intruder is on the ground.
(e) Rejection of non altitude reporting aircraft by the own aircraft
The TCAS does not display non altitude reporting aircraft above
15,500 ft MSL.
**ON A/C ALL
F. Sensitivity Level
The notion of Sensitivity Level (SL) is very important in the TCAS as
many of the operating modes depend on it.
The TCAS separates the surrounding airspace into altitude layers. A
different sensitivity level threshold for issuing advisories is applied
to each altitude layer.
The sensitivity level is decreased at low altitude to prevent unnecessary
advisories in higher traffic densities such as terminal areas.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 62
May 01/08
R
VOI
Generally, the level is determined automatically by the TCAS in function
of:
- altitude values from the radio altimeter up to 2500 ft AGL
- barometric altitude values in the 2500 ft to 48,000 ft range. TAU
values corresponding to each sensitivity level indicate the TA and RA
thresholds. The vertical separation thresholds at CPA also vary in
function of the sensitivity level for the different types of advisory.
The following table summarizes these data:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| | TAU thresholds | Vertical separation |
| | | thresholds |
|-----------------------------|----------------|---------------------|
| Source | Altitude | SL TA RA | S0 S1 S2 |
| Altitude | | | TA RA RA |
| | | | prev cor |
| | | (sec) (sec) | (ft) (ft) (ft) |
|------------|----------------|----------------|---------------------|
| Radio Alt |less than 1000 | 2 20 | 850 |
| Radio Alt | 1000-2350 | 3 25 15 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 2350-5000 | 4 30 20 | 850 600 300 |
| Baro | 5000-10,000 | 5 40 25 | 850 600 350 |
| Baro | 10,000-20,000 | 6 45 30 | 850 600 400 |
| Baro | 20,000-42,000 | 7 48 35 | 850 700 600 |
| Baro |more than 42,000| 7 48 35 | 1200 800 700 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : This table shows the sensitivity levels based on the TCAS
____
altitude. There is an hysteresis when switching from a sensitivity
level to another one:
- 1000 plus or minus 100 ft;
- 2350 plus or minus 200 ft;
- 5000 plus or minus 500 ft;
- 10,000 plus or minus 500 ft;
- 20,000 plus or minus 500 ft;
- 42,000 plus or minus 500 ft.
for example: switching from SL3 to SL2 is performed at 900 ft
and switching from SL2 to SL3 at 1100 ft.
Level 1 corresponds to Standby Mode in which no advisory is
generated.
(Ref. Fig. 023)
There are two other means of modifying the sensitivity level:
- selecting TA only mode on the ATC/TCAS control unit forces level
2. In this case, intruders of all types are displayed but are
not transformed into RA symbols and no vertical speed
modification indications are issued.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 63
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Separation into Altitude Layers
Figure 023
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 64
May 01/08
R
VOI
- the ATC/Mode S-equipped ground stations may modify the
sensitivity level of the aircraft TCAS via the uplink without,
however, having the capability to force the Standby Mode. If
several ground stations command sensitivity levels, the TCAS
logic selects the lowest level.
Definition of priority logic:
First a sensitivity level based on altitude is selected. Level 2
is selected if the radio altimeter altitude is less than 1000
ft. Level 2 is also selected if own aircraft is configured such
that both CLIMB and DESCEND RAs are inhibited (e.g., below 1000
ft AGL with insufficient climb performance). Level 3 is selected
if the aircraft is above 1000 ft and below 2350 ft AGL. Level 4
is selected if the aircraft is above 2350 ft and below 5000 ft
AGL. Level 3 is the least sensitive of the levels selected
automatically by the TCAS; in fact in this altitude layer, the
numerous inhibitions reduce the appearance of RA. If the
aircraft is above 2500 ft AGL, barometric altitude is used to
select either level 4 (from 2350 to 5000 ft), 5 (from 5000 to
10,000 ft), 6 (from 10,000 to 20,000 ft) and 7 (above 20,000
ft).
NOTE : Intruders which do not report their altitude are not displayed
____
above 15,500 ft.
ATC/TCAS control unit input is read by the TCAS computer. If the pilot
has selected Automatic Mode (TA/RA), then the altitude-based sensivity
level is used in comparisons to determine the final level.
From all sensitivity level commands, if any, received from ground
stations, the lowest is selected.
If the TA ONLY mode is selected, either manually via the control unit or
by a ground station, the altitude-based sensitivity level is used for TA
thresholds and the RAs are inhibited. Otherwise, the lowest of all inputs
is chosen.
G. Information Display
The TCAS information is presented on the CAPT and F/O NDs of the EFIS
system. Additional messages can also be presented on the display units of
the ECAM system.
(1) Traffic information on the ND
Target aircraft are presented on the ND in ROSE or ARC mode but not
in PLAN mode.
These traffic indications show the situation in the surveillance
zone.
The aircraft present in this zone are represented by symbols whose
shape and color correspond to the type of intruders defined in the
TCAS.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 65
May 01/08
R
VOI
The symbols are positioned on the ND so as to depict their relative
bearing and range. Data tags are associated with intruders.
These tags consist of:
- two digits indicating their relative altitude in hundreds of feet
- a symbol indicating whether the intruder is above (+) or below (-)
the aircraft.
An arrow to the right of the symbol indicates the vertical trend of
the aircraft.
Targets are symbolized according to their type:
- OTHER TRAFFIC: white outlined diamond, height 7 mm
- PROXIMATE TRAFFIC: white filled diamond, height 7 mm
- TRAFFIC ADVISORY: amber filled circle, diameter 5 mm
- RESOLUTION ADVISORY: red filled square, side 5 mm.
The display only presents the eight most threatening intruders
(number determined through program pins on the TCAS computer).
The own aircraft is represented by the aircraft symbol at the
center of the dial in ROSE mode and at the lower quarter and at the
center of the image in ARC mode.
A white range ring with markings at each of the twelve clock
positions is placed around the own aircraft symbol at a radius of
2.5 NM.
The following figure shows an example of the display on the ND:
(Ref. Fig. 024)
These indications are only presented for the 10, 20 and 40 NM range
selections. If a TA or RA type intruder is detected and the display
range is at a higher scale, the following message comes into view
at the center of the display, in red for RA and in amber for TA:
REDUCE RANGE
If a TA or RA type intruder is detected and the ND mode is
inadequate for display, the following message comes into view at
the center of the display in the same colors as above:
CHANGE MODE
The TCAS can detect an intruder without acquiring its bearing (for
instance, multipath problem). In this case its range, relative
altitude and an arrow are displayed in the TCAS area (at the bottom
of the ND).
The color of the display is the same as the color of the intruder
symbol.
(Ref. Fig. 025)
OFF SCALE intruder: if only a half of a symbol is displayed, the
target is defined as an off scale intruder. This calls for
increasing the range selection on the ND.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 66
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - ND Data Display
Figure 024
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 67
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Display of Intruders on ND
Figure 025
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 68
May 01/08
R
VOI
(2) Aircraft control information on the PFD
Resolution advisories are represented on the vertical speed scale of
the PFD by indications given in the form of a band made up of colored
sectors:
- a red sector represents a forbidden vertical speed range
- a green sector indicates the vertical speed range the aircraft
should fly in to avoid a collision threat represented by one or
more intruders.
(3) Corrective advisory display
Corrective resolution advisories are displayed to advise the crew to
perform an avoidance maneuver in the vertical sense.
This maneuver may take different forms:
- climb or descent if the aircraft is in level flight
- reducing or increasing rate of climb or reversing to descent if the
aircraft is in climb
- reducing or increasing rate of descent or reversing to climb if the
aircraft is in descent.
When resolution advisories are displayed, the vertical speed scale
surface changes from trapezoidal to rectangular.
The grey background is replaced by green and red sectors defining
the optimum vertical speed values.
The pilots task is to maneuver the aircraft to keep the needle out
of the red sectors and place it in the adjacent green Fly-to
sector.
The vertical speed information needle and digits are colored in red
when the vertical speed is in the forbidden area. It becomes green
when the vertical speed is in the authorized area.
(Ref. Fig. 026)
(4) Preventive advisory display
Preventive resolution advisories advise the pilot to avoid vertical
speeds that could lead to a hazardous situation.
They are represented by one or two red sectors on the vertical speed
scale.
The pilot must keep the vertical speed of his aircraft outside these
zones.
For example, if own and intruders flight paths are horizontal and
cross through each other, the intruder being at a higher flight
level, if the vertical separation is sufficient, it is not necessary
to modify the aircraft flight path. The positive vertical speed
sector is in red to indicate that the aircraft may remain at its
present level or may descend but must not climb.
(Ref. Fig. 026)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 69
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - PFD Data Display
Figure 026
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 70
May 01/08
R
VOI
If intruders are detected above and below, two red sectors are
displayed leaving an uncolored zone around the zero value on the
vertical speed scale advising the pilot to maintain the aircraft at
its current level.
The following figure shows several examples of corrective and
preventive advisories.
(Ref. Fig. 027)
(5) Messages annunciated on the ND
As well as intruder information, the ND also displays operating mode
messages or fault data. This information is presented in the lower
section of the ND (message zone):
- TA ONLY - white - for the TA mode (automatic or manual switching)
- TCAS - red - to indicate a TCAS computer failure.
(Ref. Fig. 028)
(6) Display on the PFD
A red TCAS flag appears to the left of the vertical speed scale on
the PFD if the TCAS cannot deliver RA data.
(Ref. Fig. 029)
(7) Display on the upper ECAM DU
- If a TCAS fault is detected, the amber warning message NAV TCAS
FAULT is displayed on the upper ECAM DU.
- Selection of the TCAS STBY mode on the ATC/TCAS control unit
results in the display of the TCAS STBY message (green) in the memo
section of the upper ECAM DU.
(Ref. Fig. 029)
H. ATC/TCAS Control Unit Operational Use
The TCAS is a cooperative system whose operating mode is very close to
the ATC Mode S transponder associated to it.
The main controls are thus grouped on the ATC/TCAS control unit and the
traffic and conflict resolution information is presented on the EFIS
displays.
NOTE : - Operation of the ATC Mode S transponder is described in 34-52.
____
- The EFIS components are also described in 31-64 for the PFD
and 31-65 for the ND.
The manual operating modes of the TCAS are selected via the ATC/TCAS
control unit
(Ref. Fig. 030)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 71
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Sector Displays on Vertical Speed Scale
Figure 027
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 72
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Messages Displayed on ND
Figure 028
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 73
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - Messages Displayed on PFD and ECAM
Figure 029
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 74
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - ATC/TCAS Control Unit
Figure 030
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 75
May 01/08
R
VOI
(1) TCAS modes of operation
The TCAS mode of operation is selected by means of two selectors
switches.
- STBY, TA and TA/RA
- THRT, ALL, ABV and BLW
(a) STBY mode
In the Standby Mode, the advisory generation and surveillance
functions are inhibited. No TCAS information can be displayed on
the PFDs and NDs.
The aircraft symbol and the range ring remain on the ND and
vertical speed information is not displayed on the PFD.
The green TCAS STBY message is displayed in the memo section of
the upper ECAM DU.
If the mode selector is set to XPDR, the TCAS also operates in
standby mode.
(b) TA mode
In this mode, intruders are displayed on the ND according to
their position in the airspace. The RA type intruder symbols are
converted into TA type symbols. The TCAS performs surveillance
functions but does not generate any resolution advisories.
The TA ONLY message is displayed in white on the NDs in the left
corner of the TCAS message area.
(c) TA/RA mode
The TCAS performs all TA mode functions and also issues
preventive or corrective resolution advisories, represented in
the form of colored sectors along the vertical speed scale on the
PFD.
The sensitivity level is determined automatically in function of
altitude.
NOTE : The final mode of operation is a combination taking into
____
account the aircraft altitude and any instructions
received from ATC Mode S ground stations. For further
information refer to the priority logic definition (Ref.
Para. 6.F.).
(d) THRT mode
In this mode, TCAS intruders (proximate or/and other) are
displayed if a TA or a RA is already displayed.
(e) ALL mode
This selection enables display of all intruders without any
conditions (TCAS intruders are displayed when detected).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 76
May 01/08
R
VOI
(f) ABV and BLW modes
This selection controls the above and below vertical altitude for
traffic advisory:
- ABV: altitude range is set to 9900 ft above the aircraft and
2700 ft below
- BLW: altitude range is set to 9900 ft below the aircraft and
2700 ft above.
(2) ATC mode of operation
The mode of operation of the transponder is selected by a switch with
three positions STBY, AUTO, ON.
(a) STBY mode
When the transponder is in standby it does not transmit either
squitters or replies to ground station or other aircraft
interrogations.
(b) AUTO mode
In flight, the aircraft operates as in the ON mode: all its
functions are active.
When the aircraft touches down, the landing gear ground/flight
relay disables the Mode A and C replies of the selected
transponder from ground station interrogations.
However the Mode S replies and squitter are not inhibited when
the A/C is on the ground.
(c) ON mode
The Mode S transponder operates permanently, both in flight and
on the ground. It periodically transmits squitters (at 1 second
intervals) to be detected by other aircraft and replies to their
interrogations and those from ground stations.
This function permits, on ground, to override the inhibition of
replies from interrogations in Mode A or C. It is used by the air
traffic controller to check the correct operation of the aircraft
Mode A or C transponder prior to takeoff.
(3) Altitude reporting
(a) OFF position
Selection of the ALT RPTG switch OFF position has the following
results:
- the Mode S transponder continues to transmit squitters and
replies to Mode A, C and S interrogations but does not report
altitude.
- the TCAS switches to STBY (TCAS STBY message in green on the
upper ECAM DU),
- the PFD and ND display corresponds to the standby mode.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 77
May 01/08
R
VOI
(b) ON position
The active transponder replies to interrogations and reports its
altitude. The TCAS operates in the mode selected by its logic in
function of information input from the control unit, ATCRBS/MODE
S ground stations and in function of aircraft altitude.
(4) Selection of system 1/2 active transponder
The 1/2 switch permits selection of the active transponder. The
non-selected transponder is placed in standby.
(5) Identification code in Mode A
The Mode S transponder also replies to Mode A interrogations from
ground stations. A keyboard permits the pilot to set the Mode A octal
code assigned to the aircraft by the ATC ground station controller
and included in the transmitted replies. A window on the control unit
displays this code permanently as long as the content of the digital
output message complies with the displayed data.
(6) IDENT pushbutton switch
On ground station request, an addition pulse must be included in the
Mode A and Mode C replies transmitted by the transponder to enable a
more precise location. This operation is performed by pressing the
IDENT pushbutton switch on the control unit.
7. Test
____
**ON A/C 001-009,
A. Self-Test
A quick check of the correct operation of the TCAS installation can be
performed by activating the FUNCTIONAL TEST function:
- either by pressing the pushbutton switch on the front of the TCAS
computer
- or through the CFDIU by applying the procedure TCAS functional test on
the MCDU.
The self-test sequence checks the main functions of the computer and
transmits to the displays:
- resolution advisory characteristics (0 ft/mn advisory, up corrective
advisory, dont descend, dont climb > 2000 ft/mn, rate to maintain) on
label 270
- label frames 130, 131, 132 containing the data for each of the four
intruders according to the following table:
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 78
May 01/08
VOI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INTRUDER | TYPE | RANGE | REL ALT | BEARING | VERTICAL RATE |
| | | (NM) | (FEET) | (DEG) | |
|------------|--------|---------|-----------|-----------|----------------|
| 1 | RA | 2.00 | +200 | +90 |no vertical rate|
| 2 | TA | 2.00 | -200 | -90 |climbing |
| 3 | PROX | 3.625 | -1000 | +33.75 |descending |
| 4 | OTHER | 3.625 | +1000 | -33.75 |no vertical rate|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) ND image
The ND must display the images corresponding to the four types of
intruders: Other, Proximate, TA and RA.
The shapes and colors of the traffic symbols are:
- white outlined diamond for Other traffic
- white diamond for Proximate traffic
- yellow circle for TA traffic
- red square for RA traffic
(Ref. Fig. 031)
NOTE : Presentation of the TCAS test on the NDs does not agree with
____
ARINC 735 specification.
(2) PFD image
At the beginning of the test sequence, green and red sectors must
appear sequentially on the vertical speed scale of the PFD. Then a
resolution advisory display is shown
(Ref. Fig. 031)
(3) Fault indication
At the end of the test sequence, the system generates a synthesized
voice message:
TCAS TEST PASS
if the system operates correctly or:
TCAS TEST FAIL
if an anomaly has been detected.
In this case the NDs, the PFDs and the ECAM show the fault messages
described in Para. 6.G.(5), (6) and (7).
There are several fail lamps on the face of the TCAS computer to
identify the failed component according to the table below:
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 79
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Test Display
Figure 031
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 80
May 01/08
R
VOI
--------------------------------------------------
| LIGHTS | ASSOCIATED FAULTS |
|-------------|----------------------------------|
| TCAS | No fault detected |
| TCAS FAIL | Any detected faults |
| TOP ANT | Top antenna |
| BOT ANT | Bottom antenna |
| XPDR BUS | Update rate, data format, |
| | signal range |
| RA DISP | Resolution advisory display |
| TA DISP | Traffic advisory display |
| HEADING | Not applicable |
| RA LOG | Not applicable |
| ATTITUDE | Not applicable |
--------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
A. Self-Test
A quick check of the correct operation of the TCAS installation can be
performed by activating the FUNCTIONAL TEST function:
- either by pressing the pushbutton switch on the front of the TCAS
computer
- or through the CFDIU by applying the procedure TCAS functional test on
the MCDU.
The self-test sequence checks the main functions of the computer and
transmits to the displays:
- resolution advisory characteristics (0 ft/mn advisory, up corrective
advisory, dont descend, dont climb > 2000 ft/mn, rate to maintain) on
label 270
- label frames 130, 131, 132 containing the data for each of the four
intruders according to the following table:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INTRUDER | TYPE | RANGE | REL ALT | BEARING | VERTICAL RATE |
| | | (NM) | (FEET) | (DEG) | |
|------------|--------|---------|-----------|-----------|----------------|
| 1 | RA | 2.00 | +200 | +90 |no vertical rate|
| 2 | TA | 2.00 | -200 | -90 |climbing |
| 3 | PROX | 3.625 | -1000 | +33.75 |descending |
| 4 | OTHER | 3.625 | +1000 | -33.75 |no vertical rate|
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 81
May 01/08
VOI
(1) ND image
The ND must display the images corresponding to the four types of
intruders: Other, Proximate, TA and RA.
The shapes and colors of the traffic symbols are:
- white outlined diamond for Other traffic
- white diamond for Proximate traffic
- yellow circle for TA traffic
- red square for RA traffic
(Ref. Fig. 031)
NOTE : Presentation of the TCAS test on the NDs does not agree with
____
ARINC 735 specification.
(2) PFD image
At the beginning of the test sequence, green and red sectors must
appear sequentially on the vertical speed scale of the PFD. Then a
resolution advisory display is shown
(Ref. Fig. 031)
(3) Fault indication
At the end of the test sequence, the system generates a synthesized
voice message:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST PASS
if the system operates correctly or:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST FAIL
if an anomaly has been detected.
In this case the NDs, the PFDs and the ECAM show the fault messages
described in Para. 6.G.(5), (6) and (7).
There are several fail lamps on the face of the TCAS computer to
identify the failed component according to the table below:
--------------------------------------------------
| LIGHTS | ASSOCIATED FAULTS |
|-------------|----------------------------------|
| TCAS PASS | No fault detected |
| TCAS FAIL | Any detected faults |
| TOP ANT | Top antenna |
| BOT ANT | Bottom antenna |
| XPDR BUS | Update rate, data format, |
| | signal range |
| RAD ALT | Radio Altimeter |
| RA DISP | Resolution advisory display |
| TA DISP | Traffic advisory display |
--------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 82
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
B. CFDS
(1) Introduction
The CFDS permits to present the TCAS computer faults on the
Multipurpose Control and Display Units (MCDU) and on the printer.
The TCAS computer which is classified Type 1 system in the CFDS also
delivers data related to fault diagnoses required for its
maintenance.
It communicates with the CFDS through two ARINC 429 low speed buses.
The CFDS is characterized by two operating modes:
- MENU mode
- NORMAL mode.
**ON A/C 001-009,
(2) Menu Mode
(a) SYSTEM REPORT/TEST function
This function enables access to all the electronic systems and to
the TCAS computer.
The display of the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page for the NAV components
on which the TCAS is accessible is shown on the following figure.
When the line key adjacent to the TCAS indication is pressed, the
CFDIU establishes the dialog and provides access to one of the
eight following items:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GROUND SCANNING
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- GROUND REPORT
- TEST.
The procedure used to get the page for selection of an item is
shown in the figure
(Ref. Fig. 032)
(b) LAST LEG REPORT
This report contains the computer class 1 internal and external
faults recorded during the last flight.
The following tables give the lists of the fault messages which
can be reported and indicate the fault class assigned to them as
defined by the CFDS standard.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 83
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 032
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 84
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(2) Menu Mode
(a) SYSTEM REPORT/TEST function
This function enables access to all the electronic systems and to
the TCAS computer.
The display of the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page for the NAV components
on which the TCAS is accessible is shown on the following figure.
When the line key adjacent to the TCAS indication is pressed, the
CFDIU establishes the dialog and provides access to one of the
eight following items:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GROUND SCANNING
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- GROUND REPORT
- DISCRETE CONFIGURATION
- TEST.
The procedure used to get the page for selection of an item is
shown in the figure
(Ref. Fig. 032A)
(b) LAST LEG REPORT
This report contains the computer internal and external faults
recorded during the last flight.
The following tables give the lists of the fault messages which
can be reported and indicate the fault class assigned to them as
defined by the CFDS standard.
**ON A/C ALL
1
_ Internal faults
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LIST OF INTERNAL FAULT MESSAGES |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ATA | CLASS | MESSAGE |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 344334 | 1 | TCAS (1SG) |
| 344311 | 1 | TCAS TOP ANTENNA (7SG1) |
| 344311 | 1 | TCAS BOT ANTENNA (7SG2) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 85
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 032A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 86
May 01/08
VOI
The following figure shows the sequence of menus to display
these messages.
**ON A/C 001-009,
(Ref. Fig. 033)
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(Ref. Fig. 033A)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 87
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Internal Fault Messages
Figure 033
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 88
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Last Leg Report - Internal Fault Messages
Figure 033A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 89
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
2
_ External faults
External faults and associated messages are listed in the
table below:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LIST OF EXTERNAL FAULT MESSAGES |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ATA | CLASS | MESSAGE |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 344233 | 3 | RA1 (2SA1)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 344233 | 3 | RA2 (2SA2)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 344233 | 1 | RA1 (2SA1)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 344233 | 1 | RA2 (2SA2)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 345233 |1 or 3 | ATC 1(1SH1)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 345233 |1 or 3 | ATC 2(1SH2)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 345233 | 1 | ATC 1(1SH1)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 345233 | 1 | ATC 2(1SH2)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 341234 | 1 | ADIRU1 (1FP1)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 240000 | 1 | POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT |
| 355212 | 1 | ATC - TCAS CTL PNL (3SH)/TCAS (1SG) |
| 313234 | 3 | CFDIU (1TW)/TCAS (1SG) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Fault of the selected ATC is a class 1 failure.
____
Fault of the ATC in standby is a class 3 failure.
NOTE : Fault of one radio altimeter is a class 3 fault whereas
____
it becomes a class 1 fault when two radio altimeters
are faulty.
The class 3 recorded external faults are displayed through the
menu sequence as shown in the following figure.
**ON A/C 001-009,
(Ref. Fig. 034)
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(Ref. Fig. 034A)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 90
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - External Fault Messages
Figure 034
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 91
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Last Leg Report - External Fault Messages/Class 3 fault
Figure 034A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 92
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C 001-009,
(3) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
The messages are identical to those shown in the Para. above but
concern the last 63 flights if faults have occurred during these
flights.
(Ref. Fig. 035)
(4) LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 036)
(5) GROUND SCANNING
This function enables consultation of the TCAS computer fault
recordings as defined by the Component Manufacturer.
The TCAS peripheral monitoring and internal cyclic tests are used in
order to detect transient faults.
(Ref. Fig. 037)
(6) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
This function allows to analyze the snapshot of the recorded fault to
detect any software bug.
Two types of data are displayed:
- some correlation parameters which are the date and the UTC hour
displayed in clear english,
- some snapshot data delivered in hexadecimal code or in clear
message.
(Ref. Fig. 038)
(7) GROUND REPORT
This function is used to present class 1, 2 or 3 internal faults when
they are detected on ground. These faults differ from those displayed
on the LAST LEG REPORT page.
The following figure shows examples of internal faults recorded on
ground by the TCAS system.
The relevant trouble shooting data are displayed by pressing the line
key adjacent to the fault indication.
(Ref. Fig. 039)
(8) Not Applicable
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 93
May 01/08
R
VOI
TCAS - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 035
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 94
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Previous Leg Report
Figure 035A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 95
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 036
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 96
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - LRU Identification
Figure 036A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 97
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - GROUND SCANNING
Figure 037
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page 98
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - GROUND SCANNING
Figure 037A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page 99
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 038
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page A0
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 038A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A1
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - GROUND REPORT
Figure 039
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page A2
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(3) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
The messages are identical to those shown in the Para. above but
concern the last 63 flights if faults have occurred during these
flights.
(Ref. Fig. 035A)
(4) LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 036A)
(5) GROUND SCANNING
This function enables consultation of the TCAS computer fault
recordings as defined by the Component Manufacturer.
The TCAS peripheral monitoring and internal cyclic tests are used in
order to detect transient faults.
(Ref. Fig. 037A)
(6) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
This function allows to analyze the snapshot of the recorded fault to
detect any software bug.
Two types of data are displayed:
- some correlation parameters which are the date and the UTC hour
displayed in clear english,
- some snapshot data delivered in hexadecimal code or in clear
message.
(Ref. Fig. 038A)
(7) GROUND REPORT
This function is used to present class 1, 2 or 3 internal faults when
they are detected on ground. These faults differ from those displayed
on the LAST LEG REPORT page.
The following figure shows examples of internal faults recorded on
ground by the TCAS system.
The relevant trouble shooting data are displayed by pressing the line
key adjacent to the fault indication.
(Ref. Fig. 039A)
(8) DISCRETE CONFIGURATION
This function is used to present the value or the status of several
discretes. A report screen for each data shows the status of the
discrete at the time this menu is selected.
(Ref. Fig. 040, 041, 042)
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A3
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - GROUND REPORT
Figure 039A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A4
May 01/08
VOI
R TCAS - DISCRETE CONFIGURATION 1/3
Figure 040
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A5
Aug 01/08
VOI
R TCAS - DISCRETE CONFIGURATION 2/3
Figure 041
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A6
Aug 01/08
VOI
TCAS - DISCRETE CONFIGURATION 3/3
Figure 042
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A7
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C 001-009,
(9) TCAS functional test
A TCAS built-in functional test can be initiated by pressing the line
key adjacent to the TEST indication on the TCAS maintenance sub-menu.
The following sequence is then generated.
(Ref. Fig. 043, 044)
- the test ends with the display of the following message on the
MCDU:
TEST PASSED or TEST FAIL
- at the end of the functional test the TCAS computer generates a
complete sequence of synthesized voice messages.
When all the tests are completed and no fault has been detected the
computer reports TCAS TEST PASS.
If one of the test criteria has not been met, the synthesized voice
message TCAS SYSTEM TEST FAIL is announced.
Remarks:
- this short test permits to check rapidly, on ground, the
functionality of the TCAS and particularly that of the PFD/NDs via
the DMC.
In addition it enables to check correct operation of the
synthesized voice message system
- to date the DMCs cannot present the OTHER type intruders.
The future Full Time Display installation will call for their
presentation.
(10) Software configuration follow-up
The TCAS has the DATA BASE loading capacity from a portable data
loader or an airborne data loader (MDDU) in compliance with ARINC 615
characteristics.
Consequently it must be possible to check correct downloading by
using the CFDS/MCDU interface.
The LRU IDENTIFICATION item displays the downloaded software version
reference.
R **ON A/C 010-100, 201-300,
(9) TCAS functional test
A TCAS built-in functional test can be initiated by pressing the line
key adjacent to the TEST indication on the TCAS maintenance sub-menu.
The following sequence is then generated.
(Ref. Fig. 043A, 044A)
- the test ends with the display of the following message on the
MCDU:
TEST OK or TEST FAIL
R
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page A8
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Functional Test (Sheet 1/2)
Figure 043
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page A9
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Functional Test (Sheet 1/2)
Figure 043A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A10
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Functional Test (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 044
R
EFF :
001-009, 34-43-00
Page A11
May 01/08
VOI
TCAS - Functional Test 2/2
Figure 044A
R
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A12
May 01/08
VOI
- at the end of the functional test the TCAS computer generates a
complete sequence of synthesized voice messages.
When all the tests are completed and no fault has been detected the
computer reports:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST PASS.
If one of the test criteria has not been met, the synthesized voice
message is announced:
TCAS SYSTEM TEST FAIL
Remarks:
- this short test permits to check rapidly, on ground, the
functionality of the TCAS and particularly that of the PFD/NDs via
the DMC.
In addition it enables to check correct operation of the
synthesized voice message system.
(10) Software configuration follow-up
The software of the TCAS can be loaded from an airborne data loader
(MDDU) in compliance with ARINC 615-3 characteristics.
Consequently it must be possible to check correct downloading by
using the CFDS/MCDU interface.
The LRU IDENTIFICATION item displays the downloaded software version
reference (line SW/N).
The software can also be loaded throught the connector RS-232 in the
front face of the TCAS computer.
NOTE : Data loading is allowed only through application of Airbus
____
Service Bulletin or Vendor Service Bulletin.
EFF :
010-100, 201-300, 34-43-00
Page A13
May 01/08
VOI
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS) - SERVICING
_____________________________________________________
TASK 34-43-00-610-001
Uploading Procedure to Load the Operational Software of the TCAS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-00-861-053
R A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-43-00-860-077
B. Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 301
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-43-00-865-075
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP 8TW J17
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-43-00-970-054
A. Loading Procedure of the Operational Software
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: The MCDU is on.
- turn the BRT knob.
2. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- set the ON/OFF switch to ON. - DB/N:
PUSH NEXT/PREV
indication is shown
On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
- the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
shown.
3. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- push the PREV or NEXT key until - TCAS
you get the indication of the NOT SELECTED
TCAS indication is shown
4. Put the software standard On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
application (5RB) disk into the - the READY indication is shown
disk drive of the data loader, - then, the WAIT RESPONSE indication is
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 302
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the label in the forward shown
direction
5. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- push the SEL CTL key - TCAS
SELECTED
indication is shown
On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
- the TRANS IN PROG indication is shown
- when all the data are put into the
computer, the TRANSF COMPLETE
indication is shown
6. On the overhead panel, on the On the display of the Data Loading
Data Loading Selector: Selector:
- push the SEL CTL key - TCAS
NOT SELECTED
indication is shown
7. Eject the disk from the disk On the multipurpose disk drive unit:
drive of the data loader - the < < MDDU READY > > indication is
shown
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 303
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-43-00-280-057
B. On the MCDU Check of the Reference of the Data Loaded in the TCAS
(1) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
(2) Do a check of the identification of the loaded disk.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the TCAS page comes into view.
the TCAS indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the LRU IDENTIFICATION page comes
the LRU IDENT indication. into view.
NOTE : Make sure that the SW/N
____
indication shown is the same as
the SW/N indication read on the
disk.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-43-00-860-078
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.
(3) Put the disk in the storage box.
Subtask 34-43-00-080-051
B. Deactivation of the Data Loading System
(1) On the Data Loading Selector, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(2) Make sure that MDDU door is closed
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 304
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-43-00-862-053
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 305
Feb 01/06
VOI
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS) - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-43-00-040-001
Deactivation of the TCAS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-43-01
NAVIGATION
TCAS
(FAA Only)
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-00-860-067
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(4) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE.
- set the scale selector switches to 10.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-43-00-865-063
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-43-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of the TCAS
(1) Open, safety and tag the circuit breaker 4SG of the TCAS (ignore the
related warnings).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-43-00-860-068
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(3) Make an entry in the log book.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-43-00-440-001
Reactivation of the TCAS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 34-43-01
NAVIGATION
TCAS
(FAA Only)
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-00-860-069
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-43-00-440-050
R A. Do the Trouble Shooting of the TCAS
R - Do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance message.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 403
May 01/08
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-43-00-860-070
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________________________
TASK 34-43-00-740-001
BITE Test of the TCAS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (PFDs and NDs only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(4) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE
- set the scale selector switches to 10.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
(5) On the center pedestal, if the ATC/TCAS control unit has the ALTITUDE
REPORTING function , set the ALT RPTG (or ALT RPT) switch to ON.
(6) Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page on
one MCDU (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010):
- push the NEXT PAGE function key (two times) until the TCAS menu
page comes into view.
R **ON A/C 001-009,
Subtask 34-43-00-860-086
B. ATC/TCAS Control Unit - Configuration
On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit:
(1) For the ATC
- set the STBY/AUTO/ON selector switch to AUTO or
- set the STBY/ALT RPTG OFF/XPNDR selector switch to ALT RPTG OFF.
(2) For the TCAS
- set the mode selector switch to TA or TA/RA.
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-43-00-865-118
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
121VU AUDIO MIXING 14WW K03
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 502
Feb 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-43-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the TCAS
NOTE : During the test, obey the instructions shown on the MCDU used.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to the - the subsequent TCAS TEST page with
TEST indication. instructions comes into view.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the TEST IN PROGRESS 8 S indication
START TEST indication. comes into view.
- this sequence starts:
- in the loudspeakers:
* you can hear the TCAS TEST message.
- on the CAPT and F/O NDs, these
symbols come into view:
* a white unfilled diamond with a +10
indication.
* a white solid diamond with a down
arrow and a - 10 indication.
* an amber solid circle with an up
arrow and a - 02 indication.
* a red solid square with a + 02
indication.
- on the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
* the V/S scale is divided into three
sectors: one grey and two red.
* the symbols go out of view.
* the V/S scale goes back to the
normal configuration.
- in the loudspeakers:
* you can hear the TCAS TEST PASSED
message.
On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to the - THE SYNTHETIC VOICE WAS GENERATED:
YES indication. indication comes into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to the - the TEST OK page comes into view
PASS indication. after a short period.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the TCAS menu page comes into view.
RETURN indication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-43-00-860-136
A. Do a reset of the EIS.
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R
Subtask 34-43-00-860-051
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
(2) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(3) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 504
Nov 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-43-00-720-001
Functional Test of the TCAS Antennas
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform
No specific aluminum adhesive tape
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific ATC/TCAS test set
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-69-00-860-001 Simulation of Flight, with the Aircraft on the Ground
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-00-480-050
A. Put an aluminum adhesive tape on the RA reception antenna 2 (5SA2).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-43-00-860-079
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(3) On the panel 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
FCU:
- set the mode selector switch to ROSE/NAV
- set the scale selector switch to 10.
Subtask 34-43-00-865-079
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
Subtask 34-43-00-865-082
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
Subtask 34-43-00-860-080
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
NOTE : Ignore all the warnings.
____
R (1) For the test of the TCAS bottom antenna:
R - On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the LGCIU 1 page and
R simulate a flight condition (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-001)
R - Push the line key adjacent to the NOSE+LH+RH FLIGHT indication.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 506
Aug 01/07
VOI
R (2) On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit:
R - Start the ATC 1 system
R - Enter the ATC code 7776, or a different code given by your local
R authorities, to keep the traffic interference to a minimum
R - Set the STBY/AUTO/ON switch to ON
R - Set the STBY/TA/TA/RA switch to TA/RA
R - Set the THRT/ALL/ABV/BLW switch to ALL
R - Set the ALT RPTG/OFF/ON switch to ON.
Subtask 34-43-00-480-051
F. Put the ATC/TCAS test set in position.
NOTE : For the test of the TCAS top antenna, put the ATC/TCAS test set on
____
an access platform.
(1) Put the ATC/TCAS test set in position on the right side of the
aircraft at 40 ft. (12.19 m) from the bottom (top) antenna and at the
same level as the antenna.
(2) Connect the test antenna to the ATC/TCAS test set.
(3) Make sure that the test antenna is in the line of sight of the TCAS
bottom (top) antenna.
(4) Energize the ATC/TCAS test set.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-43-00-720-050
A. Functional Test of the TCAS Antennas
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ATC/TCAS test set:
- set the ATCRBS/MODE S/TCAS/XPDR
TEST selector switch to TCAS
- set the TCAS-intruder scenario
selector-switch so that the
intruder has the same altitude
as the aircraft
- range: 14 NM
- closing speed: +300 kts or more
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 507
Feb 01/07
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- start the test On the ATC/TCAS test set, the scenario
starts.
After some minutes, a minimum of two
symbols come into view one after the
other, in the right part of the ND:
- a yellow circle (Traffic Advisory) in
the 5NM range
- then the yellow circle becomes a red
square (Resolution Advisory).
2. Put the ATC/TCAS test set in
position on the left side of the
aircraft.
3. On the ATC/TCAS test set, start On the ATC/TCAS test set, the scenario
the test starts.
After some minutes, a minimum of two
symbols come into view one after the
other, in the left part of the ND:
- a yellow circle (Traffic Advisory) in
the 5NM range
- then the yellow circle becomes a red
square (Resolution Advisory).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-43-00-865-083
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1SA1
Subtask 34-43-00-860-081
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, put the ATC/TCAS control unit back to its
initial configuration (standby/off mode).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 508
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-43-00-080-052
C. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
(1) Remove the aluminum adhesive tape from the RA reception antenna 2.
(2) Remove the ATC/TCAS test set and the test antenna.
Subtask 34-43-00-410-053
D. Close Access
(1) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-00
Page 509
Feb 01/06
VOI
ANTENNA - TCAS (7SG1,7SG2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 34-43-11-000-001
Removal of the TCAS Antenna (7SG1, 7SG2)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-43-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-11-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
Subtask 34-43-11-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 230 to get access to the
TCAS top antenna 7SG1
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-43-11-020-050
A. Removal of the TCAS Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-43-11-991-001)
(1) Remove the sealant from the screw heads and around the antenna base.
(2) Remove the screws (8) and the washers (7).
(3) Pull the antenna (6) away from the fuselage structure (1).
(4) Disconnect the four coaxial connectors (2).
NOTE : For the antenna 7SG1, the coaxial connectors (2) must not go
____
into the fuselage.
(5) FOR 7SG1
Remove the foam washer (5).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
TCAS Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-43-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
(6) Remove and discard the O-ring (4) and the gasket (3).
(7) Remove the antenna (6).
(8) Put blanking caps on the disconnected coaxial connectors (2) and (9).
(9) FOR 7SG1
Put masking tape around the coaxial cables (2) and attach them to the
fuselage.
(10) Remove the sealant with a nonmetallic scraper and clean the fuselage
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-43-11-400-001
Installation of the TCAS Antenna (7SG1, 7SG2)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion-resistant-steel lockwire 0.4 mm (0.016
in.) dia.
Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-008D USA AMS-S-83318 CLASS B
QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA NK SEALANT TEMPORARY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 405
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
34-43-00-740-001 BITE Test of the TCAS
34-43-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-11-860-050
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 230 to get
access to the TCAS top antenna 7SG1.
Subtask 34-43-11-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 406
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
Subtask 34-43-11-420-050
A. Installation of the TCAS Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-43-11-991-001)
WARNING : OBEY THE COLOR CODES WHEN YOU CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
_______
(THIS WILL PREVENT CROSS-CONNECTIONS).
MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE ANTENNA IN THE CORRECT
DIRECTION. IF THE ANTENNA DOES NOT POINT IN THE CORRECT
DIRECTION, THE TCAS WILL ONLY SENSE TRAFFIC BEHIND THE
AIRCRAFT.
(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage structure (1) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a lint-free cloth.
NOTE : If you install the same antenna it is necessary to clean it
____
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Put the new O-ring (4) in the correct position on the antenna (6).
(5) FOR 7SG1
Install the foam washer (5).
(6) Align the new gasket (3) with the screw holes.
(7) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial connectors (2) and (9).
(8) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 407
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
(9) Remove the masking tape from the coaxial cables and connect each
connector (2) to the related connector (9) (see color code).
NOTE : You must connect the connector J3 (BLUE) forward.
____
(10) Safety the coaxial connectors (2) and (9) with corrosion-resistant-
steel lockwire 0.4 mm (0.016 in.) dia..
(11) Install the antenna (6) on the fuselage structure (1) with the screws
(8) and the washers (7) and then tighten:
- TORQUE the screws to between 0.22 and 0.28 m.daN (19.46 and 24.77
lbf.in)
(12) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (6)
and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
(13) Install the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-002) on the screw heads
with the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
008D). This is necessary for the subsequent removal of the antenna.
(14) Put a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or SEALANTS (Material
No. 09-008D) around the antenna (6).
(15) Let the sealant become dry.
(16) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the antenna and the screw heads.
(17) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001B) to the sealant of the head of the screws (8).
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
Subtask 34-43-11-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
4SG
Subtask 34-43-11-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the TCAS (Ref. TASK 34-43-00-740-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 408
Nov 01/08
R
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-43-11-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) For 7SG1 only.
Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-11
Page 409
Feb 01/06
VOI
COMPUTER - TCAS (1SG) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 34-43-34-000-001
Removal of the TCAS Computer (1SG)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-43-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-34-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
EFF :
ALL 34-43-34
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-43-34-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-43-34-020-050
A. Removal of the TCAS Computer
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-43-34-991-001)
(1) Loosen the nuts (4).
(2) Lower the nuts (4).
(3) Pull the TCAS computer (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (2).
(4) Remove the TCAS computer (1) from its rack (3).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-34
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
TCAS Computer
Figure 401/TASK 34-43-34-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-43-34
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-43-34-400-001
Installation of the TCAS Computer (1SG)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-43-00-740-001 BITE Test of the TCAS
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-43-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-43-34-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-43-34
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-43-34-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-43-34-420-050
A. Installation of the TCAS Computer
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-43-34-991-001)
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the TCAS computer (1) on its rack (3) to connect the
electrical connectors (2).
(6) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.
Subtask 34-43-34-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
4SG
Subtask 34-43-34-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the TCAS (Ref. TASK 34-43-00-740-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-34
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-43-34-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 34-43-34-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-43-34
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
ENHANCED GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM (GPWS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The purpose of the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (Enhanced GPWS)
is to alert the flight crew of potentially hazardous conditions with respect
to the terrain.
The system achieves this objective by accepting a variety of aircraft
parameters as inputs, applying alerting algorithms, and providing the flight
crew with aural alert messages and visual annunciations and displays in the
event that the boundaries of any alerting envelope are exceeded.
Enhanced features have been added to existing basic Ground Proximity Warning
Modes 1 to 5 which are the backbone of the system.
R **ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
The purpose of the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (Enhanced GPWS)
is to alert the flight crew of potentially hazardous conditions with respect
to the terrain.
The system achieves this objective by accepting a variety of aircraft
parameters as inputs, applying alerting algorithms, and providing the flight
crew with aural alert messages and visual annunciations and displays in the
event that the boundaries of any alerting envelope are exceeded.
The Enhanced GPWC, will be able to use preferably GPS position when
available on board and to activate peaks and/or obstacle functions with
EFIS/EIS1/EIS2 display.
Two architectures will be available to receive GPS data. The first one using
the ADIRS connection as GPS data are transmitted via the IRS bus, and the
second one will be a direct connection between Enhanced GPWS and GPS sensor
(MMR or GPSSU) if ADIRS is not able to transmit GPS data.
NOTE : Enhanced GPWS will then use preferably GPS and corrected IRS latitude
____
and longitude data as valid position source, if these position are
downgraded, then FMS position will be used.
Enhanced features have been added to existing basic Ground Proximity Warning
Modes 1 to 5 which are the backbone of the system. The primary design
objective has been to maintain the integrity of these modes independent of
the other functions. For example, loss of the Terrain Awareness Display
(TAD) function does not affect the operation of the basic GPWS modes. Also,
loss of basic GPWS modes does not affect TAD function.
The following illustration provides an overall system block diagram.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 2
Aug 01/06
VOI
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
R The purpose of the Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (Enhanced GPWS)
R is to alert the flight crew of potentially hazardous conditions with respect
R to the terrain.
R The system achieves this objective by accepting a variety of aircraft
R parameters as inputs, applying alerting algorithms, and providing the flight
R crew with aural alert messages and visual annunciations and displays in the
R event that the boundaries of any alerting envelope are exceeded.
R The Enhanced GPWC, will be able to use preferably GPS position when
R available on board and to activate peaks and/or obstacle functions with
R EFIS/EIS1/EIS2 display.
R Enhanced features have been added to existing basic Ground Proximity Warning
R Modes 1 to 5 which are the backbone of the system. The primary design
R objective has been to maintain the integrity of these modes independent of
R the other functions. For example, loss of the Terrain Awareness Display
R (TAD) function does not affect the operation of the basic GPWS modes. Also,
R loss of basic GPWS modes does not affect TAD function.
R The following illustration provides an overall system block diagram.
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C 001-002,
Several main alerting functional areas are integrated into the Enhanced
GPWC, which is a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). Except for basic GPWS,
each function is pin selectable.
The functional areas are:
- basic Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) (Modes 1 to 5),
- Terrain Clearance Floor function (TCF),
- Terrain Awareness and Display (TAD) function.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
Several main alerting functional areas are integrated into the Enhanced
GPWC, which is a single Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). Except for basic GPWS,
each function is pin selectable.
The functional areas are:
- basic Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) (Modes 1 to 5),
- Terrain Clearance Floor function (TCF),
- Terrain Awareness and Display (TAD) function.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 3
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System
Figure 001A
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
- peaks function,
- obstacle function.
**ON A/C ALL
A. Basic GPWS Modes
The basic GPWS modes generate aural and visual warnings if the aircraft
adopts a potentially hazardous condition with respect to:
Mode 1 - Excessive rate of descent.
Mode 2 - Excessive closure rate with terrain.
Mode 3 - Descent after takeoff and minimum terrain clearance.
Mode 4 - Unsafe terrain clearance.
Mode 5 - Descent below glide slope.
B. Enhanced Features
The Enhanced GPWC includes enhanced features which complete the basic
GPWS modes.
(1) Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF) function
The Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF) function adds an additional element
of protection to the basic GPWS modes. It creates an increasing
terrain clearance envelope around the intended airport runway
directly related to the distance from the runway. TCF alerts are
based on current aircraft location, nearest runway center point
position and radio altitude. TCF is active during takeoff, cruise and
final approach. This alert mode complements existing Mode 4
protection by providing an alert based on insufficient terrain
clearance even when in landing configuration. TCF function generates
aural and visual alert.
(2) Terrain Awareness alerting and Display (TAD) function
A major new feature of the Enhanced GPWS is the incorporation of the
terrain awareness alerting and display functions. These functions use
aircraft geographic position, aircraft altitude and a terrain data
base to predict potential conflicts between the aircraft flight path
and the terrain, and to provide graphic displays of the conflicting
terrain, as illustrated by the block diagram.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The terrain awareness alerting algorithms continuously compute
terrain clearance envelopes ahead of the aircraft. If the boundaries
of these envelopes conflict with terrain elevation data in the
terrain database, then alerts are issued.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 5
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Terrain Awareness Functions
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 6
Nov 01/06
R
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
(3) Geometric altitude
The geometric altitude is a computed aircraft altitude designed to
help ensure optimal operation of the EGPWS TAD function through all
phases of flight and atmospheric conditions. Geometric altitude uses
an improved pressure altitude calculation, GPS altitude, radio
altitude, and terrain and runway elevation data to reduce or
eliminate errors potentially induced in corrected barometric altitude
by temperature extremes, non standard altitude conditions and,
altimeters miss-sets.
**ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
(3) Geometric altitude
The geometric altitude is a computed aircraft altitude designed to
help ensure optimal operation of the EGPWS TAD function through all
phases of flight and atmospheric conditions. Geometric altitude uses
an improved pressure altitude calculation, GPS altitude, radio
altitude, and terrain and runway elevation data to reduce or
eliminate errors potentially induced in corrected barometric altitude
by temperature extremes, non standard altitude conditions and,
altimeters miss-sets.
(4) GPS position
When available on board, EGPWS will use preferably GPS, then IRS
latitude and longitude data as valid position source and, if these
positions are downgraded, then FMS position will be used.
When EGPWS is pin programmed to use GPS position, then geometric
altitude is also activated.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 7
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1WZ GPWC 88VU 128 824 34-48-34
4WZ P/BSW-PULL UP/GPWS 500VU 212 831 34-48-00
5WZ P/BSW-PULL UP/GPWS 301VU 211 831 34-48-00
7WZ P/BSW-GPWS/FLAP MODE 21VU 211 831 34-48-00
9WZ P/BSW-GPWS/SYS 21VU 211 831 34-48-00
11WZ P/BSW-GPWS/G/S MODE 21VU 211 831 34-48-00
13WZ P/BSW-GPWS/LDG FLAP 3 21VU 211 831 34-48-00
30WZ1 P/BSW-TERR ON ND,CAPT 403VU 211 831 34-48-00
30WZ2 P/BSW-TERR ON ND,F/O 402VU 212 831 34-48-00
31WZ P/BSW-GPWS/TERR 21VU 211 831 34-48-00
32WZ RELAY-TERRAIN/WEATHER RADAR 1 DATA 187VU 127 824 34-48-00
SWITCHING, F/O
33WZ RELAY-TERRAIN/WEATHER RADAR 1 DATA 187VU 127 824 34-48-00
SWITCHING, CAPT
34WZ RELAY-WEATHER RADAR 2 DATA CUTOFF, 188VU 128 824 34-48-00
F/O
35WZ RELAY-WEATHER RADAR 2 DATA CUTOFF, 188VU 128 824 34-48-00
CAPT
3. __________________
System Description
A. General
The Enhanced GPWS monitors data inputs from the navigation sensors. This
information is used to provide suitable aural and visual warnings to
alert the crew of a hazardous situation with respect to the terrain.
B. Warnings
Warnings are generated by the Enhanced GPWC which is installed on the
shelf 88VU, in the aft electronics rack 80VU.
Aural warnings are broadcast from the cockpit loud speakers.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 8
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Component Location 1/2
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 9
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Component Location 2/2
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 10
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
C. Digital Data Inputs
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The Enhanced GPWC receives serial digital data inputs from:
- radio altimeter transceiver 1 (radio altitude),
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit 1 (ADIRU),
* ADR portion (SAT, barometric altitude, barometric altitude rate,
computed airspeed),
* IR portion (latitude, longitude, magnetic heading, GPS parameters),
- Multi-Mode Receiver 1 (MMR) (glide slope deviation, localizer
deviation, selected runway heading),
- Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) (latitude, longitude,
track, navigation modes),
- Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (command word, date,
flight number, UTC),
- Flight Control Unit (FCU) 1 and 2 (CAPT and F/O ranges),
- Weather Radar 1 and 2 (hazard busses).
**ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
C. Digital Data Inputs
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
The Enhanced GPWC receives serial digital data inputs from:
- radio altimeter transceiver 1 (radio altitude),
- Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit 1 (ADIRU),
* ADR portion (SAT, barometric altitude, barometric altitude rate,
computed airspeed),
* IR portion (latitude, longitude, magnetic heading, GPS parameters if
ADIRU is in hybrid configuration),
- Multi-Mode Receiver 1 (MMR) (glide slope deviation, localizer
deviation, selected runway heading and GPS parameters if ADIRU is in
autonomous configuration),
- Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC) (latitude, longitude,
track, navigation modes),
- Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (command word, date,
flight number, UTC),
- Flight Control Unit (FCU) 1 and 2 (CAPT and F/O ranges),
- Weather Radar 1 and 2 (hazard busses).
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 11
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWC - Inputs and Outputs (Buses)
Figure 005
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 12
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWC - Inputs and Outputs (Buses)
Figure 005A
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 13
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
D. Discrete Data Inputs
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 006)
**ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
**ON A/C ALL
Discrete data inputs are received from the following:
- Slat Flap Control Computer 1 (SFCC) (3 and FULL flap position),
- Flight Warning Computer 1 and 2 (FWC) (all audio inhibition),
- Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) (main landing gear
retracted or extended),
- ECAM control panel (audio suppression),
- GPWS/FLAP MODE pushbutton switch which, when pressed (in) (white OFF
legend on), overrides a flap abnormal condition input,
- GPWS/SYS pushbutton switch which, when pressed (in) (white OFF legend
on), inhibits Modes 1 to 5 warnings,
- GPWS/G/S MODE pushbutton switch which, when pressed (in) (white OFF
legend on), overrides the glide slope mode,
- PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switch which, when pressed (in), enables the
Enhanced GPWC to perform test,
- GPWS/TERR pusbutton switch which, when pressed (in) (white OFF legend
on), inhibits TAD and TCF functions,
- TERR ON ND (CAPT or F/O) pushbutton switches allow the crew to select
or deselect terrain display on NDs,
- Weather Radar control unit,
- Weather Radar with Predictive Windshear System (WR/PWS), inhibition of
Enhanced GPWS aural and/or visual alerts each time there are PWS aural
and/or visual alerts.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 14
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWC - Inputs (Discretes)
Figure 006
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 15
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWC - Inputs (Discretes)
Figure 006A
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 16
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 001-010,
E. Warning Outputs
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 007B)
**ON A/C 001-010,
- two discrete outputs from the Enhanced GPWC control the PULL UP/GPWS
pushbutton switches located on Captain and First Officer main
instrument panels.
Each pushbutton switch is a momentary-action pushbutton switch with an
illuminated split legend cap. The upper legend identified PULL UP,
controlled by the first output, comes on red when a ground proximity
warning message including PULL UP is generated by the Enhanced GPWC.
The lower legend identified GPWS, controlled by the second output,
comes on amber when a glide slope (Mode 5) caution alert is generated
by the Enhanced GPWC.
The pushbutton switch provides a facility to cancel a glide slope
warning, if in progress, or to initiate an Enhanced GPWS self-test.
- both discrete outputs are also used to inhibit TCAS and automatic call
out when the PULL UP or GPWS warnings are in progress.
- both discrete outputs are also used for the Digital Flight Data
Recorder (DFDR).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FAULT LEGEND GND/OC SYS P/BSW/SDACs GND = VALID
GPWS ALERT GND/OC FWCs GND = VALID
PULL UP LEGEND GND/OC FWCs GND = VALID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-48-00
Page 17
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWC - Outputs
Figure 007
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 18
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWC - Outputs
R Figure 007A
R
EFF :
011-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 19
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWC - Outputs
R Figure 007B
R
EFF :
001-010, 34-48-00
Page 20
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
E. Warning Outputs
R (Ref. Fig. 007A)
- Two discrete outputs from the Enhanced GPWC control the PULL UP/GPWS
pushbutton switches located on Captain and First Officer main
instrument panels.
Each pushbutton switch is a momentary-action pushbutton switch with an
illuminated split legend cap.
The upper legend identified PULL UP, controlled by the first output,
comes on red when a ground proximity warning message including PULL UP
is generated by the Enhanced GPWC.
The lower legend identified GPWS, controlled by the second output,
comes on amber for all the other alerts.
The pushbutton switch provides a facility to cancel a glide slope
warning.
- Both discrete outputs are also used to inhibit TCAS and automatic call
out when the PULL UP or GPWS warnings are in progress.
- Both discrete outputs are also used for the Digital Flight Data
Recorder (DFDR).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FAULT LEGEND GND/OC SYS P/BSW/SDACs GND = VALID
GPWS ALERT GND/OC FWCs GND = VALID
GPWS LEGEND GND/OC FWCs GND = VALID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-002,
F. Monitor Outputs
There are two monitor outputs:
- GPWS monitor output controls the FAULT legend of the SYS pushbutton
switch and indicates a failure of Modes 1 to 5,
- TERR monitor output controls the FAULT legend of the TERR pushbutton
switch and indicates a failure of TAD and TCF functions.
R
EFF :
001-002, 011-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 21
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GPWS MONITOR OUTPUT GND/OC BOARD-ANN LT GND=FAULT
TEST and INTFC
SDAC1
SDAC2
TERR MONITOR OUTPUT GND/OC BOARD-ANN LT GND=FAULT
TEST and INTFC
SDAC1
SDAC2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
F. Monitor Outputs
There are three monitor outputs:
- GPWS monitor output controls the FAULT legend of the SYS pushbutton
switch and indicates a failure of Modes 1 to 5,
- TERR monitor output controls the FAULT legend of the TERR pushbutton
switch and indicates a failure of TAD and TCF functions.
- TERR NOT AVAIL output allows FWC to generate a TERR STBY ECAM memo.
This output is triggered when EGPWS is valid but the TAD/TCF function
cannot be temporarily computed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GPWS MONITOR OUTPUT GND/OC BOARD-ANN LT GND=FAULT
TEST and INTFC
SDAC1
SDAC2
TERR MONITOR OUTPUT GND/OC BOARD-ANN LT GND=FAULT
TEST and INTFC
SDAC1
SDAC2
TERR NOT AVAIL MONITOR OUTPUT GND/OC SDAC1 GND=FAULT
SDAC2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 22
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
G. Bus Output
The bus output is used by the Aircraft Integrated Data System (AIDS),
Data Management Unit (DMU) and by the Centralized Fault Display Interface
Unit (CFDIU) for test causes.
H. Audio Output
The audio output is used by the cockpit loud speakers for aural warning
messages.
4. ____________
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The Enhanced GPWC power supply circuits receive 115VAC, 400 Hz, single phase
(22 W max.) supply from the aircraft AC power.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 23
Feb 01/09
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
R **ON A/C 011-100, 201-300,
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
R **ON A/C 001-010,
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 007B)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
The Enhanced GPWC power supply circuits receive 115VAC, 400 Hz, single phase
(22 W max.) and 28VDC supply from the aircraft AC power.
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Voltage | C/B FIN | Designation |
|------------------|---------------------|-----------------------------------|
| 28VDC | 2WZ | 101PP BUS 1 |
| | | |
| 115VAC | 3WZ | 103XP BUS1 |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 24
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
5. Interface
_________
**ON A/C 001-002,
A. Digital Outputs
This table contains all the output parameters in digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: output label for which the parameter is available,
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name,
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range. Maximum
value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the change step is
equal to the accuracy,
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted,
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available,
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label,
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given in
milliseconds,
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code,
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 25
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1.270.00 |ENH. GPWS |(1=voice on)| | | | 50 |DIS | | |
| |ALER DSCRT| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |100 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SINKRATE- |bit status 1| | | 11 | | | | |
| |PAUSE- | | | | | | | | |
| |SINKRATE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |PULL UP |bit status 1| | | 12 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 13 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DONT SINK|bit status 1| | | 14 | | | | |
| |-PAUSE- | | | | | | | | |
| |DONT SINK| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TOO LOW |bit status 1| | | 15 | | | | |
| |GEAR | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TOO LOW |bit status 1| | | 16 | | | | |
| |FLAPS | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TOO LOW |bit status 1| | | 17 | | | | |
| |TERRAIN | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GLIDESLOPE|bit status 1| | | 18 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 19 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 20 | | | | |
| |PULL UP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 21 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 22 | | | | |
| |AHEAD PULL| | | | | | | | |
| |UP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 26
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |NOT USED | | | | 23 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 24 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 25 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 26 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 27 | | | | |
| |AHEAD | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 28 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |Reserved | | | | 29 | | | | |
| |for obsta.| | | | | | | | |
| |voice | | | | | | | | |
| 1.274.00 |ENH. GPWS |(1= on) | | | | 50 |DIS | | |
| |ALER DSCRT| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |100 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S CANCEL|bit status 1| | | 11 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GPWS ALERT|bit status 1| | | 12 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GPWS |bit status 1| | | 13 | | | | |
| |WARNING | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GPWS INOP |bit status 1| | | 14 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WINDSHEAR |bit status 1| | | 15 | | | | |
| |WARNING | | | | | | | | |
| |(IF WR/PWS| | | | | | | | |
| |INSTALLED)| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AUDIO ON |bit status 1| | | 16 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 17 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 27
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |NOT USED | | | | 18 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 19 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 20 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 21 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 22 | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |WARNING | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 23 | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |CAUTION | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 24 | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |EXTERNAL |bit status 1| | | 25 | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |COMPUTER |bit status 1| | | 26 | | | | |
| |FAIL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 27 | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT AVAIL.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 28 | | | | |
| |DISPLAY | | | | | | | | |
| |DSCRT 1 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 29 | | | | |
| |DISPLAY | | | | | | | | |
| |DSCRT 2 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 28
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1.271.00 |ENH. GPWS |(1= warn. | | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |LOGIC DSCR|in progress)| | | | to | | | |
| | | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 11 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 12 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 13 | | | | |
| |CLEARANCE | | | | | | | | |
| |FLOOR ALER| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ENV.MOD IN|bit status 1| | | 14 | | | | |
| |PROGRESS | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ENV.MOD |bit status 1| | | 15 | | | | |
| |SNAPSHOT | | | | | | | | |
| |LATCH SET | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 16 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 17 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TAKE OFF |bit status 1| | | 18 | | | | |
| |MODE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 1 |bit status 1| | | 19 | | | | |
| |SINKRATE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 1 |bit status 1| | | 20 | | | | |
| |PULL UP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 2 |bit status 1| | | 21 | | | | |
| |TERRAIN | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 2 |bit status 1| | | 22 | | | | |
| |PULL UP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 29
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |MODE 3 |bit status 1| | | 23 | | | | |
| |VISUAL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 4 |bit status 1| | | 24 | | | | |
| |VISUAL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 5 |bit status 1| | | 25 | | | | |
| |VISUAL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 7 |bit status 1| | | 26 | | | | |
| |VISUAL | | | | | | | | |
| |ALERT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 27 | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |CAUTION | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | | 28 | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |WARNING | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 29 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.300.00 |ENH. GPWC | | | | | 50 |DIS | | |
| |ALERT DSCR| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD3 | | | | |100 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODES 1 TO| | | | 11 | | | | |
| |4 INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 5 | | | | 12 | | | | |
| |INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 13 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 14 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 15 | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 30
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERR CLEA.| | | | 16 | | | | |
| |FLOOR INOP| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERR AWAR.| | | | 17 | | | | |
| |INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ENV. MODU.| | | | 18 | | | | |
| |INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 19 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 20 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 21 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 22 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 23 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 24 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 25 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 26 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 27 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 28 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 29 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.275.00 |PROGRAM |(1=Open | | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |PIN STATUS|0=Ground) | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 11 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 31
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |CFDS |bit status 1| | | 12 | | | | |
| |ENABLE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 13 | | | | |
| |SELECT 6 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 14 | | | | |
| |SELECT 1 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 15 | | | | |
| |SELECT 2 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 16 | | | | |
| |SELECT 3 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 17 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 18 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AUDIO |bit status 0| | | 19 | | | | |
| |DECLUTTER | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 20 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 21 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 22 | | | | |
| |SELECT 7 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 23 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 24 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 25 | | | | |
| |SELECT 5 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 26 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 32
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 27 | | | | |
| |SELECT 4 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 28 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 29 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.276.00 |PROGRAM |(1=Open | | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |PIN STATUS|0=Ground) | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE | | | | 11 | | | | |
| |SELECT 1 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE | | | | 12 | | | | |
| |SELECT 2 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE | | | | 13 | | | | |
| |SELECT 3 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 14 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AUDIO |bit status 1| | | 15 | | | | |
| |SUPPRESS | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ATERNATE |bit status 1| | | 16 | | | | |
| |MODE 4 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 17 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |FMGC |bit status 1| | | 18 | | | | |
| |SELECT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ALTERN. |bit status 1| | | 19 | | | | |
| |G/S CANCEL| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |LAMP |bit status 1| | | 20 | | | | |
| |FORMAT | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 33
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |QFE/QNH |bit status 1| | | 21 | | | | |
| |SELECT |=QFE SELECT | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 22 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 23 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S |bit status 1| | | 24 | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 25 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 26 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 27 | | | | |
| |SELECT 8 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 28 | | | | |
| |SELECT 9 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 29 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.277.00 |PROGRAM |(1=Open | | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |PIN STATUS|0=Ground) | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ALTER.VOL.|bit status 1| | | 11 | | | | |
| |SELECTED | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 12 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 13 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 14 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 15 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 34
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |NOT USED | | | | 16 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TCF |bit status 1| | | 17 | | | | |
| |DISABLE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TAD |bit status 1| | | 18 | | | | |
| |DISABLE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 19 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 20 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 21 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 22 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 23 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 24 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 25 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 26 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 27 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 28 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 29 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.350.00 |FAULT |(1=Failed)| | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |DIAGNOSTIC| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 11 | | | | |
| |IR1 INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 35
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 12 | | | | |
| |FMGC1 | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 13 | | | | |
| |ADR1 INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 14 | | | | |
| |FCU BUS 1 | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 15 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 16 | | | | |
| |ILS1 INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 17 | | | | |
| |FMGC1(Nav | | | | | | | | |
| |Modes) IN.| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 18 | | | | |
| |RA1 INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 19 | | | | |
| |FCU BUS 2 | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 20 | | | | |
| |CFDIU | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 36
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 21 | | | | |
| |WXR HZD | | | | | | | | |
| |BUS1 INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 22 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 23 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 24 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 25 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 26 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |PROGRAM | | | | 27 | | | | |
| |PIN FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |FLAP | | | | 28 | | | | |
| |INPUT FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GEAR | | | | 29 | | | | |
| |INPUT FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.351.00 |FAULT |(1=Failed)| | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |DIAGNOSTIC| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S CANCEL| | | | 11 | | | | |
| |DSCR. FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MOMENTARY | | | | 12 | | | | |
| |AUDIO SUPP| | | | | | | | |
| |DSCR. FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AUDIO | | | | 13 | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 37
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |DSCR. FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SELF-TEST | | | | 14 | | | | |
| |DSCR INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |FAILED | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SUPPORT | | | | 15 | | | | |
| |TASK FAULT| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NVM FAULT | | | | 16 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WATCHDOG | | | | 17 | | | | |
| |TIMER FAUL| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |A/D FAIL | | | | 18 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE FAIL| | | | 19 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DITS | | | | 20 | | | | |
| |OUTPUT FAI| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN | | | | 21 | | | | |
| |DATABASE | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |FLASH FILE| | | | 22 | | | | |
| |SYSTEM | | | | | | | | |
| |WRITE | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DITS INPUT| | | | 23 | | | | |
| |FAIL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE | | | | 24 | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SYSTEM OR | | | | 25 | | | | |
| |MODE TASK | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 38
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ENV. MOD. | | | | 26 | | | | |
| |DATABASE | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WATCHDOG | | | | 27 | | | | |
| |FAIL COUNT| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | | 28 | | | | |
| |DATABASE | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT OR| | | | | | | | |
| |CRC FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |IMAGE DSP | | | | 29 | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.355.00 |FAULT |(1=Failed)| | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |DIAGNOSTIC| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 11 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 12 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 13 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 14 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 15 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | | 16 | | | | |
| |WRX HZD | | | | | | | | |
| |BUS2 INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 17 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 39
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |NOT USED | | | | 18 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 19 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 20 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 21 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 22 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 23 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 24 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 25 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 26 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 27 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 28 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | | 29 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.357.00 |INPUT | | | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |DSCRT STAT| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 11 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S |(1= | | | 12 | | | | |
| |INHIBIT |inhibit) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 13 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 14 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GPWS MODES|(1= | | | 15 | | | | |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 40
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |1 TO 5 |inhibit) | | | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
| |(AUDIO AND| | | | | | | | |
| |VISUAL) | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 16 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MOMENTARY |(1= | | | 17 | | | | |
| |AUDIO SUPP|suppress) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SELF-TEST | | | | 18 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |LANDING |(1= down) | | | 19 | | | | |
| |GEAR | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |LANDING |(1= | | | 20 | | | | |
| |FLAPS |extended) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S CANCEL|(1= | | | 21 | | | | |
| | |cancelled) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WXR 1 |(1= ON) | | | 22 | | | | |
| |ON/OFF | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TAD AND |(1= | | | 23 | | | | |
| |TCF |inhibit) | | | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WXR 2 |(1= ON) | | | 24 | | | | |
| |ON/OFF | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERR ON ND| | | | 25 | | | | |
| |CAPT INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERR ON ND| | | | 26 | | | | |
| |F/O INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 27 | | | | |
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 41
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | | 28 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ALL AUDIO |(1= | | | 29 | | | | |
| |INHIBIT |inhibit) | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
A. Digital Outputs
This table contains all the output parameters in digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: output label for which the parameter is available,
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name,
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range. Maximum
value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the change step is
equal to the accuracy,
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted,
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available,
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label,
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given in
milliseconds,
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code,
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 42
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1.270.00 |ENH. GPWS |(1=voice on)| | | | 50 |DIS | | |
| |ALER DSCRT| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |100 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SINKRATE- |bit status 1| | 11 | | | | | |
| |PAUSE- | | | | | | | | |
| |SINKRATE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |PULL UP |bit status 1| | 12 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | 13 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DONT SINK|bit status 1| | 14 | | | | | |
| |-PAUSE- | | | | | | | | |
| |DONT SINK| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TOO LOW |bit status 1| | 15 | | | | | |
| |GEAR | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TOO LOW |bit status 1| | 16 | | | | | |
| |FLAPS | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TOO LOW |bit status 1| | 17 | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GLIDESLOPE|bit status 1| | 18 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 19 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED |bit status 1| | 20 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 21 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN or|bit status 1| | 22 | | | | | |
| |OBSTACLE | | | | | | | | |
| |AHEAD PULL| | | | | | | | |
| |UP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 43
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |NOT USED | | | 23 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 24 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 25 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 26 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | 27 | | | | | |
| |AHEAD | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |OBSTACLE |bit status 1| | 28 | | | | | |
| |AHEAD | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 29 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.274.00 |ENH. GPWS |(1= on) | | | | 50 |DIS | | |
| |ALER DSCRT| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |100 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DOUTL 1 |bit status 1| | 11 | | | | | |
| |G/S CANCEL| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DOUTL 2 |bit status 1| | 12 | | | | | |
| |GPWS ALERT| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DOUTL 3 |bit status 1| | 13 | | | | | |
| |GPWS | | | | | | | | |
| |WARNING | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GPWS INOP |bit status 1| | 14 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 15 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DOUTL 6 |bit status 1| | 16 | | | | | |
| |AUDIO ON | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 17 | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 44
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 18 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 19 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 20 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 21 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN or|bit status 1| | 22 | | | | | |
| |OBSTACLE | | | | | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |WARNING | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN or|bit status 1| | 23 | | | | | |
| |OBSTACLE | | | | | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |CAUTION | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | 24 | | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |EXTERNAL |bit status 1| | 25 | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |COMPUTER |bit status 1| | 26 | | | | | |
| |FAIL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | 27 | | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT AVAIL.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DOUTL 8 |bit status 1| | 28 | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN | | | | | | | | |
| |DISPLAY | | | | | | | | |
| |DSCRT 1 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 45
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |DOUTL 9 |bit status 1| | 29 | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN | | | | | | | | |
| |DISPLAY | | | | | | | | |
| |DSCRT 2 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.271.00 |ENH. GPWS |(1= warn. | | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |LOGIC DSCR|in progress)| | | | to | | | |
| | | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 11 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 12 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN |bit status 1| | 13 | | | | | |
| |CLEARANCE | | | | | | | | |
| |FLOOR ALER| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ENV.MOD IN|bit status 1| | 14 | | | | | |
| |PROGRESS | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ENV.MOD |bit status 1| | 15 | | | | | |
| |SNAPSHOT | | | | | | | | |
| |LATCH SET | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 16 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 17 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TAKE OFF |bit status 1| | 18 | | | | | |
| |MODE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 1 |bit status 1| | 19 | | | | | |
| |SINKRATE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 1 |bit status 1| | 20 | | | | | |
| |PULL UP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 2 |bit status 1| | 21 | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 46
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |TERRAIN | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 2 |bit status 1| | 22 | | | | | |
| |PULL UP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 3 |bit status 1| | 23 | | | | | |
| |VISUAL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 4 |bit status 1| | 24 | | | | | |
| |VISUAL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 5 |bit status 1| | 25 | | | | | |
| |VISUAL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED |bit status 1| | 26 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOTE USED | | | 27 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOTE USED | | | 28 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 29 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.300.00 |ENH. GPWC | | | | | 50 |DIS | | |
| |ALERT DSCR| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD3 | | | | |100 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODES 1 TO| | | 11 | | | | | |
| |4 INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MODE 5 | | | 12 | | | | | |
| |INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 13 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 14 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 15 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 47
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |TERR CLEA.| | | 16 | | | | | |
| |FLOOR INOP| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERR AWAR.| | | 17 | | | | | |
| |INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ENV. MODU.| | | 18 | | | | | |
| |INOP | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 19 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 20 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TCAS | | | 21 | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 22 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 23 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 24 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 25 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 26 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |FLAP OVRD | | | 27 | | | | | |
| |LATCH | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |OBST | | | 28 | | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |CAUTION | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |OBST | | | 29 | | | | | |
| |AWARENESS | | | | | | | | |
| |WARNING | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.275.00 |PROGRAM |(1=Open | | | |100 |DIS | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 48
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |PIN STATUS|0=Ground) | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 11 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |CFDS |bit status 1| | 12 | | | | | |
| |ENABLE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 13 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 6 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 14 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 1 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 15 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 2 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 16 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 3 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 17 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 18 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AUDIO |bit status 0| | 19 | | | | | |
| |DECLUTTER | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 20 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 21 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 22 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 7 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 23 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 24 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 49
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 25 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 5 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 26 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 27 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 4 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 28 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 29 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.276.00 |PROGRAM |(1=Open | | | | 50 |DIS | | |
| |PIN STATUS|0=Ground) | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |100 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE | | | 11 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 1 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE | | | 12 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 2 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE | | | 13 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 3 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 14 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AUDIO |bit status 1| | 15 | | | | | |
| |SUPPRESS | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ATERNATE |bit status 1| | 16 | | | | | |
| |MODE 4 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 17 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |OPTIONAL |bit status 1| | 18 | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |SELECT | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 50
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ALTERN. |bit status 1| | 19 | | | | | |
| |G/S CANCEL| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |LAMP |bit status 1| | 20 | | | | | |
| |FORMAT |= Lamp | | | | | | | |
| | | Format 2 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |QFE/QNH |bit status 1| | 21 | | | | | |
| |SELECT |=QFE SELECT | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 22 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 23 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S | | | 24 | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 25 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 26 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 27 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 8 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 28 | | | | | |
| |SELECT 9 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 29 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.277.00 |PROGRAM |(1=Open | | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |PIN STATUS|0=Ground) | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ALTER.VOL.|bit status 1| | 11 | | | | | |
| |SELECTED | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |CONF |bit status 1| | 12 | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 51
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |OPTION 1= | | | | | | | | |
| |GPS SELECT| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |CONF |bit status 1| | 13 | | | | | |
| |OPTION 2= | | | | | | | | |
| |MAN DESEL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SINGLE GPS|bit status 1| | 14 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 15 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 16 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TCF |bit status 1| | 17 | | | | | |
| |DISABLE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TAD |bit status 1| | 18 | | | | | |
| |DISABLE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 19 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |PWS OPTION|bit status 1| | 20 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 21 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 22 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 23 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ALTERNATE |bit status 1| | 24 | | | | | |
| |GPS SPEED | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 25 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |OBSTACLE | | | 26 | | | | | |
| |CONTROL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 27 | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 52
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 28 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 29 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.350.00 |FAULT |(1=Failed)| | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |DIAGNOSTIC| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 11 | | | | | |
| |IR1 INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 12 | | | | | |
| |FMGC1 | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 13 | | | | | |
| |ADR1 INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 14 | | | | | |
| |FCU BUS 1 | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 15 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 16 | | | | | |
| |ILS1 INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 17 | | | | | |
| |FMGC1(Nav | | | | | | | | |
| |Modes) IN.| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 53
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |ARINC 429 | | | 18 | | | | | |
| |RA1 INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 19 | | | | | |
| |FCU BUS 2 | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 20 | | | | | |
| |CFDIU | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 21 | | | | | |
| |WXR HZD | | | | | | | | |
| |BUS1 INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 22 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 23 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 24 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 25 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 26 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |PROGRAM | | | 27 | | | | | |
| |PIN FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |FLAP | | | 28 | | | | | |
| |INPUT FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GEAR | | | 29 | | | | | |
| |INPUT FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 54
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1.351.00 |FAULT |(1=Failed)| | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |DIAGNOSTIC| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S CANCEL| | | 11 | | | | | |
| |DSCR. FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MOMENTARY | | | 12 | | | | | |
| |AUDIO SUPP| | | | | | | | |
| |DSCR. FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AUDIO | | | 13 | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
| |DSCR. FAI.| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SELF-TEST | | | 14 | | | | | |
| |DSCR INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |FAILED | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SUPPORT | | | 15 | | | | | |
| |TASK FAULT| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NVM FAULT | | | 16 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WATCHDOG | | | 17 | | | | | |
| |TIMER FAUL| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |A/D FAIL | | | 18 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE FAIL| | | 19 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DITS | | | 20 | | | | | |
| |OUTPUT FAI| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERRAIN | | | 21 | | | | | |
| |DATABASE | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 55
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |FLASH FILE| | | 22 | | | | | |
| |SYSTEM | | | | | | | | |
| |WRITE | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |DITS INPUT| | | 23 | | | | | |
| |FAIL | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOICE | | | 24 | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SYSTEM OR | | | 25 | | | | | |
| |MODE TASK | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ENV. MOD. | | | 26 | | | | | |
| |DATABASE | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WATCHDOG | | | 27 | | | | | |
| |FAIL COUNT| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |AIRCRAFT | | | 28 | | | | | |
| |DATABASE | | | | | | | | |
| |FAULT OR| | | | | | | | |
| |CRC FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |IMAGE DSP | | | 29 | | | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.355.00 |FAULT |(1=Failed)| | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |DIAGNOSTIC| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 3 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 11 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 12 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 56
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |NOT USED | | | 13 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 14 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 15 | | | | | |
| |GPS BUS | | | | | | | | |
| |INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ARINC 429 | | | 16 | | | | | |
| |WXR HZD | | | | | | | | |
| |BUS2 INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| |INACTIVE | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 17 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 18 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 19 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 20 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 21 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 22 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 23 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 24 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 25 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 26 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 27 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SPARE | | | 28 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 57
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |SPARE | | | 29 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 1.357.00 |INPUT | | | | |100 |DIS | | |
| |DSCRT STAT| | | | | to | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | |200 | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 11 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S |(1= | | 12 | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT |inhibit) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 13 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 14 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |GPWS MODES|(1= | | 15 | | | | | |
| |1 TO 5 |inhibit) | | | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
| |(AUDIO AND| | | | | | | | |
| |VISUAL) | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 16 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |MOMENTARY |(1= | | 17 | | | | | |
| |AUDIO SUPP|suppress) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |SELF-TEST | | | 18 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |LANDING |(1= down) | | 19 | | | | | |
| |GEAR | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |LANDING |(1= | | 20 | | | | | |
| |FLAPS |extended) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |G/S CANCEL|(1= | | 21 | | | | | |
| | |cancelled) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WXR 1 |(1= ON) | | 22 | | | | | |
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 58
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |ON/OFF | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TAD AND |(1= | | 23 | | | | | |
| |TCF |inhibit) | | | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |WXR 2 |(1= ON) | | 24 | | | | | |
| |ON/OFF | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERR ON ND| | | 25 | | | | | |
| |CAPT INPUT| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |TERR ON ND| | | 26 | | | | | |
| |F/O INPUT | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED | | | 27 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |NOT USED |(1= | | 28 | | | | | |
| |(RAAS) |activated) | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |ALL AUDIO |(1= | | 29 | | | | | |
| |INHIBIT |inhibit) | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
6. _____________________
Component Description
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 59
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
A. Enhanced GPWC
(1) External descrition
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The Enhanced GPWC is packaged in a 2 MCU ARINC 600-6 form factor
enclosure.
The enclosure of the unit is painted with a blue semi-gloss coating,
except for the bottom, which is unpainted.
The computer is composed of the following subassemblies:
- rear panel assembly,
- front panel assembly,
- chassis,
- PCMCIA interface,
- front connector.
(a) Rear panel assembly
The rear panel assembly contains a 2 MCU ARINC 600-6 form
aircraft interface connector. The top and middle shells contain
all interface signals. Power interface is in the bottom shell,
isolated from interface signals. Connector index pin coding is
orientation 08 or 10 in accordance with ARINC 723-1
recommendations for GPWS.
The rear panel assembly also contains the interconnection between
the aircraft interface connector and the internal interface
Circuit Card Assembly (CCA), A5, and the Backplane CCA, A4, which
provide all internal electrical interconnects between CCAs and
other circuitry.
The Enhanced GPWC pins are listed in the table below (N/U means
Not Used):
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| MIDDLE | 6A| 429 INPUT 1(A) ADIRU1 BUS IR (A) |
| MIDDLE | 6B| 429 INPUT 1(B) ADIRU1 BUS IR (B) |
| TOP | 9A| 429 INPUT 10(A) CFDIU (A) |
| TOP | 9B| 429 INPUT 10(B) CFDIU (B) |
| TOP | 8A| 429 INPUT 11(A) WXR1 HZD BUS (A) |
| TOP | 8B| 429 INPUT 11(B) WXR1 HZD BUS (B) |
| TOP | 8C| 429 INPUT 12(A) N/U |
| TOP | 8D| 429 INPUT 12(B) N/U |
| TOP | 5A| 429 INPUT 13(A) N/U |
| TOP | 6A| 429 INPUT 13(B) N/U |
| TOP | 1C| 429 INPUT 14(A) N/U |
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 60
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWC
Figure 008
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 61
Feb 01/09
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| TOP | 1D| 429 INPUT 14(B) N/U |
| TOP | 4A| 429 INPUT 15(A) N/U |
| TOP | 4B| 429 INPUT 15(B) N/U |
| MIDDLE | 6C| 429 INPUT 18(A) WXR2 HZD BUS |
| MIDDLE | 6D| 429 INPUT 18(B) WXR2 HZD BUS |
| MIDDLE |10C| 429 INPUT 2(A) FMGC1 (A) |
| MIDDLE |10D| 429 INPUT 2(B) FMGC1 (B) |
| MIDDLE |11A| 429 INPUT 3(A) ADIRU 1 BUS ADR (A) |
| MIDDLE |11B| 429 INPUT 3(B) ADIRU 1 BUS ADR (B) |
| MIDDLE |12A| 429 INPUT 4(A) FCU 1 (A) |
| MIDDLE |12B| 429 INPUT 4(B) FCU 1 (B) |
| MIDDLE |10A| 429 INPUT 5(A) N/U |
| MIDDLE |10B| 429 INPUT 5(B) N/U |
| MIDDLE |11C| 429 INPUT 6(A) ILS 1 (A) |
| MIDDLE |11D| 429 INPUT 6(B) ILS 1 (B) |
| MIDDLE |12C| 429 INPUT 7(A) FMGC 1 DISCWORD (A) |
| MIDDLE |12D| 429 INPUT 7(B) FMGC 1 DISCWORD (B) |
| MIDDLE |13A| 429 INPUT 8(A) RA 1 (A) |
| MIDDLE |13B| 429 INPUT 8(B) RA 1 (B) |
| TOP | 9C| 429 INPUT 9(A) FCU 2 (A) |
| TOP | 9D| 429 INPUT 9(B) FCU 2 (B) |
| MIDDLE | 1C| 429 OUTPUT 1(A) CFDIU (A) |
| MIDDLE | 1D| 429 OUTPUT 1(B) CFDIU (B) |
| TOP | 2A| 429 OUTPUT 2(A) N/U |
| TOP | 2B| 429 OUTPUT 2(B) N/U |
| TOP | 5C| 429 INPUT 16(A) N/U |
| TOP | 5D| 429 INPUT 16(B) N/U |
| TOP |11C| 429 INPUT 17(A) N/U |
| TOP |11D| 429 INPUT 17(B) N/U |
| TOP | 3A| 453 OUTPUT 1(A) TERR DATA R1 (A) |
| TOP | 3B| 453 OUTPUT 1(B) TERR DATA R1 (B) |
| TOP | 3C| 453 OUTPUT 2(A) TERR DATA R2 (A) |
| TOP | 3D| 453 OUTPUT 2(B) TERR DATA R2 (B) |
| TOP |13A| DC ANALOG INPUT 1 (+) N/U |
| TOP |13B| DC ANALOG INPUT 1 (-) N/U |
| TOP |14A| DC ANALOG INPUT 2 (+) N/U |
| TOP |14B| DC ANALOG INPUT 2 (-) N/U |
| TOP |13C| DC ANALOG INPUT 3 (+) N/U |
| TOP |13D| DC ANALOG INPUT 3 (-) N/U |
| TOP |14C| DC ANALOG INPUT 4 (+) N/U |
| TOP |14D| DC ANALOG INPUT 4 (-) N/U |
| MIDDLE |13D| 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) |
| MIDDLE |13C| 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) |
| MIDDLE | 3C| HIGH LEVEL 8 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) N/U |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 62
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| MIDDLE | 3B| HIGH LEVEL 8 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) N/U |
| BOTTOM | 1| Optional GPS COAX CONNECTION |
| MIDDLE | 3A| PROGRAM PIN COMMON |
| TOP |15A| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 1 N/U |
| TOP |15B| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 2 N/U |
| TOP |15C| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 3 N/U |
| TOP |15D| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 4 N/U |
| TOP | 7A| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 5 N/U |
| TOP | 7B| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 6 N/U |
| TOP | 7C| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 7 N/U |
| TOP | 7D| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 8 N/U |
| MIDDLE |1A | GND DISCRETE INPUT 1 N/U |
| MIDDLE |9C | GND DISCRETE INPUT 10 LDG FLAP |
| MIDDLE |9D | GND DISCRETE INPUT 11 G/S MANUAL |
| MIDDLE |14A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 12 WXR1 ON/OFF |
| MIDDLE |14B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 13 TAD and TCF INHIBIT|
| MIDDLE | 2D| GND DISCRETE INPUT 14 WXR2 ON/OFF |
| TOP | 1A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 15 CAPT TERR SELECTION|
| TOP | 1B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 16 F/O TERR SELECTION |
| MIDDLE | 2B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 17 N/U |
| TOP | 4C| GND DISCRETE INPUT 18 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 5D| GND DISCRETE INPUT 19 ALL AUDIO INHIBIT |
| MIDDLE | 1B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 2 G/S INHIBIT |
| MIDDLE | 7A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 20 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 2A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 3 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 5C| GND DISCRETE INPUT 4 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 7D| GND DISCRETE INPUT 5 INHIBIT MODES 1 TO 5|
| | | (AUDIO AND VISUAL) |
| MIDDLE | 8C| GND DISCRETE INPUT 6 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 8D| GND DISCRETE INPUT 7 AUDIO SUPPRESS |
| | | (MOMENTARY) |
| MIDDLE | 9A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 8 SELF TEST |
| MIDDLE | 9B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 9 LDG GEAR |
| MIDDLE |15D| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 1 |
| MIDDLE | 3D| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 2 G/S ALERT OUTPUT |
| MIDDLE | 7B| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 3 WARNING OUTPUT |
| TOP |12C| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 4 |
| TOP |12A| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 5 |
| TOP |12B| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 6 |
| TOP | 4D| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 7 |
| TOP |10D| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 8 CAPT POP-UP OUTPUT |
| MIDDLE |14C| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 9 F/O POP-UP OUTPUT |
| TOP |11A| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 10 |
| MIDDLE | 7C| DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT 1 GPWS MONITOR |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 63
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| | | OUTPUT |
| TOP |12D| DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT 2 TERR NOT AVAIL |
| | | OUTPUT |
| TOP |11B| DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT 3 TERRAIN MONITOR|
| | | OUTPUT |
| BOTTOM | 4 | CHASSIS GND |
| BOTTOM | 2 | PRIMARY PWR (H) |
| BOTTOM | 3 | PRIMARY PWR (L) |
| TOP |10A| PROGRAM PIN 1 |
| MIDDLE | 4A| PROGRAM PIN 10 |
| MIDDLE | 4C| PROGRAM PIN 11 |
| TOP | 5B| PROGRAM PIN 12 |
| MIDDLE | 5B| PROGRAM PIN 13 |
| TOP | 2C| PROGRAM PIN 14 |
| MIDDLE |15C| PROGRAM PIN 15 |
| MIDDLE | 8B| PROGRAM PIN 16 |
| TOP | 6D| PROGRAM PIN 17 |
| TOP |10B| PROGRAM PIN 2 |
| TOP |10C| PROGRAM PIN 3 |
| MIDDLE | 4D| PROGRAM PIN 4 |
| MIDDLE | 4B| PROGRAM PIN 5 |
| MIDDLE | 8A| PROGRAM PIN 6 |
| MIDDLE |14D| PROGRAM PIN 7 |
| MIDDLE | 5A| PROGRAM PIN 8 |
| MIDDLE | 2C| PROGRAM PIN 9 |
| TOP | 2D| OUTPUT REF 10.00 VDC |
| TOP | 6C| RS232 RECEIVE |
| TOP | 6B| RS232 TRANSMIT |
| BOTTOM | 5 | Spare |
| MIDDLE |15A| Spare |
| MIDDLE |15B| Spare |
---------------------------------------------------------
(b) Front panel assembly
The front panel assembly contains identification and modification
status labels, status LEDs, a latched door for access to a
SELF-TEST pushbutton switch, a HEADPHONE jack, a RS232 test
connector (P1), and a Personal Computing Memory Card Interface
Adapter (PCMCIA) interface and status LEDs. There is also a
handle for ease of carrying and installation/removal, and a
hold-down hook for securing at installation.
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 64
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(c) Chassis
The chassis is welded aluminum, composed of a top and bottom and
two sides. It provides slots for CCA and space for the front and
rear panel assemblies.
(d) PCMCIA interface
The standard Type II PCMCIA interface provided at the front panel
allows for both the uploading and downloading of internal
Enhanced GPWC information. Control of the upload/download process
is accomplished by insertion of the PCMCIA card into the front
panel access. Four LEDs are provided for PCMCIA interface
operation.
The PCMCIA card does not remain installed during normal Enhanced
GPWC operation, and is not intended as an on-line/inflight
storage medium.
(e) Front connector
A 15-pin (double density, D-Sub) test connector is located on the
front panel, which provides for connection to either a CRT
terminal or a PC.
This connector provides the following interfaces:
1
_ Three-wire serial interface, compatible with RS232
This port can be used to access internal data from the
Enhanced GPWC for both bench simulation and aircraft testing.
Unit configuration and flight history can also be accessed.
This port can also be used to upload software and data bases.
2
_ ARINC 429/422/423 data loader interface
This port can be used to upload software and data bases.
System power is provided on two of the pins for data loader
use.
The Enhanced GPWC front connector pins are listed in the table
below (N/U means Not Used):
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| FRONT | 8 | 429 INPUT 20(A)/422 INPUT 2(A) |
| FRONT |13 | 429 INPUT 20(B)/422 INPUT 2(B) |
| FRONT | 9 | 429 OUTPUT 5(A)/422 OUTPUT 2(A) |
| FRONT |14 | 429 OUTPUT 5(B)/422 OUTPUT 2(B) |
| FRONT | 2 | RESERVED FOR BOOT CODE LOAD N/U |
| FRONT | 6 | PCMCIA BOOT ENABLE N/U |
| FRONT | 11| RS422 SELECT N/U |
| FRONT | 1| Ground |
| FRONT | 10| POWER PIN ISOLATOR |
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 65
Feb 01/09
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| FRONT | 15| 115 VAC-C (OR 28 VDC-) |
| FRONT | 5| 115 VAC-H (OR 28 VDC+) |
| FRONT | 3| RS232 RECEIVE |
| FRONT | 4| RS232 TRANSMIT |
| FRONT | 7| Spare |
| FRONT | 12| Spare |
|FRT JACK| 1 | 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) |
|FRT JACK| 2 | 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) |
---------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
A. Enhanced GPWC
(1) External descrition
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The Enhanced GPWC is packaged in a 2 MCU ARINC 600-6 form factor
enclosure.
The enclosure of the unit is painted with a blue semi-gloss coating,
except for the bottom, which is unpainted.
The computer is composed of the following subassemblies:
- rear panel assembly,
- front panel assembly,
- chassis,
- PCMCIA interface,
- front connector.
(a) Rear panel assembly
The rear panel assembly contains a 2 MCU ARINC 600-6 form
aircraft interface connector. The top and middle shells contain
all interface signals. Power interface is in the bottom shell,
isolated from interface signals. Connector index pin coding is
orientation 08 or 10 in accordance with ARINC 723-1
recommendations for GPWS.
The rear panel assembly also contains the interconnection between
the aircraft interface connector and the internal interface
Circuit Card Assembly (CCA), A5, and the Backplane CCA, A4, which
provide all internal electrical interconnects between CCAs and
other circuitry.
The Enhanced GPWC pins are listed in the table below (N/U means
Not Used):
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 66
Feb 01/09
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| MIDDLE | 6A| 429 INPUT 1(A) ADIRU1 BUS IR (A) |
| MIDDLE | 6B| 429 INPUT 1(B) ADIRU1 BUS IR (B) |
| TOP | 9A| 429 INPUT 10(A) CFDIU (A) |
| TOP | 9B| 429 INPUT 10(B) CFDIU (B) |
| TOP | 8A| 429 INPUT 11(A) WXR1 HZD BUS (A) |
| TOP | 8B| 429 INPUT 11(B) WXR1 HZD BUS (B) |
| TOP | 8C| 429 INPUT 12(A) N/U |
| TOP | 8D| 429 INPUT 12(B) N/U |
| TOP | 5A| 429 INPUT 13(A) N/U |
| TOP | 6A| 429 INPUT 13(B) N/U |
| TOP | 1C| 429 INPUT 14(A) N/U |
| TOP | 1D| 429 INPUT 14(B) N/U |
| TOP | 4A| 429 INPUT 15(A) N/U |
| TOP | 4B| 429 INPUT 15(B) N/U |
| MIDDLE | 6C| 429 INPUT 18(A) WXR2 HZD BUS |
| MIDDLE | 6D| 429 INPUT 18(B) WXR2 HZD BUS |
| MIDDLE |10C| 429 INPUT 2(A) FMGC1 (A) |
| MIDDLE |10D| 429 INPUT 2(B) FMGC1 (B) |
| MIDDLE |11A| 429 INPUT 3(A) ADIRU 1 BUS ADR (A) |
| MIDDLE |11B| 429 INPUT 3(B) ADIRU 1 BUS ADR (B) |
| MIDDLE |12A| 429 INPUT 4(A) FCU 1 (A) |
| MIDDLE |12B| 429 INPUT 4(B) FCU 1 (B) |
| MIDDLE |10A| 429 INPUT 5(A) N/U |
| MIDDLE |10B| 429 INPUT 5(B) N/U |
| MIDDLE |11C| 429 INPUT 6(A) ILS 1 (A) |
| MIDDLE |11D| 429 INPUT 6(B) ILS 1 (B) |
| MIDDLE |12C| 429 INPUT 7(A) FMGC 1 DISCWORD (A) |
| MIDDLE |12D| 429 INPUT 7(B) FMGC 1 DISCWORD (B) |
| MIDDLE |13A| 429 INPUT 8(A) RA 1 (A) |
| MIDDLE |13B| 429 INPUT 8(B) RA 1 (B) |
| TOP | 9C| 429 INPUT 9(A) FCU 2 (A) |
| TOP | 9D| 429 INPUT 9(B) FCU 2 (B) |
| MIDDLE | 1C| 429 OUTPUT 1(A) CFDIU (A) |
| MIDDLE | 1D| 429 OUTPUT 1(B) CFDIU (B) |
| TOP | 2A| 429 OUTPUT 2(A) N/U |
| TOP | 2B| 429 OUTPUT 2(B) N/U |
| TOP | 5C| 429 INPUT 16(A) N/U |
| TOP | 5D| 429 INPUT 16(B) N/U |
| TOP |11C| 429 INPUT 17(A) GPS1 BUS |
| TOP |11D| 429 INPUT 17(B) GPS1 BUS |
| TOP | 3A| 453 OUTPUT 1(A) TERR DATA R1 (A) |
| TOP | 3B| 453 OUTPUT 1(B) TERR DATA R1 (B) |
| TOP | 3C| 453 OUTPUT 2(A) TERR DATA R2 (A) |
| TOP | 3D| 453 OUTPUT 2(B) TERR DATA R2 (B) |
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 67
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| TOP |13A| DC ANALOG INPUT 1 (+) N/U |
| TOP |13B| DC ANALOG INPUT 1 (-) N/U |
| TOP |14A| DC ANALOG INPUT 2 (+) N/U |
| TOP |14B| DC ANALOG INPUT 2 (-) N/U |
| TOP |13C| DC ANALOG INPUT 3 (+) N/U |
| TOP |13D| DC ANALOG INPUT 3 (-) N/U |
| TOP |14C| DC ANALOG INPUT 4 (+) N/U |
| TOP |14D| DC ANALOG INPUT 4 (-) N/U |
| MIDDLE |13D| 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) |
| MIDDLE |13C| 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) |
| MIDDLE | 3C| HIGH LEVEL 8 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) N/U |
| MIDDLE | 3B| HIGH LEVEL 8 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) N/U |
| BOTTOM | 1| Optional GPS COAX CONNECTION |
| MIDDLE | 3A| PROGRAM PIN COMMON |
| TOP |15A| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 1 N/U |
| TOP |15B| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 2 N/U |
| TOP |15C| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 3 N/U |
| TOP |15D| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 4 N/U |
| TOP | 7A| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 5 N/U |
| TOP | 7B| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 6 N/U |
| TOP | 7C| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 7 N/U |
| TOP | 7D| 28 VDC DISCRETE INPUT 8 N/U |
| MIDDLE |1A | GND DISCRETE INPUT 1 N/U |
| MIDDLE |9C | GND DISCRETE INPUT 10 LDG FLAP |
| MIDDLE |9D | GND DISCRETE INPUT 11 G/S MANUAL |
| MIDDLE |14A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 12 WXR1 ON/OFF |
| MIDDLE |14B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 13 TAD and TCF INHIBIT|
| MIDDLE | 2D| GND DISCRETE INPUT 14 WXR2 ON/OFF |
| TOP | 1A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 15 CAPT TERR SELECTION|
| TOP | 1B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 16 F/O TERR SELECTION |
| MIDDLE | 2B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 17 N/U |
| TOP | 4C| GND DISCRETE INPUT 18 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 5D| GND DISCRETE INPUT 19 ALL AUDIO INHIBIT |
| MIDDLE | 1B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 2 G/S INHIBIT |
| MIDDLE | 7A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 20 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 2A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 3 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 5C| GND DISCRETE INPUT 4 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 7D| GND DISCRETE INPUT 5 INHIBIT MODES 1 TO 5|
| | | (AUDIO AND VISUAL) |
| MIDDLE | 8C| GND DISCRETE INPUT 6 N/U |
| MIDDLE | 8D| GND DISCRETE INPUT 7 AUDIO SUPPRESS |
| | | (MOMENTARY) |
| MIDDLE | 9A| GND DISCRETE INPUT 8 SELF TEST |
| MIDDLE | 9B| GND DISCRETE INPUT 9 LDG GEAR |
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 68
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| MIDDLE |15D| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 1 |
| MIDDLE | 3D| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 2 G/S ALERT OUTPUT |
| MIDDLE | 7B| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 3 WARNING OUTPUT |
| TOP |12C| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 4 |
| TOP |12A| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 5 |
| TOP |12B| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 6 |
| TOP | 4D| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 7 |
| TOP |10D| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 8 CAPT POP-UP OUTPUT |
| MIDDLE |14C| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 9 F/O POP-UP OUTPUT |
| TOP |11A| GND DISCRETE OUTPUT 10 |
| MIDDLE | 7C| DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT 1 GPWS MONITOR |
| | | OUTPUT |
| TOP |12D| DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT 2 TERR NOT AVAIL |
| | | OUTPUT |
| TOP |11B| DISCRETE MONITOR OUTPUT 3 TERRAIN MONITOR|
| | | OUTPUT |
| BOTTOM | 4 | CHASSIS GND |
| BOTTOM | 2 | PRIMARY PWR (H) |
| BOTTOM | 3 | PRIMARY PWR (L) |
| TOP |10A| PROGRAM PIN 1 |
| MIDDLE | 4A| PROGRAM PIN 10 |
| MIDDLE | 4C| PROGRAM PIN 11 |
| TOP | 5B| PROGRAM PIN 12 |
| MIDDLE | 5B| PROGRAM PIN 13 |
| TOP | 2C| PROGRAM PIN 14 |
| MIDDLE |15C| PROGRAM PIN 15 |
| MIDDLE | 8B| PROGRAM PIN 16 |
| TOP | 6D| PROGRAM PIN 17 |
| TOP |10B| PROGRAM PIN 2 |
| TOP |10C| PROGRAM PIN 3 |
| MIDDLE | 4D| PROGRAM PIN 4 |
| MIDDLE | 4B| PROGRAM PIN 5 |
| MIDDLE | 8A| PROGRAM PIN 6 |
| MIDDLE |14D| PROGRAM PIN 7 |
| MIDDLE | 5A| PROGRAM PIN 8 |
| MIDDLE | 2C| PROGRAM PIN 9 |
| TOP | 2D| OUTPUT REF 10.00 VDC |
| TOP | 6C| RS232 RECEIVE |
| TOP | 6B| RS232 TRANSMIT |
| BOTTOM | 5 | Spare |
| MIDDLE |15A| Spare |
| MIDDLE |15B| Spare |
---------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 69
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(b) Front panel assembly
The front panel assembly contains identification and modification
status labels, status LEDs, a latched door for access to a
SELF-TEST pushbutton switch, a HEADPHONE jack, a RS232 test
connector (P1), and a Personal Computing Memory Card Interface
Adapter (PCMCIA) interface and status LEDs. There is also a
handle for ease of carrying and installation/removal, and a
hold-down hook for securing at installation.
(c) Chassis
The chassis is welded aluminum, composed of a top and bottom and
two sides. It provides slots for CCA and space for the front and
rear panel assemblies.
(d) PCMCIA interface
The standard Type II PCMCIA interface provided at the front panel
allows for both the uploading and downloading of internal
Enhanced GPWC information. Control of the upload/download process
is accomplished by insertion of the PCMCIA card into the front
panel access. Four LEDs are provided for PCMCIA interface
operation.
The PCMCIA card does not remain installed during normal Enhanced
GPWC operation, and is not intended as an on-line/inflight
storage medium.
(e) Front connector
A 15-pin (double density, D-Sub) test connector is located on the
front panel, which provides for connection to either a CRT
terminal or a PC.
This connector provides the following interfaces:
1
_ Three-wire serial interface, compatible with RS232
This port can be used to access internal data from the
Enhanced GPWC for both bench simulation and aircraft testing.
Unit configuration and flight history can also be accessed.
This port can also be used to upload software and data bases.
2
_ ARINC 429/422/423 data loader interface
This port can be used to upload software and data bases.
System power is provided on two of the pins for data loader
use.
The Enhanced GPWC front connector pins are listed in the table
below (N/U means Not Used):
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page 70
Feb 01/09
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------
|LRU Con |Pin| Description |
---------------------------------------------------------
| FRONT | 8 | 429 INPUT 20(A)/422 INPUT 2(A) |
| FRONT |13 | 429 INPUT 20(B)/422 INPUT 2(B) |
| FRONT | 9 | 429 OUTPUT 5(A)/422 OUTPUT 2(A) |
| FRONT |14 | 429 OUTPUT 5(B)/422 OUTPUT 2(B) |
| FRONT | 2 | RESERVED FOR BOOT CODE LOAD N/U |
| FRONT | 6 | PCMCIA BOOT ENABLE N/U |
| FRONT | 11| RS422 SELECT N/U |
| FRONT | 1| Ground |
| FRONT | 10| POWER PIN ISOLATOR |
| FRONT | 15| 115 VAC-C (OR 28 VDC-) |
| FRONT | 5| 115 VAC-H (OR 28 VDC+) |
| FRONT | 3| RS232 RECEIVE |
| FRONT | 4| RS232 TRANSMIT |
| FRONT | 7| Spare |
| FRONT | 12| Spare |
|FRT JACK| 1 | 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (C) |
|FRT JACK| 2 | 600 OHM AUDIO OUTPUT (H) |
---------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
(2) Internal Description
(Ref. Fig. 009)
(a) The hardware consists of three main circuit card assemblies:
- the controller card,
- the accessory card,
- the analog acquisition card.
1
_ The controller card contains the main processor
(microprocessor 486DX4), the Digital Information Transfer
System (DITS) handler microcontroller and the image generator
DSP.
2
_ The accessory card contains the power supply and the voice
generator DSP.
3
_ The analog acquisition card contains the analog acquisition
microcontroller.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 71
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWC - Block Diagram
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 72
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(b) The Enhanced GPWC contains the following five processors:
- main processor (486DX4) that runs the Enhanced GPWC Application
software and the Boot Loader Software,
- DITS handler microcontroller that runs the DITS Handler
software,
- image generator DPS that runs the image generator software,
which is a part of the Application software,
- voice generator DSP that runs the voice generator software,
which is part of the Application software,
- analog acquisition microcontroller that runs the Analog
Acquisition software.
**ON A/C 001-004,
B. Pushbutton Switches
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) GPWS/LDG FLAP 3 pushbutton switch 13WZ
To avoid nuisance warnings during approach, the Enhanced GPWC needs
to know at which flap position the crew intends to land.
This pushbutton switch (item 5), when pressed (in) (white ON legend
on), indicates to the Enhanced GPWC that the pilot intends to land in
flap 3 position. When released (out), the pushbutton switch indicates
to the Enhanced GPWC that the pilot intends to land in flap FULL
position.
The GPWS FLAP message is permanently displayed in green on the MEMO
of the ECAM display unit if no warning is in progress.
(2) GPWS/FLAP MODE pushbutton switch 7WZ
This pushbutton switch (item 4), when pressed (in) (white OFF legend
on), overrides flap abnormal condition input and generates the GPWS
FLAP MODE OFF message (green) in the memo area of the upper ECAM
display unit.
(3) GPWS/G/S MODE pushbutton switch 11WZ
This pushbutton switch (item 3), when pressed (in) (white OFF legend
on), inhibits the glide slope mode.
(4) GPWS/SYS pushbutton switch 9WZ
When this pushbutton switch (item 2) is pressed (white OFF legend
on), all ground proximity alerts (Mode 1 to 5) are inhibited (visual
and audio) and no Enhanced GPWC self-test is possible.
- This pushbutton switch provides a FAULT warning indicating that a
failure in Modes 1 to 5 has been detected by the Enhanced GPWC.
When the FAULT legend comes on, the following messages are
displayed:
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 73
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
. on the upper ECAM display unit if they are not inhibited by the
FWC:
NAV - GPWS FAULT (amber)
GPWS ........OFF (cyan)
(associated with action requested)
. in the INOP SYS item, on the STATUS page of the lower ECAM
display unit:
GPWS (amber)
A fault message is sent to the CFDIU.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
(5) GPWS/TERR pushbutton switch 31WZ
- When this pushbutton switch (item 1) is pressed (white OFF legend
on), the TAD and TCF functions are inhibited (visual display and
audio inhibition).
- The pushbutton switch provides a FAULT warning indicating that a
failure of TAD and/or TCF functions has been detected by the
Enhanced GPWC.
When the FAULT legend comes on, the following messages are
displayed:
. on the upper ECAM display unit if they are not inhibited by the
FWC:
NAV - GPWS TERR DET FAULT (amber)
GPWS TERR.............OFF (cyan)
. in the INOP SYS item, on the STATUS page of the lower ECAM
display unit:
GPWS TERR (amber)
A fault message is sent to the CFDIU.
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 31-1300 For A/C 001-004,
B. Pushbutton Switches
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) GPWS/LDG FLAP 3 pushbutton switch 13WZ
To avoid nuisance warnings during approach, the Enhanced GPWC needs
to know at which flap position the crew intends to land.
This pushbutton switch (item 5), when pressed (in) (white ON legend
on), indicates to the Enhanced GPWC that the pilot intends to land in
flap 3 position. When released (out), the pushbutton switch indicates
to the Enhanced GPWC that the pilot intends to land in flap FULL
position.
The GPWS FLAP message is permanently displayed in green on the MEMO
of the ECAM display unit if no warning is in progress.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 74
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Messages Displayed on Upper and Lower ECAM DU
Figure 010
R
EFF :
001-004, 34-48-00
Page 75
Feb 01/09
VOI
(2) GPWS/FLAP MODE pushbutton switch 7WZ
This pushbutton switch (item 4), when pressed (in) (white OFF legend
on), overrides flap abnormal condition input and generates the GPWS
FLAP MODE OFF message (green) in the memo area of the upper ECAM
display unit.
(3) GPWS/G/S MODE pushbutton switch 11WZ
This pushbutton switch (item 3), when pressed (in) (white OFF legend
on), inhibits the glide slope mode.
(4) GPWS/SYS pushbutton switch 9WZ
When this pushbutton switch (item 2) is pressed (white OFF legend
on), all ground proximity alerts (Mode 1 to 5) are inhibited (visual
and audio) and no Enhanced GPWC self-test is possible.
- This pushbutton switch provides a FAULT warning indicating that a
failure in Modes 1 to 5 has been detected by the Enhanced GPWC.
When the FAULT legend comes on, the following messages are
displayed:
. on the upper ECAM display unit if they are not inhibited by the
FWC:
NAV - GPWS FAULT (amber)
GPWS ........OFF (cyan)
(associated with action requested)
. in the INOP SYS item, on the STATUS page of the lower ECAM
display unit:
GPWS (amber)
A fault message is sent to the CFDIU.
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
(5) GPWS/TERR pushbutton switch 31WZ
- When this pushbutton switch (item 1) is pressed (white OFF legend
on), the TAD and TCF functions are inhibited (visual display and
audio inhibition).
- The pushbutton switch provides a FAULT warning indicating that a
failure of TAD and/or TCF functions has been detected by the
Enhanced GPWC.
When the FAULT legend comes on, the following messages are
displayed:
. on the upper ECAM display unit if they are not inhibited by the
FWC:
TERR OFF (green or amber)
GPWS TERR.............OFF (cyan)
. in the INOP SYS item, on the STATUS page of the lower ECAM
display unit:
GPWS TERR (amber)
A fault message is sent to the CFDIU.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 76
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Messages Displayed on Upper and Lower ECAM DU
Figure 010A
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 77
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
(6) CAPT and F/O PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches 5WZ and 4WZ
These pushbutton switches, located on panels 301VU and 500VU, have
two functions when pressed (in):
- they cancel the glide slope alert, or
- they initiate the self-test sequence if the aircraft is on ground.
(7) CAPT and F/O TERR ON ND pushbutton switches 30WZ1 and 30WZ2
These pushbutton switches (items 6 and 7) allow the crew to select or
deselect terrain display on ND.
The ON legends indicate that terrain data is displayed on ND
(following manual or automatic pop up selection).
7. Operation
_________
A. General
(1) Warning modes
The serial digital data and discrete data inputs are interfaced and
used in different combinations to monitor aircraft situation
awareness with respect to the terrain. The following functions are
implemented within the Enhanced GPWS:
Mode 1 - Excessive rate of descent
Mode 2 - Excessive closure rate with terrain
Mode 3 - Descent after takeoff and minimum terrain clearance
Mode 4 - Unsafe terrain clearance
Mode 5 - Descent below glide slope
Terrain Awareness and Display (TAD)
Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF)
**ON A/C 001-002,
(2) Aural alert messages
Each mode computes and compares aircraft behaviour with a
corresponding alert envelope. If the alert envelope is penetrated,
visual and aural alerts are generated. The aural message is broadcast
through the cockpit loud speakers.
The messages are as follows:
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 78
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
MODE AURAL ALERTS VISUAL ALERTS
1 SINK RATE GPWS
1 PULL UP PULL UP
2 TERRAIN GPWS
2 TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL UP
2 PULL UP PULL UP
3 DONT SINK DONT SINK GPWS
4 TOO LOW TERRAIN GPWS
4 TOO LOW GEAR GPWS
4 TOO LOW FLAPS GPWS
4 TOO LOW TERRAIN GPWS
5 GLIDE SLOPE GPWS
5 TOO LOW TERRAIN GPWS
TAD OBSTACLE AHEAD GPWS
TAD OBSTACLE AHEAD GPWS
TAD OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP PULL UP
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN GPWS
Each of these alerts inhibits the automatic call out.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
(2) Aural alert messages
Each mode computes and compares aircraft behaviour with a
corresponding alert envelope. If the alert envelope is penetrated,
visual and aural alerts are generated. The aural message is broadcast
through the cockpit loud speakers.
The messages are as follows:
MODE AURAL ALERTS VISUAL ALERTS
1 SINK RATE GPWS
1 PULL UP PULL UP
2 TERRAIN GPWS
2 TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL UP PULL UP
3 DONT SINK GPWS
4 TOO LOW TERRAIN GPWS
4 TOO LOW GEAR GPWS
4 TOO LOW FLAPS GPWS
5 GLIDE SLOPE GPWS
TAD TERRAIN AHEAD TERRAIN AHEAD GPWS
TAD TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP PULL UP
OBSTACLE OBSTACLE AHEAD OBSTACLE AHEAD GPWS
OBSTACLE OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP PULL UP
TCF TOO LOW TERRAIN GPWS
Each of these alerts inhibits the automatic call out.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 79
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
(3) Inhibitions
**ON A/C 001-004,
(Ref. Fig. 010)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 31-1300 For A/C 001-004,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
**ON A/C ALL
Alerts may be cancelled by:
(a) Pressing the EMER CANC key on the ECAM control panel (aural alert
only).
(b) Pressing the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switch on the main
instrument panel for Mode 5 (glide slope) visual and aural alert.
This inhibition is temporary and the mode is automatically
reactivated for a new envelope penetration.
(c) Pressing the G/S MODE pushbutton switch on the overhead panel for
Mode 5 (glide slope) visual and aural alert (permanent
inhibition).
(d) Pressing the SYS pushbutton switch on the overhead panel for
inhibition of GPWS Modes 1 to 5 (visual and aural alerts).
(e) Pressing the TERR pushbutton switch on the overhead panel for
inhibition of TAD and TCF functions (visual and aural alerts).
(f) All aural messages are inhibited if a stall or a windshear (if
WR/PWS is installed) is in progress.
(4) Faults which prevent normal Enhanced GPWC operation are stored in the
BITE memory. They can be read on the MCDU.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 80
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
B. Detailed Operation - Modes 1 through 5
This section describes the five warning modes of the Enhanced GPWC and
describes the operation of each of the modes.
(1) Mode 1 - Excessive rate of descent
(Ref. Fig. 011)
(a) Mode 1 provides the pilot with an alert/warning for high descent
rates into terrain. The pilot also receives a timely alert for
rapidly building sink rates near the runway when landing. The
figure shows the outer and inner boundaries whose penetration
triggers the alert/warnings.
(b) The outer boundary is a straight line which has an equation of:
H warn (ft.) = - 572 ft. - 0.6035 X Altitude rate.
NOTE : The descent rate is considered negative during the
____
descent. The formulas provide theoretical target values
only.
(c) The outer warning boundary is biased to the right as a function
of glide slope deviation above (Fly Down) the beam in order to
prevent unwanted warnings while re-positioning from above the
beam.
(d) The penetration of this outer boundary activates the PULL UP
legends and produces the voice warning SINK RATE repeated twice,
then it remains silent unless the excessive descent rate
condition degrades by approximately 20 per cent.
(e) Further penetration of the first boundary reaches the inner
boundary where the voice warning changes from SINK RATE to PULL
UP. This inner boundary is composed of two straight lines. The
equation which describes the lower line is:
H warn (ft.) = - 1620 ft. - 1.1133 X Altitude rate.
The equation which describes the upper line is:
H warn (ft.) = - 400 ft. - 0.400 X Altitude rate.
(f) Both boundaries are cut off at the top by a radio altitude of
2450 ft. The lower is cut off at 10 ft. A delay equivalent to 0.8
seconds is included in the upper function to minimize the
warnings caused by the momentary boundary penetration.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 81
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Excessive Rate of Descent
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 82
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(g) Both boundaries can be biased to the right at certain airports
through envelope modulation to minimize nuisance warnings.
(2) Mode 2 - Excessive closure rate with terrain
(Ref. Fig. 012)
(a) Mode 2 provides a warning based on the radio altitude between the
aircraft and the ground and on how rapidly the radio altitude
decreases.
The barometric altitude of the aircraft is not important for the
initiation of this warning.
(b) The altitude rate is complemented in the filter to provide lead
information. The increase of the altitude descent rate tends to
speed up the warning occurrence. The reduction of the altitude
descent rate or the initiation of a climb tends to delay the
warning occurrence or reduce the time the warning is on.
(c) This mode has two areas of application that are generally
referred to as Mode 2A and Mode 2B. Mode 2A is applied when the
landing flaps are not down and the aircraft is not in the glide
slope beam. Mode 2B requires that the landing flaps be down or
that the aircraft be in the glide slope beam within +/- 2 dots of
deviation during an ILS approach. The figure shows the warning
boundary for Mode 2A (landing flaps up). The closure rate is the
computed change in the radio altitude between the aircraft and
the ground. It is considered positive when the altitude
decreases.
The lower sloped line has an equation of:
H warn (ft.) = - 1579 ft. + 0.7895 X closure rate (FPM).
The upper sloped line has an equation of:
H warn (ft.) = 522 ft. + 0.1968 X closure rate (FPM).
(d) The normal upper limit of the boundary is horizontal at 1650 ft.
radio altitude due to a computed maximum closure rate limit of
5733 FPM. As the airspeed increases from 220 Kts up to 310 Kts,
the maximum rate limit is linearly increased to 9800 FPM. This
allows the upper boundary to also linearly increase up to 2450
ft.
The upper boundary is limited at certain airports to reduce the
warning sensitivity and minimize the nuisance warnings.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 83
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Terrain Closure Rate - Mode
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 84
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(e) Upon penetration of the boundary, either on the slope or from the
top, the PULL UP legends come on and the voice message is TERRAIN
TERRAIN.
If the boundary penetration lasts beyond these two TERRAIN
messages, approximately 1 second, then the warning switches to
PULL UP repeated continuously until the boundary is departed.
When the Mode 2A envelope is exited, after having been violated
for more than 3 seconds, an altitude gain feature is
automatically activated. First the altitude at this instant is
sampled and stored. The PULL UP legends remain on and the voice
message is TERRAIN. After three hundred feet of altitude are
gained from the stored value, or 45 seconds have elapsed from the
point where the PULL UP envelope was exited, the PULL UP legends
and voice stop. If another boundary penetration occurs during
this altitude gain time, and it lasts long enough to restart the
PULL UP warning plus 3 seconds, then the whole process begins
again with a new reference altitude for the 300 ft. after
boundary separation.
In this manner the aircraft is directed up and over the terrain
to a safer altitude.
(f) Lowering the flaps to the landing position automatically switches
the GPWS to Mode 2B. The static boundary for Mode 2B is the same
as the Mode 2A boundary except the upper limit has been lowered
to 789 ft. at a maximum closure rate of 3000 FPM. The lower part
of the Mode 2B boundary is controlled as a function of radio
altitude and altitude rate when flaps are in full landing
configuration.
(g) Mode 2B is also selected when the aircraft is performing an ILS
approach and the glide slope and localizer deviations are less
than +/- 2 dots. However, the warning envelope is slightly
different from the flaps down case in that the lower boundary is
controlled only as a function of radio altitude, having a
constant lower cutoff of 30 ft. above ground level. When the
flaps are selected to landing configuration in the ILS beams, the
lower boundary is activated, (Mode 2B inhibit).
(h) When the envelope boundary conditions for Mode 2B are violated,
the PULL UP legends come on, and the voice message is repeated
until the boundary is exited. If the gear or the flaps are up,
then the message is TERRAIN TERRAIN followed by PULL UP if the
condition persists. If both gear and flaps are in the landing
configuration, the message is TERRAIN.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 85
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
(i) When the following conditions are available:
- Enhanced functions valid,
- Terrain database quality good,
- Geometric Altitude valid,
- Terrain awareness functions in high integrity,
Current Mode 2 alert envelopes are modified in order to limit
spurious alert.
The new envelope limits the top of the Mode 2 curve to 1250 ft.
RA.
The Mode 2 envelope is also reduced to the existing Mode 2 B
limit of 789 ft.whenever the aircraft is within 5NM of the
runway.
(Ref. Fig. 013)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
(i) When the following conditions are available:
- Enhanced functions valid,
- Terrain database quality good,
- Geometric Altitude valid,
- Terrain awareness functions in high integrity,
Current Mode 2 alert envelopes are modified in order to limit
spurious alert.
The new envelope limits the top of the Mode 2 curve to 950 ft.
RA.
The Mode 2 envelope is also reduced to the existing Mode 2 B
limit of 789 ft. whenever the aircraft is within 10NM and 3500
ft. of the runway.
(Ref. Fig. 013A)
**ON A/C ALL
(3) Mode 3 - Insufficient climb performance after takeoff
(Ref. Fig. 014)
(a) Mode 3 provides a warning for excessive altitude loss after
takeoff.
Mode 3 is based primarily on radio altitude, altitude (IR
inertial altitude, internally computed inertial altitude, or
barometric altitude), and altitude rate (IVS, internally computed
inertial altitude rate, or barometric altitude rate).
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 86
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Mode 2 with Geometric altitude
Figure 013
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 87
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Mode 2 with Geometric altitude
Figure 013A
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 88
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Descent After Takeoff
Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 89
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(b) Penetration of the Mode 3 alert/boundary results in the message
DONT SINK and is based on altitude loss and radio altitude. This
alert/warning is only provided during takeoff when the aircraft
looses a predetermined amount of altitude.
(Ref. Fig. 014)
The sloped portion of the static warning envelope depicted is
defined by the following equation:
ALTITUDE LOSS (FT.) = 5.4 + 0.092 (RADIO ALTITUDE (FT.))
(c) Inertially compensated air data signals are used when possible.
IVS is used when valid data is available and barometric altitude
rate is used only when valid IVS is not available and the
internal computed inertial data is not valid. The Mode 3 warning
envelopes are inhibited close to the ground.
(d) The descent required for a warning varies as a function of flight
profile and time. Once a descent begins during the takeoff phase
of flight, as determined by the polarity of the altitude rate
signal and takeoff/approach mode logic, the Enhanced GPWC stores
the existing value of altitude. Subsequent samples of altitude,
altitude rate, and radio altitude are examined for warning
conditions. The original stored value of altitude indicating
where the descent began is retained until the aircraft ascends
above the stored altitude value. When the polarity of the
altitude rate signal indicates ascent rather than descent, the
warning is cut off to indicate recovery is being initiated. A
subsequent return to descent prior to regaining the altitude lost
enables the warning. The altitude loss required to resume the
message and legend activation is based on the initially stored
altitude value. In this manner, the possibility of stair stepping
down without Mode 3 warning indication is eliminated.
(e) Mode 3 is biased or desensitized under certain conditions. This
is accomplished by sampling radio altitude and altitude at
takeoff or go-around, and combining these signals to establish
the field elevation (or ground elevation) at takeoff or at the
point of go-around. Subsequent altitude information is then
compared to this value to determine the altitude gained since
takeoff or go-around.
(f) A delay equivalent to 0.8 second is added to the warning output
to prevent the possibility of nuisance warnings caused by static
pressure disturbances during gear retraction.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 90
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
(4) Mode 4 - Unsafe terrain clearance
(a) Mode 4 generates three types of voice warnings based on the radio
altitude, computed airspeed, and aircraft configuration, commonly
referred to as Modes 4A, 4B and 4C.
Mode 4A is active during cruise and approach with gear and flaps
not in landing configuration (conf 3 or full), the voice message
is TOO LOW GEAR.
Mode 4B is active in cruise and approach, with either gear or
flaps in landing configuration.
The upper boundary of the mode 4A and 4B envelope depends on the
enhanced mo des. When TCF is enabled and TAD in high integrity,
mode 4A upper boundary is maintained at 500ft for all airspeed
and mode 4B upper boundary is maintained at 245ft for all
airspeed.
All mode 4A/4B alerts are disabled when the aircraft is in full
landing configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
The equation for the sloped portion of the warning curve is:
H warn (ft) = -1083ft + 8.333 x Computed Airspeed (Kts)
Mode 4C is active diring takeoff phase with either gear or flaps
not in landing configuration. It provides a warning based on
minimum radio altitude clearance during takeoff. This warning is
similar to the Mode 4A warning that is active during the cruise
and approach phases of flight, only in this case, the minimum
terrain clearance is a function of the radio altitude of the
aircraft. The slopped portion of the envelope boundary is
described by the equation:
MIN TERRAIN CLEARANCE (ft) = 0.75 (RADIO ALTITUDE (ft)
Mode 4C is based on a minimum terrain clearance, or floor, that
increases with radio altitude during takeoff. A value equal to 75
per cent of the current rad io altitude is accumulated in a long
term filter that is only allowed to increase in value. If the
radio altitude later decreases, the filter stores its maximum
attained value. Further decrease of radio altitude below the
stored filter value with gear or flaps up results in the warning
TOO LOW TERRAIN (or equivalent).
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 91
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Unsafe Terrain Clearance - Mode
Figure 015 (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 92
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Unsafe Terrain Clearance - Mode
Figure 015 (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 93
May 01/08
VOI
A simplified example illustrates this operation. First assume the
radio altitude increase rapidly from 0ft to 400ft. The filter
begins charging to 75 per cent of 400ft or 300ft. In 20 seconds,
the filter has charged up to approximately 220ft. Now if the
radio altitude decreases so that 75 per cent of this value
results in something less than 220ft (i.e., approximately 295ft
or less), the filter remains at a value of 220ft . Further
reductions in radio altitude below 220ft result in the TOO LOW
TERRAIN warning. This warning is provided to prevent inadvertent
controlled flight into the ground during takeoff climb into
terrain that produces insufficient closure rate for a Mode 2
warning. After takeoff, and mode change over from Takeoff to
Cruise or Approach, then Mode 4A and 4B provide this protection.
The basic audio de-clutter feature applies a ratched function to
the Mode 4C voice warning which is equivalent to the ratcheting
voice message described above. Once the message is given, the
envelope is biased down by 20 per cent and further warnings are
held off until this additional 20 per cent radio altitude is
lost. The lamp is not affected and remains on until the terrain
clearance problem is rectified.
(b) The Mode 4A/4B maximum altitude is lowered from 1000 to 800 ft.
of radio altitude when an overflight is detected. An overflight
can be detected by sensing the sudden change in radio altitude
(-2200ft/s). The 800 ft limit is maintained for 60 seconds after
an overflight to ensure that a nuisance warning is not issued.
(c) When the landing gear or flaps are lowered, the upper boundary
decreases to 245 ft. To maintain the same airspeed expansion
function up to 1000 ft. nominal at 250 Kts, the lower level
corner is at 159 Kts.
Penetration below 159 Kts results in TOO LOW GEAR messages with
gear up or TOO LOW FLAPS message with gear down and flaps not in
landing configuration, while above 159 Kts the message is TOO LOW
TERRAIN.
(d) The basic audio de-clutter feature applies a ratched function to
the Mode 4 voice warning which is similar to the Mode 3
ratcheting voice message. Once the message is given, the envelope
is biased down by 20 per cent and further warnings are held off
until this additional 20 per cent radio altitude is lost. The
lamp is not affected and remains on until the radio altitude
becomes greater than indicated on the curves.
A simplified example illustrates this operation. First assume the
radio altitude increases rapidly from 0 ft. to 400 ft. The filter
begins charging to 75 per cent of 400 ft., or 300 ft. In 20
seconds, the filter has charged up to approximately 220 ft.
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 94
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(e) The gear-down logic requirement for Mode 5is deleted at certains
airports.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
(4) Mode 4 - Unsafe terrain clearance
(Ref. Fig. 015)
(a) Mode 4 generates three types of voice warning messages based on
the radio altitude, computed airspeed, and aircraft
configuration.
Mode 4 is composed of three sub-modes referred to as Modes 4A, 4B
and 4C.
Mode 4A is active during cruise and approach, with gear not in
landing configuration and flaps not in landing configuration
(full or conf 3 + LDG FLAP 3 selected on the overhead GPWS
control panel).
Mode 4B is active during cruise and approach, with:
- gear in landing configuration
OR
- flaps in landing configuration and gear not in landing
configuration.
All Mode 4 alerts are inhibited if flaps and gear are in landing
configuration.
A push action on the GPWS/FLAP MODE pushbutton switch (OFF legend
on) inhibits all Mode 4 alerts if gear is in landing
configuration.
(b) The standard upper boundary for Mode 4A is at 500 ft. radio
altitude. Below 190 kts, if the aircraft penetrates this boundary
with the gear still up and flap not in landing configuration, the
voice message is TOO LOW GEAR.
Above 190 kts :
- if flaps are not in landing configuration and TCF enabled or
TAD in high integrity (A/C position and geometric altitude have
a high accuracy), the upper boundary stays constant to a value
of 500 ft. radio altitude.
Penetrating this airspeed expanded boundary produces a TOO LOW
TERRAIN voice message.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
(See top fig. (SHEET1))
- if flaps are not in landing configuration and TCF disabled and
TAD not in high integrity, the upper boundary increases
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 95
Feb 01/09
VOI
linearly with airspeed to a maximum of 1000 ft. radio altitude
at 250 kts or more.
Penetrating this airspeed expanded boundary produces a TOO LOW
TERRAIN voice message.
Lowering the flaps or the gear in landing configuration results
in transition to Mode 4B.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
(See bottom fig. (SHEET1))
(c) The standard upper boundary for Mode 4B is at 245 ft. radio
altiude. Penetration below 159 kts results in TOO LOW GEAR voice
message with gear up, or TOO LOW FLAPS message with gear down and
flaps not in Landing configuration
Above 159 kts :
- if landing gear is up and flaps are down, the voice message is
TOO LOW GEAR. The upper boundary stays constant to a value of
245 ft.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
(See top fig. (SHEET2))
- if landing gear is down and flaps are not in landing
configuration, the voice message is TOO LOW TERRAIN. The upper
boundary stays constant to a value of 245 ft. if TAD is in high
integrity or TCF enabled.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
(See middle fig. (SHEET2))
Otherwise, the upper boundary increases linearly with airspeed
to a maximum value of 1000 ft. radio altitude at 250 kts or
more.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
(See bottom fig. (SHEET2))
(d) The Mode 4A and 4B maximum altitudes are reduced under different
circumstances to help reduce nuisance alerts.
First, through Envelope Modulation, lower maximums are used at
certain airports where operational procedures and terrain
characteristics may result in potential nuisance warnings.
Secondly, the Mode 4 maximum altitude is reduced from 1000 ft. to
800 ft. radio altitude if an overflight is detected. An
overflight is detected by sensing sudden changes in radio
altitude.
Current holding patterns can allow a 1000 ft. separation between
aircraft. Due to barometric altimetry errors, the actual
separation can be somewhat less than 1000 ft. If the radio
altitude rate of change is greater than or equal to -2200 ft. per
second, then the Mode 4 maximum altitude is reduced to 800 ft.
for 60 seconds following the excessive rate detection.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 96
Feb 01/09
VOI
(e) Mode 4 also provides an alert based on a minimum radio altitude
clearance during takeoff. This alert is similar to the Mode 4A
alert that is active during the cruise and approach phases of
flight, only in this case, the minimum terrain clearance is a
function of the radio altitude of the aircraft.
A value equal to 75 percent of the current radio altitude is
accumulated in a long-term filter that is only allowed to
increase in value. If the radio altitude later decreases, the
filter stores its maximum attained value. Further decrease of
radio altitude below the stored filter value with gear or flap
results in the TOO LOW TERRAIN voice message (or equivalent).
A simplified example illustrates this operation. First assume the
radio altitude increases rapidly from zero foot to 400 ft. The
filter begins charging to 75 percent of 400 ft., or 300 ft. In 20
seconds, the filter will have charged up to approximately 220 ft.
If the radio altitude decreases so that 75 percent of this value
results in something less than 220 ft. (i.e., approximately 295
ft. or less), the filter remains at a value of 220 ft. Further
reductions in radio altitude below 220 ft. will result in the TOO
LOW TERRAIN voice message.
This warning is provided to prevent inadvertent controlled flight
into the ground during takeoff climb into terrain that produces
insufficient closure rate for a Mode 2 warning. After change from
takeoff to cruise and approach, then Modes 4A and 4B provide this
protection.
The basic audio declutter feature applies a ratchet function to
the Mode 4 aural alerts which are similar to the Mode 3
ratcheting alert/warning. Once the alert/warning is provided, the
envelope is biased down by 20 percent and further alerts are held
off until this additional 20 percent radio altitude is lost. The
lamp is not affected and remains on until the radio altitude
becomes greater than the indication on the curves.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 97
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
(5) Mode 5 - Descent below glide slope
(Ref. Fig. 016)
(a) Mode 5 provides two levels of warning when the aircraft flight
path descends below the glide slope beam on front course ILS
approaches.
The upper limit of 1000 ft. nominal allows the capture of the
beam before enabling this mode. Higher upper limits are used at
certain airports to increase the warning envelope. The deviation
boundaries are shown in dots below the beam where one dot equals
0.0875 DDM = 0,36 degree. The first warning occurs whenever the
aircraft is more than 1.3 dots below the beam. It is called a
soft glide slope warning because the volume level of the GLIDE
SLOPE warning is approximately one half (- 6 db) that of the
other warnings.
A second warning boundary occurs below 300 ft. radio altitude and
more than 2 dots below the beam. It is called loud glide slope
because the volume level is increased to that of the other
warnings.
(b) Both boundaries allow additional deviation below 150 ft. of radio
altitude to allow for normal beam variations near the threshold.
(c) The basic audio de-clutter feature provides GLIDE SLOPE message
logic which suppresses the aural alert after one message has been
given. Follow-on alerts are only allowed when the aircraft
descends lower on the glide slope beam by approximately 20 per
cent. The alert lamp remains on until the excessive FLY UP
condition has been corrected. The aural alerts are provided
continuously once the aircraft exceeds 2 dots FLY UP. Below 300
ft. AGL the messages speed up as altitude is lowered or deviation
is increased. Actual time between GLIDE SLOPE messages for these
conditions is controlled by the equation:
RADIO ALTITUDE (FT.)
PAUSE(SEC) = --------------------------------- X 0.0067
GLIDE SLOPE DEVIATION (DOTS FLY UP)
Additionally, the audio de-clutter feature allows for Mode 5
GLIDE SLOPE alerts to occur during penetration of the Mode 1
outer envelope while the Mode 1 SINKRATE audio is suppressed.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 98
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Descent Below Glide Slope
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 99
May 01/08
R
VOI
(d) The GLIDE SLOPE warning can be manually cancelled by the crew.
This can be done any time below 2000 ft. nominal radio altitude.
Cancel can be reset by ascending above 2000 ft. nominal, or
descending below 30 ft.
(e) The change from constant deviation to a slope below 150 ft. radio
altitude is shown along with the constant separation 0.7 dot
between the two boundaries. A delay of approximately 0.8 second
is inserted between the warning output and the enabling logic
during a warning condition. The delay also turns off the warning
output when two successive samples show a loss of the enabling
logic. The repetition rate of the GLIDE SLOPE message is
controlled by the radio altitude and the glide slope deviation as
shown in the equation above.
(f) The gear-down logic requirement for Mode 5 is deleted at certain
airports.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
(g) Mode 5 is inhibited when aircraft performed a FLS approach.
**ON A/C 001-002,
C. Envelope Modulation
(1) Background
During the past 20 years, experience with GPWS has shown that normal
approaches to certain airports can be incompatible with the normal
warning envelopes and signal filtering.
The envelope modulation feature provides improved alert/warning
protection at some key locations throughout the world, while
improving nuisance margins at others. This is made possible with the
use of navigational signals from modern inertially based navigation
equipment. This feature utilizes updated flight management system
navigational signals.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A0
Feb 01/09
VOI
R **ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
C. Envelope Modulation
(1) Background
During the past 20 years, experience with GPWS has shown that normal
approaches to certain airports can be incompatible with the normal
warning envelopes and signal filtering.
The envelope modulation feature provides improved alert/warning
protection at some key locations throughout the world, while
improving nuisance margins at others. This is made possible with the
use of navigational signals from GPS/IRS/FMS navigation equipement.
**ON A/C ALL
A number of enhancements to the envelopes and filters have been
developed during this time in an attempt to accommodate these few
airports, without compromising the overall GPWS effectiveness for all
the other airport normal approaches. However, there remains a
limited number of cases which are still not satisfactory persist
despite these efforts.
All of the noticeable cases have been due to nuisance warnings for
approaches and departures at particular airports. The majority of
nuisance warnings involves Mode 2 closure rate due to terrain under
the approach path or rising terrain just before the runway threshold.
Others involve Mode 4 terrain clearance warnings during initial
approach. A few Mode 1 warnings are the results of steeper than
normal approaches over terrain which slopes down to the runway at
some airports.
A different type of case is the inadequate warning protection during
ILS approaches because Mode 5 is limited to less than 1000 ft. radio
altitude. There are airports located at a significantly higher
altitude than the surrounding terrain. In some instances this
difference is over 1000 ft., thus requiring the aircraft to be below
the runway elevation before a Mode 5 warning is possible during most
of the approach.
Until recently there has been no reasonable way to accomodate these
few special cases without compromising the Enhanced GPWC at all other
airports.
What is needed is the ability to recognize when the aircraft is
approaching one of these airports and then adjust the warning
criteria to suit the particular approach.
The availability of accurate, low drift, latitude and longitude
information from the latest generation inertial navigation equipment
now makes individual airport recognition possible. After recognizing
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A1
May 01/08
VOI
the approach to or departure from one of these airports, it is also
important to verify the aircraft is at a reasonable altitude before
desensitizing any warning criteria. If the aircraft is already low,
further warning reduction is not desirable. This requires the use of
corrected altitude signals.
(2) Functional description
Furthermore, in order to prevent inadvertent activation of envelope
modulation, cross checks must be made which validate the navigational
and altitude information. This requires a cross check to other ground
based navigational aids.
Corrected altitude information from the ADIRU is used. This data can
be either QNH or QFE corrected. This altitude information is verified
in one of two ways:
- For ILS approaches, the glide slope deviation is used to establish
that adequate terrain clearance exists (i.e. a normal approach).
Consequently, errors in altitude data do not enable envelope
modulation during an unsafe condition,
- When ILS information is not available, stored terrain elevation
data is matched against computed elevation data (i.e. corrected
altitude - radio altitude) to verify altitude. This is done for a
snapshot location immediately prior to the envelope modulation
area.
**ON A/C 001-002,
The following input data are used for airport recognition:
- latitude position from the FMGC or the ADIRU,
- longitude position from the FMGC or the ADIRU,
- glide slope deviation from the ILS portion of the MMR,
- localizer deviation from the ILS portion of the MMR,
- aircraft magnetic track angle from the FMGC or the ADIRU,
- runway course from the ILS portion of the MMR,
- corrected barometric altitude from the ADIRU,
- QNH or QFE mode of baro altitude correction via program pin. QNH
mode is the baro altitude correction to sea level. QFE mode is
selected with a program pin for baro altitude correction to the
airport field elevation,
- radio altitude.
Latitude and longitude data are continuously monitored for the
airport locations. Additional data processing for envelope modulation
is not required until the aircraft approaches one of the envelope
modulation areas. Then the other data inputs are checked for a
normal approach before any warning envelopes are modulated.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A2
May 01/08
R
VOI
The FMGC is the preferred source for latitude and longitude data
because these data were corrected for the normal drift of the ADIRU
basic latitude and longitude data.
R **ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
The following input data are used for airport recognition:
- latitude position from GPS or FMGC or the ADIRU,
- longitude position from GPS or FMGC or the ADIRU,
- glide slope deviation from the ILS,
- localizer deviation from the ILS,
- aircraft magnetic track angle from the FMGC or the ADIRU,
- runway course from the ILS,
- corrected barometric altitude from the ADIRU,
- QNH or QFE mode of baro altitude correction. QNH mode is baro
altitude correction to sea level. QFE mode is selected for baro
altitude correction to the airport field elevation,
- radio altitude.
Latitude and longitude data are continuously monitored for the
airport locations. Additional data processing for envelope modulation
is not required until the aircraft approaches one of the envelope
modulation areas. Then the other data inputs are checked for a
normal approach before any warning envelopes are modulated.
The GPS is the preferred source for latitude and longitude. The
Enhanced-GPWS will then us preferably GPS and corrected IRS latitude
and longitude data as valid position source, if these position are
downgraded, then FMS position will be used.
**ON A/C ALL
(3) Types of envelope modulation - There are currently four types of
envelope modulation required for particular airport approaches.
- bias the Mode 1 warning boundaries for SINK RATE and PULL UP to the
right to allow greater altitude descent rates before a warning is
generated.
(Ref. Fig. 011)
- lower the maximum upper limit for Mode 2A and Mode 2B.
This limits the maximum radio altitude, or the minimum terrain
clearance required to generate a warning.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
- lower the maximum upper limit for Mode 4 to allow less minimum
terrain clearance before a warning is generated.
(Ref. Fig. 015)
- expand the maximum Mode 5 radio altitude level where a warning can
begin. This allows GLIDE SLOPE warnings for higher radio altitudes.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A3
May 01/08
VOI
The gear down requirement is also removed during warning expansion,
to allow gear up warnings.
The actual data for each of the established areas is in tables stored
in the Enhanced GPWC non-volatile memory. This data can be for either
a snapshot area or an envelope modulation area. In fact, these
areas can actually overlap since the envelope modulation is not
performed until the snapshot conditions have been verified. Every
snapshot has an associated envelope modulation area, but not every
envelope modulation area has an associated snapshot area. This is
because some locations use glide slope instead of the snapshot
feature as a cross check on corrected altitude data. All of the data
extracted for each location is used to form a unique key which
establishes the aircraft position, orientation and altitude.
Stored data for latitude, longitude, terrain elevation, expected
elevation tolerance, minimum expected radio altitude, heading (track)
and maximum allowable time to reach the envelope modulation area are
compared to real time computed values for these parameters in order
to set snapshot latch. This latch is intentionally stored in
volatile RAM memory and cleared during power loss recovery. The
associated signal validities are used to establish signal integrity
prior to setting the snapshot latch. The maximum time term is used
to clear the snapshot latch once this time has expired unless the
envelope modulation conditions are satisfied first.
Logic is required to satisfy one or more of the envelope modulation
keys. In each case, if the key is required, the associated
conditions are monitored.
The following is a summary of the envelope modulation, and snapshot
keys:
ENVELOPE MODULATION KEYS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SELECTED KEY | DESCRIPTION |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| ENVELOPE | REQUIRES VALID LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE TO BE WITHIN |
| MODULATION AREA | DEFINED AREA |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| G/S SELECTED | REQUIRES VALID GLIDE SLOPE WITHIN +/- 2 DOTS |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| LOC SELECTED | REQUIRES VALID LOCALIZER WITHIN +/- 2 DOTS |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| HDG SELECTED | REQUIRES VALID HEADING WITHIN +/- 30 DEG OF SELECTED |
| | VALUE |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| CRS SELECTED | REQUIRES VALID RUNWAY COURSE WITHIN +/- 10 DEG OF |
| | SELECTED VALUE |
| | If the aircraft installation does not provide runway |
| | course (or selected heading) then this key is not |
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A4
May 01/08
R
VOI
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SELECTED KEY | DESCRIPTION |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| | required. |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| MIN ALTITUDE | REQUIRES VALID CORRECTED ALTITUDE (QFE OR QNH) TO BE |
| SELECTED | GREATER THAN SELECTED VALUE |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| SNAPSHOT SELECTED| REQUIRES SNAPSHOT DETECTED |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SNAPSHOT KEYS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SELECTED KEY | DESCRIPTION |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| SNAPSHOT AREA | REQUIRES VALID LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE TO BE WITHIN |
| | DEFINED AREA |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| HDG SELECTED | REQUIRES VALID HEADING WITHIN +/- 30 DEG OF SELECTED |
| | VALUE |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| MINIMUM RADIO | REQUIRES VALID RADIO ALTITUDE TO BE GREATER THAN |
| ALTITUDE | SELECTED VALUE |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| TERRAIN ELEVATION| REQUIRES TERRAIN ELEVATION (QFE OR QNH) TO BE WITHIN |
| | A SPECIFIC TOLERANCE OF THE SELECTED VALUE |
|------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| MAXIMUM TIME | MAXIMUM TIME PERMITTED TO SATISFY ALL ENVELOPE |
| | MODULATION KEYS AFTER LEAVING THE SNAPSHOT |
|__________________|________________________________________________________|
All of the keys, either by virtue of not being selected, or by
being selected and satisfied, are required to enable envelope
modulation. Envelope modulation parameters are either within the
selected values if the keys fit, or defaulted to normal values if
the keys do not fit. These parameters are used as inputs to the
warning modes and thereby provide the mechanism for envelope
modulation.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A5
May 01/08
R
VOI
D. Enhanced Features
(1) Terrain Awareness alerting and Display (TAD) functions
The terrain awareness component of the Enhanced GPWS is divided into
functional blocks with an interface to Navigation Display.
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The highlighted blocks monitor aircraft position with respect to
local terrain data base and provide rapid audio and visual alerts
when a terrain threat is detected. Terrain threats are recognized and
annunciated when terrain violates specific computed envelope
boundaries forward of the aircraft path.
The terrain awareness alert lamps and audio outputs behave in the
same manner as the standard GPWS mode alerts. A terrain caution alert
or terrain warning alert initiates a specific audio alert phrase
(Ref. para.D.(1)(d)2_ and D.(1)(d)3_).
Complementing the terrain threat alerts, the Enhanced GPWS also
maintains a synthetic image of local terrain forward of the aircraft
for display on EFIS Navigation Displays (ND).
The Enhanced GPWS is configured to automatically de-select the
weather display and pop-up a display of the terrain threats when they
occur. The logic used provides an external input for predictive
windshear alerts that can override a terrain display and revert to
the weather display with the corresponding windshear data (if WR/PWS
installed).
The Enhanced GPWS provides two external display outputs, each with
independent range-scaling control in the same fashion as a weather
radar on both NDs. Changes of range scaling to one ND do not affect
the other display. Each of these two independent outputs may be used
to drive more than one display.
(a) Enhanced GPWS Input processing and signal selection function.
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The input processing and signal selection function conditions and
formats aircraft data into proper form for use by the Enhanced
GPWS while insulating the Enhanced GPWS from variations in
aircraft type and configuration.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A6
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Terrain Awareness Functions
Figure 017
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A7
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
1
_ Aircraft data inputs
Aircraft position latitude and longitude are required for
terrain awareness operation and are received from the Global
Positioning System (GPS). The Enhanced GPWS will use GPS and
corrected IRS as valid position sources, if the figures of
merit (FOM) of these sources exceed 0,5NM then FMS data will
be used. The terrain peration and a threat detection and
display processing are automatically disabled in some
particular conditions. This is indicated to the flight crew by
an ECAM memo (TERR STBY).
(Ref. Fig. 010)
**ON A/C 001-002,
Post SB 31-1300 For A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
**ON A/C 001-002,
Additionally, aircraft ground track and ground speed data are
received from the IR portion of the ADIRU 1 (IRS). The
aircraft altitude MSL is received from the air data portion of
the ADIRU 1.
Other aircraft inputs include aircraft heading (from the IR),
roll attitude (from IR) and flight path angle (Gamma, derived
by the Enhanced GPWC).
Aircraft altitude for the Terrain Awareness functions is also
computed from pressure altitude and SAT received from the air
data portion of the ADIRU, altitude from the Global
Positioning System (if available), and height above ground
provided by the Radio Altimeter (RA).
When GPS parameters are available via a specific Pin-Program,
and from GPIRS, the Enhanced GPWS computes a Geometric
Altitude.
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A8
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
1
_ Aircraft data inputs
The Enhanced GPWS will use GPS, corrected IRS and FMS as valid
position sources and will inhibit itself automatically if all
the figures of merit (FOM) for these sources exceed the
current Enhanced GPWS required accuracy.
The terrain threat detection and display processing are
automatically disabled. This is indicated to the flight crew
by an ECAM memo (TERR STBY).
**ON A/C 003-004,
(Ref. Fig. 010)
R **ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
Post SB 31-1300 For A/C 003-004,
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
R **ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
Additionally, aircraft ground track and ground speed data are
received from the IR portion of the ADIRU 1 (IRS). The
aircraft altitude MSL is received from the air data portion of
the ADIRU 1.
Other aircraft inputs include aircraft heading (from the IR),
roll attitude (from IR) and flight path angle (Gamma, derived
by the Enhanced GPWC).
Aircraft altitude for the Terrain Awareness functions is also
computed from pressure altitude and SAT received from the air
data portion of the ADIRU, altitude from the Global
Positioning System (if available), and height above ground
provided by the Radio Altimeter (RA).
When GPS parameters are available via a specific Pin-Program,
and from GPIRS, the Enhanced GPWS computes a Geometric
Altitude.
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A9
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
2
_ Control Inputs
Installations provide discrete terrain display select
pushbutton switches (TERR ON ND) in the cockpit for each
display. These are momentary-action pushbutton switches that
are processed by the Enhanced GPWS input processing and signal
selection block as input to display control logic.
Additionally, for aircraft with predictive windshear radar
capability (if WR/PWS installed), a windshear override boolean
is computed using alert level bits from label 077 on WXR
hazard bus for the display control logic.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
R **ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C ALL
This boolean allows the Enhanced GPWC to manage priority
between Enhanced GPWC alerts and PWS alerts. The installation
requires input of cockpit-selected range scales provided by
the FCU for each ND.
(b) Local Terrain Processing
The local terrain processing block extracts and formats local
topographic data and terrain features from the related data bases
creating a set of digital elevation matrix overlays for use by
the terrain threat detection and display processing functions.
Additionally, data for the nearest runway are also extracted for
use by the terrain threat detection and display processing
functions. Processing for each topographic data base and the
runway data base are described in the following sub-sections.
1
_ Terrain Surface Data
Local terrain processing of topographic surface data updates a
set of digital elevation matrix overlays that are positioned
with respect to aircraft position. Each matrix element
contains the highest terrain altitude with respect to mean sea
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A10
May 01/08
VOI
level in that element area. Elements where terrain data are
not available are marked invalid. These unknown data are
displayed in magenta low density on ND whatever the altitude.
2
_ Obstacle Data
In addition to terrain surface data, the terrain database
contains obstacle data. The obstacle data are displayed as
terrain data (same coloring scheme) and cause visual
indications of warning and caution alerts as terrain. The
current obstacle database is obtained from N.O.A.A. (National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration). It includes obtacles
in the United States and part of Canada, Mexico, the Bahamas
and Europe. Obstacle alerting and display is activated via a
specific programming pin.
3
_ Nearest Runway Data
Data for the nearest runway are extracted and processed for
use by the terrain threat detection and display processing
functions. Data are extracted from the same airport data base
used by the Terrain Clearance Floor functions (Ref. para.
D.(2)). This data base contains data on all hard-surface
runways 3500 ft. or more in length with published coordinates.
The contents of the data base are processed by the local
terrain processing into nearest runway center position,
nearest runway threshold position, and nearest runway altitude
for use by the Enhanced GPWS. These data are updated when the
terrain threat detection and display processing functions are
performed.
(c) Terrain Threat Detection
The terrain threat detection and display processing block
performs the threat analysis on the terrain data within computed
caution and warning envelope boundaries below and forward of the
aircraft path. Results of these threat assessments are combined
with background terrain data and data for the nearest runway and
formatted into a terrain display image which can be displayed on
Navigation Display in place of the weather image. In the event of
terrain caution or warning conditions, a specific audio alert is
triggered and the terrain display image is enhanced to highlight
each of the types of terrain threats.
1
_ Terrain Caution and Warning Envelopes
(Ref. Fig. 018)
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A11
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Terrain Detection Envelope
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A12
May 01/08
R
VOI
a
_ Caution Altitude Floor
The caution altitude floor (or terrain floor) is computed
as a function of aircraft altitude with respect to nearest
runway altitude and range to the nearest runway threshold
position. This parameter represents a distance below the
aircraft. The relationship to the nearest runway threshold
location prevents undesired alerts when the aircraft is
taking off or landing at an airport. The system is
compatible with terrain clearances allowed for by
regulatory approach and departure design criteria.
b
_ Caution Look Ahead Distance
The caution look ahead distance is computed from aircraft
ground speed and turn rate to provide an advanced caution
with adequate time for the crew to react safely. Depending
on the situation this distance roughly corresponds to
between 40 and 60 seconds for advance alerting.
c
_ Warning Altitude Floor
The warning altitude floor is set to a fraction of the
caution altitude floor, as illustrated in the upper part of
this illustration.
(Ref. Fig. 018)
The warning altitude floor is computed as a function of
aircraft altitude with respect to nearest runway altitude
and range to the nearest runway threshold position. This
parameter represents a distance below the aircraft. The
relationship to the nearest runway threshold location
prevents undesired alerts when the aircraft is taking off
or landing at an airport.
d
_ Warning Look Ahead Distance
The warning look ahead distance is a fraction of the
caution look ahead distance (computed from aircraft ground
speed and turn rate) to provide an advanced warning with
adequate time for the crew to react safely.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
e
_ Cut off altitude around airport
The Enhanced GPWS look ahead algorithms as well as the
terrain display ignores all terrain and obstacles below a
calculated altitude define as the Absolute Cut Off Altitude
(ACOA). ACOA de-clutters terrain around airport, especially
during final approach when the aircraft normally approaches
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A13
Feb 01/09
VOI
the ground. It also has the effect to clearly showing the
runway approach and departure routes on the terrain display
because the valley floors will typically be black.
Cut off altitude value depends on the destination runway
and is comprised between 200ft and 400ft.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(d) Terrain / obstacle displays and Alerts
(Ref. Fig. 019, 020)
The terrain awareness alerting and display function maintains a
background display of local terrain forward of the aircraft for
cockpit display. In the event of terrain or obstacle caution or
warning conditions, an aural alert and lamp outputs are
triggered. The background image is then enhanced to highlight
terrain or obstacle threats forward of the aircraft. Obstacle
threats forward of the aircraft are also enhanced if the adjacent
terrain altitude is within a lowerterrain layer, or if the
adjacent cells are not illuminated. Obstacle enhancement is only
applicable to the 15, 30 and 60 arc second tiers.
The background terrain is depicted as variable density dot
patterns in green, yellow or red. The density and color vary
according to how close the terrain or obstacle in relation to
aircraft altitude. Additionally, the display of terrain based on
absolute terrain elevation is provided if the optional Peaks mode
is enabled. Terrain and obstacle alerts are depicted by
displaying the threatening terrain as solid yellow and/or red.
The terrain display algorithms process the set of digital
elevation matrix overlays into a matching set of display matrix
overlays and passed to the radar display output processor. The
display matrix overlays hold display attributes rather than
altitude for each matrix element. These attributes are computed
for the background and terrain threat areas and kept small to
reduce memory requirements and transfer time to the radar display
output processor. The aircraft position and aircraft heading are
used at the radar display output processor to extract the
radar-like sweeping image ahead of the aircraft from the display
overlays.
Each element of the output display matrix overlays holds a single
display attribute byte with fields for the colors, patterns, and
symbols shown in the following table:
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A14
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
R Enhanced GPWS - Peaks Terrain background display legend
Figure 019
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A15
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Terrain background display on ND
Figure 020
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A16
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Color | Threat |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Solid Red | Warning terrain (approximately 30 seconds from |
| | impact) |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Solid Yellow | Caution terrain (approximately 60 seconds from |
| | impact) |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| High Density Red | Terrain that is more than 2000 ft. above aircraft |
| | altitude |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| High Density | Terrain that is between 1000 ft. and 2000 ft. above |
| Yellow | aircraft altitude |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Medium Density | Terrain that is 500 ft. (250 ft. with gear down) |
| Yellow | below to 1000 ft. above aircraft altitude |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Solid Green | (Peaks only) Highest terrain not within 500 ft. |
| | (250 ft. with gear down) of aircraft altitude. |
| | Mainly appears with dotted yellow terrain when the |
| | aircraft altitude is within 500 ft. (250 ft. with |
| | gear down) of terrain. |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Hight Density | Terrain that is 500 ft. (250 ft. with gear down) below|
| Green Dots (1) | to 1000 ft. below aircraft altitude. |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | (Peaks only) Terrain that is the middle elevation band|
| | when there are no red or yellow terrain areas within |
| | range on the display. |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Low Density | Terrain that is 1000 ft. to 2000 ft. below aircraft |
| Green Dots | altitude. |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | (Peaks only) Terrain that is the middle elevation band|
| | when there are no red or yellow terrain areas within |
| | range on the display |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Black | No close terrain (Ref. NOTE in para. D.(1)(d)1_) |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Low Density | (Peaks only) Terrain elevation equal to 0 ft. MSL. |
| Cyan Dots | |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Light Density | Unknown terrain |
| Magenta | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A17
May 01/08
R
VOI
1
_ Background display (Option)
(Ref. Fig. 019)
There are two different background Terrain Awareness display
mode: standard and Peaks. For both modes the background
display is computed from the aircraft altitude with respect to
the terrain data in the digital elevation matrix overlays.
- Standard mode
Terrain is displayed using colors and shading patterns
corresponding to the vertical displacement between the
terrain elevation and the current aircraft altitude. Red and
yellow dot patterns indicate terrain near or above the
current altitude of the aircraft. Solid yellow and red
colors indicate caution and warning areas with respect to
the flight path of the aircraft.
High and low density green display patterns indicate terrain
that is below the aircraft and within 2000 ft. of the
aircraft altitude. Terrain more than 2000 ft. below the
aircraft is not displayed and the terrain display is
typically blank during the enroute portion of the flight.
- Peaks mode
The Peaks display option is available on Airbus aircraft
equipped with EIS 2 LCD displays. The Peaks terrain display
adds additional density patterns and level thresholds to the
standard mode display levels and patterns. These additional
levels are based on absolute terrain elevations in relation
to the range and distribution of terrain in the display
area. The Peaks display is thus a merged display
applicable to all phases of flight. At altitude safely above
all terrain for the display range chosen, the terrain is
displayed independent of aircraft altitude emphasizing the
highest and lowest elevations to provide increased
situational awareness. This increased awareness can be
particularly valuable to the flight crew in the event of an
unplanned descent or off-route deviation and for the purpose
of previewing terrain prior to descent.
The Peaks display includes a high green level to indicate
the highest non-threatening terrain. The standard lower
density green display patterns indicate mid and upper
terrain in the display area as well as terrain that is
within 2000 ft.of the aircraft. The red and yellow dot
patterns are unchanged and continue to indicate terrain that
is near or above the current altitude of the aircraft. Solid
yellow and red colors are also unchanged and continue to
indicate caution and warning areas in relation to the flight
path of the aircraft. Terrain identified as water (0 ft.
MSL) is displayed as cyan dots. The Peaks display is
prioritized such that higher level colors and densities
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A18
May 01/08
VOI
override lower color and densities for maximum situational
awareness of the most significant terrain in relation to the
altitude and flight path of the aircraft.
(Ref. Fig. 019)
With the Peaks display, two elevation numbers indicating the
highest and lowest terrain currently being displayed are
shown on the display. The elevation numbers indicate terrain
in hundred of feet above sea level (MSL). The terrain
elevation numbers are displayed with the highest terrain
number on top, and the lowest terrain number beneath it. The
highest terrain number is shown in the same color as the
highest terrain color pattern on the display, and the lowest
terrain number is shown in the color of the lowest terrain
color pattern shown on the display. A single elevation
number is displayed when the screen is all black or blue as
a result of flying over water or relatively flat terrain
where there is no appreciable difference in terrain
elevations. The elevation numbers on the display are an
additional indication that the terrain display is selected.
(Ref. Fig. 020)
2
_ Terrain and Obstacle caution alert (option)
(Ref. Fig. 021)
When the conditions have been met to generate a terrain or
obstacle caution alert, a specific audio alert and light
output is triggered and the background image is enhanced to
highlight the terrain caution threats.
At the start of a terrain caution alert, the Terrain Awareness
function triggers the caution audio alert phrase TERRAIN
AHEAD, TERRAIN AHEAD. The phrase is repeated after seven
seconds if still within the terrain caution envelope. The
Terrain Awareness function respond to an obstacle caution
alert by triggering the obstacle caution audio alert phrase
OBSTACLE AHEAD, OBSTACLE AHEAD. The phrase is repeated after
seven seconds if still within the terrain caution envelope.
During a terrain caution alert or obstacle caution alert, the
GPWS legend of the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches 4WZ and
5WZ is on.
During a terrain caution alert, areas where terrain violates
the terrain caution envelope along the aircraft track, and
within plus or minus 90 deg. of the aircraft track, are
painted with the caution color 100 per cent yellow.
During an obstacle caution alert areas where an obstacle
violates the terraincaution envelope along the aircraft track,
and within plus or minus 90 deg. of the aircraft track, are
displayed with the caution color yellow.
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A19
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Terrain background display on ND
Figure 020A
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A20
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Warning and Caution Display on ND (with EIS2)
Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A21
May 01/08
R
VOI
3
_ Terrain and obstacle warning alert (option)
(Ref. Fig. 021)
When the conditions have been met to generate a terrain or
obstacle warning alert, a specific audio alert and light
output is triggered and the background image is enhanced to
highlight the terrain or obstacle caution and warning threats.
At the start of a terrain warning alert, the Terrain Awareness
function triggers the warning audio alert phrase TERRAIN
AHEAD, PULL UP. The phrase is repeated continuously while
within the terrain warning envelope. The Terrain Awareness
function responds to an obstacle warning alert by triggering
the obstacle warning audio alert OBSTACLE AHEAD, PULL UP. The
phrase is repeated continuously while within the terrain
warning envelope.
During a terrain or obstacle warning alert, the PULL UP legend
of the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches 4WZ and 5WZ is on.
During a terrain warning alert, areas where terrain violates
the terrain warning envelope along the aircraft track, and
within plus or minus 90 deg. of the aircraft track, are
displayed with the warning color 100 per cent red.
NOTE : - Terrain is displayed on NDs if the ARC or ROSE mode
____
is selected on the FCU.
- When an alert (caution or warning) occurs and the FCU
mode is not a correct mode (ARC or ROSE), the message
TERR. CHANGE MODE is displayed on NDs.
- When an alert (caution or warning) occurs and the
range selected on the FCU is 160 or 320 NM the message
TERR. REDUCE RANGE is displayed on NDs.
(e) Terrain Data Base
Local terrain processing extracts and formats local topographic
terrain data from the Enhanced GPWS terrain data base for use by
the terrain threat detection and display processing functions.
This terrain data base divides the earth surface into grid sets
referenced horizontally on the geographic (latitude/longitude)
coordinate system of the WGS-84. Elements of the grid sets record
the highest terrain altitude (above MSL) in that element
respective area. Grid sets vary in resolution depending on
geographic location. Higher resolution grids are used around
airports. Lower resolution grids are used outside airport areas
where aircraft enroute altitude makes hazardous conditions
unlikely and for which detailed terrain features are not
important to the flight crew.
Digital Elevation Models (DEM) are available for most of the
airports around the world today. In cases where the data are not
currently available, DEMs are generated in-house from available
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A22
May 01/08
VOI
topographic maps, sectional charts, and airline approach plates.
The process of acquiring, generating, assembling, and updating
the data base is governed by strict configuration controls to
ensure the highest level of data integrity. DEMs from external
sources are input to this process, and are checked and formatted
for generation of the Enhanced GPWS terrain data base.
The global Enhanced GPWS terrain data base is organized in a
flexible manner. Using digital compression techniques, the
complete data base is stored in non-volatile memory within the
Enhanced GPWC. Updates and additions are easily accomplished by
inserting a single PCMCIA card in the card slot on the face of
the Enhanced GPWC. Status LEDs on the face of the Enhanced GPWC
allow the operator to monitor the data base load progress and
completion.
(f) Obstacle database (option)
The obstacle database is included with the terrain database in
the terrain database PCMCIA card. Both files are loaded in the
Enhanced GPWC with the obstacle database being accessed by the
Enhanced GPWS application only if obstacle alerting is basic to
the aircraft type, or if not basic, if enabled via program pin.
The obstacle data is processed by the display processing function
in the same fashion as terrain is presented on the display as
terrain (coloring scheme), and causes visual indications of
warning and caution alerts like terrain.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
(d) Terrain / obstacle displays and Alerts
(Ref. Fig. 019, 020A)
The terrain awareness alerting and display function maintains a
background display of local terrain forward of the aircraft for
cockpit display. In the event of terrain or obstacle caution or
warning conditions, an aural alert and lamp outputs are
triggered. The background image is then enhanced to highlight
terrain or obstacle threats forward of the aircraft. Obstacle
threats forward of the aircraft are also enhanced if the adjacent
terrain altitude is within a lowerterrain layer, or if the
adjacent cells are not illuminated. Obstacle enhancement is only
applicable to the 15, 30 and 60 arc second tiers.
The background terrain is depicted as variable density dot
patterns in green, yellow or red. The density and color vary
according to how close the terrain or obstacle in relation to
aircraft altitude. Additionally, the display of terrain based on
absolute terrain elevation is provided if the optional Peaks mode
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A23
Feb 01/09
VOI
is enabled. Terrain and obstacle alerts are depicted by
displaying the threatening terrain as solid yellow and/or red.
The terrain display algorithms process the set of digital
elevation matrix overlays into a matching set of display matrix
overlays and passed to the radar display output processor. The
display matrix overlays hold display attributes rather than
altitude for each matrix element. These attributes are computed
for the background and terrain threat areas and kept small to
reduce memory requirements and transfer time to the radar display
output processor. The aircraft position and aircraft heading are
used at the radar display output processor to extract the
radar-like sweeping image ahead of the aircraft from the display
overlays.
Each element of the output display matrix overlays holds a single
display attribute byte with fields for the colors, patterns, and
symbols shown in the following table:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Color | Threat |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Solid Red | Warning terrain (approximately 30 seconds from |
| | impact) |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Solid Yellow | Caution terrain (approximately 60 seconds from |
| | impact) |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| High Density Red | Terrain that is more than 2000 ft. above aircraft |
| | altitude |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| High Density | Terrain that is between 1000 ft. and 2000 ft. above |
| Yellow | aircraft altitude |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Medium Density | Terrain that is 500 ft. (250 ft. with gear down) |
| Yellow | below to 1000 ft. above aircraft altitude |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Solid Green | (Peaks only) Highest terrain not within 500 ft. |
| | (250 ft. with gear down) of aircraft altitude. |
| | Mainly appears with dotted yellow terrain when the |
| | aircraft altitude is within 500 ft. (250 ft. with |
| | gear down) of terrain. |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Hight Density | Terrain that is 500 ft. (250 ft. with gear down) below|
| Green Dots (1) | to 1000 ft. below aircraft altitude. |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | (Peaks only) Terrain that is the middle elevation band|
| | when there are no red or yellow terrain areas within |
| | range on the display. |
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A24
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Color | Threat |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Low Density | Terrain that is 1000 ft. to 2000 ft. below aircraft |
| Green Dots | altitude. |
| |-------------------------------------------------------|
| | (Peaks only) Terrain that is the middle elevation band|
| | when there are no red or yellow terrain areas within |
| | range on the display |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Black | No close terrain (Ref. NOTE in para. D.(1)(d)1_) |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Low Density | (Peaks only) Terrain elevation equal to 0 ft. MSL. |
| Cyan Dots | |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| Light Density | Unknown terrain |
| Magenta | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
_ Background display (Option)
(Ref. Fig. 019)
There are two different background Terrain Awareness display
mode: standard and Peaks. For both modes the background
display is computed from the aircraft altitude with respect to
the terrain data in the digital elevation matrix overlays.
- Standard mode
Terrain is displayed using colors and shading patterns
corresponding to the vertical displacement between the
terrain elevation and the current aircraft altitude. Red and
yellow dot patterns indicate terrain near or above the
current altitude of the aircraft. Solid yellow and red
colors indicate caution and warning areas with respect to
the flight path of the aircraft.
High and low density green display patterns indicate terrain
that is below the aircraft and within 2000 ft. of the
aircraft altitude. Terrain more than 2000 ft. below the
aircraft is not displayed and the terrain display is
typically blank during the enroute portion of the flight.
- Peaks mode
The Peaks terrain display adds additional density patterns
and level thresholds to the standard mode display levels and
patterns. These additionallevels are based on absolute
terrain elevations in relation to the range and distribution
of terrain in the display area. The Peaks display is thus a
merged display applicable to all phases of flight. At
altitude safely above all terrain for the display range
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A25
Feb 01/09
VOI
chosen, the terrain is displayed independent of aircraft
altitude emphasizing the highest and lowest elevations to
provide increased situational awareness. This increased
awareness can be particularly valuable to the flight crew in
the event of an unplanned descent or off-route deviation and
for the purpose of previewing terrain prior to descent.
The Peaks display includes a high green level to indicate
the highest non-threatening terrain. The standard lower
density green display patterns indicate mid and upper
terrain in the display area as well as terrain that is
within 2000 ft.of the aircraft. The red and yellow dot
patterns are unchanged and continue to indicate terrain that
is near or above the current altitude of the aircraft. Solid
yellow and red colors are also unchanged and continue to
indicate caution and warning areas in relation to the flight
path of the aircraft. Terrain identified as water (0 ft.
MSL) is displayed as cyan dots. The Peaks display is
prioritized such that higher level colors and densities
override lower color and densities for maximum situational
awareness of the most significant terrain in relation to the
altitude and flight path of the aircraft.
(Ref. Fig. 019)
With the Peaks display, on EIS 2, two elevation numbers
indicating the highest and lowest terrain currently being
displayed are shown on the display. The elevation numbers
indicate terrain in hundred of feet above sea level (MSL).
The terrain elevation numbers are displayed with the highest
terrain number on top, and the lowest terrain number beneath
it. The highest terrain number is shown in the same color as
the highest terrain color pattern on the display, and the
lowest terrain number is shown in the color of the lowest
terrain color pattern shown on the display. A single
elevation number is displayed when the screen is all black
or blue as a result of flying over water or relatively flat
terrain where there is no appreciable difference in terrain
elevations.
On EIS 1, only the highest elevation number is displayed
within the terrain frame.
The elevation numbers on the display are an additional
indication that the terrain display is selected.
(Ref. Fig. 020A)
2
_ Terrain and Obstacle caution alert (option)
(Ref. Fig. 021)
When the conditions have been met to generate a terrain or
obstacle caution alert, a specific audio alert and light
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A26
Feb 01/09
VOI
output is triggered and the background image is enhanced to
highlight the terrain caution threats.
At the start of a terrain caution alert, the Terrain Awareness
function triggers the caution audio alert phrase TERRAIN
AHEAD, TERRAIN AHEAD. The phrase is repeated after seven
seconds if still within the terrain caution envelope. The
Terrain Awareness function respond to an obstacle caution
alert by triggering the obstacle caution audio alert phrase
OBSTACLE AHEAD, OBSTACLE AHEAD. The phrase is repeated after
seven seconds if still within the terrain caution envelope.
During a terrain caution alert or obstacle caution alert, the
GPWS legend of the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches 4WZ and
5WZ is on.
During a terrain caution alert, areas where terrain violates
the terrain caution envelope along the aircraft track, and
within plus or minus 90 deg. of the aircraft track, are
painted with the caution color 100 per cent yellow.
During an obstacle caution alert areas where an obstacle
violates the terraincaution envelope along the aircraft track,
and within plus or minus 90 deg. of the aircraft track, are
displayed with the caution color yellow.
3
_ Terrain and obstacle warning alert (option)
(Ref. Fig. 021)
When the conditions have been met to generate a terrain or
obstacle warning alert, a specific audio alert and light
output is triggered and the background image is enhanced to
highlight the terrain or obstacle caution and warning threats.
At the start of a terrain warning alert, the Terrain Awareness
function triggers the warning audio alert phrase TERRAIN
AHEAD, PULL UP. The phrase is repeated continuously while
within the terrain warning envelope. The Terrain Awareness
function responds to an obstacle warning alert by triggering
the obstacle warning audio alert OBSTACLE AHEAD, PULL UP. The
phrase is repeated continuously while within the terrain
warning envelope.
During a terrain or obstacle warning alert, the PULL UP legend
of the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches 4WZ and 5WZ is on.
During a terrain warning alert, areas where terrain violates
the terrain warning envelope along the aircraft track, and
within plus or minus 90 deg. of the aircraft track, are
displayed with the warning color 100 per cent red.
NOTE : - Terrain is displayed on NDs if the ARC or ROSE mode
____
is selected on the FCU.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A27
Feb 01/09
VOI
- When an alert (caution or warning) occurs and the FCU
mode is not a correct mode (ARC or ROSE), the message
TERR. CHANGE MODE is displayed on NDs.
- When an alert (caution or warning) occurs and the
range selected on the FCU is 160 or 320 NM the message
TERR. REDUCE RANGE is displayed on NDs.
(e) Terrain Data Base
Local terrain processing extracts and formats local topographic
terrain data from the Enhanced GPWS terrain data base for use by
the terrain threat detection and display processing functions.
This terrain data base divides the earth surface into grid sets
referenced horizontally on the geographic (latitude/longitude)
coordinate system of the WGS-84. Elements of the grid sets record
the highest terrain altitude (above MSL) in that element
respective area. Grid sets vary in resolution depending on
geographic location. Higher resolution grids are used around
airports. Lower resolution grids are used outside airport areas
where aircraft enroute altitude makes hazardous conditions
unlikely and for which detailed terrain features are not
important to the flight crew.
Digital Elevation Models (DEM) are available for most of the
airports around the world today. In cases where the data are not
currently available, DEMs are generated in-house from available
topographic maps, sectional charts, and airline approach plates.
The process of acquiring, generating, assembling, and updating
the data base is governed by strict configuration controls to
ensure the highest level of data integrity. DEMs from external
sources are input to this process, and are checked and formatted
for generation of the Enhanced GPWS terrain data base.
The global Enhanced GPWS terrain data base is organized in a
flexible manner. Using digital compression techniques, the
complete data base is stored in non-volatile memory within the
Enhanced GPWC. Updates and additions are easily accomplished by
inserting a single PCMCIA card in the card slot on the face of
the Enhanced GPWC. Status LEDs on the face of the Enhanced GPWC
allow the operator to monitor the data base load progress and
completion.
(f) Obstacle database (option)
The obstacle database is included with the terrain database in
the terrain database PCMCIA card. Both files are loaded in the
Enhanced GPWC with the obstacle database being accessed by the
Enhanced GPWS application only if obstacle alerting is basic to
the aircraft type, or if not basic, if enabled via program pin.
The obstacle data is processed by the display processing function
in the same fashion as terrain is presented on the display as
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A28
Feb 01/09
VOI
terrain (coloring scheme), and causes visual indications of
warning and caution alerts like terrain.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(2) Airbus Corrected Barometric Altitude
Airbus Corrected Barometric Altitude is available on
A318/A319/A320/A321 series aircraft. It provides accurate corrected
barometric altitude data regardless of the altimeter reference
setting (QNH or QFE). Airbus corrected baro altitude allows the
Terrain Awareness and Display function to remain enabled during QFE
approaches conducted by aircraft not equipped with GPS, and provides
a more accurate corrected baro altitude input to the Geometric
Altitude algorithm for GPS-equipped aircraft. The Enhanced GPWS
examines the selected baro reference (QNH, STD or QFE) from the
Flight Control Unit (FCU). If the selected baro reference is QFE,
then the Enhanced GPWS computes corrected barometric altitude using
destination QNH data from the Flight Management System (FMS) and
standard (uncorrected) altitude. For aircraft not equipped with GPS,
Airbus corrected barometric altitude is used as the altitude source
for the Terrain Awareness and Display functions and the Envelope
Modulation function.
(3) Geometric Altitude
Geometric Altitude is a computed aircraft altitude designed to help
to ensure optimal operation of the Enhanced GPWS Terrain Awareness
and Display functions through all phases of flight and atmospheric
conditions. Geometric Altitude uses an improved pressure altitude
calculation, GPS altitude, radio altitude, and terrain and runway
elevation data to reduce or eliminate errors potentially induced in
corrected barometric altitude by temperature extremes, non-standard
altitude conditions, and altimeter miss-sets. Geometric Altitude also
allows continuous Enhanced GPWS operations in QFE environments
without custom inputs or special operational procedures. With the
Geometric Altitude function, Enhanced GPWS can operate reliably
throughout extreme local pressure or temperature variations from
standard, is not susceptible to altimeter miss-sets by the flight
crew, and will not require any custom inputs or special procedures by
the flight crew when operating in a QFE environment.
(a) Required inputs.
The Geometric Altitude algorithm requires GPS altitude with
Vertical Figure of Merit (VFOM) and RAIM failure indication along
with standard (uncorrected) altitude and radio altitude. Ground
speed, roll angle, and position (latitude and longitude) are used
indirectly and are also required. Additionally, corrected
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A29
May 01/08
R
VOI
barometric altitude, static air temperature (SAT), GPS
operational mode and the number of satellites tracked are used if
available. The required GPS signals are provided via ADIRU on the
GPIRS bus or directly from the GPSSU or MMR. Standard altitude,
corrected barometric altitude, and SAT are provided directly from
the ADR. If SAT is not available, geometric altitude is computed
using standard altitude with a corresponding reduction in
accuracy.
(b) Altitude calculation
The Geometric Altitude consists of three main functions:
- computation of non-standard altitude
- computation of the component altitudes and VFOMs
- final altitude-signal blending.
Additional logic exists to handle reversionary modes and signal
reasonable checking for each component altitude.
(Ref. Fig. 022)
1
_ Non-Standart Altitude
To support the Geometric Altitude function, the Enhanced GPWS
computes a non-standard altitude using the hydrostatic
equation relating changes in height to changes in pressure and
temperature. Non-standard altitude uses static pressure
derived from standard altitude, along with static air
temperature, to continuously accumulate changes in Geometric
Altitude. Since the non-standard altitude algorithm
incorporates actual atmospheric temperature, it does not
suffer from errors due to non-standard temperatures.
Non-standard altitude is highly accurate for measuring
relative vertical changes over short periods of time and
distance, such as during take off and approach. Non-standard
altitude does not provide an absolute altitude and is prone to
significant errors over extended periods of time and distance
due to the effects of pressure gradients and long-term
integration errors. Due to these limitations, non-standard
altitude is not used directly, but is calibrated using
additional signals and data to produce a set of component
altitudes for use in the final altitude solution.
2
_ Computed component altitudes
The Enhanced GPWS generates three component altitudes that are
combined, along with corrected altitude if available, to
produce Geometric Altitude. These component altitudes are
runway calibrated altitude, GPS calibrated altitude, and radio
altitude calibrated altitude.
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A30
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Additional logic
Figure 022
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A31
May 01/08
VOI
- Runway calibrated altitude is a one-time calibration of
non-standard altitude during take off run. A correction
factor for non-standard is computed using the runway
elevation from the Enhanced GPWS runway database while the
aircraft is on the ground. Runway calibrated altitude is
used during the take off and climb-out portions of flight.
VFOM of runway calibrated altitude is estimated based on
changes in altitude since calibration, time since
calibration, and distance from the runway.
- GPS calibrated altitude is produced by combining GPS
altitude and non-standard altitude through a complementary
filter. The complementary filter is dynamically optimized to
reduce errors in GPS altitude while minimizing pressure
gradient and drift errors of non-standard altitude. GPS
calibrated altitude is accurate through all phases of flight
and is the primary altitude source during the cruise portion
of flight. GPS calibrated altitude VFOM is estimate using
GPS VFOM and estimated non-standard altitude drift errors.
- Radio altitude calibrated altitude is a calibration of
non-standard altitude during approach using an altitude
derived from radio altitude (height above terrain) and the
terrain elevation data stored in the Enhanced GPWS terrain
database. This calibration is performed during the approach
phase of flight when the aircraft is within a minimum
distance and elevation of any runway. Once a correction
factor is determined, it is applied to non-standard altitude
until the aircraft lands. VFOM of radio altitude calibrated
altitude is based on the accuracy of the calibration as
estimated from the resolution of the terrain data and
flatness of the terrain. The altitude is re-calibrated if a
correction with a higher estimated accuracy is computed. An
estimated VFOM for corrected barometric altitude is computed
in order to determine its weight in the final altitude. VFOM
of corrected barometric altitude is based on aircraft
altitude above and distance from the nearest runway, with
the accuracy assumed to be the highest close to runway.
3
_ Blending and reasonableness checking
The final Geometric Altitude is computed by combining the
three computed component altitudes with optional corrected
barometric altitude. The weighting of each altitude in the
final solution is based on the corresponding estimated VFOM.
The blending algorithm gives the most weight to altitudes with
a higher estimated accuracy, reducing the effect of less
accurate altitudes on the final computed altitude. Each
component altitude is also checked for reasonableness using a
window monitor computed from GPS altitude and GPS VFOM.
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A32
May 01/08
R
VOI
Altitudes that are invalid, not available, or fall outside the
reasonableness window are not included in the final blended
altitude.
(4) The Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF)
The Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF) alert function adds an additional
element of protection to the standard Ground Proximity Warning
System. It creates an increasing terrain clearance envelope around
the airport runway to provide protection against Controlled Flight
Into Terrain (CFIT) situations beyond that which is currently
provided. TCF alerts are based on current aircraft location, nearest
runway center point position and radio altitude. TCF is active during
takeoff, cruise and final approach. This alert mode complements the
existing Mode 4 protection by providing an alert based on
insufficient terrain clearance even when in landing configuration.
Alerts for TCF illuminate GPWS cockpit lamps and produce aural
messages.
(a) System inputs
The following table lists the inputs required to allow
implementation of the TCF function:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Input | Source |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Radio Altitude | External: Radio Altimeter |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Latitude | External: FMS |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Longitude | External: FMS |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Runway Center Latitude | Internal: data base |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Runway Center Longitude | Internal: data base |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Navigation mode | FMS |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Alert Envelope Parameters | Internal: data base |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| 1/2 Runway Length | Internal: data base |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| System Error Factor | Internal: data base |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Runway Data Base
The TCF runway data base consists of data records containing the
position of airport runway center points along with 1/2 the
runway length. The data base includes all hard surface runways in
the world greater than or equal to 3500 ft. in length. The
process of generating this data base is certified and includes an
end check that validates that the data was not corrupted in the
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A33
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
translation process. This data base can be updated without
affecting the customer certified system part number.
The design of the data base and related software is such that
additional runway records can be added in the future without
altering the code. The data base provides a means of accessing
the runway record of the runway closest to the current aircaft
position.
(c) Alert Envelope
The TCF alert envelope is a circular band centered over the
nearest runway.
(Ref. Fig. 023)
The distance from the runway center to the inner envelope edge is
equal to 1/2 the runway length plus the envelope bias factor.
Thus the inner and outer radii of the envelope are modulated
based on the runway length and envelope bias factor. Runway
length varies from one runway to the next, and the envelope bias
factor is typically 1/2 NM to 2 NM and varies with position
accuracy.
The outer alert envelope boundary extends to infinity, or until
it meets the outer alert envelope boundary of another runway. The
alert is inhibited below radio altitude of 30 ft. This cutoff
value was chosen to match the current Mode 4 lower cutoff value.
The TCF curve is limited to a minimum value of 245 ft. when it is
determined that the aircraft is to the side of the runway.
(Ref. Fig. 024)
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 024A)
R **ON A/C 001-002,
This feature provides improved alerting when landing to the side
of the runway.
(d) Runway Field Clearance Floor (RFCF) The Runway Field Clearance
Floor (RFCF) alert envelope is a circular band centered over the
selected runway. But unlike the radio altitude based TCF
envelope, the RFCF envelope only extends 5 NM past the end of the
runway. The bias factor (where the protection starts) is equal to
the TCF Bias factor (k) plus an additional offset proportional to
the Geometric Altitude Figure Of Merit (FOM).
(Ref. Fig. 025)
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A34
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - TCF Alert Envelope
Figure 023
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A35
May 01/08
VOI
Enhances GPWS - TCF Curve Limit
Figure 024
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A36
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - TCF Curve Limit
Figure 024A
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A37
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Shape of the Alert Envelope
Figure 025
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A38
May 01/08
VOI
This feature provides improved alerting for cases where the
runway is at a high elevation compared to the terrain below the
approach path. In these cases the radio altitude may be large
enough to inhibit normal TCF operation, but the aircraft could
actually be below the runway elevation. Field clearance (height
above runway) is determined by subtracting the elevation of the
selected destination runway from the current altitude (MSL).
(e) System Outputs
When an aircraft penetrates the TCF alert envelope, the following
aural message occurs: TOO LOW TERRAIN.
This aural message occurs once when initial envelope penetration
occurs, and one time thereafter for each 20 per cent degradation
in radio altitude. At the same time the PULL UP legend of
pushbutton switches 4WZ and 5WZ comes on. The legends remain on
until the alert envelope is exited.
R **ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
(2) Airbus Corrected Barometric Altitude
Airbus Corrected Barometric Altitude is available on
A318/A319/A320/A321 series aircraft. It provides accurate corrected
barometric altitude data regardless of the altimeter reference
setting (QNH or QFE). Airbus corrected baro altitude allows the
Terrain Awareness and Display function to remain enabled during QFE
approaches conducted by aircraft not equipped with GPS, and provides
a more accurate corrected baro altitude input to the Geometric
Altitude algorithm for GPS-equipped aircraft. The Enhanced GPWS
examines the selected baro reference (QNH, STD or QFE) from the
Flight Control Unit (FCU). If the selected baro reference is QFE,
then the Enhanced GPWS computes corrected barometric altitude using
destination QNH data from the Flight Management System (FMS) and
standard (uncorrected) altitude. For aircraft not equipped with GPS,
Airbus corrected barometric altitude is used as the altitude source
for the Terrain Awareness and Display functions and the Envelope
Modulation function.
(3) Geometric Altitude
Geometric Altitude is a computed aircraft altitude designed to help
to ensure optimal operation of the Enhanced GPWS Terrain Awareness
and Display functions through all phases of flight and atmospheric
conditions. Geometric Altitude uses an improved pressure altitude
calculation, GPS altitude, radio altitude, and terrain and runway
elevation data to reduce or eliminate errors potentially induced in
corrected barometric altitude by temperature extremes, non-standard
altitude conditions, and altimeter miss-sets. Geometric Altitude also
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A39
May 01/08
VOI
allows continuous Enhanced GPWS operations in QFE environments
without custom inputs or special operational procedures. With the
Geometric Altitude function, Enhanced GPWS can operate reliably
throughout extreme local pressure or temperature variations from
standard, is not susceptible to altimeter miss-sets by the flight
crew, and will not require any custom inputs or special procedures by
the flight crew when operating in a QFE environment.
(a) Required inputs.
The Geometric Altitude algorithm requires GPS altitude with
Vertical Figure of Merit (VFOM) and RAIM failure indication along
with standard (uncorrected) altitude and radio altitude. Ground
speed, roll angle, and position (latitude and longitude) are used
indirectly and are also required. Additionally, corrected
barometric altitude, static air temperature (SAT), GPS
operational mode and the number of satellites tracked are used if
available. The required GPS signals are provided via ADIRU on the
GPIRS bus or directly from the GPSSU or MMR. Standard altitude,
corrected barometric altitude, and SAT are provided directly from
the ADR. If SAT is not available, geometric altitude is computed
using standard altitude with a corresponding reduction in
accuracy.
(b) Altitude calculation
The Geometric Altitude consists of three main functions:
- computation of non-standard altitude
- computation of the component altitudes and VFOMs
- final altitude-signal blending.
Additional logic exists to handle reversionary modes and signal
reasonable checking for each component altitude.
(Ref. Fig. 022)
1
_ Non-Standart Altitude
To support the Geometric Altitude function, the Enhanced GPWS
computes a non-standard altitude using the hydrostatic
equation relating changes in height to changes in pressure and
temperature. Non-standard altitude uses static pressure
derived from standard altitude, along with static air
temperature, to continuously accumulate changes in Geometric
Altitude. Since the non-standard altitude algorithm
incorporates actual atmospheric temperature, it does not
suffer from errors due to non-standard temperatures.
Non-standard altitude is highly accurate for measuring
relative vertical changes over short periods of time and
distance, such as during take off and approach. Non-standard
altitude does not provide an absolute altitude and is prone to
significant errors over extended periods of time and distance
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A40
May 01/08
VOI
due to the effects of pressure gradients and long-term
integration errors. Due to these limitations, non-standard
altitude is not used directly, but is calibrated using
additional signals and data to produce a set of component
altitudes for use in the final altitude solution.
2
_ Computed component altitudes
The Enhanced GPWS generates three component altitudes that are
combined, along with corrected altitude if available, to
produce Geometric Altitude. These component altitudes are
runway calibrated altitude, GPS calibrated altitude, and radio
altitude calibrated altitude.
- Runway calibrated altitude is a one-time calibration of
non-standard altitude during take off run. A correction
factor for non-standard is computed using the runway
elevation from the Enhanced GPWS runway database while the
aircraft is on the ground. Runway calibrated altitude is
used during the take off and climb-out portions of flight.
VFOM of runway calibrated altitude is estimated based on
changes in altitude since calibration, time since
calibration, and distance from the runway.
- GPS calibrated altitude is produced by combining GPS
altitude and non-standard altitude through a complementary
filter. The complementary filter is dynamically optimized to
reduce errors in GPS altitude while minimizing pressure
gradient and drift errors of non-standard altitude. GPS
calibrated altitude is accurate through all phases of flight
and is the primary altitude source during the cruise portion
of flight. GPS calibrated altitude VFOM is estimate using
GPS VFOM and estimated non-standard altitude drift errors.
- Radio altitude calibrated altitude is a calibration of
non-standard altitude during approach using an altitude
derived from radio altitude (height above terrain) and the
terrain elevation data stored in the Enhanced GPWS terrain
database. This calibration is performed during the approach
phase of flight when the aircraft is within a minimum
distance and elevation of any runway. Once a correction
factor is determined, it is applied to non-standard altitude
until the aircraft lands. VFOM of radio altitude calibrated
altitude is based on the accuracy of the calibration as
estimated from the resolution of the terrain data and
flatness of the terrain. The altitude is re-calibrated if a
correction with a higher estimated accuracy is computed. An
estimated VFOM for corrected barometric altitude is computed
in order to determine its weight in the final altitude. VFOM
of corrected barometric altitude is based on aircraft
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A41
May 01/08
VOI
altitude above and distance from the nearest runway, with
the accuracy assumed to be the highest close to runway.
3
_ Blending and reasonableness checking
The final Geometric Altitude is computed by combining the
three computed component altitudes with optional corrected
barometric altitude. The weighting of each altitude in the
final solution is based on the corresponding estimated VFOM.
The blending algorithm gives the most weight to altitudes with
a higher estimated accuracy, reducing the effect of less
accurate altitudes on the final computed altitude. Each
component altitude is also checked for reasonableness using a
window monitor computed from GPS altitude and GPS VFOM.
Altitudes that are invalid, not available, or fall outside the
reasonableness window are not included in the final blended
altitude.
(4) The Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF)
The Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF) alert function adds an additional
element of protection to the standard Ground Proximity Warning
System. It creates an increasing terrain clearance envelope around
the airport runway to provide protection against Controlled Flight
Into Terrain (CFIT) situations beyond that which is currently
provided. TCF alerts are based on current aircraft location, nearest
runway center point position and radio altitude. TCF is active during
takeoff, cruise and final approach. This alert mode complements the
existing Mode 4 protection by providing an alert based on
insufficient terrain clearance even when in landing configuration.
Alerts for TCF illuminate GPWS cockpit lamps and produce aural
messages.
(a) System inputs
The following table lists the inputs required to allow
implementation of the TCF function:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Input | Source |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Radio Altitude | External: Radio Altimeter |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Latitude | External: GPS/IRS/FMS |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Longitude | External: GPS/IRS/FMS |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Runway Center Latitude | Internal: data base |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Runway Center Longitude | Internal: data base |
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A42
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Input | Source |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Navigation mode | FMS |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| Alert Envelope Parameters | Internal: data base |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| 1/2 Runway Length | Internal: data base |
|----------------------------------|------------------------------------------|
| System Error Factor | Internal: data base |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Runway Data Base
The TCF runway data base consists of data records containing the
position of airport runway center points along with 1/2 the
runway length. The data base includes all hard surface runways in
the world greater than or equal to 3500 ft. in length. The
process of generating this data base is certified and includes an
end check that validates that the data was not corrupted in the
translation process. This data base can be updated without
affecting the customer certified system part number.
The design of the data base and related software is such that
additional runway records can be added in the future without
altering the code. The data base provides a means of accessing
the runway record of the runway closest to the current aircaft
position.
(c) Alert Envelope
The TCF alert envelope is a circular band centered over the
nearest runway.
(Ref. Fig. 023)
The distance from the runway center to the inner envelope edge is
equal to 1/2 the runway length plus the envelope bias factor.
Thus the inner and outer radii of the envelope are modulated
based on the runway length and envelope bias factor. Runway
length varies from one runway to the next, and the envelope bias
factor is typically 0.25 NM to 1 NM and varies with position
accuracy.
The outer alert envelope boundary extends to infinity, or until
it meets the outer alert envelope boundary of another runway. The
alert is inhibited below radio altitude of 30 ft. This cutoff
value was chosen to match the current Mode 4 lower cutoff value.
The TCF curve is limited to a minimum value of 245 ft. when it is
determined that the aircraft is to the side of the runway.
(Ref. Fig. 024A)
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A43
May 01/08
VOI
This feature provides improved alerting when landing to the side
of the runway.
(d) Runway Field Clearance Floor (RFCF) The Runway Field Clearance
Floor (RFCF) alert envelope is a circular band centered over the
selected runway. But unlike the radio altitude based TCF
envelope, the RFCF envelope only extends 5 NM past the end of the
runway. The bias factor (where the protection starts) is equal to
the TCF Bias factor (k) plus an additional offset proportional to
the Geometric Altitude Figure Of Merit (FOM).
(Ref. Fig. 025)
This feature provides improved alerting for cases where the
runway is at a high elevation compared to the terrain below the
approach path. In these cases the radio altitude may be large
enough to inhibit normal TCF operation, but the aircraft could
actually be below the runway elevation. Field clearance (height
above runway) is determined by subtracting the elevation of the
selected destination runway from the current altitude (MSL).
(e) System Outputs
When an aircraft penetrates the TCF alert envelope, the following
aural message occurs: TOO LOW TERRAIN.
This aural message occurs once when initial envelope penetration
occurs, and one time thereafter for each 20 per cent degradation
in radio altitude. At the same time the GPWS legend of pushbutton
switches 4WZ and 5WZ comes on. The legends remain on until the
alert envelope is exited.
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A44
May 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
E. Warning Generation and Inhibition
(1) Audio Output
Alert outputs result in an audio voice warning unless inputs are
invalid or one of the audio suppression discretes is active. The
actual output message, or intended message during audio suppression,
is sent to the warning lamp logic for proper output activation.
The audio outputs consist of a transformer isolated 600 Ohm output.
Aural warnings and their priority rate are as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RELATIVE | WARNING | POSSIBLE | LEGEND |
| PRIORITY | CONDITION | MESSAGES | |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| HIGHEST | Mode 1 Pull Up | PULL UP | PULL UP |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Mode 2 Pull Up Preface | TERRAIN TERRAIN | PULL UP |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Mode 2 Pull Up | PULL UP | PULL UP |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Terrain Awareness Preface| TERRAIN AHEAD | PULL UP |
| | | PULL UP | |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Terrain Awareness Warning| TERRAIN AHEAD | PULL UP |
| | | PULL UP | |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | Obstacle awareness | OBSTACLE AHEAD | PULL UP |
| | Preface | PULL UP | |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Obstacle Awareness | OBSTACLE AHEAD | PULL UP |
| | Warning | PULL UP | |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Mode 2 Terrain | TERRAIN | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Terrain Awareness Caution| TERRAIN AHEAD | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Obstacle Awareness | OBSTACLE AHEAD | GPWS |
| | Caution | | |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 4 Too Low Terrain | TOO LOW TERRAIN | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | TCF Too Low Terrain | TOO LOW TERRAIN | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 4 Too Low Gear | TOO LOW GEAR | GPWS |
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A45
May 01/08
R
VOI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RELATIVE | WARNING | POSSIBLE | LEGEND |
| PRIORITY | CONDITION | MESSAGES | |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 4 Too Low Flaps | TOO LOW FLAPS | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 1 Sinkrate | SINKRATE | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 3 Dont Sink | DONT SINK | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| LOWEST * | Mode 5 Glide slope | GLIDE SLOPE | GPWS |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Allows interleaving of multiple alerts.
The voice warning circuits also contain logic elements which ensure
that:
- only one message at a time is output,
- higher priority messages interrupt lower priority messages except
if interleaving is allowed (Ref. table above),
- a triggered message is completed even when warning condition
ceases,
- a 0.75 second pause exists between warning messages.
(2) Alert discrete outputs
PULL UPaudio message activate the warning lamp output (which
illuminates PULL UP red legend).
All other messages activate the alert lamp output (which illuminates
GPWS amber legend).
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(3) Control and Indicating
(Ref. Fig. 026)
**ON A/C 001-002,
Post SB 31-1300 For A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 026B)
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R Post SB 31-1300 For A/C 001-002,
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 026C)
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A46
Feb 01/09
VOI
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
R
34-48-00
Page A47
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A48
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A49
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026 (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A50
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026 (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A51
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026A (SHEET 1)
EFF :
003-004, 34-48-00
Page A52
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026A (SHEET 2)
EFF :
003-004, 34-48-00
Page A53
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026A (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
003-004, 34-48-00
Page A54
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026A (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
003-004, 34-48-00
Page A55
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026B (SHEET 1)
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A56
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026B (SHEET 2)
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A57
May 01/08
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026B (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A58
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026B (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A59
May 01/08
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026C (SHEET 1)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A60
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026C (SHEET 2)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A61
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026C (SHEET 3)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A62
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Control and Indicating
Figure 026C (SHEET 4)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A63
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
(4) Inhibitions
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(a) All audio inhibition:
- The INHIBIT ALL AUDIO discrete input controls the audio outputs
as follows. When grounded, all voices are inhibited (not
interrupted, all aural messages once started are finished).
Visual and display indications are not affected. This input is
used to manage the audio priority with other systems (FWS, PWS,
TCAS).
(b) Modes 1 to 5 inhibitions:
- The INHIBIT MODES 1 TO 5 discrete input controls the audio and
visual outputs as follows. When grounded,this input always
inhibits all GPWS aural and visual indications with the
exception of Terrain Clearance Floor Alerts and Terrain
Awareness caution and warnings. This input is wired to SYS
pushbutton switch to manually inhibit GPWS Modes 1 to 5.
(c) TAD and TCF inhibitions:
- The TERRAIN AWARENESS INHIBIT discrete input controls the
audio, visual and display outputs as follows. When grounded,
this input always inhibits TAD and TCF aural, visual and
display indications. This input is wired to the TERR pushbutton
switch to manually inhibit the TAD and TCF functions.
- When the automatic deselection option actived TAD and TCF
functions may also be inhibit automatically when the FMS
aircraft position accuracy is not accurate enough. This is
indicated to the crew by the automatic deselection of terrain
display and the illumation of the TERR STBY memo on the ECAM
display unit.
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A64
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
E. Warning Generation and Inhibition
(1) Audio Output
Alert outputs result in an audio voice warning unless inputs are
invalid or one of the audio suppression discretes is active. The
actual output message, or intended message during audio suppression,
is sent to the warning lamp logic for proper output activation.
The audio outputs consist of a transformer isolated 600 Ohm output.
Aural warnings and their priority rate are as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RELATIVE | WARNING | POSSIBLE | LEGEND |
| PRIORITY | CONDITION | MESSAGES | |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| HIGHEST | Mode 1 Pull Up | PULL UP | PULL UP |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Mode 2 Pull Up Preface | TERRAIN TERRAIN | PULL UP |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Mode 2 Pull Up | PULL UP | PULL UP |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Terrain Awareness Preface| TERRAIN AHEAD | PULL UP |
| | | PULL UP | |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Terrain Awareness Warning| TERRAIN AHEAD | PULL UP |
| | | PULL UP | |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | Obstacle awareness | OBSTACLE AHEAD | PULL UP |
| | Preface | PULL UP | |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Obstacle Awareness | OBSTACLE AHEAD | PULL UP |
| | Warning | PULL UP | |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Mode 2 Terrain | TERRAIN | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Terrain Awareness Caution| TERRAIN AHEAD | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | Obstacle Awareness | OBSTACLE AHEAD | GPWS |
| | Caution | | |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 4 Too Low Terrain | TOO LOW TERRAIN | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| | TCF Too Low Terrain | TOO LOW TERRAIN | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 4 Too Low Gear | TOO LOW GEAR | GPWS |
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A65
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| RELATIVE | WARNING | POSSIBLE | LEGEND |
| PRIORITY | CONDITION | MESSAGES | |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------|
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 4 Too Low Flaps | TOO LOW FLAPS | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 1 Sinkrate | SINKRATE | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| * | Mode 3 Dont Sink | DONT SINK | GPWS |
|----------|--------------------------|-------------------|------------|
| LOWEST * | Mode 5 Glide slope | GLIDE SLOPE | GPWS |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Allows interleaving of multiple alerts.
The voice warning circuits also contain logic elements which ensure
that:
- only one message at a time is output,
- higher priority messages interrupt lower priority messages except
if interleaving is allowed (Ref. table above),
- a triggered message is completed even when warning condition
ceases,
- a 0.75 second pause exists between warning messages.
(2) Alert discrete outputs
PULL UPaudio message activate the warning lamp output (which
illuminates PULL UP red legend).
All other messages activate the alert lamp output (which illuminates
GPWS amber legend).
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(3) Control and Indicating
NOTE : Indications on ECAM might be inhibited depending on phase of
____
flights computed by FWC.
**ON A/C 003-004,
(Ref. Fig. 026A)
**ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
Post SB 31-1300 For A/C 003-004,
(Ref. Fig. 026C)
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A66
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
**ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
(4) Inhibitions
(Ref. Fig. 006A)
(a) All audio inhibition:
- The INHIBIT ALL AUDIO discrete input controls the audio outputs
as follows. When grounded, all voices are inhibited (not
interrupted, all aural messages once started are finished).
Visual and display indications are not affected. This input is
used to manage the audio priority with other systems (FWS, PWS,
TCAS).
(b) Modes 1 to 5 inhibitions:
- The INHIBIT MODES 1 TO 5 discrete input controls the audio and
visual outputs as follows. When grounded,this input always
inhibits all GPWS aural and visual indications with the
exception of Terrain Clearance Floor Alerts and Terrain
Awareness caution and warnings. This input is wired to SYS
pushbutton switch to manually inhibit GPWS Modes 1 to 5.
(c) TAD and TCF inhibitions:
- The TERRAIN AWARENESS INHIBIT discrete input controls the
audio, visual and display outputs as follows. When grounded,
this input always inhibits TAD and TCF aural, visual and
display indications. This input is wired to the TERR pushbutton
switch to manually inhibit the TAD and TCF functions.
- When the automatic deselection is activated, the TAD and TCF
functions can also be automatically inhibited when the aircraft
position is not accurate enough. This is indicated to the crew
by the automatic deselection of the terrain display and the
illumination of the TERR STBY memo on the EWD.
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A67
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
(5) Autotilt capability
The automatic tilt angle capability uses aircraft altitude above the
terrain and terrain elevations in the area to generate a tilt angle
for the weather radar system.
This automatic tilt angle setting causes minimum ground clutter to be
displayed while maintaining the optimum weather detection capability.
With manual tilt control, there is a possibility of:
- overscan where the weather cells and the terrain are below the
antenna beam scan and in this case, the display is blank, or
- underscan where the antenna scan basically hits the ground below
the weather cells and in this case, the display only shows the
ground clutter.
The calculated tilt angle is transmitted to the weather radar
system via an ARINC 429 output bus on labels 061, 062, 063, 064 and
065.
The Enhanced GPWS computes a tilt angle for each sector based on
underlying terrain elevations. There are two tilt angles: a Short
Range Tilt (SRT) angle and a Long Range Tilt (LRT) angle.
The SRT angle covers 95 per cent of the ground below the aircraft
within 80 NM from the aircraft.
The LRT angle covers 90 per cent of the ground below the aircraft
within 160 NM from the aircraft.
The terrain database is divided into five short-range sectors and
five long- range sectors in a semi-circle in front of the aircraft.
(Ref. Fig. 027)
F. Enhanced GPWC Maintenance Output
A maintenance output signal (label 270 octal) is provided by the ARINC
429 transmitter. The transmitter converts the microprocessor parallel
data to standard serial data for the DMU of the AIDS.
8. Test
____
A. Self-Tests
(1) On the ground only, the Enhanced GPWC provides self-test capability,
both in flight and on ground, providing an indication of the ability
of the Enhanced GPWC to perform its intended function.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A68
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Autotilt Capability
Figure 027
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A69
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(2) The Enhanced GPWC self-test is initiated by momentarily pressing PULL
UP/GPWS pushbutton switches or via the MCDU on the ground.
When activated by pressing the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches, the
self-test is enunciated, via the same audio system as the Enhanced
GPWS alerts. This self-test can also be accessed via the headphone
jack on the front panel of the Enhanced GPWC. The self-test is
divided into six different levels to help with Enhanced GPWC testing
and troubleshooting.
(a) Level 1
Level 1 (functional testing) provides an overview of the current
operational functions selected and provides an indication of
their operational status.
Level 1 self-test sequence:
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS pushbutton switch comes on,
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR pushbutton switch comes on,
- the GPWS legends of both PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches come
on,
- the GLIDE SLOPE audio phase is broadcast,
- the GPWS legends of both PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches go
off,
- the PULL UP legends of both PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches
come on,
- the PULL UP audio phase is broadcast,
- the TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP audio phase is broadcast,
- the PULL UP legends of both PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switches go
off,
- the ON legends of both TERR ON ND pushbutton switches come on,
- the terrain self-test pattern is displayed on both NDs.
* The uppers area is colored in cyan if peaks option is
activated, black otherwise.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 028)
**ON A/C 003-010,
(Ref. Fig. 028A)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A70
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Test Pattern
Figure 028
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A71
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Test Pattern
Figure 028A
R
EFF :
003-010, 34-48-00
Page A72
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
Post SB 34-1412 For A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 028B)
**ON A/C ALL
A long level 1 self-test sequence is initiated when the PULL
UP/GPWS pushbutton switch is not released while self-test voices
start.
- Additional sequence when long self-test initiated:
SINK RATE
PULL UP
TERRAIN
PULL UP
DONT SINK
DONT SINK
TOO LOW TERRAIN
TOO LOW GEAR
TOO LOW FLAPS
TOO LOW TERRAIN
GLIDE SLOPE
TOO LOW TERRAIN
TERRAIN AHEAD
TERRAIN AHEAD
TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP
OBSTACLE AHEAD
OBSTACLE AHEAD
OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP
- the terrain self-test pattern disappears.
- the ON legends of both TERR ON ND pushbutton switches and the
images displayed on both NDs revert to the configuration
selected before the test,
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS pushbutton switch goes off,
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR pushbutton switch goes off.
If the aircraft is fitted with EIS2 and if the Peaks display
option is selected, then the Peaks elevations are provided to
the displays as follows:
XXX (amber)
XXX (amber)
for 5 seconds and then:
290 (Red) High altitude
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A73
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Test Pattern
Figure 028B
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A74
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-13 (Green) Low altitude
(b) Level 2
Level 2 (current faults) provides a listing of the internal and
external fault currently detected by the Enhanced GPWC.
Level 2 self-test is initiated by pressing the PULL UP/GPWS
pushbutton switch within 3 seconds after the end of level 1
self-test.
(c) Level 3
Level 3 ( Enhanced GPWS configuration) indicates the current
configuration by listing the current hardware, software,
databases and program pin inputs detected by the Enhanced GPWC.
This level is initiated by pressing the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton
switch when the PRESS TO CONTINUE message is enunciated.
(d) Level 4
Level 4 (fault history) provides a historical record of both
internal and external faults detected by the Enhanced GPWC.
This level is initiated by pressing the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton
switch when the PRESS TO CONTINUE message is enunciated.
(e) Level 5
Level 5 (warning history) provides a historical record of the
warnings and cautions given by the Enhanced GPWC.
This level is initiated by pressing the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton
switch when the PRESS TO CONTINUE message is enunciated.
(f) Level 6
Level 6 (discrete test) provides annunciation of discrete input
transitions to be used for maintenance support.
This level is initiated by pressing the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton
switch when the PRESS TO CONTINUE message is enunciated.
(3) To speed up the navigation of self-test levels and information, two
types of cancel sequences are supported. Pressing and holding the
PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton switch for less than 2 seconds is considered
to be a short cancel. Pressing and holding the PULL UP/GPWS
pushbutton switch for more than 2 seconds is considered to be a long
cancel.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A75
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 001-002,
B. CFDS Interface
(1) Interactive function
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref.
22-82-00).
All information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
(2) BITE description
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies faults related to the Enhanced GPWS. The BITE of the
Enhanced GPWC is connected to the CFDIU.
The BITE:
- continuously transmits Enhanced GPWS status and its identification
message to the CFDIU,
- memorizes the faults which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments,
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (FMGC, RA
transceiver, ILS receiver, ADIRU, SFCC, LGCIU, ECAM control panel
and CFDIU),
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed,
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- Nnormal mode
- Interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode
During normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the Enhanced GPWS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU
during the given flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100
ms by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Interactive mode
The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the
Enhanced GPWC BITE by means of the MCDU.
The Enhanced GPWS menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 029)
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 029)
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A76
Feb 01/09
VOI
Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-Menu Function
Figure 029
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A77
Feb 01/09
VOI
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 029)
- GROUND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 030)
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 031)
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 029)
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 030)
- CURRENT STATUS
(Ref. Fig. 031)
- TEST
(Ref. Fig. 032)
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page A78
Feb 01/09
VOI
Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-Menu Function
Figure 030
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A79
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-Menu Function
Figure 031
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A80
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Maintenance Test Procedure - Sub-Menu Function
Figure 032
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A81
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C 003-100, 201-300,
B. CFDS Interface
(1) Interactive function
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref.
22-82-00).
All information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
(2) BITE description
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies faults related to the Enhanced GPWS. The BITE of the
Enhanced GPWC is connected to the CFDIU.
The BITE:
- continuously transmits Enhanced GPWS status and its identification
message to the CFDIU,
- memorizes the faults which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments,
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (FMGC, RA
transceiver, ILS receiver, ADIRU, SFCC, LGCIU, ECAM control panel,
GPS and CFDIU),
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed,
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- Nnormal mode
- Interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode
During normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the Enhanced GPWS. It transmits its information to the CFDIU
during the given flight.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100
ms by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Interactive mode
The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the
Enhanced GPWC BITE by means of the MCDU.
The Enhanced GPWS menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 029)
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 029)
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A82
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 029)
- GROUND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 030)
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 031)
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 029)
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 030)
- CURRENT STATUS
(Ref. Fig. 031)
- TEST
(Ref. Fig. 032)
R
EFF :
003-100, 201-300, 34-48-00
Page A83
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
(3) Failure condition
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FAULT | EXAMPLE | REASON |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ARINC 429 | IRS BUS INACTIVE | No expected input labels received |
| Bus Fault | | for more than 4 s. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ARINC 429 | FMGC LATITUDE | The SSM of the input data indicates|
| Signal Fault | FAILURE | Failure/Warning or the input label |
| | | is not meeting the required update |
| | | rate. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Discrete | Flaps stuck down | For at least 60 s: |
| Input Faults | | - FLAPS are in landing configura- |
| | | tion through SFFC1 (GROUND |
| | | signal at GPWC FLAPS discrete |
| | | input) or FLAP MODE pushbutton |
| | | switch is selected OFF and |
| | | - AIRSPEED > 250 Kts and |
| | | - IN AIR and |
| | | - RADIO ALT VALID and |
| | | - AIRSPEED VALID. |
| |--------------------------------------------------------------|
| | Flaps stuck up | For at least 2 s: |
| | | - FLAPS are not in landing configu-|
| | | ration and FLAP MODE pushbutton |
| | | switch is in normal position |
| | | (not OFF) and |
| | | - RADIO ALT < = 100 ft. and |
| | | - MODE 4 TOO LOW FLAPS alert is |
| | | on. |
| |--------------------------------------------------------------|
| | Gear stuck down | For at least 60 s: |
| | | - GEAR is down through LGCIU1 and |
| | | - AIRSPEED > 290 Kts and |
| | | - IN AIR and |
| | | - RADIO ALT VALID and |
| | | - AIRSPEED VALID. |
| |--------------------------------------------------------------|
| | Gear stuck up | For at least 2 s: |
| | | - GEAR not down and |
| | | - RADIO ALT < = 100 ft. and |
| | | - MODE 4 TOO LOW GEAR alert is |
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A84
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FAULT | EXAMPLE | REASON |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | | on. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) Reporting function
(a) Internal failures
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Reported Internal Failures |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE | CLASS | ATA |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-34 |
| GPWC (1WZ) | 3 | 34-48-34 |
| WRG:PIN PROG/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-34 |
| CAPT/FO PULL UP/GPWS PB SW (4WZ/5WZ)/GPWC(1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-34 |
| F/O PULL UP/GPWS PB SW (5WZ)/GPWC(1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-08 |
| ECP(6WT)/GPWC(1WZ) | 1 | 31-61-12 |
| GPWS SYS PB SW (9WZ)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-08 |
| GPWS TERR PB SW (31WZ)/GPWC(1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-08 |
| GPWC(1WZ)/FWC1/2(1WW1/2)/WXR1/2(1SQ1/2) | 1 | 34-48-34 |
| CAPT TERR ON ND PB SW (30WZ1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-08 |
| FO TERR ON ND PB SW (30WZ2)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-08 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A85
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(b) External failures
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Reported External Failures |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE | CLASS | ATA |
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| GPWS FLP MODE PB SW (7WZ)/SFCC1(21CV)/GPWC(1WZ) | 1 | 34-48-08 |
| LGCIU1 (5GA1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 32-31-71 |
| CFDIU (1TW)/GPWC (1WZ) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
| RA1 (2SA1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-42-33 |
| ADIRU1 (1FP1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| ADIRU1 (1FP1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 3 | 34-12-34 |
| MMR1 (40RT1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-36-31 |
| MMR1 (40RT1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 3 | 34-36-31 |
| FMGC1 (1CA1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 22-83-34 |
| FMGC1 (1CA1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 3 | 22-83-34 |
| FCU (3CA) BUS CP-L/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
| FCU (3CA) BUS CP-R/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 22-81-12 |
| WXR1 (1SQ1) BUS HAZARD/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
| WXR1 (1SQ1)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
| WXR2 (1SQ2) BUS HAZARD/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
| WXR2 (1SQ2)/GPWC (1WZ) | 1 | 34-41-33 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. BITE Implementation
The BITE capability is implemented primarily in software. Most of the
tests run continuously, while the remainder run only as the result of
certain events (e.g. power-up). Failures are indicated by monitor output
discretes, the ARINC 429 outputs, the Enhanced GPWC audio output, and on
the MCDU (interactive mode).
These failures are saved in the flight history memory if they occurred
during flight. Some BITE failures inhibit alerts and warnings. In these
cases, the self-test is inhibited.
Internal test processing:
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A86
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| TEST | TESTED INTERNAL COMPONENTS | DURATION | ACTIVATION |
| DESIGNATION | | | CONDITIONS |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MCDU system | - CPU | 30 s | Relevant MCDU |
| test | - RAM | | menu line key |
| | - EPROM | | selection |
| | - Wait state | | |
| | - Non Envelope modulation NVM | | |
| | - Watchdog timer | | |
| | - A/D converter | | |
| | - Voice generator | | |
| | - ARINC 429 transmitter | | |
| | - Software configuration data | | |
| | base monitor | | |
| | - ARINC 429 parity | | |
| | - Software operating system | | |
| | monitor | | |
| | - Software watchdog monitor | | |
| | - Envelope modulation NVM | | |
| | - ARINC 429 receiver | | |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Cockpit | Ref. para. 8. A. | | Ref. para. 8. A.|
| Self-test | | | |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Power-up Test Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up test initialization
- How long the computer must be de-energized: 1 s.
- A/C configuration:
- whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Progress of power-up tests
- Duration: 20 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- none
(3) Results of power-up tests
(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
- none
- Tests failed:
- GPWS panel:
FAULT legend of SYS pushbutton switch on and/or
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A87
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
FAULT legend of pushbutton switch on
(depending on the faulty part)
- MASTER CAUT light on and single chime
- ECAM warning:
NAV GPWS FAULT and/or
NAV GPWS TERR FAULT
(depending on the faulty part)
- ECAM STATUS:
GPWS INOP and/or
GPWS TERR INOP
(depending on the faulty part)
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page A88
Feb 01/09
VOI
GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM (GPWS) - SERVICING
__________________________________________________
TASK 34-48-00-610-001
Uploading of the Enhanced GPWC Database
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-48-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Enhanced GPWC
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-48-00-991-002 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : Refer to the equipment manufacturer Service Bulletin related to the
____
version of the database that you upload.
Subtask 34-48-00-861-055
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 301
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-48-00-010-053
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
Subtask 34-48-00-865-066
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 34-48-00-991-002)
Subtask 34-48-00-970-050
A. Loading of the PCMCIA Card Software
NOTE : Before you load the software make sure that the version of the
____
terrain data base is correct.
(1) Make sure that the COMPUTER OK LED on the face of the Enhanced GPWC,
is on.
(2) Open the door on the face of the Enhanced GPWC.
(3) Put the PCMCIA card into the PCMCIA card slot.
(4) During software loading, the IN PROG LED stays on and the COMPUTER OK
LED is off.
(5) When the loading is completed, the XFER COMP LED comes on.
(6) Remove the PCMCIA card from the Enhanced GPWC.
(7) After approximately 15 seconds, the COMPUTER OK LED comes on to tell
the operator that the loading of the PCMCIA card contents is
completed.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 302
Feb 01/06
VOI
Enhanced GPWC Face
Figure 301/TASK 34-48-00-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 303
Feb 01/06
VOI
(8) On the label on the front panel door of the Enhanced GPWC, write the
number of the database that you loaded.
(9) Close the door on the face of the Enhanced GPWC.
Subtask 34-48-00-740-053
B. Do the BITE Test of the Enhanced GPWC (Ref. TASK 34-48-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-48-00-410-053
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
Subtask 34-48-00-862-054
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 304
Feb 01/06
VOI
GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM (GPWS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________
TASK 34-48-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Enhanced GPWS Ground Self-Test Function
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 344800-01
Operational test of GPWS ground self-test function
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
**ON A/C 001-002,
34-48-00-991-001-B Fig. 501
**ON A/C 003-010,
34-48-00-991-001-C Fig. 501A
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
Post SB 34-1412 For A/C 001-010,
34-48-00-991-001-D Fig. 501B
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 501
Feb 01/09
VOI
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-48-00-860-059
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the ADIRU1 to NAV (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) On the overhead control and indicating panel 21VU, on the GPWS
section, make sure that the five GPWS pushbutton switches are
released (legends off).
(4) On the CAPT and F/O LIGHTING/LOUD SPEAKER control panels 301VU and
R 500VU, set the ND potentiometer to BRT.
(5) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control panels, set the mode
selector switch to ARC.
(6) On the FCU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control panels, set the scale
selector switch to 160.
Subtask 34-48-00-865-057
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
121VU EIS/GPWS/28VDC 2WZ P06
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 502
Feb 01/09
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-48-00-860-080
A. Status of the Audio Menu
(1) On the center pedestral, on one MCDU, get access to the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST NAV page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
R (a) Push the line key adjacent to the GPWC indication.
(b) Push the line key adjacent to the CURRENT STATUS indication.
1
_ If the CURRENT STATUS shows:
- AUDIO MENU: 0, do the para. related to the operational
test of the enhanced GPWS ground self-test function with
AUDIO MENU: 0
- AUDIO MENU: 1, do the para. related to the operational
test of the enhanced GPWS ground self-test function with
AUDIO MENU: 1
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 34-48-00-710-066-A
B. Operational Test of the Enhanced GPWS Ground Self-Test Function with
AUDIO MENU: O
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the CAPT (F/O) LIGHTING/LOUD
SPEAKER control panel 301VU (500VU):
- push the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton On the panel 21VU:
switch and hold it for five - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
seconds after the first aural pushbutton switch comes on.
warning. - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR
pushbutton switch comes on.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the GPWS legends come on.
In the loudspeakers:
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 503
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the GLIDESLOPE aural warning operates
then stops.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the GPWS legends go off.
- the PULL UP legends come on.
In the loudspeakers:
- the PULL UP aural warning operates
then stops.
- the TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL UP aural
warning operates then stops.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the PULL UP legends go off.
On the LANDING GEAR control and
indicating panel 402VU and on the TERR
ON ND panel 403VU:
- the ON legends of the TERR ON ND
pushbutton switches come on.
On the CAPT (F/O) ND:
- the test pattern is shown.
On the test pattern
- the amber TERR TST indication comes
into view
- the Peaks Elevation numbers come into
view for five seconds as follows:
* XXX (amber)
* XXX (amber)
and then
* 290 (red) high altitude
* -13 (green) low altitude.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-48-00-991-001-
B)
R
Then all these warnings operate, one
after the other:
- SINK RATE
- PULL UP
- TERRAIN
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 504
Feb 01/09
VOI
R Enhanced GPWS - Test Pattern
Figure 501/TASK 34-48-00-991-001-B
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 505
Feb 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- PULL UP
- DONT SINK
- DONT SINK
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- TOO LOW GEAR
- TOO LOW FLAPS
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- GLIDE SLOPE
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- CAUTION TERRAIN
- CAUTION TERRAIN
- TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL UP
- CAUTION OBSTACLE
- CAUTION OBSTACLE
- OBSTACLE OBSTACLE PULL UP
On the LANDING GEAR control and
indicating panel 402VU and on the TERR
ON ND panel 403VU:
- the ON legends of the TERR ON ND
pushbutton switches go off.
On the panel 21VU:
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
pushbutton switch goes off.
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR
pushbutton switch goes off.
On the CAPT (F/O) NDs:
- the test pattern goes out of view.
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 506
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-48-00-710-067-A
C. Operational Test of the Enhanced GPWS Ground Self-Test Function with
AUDIO MENU: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the CAPT (F/O) LIGHTING/LOUD
SPEAKER control panel 301VU (500VU):
- push the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton On the panel 21VU:
switch and hold it for five - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
seconds after the first aural pushbutton switch comes on.
warning. - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR
pushbutton switch comes on.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the GPWS legends come on.
In the loudspeakers:
- the GLIDESLOPE aural warning operates
then stops.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the GPWS legends go off.
- the PULL UP legends come on.
In the loudspeakers:
- the PULL UP aural warning operates
then stops.
- the TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP aural
warning operates then stops.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the PULL UP legends go off.
On the LANDING GEAR control and
indicating panel 402VU and on the TERR
ON ND panel 403VU:
- the ON legends of the TERR ON ND
pushbutton switches come on.
On the CAPT (F/O) ND:
- the test pattern is shown.
R
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 507
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the test pattern
- the amber TERR TST indication comes
into view
- the Peaks Elevation numbers come into
view for five seconds as follows:
* XXX (amber)
* XXX (amber)
and then
* 290 (red) high altitude
* -13 (green) low altitude.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-48-00-991-001-
B)
R
Then all these warnings operate, one
after the other:
- SINK RATE
- PULL UP
- TERRAIN
- PULL UP
- DONT SINK
- DONT SINK
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- TOO LOW GEAR
- TOO LOW FLAPS
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- GLIDE SLOPE
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- TERRAIN AHEAD
- TERRAIN AHEAD
- TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP
- OBSTACLE AHEAD
- OBSTACLE AHEAD
- OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP
On the LANDING GEAR control and
indicating panel 402VU and on the TERR
ON ND panel 403VU:
- the ON legends of the TERR ON ND
pushbutton switches go off.
On the panel 21VU:
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
pushbutton switch goes off.
EFF :
001-002, 34-48-00
Page 508
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR
pushbutton switch goes off.
On the CAPT (F/O) NDs:
- the test pattern goes out of view.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
Subtask 34-48-00-710-066-B
B. Operational Test of the Enhanced GPWS Ground Self-Test Function with
AUDIO MENU: O
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the CAPT (F/O) LIGHTING/LOUD
SPEAKER control panel 301VU (500VU):
- push the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton On the panel 21VU:
switch and hold it for five - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
seconds after the first aural pushbutton switch comes on.
warning. - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR
pushbutton switch comes on.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the GPWS legends come on.
In the loudspeakers:
- the GLIDESLOPE aural warning operates
then stops.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the GPWS legends go off.
- the PULL UP legends come on.
In the loudspeakers:
- the PULL UP aural warning operates
then stops.
- the TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL UP aural
warning operates then stops.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 509
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the PULL UP legends go off.
On the LANDING GEAR control and
indicating panel 402VU and on the TERR
ON ND panel 403VU:
- the ON legends of the TERR ON ND
pushbutton switches come on.
On the CAPT (F/O) ND:
- the test pattern is shown.
On the test pattern
- the amber TERR TST indication comes
into view
- the Peaks Elevation numbers come into
view for five seconds as follows:
* XXX (amber)
* XXX (amber)
and then
* 290 (red) high altitude
* -13 (green) low altitude
- the Terrain Database (TDB) number
comes into view.
**ON A/C 003-010,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 34-48-00-991-
001-C)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
R Post SB 34-1412 For A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 501B/TASK 34-48-00-991-
001-D)
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 510
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Test Pattern
Figure 501A/TASK 34-48-00-991-001-C
R
EFF :
003-010, 34-48-00
Page 511
Feb 01/09
VOI
Enhanced GPWS - Test Pattern
Figure 501B/TASK 34-48-00-991-001-D
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 512
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
Then all these warnings operate, one
after the other:
- SINK RATE
- PULL UP
- TERRAIN
- PULL UP
- DONT SINK
- DONT SINK
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- TOO LOW GEAR
- TOO LOW FLAPS
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- GLIDE SLOPE
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- CAUTION TERRAIN
- CAUTION TERRAIN
- TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL UP
- CAUTION OBSTACLE
- CAUTION OBSTACLE
- OBSTACLE OBSTACLE PULL UP
On the LANDING GEAR control and
indicating panel 402VU and on the TERR
ON ND panel 403VU:
- the ON legends of the TERR ON ND
pushbutton switches go off.
On the panel 21VU:
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
pushbutton switch goes off.
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR
pushbutton switch goes off.
On the CAPT (F/O) NDs:
- the test pattern goes out of view.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 513
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-48-00-710-067-B
C. Operational Test of the Enhanced GPWS Ground Self-Test Function with
AUDIO MENU: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the CAPT (F/O) LIGHTING/LOUD
SPEAKER control panel 301VU (500VU):
- push the PULL UP/GPWS pushbutton On the panel 21VU:
switch and hold it for five - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
seconds after the first aural pushbutton switch comes on.
warning. - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR
pushbutton switch comes on.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the GPWS legends come on.
In the loudspeakers:
- the GLIDESLOPE aural warning operates
then stops.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the GPWS legends go off.
- the PULL UP legends come on.
In the loudspeakers:
- the PULL UP aural warning operates
then stops.
- the TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP aural
warning operates then stops.
On the panels 301VU and 500VU:
- the PULL UP legends go off.
On the LANDING GEAR control and
indicating panel 402VU and on the TERR
ON ND panel 403VU:
- the ON legends of the TERR ON ND
pushbutton switches come on.
On the CAPT (F/O) ND:
- the test pattern is shown.
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 514
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the test pattern
- the amber TERR TST indication comes
into view
- the Peaks Elevation numbers come into
view for five seconds as follows:
* XXX (amber)
* XXX (amber)
and then
* 290 (red) high altitude
* -13 (green) low altitude
- the Terrain Database (TDB) number
comes into view.
**ON A/C 003-010,
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 34-48-00-991-
001-C)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
R Post SB 34-1412 For A/C 001-010,
(Ref. Fig. 501B/TASK 34-48-00-991-
001-D)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 34-1345 For A/C 001-002,
Then all these warnings operate, one
after the other:
- SINK RATE
- PULL UP
- TERRAIN
- PULL UP
- DONT SINK
- DONT SINK
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- TOO LOW GEAR
- TOO LOW FLAPS
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- GLIDE SLOPE
R
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 515
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- TOO LOW TERRAIN
- TERRAIN AHEAD
- TERRAIN AHEAD
- TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP
- OBSTACLE AHEAD
- OBSTACLE AHEAD
- OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP
On the LANDING GEAR control and
indicating panel 402VU and on the TERR
ON ND panel 403VU:
- the ON legends of the TERR ON ND
pushbutton switches go off.
On the panel 21VU:
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
pushbutton switch goes off.
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/TERR
pushbutton switch goes off.
On the CAPT (F/O) NDs:
- the test pattern goes out of view.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-48-00-860-060
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the ADIRU1 to OFF.
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 516
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
TASK 34-48-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Enhanced GPWS with Stall Warning Test and Activation of
the GPWS/SYS Pushbutton Switch and EMER CANC Key
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-48-00-860-061
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the overhead control and indicating panel 21VU, on the GPWS
section, make sure that the five GPWS pushbutton switches are
released (legends off).
(3) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 517
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
(4) On the overhead panel, on the the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT
selector switch related to the ADIRU1 to NAV (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-
002).
Subtask 34-48-00-865-058
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
121VU EIS/GPWS/28VDC 2WZ P06
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-48-00-710-057
A. Operational Test of the Enhanced GPWS with Stall Warning Test and
Activation of the GPWS/SYS Pushbutton Switch and EMER CANC Key
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the NAV page:
- push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU:
the ADR1 indication. - the ADIRS ADR1 menu page comes into
view.
- push the line key adjacent to - the OUTPUT TESTS page comes into
the OUTPUT TESTS indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to - these indications come into view:
the AOA SENSOR TEST indication. AOA SENSOR COMMANDED TO FIXED
POSITION CHECK STALL WARNING.
On the panel 21VU:
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS and
GPWS/TERR pushbutton switches comes
on after a time between 4 and 60
seconds.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 518
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels
130VU and 131VU:
- the MASTER WARN lights flash.
In the loudspeakers:
- you can hear the cricket aural
warning and the stall voice.
- push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU:
the YES indication. - the TEST OK indication comes into
view.
On the panel 21VU:
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS and
GPWS/TERR pusbutton switches goes
off.
On the CAPT and F/O glareshield panels
130VU and 131VU:
- the MASTER WARN lights go off.
In the loudspeakers:
- the aural warnings stop.
On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
2. On the center pedestal, on the
ECAM control panel:
- push and hold the EMER CANC On the panel 21VU:
key. - the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
pushbutton switch comes on after
approximately 35 seconds.
3. On the panel 21VU: - the FAULT legend goes off.
- push the GPWS/SYS pushbutton - the OFF legend comes on.
switch
- release the GPWS/SYS pushbutton - the FAULT legend comes on.
switch. - the OFF legend goes off.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 519
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the center pedestal, on the
ECAM control panel:
- release the EMER CANC key. On the overhead panel 21VU:
- the FAULT legend of the GPWS/SYS
pushbutton switch goes off.
5. On the overhead circuit breaker
panel 49VU:
- open the circuit breaker 3WW.
On the rear circuit breaker panel
121VU:
- open the circuit breaker 2WW.
6. Close the circuit breakers 2WW
and 3WW.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-48-00-860-062
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(2) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the ADIRU1 to OFF.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 520
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-48-00-740-002
BITE Test of the Enhanced GPWC
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-48-00-860-063
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the overhead control and indicating panel 21VU, on the GPWS
section, make sure that the five GPWS pushbutton switches are
released (legends off).
(3) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page then push the NEXT PAGE function key until the GPWC indication
comes into view.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
(4) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the ADIRU1 to NAV (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 521
Feb 01/09
VOI
Subtask 34-48-00-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
121VU EIS/GPWS/28VDC 2WZ P06
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-48-00-740-051
A. BITE Test of the Enhanced GPWC
NOTE : The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU
____
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the MCDU, on the NAV page: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to the - the GPWC page comes into view.
GPWC indication.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the subsequent GPWC TEST pages with
TEST indication. instructions come into view.
- push the line key adjacent to the - the TEST IN PROGRESS 20S indication
START TEST indication, comes into VIEW.
- after 20s obey the instructions that
are shown on the subsequent pages
until the TEST OK indication comes
into view.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 522
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-48-00-860-064
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(2) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switch related to the ADIRU1 to OFF (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-00
Page 523
Aug 01/08
VOI
COMPUTER - GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING (GPWC) (1WZ) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________________
TASK 34-48-34-000-001
Removal of the GPWC (1WZ)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-48-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-48-34-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
121VU EIS/GPWS/28VDC 2WZ P06
EFF :
ALL 34-48-34
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-48-34-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-48-34-991-001)
Subtask 34-48-34-020-050
A. Removal of the GPWC
(1) Loosen the nut (4).
(2) Lower the nut (4).
(3) Pull the GPWC (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(4) Remove the GPWC (1) from its rack (3).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-48-34
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
GPWC
Figure 401/TASK 34-48-34-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-48-34
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-48-34-400-001
Installation of the GPWC (1WZ)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
R Menu Page
34-48-00-610-001 Uploading of the Enhanced GPWC Database
34-48-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Enhanced GPWS Ground
Self-Test Function
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-48-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-48-34-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-48-34
Page 404
Feb 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-48-34-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
121VU EIS/GPWS/28VDC 2WZ P06
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-48-34-991-001)
Subtask 34-48-34-420-050
A. Installation of the GPWC
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the GPWC (1) on its rack (3).
(6) Push the GPWC (1) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical
connectors (2).
(7) Engage the nut (4) on the lug (5) and tighten.
Subtask 34-48-34-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3WZ, 2WZ
EFF :
ALL 34-48-34
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-48-34-710-050
R C. Do a check of the version of the terrain database loaded in the Enhanced
R GPWC, on the MCDU, on the LRU IDENTIFICATION page (access from the SYSTEM
R REPORT/TEST NAV: RADIO NAV page 3/3 (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-001)).
R (1) Make sure that the version of the terrain database loaded in the
R Enhanced GPWC is the latest available (Refer to SIL 34-080).
R
R (2) Do the operational test of the Enhanced GPWS (Ref. TASK 34-48-00-710-
001).
R
Subtask 34-48-34-610-050
D. If the Enhanced GPWS has not the last updated database, do the loading of
the Enhanced GPWC Data Base (Ref. TASK 34-48-00-610-001) at the next
maintenance opportunity.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-48-34-860-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 34-48-34-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-48-34
Page 406
Feb 01/08
VOI
DME - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. _______
General
The Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) is a radio aid to medium range
navigation which provides the crew with :
- a digital readout of the slant range distance of the aircraft from a
selected ground station
- audio signals which identify the selected ground station.
The DME uses the frequency band from 962 MHz to 1213 MHz for reception and
R transmission.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2SD1 INTRG-DME, 1 81VU 127 824 34-51-33
2SD2 INTRG-DME, 2 82VU 128 824 34-51-33
3SD1 ANTENNA-DME, 1 121 NONE 34-51-11
3SD2 ANTENNA-DME, 2 NONE 127 NONE 34-51-11
3. __________________
System Description
A. Principle
- The principle of the DME navigation is based on the measurement of the
transmission time. Paired interrogation pulses go from an onboard
interrogator to a selected ground station. After 50 microseconds, the
station transmits the reply pulses to the aircraft.
- The measurement of time between transmitting the interrogation pulses
and receiving the reply pulses is a function of the slant range
distance of the aircraft to the ground station.
The measurement value is converted into nautical miles and shown to the
crew.
- The interrogation frequencies vary from 1041 to 1150 MHz. The reply
frequencies vary from 962 to 1213 MHz.
- Furthermore, the ground station provides a Morse identification.
B. System Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The DME comprises two independent systems. Each system consists of :
- one DME interrogator 2SD1 (2SD2)
- one DME antenna 3SD1 (3SD2)
R - one dual VOR/ADF/DME Radio Magnetic Indicator (VOR/ADF/DME RMI) 21FN.
The components given after can control the DME system :
(Ref. Fig. 003)
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 1
Aug 01/07
VOI
DME - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Block Diagram
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
VOI
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
34-51-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Control and Indicating
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 5/6
Feb 01/06
VOI
- the CAPT (F/O) Audio Control Panel (ACP) 2RN1 (2RN2) and the Audio
Management Unit (AMU) 1RN for audio controls
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1(2) (MCDU) 3CA1 (3CA2), the
Radio Management Panel 1(2) (RMP) 1RG1 (1RG2), and the Flight
Management and Guidance Computer 1(2) (FMGC) 1CA1 (1CA2) for
frequency/course selection
- the MCDU and the Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) 1TW
for test causes.
The DME data are shown on :
- the CAPT and F/O Primary Flight Displays (PFD)
- the CAPT and F/O Navigation Displays (ND)
- the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
- the MCDU(s) (maintenance data).
C. Utilization Technical Data
(1) Data display
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(a) On the PFDs
With ILS/DME collocated stations, the ILS/DME distance is shown
in magenta in the L lower corner of the PFD (Item 1). These data
come into view when you push the ILS pushbutton switch located on
the EFIS control section of the Flight Control Unit (FCU).
(b) On the NDs
The VOR/DME distance is shown in green in the L lower corner of
the ND for DME system 1 (Item 2), and in the R lower corner of
the ND for DME system 2 (Item 3) when :
- you set the mode selector switch on the EFIS control section of
the FCU to ROSE (ILS, VOR, NAV) or ARC
- you set the ADF/VOR/OFF switch to VOR.
In addition, when you push the VOR-D pushbutton switch on the
EFIS control section of the FCU, this causes:
Display of the VOR/DME and DME ground stations which are not
already included in the flight plan, with the mode selector
switch in ROSE NAV and ARC positions:
- a circle for the DME station
- circle plus cross symbol for the VOR/DME station.
(c) On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
Two windows are available for indication of both distances from
the DME 1 and DME 2 (Item 4) when the VOR/DME stations are
collocated.
When the DME or RMI monitoring circuits detect a fault, the
corresponding display window (Item 5) is blanked.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Data and Fault Displays
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
VOI
In case of Non Computed Data (NCD) (out-of-range station) the
windows show white horizontal dashed lines (Item 6).
In addition, the LEDs on the face of the DME interrogator
indicate the status of the DME system.
(2) Audio control
The DME interrogator applies its audio output to the audio
integrating system. This system controls and directs the output to
the headsets and/or the loud speakers. The pilot can control the DME
audio signals by pressing the VOR pushbutton switch on the ACP and
adjusting the related potentiometer to the correct audio level.
In case of collocated ILS/DME ground stations and when the ILS
pushbutton switch is pressed on the EFIS control section of the FCU,
the pilot can control the DME audio signal through the ILS pushbutton
switch on the ACP.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
Energization of each system is through 115VAC 400 Hz buses :
- 115VAC SHED ESS BUS 801XP via circuit breaker 1SD1 for system 1
- 115VAC BUS2 BUS 204XP via circuit breaker 1SD2 for system 2.
The 115VAC ESS BUS 401XP energizes the VOR/ADF/DME RMI via circuit breaker
12FN.
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. DME Interrogator
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The face of the interrogator is fitted with a handle, two lugs, a
TEST pushbutton switch and two LEDs.
The name, color and function of the two LEDs are as follows:
- CONTROL FAIL (red) indicates invalid frequency input tuning words
- LRU STATUS (green) indicates that no faults are detected during the
test sequence
- LRU STATUS (red) indicates that a fault is detected during the test
sequence.
The back is equipped with two ARINC 600 size one connectors which
include three plugs:
- Top Plug (TP): connection with the automatic test circuit
- Middle Plug (MP): connection with the antenna and peripheral
circuits
- Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit and
suppressor.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Interrogator
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 10
Feb 01/06
VOI
(2) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(a) Interrogation
When the frequency for a DME ground station is selected on the
RMP or by the FMGC, a serial digital tuning word is transmitted
along an ARINC 429 data bus to the range processor in the
interrogator. The range processor uses the frequency data to
provide a tuning word for the synthesizer. In the synthesizer the
Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO), which operates in the L-band
range of 1025 to 1150 MHz, generates the transmitter signal which
after amplification is applied to the driver.
The transmitter part of the interrogator consists of a VCO with a
quartz-stabilized, phase-locked-loop frequency synthesizer and a
power amplifier. The synthesizer is controlled by the 8OC/86 CPU.
The power amplifier is energized only during the pulse
transmission and the transmitted energy goes to the antenna
through a circulator. The receiver part consists of a
preselecting filter, an RF amplifier, a mixer and an IF amplifier
centered on 63 MHz. The IF amplifier output pulses are then
detected.
(b) Reply signal processing
Reply pulses from a DME ground station are received by the
antenna and applied through the circulator to the receiver.
In the receiver the reply pulses are filtered, amplified and
mixed with the local oscillation from the driver to produce a 63
MHz IF signal. After further amplification and filtering, a
second mixer combines the 63 MHz signal with a local 52.3 MHz
oscillation to produce a 10.7 MHz IF signal which is applied to
the video processor through a video detector.
In the video processor the signal is applied to a threshold
detector and a pulse pair decoder. The threshold detector
determines the range measurement timing. The video processor
verifies that a valid pulse is received and applies the valid
video pulse to the range processor module. An audio
identification algorithm executed by the processor board decodes
and synthesizes a 1350 Hz audio signal which reproduces the
source identification signal transmitted by the DME ground
station and provides an output to the audio integrating system in
the aircraft.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 11
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME Interrogator - Simplifed Block Diagram
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
VOI
(c) Distance measurement
A range counter in the range processor module, which generates
the driver and power amplifier trigger pulses, measures the time
interval between the first interrogation pulse and the reception
of the first valid video pulse. The time delay of the reply pulse
is converted to a distance value and stored in memory. During an
interrogation cycle, additional reply pulse delay measurements
are made and processed to produce an accurate range distance.
The range distance data is transmitted through ARINC 429 data
ports to the DMC, the RMI and the FMGC.
(d) Suppression
A suppression coaxial connects all these units: the DME
interrogators and ATC/ TCAS system. This prevents transmission
from one system while the other is in reception mode. This is
necessary because all these systems operate on the same frequency
range.
(e) Modes
The DME system has three basic modes : standby, directed and free
scan.
- Standby mode: in this mode no distance data is computed, the
NCD indication appears in the RMI, and the NCD signal is also
transmitted to the FMGC. The DME reverts to the standby mode
when it is not communicating with a ground station.
- Directed mode: in this mode up to five foreground stations are
designated by the FMGC to the DME interrogator.
- Free scanning mode: in this mode any or all of five stations
can be designated by the FMGC. If less than five stations are
designated, the DME fills the empty slots with the closest
stations.
The DME scans the background loop, consisting of the other 247
stations, searching for station pulses.
(3) Manual self-test and automatic monitoring
(a) Purpose
The fault monitor of the DME interrogator periodically checks the
circuits and operation of the interrogator while the unit is
installed in the aircraft. The fault monitor uses Built-In Test
Equipment (BITE) to gather operating parameters relating to the
fault and stores historical fault data relating to the failure in
the maintenance fault memory. If a failure is detected, the crew
and/or the FMCS is alerted that the unit does not operate
correctly. The stored fault data can be used by the shop
technician as an aid in trouble shooting the faulty LRU.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
VOI
(b) Operation
The fault monitor self-test periodically interrupts normal DME
operation and uses BITE to monitor a number of parameters
selected to determine the status of functionally replaceable
modules. Under normal conditions, the self-test is performed
every 60 s. If a failure is detected, the self-test is performed
every 5 s.
Safety related failures detected while the aircraft is in the air
cause DME service to be denied to the crew and/or the FMCS. A
detected failure causes the DME to output ARINC data words
containing failure and No Computed Data indications. Safety
related failures include wrong distance, wrong channel, etc. If
the failure is not safety related (low RF power, poor receiver
sensitivity, etc.), the DME continues to attempt to operate
normally until the aircraft is on the ground.
If any failure is detected while the aircraft is on the ground,
DME service is denied to the crew and/or the FMCS. The DME
outputs ARINC data words containing failure and No Computed Data
indications.
Data relating to any failure detected when the aircraft is in the
air is stored in Non-Volatile Memory on processor card A7. The
Non-Volatile Memory can be accessed by the shop technician as an
aid to fault isolation.
The DME self-test procedure can be manually initiated by either
the ARINC 429 input control word or the DME functional test rear
connector discrete. When the self-test procedure is initiated in
one of these ways, the ARINC output data words indicate a failure
for 2 seconds, No Computed Data for 2 seconds, and then a
continuous self-test indication. The DME stays in self-test until
released.
While the self-test procedure is being performed, the DME
continues to calculate distance, except when the fault monitor
test is initiated.
B. DME Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The L-band antenna is an airborne antenna for the DME interrogator. It is
a blade type with a radiating cavity driven by capacitive coupling.
This antenna is designed for installation on fast aircraft and operation
within the L-band from 960 to 1250 MHz.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 14
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Antenna
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 15
Feb 01/06
VOI
6. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. Control
- Each DME interrogator is connected to one RMP. The DME interrogator 1
is connected to the RMP 1 (DME interrogator 2 to RMP 2). The RMP 1 also
receives the management bus from the FMGC 1 (RMP 2 from FMGC 2).
- In normal operation the FMGC 1(2) tunes the DME interrogator 1(2)
either automatically or manually by means of the MCDU 1(2).
In this case the RMP 1(2) operates as a relay which sends the frequency
information from the FMGC 1(2) to the DME interrogator 1(2).
- By a second port, the DME interrogator 1(2) receives a second
management bus directly from the FMGC 2(1). The interrogator selects
one of the two port functions by a discrete signal coming from the FMGC
1(2) through the RMP 1(2).
- In case of one FMGC fault, the other FMGC can control the two DME
interrogators, one directly, the other through its RMP.
- In case of the RMP 1(2)fault, the concerned RMP is transparent to data
and discrete coming from the FMGC.
- In manual operation (at any time or with failure of the two FMGCs), the
RMP 1 can control the DME interrogator 1 after ON NAV mode selection.
Same possibility for the RMP 2 (DME interrogator 2).
(Ref. Fig. 008)
- In addition, a suppressor coaxial connects the ATC transponders to the
DME interrogators. This prevents transmission from one system while the
other is in reception mode.
This is necessary because the DME and the ATC systems operate on the
same frequency range.
B. Reconfiguration Switching
In normal utilization, the DME 1 and 2 data are shown on both CAPT and
F/O NDs through the Display Management Computer (DMC 1(2)). ILS/DME data
are shown on both CAPT and F/O PFDs.
In caes of DMC 1(2) fault, it is possible to switch over to the DMC 3
with the EIS DMC selector switch.
This selector switch is located on panel 8VU on the center pedestal.
In this case, the DMC 3 totally replaces the DMC 1(2) through the stage
of the output switching relay of the failed DMC.
In case of PFD fault, there is an automatic transfer of the PFD image
onto the ND.
In case of ND fault: you obtain the transfer of the ND image onto the PFD
when you push the PFD/ND XFR pushbutton switch on panel 301VU (501VU).
When you set the PFD potentiometer to OFF on panel 301VU (501VU), this
causes :
- deactivation of the PFD
- transfer of the PFD image onto the ND.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 16
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Frequency Selection in Emergency Mode
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 17
Feb 01/06
VOI
7. BITE
_____________
Function
(Ref. Fig. 009)
A. Access to DME Sub-menu Functions
It is possible to select the maintenance functions of the DME
interrogator 1(2) by pressing the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST indication on the CFDS menu, and then selecting the relevant
DME on the NAV menu.
After these actions the DME 1(2) provides its own menu page and the
sub-menu functions can then be chosen by the operator.
B. Activation of the Test Function
The DME 1(2) test function can be activated in ground conditions only by
pressing the line key adjacent to the TEST indication on the DME 1(2)
maintenance sub-menu or by pressing the pushbutton switch on the face of
the interrogator.
C. CFDIU Interface
(1) BITE description
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the DME system. The BITE of the
DME interrogator is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. 31-32-00).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently DME system status and its identification
message to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (FMGC, RMP and
CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode
(a) Normal mode
During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the DME system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during
the concerned flight.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 167
ms by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 19
Feb 01/06
VOI
(b) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the DME
interrogator BITE by means of the MCDU.
The DME menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GND SCANNING
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- GROUND REPORT
- TEST.
(2) Interactive function
The interactive mode can be activated on the ground only, using the
line key adjacent to the DME 1 (or 2) indication on the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST page of any MCDU (Ref. 22-82-00).
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the BITE of the
DME interrogator by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The interactive mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 010)
This menu contains the fault messages (class 1 and 2, internal and
external) detected during the last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 010)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 010)
Allows to display the P/N and the S/N of the equipment.
- GND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight, provides
information of the failures detected while using this function.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 012)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 20
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Maintenance Test Procedure - DME Menu (sheet 1/5)
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 21
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Maintenance Test Procedure - DME Menu (sheet 2/5)
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Maintenance Test Procedure - DME Menu (sheet 3/5)
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 23
Feb 01/06
VOI
(Ref. Fig. 012)
Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected on
ground.
- TEST.
(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
allows a check of the correct operation of the DME interrogator.
(3) List of components
All the components are listed in the Para. 2. Component Location.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 24
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Maintenance Test Procedure - DME Menu (sheet 4/5)
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 25
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - Maintenance Test Procedure - DME Menu (sheet 5/5)
Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 26
Feb 01/06
VOI
(4) Reporting function
The tables below give the list of internal/external failures:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| REPORTED INTERNAL FAILURES |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
|----------------------------------------------------------|-------|----------|
| DME i (2SDi) | 1 | 34-51-33 |
| DME i ANTENNA (3SDi) | 1 | 34-51-11 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| REPORTED EXTERNAL FAILURES |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
|----------------------------------------------------------|-------|----------|
| FMGCi(1CA1)/RMPi(1RGi)/DMEi(2SDi) | 3 | 22-83-34 |
| CFDIU(1TW)/DMEi(2SDi) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
| POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT | 1 | 24-00-00 |
| DMC1/2(1WT1/2)/DDRMI(1FN)/DME1(2SD1) | 1 | 31-62-34 |
| DMC2/1(1WT2/1)/DDRMI(1FN)/DME2(2SD2) | 1 | 31-62-34 |
| LGCIU(5GAi)/DMEi(2SDi) | 3 | 32-31-71 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. BITE Implementation
(1) Internal test processing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| TEST | TESTED INTERNAL COMPONENTS | DURATION | ACTIVATION |
| DESIGNATION | | | CONDITIONS |
|----------------|----------------------------|----------|----------------|
| Power-up | Power supply module | | Power interrupt|
| test | | | > 200ms |
|----------------|----------------------------|----------|----------------|
| MCDU system | - processor board | | Relevant MCDU |
| test | - receiver | | menu line key |
| | - synthesizer | | selection |
| | - power amplifier | | |
| | - driver | | |
| | - AGC circuitry | | |
|----------------|----------------------------|----------|----------------|
| FACE TEST | ditto | | Relevant P/BSW |
| | | | activated on |
| | | | the receiver |
| | | | face |
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 27
Feb 01/06
VOI
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| TEST | TESTED INTERNAL COMPONENTS | DURATION | ACTIVATION |
| DESIGNATION | | | CONDITIONS |
|----------------|----------------------------|----------|----------------|
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Activation of the test on the indicators
The DME 1(2) test function can be activated only by pressing the
pushbutton switch on the face of the interrogator.
The following sequence is then generated on the output of the
equipment:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DURATION | MESSAGE | RMI DISPLAY |
|---------------------|-------------------------|-------------------------|
| 2 s approx. | FAILURE | Blanked window |
| 2 s approx. | NCD | Dashed lines |
| Duration of test | TEST | 0.0 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
During the first 2 s, the green LRU STATUS and the red CONTROL FAIL
LEDs on the face of the interrogator are on.
During the next 2 s, the red LRU STATUS and the red CONTROL FAIL LEDs
are on.
During the next 2 s, all LEDs go off.
The green LRU STATUS remains on for 30 s or until the pushbutton
switch on the face of the interrogator is pressed and the sequence
starts again.
E. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization
- How long the computer must be de-energized: 2 s.
- A/C configuration:
- whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Progress of power-up tests
- Duration: 2 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- DME RMI display
dashes during 1 s
distance diplayed
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 28
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Results of power-up tests
(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
- DME RMI display
distance displayed
- ND
distance displayed
- Tests failed:
- DME RMI display
black
- ND
DME in red
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 29
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________
TASK 34-51-00-740-002
BITE Test of the DME
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-51-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-51-00-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE or ARC
- set the ADF/VOR selector switches to VOR
- push the ILS pushbutton switches.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 and RMP2:
- set the ON/OFF switches to ON
- set a non local frequency of a VOR/DME1 and VOR/DME2.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-51-00-991-001)
(4) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV
page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010).
(5) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(6) Do the IR alignment procedure
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
Subtask 34-51-00-865-056
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
R
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-51-00-740-051
A. BITE Test of the DME
NOTE : The DME and the VOR/DME data come into view on the ND. The ILS/DME
____
data come into view on the PFD.
NOTE : During the BITE TEST (DME1 or 2) by the MCDU, the indications
____
related to the two receivers (CAPT and F/O) are shown at the same
time. This has no effect on the test or component operation.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 502
Aug 01/08
VOI
VOR/DME - Frequency Selection
Figure 501/TASK 34-51-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the DME1 (DME2) page comes into view.
the DME1 (DME2) indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the INITIAL CONDITIONS are shown
the TEST indication. (page 1 to 2).
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 10s indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view.
From 0 to 4s:
- on the CAPT and F/O NDs and PFDs:
. the DME1(DME2) red warning flag
comes into view at the bottom and on
the left (right) side then it goes
out of view.
- on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
. the left (right) window is blanked.
From 4 to 7s:
- on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
. the left (right) window shows white
horizontal dashes.
From 7 to 10s:
- on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
. the distance of 0.0 comes into
view.
- push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU:
the YES indication. - the TEST OK indication comes into
view.
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
the RETURN indication.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-51-00-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(3) On the RMP, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-51-00-710-001
Operational Test of the DME
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Reception Test of the DME beacon.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-51-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-51-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002)
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(4) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE or ARC
- set the ADF/VOR selector switches to VOR.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 506
Feb 01/06
VOI
(5) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 and RMP2, set the ON/OFF switches
to ON.
Subtask 34-51-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-51-00-710-055
A. Operational Test of the DME
NOTE : The DME and the VOR/DME data come into view on the ND. The ILS/DME
____
data come into view on the PFD.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- set the local frequency of a On the CAPT (F/O) ND for VOR/DME or on
VOR/DME1 (DME2) or ILS/DME1 the CAPT (F/O) PFD for ILS/DME, the
(DME2) station range between the aircraft and the
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-51-00-
991-001)
station comes into view at the bottom.
On the RMI, the range between the
aircraft and the station is also in
view.
NOTE : If you set the frequency of an
____
ILS/DME station, DME data are
not shown on the RMI.
2. On the center pedestal, on the
ACP:
- push the VOR1 (VOR2) or ILS In the loudspeakers, you can hear the
pushbutton switch. Morse code signal from the station set.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 507
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-51-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) On the RMP, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(3) On the ACP, release the VOR1 (VOR2) or ILS pushbutton switch.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 508
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-51-00-720-001
Functional Test of the DME
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Make sure that the system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific DME ground test unit
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-51-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-51-00-860-052
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Install the DME ground test unit near the DME1 (DME2) antenna. To do
this, obey the operating instructions. Set the VOR/DME ground test
unit to ON.
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 509
May 01/08
R
VOI
(4) Do the IR alignment procedure
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(5) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU, set the mode selector
switches to ROSE or ARC.
(6) On the FCU, set the ADF/VOR selector switches to VOR.
(7) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 and RMP2, set the ON/OFF selector
switches to ON.
Subtask 34-51-00-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
Subtask 34-51-00-865-055
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 510
Aug 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-51-00-720-050
A. DME Reception and Identification Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- set the VOR/DME1 (VOR/DME2)
test frequency of the ground
test unit
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-51-00-
991-001)
2. On the panel 49VU (121VU):
- close the circuit breaker 1SD1 On the CAPT and F/O NDs, on the left
(1SD2). (right) side:
- the DME1 (DME2) flag goes out of
view.
- the horizontal dashs come into view.
On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI, in the left
(right) window:
- the horizontal dashs come into view.
3. On the ground test unit, set the
IDENT signal on.
4. On the center pedestal, on one
ACP:
- push the VOR1 (VOR2) pushbutton You can hear the identification signal
switch in the loudspeaker.
- adjust the volume to the volume Do the adjustment slowly and
you need. continuously. There is no unwanted
noise.
- push the ON VOICE pushbutton The audio signal in the loudspeaker
switch. stops.
5. On the ground test unit, set the
IDENT signal off.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 511
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. On the ground test unit:
- set a DME1 (DME2) range of 5 On the left (right) side of the CAPT
NM. and F/O NDs:
- the range 5.0 comes into view .
On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI, in the left
(right) window:
- the range 5.0 comes into view.
- set a range of 270 NM. On the ND and the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- the range 270.0 comes into view.
7. On the ground test unit, set the
IDENT signal on.
8. On the center pedestal, on the
ACP:
- release the ON VOICE pushbutton You can hear the audio signal in the
switch. loudspeaker.
9. On the center pedestal, on the
ATC control unit:
R - set the ATC master switch to On the CAPT and F/O NDs and the
R the ON or XPNDR position. VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- the DME1 (DME2) indication does not
change.
In the loudspeaker :
- the audio signal does not change.
R - set the ATC master switch to
R the standby position.
10. On the ground test unit, set the
IDENT signal off.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 512
Feb 01/08
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-51-00-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) On the center pedestal, on the RMP, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(3) De-energize the DME ground test unit.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-00
Page 513
Feb 01/06
VOI
ANTENNA - DME (3SD1,3SD2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 34-51-11-000-002
Removal of the DME Antenna (3SD1, 3SD2)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nonmetallic scraper
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-51-11-991-002 Fig. 401
EFF :
ALL 34-51-11
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-51-11-865-052
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3SD1
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
FOR 3SD2
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-51-11-991-002)
Subtask 34-51-11-020-050
A. Removal of the DME Antenna
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
(2) Remove the screws (5).
(3) Put the antenna (4) away from the fuselage (1).
(4) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2).
(5) Remove the antenna (4).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected coaxial connectors (2) and (3).
(7) Remove and discard the O-ring seal (6).
EFF :
ALL 34-51-11
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-51-11-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-51-11
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-51-11-400-002
Installation of the DME Antenna (3SD1, 3SD2)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
EFF :
ALL 34-51-11
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-008 USA MIL-S-8802 CLASS A
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 O-ring seal 34-51-11 01 -010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
34-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the DME
34-51-00-720-001 Functional Test of the DME
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
34-51-11-991-002 Fig. 401
EFF :
ALL 34-51-11
Page 405
Feb 01/09
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-51-11-865-053
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3SD1
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
FOR 3SD2
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-51-11-991-002)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
Subtask 34-51-11-420-050
R A. Installation of the DME Antenna
(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003) and a nonmetallic scraper.
NOTE : If you install the same antenna it is necessary to clean it
____
with a lint-free cloth.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
NOTE : Make sure that the antenna attachment screw-head recesses have
____
no signs of paint, corrosion or sealant because the antenna
electrical bonding is made through the attachment screws.
(3) Apply masking tape to the structure (1), the edge of the antenna (4),
the screw holes and the hole for the antenna connector.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-11
Page 406
Aug 01/08
VOI
(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) on the antenna (4)
mount and on the fuselage (1).
(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the antenna (4) mount and on
the fuselage (1) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
NOTE : Make sure that there is no sealant in the screw holes.
____
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial connectors (2) and (3).
(7) Install the new O-ring seal (6).
(8) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna (4).
(9) Put the antenna (4) in position on the fuselage (1).
(10) Attach the antenna (4) with the screws (5).
(11) Remove the sealant which is not necessary with a nonmetallic scraper.
(12) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
R (13) Apply a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or use as an
R alternative SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008) around the antenna (4)
R (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
R (14) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or use as an alternative
R SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008) on the heads of the screws (5).
(15) Make the contour of the screws (5) and the antenna (4) smooth.
(16) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (4).
(17) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001B) to the sealant on the head of the screws (5).
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-11
Page 407
Aug 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-51-11-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3SD1
1SD1
FOR 3SD2
1SD2
Subtask 34-51-11-720-050
C. Do the functional test of the DME with tool (Ref. TASK 34-51-00-720-001)
or the operational test of the DME without tool (Ref. TASK 34-51-00-710-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-51-11-410-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-11
Page 408
Aug 01/07
R
VOI
INTERROGATOR - DME (2SD1,2SD2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 34-51-33-000-001
Removal of the DME Interrogator (2SD1,2SD2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-51-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-51-33-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2SD1
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
FOR 2SD2
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06
EFF :
ALL 34-51-33
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-51-33-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-51-33-991-001)
Subtask 34-51-33-020-050
A. Removal of the DME Interrogator
(1) Loosen the nuts (4).
(2) Lower the nuts (4).
(3) Pull the DME interrogator (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (2).
(4) Remove the DME interrogator (1) from its rack (3).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-51-33
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
DME Interrogator
Figure 401/TASK 34-51-33-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-51-33
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-51-33-400-001
Installation of the DME Interrogator (2SD1,2SD2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the DME
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-51-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-51-33-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-51-33
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-51-33-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 2SD1
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
FOR 2SD2
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-51-33-991-001)
Subtask 34-51-33-420-050
A. Installation of the DME Interrogator
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the DME interrogator (1) on its rack (3).
(6) Push the DME interrogator (1) on its rack (3) to connect the
electrical connectors (2).
(7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.
Subtask 34-51-33-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 2SD1
1SD1
FOR 2SD2
1SD2
EFF :
ALL 34-51-33
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-51-33-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the DME (Ref. TASK 34-51-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-51-33-860-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 34-51-33-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-51-33
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC/MODE S (SELECT) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Air Traffic Control (ATC) system is based on the replies provided by the
airborne transponders in response to interrogations from the ATC Secondary
Surveillance Radar (SSR).
The ground ATC secondary radar uses technics which provide the air traffic
control with information that cannot be acquired by the primary radar.
This system serves to distinguish between aircraft and to maintain effective
ground surveillance of the air traffic.
The system provides the air traffic controllers with :
- Mode A: transmission of aircraft identification (code number)
- Mode C: transmission of aircraft barometric altitude
- Mode S: aircraft selective calling and transmission of flight data for the
ground surveillance.
The mode S is fully compatible with the other modes, A and C.
The mode S has been designed as an evolutionary addition to the ATC system
to provide the enhanced surveillance and communication capability required
for air traffic control automation.
Each (ATC Mode S-equipped) aircraft has its own Mode S address. This
address (24-bit) is included in all Mode S transmissions, so that every
interrogation can be directed to a specific aircraft, preventing multiple
replies.
Also, answers are unequivocal from only one specific aircraft.
If the discrete address is included in an interrogation, the discrete
address is also a part of the reply. This is especially important for use
in conjunction with TCAS.
NOTE : The ATC/mode S will be able to provide the Traffic Collision
____
Avoidance System (TCAS) with the aircraft address.
For SSR interrogations, the transponder transmits the selectable code number
(Mode A) or the barometric altitude (Mode C) if required.
For SSR/Mode S all call interrogations, the transponder transmits the same
information.
In addition, new functionalities are required for ATC/Mode S transponders:
- elementary surveillance (mandatory in Europe after March 31, 2003),
- enhanced surveillance (mandatory in Europe after March 31, 2005).
The transponder meets the requirements for elementary surveillance and has
the capability for enhanced surveillance (ref. para. 6.A.(3).). It can also
transmit extended squitters. Enhanced surveillance parameters and extended
squitters are transmitted if the wiring provisions for enhanced surveillance
are installed. Moreover, the following functionalities are available:
- com A/B: capability to receive ground to air data uplink (com A) and to
transmit air to ground data downlink (com B) in addition to bidirectional
data exchange
- com C: capability to receive Extended Length Messages (ELM)
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
VOI
It also incorporates the following improvements:
- it has interface characteristics in compliance with ARINC 718A.
- as a Mark IV transponder, this transponder needs additional wiring to
perform enhanced surveillance and extented squitters functions. If this
wiring is not installed, the transponder will operate as a Mark III
transponder. In this case, nor enhanced surveillance parameters neither
extented squitters are available.
- its software is fully loadable.
The transponder is a level 3 transponder since it is capable of processing
com A/B/C/ data link messages.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1SH1 XPDR-ATC/MODE S, 1 81VU 127 824 34-52-33
1SH2 XPDR-ATC/MODE S, 2 82VU 128 824 34-52-33
7SH1 ANTENNA-ATC BOTTOM, 1 127 34-52-11
7SH2 ANTENNA-ATC BOTTOM, 2 128 34-52-11
7SH3 ANTENNA-ATC TOP, 1 224 34-52-11
7SH4 ANTENNA-ATC TOP, 2 223 34-52-11
3SH CTL UNIT-ATC/TCAS 11VU 211 831 34-52-12
3. __________________
System Description
A. Principle
(Ref. Fig. 002)
An airborne transponder provides coded reply signals in response to
interrogation signals from the ground secondary radar and from aircraft
which is equipped with the TCAS.
The ATC/Mode S system has the capability for Modes A, C and S.
Mode A: identification
Mode C: altitude range
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 2
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Component Location
Figure 001
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 3
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Principle
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 4
Feb 01/06
VOI
Mode S: In a Mode S environment, the transponder responds to
ATCRBS-formatted interrogations with ATCRBS-formatted replies, but, in
addition, it can be discretely addressed directly by Mode S
interrogators. Discrete addressing means that only the specifically
addressed Mode S transponder replies. Top and bottom antennas and
associated antenna switching and signal processing features provide the
Diversity Antenna features that allow compatibility with TCAS II. The
diversity antenna allows selection of signal receptions from either the
top or the bottom antenna based on the characteristics of the received
interrogation signals. The transponder selects the antennas (lower or
upper) which receive the best transmission signal from the ground ATC
secondary radar . This improves air-to-air surveillance and
communication. The ATC/Mode S transponder, is also used in collision
avoidance. In this role, the transponder performs as an ATCRBS and Mode S
transponder for ATC requirements, while simultaneously serving as an
integral part of TCAS. The Mode S transponder has two basic functions
related to TCAS:
(1) Approximately every second, a Mode S transponder makes a transmission
known as squitter. These transmissions alternate between the top and
bottom Mode S antennas. Squitter is coded with the aircraft Mode S
address and equipment capabilities. A ground station and airborne TCAS
listen for squitter as the initial indication that a Mode S-equipped
aircraft has entered the surveillance area.
(2) The communication between two TCAS-equipped aircraft occurs from the
TCAS antenna of one aircraft to the Mode S transponder antenna of the
other aircraft. Aboard the TCAS-equipped aircraft, data received by the
Mode S transponder is passed to a TCAS computer, and the TCAS computer
determines the content of reply messages.
The Mode S reply includes the flight number transmitted by the Flight
Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC).
The ATC system operates with two frequencies:
- interrogation: 1030 MHz
- reply: 1090 MHz
Modes A, C and All call interrogations are transmitted in the form of
coded pulses PPM (Pulse Position Modulation).
An All call interrogation is an interrogation which generates Mode A or
C and Mode S replies.
The transponder contains data link capability, which allows it to receive
uplink messages and uplink extended length messages. The transponder can
transmit downlink messages.
B. System Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The ATC comprises two independent systems. Each system consists of:
- one transponder 1SH1 (1SH2),
- two antennas 7SH1,7SH3 (7SH2,7SH4),
- one ATC/TCAS control unit 3SH common to the two systems.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 5
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Block Diagram
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 6
Feb 01/06
VOI
In addition, the Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) 1TW
enables access to the maintenance part of the ATC system through one
Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) 3CA1 (3CA2).
(Ref. Fig. 004)
C. Warning
The warning related to the ATC is only the FAULT or FAIL indicator light
of the ATC control unit : when the system is faulty, the amber FAULT or
FAIL indicator light comes on.
4. Power
____________
Supply
Energization of each system is through :
- 115VAC ESS BUS SHEDDABLE 801XP via circuit breaker 5SH1 for system 1.
- 115VAC BUS 2 204XP via circuit breaker 5SH2 for system 2.
Energization of the ATC control unit is through the two circuit breakers
5SH1 and 5SH2.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
5. _________
Interface
The ARINC 429 signals provide a two-way interface between the transponder
and other aircraft systems.
The ARINC 429 signals consist of 32-bit data words. The first 8 bits of the
word make up a label which specifies the type of information contained in
that word.
The ARINC 429 buses provide the interfaces with:
- The Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) computer
- The Air Data and Inertial Reference Units (ADIRUs, ADC and IRS)
- The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
- The Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
- The Flight Control Unit (FCU)
- The ATC/TCAS Control Panel
NOTE : MMR/ATC link, ATSU/ATC link, FCU/ATC link and ADIRU (IR part)/ATC
____
link are installed if the optional wiring provisions for enhanced
surveillance/extended squitters are validated.
No data are currentlty transmitted on ATSU/ATC link; MMR /ATC link
are provisions only.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 7
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Control & Indicating
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 8
Feb 01/06
VOI
A. Transponder Input Data
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SOURCE | LABEL | PARAMETER |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ATC/TCAS | 013 | TCAS display control |
| control panel | 015 | Display altitude |
| | 016 | TCAS/ATC control |
| | 031 | ATCRBS control |
| | disc | STBY/ON |
| | disc | Air/Ground |
-----------------|----------------------------------------------------------
| TCAS | 273 | Tx word 1 |
| | 274 | Tx word 2 |
| | 275 | Tx word 3 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FCU | 102 | Selected Altitude |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CFDIU | 227 | Command to systems |
| | 125 | GMT |
| | 260 | Date |
| |233 to 236| Flight number |
| |040 to 042| City pair |
| |301 to 304| A/C ident |
| | 126 | Flight phase |
| |155 to 157| A/C configuration |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | 310 | Latitude present position |
| (IR part) | 311 | Longitude present position |
| | 312 | Ground speed |
| | 313 | True track angle |
| | 320 | Magnetic heading |
| | 325 | Roll angle |
| | 335 | Track angle rate |
| | 365 | Inertial vertical velocity |
| | 366 | N/S velocity |
| | 367 | E/W velocity |
| | 076 | GNSS alt |
| | 103 | GNSS track angle |
| | 110 | GNSS latitude coarse |
| | 111 | GNSS longitude coarse |
| | 112 | GNSS ground speed |
| | 120 | GNSS latitude fine |
| | 121 | GNSS longitude fine |
| | 130 | Autonomous Hill |
| | 150 | Time |
| | 165 | GNSS vertical velocity |
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 9
Feb 01/06
VOI
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SOURCE | LABEL | PARAMETER |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | 166 | GNSS N/S velocity |
| | 174 | GNSS E/W velocity |
| | 247 | Horizontal figure of merite |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ADIRU | 203 | Altitude barometric |
| (ADR part) | 205 | Mach |
| | 206 | Computed airspeed |
| | 210 | True airspeed |
| | 212 | Altitude rate barometric |
| | 234 | Baro correction |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FMS | 233 | Flight number word 1 |
| | 234 | Flight number word 2 |
| | 235 | Flight number word 3 |
| | 236 | Flight number word 4 |
| | 310 | Latitude present position |
| | 311 | Longitude present position |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 10
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Transponder output buses
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESTINATION | LABEL | PARAMETER |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| TCAS | 271 | TCAS coordination data 1 |
| | 272 | TCAS coordination data 2 |
| | 273 | Mode S ground uplink |
| | 203 | Barometric altitude |
| | 275 | Mode S adress part 1 |
| | 276 | Mode S adress part 2 |
| | 277 | Acknowledgement |
| | 274 | Lock confirmation |
| | 204 | Baro corrected altitude |
| | 013 | TCAS display control |
| | 015 | Display altitude limit |
| | 016 | TCAS/ATC control |
| | 210 | Airspeed |
| | 212 | Altitude rate |
| | 350 | Maintenance word |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CFDIU | 356 | Normal mode |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. _____________________
Component Description
A. ATC Transponder
(1) External description
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The face of the transponder is fitted with a handle, two attaching
parts, a TEST pushbutton switch and five LEDs.
The TEST pushbutton switch is used to initiate the BITE self-test.
During the self-test, the transponder performs the following
functions:
With TEST pushbutton switch pressed for less than 5 seconds:
- stops normal processing
- performs test of full-time ROM checksum status
- performs RAM tests
- stimulates receiver noise sources and monitors results
- checks antenna integrity
- injects simulated ATCRBS/Mode S all-call into top and bottom
receivers
- samples transmitter monitor, following transmission , and verifies
reply is correct
- samples power supply monitor
- performs test on non-active serial buses (TCAS, COM A/B and C/D)
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 11
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Transponder
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 12
Feb 01/06
VOI
- updates maintenance portion of nonvolatile memory
- returns unit to normal operation
- performs receiver test: All LEDs come on red for 2 seconds. Then
the LRU status LED becomes green and the other LEDs remain red for
2 seconds. Then all LEDs go off for 2 seconds, then the test
results are displayed for 30 seconds:
LRU status - green for LRU with no fault, red for LRU fault; all
other LEDs are off for no fault, red for fault.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 13
Feb 01/06
VOI
With TEST pushbutton switch pressed for more than 5 seconds:
- Instead of self-test, the unit reads nonvolatile memory fault data
for the last four flight legs and the applicable LEDs come on.
The functions of the LEDs are indicated on the table below:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LEDs | FUNCTION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LRU STATUS (green) | On after test indicates normal operation. |
|----------------------|------------------------------------------------|
| LRU STATUS (red) | On after test indicates malfunction. |
|----------------------|------------------------------------------------|
| ANTENNA TOP (red) | Indicates that the upper antennas are |
| FAIL | incorrectly connected or are failed (comes on |
| | during BITE self-test). |
|----------------------|------------------------------------------------|
| ANTENNA BOT (red) | Indicates that the lower antennas are |
| FAIL | incorrectly connected or are failed (comes on |
| | during BITE self-test). |
|----------------------|------------------------------------------------|
| ALTITUDE FAIL(red) | Indicates abnormal input from ALT data system |
| | bus, or associated circuitry (comes on during |
| | BITE self-test). |
|----------------------|------------------------------------------------|
| CONTROL FAIL (red) | Indicates abnormal input of 429 word data from |
| | control unit, or associated circuitry (comes |
| | on during BITE self-test). |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
The back of the transponder contains an ARINC 600, shell-size
connector to provide electrical connections to the aircraft wiring
via mount. Contact grouping is as follows :
- Top contact set and Center contact set - System interconnections
- Bottom contact set - Power supply and bonding.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 14
Feb 01/06
VOI
(2) Internal description
(Ref. Fig. 006)
Input signals (1030 MHz interrogations/uplinks) are received at one
or both of the antennas. Each received antenna signal is pulse
demodulated and sent to the processing circuits where the diversity
selection is made. The diversity selection determines which receiver
provides the stronger (or first) signal. The selected received signal
is then applied through a demodulator circuit to the processing
circuits. The processing circuits determine if the interrogation is
an ATCRBS interrogation, a mode S interrogation addressed to the
particular aircraft or a mode S addressed to another aircraft.
Depending upon the type of the interrogation, the processing circuits
determine the proper reply ( if one is required) and send the
appropriate reply through a message processing circuit to the
diversity switching circuits. The diversity switching circuits select
the antenna through which the reply will be transmitted. The reply
message is transmitted through the same antenna from which the
selected received signal originated.
The I/O circuit is an interface circuit to receive serial ARINC 429
data, the 24 bit address input, the code altitude input and various
discretes. The CPU provides the link between the I/O and the signal
processing circuits.
The signal processing circuits consist of a video processor, a PAM
decoder and a message processor. The video processor analyzes the
received signals (pulses and pulse amplitude). If the received signal
is valid, the PAM decoder determines the type of interrogation. Then
the decoder output is sent to the message processor where appropriate
reply format is generated.
The message processor output is amplified and the resultant 1090 MHz
transmit signal is applied to the antennas through a
diplexer/diversity switch.
The received signals from the antennas are sent to the receiver
stage. The 60 MHz IF output is used to drive the video processor and
the message processor (DSPK function). The input of the receiver
stage is filtered to reduce the susceptibility to HIRF signals.
The power supply is a pulse-width modulated switching regulator. It
supplies all the necessary DC voltages required by the internal
circuitry. An integrated monitoring function gives protection to the
power supply circuits and reset signals to the CPUs each time primary
power is applied.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 15
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC Transponder - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 16
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Principle of operation
(Ref. Fig. 003)
Each ground interrogator transmits its interrogations at the
frequency of 1030 MHz in the form of a series of two pulses.
Depending on the pulse intervals and numbers, they define three
different interrogation modes. After receiving these pulses, the
transponder identifies and decodes the interrogations. Depending on
the detected interrogation mode, the transponder transmits either the
identification of the aircraft or its barometric altitude or flight
data.
The transmission of the replies takes place on a carrier frequency of
1090 Mhz. If the interrogation is sent by the side lobe of the radar,
a characteristic signal is sent allowing the transponder to disregard
the interrogation.
(a) Interrogations
Three classes of interrogations are transmitted by the ground
interrogator; they are:
- Mode A or C interrogations
- Mode S all-call interrogations
- Mode S interrogations.
1
_ Mode A or C interrogation
A mode A or C interrogation consists of two pulses labelled P1
and P3. A control pulse P2 is transmitted following the first
interrogation pulse. P1 and P3 are radiated by a narrow
rotating beam antenna.
P2, also called the Side Lobe Suppression (SLS) pulse, is
radiated by an omnidirectional antenna with an amplitude of 9
dB below P1 and P2 within the main lobe.
P1 amplitude is greater than or equal to P2 amplitude from the
greatest side lobe transmission of the antenna radiating P1.
2
_ Mode S all-call interrogation
(Ref. Fig. 007)
A Mode S all-call interrogation consists of three transmitted
pulses labelled P3 and P4. A control pulse P2 (Side Lobe
Suppression Pulse) is transmitted following P1. P1 amplitude
is greater than or equal to P2 amplitude from the greatest
side lobe transmission of the antenna radiating P1.
P2 amplitude is at a level lower than 9 dB below P1 amplitude
within the main lobe.
P4 duration is 0.8 or 1.6 microseconds depending on the
interrogation mode.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 17
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Mode S All Call Pulse Characteristics
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 18
Feb 01/06
VOI
If P4 is equal to 0.8 microseconds, this means that the
interrogation only concerns conventional ATC mode A or C
transponders, and consequently the Mode S transponder should
not reply.
If P4 is equal to 1.6 microseconds, this means that the mode S
transponder should reply with mode S information.
3
_ Mode S interrogation
(Ref. Fig. 008)
A Mode S interrogation consists of a two-bit preamble followed
by a data block.
The preamble consists of two transmitted pulses labelled P1
and P2. The characteristics of P1 and P2 are the same as for
the mode S all call interrogation, except that P2 amplitude is
equal to P1.
The data block consists of a single pulse P6 with a
Differential Phase Shift Keying (DPSK) modulation.
. Pulse duration: short 15.5 microseconds / long 29.5
microseconds
. Data block: 56 or 112 bits.
(b) Encoded reply
1
_ Mode A or C reply
A Mode A or C reply consists of two framing pulses F1 and F2,
separated by a 20.3 microsecond time interval. The encoding of
the reply is done by means of the presence (1) or absence (0)
of 13 reply pulses (12 pulses plus X pulse).
2
_ Mode S all-call reply
A Mode S all-call reply consists of a four-bit preamble
followed by a data block.
The data block contains 56 position modulated pulses.
3
_ Mode S reply
A Mode S reply occurs after a mode S interrogation or a mode S
all-call interrogation (P4 duration 1.6 microseconds).
A mode S reply consists of a four-bit preamble (duration 8
microseconds) followed by a data block. The data block
contains 56 or 112 position modulated pulses.
The replies are PPM coded.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 19
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Mode S Pulse Characteristics
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 20
Feb 01/06
VOI
(c) Mode S message content
The minimum data link transponder supports all surveillance
functions, in addition to bidirectional air-to-air data exchange,
ground-to-air data uplink (Comm A), air-to-ground data downlink
(Comm B), and multisite message protocol. In addition, the
transponder is capable of receiving Extended Length Messages
(ELMs) from the ground. ELMS are received in the Comm C format.
ELM transmittals to the ground use the Comm D format. (Note: The
ATC Collins is capable of comm A(B) C data-link operation). All
discrete Mode S interrogations and replies (except the all-call
reply) contain the 24-bit discrete address of the Mode S
transponder upon which 24 error detection parity check bits are
overlaid. In the all-call reply, the 24 parity check bits are
overlaid on the Mode S interrogation address and the
transponders7 discrete address is included in the text of the
reply. The main function of Mode S is surveillance. To accomplish
this function, the Mode S transponder uses the 56-bit
transmissions ( each direction). In the 56-bit transmissions, the
aircraft repor its altitude or ATCRBS 4096 code, and the flight
status (airborn on-ground, alert, Special Position Identification
(SPI), etc. The discrete addressing and digital encoding of Mode
S transmiss permit their use as a digital data link. The
interrogation and r formats of the Mode S system contain
sufficient coding space to permit the transmission of data. These
data transmissions may be for air traffic control purposes,
air-to-air data interchange fo collision avoidance, or to provide
flight advisory services such weather reports, or Automated
Terminal Information System (ATIS) Most Mode S data link
transmissions will be handled as one 56-bi message included as
part of a long 112-bit interrogation or repl These transmission
include the message in addition to the surveillance data.
Longer messages are transmitted using the Extended Length Message
(ELM) capability. The ELM is capable of transmitting up to
sixteen 80-bit message segments, either ground-to-air or
air-to-ground. The ELM can be acknowledged with a single reply or
interrogation. ELMs uplinked need not be replied to individually,
but can be acknowledged in a reply containing a summary of the
received interrogations.
ELMs do not contain surveillance data.
1
_ Mode S interrogation message formats
All valid Mode S interrogation are listed here.
The first 5 bits of the message indicate a UF message format.
Items in brackets, e.g (AP:24) represent the NAPN field code,
and the number of bits in the field N24N.
Undescrored numbers represent unused fields and should not be
processed.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 21
Feb 01/06
VOI
- TCAS Surveillance:
UF=0 (0 0000) 3_ (RL:1) 4_ (AQ:1) 18_ (AP:24)
- Surveillance, Altitude Request:
UF=4 (0 0100) (PC:3) (RR:5) (DI:3) (SD:16) (AP:24)
- Surveillance, Identity Request:
UF=5 (0 0101) (PC:3) (RR:5) (DI:3) (SD:16) (AP:24)
- Mode S All-Call Interrogation:
UF=11 (0 1011) (PR:4) (II:4) 19_ (AP:24)
- Long TCAS Interrogation (COMM-U):
UF=16 (1 0000) 3_ (RL:1) 4_ (AQ:1) 18_ (MU:56) (AP:24)
- COMM-A Interrogation, Altitude:
UF=20 (1 0100) (PC:3) (RR:5) (DI:3) (SD:16) (MA:56) (AP:24)
- COMM-A Interrogation, Identity:
UF=21 (1 0101) (PC:3) (RR:5) (DI:3) (SD:16) (MA:56) (AP:24)
- Uplink Extended Length Message (UELM)/COMM-C Interrogation:
UF=24 (1 1) (RC:2) (NC:4) (MC:80) (AP:24)
NOTE : PC, RR, DI and SD subfields are undefined for UF=20/21
____
broadcast interrogations.
2
_ Mode S messages downlink formats
All valid Mode S replies are listed here.
The first 5 bits of the message indicate a UF message format.
Items in brackets, e.g (AP:24) represent the NAPN field code,
and the number of bits in the field N24N.
Underscrored numbers represent unused fields are shall be set
to zero.
- TCAS Surveillance:
DF=0 (0 0000) (VS:1) 2_ (SL:3) 2_ (RI:4) 2_ (AC:13) (AP:24)
- Surveillance, Altitude:
DF=4 (0 0100) (FS:3) (DR:5) (UM:6) (AC:13) (AP:24)
- Surveillance, Identity:
DF=5 (0 0101) (FS:3) (DR:5) (UM:6) (ID:13) (AP:24)
- Mode S All-Call Reply, ATCRBS/Mode S All-Call Reply, Mode S
Squitter:
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 22
Feb 01/06
VOI
DF=11 (0 1011) (CA:3) (AA:24) (PI:24)
- Long TCAS Reply (COMM-V):
DF=16 (1 0000) (VS:1) 2_ (SL:3) 2_ (RI:4) (AC:13) (MV:56)
(AP:24)
- Extended Squitters:
DF=17 (1 0001) (CA:3) (AA:24) (ME:56) (PI:24)
- COMM-B Reply, Altitude:
DF=20 (1 0100) (FS:3) (DR:5) (UM:6) (AC:13) (MB:56) (AP:24)
- COMM-B Reply, Identity:
DF=21 (1 0101) (FS:3) (DR:5) (UM:6) (ID:13) (MB:56) (AP:24)
- Downlink Extended Length Message (DELM)/COMM-D:
DF=24 (1 1) 1_ (KE:1) (ND:4) (MD:80) (AP:24)
3
_ Mode S interrogation data field definition
The following table gives the definition of uplink format
message fields:
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 23
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| AP | address parity | 24-bit address and parity overlaid |
| | | |
| AQ | acquisition | differentiates acquisition from non-acquisi- |
| | | tion interrogations |
| | | |
| DI | designator | identifies the coding contained in the SD |
| | identification | field |
| | | |
| II | interrogator | identifies the interrogator |
| | identification | |
| | | |
| MA | message | 56-bit MA field contains messages directed |
| | Comm A | to the A/C |
| | | |
| MC | message | 80-bit MC field contains one segment of a |
| | Comm C | sequence of segments transmitted in ELM mode. |
| | | |
| MU | message | 56-bit MU messages contains information used |
| | Comm U | in air-to-air exchanges |
| | | |
| NC | number of C | number of segments transmitted in ELM mode |
| | segments | |
| | | |
| PC | protocol | operating commands of the transponder |
| | | |
| PR | probability | contains commands to the transponder to |
| | of reply | specify the reply probability to the mode S |
| | | only all-call interrogations (Allows |
| | | operators to acquire closely spaced A/C). |
| | | |
| RC | reply | designates the transmitted segment as initial,|
| | control | intermediate or final |
| | | |
| RL | reply | indicates if message is short or long |
| | length | |
| | | |
| RR | reply | length and content of the reply information |
| | request | requested by the interrogator |
| | | |
| SD | special | contains control codes affecting the link |
| | designator | protocol |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 24
Feb 01/06
VOI
The table below gives the definition of downlink format
message fields:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATOR | FIELD | INDICATION |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| AA | address | contains the A/C mode S address |
| | announced | |
| | | |
| AC | altitude | information containing the A/C altitude |
| | code | |
| | | |
| AP | address | 24-bit address and parity overlaid |
| | parity | |
| | | |
| CA | transponder | reports transponder capability |
| | capability | |
| | | |
| DR | downlink | requests extraction of downlink messages from |
| | request | the transponder by the interrogator |
| | | |
| FS | flight | flight status |
| | status | |
| | | |
| ID | identification | contains the Mode A identification code |
| | | |
| MB | message | 56-bit MB field contains the message |
| | Comm B | transmitted to the interrogator |
| | | |
| MD | message | 80-bit MD field contains one segment of a |
| | Comm D | sequence of segments in the ELM Mode |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
_ Data transmitted for elementary surveillance
The specific data related to the elementary surveillance are
the following:
- 24 bits A/C adress (coded in AA field of DF11)
- flight number (MB field of DF20 or DF21 filled in with
Binary Data Stores (BDS) 2.0
- transponder capability report (coded in CA field of DF11)
- altitude/ground reporting (coded in AC field of DF4 or DF20)
- flight status (coded in FS field of DF4)
- RA report (MB field of DF20 or DF21 filled in with BDS 3.0)
- Surveillance Identifier (SI) (coded in PI field of DF11)
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 25
Feb 01/06
VOI
5
_ Data transmitted for enhanced surveillance (if the optional
wiring provisions for enhanced surveillance/extended squitters
are valitated)
The specific parameters related to the enhanced surveillance
are:
- selected altitude
- barometric pressure setting
- roll angle
- track angle rate
- true track angle
- ground speed
- true air speed
- magnetic heading
- indicated airspeed
- mach
- barometric altitude rate
- inertial vertical velocity
Data is transmitted in MB field of BDS 4.0, 5.0 or 6.0 in DF20
or DF21, upon request from ground station.
6
_ Data transmitted in extended squitters (if the optional wiring
provisions for enhanced surveillance/extended squitters are
validated)
The specific parameters related to the extended squitters are:
- altitude
- longitude
- latitude
- movement
- ground track
- flight number
- E/W velocity
- N/S velocity
- vertical rate
These data are transmitted in ME field of BDS 0.5, 0.6, 0.7,
0.8 or 0.9 in DF17.
Extended squitters are automatically broadcast at different
rates as shown in the following table.
(Ref. Fig. 009)
B. ATC/TCAS Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The processor-based unit conforms to the ARINC 718 specification.
The front panel is integrally lit by clear 5V lamps and features :
- a liquid crystal display window in which the identification code is
displayed
- an ATC FAIL indicator light which indicates a transponder failure
- a IDENT pushbutton switch
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 26
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Extended Squitters DF17 Format
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 27
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC/TCAS - Control Unit
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 28
Feb 01/06
VOI
- an ALT RPTG/ON/OFF switch which controls the transmission of altitude
data from the transponder to the ATC ground control stations
- a keyboard to select the four-digit transmit code (from 0000 to 7777)
- a 1/2 selector switch which enables the operation of the ATC system 1
or 2
- a STBY/AUTO/ON selector switch which enables the ATC operating modes
- a TCAS mode selector switch (STBY/TA/TA-RA) which enables the ATC/TCAS
operating modes (Ref. 34-43-00 for more details).
- a THRT/ALL/ABV/BLW selector switch which controls the type of traffic
to be displayed as well as the above and below vertical altitude for
traffic advisory.
According to the 1/2 selection, the processor 1 or 2 controls the
functions of the unit. Each processor can compensate for the other in
case of failure. The selected processor reads the switch selections and
:
- drives the LCD display
- formats the ARINC control word.
In case of transponder failure, two independent circuits control :
- the failure indicator light
- the failure mode of the processor.
C. Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The L-band antenna is a short stub, all aluminum blade type which is
completely sealed to prevent failure from moisture incursion.
It is vertically polarized, has an impedance of 50 ohms, a Voltage
Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) of 1,5 : 1 and operates in the 960 MHz to 1220
MHz frequency band. Lightning protection is provided to prevent damage to
the antenna and the transponder.
Four antennas must be provided on the aircraft. The desire for improved
upper hemisphere coverage usually leads to a choice of upper and lower
mounting locations for the transponder antennas on the aircraft.
7. Operation
_________
A. Control
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(1) In normal operation, you select the ATC 1(2) through the 1/2 switch
on the control unit in either position 1 or 2.
A STBY/AUTO/ON selector switch enables the functions given below:
- in STBY position: the two transponders are electrically supplied
but do not operate
- in AUTO position: the selected transponder operates in flight but
operates only in mode S on ground
- in ON position: the selected transponder operates when the aircraft
is in flight or on ground.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 29
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC - Antenna
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 30
Feb 01/06
VOI
(2) Upon energization of the aircraft or modification of system
selection, the last ATC code selected is displayed before the new
code selection. This code comes into view on the display window of
the control unit. When you set the ALT RPTG/ON/OFF switch to ON, the
altitude information transmission of the selected transponder is
enabled.
(3) When you push the IDENT pushbutton switch (ON configuration), this
generates an additional identification pulse in the reply signal.
(4) With failure of the ATC/TCAS control unit, the transponder continues
to transmit the last displayed code. No new code selection is
possible.
(5) In addition, a suppressor coaxial connects the ATC tranponders to the
Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators. This prevents
transmission from one system while the other is in reception mode.
This is necessary because the ATC and the DME systems operate on the
same frequency range.
B. Reconfiguration Switching
(Ref. Fig. 004)
In normal configuration, each ATC receives the altitude information from
its corresponding Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ATC1 from ADIRU1,
ATC2 from ADIRU2).
With failure of the ADIRU corresponding to the serviceable transponder,
the pilot can select the altitude information from the ADIRU 3. This
selection is through the AIR DATA selector switch installed on panel 8VU
on the center pedestal.
8. Test
____
A. CFDIU Interface
(1) BITE description
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the ATC system.
The BITE of the ATC transponder is connected to the CFDIU.
The unit tested is the ATC transponder.
The BITE:
- transmits permanently ATC system status and its identification
message to the CFDIU
- memorizes the faults which occurred during the last 63 flight legs
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (FMGC, ADIRU, ATC
CTL UNIT and CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 31
Feb 01/06
VOI
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode
During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the ATC system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during
the flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in
the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100
ms by an ARINC 429 message with label 350.
(b) Interactive mode:
The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the ATC
transponder BITE by means of the MCDU.
R (Ref. Fig. 012, 013, 014, 015, 016, 017, 018, 019, 020, 021)
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer.
The ATC interactive mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
The purpose of this item is to present the fault messages
(class 1 and 2, internal and external) that appeared during the
last flight.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
The purpose of this item is to present the fault messages
(class 1 and 2, internal and external) that appeared during the
previous flights.
When no fault has been detected during the last 63 flights, the
NO FAULT DETECTED message is displayed.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
The purpose of this item is to present the Part Number (PN),
the Serial Number (SN) and the Software Number (SW/N) of the
component.
R - GROUND SCANNING
R This item is based on the monitoring and fault analysis used
R during the flight.
R The system peripherals monitoring and system internal cyclic
R tests are used to detect transient anomalies.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
This item allows to analyze the snapshot of the recorded
failure to detect the software bugs.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
The purpose of this item is to present the class 3 fault
messages that appeared during the last flight.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 32
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - ATC Menu
R Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 33
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Last Leg Report - Previous Legs Report - LRU
R Ident
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL
34-52-00 Page 34
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Ground Scanning
R Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 35
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Trouble Shooting Data
R Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 36
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Ground Report
R Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 37
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Discrete Configuration 1/4
R Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 38
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Discrete Configuration 2/4
R Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 39
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Discrete Configuration 3/4
R Figure 019
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 40
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Discrete Configuration 4/4
R Figure 020
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 41
Aug 01/07
VOI
R ATC Maintenance Test Procedure - Test
R Figure 021
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 42
Aug 01/07
VOI
There is no date and no failure classification.
- GROUND REPORT
The purpose of this item is to present the class 1, 2 or 3
internal failures when they are detected on ground.
- DISCRETE CONFIGURATION
The purpose of this item is to present many information of
program pins dedicated to the ATC system installation.
- TEST
The activation of this manual test shall only be allowed on the
ground. The results of the test are transmitted to the CFDIU
but are not memorized.
(2) Reporting functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| REPORTED INTERNAL FAILURES |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
|---------------------------------------------|---------|----------------|
| ATCi (1SHi) | 1 | 34-52-33 |
| ATC1 TOP ANTENNA (7SH3) | 1 | 34-52-11 |
| ATC1 BOT ANTENNA (7SH1) | 1 | 34-52-11 |
| ATC2 TOP ANTENNA (7SH4) | 1 | 34-52-11 |
| ATC2 BOT ANTENNA (7SH2) | 1 | 34-52-11 |
| WRG : MODE S ADRESS/ATCi (1SHi) | 1 | 34-52-33 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| REPORTED EXTERNAL FAILURES |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| MESSAGE (i = 1 or 2) | CLASS | ATA |
|---------------------------------------------|---------|----------------|
| ATC CTL PNL (3SH)/ATCi (1SHi) | 1 | 34-52-12 |
| ADIRU i/3(1FPi/3)/ATCi (1SHi) | 1 | 34-12-34 |
| TCAS(1SG)/ATCi(1SHi) | 3 | 34-43-34 |
| CFDIU(1TW)/ATCi(1SHi) | 3 | 31-32-34 |
| FMGCi(1CAi)/ATCi(1SHi) | 3 | 22-83-34 |
| POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPT | 1 | 24-00-00 |
| LGCIUi(5GAi)/ATCi(1SHi) | 3 | 32-31-71 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 43
Aug 01/07
R
VOI
B. BITE Implementation
(1) Internal test processing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| TEST | TESTED INTERNAL COMPONENTS | DURATION | ACTIVATION |
| DESIGNATION | | | CONDITIONS |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Power-up test | Power supply module | 3 s | Power interrupt|
| | ROM - RAM | | > 200 ms |
|---------------|------------------------------|----------|----------------|
| MCDU system | - NAV receiver | | Relevant MCDU |
| test | - BITE circuitry | | menu and line |
| | - SYS failure LED indication | | key selection |
| | on the ATC control unit | | |
|---------------|------------------------------|----------|----------------|
| Face test | - ROM, RAM check | | Relevant P/BSW |
| | - Antenna integrity | | activated on |
| | - Receiver (top/bottom) | | XPDR face. |
| | - Transmitter | | |
| | - Reply format | | |
| | - Power supply monitor | | |
| | - I/O bus check | | |
| | - Non-Volatile Memory | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Activation of the test on the indicators
The ATC 1(2) test function can be activated in ground conditions only
by pressing the TEST key on the ATC 1(2) maintenance sub-menu or by
pressing the pushbutton switch on the face of the transponder.
The following sequence is then generated on the output of the
equipment:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DURATION | MESSAGE | ATC CONTROL UNIT AND FACE OF ATC TRANSPONDER |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FOR 1 s | Failure | - Failure light comes on on control unit |
| | | - all LEDs come on on transponder face |
| AFTER 1 s | | - All indicator lights go off |
| FOR 10 s | | - The indicator lights associated with the |
| | | self-test results come on. Afterwards, all |
| | | indicator lights go off. |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 44
Aug 01/07
R
VOI
When the selected system on the ATC control unit is different from
the system under test, this causes illumination of a message on the
MCDU after the TEST selection. This message is: PLEASE CHECK IF THE
CONTROL PANEL SWITCH IS ON SYSTEM (1 OR 2) AND PRESS TEST KEY.
Reminder: The TEST pushbutton switch is used to initiate the LED test
and transponder self-test. When this pushbutton switch is pressed for
more than five seconds, the transponder reads the Non-Volatile Memory
fault data for last four legs and the applicable fault indicator
lights come on.
C. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization
- How long the computer must be de-energized: 1 s.
- A/C configuration: whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Duration of power-up tests: 3 s approx.
(3) Results of power-up tests
(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass: none
- Tests failed: on the ATC control unit, FAULT or FAIL indicator
light comes on or F indication appears on the display (depending on
the type of the control unit).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 45
Aug 01/07
VOI
ATC/MODE S (SELECT) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________
TASK 34-52-00-860-001
R Change of ICAO Address (after a Change of Aircraft Registration Number)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
R External Power
R 24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
R from the External Power
R 34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
R 34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
R 34-52-00-720-005 Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
AWM 345205
AWM 345206
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 34-52-00-860-098
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 201
Aug 01/07
VOI
Subtask 34-52-00-865-068
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-52-00-860-093
A. Change of ICAO Address
R (1) Change the ICAO address to binary format
(a) Find the correct plug (Ref. AWM 345205) and (Ref. AWM 345206).
(b) Do the pin-programming in relation to the binary format of the
ICAO address.
R For a pin to be at 1 on the plug, you must connect this pin to
R common pin b of the same plug.
NOTE : Pin A of the plug is Most Significant Bit (MSB).
____
R NOTE : For example, for ICAO address C0099D
____
R (hexadecimal)/60004635 (octal):
R - you change it to binary format: 1100 0000 0000 1001 1001
R 1101.
R - you connect pins A, B, N, S, T, W, X, Y and a of the
R plug to pin b (Ref. AWM 345205) and (Ref. AWM 345206).
R Subtask 34-52-00-865-069
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R 5SH1, 5SH2.
R Subtask 34-52-00-720-068
R C. Test of the MODE S aircraft code.
R (1) Do the AMM task 34-52-00-720-005-02 (Ref. TASK 34-52-00-720-005) up
R to Para 4. A. step 3.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 202
Aug 01/07
VOI
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 34-52-00-860-099
R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
R (2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
R (3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 203
Aug 01/07
VOI
ATC - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________
TASK 34-52-00-740-004
BITE Test of the ATC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 22-70-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Initialization of the Flight
R Plan
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-00-860-089
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches to NAV (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the ATC control unit, set:
- the ATC system 1(2) on.
- the ALT RPTG/OFF/ON switch to OFF.
- the STBY/AUTO/ON switch to AUTO.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 501
May 01/08
VOI
R (4) Enter a flight plan to get a flight number (Ref. TASK 22-70-00-710-
R 002).
R NOTE : Use a company route stored in the NAV DATA BASE or enter the
____
R flight number TEST manually in the MCDU if it is not
R displayed.
Subtask 34-52-00-860-086
B. On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page
then push the NEXT PAGE function key.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
Subtask 34-52-00-865-055
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-52-00-740-054
A. BITE Test of the ATC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
1. On the NAV page, push the line - the ATC1 (ATC2) page comes into view.
key adjacent to the ATC1 (ATC2)
indication.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ATC1 (ATC2) TEST page with
TEST indication. INITIAL CONDITIONS indication comes
into view.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
START TEST indication.
- the ATC FAULT or FAIL indicator light
comes on during 2 s approx.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 502
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the MCDU:
- the ATC1 (ATC2) TEST page with TEST
IN PROGRESS indication comes into
view
- after some seconds, the TEST OK
indication comes into view.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the - the ATC1 (ATC2) TEST CLOSE-UP page
RETURN indication. comes into view.
5. Push the line key adjacent to the - the test procedure stops.
RETURN indication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-00-860-090
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ATC/TCAS control unit, set the master switch to the standby
position.
(2) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
switches to OFF.
(3) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 503
May 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-52-00-710-003
Operational Test of the ATC
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-00-860-080
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit, set:
- the ATC system 1(2) on.
- the ALT RPTG ON/OFF switch to ON.
- the AUTO/ON/STBY switch to AUTO.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-52-00-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-52-00-710-055
A. Transmission Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- set the AUTO ON/STBY switch to ON. On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- the ATC FAULT or FAIL indicator light
stays off.
- set the AUTO ON/STBY switch to On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
STBY. - the display stays on.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-00-860-062
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-52-00-720-004
Functional Test of the Altitude Reporting Function
NOTE : You must do this test very quickly to prevent interference with air
____
traffic, specially if the aircraft is in the open air. If the test is
long you must tell the nearest airport of this test.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 345200-01
Functional Test of the Altitude Reporting Function.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific ATC ground test unit
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-13-00-710-004 Operational Test of the ALT DYNAMIC SLEW TEST
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 506
May 01/07
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-00-865-074
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R WARNING : OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 7XE. THIS WILL PREVENT A POSSIBLE
_______
R DEPLOYMENT OF THE RAT IF THE MAIN AC BUSBARS 1XP AND 2XP BECOME
R ISOLATED.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01
Subtask 34-52-00-860-088
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) Install the ATC ground test unit in the cockpit.
Put the antenna of the ATC ground test unit at 50 cm (approx. 2 ft)
from the ATC antennas.
Connect the antenna to the ATC ground test unit.
(4) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU, make sure that the AIR DATA selector
switch is at NORM.
(5) On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- set the ATC system 1(2) on.
- set the ALT RPTG/OFF/ON switch to OFF.
- set the AUTO/ON/STBY switch to ON.
- make sure that the display does not show an emergency code: 7500,
7600 or 7700.
(6) On the panel 13VU, on the CAPT and F/O EFIS control sections of the
FCU, make sure that the baro displays show STD.
(7) Do the operational test of ALT DYNAMIC SLEW TEST (Ref. TASK 34-13-00-
710-004) to simulate an altitude of 23,458 ft.
On the MCDU, enter 0/23 458 as SLEW LIMITS and push the line key
adjacent to the UP (START SLEW) indication to start the test.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 507
Nov 01/07
VOI
Subtask 34-52-00-865-056
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-52-00-720-061
A. Functional Test of the Altitude Reporting Function
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ATC/TCAS control unit: On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- the ATC FAULT or FAIL indicator light
is off.
- set the ALT RPTG ON/OFF switch On the ATC ground test unit a display
to ON. shows the standard altitude of approx.
23,458 ft or equivalent and the last
code set.
The difference between the altitude
shown on CAPT and F/O PFDs and that
shown on the ATC ground test unit must
not be more than 125 ft.
- set the AUTO/ON/STBY switch to On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
STBY. - the display stays on.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-00-860-059
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Disconnect the ATC ground test unit.
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 508
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 34-52-00-865-075
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
7XE.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 509
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
TASK 34-52-00-720-005
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
NOTE : You must do this test very quickly to prevent interference with air
____
traffic, specially if the aircraft is in the open air. If the test is
long, you must tell the nearest airport of this test.
NOTE : For best test results, buildings, vehicles and other aircraft must not
____
be in the area of the main antenna lobe (approx 30 ft.).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 345200-03
NOTE : There are alternative methods for this procedure. This task gives one
____
of the methods. For the other method with a different Ground Test
Unit, refer to the other task in this page block.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific telescopic pole
No specific T49 - ATC GROUND TEST UNIT (or equivalent)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-70-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Initialization of the Flight
Plan
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-00-00-860-001 Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical
Power
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 510
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-00-00-860-002 Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration with
Electrical Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-52-00-720-005 Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-00-800-051
A. Aircraft Configuration
NOTE : When the aircraft transponders can operate in Elementary
____
Surveillance or Enhanced Surveillance mode, do the functional test
of the ATC/Mode S transponder. Refer to TASK 34-52-00-720-005-02
(Ref. TASK 34-52-00-720-005).
Subtask 34-52-00-860-083
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) Enter a flight entry to get a flight number (Ref. TASK 22-70-00-710-
002).
NOTE : Use a company route stored in the NAV DATA BASE. Enter the
____
flight number manually in the MCDU if it is not displayed.
(4) On the center pedestal:
(a) On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- Start the ATC system 1(2)
- Enter the ATC code 7776, or a different code given by your
local authorities, to keep the traffic interference to a
minimum
- Set the ALT RPTG ON/OFF switch to ON
- Set the ON/AUTO/STBY switch to ON.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 511
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
(b) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
- Make sure that the AIR DATA selector switch is at NORM.
Subtask 34-52-00-865-057
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
Subtask 34-52-00-480-050
D. Install the T49 - ATC GROUND TEST UNIT (or equivalent) in the cockpit.
(1) Connect the test antenna to the test unit.
(2) Put the test antenna near the ATC antenna for which you do the test
(approx. 2 ft.).
NOTE : Use an access platform or a telescopic pole to put the test
____
antenna near the ATC bottom antenna.
Subtask 34-52-00-860-073
E. Obey the applicable safety precautions before you open the LGCIU circuit
breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).
Subtask 34-52-00-865-061
F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 512
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-52-00-720-051
A. Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
NOTE : Do the test of the ATC bottom antenna 1(2) first.
____
Then, do the test of the ATC top antenna 1(2).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ATC ground test unit: On the ATC ground test unit:
- set the ATCRBS/MODE S/TCAS/XPDR
TEST switch to XPDR TEST.
- push the TEST pushbutton switch - the data display shows:
to start the operation of the MODE S XPDR COM A/B
test set. INTERROGATE TO TEST.
NOTE : You can also start the
____
same test procedure if you
push the INTERROGATE
pushbutton switch. At the
end of this test
procedure, a test message
shows the system status
but all the results given
below are not shown.
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. ATCRBS/A
TESTING
and then,
ATCRBS/A
7776, or the code given by the local
authorities (see para. 3) XX% REPLY
(XX is a number which indicates the
local conditions of reception).
NOTE : You must do the steps that
____
follow in a fast sequence
to keep incorrect traffic
alarms to a minimum.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 513
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- set the ALT RPTG selector
switch to ON.
3. On the test unit: On the test unit:
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. ATCRBS/C
TESTING
and then,
ATCRBS/C
Z,ZZZ ft XX% REPLY
(Z,ZZZ is a number which shows,
approximately, the local field
elevation).
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. ATCRBS/A MODE S ALL
TESTING
and then,
ATCRBS/A MODE S ALL
AIRCRAFT CODE XX% REPLY
(the aircraft code is on 6 digits).
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. ATCRBS/C MODE S ALL
TESTING
and then,
ATCRBS/C MODE S ALL
AIRCRAFT CODE XX% REPLY.
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. ATCRBS/A ONLY
TESTING
and then,
ATCRBS/A ONLY
NO REPLY FROM XPDR.
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. ATCRBS/C ONLY
TESTING
and then,
ATCRBS/C ONLY
NO REPLY FROM XPDR.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 514
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. MODE S SURV IDENTITY
TESTING
MODE S SURV ALTITUDE
TESTING
MODE S SURV SHORT
TESTING
and then:
MODE S SURV XX% REPLY
AIRCRAFT CODE (Make sure that the
code display agrees with the code S
given to that aircraft - 6 digits)
APPROXIMATE LOCAL FIELD-ELEVATION.
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. UNDESIRED REPLIES
TESTING
and after a short time during which
the display flashes:
UNDESIRED REPLIES
NO REPLIES.
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. SQUITTER
TESTING
and then,
SQUITTER
PASS.
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. DIVERSITY
PASS
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. MAX TRUE AIRSPEED
GT 300 LE 600KTS
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. FLIGHT NO.
(optional step, not mandatory) TESTING
and then,
FLIGHT NO.
12345678
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 515
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the TEST pushbutton - the data display shows:
switch. PWR. RCVR. FREQ
TESTING
and then,
1090 MHZ plus or minus 1 MHz
POWER: is more than or equal to 125 W
and less than or equal to 500 W
SENSITIVITY: 74 dBm plus or minus 3
dBm
- At the end of the test, set the - the display goes off.
LIGHTS/OFF switch to OFF.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit, set:
- the ALT RPTG ON/OFF switch to OFF.
- the AUTO/ON/STBY switch to STBY.
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) On the test unit, set the OFF/LIGHTS switch to OFF.
(4) Remove the test antenna and the test unit.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
Subtask 34-52-00-865-062
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1GA, 2GA, 52GA
Subtask 34-52-00-860-074
C. Do the ground configuration after the flight configuration (Ref. TASK 32-
00-00-860-002).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 516
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
TASK 34-52-00-720-005- 01
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
NOTE : You must do this test very quickly to prevent interference with air
____
traffic. If the test is long, you must tell the nearest airport of this
test.
NOTE : For best test results, buildings, vehicles and other aircraft must not
____
be in the area of the main antenna lobe (approx. 30 ft.).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 345200-03
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific antenna shield
No specific ATC-601 test set (version 2.22) or equivalent
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-52-00-720-005 Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 517
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-00-800-052
A. Aircraft Configuration
NOTE : When the aircraft transponders can operate in Elementary
____
Surveillance or Enhanced Surveillance mode, do the functional test
of the ATC/Mode S transponder. Refer to TASK 34-52-00-720-005-02
(Ref. TASK 34-52-00-720-005).
Subtask 34-52-00-860-084
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) On the center pedestal:
(a) On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- Start the ATC system 1(2)
- Enter the ATC code 7776, or a different code given by your
local authorities, to keep the traffic interference to a
minimum
- Set the ALT RPTG ON/OFF switch to ON
- Set the AUTO/ON/STBY switch to ON.
(b) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
- Make sure that the AIR DATA selector switch is at NORM.
Subtask 34-52-00-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 518
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
Subtask 34-52-00-480-051
D. Install the ATC-601 test set (version 2.22) or equivalent
(1) Make sure that the test set and the test antenna are in the correct
position:
- for the test of the bottom antenna:
10 ft. (3 m) approximately from this antenna,
- for the test of the top antenna:
in the line of sight of this antenna, at less than 200 ft. (60.95
m).
(2) Connect the test antenna to the test set with the coaxial cable.
(3) Put an antenna shield on the bottom antenna during the test of the
top antenna.
(4) On the test set:
- push the POWER key,
- push the SELF TEST key,
- push the RUN/STOP key and make sure that the test is satisfactory,
- push the SETUP key to record the antenna setup data in the SETUP
MENU:
. RANGE, HEIGHT, SELECTED antenna and GAIN read on the test
antenna.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-52-00-720-052
A. Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S Transponder.
NOTE : Do the test of the ATC top antenna 1(2) first with the antenna
____
shield on the bottom antenna.
Then, do the test of the ATC bottom antenna 1(2) without the
antenna shield.
Ignore the indications VS, RI, FS, DR, UM, CA, PI, MV, MB, because
they are not related to this test.
NOTE : For the AIRCRAFT CODE, make sure that the code display agree with
____
the code S given to that aircraft - 6 digits.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 519
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the test set:
- push the AUTO TEST key.
- push the RUN/STOP key to start The data display shows the TEST RUNNING
the operation of the test set. indication and asterisks on the bottom
line.
At the end of the test, the AUTO TEST -
PASSED, comes into view with these
indications:
MODE TESTED - A, C, S FREQ: 1090 (+/-
1) MHZ
MODE PASSED - A, C, S ERP: 54 (+/- 4)
dBm
MODE FAILED - . . . . MTL: -74 (+/-
3)dBm
DIVERSITY ISOLATION: more than or equal
to 20 dBm
Press RUN to start
2. To know the 19 available, push
the SELECT keys and push the
RUN/STOP key to start the test.
- push the right SELECT key until On the REPLY DELAY TEST - PASSED page,
the REPLY DELAY TEST menu page the results of the test come into view:
comes into view. MODE S: 128.00 (+/- 0.25) microseconds
ITM A: 128.00 (+/- 0.25) microseconds
C: 128.00 (+/- 0.25) microseconds
ATC A: 3.00 (+/- 0.5) microseconds C:
3.00 (+/- 0.5) microseconds
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the REPLY JITTER TEST - PASSED page,
the results of the test come into view:
MODE S: XXX (less than or equal to
0.08) microseconds
ITM A: XXX (less than or equal to 0.1)
microseconds C: XXX (less than or equal
to 0.1) microseconds
ATC A: XXX (less than or equal to 0.1)
microseconds C: XXX (less than or equal
to 0.1) microseconds
Press run to start.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 520
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the right SELECT key. On the ATCRBS REPLY TEST - PASSED page,
the results of the test come into view:
F1 TO F2 SPACING A: 20.3 (+/- 0.10)
microseconds C: 20.3 (+/- 0.10)
microseconds
F1 PULSE WIDTH A: 0.45 (+/- 0.10)
microseconds C: 0.45 (+/- 0.10)
microseconds
F2 PULSE WIDTH A: 0.45 (+/- 0.10)
microseconds C: 0.45 (+/- 0.10)
microseconds
CODE= 7776, or the code given by the
local authorities (see para. 3) ALT=
XX,XXX FT.
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the SLS LEVEL TEST - PASSED page,
the results of the test come into view:
-9dB: REPLY
0dB: NO REPLY
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the ATC ONLY ALL-CALL TEST - PASSED
page, the indication PASSED TEST comes
into view
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the MODE S ALL-CALL TEST - PASSED
page, the indication ALL-CALL ADDRESS =
XXXXXX comes into view
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the INVALID ADDRESS TEST - PASSED
page, the indication PASSED TEST comes
into view
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the SPR ON/OFF TEST - PASSED page,
the results of the test come into view:
SPR ON : REPLY
SPR OFF : NO REPLY
Press run to start.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 521
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the right SELECT key. On the MODE S UF0 TEST - PASSED page,
these indications come into view:
DF 0 VS=X RI=X AC=XXXXX FT
ADDRESS=XXXXXX
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the MODE S UF4 TEST - PASSED page,
these indications come into view:
DF 4 FS=X DR=XX UM=XX AC=XXXXX FT
ADDRESS=XXXXXX
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the MODE S UF5 TEST - PASSED page,
these indications come into view:
DF 5 FS=X DR=XX UM=XX ID=7776, or the
code given by the local authorities
(see para. 3)
ADDRESS=XXXXXX
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the MODE S UF11 TEST - PASSED page,
these indications come into view:
DF 11 CA=X AA=XXXXXX PI=XXXXXX
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the MODE S UF16 TEST - PASSED page,
these indications come into view:
DF 16 VS=X RI=X AC=XX XXX FT
MV=XXXXXXXXXXXXXX ADDRESS=XXXXXX
(If TCAS is not installed or is in
standby mode, the only NO REPLY
indication comes into view).
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the MODE S UF20 TEST - PASSED page,
ignore the results.
- push the right SELECT key. On the MODE S UF21 TEST - PASSED page,
ignore the results.
- push the right SELECT key. On the SQUITTER TEST - PASSED page,
these indications come into view:
PERIOD = X.XX SECONDS (PERIOD is 0.8 s
to 2.4 s)
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 522
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAIL NUMBER = XXXXXX
SQUITTER ADDRESS=XXXXXX
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the FREQUENCY TEST - PASSED page,
the indication FREQUENCY = 1090 (plus
or minus 3) MHz comes into view
Press run to start.
- push the right SELECT key. On the DIVERSITY TEST - PASSED page,
the indication DIVERSITY ISOLATION: XX
(more than or equal to 20) dB comes
into view
Press run to start.
You must do this test at a distance of
less than 50 ft. (15.24 m) of the
antenna).
- push the right SELECT key. On the MTL DIFFERENCE TEST - PASSED
page, the indication MODE A MTL - MODE
C MTL = X.X (less than or equal to 1)
dB comes into view with the indication
Press run to start.
3. On the test set:
- push the POWER TEST key The results of the last power test are
displayed:
** POWER TEST **
.................ERP..MTL
.TOP AVG (dBm) = XX.X -XX.X
.BOT AVG (dBm) = XX.X -XX.X
INSTANTANEOUS =
Press RUN to start
- push the left or right SELECT The dot in front of TOP or BOT
key to select the top (bottom) indicates which set of antennas has
antenna. been selected.
Hold the directional flat test
set antenna at arms length over
your head, aim it and on its
handle:
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 523
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the pushbutton switch to
start the test.
- move the antenna downward from After a short while the display shows:
the top position within
approximately 2 seconds to near - for the top antenna:
the level of your ankles. ** POWER TEST **
.................ERP..MTL
.TOP AVG (dBm) =
.BOT AVG (dBm) = NOT RUN
INSTANTANEOUS = XX.X -XX.X
Press RUN to start
- for the bottom antenna:
** POWER TEST **
.................ERP..MTL
.TOP AVG (dBm) = NOT RUN
.BOT AVG (dBm) =
INSTANTANEOUS = XX.X -XX.X
Press RUN to start
NOTE : The indicated values in the
____
places of XX.X represent the
specific data measured
presently.
On the handle of the directional
flat test set antenna:
- push the pushbutton switch to The display shows:
stop the power test.
- for the top antenna:
** POWER TEST **
.................ERP..MTL
.TOP AVG (dBm) = XX.X -XX.X
.BOT AVG (dBm) = NOT RUN
INSTANTANEOUS =
Press RUN to start
- for the bottom antenna:
** POWER TEST **
.................ERP..MTL
.TOP AVG (dBm) = NOT RUN
.BOT AVG (dBm) = XX.X -XX.X
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 524
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSTANTANEOUS =
Press RUN to start
NOTE : The indicated values should be:
____
- ERP: less than 57.0 dBm
and more than 48.5 dBm
- MTL: -73.0 (plus/minus 4.0)
dBm.
4. At the end of the test, push the The display goes off.
POWER key.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-00-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit, set:
- the ALT RPTG ON/OFF switch to OFF.
- the ON/AUTO/STBY switch to STBY.
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Remove the test antenna and the test set.
Subtask 34-52-00-862-054
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 525
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
TASK 34-52-00-720-005- 02
Functional Test of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
NOTE : You must do this test very quickly to prevent interference with air
____
traffic. If the test is long, you must tell the nearest airport of this
test.
NOTE : For best test results, buildings, vehicles and other aircraft must not
____
be in the area of the main antenna lobe (approx. 30 ft.).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 345200-03
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Mode S/ATCRB system test set (with the ELS/EHS
functions) and user manual
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-70-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Initialization of the Flight
Plan
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-00-00-860-002 Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration with
Electrical Power
32-69-00-860-001 Simulation of Flight, with the Aircraft on the Ground
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 526
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-00-860-094
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) Enter a flight plan to get a flight number (Ref. TASK 22-70-00-710-
002).
R NOTE : Use a company route stored in the NAV DATA BASE or enter the
____
R flight number TEST manually in the MCDU if it is not
R displayed.
(4) On the SWITCHING panel 8VU:
- Make sure that the AIR DATA selector switch is set to NORM.
Subtask 34-52-00-480-054-A
B. If possible, put the Mode S/ATCRB system test set (with the ELS/EHS
functions) and user manual in the cockpit.
NOTE : You can do this test
____ automatically if:
- You use a test set that has the automatic test function.
- You make sure that the automatic test procedure does a test of
all the parameters given in this procedure.
(1) Make sure that the test set is in correct condition.
(2) Connect the test antenna to the test set.
(3) Put the test antenna in position in the line of sight of the ATC1 (2)
bottom antenna only.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 527
May 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-52-00-860-095
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the LGCIU 1 (2) page and
simulate a flight condition (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-001)
- Push the line key adjacent to the NOSE+LH+RH FLIGHT indication.
NOTE : Simulation of flight automatically stops after a period of
____
time (approx. 5min.). When the aircraft goes back to ground
configuration, the bottom antennas no longer transmit
squitters.
(2) On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- Start the ATC system 1(2)
- Enter the ATC code 7776, or a different code given by your local
authorities, to keep the traffic interference to a minimum
- Set the ALT RPTG/ON/OFF switch to ON
- Set the AUTO/ON/STBY switch to AUTO.
Subtask 34-52-00-865-076
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-52-00-720-064
A. Functional Test of the ATC MODE S
NOTE : Do the test for the system 1.
____
Then, do the test for the system 2.
NOTE : There are many different types of test benches. This procedure
____
gives a typical test sequence. The test sequence can change with
the test bench used.
NOTE : For Elementary Surveillance (ELS) and Enhanced Surveillance (EHS)
____
capable transponders, use an Extended Squitters (ES) capable test
set.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 528
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Set the test set (or bench) for: The test set must show:
- Interrogation MODE A - MODE A: 7776 or the code given by the
local authorities (see para. 3)
- Interrogation MODE A ONLY - No reply or PASS or OK.
(ATCRBS - Mode A Only).
2. Set the Test set (or bench) for: The test set must show:
- Interrogation MODE C - MODE C code: Z,ZZZ ft (Z,ZZZ is a
number that gives approximately the
local field elevation).
- Interrogation MODE C ONLY - No reply or PASS or OK.
(ATCRBS - Mode C Only).
3. Set the test set (or bench) for: The test set must show:
- Interrogation MODE S. - MODE S aircraft code: XXXXXX (the
aircraft code has 6 digits and agrees
with the 24-bit Mode S address).
- Mode A in DF 5 format
- MODE C in DF 4 format
- Flight number/Flight ID
- Acquisition Squitters (PERIOD is
between 0.8 second and 2.4 seconds in
DF 11 format).
- Aircraft status: Flight or Air.
4. Set the test set (or bench) for: The test set must show:
- Side Lobe Suppression (SLS)
test
- SLS: -9 dB - MODE A: 7776 or the code given by the
local authorities (see para. 3) or PASS
- MODE C: Z,ZZZ or PASS
- SLS: 0 dB. - MODE A: no reply or PASS
- MODE C: no reply or PASS.
5. Set the test set (or bench) for: The test set must show:
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 529
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- INVALID ADDRESS/UNDESIRED REPLY - MODE S ADDRESS: no reply or PASS.
MODE S test.
6. On the center pedestal, on the The test set must show:
ATC control unit:
- Set the ALT RPTG/ON/OFF switch
to OFF.
Set the test set (or bench) for:
- Interrogation in MODE C. - MODE C: no Altitude Value.
7. On the center pedestal, on the On the test set:
ATC control unit:
- Set the ALT RPTG/ON/OFF switch
to ON
- Push the IDENT pushbutton
switch.
Set the test set for:
- Interrogation in MODE A. - The ident pulse is transmitted for a
minimum of 20 seconds.
8. Set the test set (or bench) for: On the test set:
- Antenna diversity test. - The antenna diversity or isolation
must be more than or equal to 20 dB.
NOTE : Refer to the diversity testing procedure given in the test-bench user
____
manual.
9. Set the test set (or bench) for: On the test set:
- POWER test - The POWER must be more than or equal
to 125 W and less than or equal to 500
W.
- FREQUENCY test - The FREQUENCY must be 1090 MHZ plus
or minus 1 MHZ.
- SENSITIVITY test - The SENSITIVITY or MTL must be 74 dBm
plus or minus 3 dBm.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 530
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- SENSITIVITY difference MODE - The SENSITIVITY difference must be
A/MODE C test. less than or equal to 1 dB.
NOTE : To measure the ATC 1(2) power and the ATC 1(2) sensitivity, the test
____
antenna must be:
- In the line of sight of the ATC 1(2) bottom antenna
- Then in the line of sight of the ATC 1(2) top antenna.
You must enter the distance between the ATC antennas and the test
antenna in the set up menu of the test set.
This distance is different for the bottom antenna and the top antenna
of the ATC transponder on which you do the test. You must measure the
distance with precision. If not, the results of the power test and
the sensitivity test will be unsatisfactory.
For more information, refer to the User Manual of your test set.
10. Put the aircraft back to ground The test set must show:
configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-
00-860-002)
Set the test set (or bench) for:
- Interrogation in MODE A - MODE A: no reply
- Interrogation in MODE C - MODE C: no reply
- Interrogation in MODE S. - MODE S aircraft code: XXXXXX
- Flight number/Flight ID
- Aircraft status: Ground.
Subtask 34-52-00-720-065
B. Functional Test of the ATC MODE S for Elementary Surveillance.
(1) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the LGCIU 1 (2) page and
simulate a flight condition (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-001)
- Push the line key adjacent to the NOSE+LH+RH FLIGHT indication.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 531
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
(2) Put the test antenna in position in the line of sight of the ATC1 (2)
bottom antenna.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Set the test set (or bench) for The test set must show:
the capability Report Comm B Data
7 (BDS 1.0) test:
- Surveillance Identifier (SI - PASS or OK or YES
code test)
- A/C Ident capability. - OK or PASS or YES.
2. Set the test set (or bench) for The test set must show:
the capability Report Comm B Data - No null coding or PASS.
(BDS 1.7) test:
3. Set the test set (or bench) for The test set must show:
the capability report Comm B Data
(BDS 3.0) test:
- Resolution Advisory (RA) test. - No RA or Pass or OK.
(3) Put the aircraft back to ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
860-002).
Subtask 34-52-00-720-066
C. Functional Test of the ATC MODE S for Enhanced Surveillance.
NOTE : The verification of Enhanced Surveillance functionality is focused
____
on one parameter per BDS, and one parameter from each source (FCU,
ADC, IRS).
R (1) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU, get the LGCIU 1 (2) page and
R simulate a flight condition (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-001)
R
- Push the line key adjacent to the NOSE+LH+RH FLIGHT indication.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 532
May 01/08
VOI
(2) Put the test antenna in position in the line of sight of the ATC1 (2)
bottom antenna.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Set the test set (or bench) for The test set must show:
the heading and speed report BDS
6.0 test:
- Magnetic heading. - Magnetic heading of the aircraft.
NOTE : It is not necessary to do a check of the other parameters (barometric
____
altitude rate, inertial vertical velocity, indicated airspeed, Mach
number) from BDS 6.0 as sources are already validated.
2. Set the test set (or bench) for The test set must show:
The track and turn report BDS 5.0
test:
- Roll angle - X degrees (X is a number that gives
approximately the roll of the aircraft)
NOTE : It is not necessary to do a check of the other parameters (True
____
Airspeed, Ground speed, True track angle, Track angle rate) from BDS
5.0 as sources are already validated.
3. In the center of the FCU:
- Turn the altitude selector knob
to set an altitude of 10,000 ft
in the ALT field of the display
window
- Pull the altitude selector
knob.
4. On the CAPT and F/O sides of the
FCU:
- Turn the baro reference
selector knob until a pressure
of 1013 hPa shows on the CAPT
and F/O baro display
- Do not pull the baro reference
selector knob.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 533
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Set the test set (or bench) for The test set must show:
The selected vertical intention
BDS 4.0 test:
- Barometric pressure setting - 1013 hPa
- FCU selected altitude. - 10,000 ft.
(3) Put the aircraft back to ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
860-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-00-860-096
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit, set:
- the ALT RPTG ON/OFF switch to OFF
- the ON/AUTO/STBY switch to STBY.
(2) Do the ADIRS Stop Procedure(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Remove the test antenna and the test set.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 34-52-00-080-051
B. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 534
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
TASK 34-52-00-720-006
Functional Test of the ATC Antennas
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 345200-02
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform
No specific telescopic pole
No specific ATC grount test unit
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-00-861-055
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 34-52-00-865-059
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 535
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
Subtask 34-52-00-480-052
C. Install the ATC grount test unit in the cockpit.
(1) Put the antenna of the ATC ground test unit at 50cm (approx 2 ft.)
from the ATC antennas.
NOTE : Use an access platform or a telescopic pole to put the test
____
antenna near the ATC bottom antenna.
(2) Connect the antenna to the ATC ground test unit.
(3) Set the ATC ground test unit to ON.
Subtask 34-52-00-860-085
D. On the center pedestal, on the ATC/TCAS control unit, set:
- the ATC system 1(2) on.
- the ATC code 7776, or a different code given by your local authorities,
to keep the traffic interference to a minimum.
- the ALT RPTG OFF/ON switch to OFF.
- the STBY/AUTO/ON selector switch to STBY.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-52-00-720-059
A. Functional Test of the ATC Antennas
NOTE : Do the test of the ATC bottom antenna 1(2) first.
____
Then, do the test of the ATC top antenna 1(2).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the ATC/TCAS control unit: On the ATC ground test unit,
- set the STBY/AUTO/ON switch to ON. the data display shows the code 7776,
or the code given by the local
authorities (see para. 3).
On the ATC/TCAS control unit:
- set the STBY/AUTO/ON switch to
STBY.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 536
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-00-860-087
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Set the ATC ground test unit to OFF.
(2) Remove the test antenna and the ground test unit.
Subtask 34-52-00-862-055
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-00
Page 537
Nov 01/07
VOI
ANTENNA - ATC (7SH1,7SH2,7SH3,7SH4) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 34-52-11-000-001
Removal of the ATC Antenna (7SH1,7SH2,7SH3,7SH4)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nonmetallic scraper
FOR FIN 7SH3, 7SH4
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-52-11-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-11-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 7SH1, 7SH3
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
FOR 7SH2, 7SH4
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
Subtask 34-52-11-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) FOR 7SH1, 7SH2
Find the ATC bottom antenna 1 7SH1 at zone 127 or ATC bottom antenna
2 7SH2 at zone 128.
(2) FOR 7SH3, 7SH4
Put the access platform in position at zone 224 (ATC top antenna 1
7SH3) or at zone 223 (ATC top antenna 2 7SH4)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-52-11-991-001)
Subtask 34-52-11-020-050
A. Removal of the ATC Antenna
NOTE : The procedure is the same for the ATC antennas 7SH1, 7SH2, 7SH3
____
and 7SH4.
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (5) with anonmetallic
scraper.
(2) Remove the screws (5).
(3) Pull the antenna (4) away from the fuselage (1).
(4) Disconnect the coaxial connector (2) from the ATC antenna connector
(3).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-52-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
(5) Remove the antenna (4).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected coaxial connectors (2) and (3).
(7) Remove and discard the O-ring seal (6).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-52-11-400-001
Installation of the ATC Antenna (7SH1,7SH2,7SH3,7SH4)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
FOR FIN 7SH3, 7SH4
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-008 USA MIL-S-8802 CLASS A
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 405
Feb 01/09
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 O-ring seal 34-52-11 01 -010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
34-52-00-710-003 Operational Test of the ATC
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
34-52-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-11-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) FOR 7SH1, 7SH2
Find the ATC bottom antenna 1 7SH1 at zone 127 or ATC bottom antenna
2 7SH2 at zone 128.
(2) FOR 7SH3, 7SH4
Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 224 (ATC
top antenna 1 7SH3) or at zone 223 (ATC top antenna 2 7SH4).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 406
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
Subtask 34-52-11-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 7SH1, 7SH3
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
FOR 7SH2, 7SH4
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-52-11-991-001)
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
Subtask 34-52-11-420-050
A. Installation of the ATC Antenna
NOTE : The procedure is the same for the ATC antennas 7SH1, 7SH2, 7SH3
____
and 7SH4.
(1) Remove the sealant from the fuselage with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-003) and a nonmetallic scraper
NOTE : If you install the same antenna it is necessary to clean it
____
with a lint-free cloth.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 407
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
NOTE : Make sure that the antenna-attachment screw-head recesses have
____
no signs of paint, corrosion or sealant because the antenna
electrical bonding is made through the attachment screws.
(3) Apply masking tape to the structure (1), the edge of the antenna (4),
the screw holes and the hole for the antenna connector.
(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) on the mount of the
antenna (4) and on the fuselage (1).
(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the mount of the antenna (4)
and on the fuselage (1) (Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
NOTE : Make sure that there is no sealant in the screw holes.
____
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial connectors (2) and (3).
(7) Install the new O-ring seal (6).
(8) Connect the coaxial connector (2) to the antenna connector (3).
(9) Put the antenna (4) in position on the fuselage (1) and install the
screws (5).
(10) Tighten the screws (5).
(11) Remove the sealant which is not necessary.
(12) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (4)
and the fuselage structure (1) is not higher than 5 milliohms
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005).
(13) Apply a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or use as an
alternative SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008) around the antenna (4)
(Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001).
(14) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or use as an alternative
SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008) on the heads of the screws (5).
(15) Make the contour of the screws (5) and the antenna (4) smooth.
(16) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 408
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
(17) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001B) to the sealant on the heads of the screws (5).
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
Subtask 34-52-11-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 7SH1, 7SH3
5SH1
FOR 7SH2, 7SH4
5SH2
Subtask 34-52-11-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the ATC (Ref. TASK 34-52-00-710-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-11-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-11
Page 409
Feb 01/09
R
VOI
CONTROL UNIT - ATC/TCAS (3SH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 34-52-12-000-001
Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-52-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-12-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
EFF :
ALL 34-52-12
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-52-12-991-001)
Subtask 34-52-12-020-050
A. Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
NOTE : If your ATC/TCAS control unit has an INOP label(s) on its face and
____
if you must use this (these) label(s) for the new ATC/TCAS control
unit:
- remove this (these) label(s) carefully
- keep them for installation on the new ATC/TCAS control unit.
(1) Loosen the four quarter-turn fasteners (1).
(2) Disengage the ATC/TCAS control unit (2) from its housing (5).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (4) and hold them away from the
panel.
(4) Remove the ATC/TCAS control unit (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (3) and
(4).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-12
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC/TCAS Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 34-52-12-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-52-12
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-52-12-400-001
Installation of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-52-00-740-004 BITE Test of the ATC
34-52-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-12-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-52-12-991-001)
Subtask 34-52-12-420-050
A. Installation of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (3SH)
NOTE : If the new ATC/TCAS control unit has some inoperative
____
functions/modes, install the INOP labels that were on the removed
ATC/TCAS control unit.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-12
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and (4).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the ATC/TCAS Control Unit
(2).
(6) Install the ATC/TCAS Control Unit (2) in its housing (5).
(7) Tighten the four quarter-turn fasteners (1).
Subtask 34-52-12-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5SH1, 5SH2
Subtask 34-52-12-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the ATC (Ref. TASK 34-52-00-740-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-12-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-12
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
TRANSPONDER - ATC/MODE S (1SH1,1SH2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 34-52-33-000-001
Removal of the ATC/Mode S Transponder (1SH1, 1SH2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-52-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-33-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1SH1
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
FOR 1SH2
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
EFF :
ALL 34-52-33
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-52-33-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-52-33-991-001)
Subtask 34-52-33-020-050
A. Removal of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
(1) Loosen the nuts (4).
(2) Lower the nuts (4).
(3) Pull the ATC/Mode S transponder, on its rack (3) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (2).
(4) Remove the ATC/Mode S transponder (1) from its rack (3).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-33
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
ATC/Mode S Transponder
Figure 401/TASK 34-52-33-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-52-33
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-52-33-400-001
Installation of the ATC/Mode S Transponder (1SH1,1SH2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-52-00-740-004 BITE Test of the ATC
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-52-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-52-33-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-52-33
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-52-33-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1SH1
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
FOR 1SH2
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-52-33-991-001)
Subtask 34-52-33-420-050
A. Installation of the ATC/Mode S Transponder.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the ATC/Mode S transponder (1) on its rack (3).
(6) Push the ATC/Mode S transponder (1) on its rack (3) to connect the
electrical connectors (2).
(7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.
Subtask 34-52-33-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 1SH1
5SH1
FOR 1SH2
5SH2
EFF :
ALL 34-52-33
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-52-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the ATC (Ref. TASK 34-52-00-740-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-52-33-860-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 34-52-33-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-52-33
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
ADF - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________
1. _______
General
The Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) is a radio navigation aid which
provides :
- an indication of the relative bearing of the aircraft to a selected ground
station (150 to 1799 KHz)
- aural identification of the ground station.
The frequency range includes :
- the standard commercial broadcast AM stations (550 to 1610 KHz) located at
known co-ordinates around the world
- the Non-Directional Beacons (NDB) (190 to 550 KHz).
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
R **ON A/C 001-100,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 201-201,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2RP1 RECEIVER-ADF, 1 81VU 127 824 34-53-31
3RP1 ANTENNA-ADF LOOP AND SENSE, 1 244 34-53-11
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-53-00
Page 2
May 01/08
VOI
R ADF - Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
201-201, 34-53-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 001B)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2RP1 RECEIVER-ADF, 1 81VU 127 824 34-53-31
R 3RP1 ANTENNA-ADF LOOP AND SENSE, 1 244 34-53-11
R 3RP2 ANTENNA-ADF LOOP AND SENSE, 2 253 34-53-11
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________________
System Description
A. Principle
The principle of the ADF navigation is to determine the relative bearing
of a selected ground station.
This is obtained by the combination of :
- the signals from two loop and sense antennas positioned 90 deg. apart
with
- the signal from an omni-directional sense antenna. This signal is not
affected by the relative bearing.
An external 96Hz signal modulates the composite signal which is
processed in order to deliver the relative bearing.
An additional Morse signal is provided to identify the selected ground
station.
B. System Architecture
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The ADF comprises one system which consists of :
- one receiver 2RP1
- one loop and sense antenna 3RP1
- one VOR/ADF/DME Radio Magnetic Indicator (VOR/ADF/DME RMI) 21FN.
In addition, the components given after control the system:
(Ref. Fig. 003)
- the Radio Management Panel 1(2) (RMP) 1RG1 (1RG2)
- the CAPT (F/O) Audio Control Panel (ACP) 2RN1 (2RN2)
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1(2) (MCDU) 3CA1 (3CA2)
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer 1(2) (FMGC) 1CA1 (1CA2)
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
R ADF - Component Location
R Figure 001B
R
EFF :
202-300, 34-53-00
Page 5
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - Block Diagram
Figure 002
R
EFF :
001-100, 201-201, 34-53-00
Page 6
May 01/08
VOI
R ADF - Block Diagram
R Figure 002A
R
EFF :
202-300, 34-53-00
Page 7
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - Control and Indicating
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 8
May 01/08
R
VOI
- the Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) 1TW
- the Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN.
The Navigation Displays (ND) show the ADF data.
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 002A)
R The ADF comprises one system which consists of:
R - one receiver 2RP1
R - one loop and sense antenna 3RP1
R - one VOR/ADF/DME Radio Magnetic Indicator (VOR/ADF/DME RMI) 21FN.
R The second system is in space provision and consists of:
R - one loop and sense antenna 3RP2.
R In addition, the components given after control the system:
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R - the Radio Management Panel 1 (RMP) 1RG1
R - the CAPT (F/0) Audio Control Panel (ACP) 2RN1 (2RN2)
R - the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1 (2) (MCDU) 3CA1 (3CA2)
R - the Flight Management and Guidance Computer 1 (2) (FMGC) 1CA1 (1CA2)
R - the Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) 1TW
R - the Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN.
R The Navigation Displays (ND) show the ADF data.
R **ON A/C ALL
C. Utilisation Technical Data
(1) Data display
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 004A)
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 9
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - Data and Warning Displays
Figure 004
R
EFF :
001-100, 201-201, 34-53-00
Page 10
May 01/08
VOI
R ADF - Data and Warning Displays
R Figure 004A
R
EFF :
202-300, 34-53-00
Page 11
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
(a) In ROSE and ARC modes
If you set the ADF/VOR/OFF switch on the EFIS control section of
the Flight Control Unit (FCU) to ADF, this causes : display of
the characteristics of the ADF 1 station in the L lower corner of
the ND (item 3) :
- type of station
- shape of the associated bearing display
- station identification or frequency
- tuning mode (nothing : automatically tuned, M : manually tuned
and R : if tuned by the RMP).
A single pointer on the heading dial shows the bearing of the ADF
1 (item 2).
All these data are shown in green except the tuning mode which is
shown in white.
(b) In ROSE NAV and ARC modes
If you push the NDB pushbutton switch on the EFIS control section
of the FCU, triangle symbols show the ADF stations (item 1).
(c) In case of No Computed Data (NCD), the station characteristics
and associated pointer go out of view.
(d) In case of ADF fault, a red ADF warning message is shown in place
of the station characteristics.
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
(2) On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
If you set one VOR/ADF selector switch (item 4) to ADF :
- the related single pointer (item 5) or double pointer (item 6)
indicates the ADF bearing.
A warning flag comes into view to indicate system malfunction (item
7). In this case, the related pointer is at the last valid position
(item 8).
If No Computed Data (NCD), the warning flag comes into view and the
related pointer stays at the position corresponding to the last
correct data.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 12
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R (2) On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
R If you set the VOR/ADF selector switch (item 4) to ADF:
R - the single pointer (item 5) and the double pointer (item 6)
R indicate the ADF bearing.
R Both warning flags come into view to indicate system malfunction
R (item 7). In this case, both ADF pointers are n at the last valid
R position (item 8).
R If No Computed Data (NCD), the warning flags come into view and
R both pointers stay at the position corresponding to the last
R correct data.
R **ON A/C ALL
(3) Audio control
(a) The ADF receiver applies its audio output to the audio
integrating system. This system controls and directs the output
to the headsets and/or the loud speakers.
The AMU controls the audio level through the ACP.
On the ACP, the pilot must push the ADF1 pushbutton switch and
adjust the related potentiometer to the correct audio level.
(b) Only with NDB stations modulated in A1 mode (in automatic or
manual mode) it is necessary to select the BFO function on the
MCDU in order to hear clearly its Morse identification signal.
(c) In emergency mode, the BFO function is selected on the RMP when :
- you push the STBY NAV/ADF pushbutton switch
- you push the STBY NAV/BFO pushbutton switch.
(d) It is possible to select the broadcast station on the RMP and the
MCDU (manual mode only). In this case, the BFO selection is not
necessary.
(e) With the ATIS message trasmission by the NDB station, with the
BFO active : it is necessary to push the ON VOICE pushbutton
switch on one ACP in order to hear clearly this information
without Morse signal.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 13
May 01/08
VOI
D. Warning
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 004A)
R **ON A/C ALL
The warnings related to the ADF are only the local warnings shown on the
NDs.
The warnings are detected by the BITE function of the receiver.
4. ____________
Power Supply
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C ALL
Energization of the system is through 115VAC 400 Hz buses :
- 115VAC SHED ESS BUS 801XP via circuit breaker 1RP1
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R - 115VAC BUS 2 202XP via circuit breaker 1RP2
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 14
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
The 115VAC ESS BUS 401XP energizes the VOR/ADF/DME RMI via circuit breaker
12FN.
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. ADF Receiver
(1) Characteristics
- Frequency range : 190 to 1799 KHz in 0.5 KHz steps
- Electrical power supply: 115VAC, 400 Hz, 45 VA
- Tuning accuracy: selected frequency plus or minus 250 Hz
- ADF accuracy: plus or minus 2 deg.
- Sensivity: 30 % modulation
- ADF mode: 50 microV/m field strength at 400 Hz for 6 dB signal to
noise ratio.
(2) External description
The ADF receiver conforms with the ARINC specification 600.
The case size is 2MCU.
(a) Receiver face
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The face of the receiver is fitted with a handle, one lug, a TEST
pushbutton switch and two LEDs.
The name, color and function of the two LEDs are as follows:
- LRU STATUS (red): indicates that a malfunction is detected
during the self test of the ADF receiver.
- LRU STATUS (green): indicates that no faults are detected
during the self test of the ADF receiver.
- CONTROL FAIL (red): indicates that an ARINC input data is
faulty.
The back is equipped with one ARINC 600 size one connector which
includes three plugs:
- Top Plug (TP): connection with the automatic test circuit
- Middle Plug (MP): connection with the antenna and peripheral
circuits
- Bottom Plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit.
Index pin code is 05.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 15
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - Receiver
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 16
May 01/08
R
VOI
(3) Internal description
The receiver determines the relative bearing to any selected
transmitter operating between 190 and 1799 KHz. This bearing data is
converted into ARINC 429 format and transmitted through ARINC buses
to the NDs via the DMCs. In addition the AM modulation of the carrier
wave is detected and applied to the audio integrating system. The
receiver is housed in an ARINC 2MCU case and consists of the
following interconnected assemblies:
(a) An ARINC interconnect assembly which provides filtering against
HIRF and noise entry or exit.
(b) A digital instrumentation assembly which contains the system
processor and signal processor:
1
_ The function of the system processor is to:
- format the ADF data from the signal processor into an ARINC
429 bearing word
- provide frequency tuning for the ADF receiver
- perform functional test and self-test functions
- provide diagnostic data to the maintenance processor
- transmit data generated by the system processor and
maintenance processor
- store calibration constants (as received from the signal
processor) in the system processor Non-Volatile Memory
during the calibration mode
- monitor the power-down warning signal from the power supply
to provide warm start capability
- monitor system voltages and discretes for fault conditions.
2
_ The function of the signal processor is to:
- compute and output, to the system processor, the ADF bearing
derived from the ADF detector
- determine the presence of the ADF detector signal and flag
the bearing data accordingly
- detect the presence of a 400Hz or 1020Hz identification tone
(or BFO mode) and output a tone present discrete to the
maintenance processor
- monitor ADF signal level status and output maintenance data
to the system processor
- output sin mode and cosine mode to the loop modulators via
their respective D/A converters
- process the ADF detector signal to provide filtered and
amplitude controlled audio information to the aircraft audio
system.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 17
May 01/08
R
VOI
(c) A maintenance processor assembly the primary function of which is
the logging of maintenance information and secondarily, decoding
the morse binary data stream into ASCII characters.
(d) A power supply assembly which provides +12VDC, -12VDC and -5VDC
from 115VAC at 400Hz.
(e) A tuner/synthesizer assembly
1
_ The tuner combines the sense and loop signals from the
antenna, amplifies and filters them and then provides the
detected audio information to the signal processor.
2
_ The synthesizer receives frequency information from the system
processor and provides fixed and variable oscillator signals
for the mixers in the tuner.
(4) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The operation of the receiver is initiated when the desired frequency
is selected by the FMGCs or RMPs.
Frequency and function data are received via an interface.
This data is used to activate the desired function, set the receive
band and tune a Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO) for converting
the received signal to the IF.
Sense and loop signals from the antenna are applied to the loop
modulators where they are modulated with 95Hz control signals from
the signal processor. The summed output of the loops is corrected for
the antenna loop gain and phase and then summed with the sense
channel.
The composite output of the summing circuit is passed through a band
select filter, which output feeds the first mixer.
The VCO is mixed with the input to generate a first IF of 15MHz. The
signal is filtered and amplified and then applied to the second mixer
where 18.6MHz mixes it down to a second IF of 3.6Mhz. It is once
again filtered and amplified before application to a coherent
detector. The output of the coherent detector is used to derive the
AGC control for the IF. The composite audio is sampled and processed
by audio and bearing algorithms in a Digital Signal Processor (DSP)
in the signal processor area. The DSP filters the audio, and sets the
output level and returns it to an audio amplifier stage, and then to
the aircraft audio system. The DSP also applies a separate narrow
audio filter and then detects the audio tone for MORSE ident. This
binary data stream is sent to the maintenance processor for decoding
into ASCII characters.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 18
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADF Receiver - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 19
May 01/08
R
VOI
The bearing is determined in the null-seeking algorithm by the DSP
continuously adjusting the ratio of the 95Hz loop modulation applied
to the sine and cosine modulators. When the ratio is properly
adjusted, the amount of 95Hz present in the coherent detector output
is minimized. The ratio of the loop modulation is then directly
proportional to the raw bearing. The raw bearing is corrected for
Quandrantal Error and calibration factors.
The signal processor then converts this corrected bearing to ARINC
word format and relays it to the system processor for transmission on
the ARINC bus.
In addition to its receiver control functions, the system processor
continuously monitors receiver health and passes radio health
information to the maintenance processor. It also initiates
functional tests when conditions allow it.
The maintenance processor processes commands from the CFDIU and
stores faults detected by the system processor. It also decodes the
MORSE ident data stream passed by the signal processor.
(5) Digital outputs
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
----------------------------------------
| LABEL | PARAMETER DEFINITION |
----------------------------------------
| 032 | ADF FREQUENCY |
----------------------------------------
| 162 | ADF BEARING |
----------------------------------------
| 254 | ADF IDENTIFIER WORD 1 |
----------------------------------------
| 255 | ADF IDENTIFIER WORD 2 |
----------------------------------------
| 377 | EQUIPEMENT IDENTIFIER |
----------------------------------------
| 356 | MAINTENANCE STATUS |
----------------------------------------
B. Loop and Sense Antenna
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The combined loop and sense antenna operates in the 190 to 1750 kHz
frequency range and consists of the following components enclosed in a
fiberglass housing:
- a vertically polarized sense antenna which is omnidirectional in the
horizontal plane
- two horizontally polarized orthogonal loop antennas which are
directional in the horizontal plane
- a test loop which enables a self-test of the antenna
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 20
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADF - Antenna
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 21
May 01/08
R
VOI
- a printed circuit board which contains three pre-amplifiers used to
amplify the loop and sense antennas signals. The pre-amplifiers are
energized by plus or minus 12VDC form the ADF receiver.
The output impedance of the antenna is 78 Ohms and the Voltage Standing
Wave Ratio (VSWR) 1.2:1.
6. Operation
_________
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C ALL
- The FMGC 1 sends a management bus to the ADF receiver 1 through the RMP 1.
- In normal operation, the FMGC 1 tunes the ADF receiver 1 either
automatically or manually by means of the MCDU. In this case, the RMP 1
operates as a relay which sends the frequency information from the FMGC 1
to the ADF receiver 1.
- By a second port, the ADF receiver 1 receives a second management bus
directly from the FMGC 2. The FMGC 2 becomes active when the ADF receiver
1 receives a fault signal from the FMGC 1.
- With RMP 1 internal faults the RMP 1 is transparent to data and discrete
from the FMGC 1.
- In emergency configuration (fault of the FMGC 1 and 2), the RMP 1 can
control the ADF receiver 1 after ON NAV mode selection.
(Ref. Fig. 008)
7. Test
____
A. Maintenance Test
(Ref. Fig. 009)
It is possible to do the maintenance tests with the Centralized Fault
Display System (CFDS).
The primary components of the CFDS are :
- the MCDU
- the CFDIU
- the Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) internal to the ADF receiver.
It is possible to perform these tests on the ground only.
The access to the ADF 1 menu is through :
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 22
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - Frequency Selection in Emergency Mode
Figure 008
R
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 23
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 24
May 01/08
R
VOI
- selection of the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST item on the CFDS menu
- then, selection of the relevant ADF on the NAV menu.
A self-test of the system causes the receiver to transmit a test signal
to the VOR/ADF/DME RMI and ND.
On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI, if you set the VOR/ADF selector switches (item 4)
to ADF.
The test sequence starts when you push the line key adjacent to the TEST
indication on the ADF1 menu.
B. CFDIU Interface
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 002A)
R **ON A/C ALL
(1) BITE description
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
It detects and identifies a failure related to the ADF system.
The BITE of the ADF receiver is connected to the CFDIU (Ref.
31-32-00).
The unit tested is the ADF receiver.
The BITE:
- transmits continuously ADF system status and its identification
message to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (RMP and CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(a) Normal mode
During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the ADF system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during
the concerned flight.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 25
May 01/08
VOI
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 50
- 250 ms by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Menu mode:
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the ADF
receiver BITE by means of the MCDU.
The ADF menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GROUND SCANNING
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- GROUND REPORT
- TEST.
(2) Interactive function
The interactive mode can be activated on the ground only, using the
line key adjacent to the ADF indication on the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
page of any MCDU (Ref. 22-82-00).
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the BITE of the
ADF receiver by means of the MCDU.
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The interactive mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT:
This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the last flight
leg.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT:
This report contains the fault messages related to the external or
internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the previous 63
flight legs.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
- LRU IDENTIFICATION:
Allows to display the P/N and the S/N of the equipment.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
- GROUND SCANNING:
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight, provides
information of the failures detected while using this function.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 26
May 01/08
R
VOI
ADF - Last Leg Report, Previous Legs Report and LRU IDENT
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 27
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - GROUND SCANNING and Trouble Shooting Data
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 28
May 01/08
VOI
By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
operator is allowed to the corresponding Trouble Shooting Data. The
peripheral monitoring and ADF internal cyclic tests are used to
detect transient failures.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 011)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning the
failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 012)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 012)
Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures detected on
ground.
These failures differ from those displayed on the LAST LEG REPORT
and CLASS 3 FAULTS.
By pressing the line key adjacent to the failure message, the
operator is allowed to access to the corresponding Trouble Shooting
Data.
- TEST
(Ref. Fig. 013)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the ADF on the ground.
This test can be performed by:
- either selecting the test function on the face of the ADF receiver
by pressing the TEST pushbutton switch
- or through the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS) by
selecting, on the MCDU, the test function on the ADF main menu
page.
All the information displayed on the MCDU during the BITE TEST
configuration can be printed by the printer (Ref. 31-35-00).
C. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization
- How long the computer must be de-energized: 2 s.
- A/C configuration:
- whatever the A/C configuration on ground
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 29
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - CLASS 3 FAULTS and Ground Report
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 30
May 01/08
VOI
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
34-53-00
Page 31
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - TEST
Figure 013 (SHEET 1)
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 32
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - TEST
Figure 013 (SHEET 2)
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 33
May 01/08
VOI
(2) Progress of power-up tests
(a) Duration: 2 s.
(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on
the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- if ADF selected on FCU
- ND
ADF 1 in red
- if ADF RMI option available
- ADF RMI display
ADF flag during 2 s.
(3) Results of power-up tests
(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
(a) Tests pass:
- if ADF selected on FCU
- ND
ADF 1 in green
- if ADF RMI option available
- ADF RMI display
ADF flag no longer displayed
(b) Tests failed:
- if ADF selected on FCU
- ND
ADF 1 red indications flash
- if ADF RMI option available
- ADF RMI display
ADF flag
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 34
May 01/08
VOI
ADF - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________
TASK 34-53-00-740-003
BITE Test of the ADF
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-53-00-991-002 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-53-00-860-053
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 501
Feb 01/06
VOI
(4) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the ADF/VOR selector switches to ADF
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE/NAV.
(5) On the center pedestal, on the MCDU:
- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST menu page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
- push the NEXT PAGE function key.
(6) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2):
- set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON
- push the NAV pushbutton switch (the green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on)
- tune ADF1 to a non local station (frequency more than 750 KHz).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-53-00-991-002)
(7) On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- set the VOR/ADF selector switches to ADF.
Subtask 34-53-00-865-055
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
R
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
Subtask 34-53-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the ADF
NOTE : During the BITE TEST (ADF1 or 2) by the MCDU ,the indications
____
related to the two receivers (Capt and F/O) are shown at the same
time.This has no effect on the test or component operation.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 502
Aug 01/08
VOI
ADF-Frequency Selection
Figure 501/TASK 34-53-00-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADF1 (ADF2) page comes into view.
the ADF1 (ADF2) indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the INITIAL CONDITIONS are shown
the TEST indication. (page 1 to 3).
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 13S indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view.
From 0 to 6s:
- On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
* the ADF1 (ADF2) pointer disappears.
* the RED ADF1 (ADF2) warning message
comes into view.
- On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
* the ADF1 (ADF2) pointer is in the 3
oclock position.
* the ADF1 (ADF2) warning flag comes
into view during 3s.
From 6 to 13s:
- On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
* the ADF1 (ADF2) pointer comes into
view, moves to a relative bearing of
135⁰.
- On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
* the ADF1 (ADF2) pointer moves to a
relative bearing of 135⁰.
On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to the TEST OK indication comes into view.
the YES indication.
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
the RETURN indication.
R
EFF :
001-100, 201-201, 34-53-00
Page 504
Aug 01/08
VOI
**ON A/C 202-300,
Subtask 34-53-00-740-050-A
A. BITE Test of the ADF
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the ADF1 page comes into view.
the ADF1 indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the INITIAL CONDITIONS are shown
the TEST indication. (page 1 to 3).
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 13S indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view.
From 0 to 6s:
- On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
* the ADF1 pointer disappears.
* the RED ADF1 warning message comes
into view.
- On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
* the ADF1 pointer stays at the last
valid position on DDRMI
NOTE : Disregard MCDU display test
____
result.
* the ADF1 warning flag comes into view
during 3s.
From 6 to 13s:
- On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
* the ADF1 pointer comes into view,
moves to a relative bearing of 135⁰.
- On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
* the ADF1 pointer moves to a
relative bearing of 135⁰.
On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
R
EFF :
202-300, 34-53-00
Page 505
Aug 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key adjacent to the TEST OK indication comes into view.
the YES indication.
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
the RETURN indication.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-53-00-860-054
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU, set the ADF/VOR selector
switches to OFF.
(2) Do the ADIRS STOP procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005)
(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP:
- push the NAV pushbutton switch (the green LED on this pushbutton
switch goes off).
- set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 506
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-53-00-710-002
Operational Test of the ADF
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Test of ADF Identification and Reception
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-53-00-991-002 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-53-00-860-051
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure
(Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(4) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the ADF/VOR selector switches to ADF
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE/NAV.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 507
May 01/08
R
VOI
(5) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2):
- set the ON/OFF switch to ON
- push the NAV pushbutton switch (the green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on).
(6) On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- set the VOR/ADF selector switches to ADF.
Subtask 34-53-00-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-100, 201-201,
Subtask 34-53-00-710-056
A. Operational Test of the ADF
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal, on one
ACP:
- push the ADF1 pushbutton
switch.
2. On the RMP1:
- set the ON/OFF selector switch
to ON.
- set an ADF local frequency . On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-53-00-
991-002)
- the ADF1 pointer moves and shows the
station direction.
- the station identification or
frequency comes into view in the left
lower corner.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 508
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- the ADF warning flag goes out of
view.
- the ADF pointer indicates the
direction of the station set.
In the loudspeakers:
- if the station set is a A1 station,
you cannot hear the identification
signal. Do step 3
- if the station set is a A2 station,
you can hear the identification
signal. Go to step 4
3. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- set the BF0 function. - In the loudspeakers, you can hear the
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-53-00-
991-002)
identification signal but it is
weaker.
4. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- set a non local ADF station. On the CAPT and F/O ND, the ADF1
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-53-00-
991-002)
pointer goes out of view.
In the loudspeakers, no signal is
heard.
On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI, the ADF pointer
stays at the position related to the
last correct data and the warning flag
comes into view.
R
EFF :
001-100, 201-201, 34-53-00
Page 509
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C 202-300,
R Subtask 34-53-00-710-056-A
R A. Operational Test of the ADF
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the center pedestal, on one
R ACP:
R - push the ADF1 pushbutton
R switch.
R
R 2. On the RMP1:
R - set the ON/OFF selector switch
R to ON.
R - set an ADF local frequency. On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-53-00-
991-002)
R - the ADF1 pointer moves and shows the
R station direction.
R - the station identification or
R frequency comes into view in the left
R lower corner.
R
R On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
R - both ADF warning flags go out of
R view.
R - both ADF pointers indicate the
R direction of the station set.
R
R In the loudspeakers:
R - if the station set is a A1 station,
R you cannot hear the identification
R signal. Do step 3.
R - if the station set is a A2 station,
R you can hear the identification
R signal. Go to step 4.
R
EFF :
202-300, 34-53-00
Page 510
May 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
R - set the BF0 function. - In the loudspeakers, you can hear the
R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-53-00-
991-002)
R identification signal but it is
R weaker.
R
R 4. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
R - set a non local ADF station. On the CAPT and F/O NDs, the ADF1
R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-53-00-
991-002)
R pointer goes out of view.
R In the loudspeakers, no signal is
R heard.
R On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI, both ADF
R pointers stay at the position related
R to the last correct data and the
R warning flags come into view.
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-53-00-860-052
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU, set the ADF/VOR selector
switches to OFF.
(2) DO the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP:
- push the NAV pushbutton switch (the green LED on this pushbutton
switch goes off)
- set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 511
May 01/08
VOI
(4) On the center pedestal, on the ACP, release the ADF1 pushbutton
switch.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-00
Page 512
May 01/08
VOI
ANTENNA - ADF LOOP AND SENSE (3RP1,3RP2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 34-53-11-000-001
Removal of the ADF Loop and Sense Antenna
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific masking tape
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
34-53-11-991-001 Fig. 401
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-53-11-861-050
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 34-53-11-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-53-11-991-001)
Subtask 34-53-11-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position.
(2) Safety Precautions
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
Subtask 34-53-11-020-051
R B. Removal of the ADF Loop and Sense Antenna
(1) Remove the bolts (1) from the antenna (2).
(2) Lift the antenna (2) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
(5).
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 402
Nov 01/07
VOI
ADF Loop and Sense Antennas.
Figure 401/TASK 34-53-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (5) from the antenna
connector.
NOTE : The coaxial cable (6) must not go into the fuselage.
____
(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (3).
(5) Remove the antenna (2) and the gasket (4).
(6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(7) Put masking tape around the coaxial cable (6) and attach it to the
fuselage.
(8) Remove the sealant with a nonmetallic scraper and clean the fuselage
structure with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010).
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-53-11-400-001
Installation of the ADF Loop and Sense Antenna
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lint free cloth
No specific access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 07-001
NO LONGER AVAILABLE RPLD BY 07001B/D/F
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-008 USA MIL-S-8802 CLASS A
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 405
Aug 01/08
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-002 USA MIL-T-713
SYNTHETIC FIBRE CORD (NYLON) 2.5MM DIA.
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-53-00-710-002 Operational Test of the ADF
51-76-11-300-001 Repair of the Sealing
34-53-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-53-11-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.
(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 406
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-53-11-991-001)
Subtask 34-53-11-420-051
A. Installation of the ADF Loop and Sense Antenna
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL
_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and lint free cloth.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Put the new o-ring (3) in the correct position on the antenna.
(6) Put the new gasket (4) on the fuselage and align the bolts hole.
(7) Remove the masking tape from the coaxial cable (6) and connect the
cable connector (5) to the antenna connector.
(8) Install the antenna (2) to the fuselage structure with the bolts
(1).Torque the bolts (1) in a diagonally opposite sequence to 0.375
m.daN (33.18 lbf.in).
NOTE : The antenna mounting bolts (1) and the holes (8) provide the
____
electrical bonding.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 407
Nov 01/07
R
VOI
(9) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (2)
and the fuselage structure is not higher than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-005).
(10) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) (7) or use as an
alternative SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008) around the antenna (2)
(Ref. TASK 51-76-11-300-001) and the fuselage.
(11) Fill the recess of the bolts (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
002) and SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) or as an alternative SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-008).
(12) Make the contour of the sealant on the bolts (1) and around the
antenna (2) smooth.
(13) Let the sealant cure.
(14) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (2).
(15) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001) to the sealant on the head of the bolts (1).
R NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
R the antenna and on the head of the screws.
Subtask 34-53-11-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1RP1
Subtask 34-53-11-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the ADF system (Ref. TASK 34-53-00-710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-53-11-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 408
Nov 01/07
VOI
Subtask 34-53-11-862-050
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-53-11
Page 409
Aug 01/07
R
VOI
RECEIVER - ADF (2RP1,2RP2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 34-53-31-000-002
Removal of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 2RP2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-53-31-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-53-31-865-052
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
EFF :
ALL 34-53-31
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-53-31-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-53-31-991-001)
Subtask 34-53-31-020-050
A. Removal of the ADF Receiver
(1) Loosen the nut (4).
(2) Lower the nut (4).
(3) Pull the ADF receiver (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (2).
(4) Remove the ADF receiver (1) from its rack (3).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-53-31
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
ADF Receiver
Figure 401/TASK 34-53-31-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-53-31
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-53-31-400-002
Installation of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 2RP2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-53-00-740-003 BITE Test of the ADF
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-53-31-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-53-31-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
R (2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-53-31
Page 404
Nov 01/08
VOI
Subtask 34-53-31-865-053
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-53-31-991-001)
Subtask 34-53-31-420-050
A. Installation of the ADF Receiver
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the ADF Receiver (1) on its rack (3).
(6) Push the ADF Receiver (1) on its rack (3) to connect the electrical
connectors (2).
(7) Engage the nut (4) and the lug (5) and tighten.
Subtask 34-53-31-865-054
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1RP1
Subtask 34-53-31-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the ADF (Ref. TASK 34-53-00-740-003).
EFF :
ALL 34-53-31
Page 405
Nov 01/08
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-53-31-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-53-31
Page 406
Nov 01/08
VOI
VOR/MARKER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. General
_______
A. Foreword
The VOR/MARKER comprises two independent systems in a same receiver:
- a VOR system for the radio navigation phase,
- a MARKER (MKR) system for the landing approach phase.
The two VOR/MKR receivers are interchangeable but only one marker system
is installed on the aircraft.
B. VOR System
The VOR system is a radio aid to medium-range navigation.
The aircraft is equipped with two VOR systems which can accept ground
station signals in the frequency range of 108 MHz to 117.95 MHz.
These signals are processed and conditioned to provide the crew with:
- identification of a selected ground station,
- indication of the aircraft position with respect to the station
(bearing information),
- indication of the aircraft angular deviation from a selected course.
C. MARKER System
The marker system is a radio navigation aid. It is normally used together
with the Instrument Landing System (ILS) portion of the Multi-Mode
Receiver (MMR) during an ILS approach. The system determines the distance
between the aircraft and the runway threshold. The marker system also
marks particular airway and holding points.
The system provides visual and aural indications of the passage of the
aircraft over the marker transmitters located on the ground.
2. __________________
Component Location
R **ON A/C 001-100,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 1
May 01/08
VOI
VOR/Marker - Component Location
Figure 001
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-55-00
Page 2
May 01/08
VOI
R VOR/Marker - Component Location
R Figure 001A
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-55-00
Page 3
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RS ANTENNA-MARKER 133 34-55-18
3RS1 RECEIVER-VOR/MKR, 1 81VU 127 824 34-55-31
3RS2 RECEIVER-VOR/MKR, 2 82VU 128 824 34-55-31
4RS ANTENNA-VOR 1/2 324 324AT 34-55-11
3. __________________
System Description
A. Principle
(1) VOR system
The principle of the VOR navigation is a comparison between a
reference phase signal and a variable phase signal. The ground
station generates these two signals. The phase difference between the
reference and the variable phase is a function of the position of the
aircraft with respect to the ground station.
Furthermore, the ground station provides a Morse identification.
(2) Marker system
There are three marker transmitters positioned on the ground at known
distances from the runway threshold :
- the outer marker at approx. 4 N miles
- the middle marker at 0.6 N miles
- the inner marker at the runway threshold.
The markers transmit a modulated 75 MHz signal to provide a marker
position.
When the aircraft passes through the beam of a marker, the modulating
frequency is detected. Then, the system provides aural and visual
indications to the flight crew.
B. System Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) VOR system
The VOR comprises two independent systems. Each system consists of :
- one VOR/MKR receiver 1(2) 3RS1 (3RS2)
- one VOR 1/2 antenna 4RS
- one VOR/ADF/DME Radio Magnetic Indicator (VOR/ADF/DME RMI) 21FN.
The components given after control the VOR system :
(Ref. Fig. 003)
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 4
May 01/08
VOI
VOR/Marker - Block Diagram
Figure 002
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 5
May 01/08
R
VOI
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
34-55-00
Page 6
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR/Marker - Control and Indicating
Figure 003
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 7/8
May 01/08
VOI
- the CAPT (F/O) Audio Control Panel (ACP) 2RN1 (2RN2) and the Audio
Management Unit (AMU) 1RN for audio control
- the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit 1(2) (MCDU) 3CA1 (3CA2),
the Radio Management Panel 1(2) (RMP) 1RG1 (1RG2) and the Flight
Management and Guidance Computer 1(2) (FMGC) 1CA1 (1CA2) for
frequency/course selection
- the MCDU 1(2) and the Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit
(CFDIU) 1TW for test purposes.
(2) Marker system
The marker system consists of one system only. The receiver is part
of the VOR/MKR receiver 1.
The system comprises :
- one VOR/MKR receiver 1 3RS1
- one marker antenna 1RS.
All the data are shown on the CAPT and F/O Primary Flight Displays
(PFD).
C. Utilization Technical Data
(1) Data display
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(a) VOR system
1
_ On the Navigation Display (ND)
In ROSE and ARC modes.
If you set the ADF/VOR/OFF switch on the EFIS control section
of the Flight Control Unit (FCU) to VOR, this causes : display
of the characteristics of the VOR 1 and/or VOR 2 stations in
the L and/or R lower corner of the ND (item 7) :
- type of station (VOR 1, VOR 2)
- shape of the associated bearing display
- station identification
- mode of tuning:
nothing : automatically tuned by the FMGC
M : manually tuned through the MCDU
R : tuned through the RMP.
A single pointer on the heading dial shows the bearing of
the VOR 1 (item 5), a double pointer that of the VOR 2 (item
1).
All these data are shown in white.
in case of VOR system fault, all the corresponding data go
out of view and the VOR indication turns to red.
In ROSE VOR mode, the data below are shown:
- a dagger-shaped pointer points to the selected VOR course
(cyan) (item 6)
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 9
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR/Marker - Data and Warning Displays
Figure 004
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 10
May 01/08
R
VOI
- the lateral deviation bar which represents the VOR deviation
is shown with an arrow for the TO FROM indication (cyan)
(item 2)
- in the R top corner, the VOR characteristics come into view:
VOR 1 or 2, frequency, selected course (item 4),
identification (cyan).
In case of VOR system fault, all these data go out of view and
the VOR 1 or 2 indication turns to red.
If the VOR approach is selected, the VOR APP message comes
into view in the center top section of the ND (item 3).
In ROSE NAV and ARC modes, the characteristics and location of
the VOR stations which are not already included in the flight
plan, can be shown when you push the VOR-D pushbutton switch
on the EFIS control section of the FCU :
- cross symbol for the VOR station (item 8)
- circle plus cross symbol for the VOR/DME station (item 9).
2
_ On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
Set the VOR/ADF selector switches to ADF.
The RMI indicates the VOR bearings :
- a single pointer indicates the VOR 1 bearing (item 11)
- a double pointer indicates the VOR 2 bearing.
A warning flag comes into view to indicate system malfunction
(item 12). In this case, the corresponding pointer is in the 3
oclock position (item 13).
If No Computed Data (NCD), the warning flag comes into view
and the related pointer stays at the position corresponding to
the last correct data.
(b) Marker system
The MKR data are shown on the PFD, in approach at the
intersection of the G/S and LOC scales (item 14).
When the aircraft overflies the corresponding marker, the data
given after come into view on the PFD :
- OM for the outer marker (blue)
- MM for the middle marker (amber)
- AWY for the inner marker (white).
(2) Audio control
(a) VOR system
1
_ The VOR/MKR receivers apply their VOR audio output to the
audio integrating system. This system controls and directs the
output to the headsets and/or the loud speakers. The AMU
controls the audio level through the ACP. On the ACP, the
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 11
May 01/08
R
VOI
pilot must push the VOR 1 (2) pushbutton switch and adjust the
related potentiometer to the correct audio level.
2
_ In case of ATIS message transmission by the VOR station :
- it is necessary to push the ON VOICE pushbutton switch on
one ACP in order to hear clearly this information without
Morse signal.
(b) Marker system
The VOR/MKR receiver 1 applies its marker audio output to the
audio integrating system. This system controls and directs the
output to the headsets and/or the loud speakers. The AMU controls
the audio level through the ACP. On the ACP, the pilot must push
the MKR pushbutton switch and adjust the related potentiometer to
the correct audio level.
D. Warning
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The warning related to the VOR is the local warning shown on the
VOR/ADF/DME RMI.
In case of VOR fault, a flag comes into view on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
Energization of each system is through 115VAC 400Hz buses :
- 115VAC ESS BUS 401XP via circuit breaker 2RS1 for system 1
- 115VAC BUS 2 204XP via circuit breaker 2RS2 for system 2.
The 115VAC ESS BUS 401XP energizes the VOR/ADF/DME RMI via circuit breaker
12FN.
5. _____________________
Component Description
A. VOR/MKR Receiver
(1) External description
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The face of the receiver is fitted with a handle, two lugs, a TEST
pushbutton switch and test LEDs.
The name, color and function of the LEDs are as follows:
- CONTROL FAIL (red) indicates that the control input data are faulty
- LRU STATUS (green) indicates that no faults are detected during the
self-test sequence
- LRU STATUS (red) indicates that a fault is detected during the
self-test sequence.
The back of the VOR /MKR receiver contains an ARINC 600, shell size
connector to provide electrical connections to the aircraft wiring
via mount.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 12
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR/MKR Receiver
Figure 005
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 13
May 01/08
R
VOI
Contact grouping is as follows:
- Top plug (TP): connection with the automatic test circuit
- Middle plug (MP): connection with the peripheral circuits
- Bottom plug (BP): connection with the power supply circuit and the
antennas.
(2) Internal description
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The microprocessor-based receiver processes and conditions signals
within the frequency range of 108 MHz to 117.95 MHz, to produce
digital bearing and identification word outputs and an audio output.
The receiver comprises:
(a) A VOR RF receiver module which converts, conditions, filters and
amplifies the received VOR signal.
(b) A marker beacon receiver module which converts, conditions,
filters and amplifies the received marker beacon signal.
(c) A digital instrumentation module which processes VOR and marker
beacon detector signals into ARINC-711 NAV receiver outputs.
This module contains a signal processor and system processor. The
signal processor is used in computing VOR bearing information.
The system processor is used in interfacing with the aircraft and
also communicates with the maintenance processor.
(d) A maintenance processor module which monitors the health of the
VOR and marker beacon receivers, power supply and signal and
system processor faults.
(e) A power supply module which converts aircraft 115VAC, 400 Hz
power to supplies used by the internal circuits.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 14
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR/MKR Receiver - General Architecture
Figure 006
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 15
May 01/08
R
VOI
(3) Operation
(a) VOR operation
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The antenna applies the composite signal transmitted by the
ground station to an RF receiver. In the receiver, the signal
passes through a low-pass filter, a bandpass filter (preselector)
and an RF switch to an RF amplifier. The output of the amplifier
passes through one of two bandpass filters, depending on the RF
frequency of the station being received, to the first mixer. The
mixer combines the RF signal with a Local Oscillator (LO) to
produce a first Intermediate Frequency (IF) of 20.05 MHz. The
first LO injects a frequency 20.05 MHz below the desired RF
frequency. The mixer output is filtered by a crystal filter and
passed through a two-stage IF amplifier. Following the IF
amplifier, the signal is mixed with a 20.505 MHz second LO to
produce a second IF of 455 MHz. The second IF signal is
demodulated using a precision AM peak detector. The VOR detector
signal is processed by the signal processor on the
instrumentation module. The filtered VOR detector signal is
output to the rear interconnect module where it is amplified and
output to the aircraft.
(b) MARKER operation
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The RF signal is filtered through a low-pass and a 75 MHz
bandpass filter. Following the bandpass filter, the signal passes
through an RF switch. This switch selects the incoming signal or
the functional test signal. After the switch, an RF amplifier
provides 12 dB of gain. Following the RF amplifier, the signal is
further filtered by another 75 MHz bandpass filter. The output of
the second filter goes to a mixer, where it is mixed with an
85.700 MHz Local Oscillator signal to produce an IF of 10.7 MHz.
This IF signal is filtered, amplified and demodulated. The
detector output is applied to three tone filters. The filter
outputs are rectified and checked against a reference level by a
comparator. Each comparator output is sent to the instrumentation
module.
The marker beacon receiver module also contains the functional
test generator circuits. These circuits generate the 75 MHz test
signal for the marker beacon receiver and VOR test signal for the
VOR receiver.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 16
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR Receiver - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 007
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 17
May 01/08
R
VOI
MARKER Receiver - Simplified Block Diagram
Figure 008
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 18
May 01/08
R
VOI
(c) Instrumentation
The instrumentation module contains two processors. The signal
processor, takes the VOR detector signal and separates the two 30
Hz signals (variable and reference). From these two signals, the
signal processor computes the station bearing. The second
processor on the module, the system processor, is used to
communicate the bearing information to the aircraft. The system
processor handles the signal interface with the aircraft.
(d) LRU monitoring
The maintenance processor, monitors the health of the VOR and
marker beacon receivers. The maintenance processor provides all
the BITE functions for the LRU. BITE information is transferred
to the system processor for communications to the aircraft.
Maintenance functions include:
1
_ Receive data from the ARINC maintenance bus and store the
time, data, aircraft IDENT, aircraft configuration and process
the maintenance control word.
2
_ Process data received from the system processor for storage in
the Non-Volatile fault Memory (NVM).
3
_ Monitor discrete inputs.
4
_ Determine the validity of the maintenance input control word.
5
_ Format the fault summary word and transfer it to the system
processor.
6
_ Transfer all OMS interactive mode data and normal mode data
words to the system processor.
7
_ Provide maintenance menus in the aircraft.
8
_ Provide extended interactive mode support for troubleshooting
when the LRU is in the maintenance mode.
(4) Digital outputs
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives :
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 19
May 01/08
R
VOI
- WORD RANGE OPER RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| .034. |VOR 1 FREQ| 108/117.95 |MHZ | | 4 |2560|BCD | | |
| | | 0.01 | | | | | | | |
| |VOR 2 FREQ| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| .100. |SEL | 180 |DEG | | 12 | |BNR | | |
| |COURSE 1 | 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| .222. |OMNI | 180 |DEG | | 12 | |HYB | | |
| |BEARING | 0.0439 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| .242. |VOR 1 | | | | | |HYB | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOR 2 | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| |WORD 1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 20
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| .244. |VOR 1 | | | | | |HYB | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| |VOR 2 | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | | | | |
| |WORD 2 | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Antennas
(1) MARKER antenna
(Ref. Fig. 009)
A low-drag, lightweight antenna, located in the longitudinal axis of
the aircraft below the fuselage, is provided for the reception of the
75 MHz marker signals. The dielectric, foam-filled, white polyester
fiberglass housing, fitted with a metal leading edge, protects
against moisture and erosion. The antenna is horizontally polarized,
has an impedance of 50 ohms.
(2) VOR antenna
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The VOR antenna is an airborne antenna sunk into the fin and used to
receive VOR signals in the 108-118 MHz range. It is a small-sized
half-wave folded dipole type.
The antenna has two independent RF connectors used to feed two items
of equipment. The antenna is horizontally polarized, has an impedance
of 50 ohms.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 21
May 01/08
R
VOI
MARKER - Antenna
Figure 009
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 22
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR - Antenna
Figure 010
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 23
May 01/08
R
VOI
6. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. Control
(1) VOR system
- Each VOR/MKR receiver is connected to one RMP. The VOR/MKR receiver
1 is connected to the RMP 1, (the VOR/MKR receiver 2 to the RMP 2).
The RMP 1 also receives the management bus from the FMGC 1 (the RMP
2 from the FMGC 2).
- In normal operation, the FMGC 1(2) tunes the VOR/MKR receiver 1(2)
either automatically or manually by means of the MCDU 1(2). In this
case the RMP 1(2) operates as a relay which sends the frequency and
course information from the FMGC 1(2) to the VOR/MKR receiver 1(2).
- By a second port, the VOR/MKR receiver 1(2) receives a second
management bus directly from the FMGC 2(1). The receiver selects
one of the two port functions by a discrete signal from the FMGC
1(2) through the RMP 1(2).
- In case of one FMGC fault, the other FMGC can control the two
VOR/MKR receivers, one directly, the other through its RMP.
- In case of the RMP 1(2) or two RMPs fault, the concerned RMP is
transparent to data and discrete from the FMGC.
- In emergency configuration (in case of two FMGCs fault) the RMP 1
can control the VOR/MKR receiver 1 after ON NAV mode selection.
Same possibility for the RMP 2 (VOR/MKR receiver 2).
(Ref. Fig. 011)
(2) Marker system
The marker receiver is contained in the VOR/MKR receiver.
In normal operation, the VOR/MKR receiver receives a signal when the
aircraft overflies the corresponding marker.
B. Reconfiguration Switching
In normal utilization, both VOR 1 and 2 data are shown on the CAPT (F/O)
ND through their respective Display Management Computer (DMC 1(2)). The
marker data are shown on the CAPT (F/O) PFD through the DMC 1(2).
In case of the DMC 1(2) fault, it is possible to switch over to the DMC 3
with the EIS DMC selector switch. This selector switch is located on
panel 8VU on the center pedestal. In this case the DMC 3 totally replaces
the DMC 1(2) through the stage of the output switching relay of the
failed DMC. In case of PFD fault, there is an automatic transfer of the
PFD image into the ND.
In case of ND fault:
- you obtain the transfer of the ND image onto the PFD when you push the
PFD/ND XFR pushbutton switch on panel 301VU (501VU).
When you set the PFD potentiometer to OFF on panel 301VU (501VU), this
causes :
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 24
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR - Frequency Selection in Emergency Mode
Figure 011
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 25
May 01/08
R
VOI
- deactivation of the PFD
- transfer of the PFD image onto the ND.
7. BITE
_____________
Function
(Ref. Fig. 012)
A. Access to the VOR/MKR Sub-menu Functions
It is possible to select the maintenance functions of the VOR/MKR
receiver 1 (2) on the MCDU1 (2) by pressing the line key adjacent to the
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST indication on the CFDS menu, and then selecting the
relevant VOR on the NAV menu.
After these actions, the VOR 1 (2) provides its own menu page and the
sub-menu functions can then be chosen by the operator.
B. Activation of the Test Function
The test function can be activated in ground conditions only.
(1) Marker test
The marker test can be activated by pressing the line key adjacent to
the TEST indication on the VOR 1 maintenance sub-menu or by pressing
the pushbutton switch on the face of the receiver.
(2) VOR test
The VOR test can be activated by pressing the line key adjacent to
the TEST indication on the VOR 1(2) maintenance sub-menu or by
pressing the pushbutton switch on the face of the receiver.
8. _________
BITE Test
A. CFDIU Interface
(1) BITE description
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects
and identifies a failure related to the VOR system.
The BITE of the VOR receiver is connected to the CFDIU (Ref.
31-32-00).
The unit tested is the VOR receiver.
The BITE:
- transmits permanently VOR system status and its identification
message to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments
- monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (FMGC, RMP and
CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 26
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR/Marker - Maintenance Test Procedure
Figure 012
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 27
May 01/08
R
VOI
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(a) Normal mode
During the normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the VOR system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during
the concerned flight.
In case of fault detection the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 50
to 250 ms by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(b) Menu mode:
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VOR
receiver BITE by means of the MCDU.
The VOR menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 013)
This menu permits to display two failures per page. These may
be any combination of class 1 and /or class 2 faults.
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 013)
This report contains the fault messages related to the external
or internal failures (class 1 and 2) recorded during the
previous 63 flight legs.
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 013)
Allows to display the P/N and S/N of the equipment.
- GROUND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 014)
Based on the monitoring and fault analysis during flight,
provides information of the failures detected while using this
function.
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 014)
Provides correlation parameters and snapshot data concerning
the failure displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and PREVIOUS LEG
REPORT.
- CLASS 3 FAULT
(Ref. Fig. 015)
Allows to display the class 3 faults recorded during the last
flight leg.
- GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 015)
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 28
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR - Maintenance Test Procedure - VOR Menu
Figure 013
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 29
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR - Maintenance Test Procedure - VOR Menu
Figure 014
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 30
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR - Maintenance Test Procedure - VOR Menu
Figure 015
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 31
May 01/08
R
VOI
Allows to present the class 1, 2 or 3 internal failures
detected on ground.
These failures differ from those displayed on the LAST LEG
REPORT and CLASS 3 FAULTS.
- TEST
(Ref. Fig. 016, 017, 018)
Allows a check of the correct operation of the VOR/MKR on
ground.
B. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization
- How long the computer must be de-energized: 3 s.
- A/C configuration:
- whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Progress of power-up tests
(a) Duration: 3 s.
(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on
the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- if VOR selected on FCU
- ND
VOR 1 or 2 in red
Bearing of VOR 1 or VOR 2 rotates to 360 deg.
(3) Results of power-up tests
(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
(a) Tests pass:
- if VOR selected on FCU
- ND
VOR 1 or 2 in white
(b) Tests failed:
- if VOR selected on FCU
- ND
VOR 1 or 2 in red
VOR 1 or 2 bearing in red
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 32
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR - Maintenance Test Procedure - VOR Menu
Figure 016
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 33
May 01/08
R
VOI
VOR - Maintenance Test Procedure - VOR Menu
Figure 017
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 34
May 01/08
VOI
VOR - Maintenance Test Procedure - VOR Menu
Figure 018
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 35
May 01/08
VOI
VOR/MARKER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________
TASK 34-55-00-740-002
BITE Test of the VOR/MKR
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-55-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-00-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 501
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
(4) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU :
- set the ADF/VOR selector switches to VOR
- set the mode selector switches to ROSE/VOR.
- push the ILS pushbutton switches.
(5) On the center pedestal, on one MCDU:
- get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/NAV page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-010)
- push the NEXT PAGE function key.
(6) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2):
- set the ON/OFF switch to ON
- push the NAV and VOR pushbutton switches (the green LED on these
pushbutton switches comes on)
- set the non local VOR1 and VOR2 stations and a course of 190⁰
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-55-00-991-001)
(7) On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI :
- set the VOR/ADF selector switches to VOR.
Subtask 34-55-00-865-054
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
R
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-55-00-740-051
A. BITE Test of the VOR/MARKER
NOTE : During the BITE TEST (VOR1 or 2) by the MCDU, the indications
____
related to the two receivers (CAPT and F/O) are shown at the same
time. This has no effect on the test or component operation.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 502
Aug 01/08
VOI
VOR-Frequency and Course Selection
Figure 501/TASK 34-55-00-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 503
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the line key adjacent to - the VOR1 (VOR2) page comes into view.
the VOR1 (VOR2) indication.
- push the line key adjacent to - the INITIAL CONDITIONS are shown
the TEST indication. (pages 1 to 3).
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST IN PROGRESS 11 S indication
the START TEST indication. comes into view
On the CAPT and F/O PFDs (for the VOR1
test only):
- the OM indication comes into view
until the end of the test.
From 0 to 3s:
- on the CAPT and F/O NDs:
. the VOR1 (VOR2) warning flags come
into view.
- on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
. the VOR1 (VOR2) warning flag comes
into view.
From 3 to 6s:
- on the CAPT and F/O NDs:
. the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer is not
shown.
- on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
. the VOR pointers stay at the last
valid position.
NOTE : Disregard MCDU display test
____
result.
From 6 to 11s:
- on the CAPT and F/O NDs:
. the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer comes into
view and shows 180 deg.
- on the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
. the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer shows 180
deg.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 504
Feb 01/06
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- on the CAPT and F/O PFDs (for the
VOR1 test only):
. the OM indication is shown.
- push the line key adjacent to On the MCDU:
the YES indication (for the - the MARKER AURAL TONE OK indication
VOR1 test only). comes into view (for the VOR1 test
only).
- push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the YES indication. view.
- push the line key adjacent to The test procedure stops.
the RETURN indication.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-55-00-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
(2) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the ADF/VOR selector switches to OFF.
- release the ILS pushbutton switches.
(3) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(4) On the center pedestal, on the RMP:
- push the NAV and VOR pushbutton switches (the green LED on these
pushbutton switches goes off).
- set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 505
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-55-00-710-001
Operational Test of the VOR/MKR
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Reception Test of the VOR beacon.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-55-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002)
(2) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 (RMP2), set the ON/OFF switches
to ON.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 506
May 01/08
R
VOI
Subtask 34-55-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
R
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-55-00-710-055
A. Operational Test of the VOR/MKR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- push the NAV pushbutton switch. On the RMP, the green LED on this
pushbutton switch comes on.
- set the frequency of the VOR1 The frequency comes into view in the
(2) local station left window of the RMP
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-55-00-
991-001)
2. On the center pedestal, on one
ACP :
- set the VOR1 reception. In the loud speakers, you must hear the
Morse signal of the set station.
3. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- push the NAV pushbutton switch. The green LED on this pushbutton switch
goes off.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 507
Aug 01/08
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-55-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the center pedestal, on the RMP, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(2) On the center pedestal, on the ACP, release the VOR1 pushbutton
switch.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 508
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
TASK 34-55-00-720-001
Functional Test of the VOR/MKR
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE : You can do the MKR test only at the end of the VOR1 test.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the VOR and MKR systems operate correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific ground test unit
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
34-55-00-991-001 Fig. 501
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 509
May 01/08
R
VOI
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-00-865-053
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
R
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
Subtask 34-55-00-860-052
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002)
(2) Install the ground test unit near the VOR or MKR antenna as shown in
the installation instructions.
(3) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(5) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the ADF/VOR selector switches to VOR and the mode selector
switches to ROSE/VOR.
- push the ILS pushbutton switches.
(6) On the center pedestal, on one ACP, set the VOR1 (2) or MKR
reception.
(7) On the center pedestal, on the RMP1 and RMP2:
- set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.
(8) On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- set the VOR/ADF selector switches to VOR.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 510
Aug 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-55-00-720-050
A. Test of the VOR Reception and Identification
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the test unit:
- set the frequency of the VOR
test unit and then set a
bearing of 0⁰.
2. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- push the NAV pushbutton switch. On the RMP, the green LED on this
pushbutton switch comes on.
- push the VOR pushbutton switch. On the RMP, the green LED on this
pushbutton switch comes on.
- set the VOR1 (VOR2) frequency On the RMP1 (RMP2):
of the VOR test unit and then - the frequency comes into view in the
set a course of C000 . left window.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 34-55-00-
991-001)
- the course comes into view in the
right window.
On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
- the VOR1 (VOR2) frequency and the CRS
000 indications come into view in the
top right corner.
- the VOR1 (VOR2) indication and the
VOR1 (VOR2) frequency come into view
in the left (right) lower corner.
- the outline of the pointer comes into
view in the left (right) lower
corner.
- the dagger shaped pointer (course
pointer) shows 0⁰.
- the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer comes into
view and shows 0⁰.
- the lateral deviation bar and the
arrow that shows the TO indication
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 511
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
come into view and are on the same
axis as the dagger shaped pointer
(course pointer).
On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer shows 0⁰.
- set a course of C005 . On the CAPT and F/O NDs the dagger
shaped (course pointer) shows 5⁰ and
the lateral deviation bar moves to the
left and stops on the first dot.
- set a course of C010 . On the CAPT and F/O NDs the dagger
shaped (course pointer) shows 10⁰ and
the lateral deviation bar moves to the
left and stops on the second dot.
- set a course of C355 . On the CAPT and F/O NDs the dagger
shaped (course pointer) shows 355⁰ and
the lateral deviation bar moves to the
right and stops on the first dot.
- set a course of C350 . On the CAPT and F/O NDs the dagger
shaped (course pointer) shows 350⁰ and
the lateral deviation bar moves to the
right and stops on the second dot.
3. On the test unit:
- set a bearing of 135⁰. On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
- the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer shows 135⁰.
- the lateral deviation bar moves to
the right and the arrow indicates
FROM.
On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer shows 135⁰.
4. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- set a course of C135. On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 512
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the CRS 135⁰ indication comes into
view in the top right corner.
- the set dagger shaped pointer (course
pointer) shows 135⁰.
- the lateral deviation bar moves to
the center and the arrow indicates
TO.
- set a course of C315. On the CAPT and F/O NDs:
- the CRS 315⁰ indication comes into
view in the top right corner.
- the set dagger shaped pointer (course
pointer) shows 315⁰.
- the lateral deviation bar moves and
then returns to the center and the
arrow indicates FROM.
5. On the test unit: On the CAPT ND:
- set the test unit in the OFF - the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer goes out of
position view
- the lateral deviation bar and the
arrow that indicates FROM/TO go out
of view.
On the F/O ND:
- the VOR1 (VOR2) pointer goes out of
view
On the VOR/ADF/DME RMI:
- the flag VOR1 (VOR2) comes into view.
6. On the test unit:
- set the test unit on the ON In the loudspeaker, you can hear the
position and set the audio signal.
transmission of the
identification signal.
7. On the ACP:
- adjust the volume until you get The adjustment is continuous and no
the required level. unwanted noise is heard.
8. On the test unit:
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 513
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- cancel the transmission of the You cannot hear the signal.
audio signal.
9. On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- push the NAV pushbutton switch. On the RMP, the green LED on this
pushbutton switch goes off.
Subtask 34-55-00-720-051
B. Test of the MKR Reception and Identification
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the test unit:
- set a frequency of 75 MHz with On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
a signal modulation of 400Hz - the OM indication comes into view on
(OM signal). the right.
In the loudspeaker, you can hear the
audio signal.
2. On the ACP:
- adjust the volume until you get In the loudspeaker, the adjustment is
the required level. continuous and no unwanted noise can be
heard.
3. On the test unit:
- modulate the signal to 1300Hz On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
(MM signal). - the MM indication comes into view on
the right.
In the loudspeaker, you can hear the
audio signal.
- modulate the signal to 3000Hz On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
(AWY signal). - the AWY indication comes into view on
the right.
In the loudspeaker, you can hear the
audio signal.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 514
May 01/08
R
VOI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- cancel the 75MHz frequency. On the CAPT and F/O PFDs:
the last MKR indication goes out of
view.
In the loudspeaker, you cannot hear the
transmission of the audio signal.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-55-00-860-053
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the EFIS control sections of the FCU:
- set the ADF/VOR selector switches to OFF.
- release the ILS pushbutton switches.
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) On the center pedestal, on the RMP, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(4) On the center pedestal, on the ACP, release the VOR1 (2) or MKR
pushbutton switch.
(5) Stop the test unit.
(6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-00
Page 515
May 01/08
VOI
ANTENNA - VOR (4RS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 34-55-11-000-001
Removal of the VOR Antenna 4RS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 12 m (39 ft. 4 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
55-34-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
34-55-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-11-861-050
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-55-11
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-55-11-865-050
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
Subtask 34-55-11-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.
(2) Put the access platform in position at Zone 324.
(3) Remove the vertical stabilizer tip 324AT (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-55-11-991-001)
Subtask 34-55-11-020-051
A. Removal of the VOR Antenna
(1) Solution 1 (VOR antenna S/N 001-331):
- disconnect the coaxial cable connectors (2) from the antenna
connectors (6).
- remove sealant from the head of the screws (3) with a nonmetallic
scraper.
- remove the screws (3), the washers (5) and the antenna (1).
(2) Solution 2 (VOR antenna S/N 332 and subsequent):
- disconnect the coaxial cable connectors (2) from the antenna
connectors (6).
- remove the sealant from the head of the screws (3) with a
nonmetallic scraper.
- remove the screws (3), the washers (5), the isolation washers (7)
and the antenna (1).
NOTE : The isolation washers have a tendancy to stick to the bottom
____
of the VOR antenna. They must be removed.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-11
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
VOR Antenna 4RS.
Solution 1 (S/N 001-331) / Solution 2 (S/N 332 and subsequent).
Figure 401/TASK 34-55-11-991-001
EFF :
ALL
34-55-11 Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-11
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-55-11-400-001
Installation of the VOR Antenna 4RS
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific Lint-free cloth
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
EFF :
ALL 34-55-11
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 07-001
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE RPLD BY 07001B/D/F
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
34-55-00-720-001 Functional Test of the VOR/MKR
55-34-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
55-34-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
34-55-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-11-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
(1) Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the cockpit to
tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at Zone 324.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-11
Page 406
May 01/07
VOI
(3) Make sure that the vertical stabilizer 324AT (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-000-
001) is removed.
Subtask 34-55-11-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-55-11-991-001)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
Subtask 34-55-11-140-050
A. Preparation for Installation
(1) Remove the used sealant from the antenna support with a nonmetallic
scraper.
(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and a Lint-free cloth.
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
NOTE : Make sure that the antenna-attachment points have no signs of
____
paint, corrosion or sealant.
Subtask 34-55-11-420-050
B. Installation of the VOR Antenna
(1) Solution 1 ( VOR antenna S/N 001-331):
- put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (3) and the
washers (5).
- TORQUE the screws (3) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in).
- connect the cable connector (2) to the antenna connector (6).
EFF :
ALL 34-55-11
Page 407
Feb 01/06
VOI
(2) Solution 2 ( VOR antenna S/N 332 and subsequent):
- put the antenna (1) in position and install the isolation washers
(7), the
- screws (3) and the washers (5).
- TORQUE the screws (3) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the cable connector (2) to the antenna connector (6).
(6) Make sure that the bonding contact resistance between the antenna (1)
and the fuselage structure is not higher than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-005).
(7) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the antenna electrical
bonding points and the screws (3).
(8) Let the sealant cure.
(9) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the electrical bonding points.
(10) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001) to the sealant on the head of the screws (3).
Subtask 34-55-11-865-052
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RS1, 2RS2
Subtask 34-55-11-720-050
D. Do the functional test of the VOR system (Ref. TASK 34-55-00-720-001).
EFF :
ALL 34-55-11
Page 408
Feb 01/06
VOI
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-55-11-410-052
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the vertical stabilizer tip 324AT (Ref. TASK 55-34-11-400-
001).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).
Subtask 34-55-11-862-050
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
EFF :
ALL 34-55-11
Page 409
Feb 01/06
VOI
ANTENNA - MARKER (1RS) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 34-55-18-000-001
Removal of the Marker Antenna (1RS)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-100,
34-55-18-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R 34-55-18-991-001-A Fig. 401A
EFF :
ALL 34-55-18
Page 401
May 01/08
VOI
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-18-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-55-18-991-001)
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-55-18-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-55-18-020-050
A. Removal of the Marker Antenna
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (4).
(2) Remove the screws (4).
(3) Put the antenna (3) away from the fuselage (2).
(4) Disconnect the coaxial connector (1).
(5) Remove and discard the seal (6).
(6) Remove the antenna (3).
(7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected coaxial connectors (1) and (5).
EFF :
ALL 34-55-18
Page 402
May 01/08
VOI
Marker Antenna
Figure 401/TASK 34-55-18-991-001
R
EFF :
001-100, 34-55-18
Page 403
May 01/08
VOI
R Marker Antenna
R Figure 401A/TASK 34-55-18-991-001-A
R
EFF :
201-300, 34-55-18
Page 404
May 01/08
VOI
TASK 34-55-18-400-001
Installation of the Marker Antenna (1RS)
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS
_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
R ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
EFF :
ALL 34-55-18
Page 405
Feb 01/09
VOI
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 seal 34-55-18 01 -010
6 seal 34-55-18 01A-010
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-55-00-720-001 Functional Test of the VOR/MKR
R **ON A/C 001-100,
34-55-18-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R 34-55-18-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-18-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
EFF :
ALL 34-55-18
Page 406
May 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-100,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-55-18-991-001)
R **ON A/C 201-300,
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 34-55-18-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 34-55-18-420-050
A. Installation of the Marker Antenna
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
NOTE : If you install the same antenna it is necessary to clean it with
____
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003)
(1) Remove the used sealant from the fuselage with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-003).
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) on the antenna (3)
mount and on the fuselage (2).
(3) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on the antenna (3) mount and on
the fuselage (2).
NOTE : Make sure that there is no sealant in the screw holes.
____
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial connectors (1) and (5).
(5) Install a new seal (6).
(6) Connect the coaxial connector (1) to the antenna (3).
(7) Put the antenna (3) in position on the fuselage (2).
(8) Attach the antenna (3) with the screws (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-55-18
Page 407
May 01/08
VOI
(9) Remove the sealant which is not necessary.
(10) Apply a sealing bead with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the
antenna (3).
(11) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the screw (4) heads.
(12) Make the contour of the screws (4) and the antenna (3) smooth.
(13) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the sealant around
the base of the antenna (3).
(14) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No. 07-
001B) to the sealant on the heads of the screws (4).
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of
____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
Subtask 34-55-18-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2RS1
Subtask 34-55-18-720-050
C. Do the functional test of the VOR/MKR (para. MKR Identification and
Reception test) (Ref. TASK 34-55-00-720-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-55-18-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-18
Page 408
May 01/08
VOI
RECEIVER - VOR/MARKER (3RS1,3RS2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 34-55-31-000-001
Removal of the VOR/MKR Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-55-31-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-31-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RS1
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
FOR 3RS2
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
EFF :
ALL 34-55-31
Page 401
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-55-31-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-55-31-991-001)
Subtask 34-55-31-020-050
A. Removal of the VOR/MKR Receiver
(1) Loosen the nuts (4).
(2) Lower the nuts (4).
(3) Pull the VOR/MKR receiver (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect the
electrical connectors (2).
(4) Remove the VOR/MKR receiver (1) from its rack (3).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).
EFF :
ALL 34-55-31
Page 402
Feb 01/06
VOI
VOR/MKR Receiver
Figure 401/TASK 34-55-31-991-001
EFF :
ALL 34-55-31
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-55-31-400-001
Installation of the VOR/MKR Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-55-00-740-002 BITE Test of the VOR/MKR
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
34-55-31-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-55-31-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
EFF :
ALL 34-55-31
Page 404
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-55-31-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RS1
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
FOR 3RS2
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-55-31-991-001)
Subtask 34-55-31-420-050
A. Installation of the VOR/MKR Receiver
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (2) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the VOR/MKR receiver (1) on its rack (3).
(6) Push the VOR/MKR receiver (1) on its rack (3) to connect the
electrical connectors (2).
(7) Engage the nuts (4) on the lugs (5) and tighten.
Subtask 34-55-31-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 3RS1
2RS1
FOR 3RS2
2RS2
EFF :
ALL 34-55-31
Page 405
Feb 01/06
VOI
Subtask 34-55-31-710-050
C. Do the BITE test of the VOR/MKR (Ref. TASK 34-55-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-55-31-860-051
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 34-55-31-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
EFF :
ALL 34-55-31
Page 406
Feb 01/06
VOI
RMI - VOR/ADF/DME (21FN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 34-57-22-000-002
Removal of the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (21FN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-57-22-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-57-22-865-053
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
R
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
Subtask 34-57-22-010-051
B. Remove the thermoformed cover from the center instrument panel.
EFF :
ALL 34-57-22
Page 401
Aug 01/08
VOI
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 34-57-22-991-002)
Subtask 34-57-22-020-051
A. Removal of the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
(1) Loosen the screws (1), do not remove them.
(2) Disengage the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (2) from its housing.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4).
(4) Remove the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (2).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (3) and
(4).
EFF :
ALL 34-57-22
Page 402
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
VOR/ADF/DME RMI
Figure 401/TASK 34-57-22-991-002
EFF :
ALL 34-57-22
Page 403
Feb 01/06
VOI
TASK 34-57-22-400-002
Installation of the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (21FN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Instrument and Panel Integral
Lighting
34-14-00-740-001 Interface Test of the IR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 34-57-22-865-054
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU NAV/VOR/DME/RMI 12FN F13
R
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 34-57-22-420-051
A. Installation of the VOR/ADF/DME RMI
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (3) and (4).
EFF :
ALL 34-57-22
Page 404
Aug 01/08
VOI
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (2).
(6) Install the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (2) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the screws (1).
Subtask 34-57-22-865-055
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
12FN, 8FP, 4LF
Subtask 34-57-22-710-052
C. Test of the VOR/ADF/DME RMI (21FN)
(1) Do the BITE test of the IR system (but read only the heading value on
the RMI).
(Ref. TASK 34-14-00-740-001)
(2) Do the operational test of the instrument and panel integral lighting
(Ref. TASK 33-13-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 34-57-22-410-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Install the thermoformed cover on the center instrument panel.
(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
EFF :
ALL 34-57-22
Page 405
Aug 01/08
R
VOI
SATELLITE NAVIGATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Not applicable.
The GPS function is included in the Multi-Mode Receiver (MMR).
The GPS is described in AMM 34-36-00 ILS/MMR.
EFF :
ALL 34-58-00
Page 1
Feb 01/06
VOI
You might also like
- Gordon R. Pointers and References in C++. Fifth Step in C++ Learning 2023No ratings yetGordon R. Pointers and References in C++. Fifth Step in C++ Learning 2023108 pages
- Chronology Magazine Current Affairs January 2019 Hindi PDF DownloadNo ratings yetChronology Magazine Current Affairs January 2019 Hindi PDF Download53 pages
- Gujarat Technological University: 1 Year, Subject Code: 3110003No ratings yetGujarat Technological University: 1 Year, Subject Code: 31100036 pages
- HDL Lab Manual: Anandanagar, Bangalore-24No ratings yetHDL Lab Manual: Anandanagar, Bangalore-2481 pages
- Gamedb Documentation 1: Yaml Game FormatNo ratings yetGamedb Documentation 1: Yaml Game Format8 pages
- SQL Server Mission Critical Performance TDM White PaperNo ratings yetSQL Server Mission Critical Performance TDM White Paper23 pages
- Server-Side Web Programming: Introduction To Java Server PagesNo ratings yetServer-Side Web Programming: Introduction To Java Server Pages23 pages
- 15-Inch MacBook Air With M3 Chip - Midnight - Apple (UK)No ratings yet15-Inch MacBook Air With M3 Chip - Midnight - Apple (UK)3 pages
- Service Bulletin: 305-958 Fault Code and JamsNo ratings yetService Bulletin: 305-958 Fault Code and Jams3 pages
- Certificate: J.N.T.U.H. University College of Engineering, Science & Technology HyderabadNo ratings yetCertificate: J.N.T.U.H. University College of Engineering, Science & Technology Hyderabad102 pages
- SSCQ8102 AI-Business Intelligence Analyst V1No ratings yetSSCQ8102 AI-Business Intelligence Analyst V166 pages
- Advanced Android Application DevelopmentNo ratings yetAdvanced Android Application Development113 pages
- Professional Experience: Quant Intern BarclaysNo ratings yetProfessional Experience: Quant Intern Barclays1 page
- MCT-222 Embedded Systems: Lecture 5:parameter Passing, Aapcs Pointers, ArraysNo ratings yetMCT-222 Embedded Systems: Lecture 5:parameter Passing, Aapcs Pointers, Arrays22 pages
- Ai Image Generation: Presented by Mrunal Kotian:035 Nikhil Walunj: 032 Nikita Domale:034 Prathamesh Wagh 040No ratings yetAi Image Generation: Presented by Mrunal Kotian:035 Nikhil Walunj: 032 Nikita Domale:034 Prathamesh Wagh 0408 pages
- Complete Download SQL Server 2000 Stored Procedures XML Programming 2nd Edition Dejan Sunderic PDF All Chapters100% (3)Complete Download SQL Server 2000 Stored Procedures XML Programming 2nd Edition Dejan Sunderic PDF All Chapters60 pages
- Gordon R. Pointers and References in C++. Fifth Step in C++ Learning 2023Gordon R. Pointers and References in C++. Fifth Step in C++ Learning 2023
- Chronology Magazine Current Affairs January 2019 Hindi PDF DownloadChronology Magazine Current Affairs January 2019 Hindi PDF Download
- Gujarat Technological University: 1 Year, Subject Code: 3110003Gujarat Technological University: 1 Year, Subject Code: 3110003
- SQL Server Mission Critical Performance TDM White PaperSQL Server Mission Critical Performance TDM White Paper
- Server-Side Web Programming: Introduction To Java Server PagesServer-Side Web Programming: Introduction To Java Server Pages
- 15-Inch MacBook Air With M3 Chip - Midnight - Apple (UK)15-Inch MacBook Air With M3 Chip - Midnight - Apple (UK)
- Certificate: J.N.T.U.H. University College of Engineering, Science & Technology HyderabadCertificate: J.N.T.U.H. University College of Engineering, Science & Technology Hyderabad
- MCT-222 Embedded Systems: Lecture 5:parameter Passing, Aapcs Pointers, ArraysMCT-222 Embedded Systems: Lecture 5:parameter Passing, Aapcs Pointers, Arrays
- Ai Image Generation: Presented by Mrunal Kotian:035 Nikhil Walunj: 032 Nikita Domale:034 Prathamesh Wagh 040Ai Image Generation: Presented by Mrunal Kotian:035 Nikhil Walunj: 032 Nikita Domale:034 Prathamesh Wagh 040
- Complete Download SQL Server 2000 Stored Procedures XML Programming 2nd Edition Dejan Sunderic PDF All ChaptersComplete Download SQL Server 2000 Stored Procedures XML Programming 2nd Edition Dejan Sunderic PDF All Chapters